*‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

LINNZUS.

“‘ Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir

qu'elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent

toutes ses opérations.”—BRuCKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

oe © © © © © © © es @ Lhe sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

ALERE r FLAMMAM.

CONTENTS OF VOL. XIX.

[SECOND SERIES.]

NUMBER CIX.

I. Notes of an Excursion to the Pyrenees in search of Diatomacez.

By WixuiaM Smita, F.L.S., Professor of Natural History, Queen’s

Wales: Cork. ( Wiel twO-DIAtES:)\rccc.dasataci secessavaetcoresataceuectores

II. On the Development of the Roct-cell and its Nucleus in Chara

verticillata (Roxb.). By H. J. Carrer, Esq., Assistant Surgeon

Ee.@ Sp bonibayes. (Wathiave late.) ecasoncieap eames untgeavot= onn swerdaocsess 5:

ITI. On two species of Echiodermata new to the Fauna of. Great

Britain. By L. Barrert, F.G.S. (With a Plate.)

IV. Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham and

Northumberland. By Ricuarp Howser, Esq. (With a Plate.) ...

V. Notes on the genus Quenstedtia. By Joun Lycert, Esq. ...

VI. On the Uses of the Sand-canal in the Starfishes. By THomas

Wixuiams, M.D., F.L.S., Physician to the Swansea Infirmary ......

VII. Remarks on the Inferior Oolite and Lias in parts of North-

amptonshire, compared with the same Formations in Gloucestershire.

By the Rev. P. B. Bropir, M.A., F.G.S. ...ccecese. decitas Maen ewanss Wes

VIII. Contributions to the knowledge of the Anatomy of Nautilus

Pompilius, L., especially with reference to the male animal. By J.

Van DER Hoeven, M.D., &c., Professor of Zoology in the Uni-

versity of Leyden. (With two Plates.) .-..........cscseseeeseseeeseesenens

New Books :—Shells and their Inhabitants: The Genera of Recent

Mollusca; arranged according to their Organization, by Henry

and Arthur Adams.— Das Gebiss der Schnecken, zur Begriindung

einer natiirlichen Classification, untersucht von Dr. F. H. Tros-

chel, Professor an der Universitat zu Bonn. — Prodromus Sy-

stematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis; Auctore Alphonso de

Page

@Gandollel?, 24: Bas alee eens etamerde Sh ede nets 74—85

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ...-.:.cscseseseseneceeenseeenens 85-—102

iv CONTENTS.

Portrait of Dr. Johnston; On the Occurrence of some new species of

Pollicipes in the Inferior Oolite and Lias of Gloucestershire, by

the Rey. P. B. Brodie, M.A., F.G.S.; Mr. Yarrell’s Collections ;

On the Stereognathus Ooliticus from the Stonesfield Slate, by

Prof. Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S.; Note on Estheria minuta, by T. Rupert

Jones, Assist. Sec. G.S.; On the genus Cuma, by C. Spence Bate,

F.L.S.; Rare British Birds, by W. P. Cocks; Note on Zootoca

vivipara var. nigra, by Dr. J. E. Gray; On a new Turkey, Mele-

agris mexicana, by J. Gould, F.R.S.; Description of anew Trogon

and a new Odontophorus, by J. Gould, F.R.S.; Meteorological

Page

Observationsvand: Mable vscscascecssacecocceessacucclienecsreccesees 102—112

NUMBER Cx.

IX. Onthe Organization of the Infusoria, especially the Vorticelle.

By Dr. C. F. J. LACHMANN. (With a Plate.)..........ssescssceceseesoes

X. New British Lichens. By the Rey. W. A. Le1curon, B.A.,

BBS. Bia, CONV iGH GsP IAC!) se caguanmnss sup sodas eer paint an g<pcac ieee conacing

XI. On the so-called ‘ Water-vascular System.” By THomas

Wiuuiams, M.D., F.L.S., Physician to the Swansea Infirmary ......

XII. A Synopsis of the British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. Part I.

Amphipoda. By C. SPENCE BATE, F.L.S. &e. c..sececsecsseeceseoeees

XIII. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the West

Coast of Africa. PartI. By ANprEw Murray, Edinburgh.........

XIV. Researches on the Development of the Myriapoda. By M.

RUNING on guauns tottdn naa dup cease iay ieuee anaes dang sitet ape dah oo wana s oainaneaies

New Books :—Elementary Course of Geology, Mineralogy, and Phy-

sical Geography, by Prof. D. T. Ansted, M.A., F.R.S. &e. ......

113

129

133

135

153

162

166

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Geological Society ...... 168—187

Observations on the Organization and Reproduction of the Volvocinee,

by F. Cohn; List of Pheenogamous Plants collected by Dr. E. K.

Kane on the Western Coast of Greenland; Remarks on young

Bony Pikes (Lepidosteus), by Prof. Agassiz; Meteorological

Observations and Table ...csccescssceereseevone Seentneensgantuans 187—192

NUMBER CXI.

XV. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the Struc-

ture of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrated Animals. By Tuo:

Mas Wiitiams, M.D., F.L:S. (With a Plate:)) <.coicesncssscscasvesees

CONTENTS. v

Page

XVI. Characters of Streptaulus, a new genus, and of several species

of the Cyclostomacea from Sikkim, the Khasia Hills, Ava, and Pegu.

By Wet DeMsON EsQe cuidicicll. « Sidde ct ho gsetsiods ocissdasbious cates geaees 201

XVII. Notice of a marked variety of Patella vulgata (proposed

to be named var. intermedia), found in Guernsey and Jersey. By

PMN DUT RAY, PICIMOHECI ancecccodcsdecvadercecesccens seen eosesrcee 211

XVIII. On the Structure of the Shell of Rhynchonella Geinitziana.

By WiLLtAM B. CARPENTER, M.D., FUR.S.......ccceseccssacoseccereeees 214

XIX. On the Organization of the Infusoria, especially the Vorti-

Ceca By Dr, © SIA CHMANIN, © ces ercactcacsasssctesisavignaresceesees 215

XX. Descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera. By JoHNn NiETNER,

Walombo, Ceylon’ *,.09) LACED. cocdoctacteetccas teas sweose sb teudedattactectend 241

Proceedings of the Royal Society; Bombay Branch of the Royal

Asiatic Society ; Zoological Society © ....c0...cseceecseseseevees 249—268

New Localities for rare Plants and Zoophytes, by Margaret Gatty ;

On the supposed new British species of Skenea, by W. Webster;

On the Influence of Moisture upon the Direction of Roots, by

P. Duchartre; On the Migration of the Starling, by James Har-

ley; British Amphipoda, by C. Spence Bate; Descriptions of

some new species of Tanagers, by Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A.,

Lye Sr vac Cle cee Pie Sea ACHE PEASE ME BBE mE ery Aap Ana NE 268—272

NUMBER CXII.

XXI. Description of some Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway.

By W. K. Parkerand T. Rurert Jones,F.G.S. (With two Plates.) 273

XXII. Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham

and Northumberland. By Ricuarp Hows, Esq. ............00ceee0es 304

XXIII. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the West

Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, Edinburgh. (With a Plate.) 313

XXIV. On new species of Bulimus from India, Burma, and the

Miurinise by Worl. DENSON, MSG: sscnestrscecavens cneseevennt oveusasinns Sil

XXV. On the Anatomy of the Rhinanthacee, considered in its

relations with the Classification of these Plants. By A. CHatin... 331

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical Society of Edin-

PSEA DEMAUN ated le eel ciet clecl ats clean dele dentuiaelo ste eiatis was lclede aan wabidelsin'.c\sler 333—346

Observations on the Pteropus or Flying Fox of Australia, by J. K. E.

Fairholme ; On the Metamorphoses of Trachys pygmea, by M.

Vi CONTENTS.

Leprieur; On a Monstrosity of Haliotis (albicans ?), by Dr. J. E.

Gray; On the Perforated Structure of Rhynchonella Geinitzi-

ana, by William King; On the Nucleus of the Operculum of

Cyclostoma elegans, by Dr. J. E. Gray; On Object-slides of

Canary Glass, by Prof. Ernst Briicke; On two new species of

Humming Birds belonging to the geuus Amazilius, by J. Gould,

Page

BENE of ates ele lelue ols oom aoinie's ado oi haa yale iselanen ss/ae aires hee ieee 346—352

NUMBER CXIII.

XXVI. Researches on the Development of the Pectinibranchiata.

By J. Koren and D. C. DANIELSSEN. (With two Plates.) .........

XXVII. A Revision of the Genera of some of the Families of Con-

chifera or Bivalve Shells. Part III. Arcade. By Joun Epwarp

GrawvPh. Di B Res. aR Lis. Sceie teecensenadcenevesben oncssectdeo toca steene 0

XXVIII. On a new species of Maegillivrayia. By ArtuurR

ADADS SERN SUB TIL. ST Sree tasseiet etre saeco tecet ves tldhmaceas smeceetaeeae en

XXIX. Descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera. By Joun Niet-

NEES Colombo, WEVAON jo asius'savatiasest <oeaeknnalcnat apscacaysien meas teen

XXX. Note on a Nematoid Worm, parasitic upon Termites. By

OR oli Ss Pe gaeneocpen socce nc na Sota cities Ssiclapleeh= dele cists eipaee eseeecismaaite

XXXI. Brief Description of a Ctenostomatous Polyzoon, allied to

Vesicularia, occurring on the Australian Coast. By Joun Denis

Ms cponAnD, Assistant Surgeon RUN. cisec-s.crsssocreses+esmusunecsveeee

XXXII. Anatomical Description of a species of Asteroid Polypes,

probably forming the type of a new genus of Alcyonide. By JoHN

Denis MAcponaLp, Assistant Surgeon R.N. ......... Re ecaetee

New Books :—Dr. Jacob Sturm’s Deutschlands Flora in Abbildungen

nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen. Fortgesetzt von Dr. J. W.

Sturm.—Iconographia Familiarum Naturalium Regni Vegetabilis

delineata atque adjectis Familiarum characteribus, &c. ornata.

Auetore: A. Sehnizlems Drablinescseo succes aceteseeleaineteecccener sD

Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society; Botanical

353

366

373

374

388

390

391

393

Society of Edinburgh; Geological Society ....--.....+..-... 393—428

Observations on the Generation of the Arachnida, by E. Blanchard ;

On the Brain of the Dytici in its relations to Locomotion, by E.

Faivre ; On Spiochetopterus, a new genus of Amnelides from the

coast of Norway, by M. Sars; On the Sea Saw-dust of the

Pacific, by John Denis Macdonald ; Obituary Notice—Dr. Robert

Balle OtAO UD UN iat asiseaccaaou’e maaronisenic sotto ene encanta elaceemenae 428—432

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

NUMBER CXIV.

XXXIII. Researches on the Development of the Pectinibranchiata.

Dye eR OReN ad DC. DANTE LSSEM. of. cs cssteienapanvcegscesnedenss tre 433

XXXIV. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the

West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, Edinburgh. (With

PRESEN Man aemcneat paeemecne ss cal luealtec see nen dances capnesaseaocencencacbesouscssens 443

XXXYV. Descriptions of two new species of Heteropodous Mollusca.

VED ILO EAD ANS, SUPPEOIUAEG. Ney (scasssn0s ss oeeescedte ccs ecas'ssdcossaens 46]

XXXVI. Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham

and Northumberland. By RicHarp Howskg, Esq. .......00...seeeeeees 463

XXXVII. Notes on Sepia biserialis and Sepia elegans. By JosHua

BUMMOU RG PSG Lone vacespincapchis ckshcoascaesictar escusnoenees taster retce ecataete ae 474

XXXVIII. On some Mites and their young states. By A. ScHEv-

Lam Lii a Plates Woes toed. Seteesee coda dee toda deme adievisdeaecds 475

New Books :—Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States,

by Asa Gray, Professor of Natural History in Harvard University.

—A Dictionary of Botanical Terms, by the Rev. J. S. Henslow,

M.A., Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge.—

The British Botanist’s Field-book: a Synopsis of the British

Flowering Plants, by A. P. Childs, F.R.C.S. .......sc.sessee0e 479—482

Proceedings of the Zoological Society .........csecssssssesseseeeees 482—494

Note on the Anatomy and Physiology of the Pulmoniferous Mollusca,

by Dr. C. Semper; Note on the Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic

Sea, by G. Lindstrém; The Blacks of Moreton Bay and the

Porpoises, by J. K. E. Fairholme; On Eolis Landsburgii, by

Pe ee GREEN senate tonne scla-waecce arenes ceaneddoasn vee senvesiaseavs 495—498

PLATES IN VOL, XIX.

FrRoNTISPIECE.—Portrait of Dr. Johnston.

fae } New Diatomacee.

III. Development of Chara verticillata.

TV. Fossils from the Permian System of Durham and Northumber-

land.

Vy f Anatomy of Nautilus Pompilius,

VII. New Echmodermata.

VIII. New Bnitish Lichens.

IX. Organization of Infusoria.

xy } Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway.

XIII, } Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

XIV. Mites and their larval states.

XV. Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration in the Cephalopods.

XVI.

XVIL \ Development of Pectimbranchiata.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

CO ofitaccecseeee bee per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circi'm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymph Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasti Ec\.1.

No. 109. JANUARY 1857.

I.—Notes of an Excursion to the Pyrenees in search of Diato-

mace. By Wiriiam Smiru, F.L.S., Professor of Natural

History, Queen’s College, Cork.

(With two Plates. |

IN the ‘Annals’ for January 1855, I had the opportunity of

recording the results of a former excursion to the South of

France and the Auvergne: the same object, namely to collect

facts regarding the distribution of Diatomaceous forms, was the

main purpose of the journey whose outline I now lay before the

public.

My views on the present occasion were directed to the western

shores of France, and the lofty range of granitic mountains

which forms its southern boundary ; and from the widely differ-

ent influences affecting the flora of the Bay of Biscay and the

Pyrenees, I anticipated results that would contrast, to some

extent, with those furnished by the shores of the Mediterranean

and the volcanic slopes of Mont Dore and the Puy de Déme.

My route was as follows :—

I crossed from Southampton to Havre on the 14th June 1856,

and spent a few days in exploring the mouth of the Seine and

the neighbouring shores. The marine species here collected

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix.

2 Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomacez of the Pyrenees.

were almost identical with those already familiar to me on the

southern coasts of England; but a fountain in the court of the

hotel (Frascati) at which I sojourned, supplied a form which was

different not merely in species, but in genus, from any I have

hitherto recorded as British; this was the Diadesmis described

in a subsequent part of the present paper. From an oyster

tank at St. Adress, about a mile north of Havre, I also made a

gathering, which, on being prepared for mounting, supplied

numerous valves of Zygoceros Surirella. This species I have

placed in Appendix B. of the ‘Synopsis of the British Diato-

mace,’ as described and figured by Mr. Roper in the ‘ Trans-

actions of the Microscopical Society, but as not sufficiently

known to me to be admitted into the body of the work. I

regret to say that I must still leave it undescribed. TI did not

detect it while the gathering was recent; and in cases where

doubt exists, a diagnosis from a prepared slide is usually insuf-

ficient for the foundation of a species, or even the correct deter-

mination of the generic position of a Diatomaceous frustule.

The same gathermg furnished specimens of the rare British

forms, Nitzschia spathulata and Eucampia Zodiacus ; the latter

is however more general than its rare detection might seem to

imply, being only conspicuous in a fresh state, and becoming so

diaphanous when prepared in acid as to elude the notice of ob-

servers. Excellent specimens collected from a small pool on the

landing-slip at Birkenhead have lately been sent to me by

Mr. T. Comber of Liverpool, and the species is probably distri-

buted along most of the British shores.

On the 19th June I reached Falaise and spent a few days

with M. de Brébisson, whose knowledge of algology, and more

especially of the freshwater forms of the Diatomacez, has so

often aided and illustrated my researches.

It was unnecessary for me to explore a district that had for

years been subjected to the examination of so acute an observer,

and a rough gathering from the public fountain in the “ Place,”

graced with a noble statue of the Conqueror of England, was the

only one made in this neighbourhood ; it supplied a few common

British species, among which Gomphonema olivaceum was largely

predominant.

On the 23rd July I proceeded by Alencon and Le Mans to

Tours. The fearful iundations which had desolated the borders

of the Loire and its tributaries a few weeks before my arrival,

had borne off all accumulations of Diatomacez, and left little to

detain me in this otherwise rich and beautiful country. Pro-

ceeding rapidly to the south, I passed through Bordeaux to the

borders of the great salt lagoon lying a few miles to the south

Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze of the Pyrenees. 3

of the mouth of the Garonne, and known as the Bassin d’ Arca-

chon ; here I had anticipated an abundant harvest of marine

forms, and my expectation would no doubt have been realized

but for the extreme heat of the weather, which suddenly assumed

a tropical character, drying up the smaller pools, and absolutely

forbidding active exertion.

A few gatherings however furnished me with some interesting

species ; among others, with Campylodiscus cribrosus and Nitzschia

scalaris, the latter having been long confined im its known

European distribution to the single locality in Poole Bay, where

I had first detected it as a British denizen, and only within the

last few months shown to have a wider range by its discovery

by Mr. Okeden in Milford Haven. This species is in several

respects important in reference to our present inquiry. Its

great size and conspicuous markings render it easy of detection

and identification, and the species-manufacturer has no excuse

for elevating its varieties into new forms, and thus destroying

its value as an index of geographical distribyttion.

Ehrenberg’s figure, as copied in Kiitz. Bacill. xxviii. 32, is

quite characteristic, and he gives Surinam as its locality. His

only other locality of the recent frustule is Kourdistan, but this

freshwater station is open to suspicion.

The references in the ‘ Microgéologie’ to the presence of this

form in deposits are all worthless, as no description is given, and

the carelessness evident in the execution of the figures forbids us

to accept them as representations of our present species. The

ascertained distribution of Nitzschia scalaris 1s, therefore, from

the northern shores of South America to the southern coasts of

Britain, an area sufficiently large to establish the indifference of

this Diatom to the climatal influences of latitude.

On the 3rd of July I proceeded to Biarritz. This is almost

the only point on the long line of shore extending from Brittany

to the Spanish frontier, where the coast is not low and sandy,

and in the holes and pools perforated by the turbulent waters

of the Bay of Biscay in the soft nummulitic rock, which here

attracts the admiration of the geologist, I made a few collections

that supplied me with two or three forms unknown to the British

flora ; these I have described in the sequel of this paper.

On the face of the cliff beneath the Villa Eugénie, the new

chateau of the Empress of the French, I also made a freshwater

gathering, containing a new Hpithemia, which, in compliment to

the locality and its amiable mistress, I have named Kpithemia

Hugenie.

On the 6th of July I proceeded through Pau to Eaux Bonnes

and Haux Chaudes, and near the latter place, on the reute to the

4 Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomacese of the Pyrenees.

Pic du Midi d’Ossau, collected a form new both to French and

English aigologists, but which has been detected in the Tyrol by

A. Braun, and named by him Gomphogramma rupestre. It ap-

pears to be frequent in the Pyrenees, as I met with it in several

other localities. I have described it in its proper place.

On the 10th of July I reached Cauterets, and during a stay of

three weeks in that mountain village had ample opportunities of

collecting the Diatomacez of the neighbourhood. A few of these

will be found among my new species, but these are not so

numerous as | had anticipated. The characters of the Pyrenean

forms are only slightly modified from those of our own sub-

alpine districts, and the careful systematist is obliged to regard

such modifications as varieties rather than as new species.

The hot sulphureous springs which abound in the vicinity of

Cauterets, although supplying “ Barregene” in abundance, are

not prolific in Diatomaceze. The latter enter but rarely, and

accidentally rather than substantially, into the composition of

this curious substance, which mainly consists of various species

of filamentous Algz, such as Oscallatoria, Leptothriz, and Phor-

midium.

Three others of the Pyrenean valleys, those of the Gave de

Gavarnie, Gave de Baréges, and the Gave d’Adour, supplied me

with numerous gatherings, without adding materially to the

number or variety of the species collected at Cauterets.

I left Bagnéres de Bigorre on the 10th August, and reached

Paris on the 15th, having made but one gathering on the route,

from the fosse of the Chateau de Chambord near Blois, which

however proved wholly devoid of either novelty or mterest.

The gatherings made during the above excursion amounted

to sixty-four; of these, nearly fifty contained species of more or

less interest in a geographical point of view, being many of them

identical with those collected on my former journey, and all of

them with forms found in the British Islands, and described in

the ‘Synopsis of the British Diatomaceee.’

I give a list of these, which I have divided into two classes.

Ist. Those collected im marine or brackish-water localities on

the western coasts of France.

2nd. Pyrenean forms found at elevations varying from 3000

to 7000 feet above the level of the sea; and I subjoin a list

of those species or varieties not figured or described in the

‘ Synopsis.’

In the first two lists I have annexed a cipher to the name of

the species, denoting the number of localities in which the form

occurred.

Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomacee of the Pyrenees.

1. Marine or Brackish-water Forms.

Number of gatherings made, 8.

Epithemia Musculus_............

Amphora aflinis. ........ a

allan ctie Bsc nine o'socissne ss aoe are

Membranacea .......ccececes

Cocconeis Seutellum ............

Scutellum, var. B. .........

GaP haHae veviacers: sietece need

dixphanarcvar. 6. 4 acs<n<os

Coscinodiscus eccentricus ......

WACIAGUIS cerecciiocteecasile ces .

Eupodiscus sculptus —..........4.

Actinocyclus undulatus .........

Cyclotella Kiitzingiana .........

Campylodiscus cribrosus .........

PAE VINOSS wens ccrodaunesccscae4

bicostatus......... eee eo eee

Surirella striatula ..... use ates Se scat

OMAGH cece ssa assis ets ssleiviclasis

Gemma ect ceceas eee Soe

PASTUIONAY eee ceceenice ae Ses

CONSEVICEA | (secs sone stata anels

Tryblionella Seutellum = .........

SPACIINS. 5 asssne aes ainrcatloe Saint

margmata ...... tee eeeeee wee

ACU IMIDGEAY ree vcs aasctecocss s

IGVICENSIS: Uiscccenteceneeisees

-—— constricta

Bee eee ween ee teenee

Nitzschia scalaris ............. eee

Whee ni anes ee Settee BR acatucin

———===/ IQNALA) . soeseesdsceeaearcties

SUMMIIG 0b vencwans wntertionae

BPP ANIS cae mase acm sthindos'ess

spathulata

— Closterium ......... gaeranstl

Amphiprora alata ...............085

Wavicula did ymMa.....c..00.sca000s 6

punctulata “2.2.52...

——Smithii .....

soe IMI BOR) ccc esaccceSnma sca ic

USM es oe ic canieh dain “oeeace

—— Crabro ............. Ses

Sa PY LTA eeanccvecccececesarne

palpebralig essences oii

OOO e meee eserereee

eee ee

Navicula Hennedyii ............. ce

Westie © chee cart Sicashinat

Pinnularia peregrina

STACWIS ce sasnsdsances Fe eaane

-——- Cyprinus

directa

Stauroneis pulchella

pulchella, var. 8.

Pleurosigma Balticum ....... tapes

angulatum

—— rigidum ...... Bneaceaics

decorum

SYMEGER AUINIS coc. nnaapst cues y

Gallionii

— Gallionii, var. p.

— Arcus

tabulate’ i500 s26 «ataeswackines

TN Wha takes eeccn aces bait

Gomphonema marinum .........

Rhipidophora elongata .........

Bacillaria paradoxa

Fragilaria striatula ..........0.06.

Eucampia Zodiacus ........ Seakeee

Achnanthes longipes ...........

longipes, var. y.

REVIVES). sec ccee suas ne oo

Rhabdonema arcuatum

ANGriatieuna ceetacssieescleebecs

minutum

Grammatophora marina .........

= NEPDEMMGA) Sanzacansemceemees

MAC ENtAa cscs cosas tieapladine

Amphitetras antediluviana

Biddulphia pulchella ............

aurita

Rhombus tesssseekaee eeeee a8

Podosira hormoides .........

Montagnei es, (rs.<sssncosaek

Melosira subfiexilis

nummuloides ....

Orthosira marina

Schizonema cruciger .........+4.

Grevillii

seer etene elle ee eee

eee eeee Here e eee tee neeee

ee ee ee

ween eee eeneee

Se ey rr

2. Pyrenean Forms.

Number of gatherings made, 56.

Mpithemua Zebra? si2c25....0.2s- ++

UE PTLD a usicce cece sncesee-wns ae

PUPESURS Peas ccecncscese tea ncnc

PARIS) wanwscee cpadteneasen oh

Epithemia ventricosa ............

Bunotia Arcus i.i.tis..i.... sea eece

diodon

Cymbella Helvetica

Helvetica 8.

bo bo Go bo Crh bo

toe WWE NN eee)

6 Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze of the Pyrenees.

Cymbella Scotica ..+.......0+ kat 40

== SCOLICA Se sees Bebe erin tien hi 5

——— VENtTICOSA eee eeeeeceeecesers 18

SE LMMIS | ceaccececcsevercss ssc dalle ys:

—— wequalis ...serserseceveres Seite

TEACHIAbALerarseseecesercemsss 2

22S anno pessdoso: aeaneet 2

CUSPIdata ...ceesececeeeseeeees 6

Amphora ovalis ......ssseeeeeeee ake)

Cocconeis Pediculus .......+. Aa:

Piacentulareccsserscniesecers 7

Thwaitesil scscce-eseceeeeeee 4

Cyclotella operculata ............ 5

—— Rotula .........ccccescvsereeee 1

Campylodiscus costatus .....-.-- 2

COSTALTISI Gs accessors ncsnwoces 1

Spiralis ...ceeeeeceseerereeeeees 2

Surirella biseriata .......eseseees 5

TseSIGISe « doboadbapadsoooodanee 7

pinata —seeeeeeeseeeeee serene 3

ANGUStA see eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1

Tryblionella acuminata ........ 1

aANGustata .......ceeerereeewees 3

Cymatopleura elliptica —......... 1

-—— aplculata .....cseceereeeeeenes 1

Nitzschia linearis .....++.ssseeeeees 9

EENUWIS Seomacctcrsc esses aerate 3

—— AmphioxyS ...+essseeeseeeees 2

Site Miey) he. eas saeee sce seeaeesss- 1

SIZQMOIMEA —..eeveeeeecererers 1

Navicula gibberula ......+..se+0+ 3

——— elliptica, Kutz. .......+.+060s 15

{MIMOGIS /scsceceeoses eee Se)

eryptocephala .........+++++ 6

—— firma ....eseeeeee Sasacticacsicn 4

firma. |Vare) Oe \e-ssseces+neses 8

~—— firma, Var. Y. ceeseeeceeseers 4

—--— rhomboides —....s.ses eevee 5

CYASSINELVIA ...+.+se0ee Honseda 8

—-— Amphisbzena ......-eseeeeee 2

angustata — .s.seseersseseeeee 6

———— ]2EVISSIMIA -o0c.cccccecnsceeeses 4

Bacillum ........seeeeeeees Pag

Pinnularia viridis .......0+...eeeeee 16

MODIIS hove secseaeesesseweese ems 2

——— TACIOSA ......0ceeceeecenccceees 3

—— oblonga ........seees sepnoaad 1

—— gracillima ...s.seeeeeeeseees 6

borealis ..... histepgsneene 8

—— gibba ..sccsesereeeeees aa ]

—— interrupta ......eeeeee ee 3

Tabellaria .......sceseseeese 2

MAJOL ceesseeeeeceee Rotieataoe 4

ACUMINATA ....ceceresneenees 2

AMER Meee: seouacteaamc Seiisoess 2

——- Stauroneiformis ...-.++++.. 6

Pinnularia hemiptera ............ 10

Stauroneis ancepS ...eeeeereees Rae)

OVACIIS ..eseeeeeeeceereee seers 6

—— pUnCtata oe reeseereerereees 3

ee i hivettie Sv gdronanmpaectacdadson0s 2

Pleurosigma attenuatum ........- 3

Synedra Ulna ........se00 testes . 24

= Wilna Bi en eee ceeenoeee 2

a Saris sacar ree sae es eaten 6

= FENELA ccbeee eee vaences veseel= 6

delicatissima ............ oe ee

Gomphonema constrictum ...... 8

—-— capitatuM —....seeeeeeseeeeee 2

—— capitatum B. ..serseeeeee ees 8

== tenella eeeeee atest ee gO

—— IMSIZNC ...+.e00 Ssereaeecneaeit 1

Se ATCHOLtOMMUM wes assist Aeeuieate)

ae ACHIMINALUM) | pe eeesecesaaells 5

—— acuminatum B. ....s.-... Lape

OlIVAGENIM coos sr oes cece Paul

Coceonema lanceolatum ......++ 5D)

cymbiforme ......+ Bossiontaaes 6

== (ON ATI, Gooocsoaddoscncn Pe oC,

Meridion circulare ...... ena 9

Giretilarel Ga sci. ceaeeeeces Hehe

constrictum —.....seeeees nee ral

Himantidium pectinale ...... a6

MAJUS eeeeesereeeenee cosnveccenien

—— gracile ..ceeecseceseeeceeeeeees 5

=== |GET, AOoabseacHoosGO0e <a 6

== ATEUS): (i Gaaddsensatoreceaeesene 6

Odontidium hyemale .....+...++ 26

MeESOGOM Neenesseeese ete Par! Wl

—— Hfarrisonti B. .-...0.-s00ee0e 5

TMUtAbWeE | weseceeee cence seeecinn 3

Mahellariauutisccde:tecsacieastat 2

Denticula obtusa .........eeeeeeeee 2

TEMS) » Qoosmoresnoposo00 atesens 12

ocellata ...... nudiuaceeesesees 2

sinuata:”: scaseeete. wweseees Bae |

Fragilaria capucina ....-+.. eoeeeee 3

VIFESCENS .. .scecccoee. hears |

Achnanthes exilis ..--eeeeeeeeeee 12

Achnanthidium lanceolatum 6

Diatoma grande «..-+-... see

Tabellaria flocculosa ...... Blew 9

Melosira varians .......0.66. {ere

Orthosira arenavia cee...eseccceee 2

spinosa «+s Seen dj csbo ~ 4

PUNCHATA .eeesseeereeeeeeeeees 2

Mastogloia Smithii .........+ =A 2

Greville. cccesnnac oe eure

Encyonema prostratum ......+4- 4

CHSPItOSUM «ee eeeeeeeeees ieee

Colletonema neglectum ......... 2

VUIGATE —cweeecesenserenecnens 3

Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze of the Pyrenees. 7

3. Species or Varieties not described or figured in the ‘ Synopsis’

Epithemia Eugenie, n. sp. Synedra fontinalis, n. sp.

Amphora marina, n. sp. Odontidium hyemale, var. 8, W. Sm.

Tryblionella gracilis, var. 8. hyemale, var. y, W. Sm.

Navicula scita, n. sp. ——- informe, n. sp.

Pyrenaica, n. sp. Diatoma Ehrenberg, Kiitz.

dissimilis, n. sp. Himantidium marinum, n. sp.

Cocconema lanceolatum, yar. 8, Melosira cribrosa, Bred.

W. Sm. Diadesmis Gallica, n. sp.

lanceolatum, var. y, W. Sm. Gomphogramma rupestre, Braun.

I add descriptions and figures of the forms contained in the

last list.

Epithemia Eugenia, u.sp. F. V. inflated, with truncated extre-

mities ; S. V. lunate, extremities straight, truncate ; cana-

liculi distinct, 8 in :001"; foramina conspicuous. Strize

32 in 001". Length -0009" to -0033". v.v.

Fresh water. Face of the cliff below the “ Villa Eugénie”’ at

Biarritz.

The nearest allies of this beautiful little species are EH. pro-

boscidea and EH. Sorex. It may however be easily distinguished

from the first by the much slighter inflation of its F. V. and its

distinct foramina, from the second by its conspicuous canaliculi

and their areola-lke interspaces, and from both by the regular

outline of its dorsal margin, and the absence of any recurvature

at the extremities of the valve.

Puate I. fig. 1. Epithemia Eugenie: a&b, 8. V.of frustule; c, F. V. of

ditto; d, F. V. of frustule undergoing self-division.

Amphora marina, n.sp. F. V. elliptical with somewhat truncate

extremities ; nodule very faint. Striz 40in ‘001”. Length

"0006" to :0024". v.v.

Marine. French coast near Havre (June), and Biarritz (July 1856).

This form is not unfrequent on the British coast, but has

hitherto been overlooked from its exact resemblance in outline

to A. affinis; it may be known by its more delicate striz and

inconspicuous nodules.

Puate I. fig. 2. Front views of Amphora marina.

Tryblionella gracilis, W. Sm. Synopsis of the British Diato-

mace, p. 35.

Var. 8. 8S. V. elliptical with subacute extremities. Strize 12

to 16 in :001". Length 0009". Breadth -0006". v.y.

Fresh water. Spring near the Salut Source at Bagnéres de

Bigorre.

8 Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze of the Pyrenees.

A form somewhat larger than the present, and with fewer

striz, occurs in the Aberdeen gatherings of Drs. Dickie and

Redfern, containing Orthosira Dickieti, Thw., Synop. B. Diato-

macee, vol. u. p. 60. This I am disposed to refer in hike manner

to the species above described.

Puate I. fig. 3. 8. V. of Trybhionella gracilis B.

Navicula scita, n. sp. Valves nitescent ; S. V. linear-elliptical,

attenuate towards the extremities. Strize slightly inclined,

very faint, 45in -001". Length -0012" to 0032". Greatest

breadth of V. ‘00033". v.v.

Fresh water. At high elevations in the Pyrenees: Lac de Gaube,

5866 feet ; Lae Gave de Lizez, 3000 feet ; Mt. Hormigas, 5250 feet ;

near the Mahourat Source, 3804 feet ; Lac d’Estom, 6566 feet.

Puate II. fig. 4. 5. V. of Navicula scita.

Navicula Pyrenaica, n. sp. 8. V. linear-lanceolate, slightly m-

flated at the extremities. Strize obscure. Length -0011”

to 0017". Greatest breadth 0002". v.v.

Fresh water. Gave de Lizez near Cauterets, elevation 2634 feet ;

Gave de la Reine, elevation 2696 feet.

Puate II. fig. 5. Side views of Navicula Pyrenaica.

Navicula dissimilis, nu. sp. Frustule oblique; S. V. elliptical ;

median line somewhat diagonal from the obliquity of the

frustule, recurved at its extremities. Strize obscure. Length

0009". Breadth :0003". v.v.

Fresh water. Mt. Pechineya near Cauterets, elevation 6222 feet ;

Lac de Gaube ; cascade near St. Sauveur, elevation 3020 feet.

Notwithstanding the beautiful pink colour of the dry valve,

indicating the presence of markings on its surface, I have been

unable to resolve the strize of this species so as to estimate their

number.

PuateE LI. fig. 6. Side views of Navicula dissimilis.

Cocconema lanceolatum, Khr. Synopsis of the British Diato-

mace, vol. i. p. 75.

Var. 8. Convex margin much elevated, subangular. Length

of valve -0042" to 0058". Greatest breadth of ditto ‘0616".

Var. y. Valve nearly direct, linear towards the rounded extre-

mities. Length of valve :0053". Greatest breadth of ditto

0009". v.v.

Fresh water. Gave de Lizez; Gave de la Reine near Cauterets.

Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomacese of the Pyrenees, 9

I do not regard these forms as entitled to rank as established

varieties of C. lanceolatum, but merely as representatives, at the

two extremes, of the multitudinous changes of outline to which

this Diatom submits, under climatal and other influences.

Ehrenberg has erected the second into a distinct species, under

the name of C. cornutum: the first, and many of the others, have

equal claims to this honour; but regarding the multiplication of

book-species as one of the greatest obstacles to the progress of

natural science, I forbear to increase their numbers.

Puate I. fig. 7. Side view of Cocconema lanceolatum 8. Fig. 8. 8. V. of

C. lanceolatum y.

Synedra fontinalis, n. sp. Frustules scattered ; S. V. linear-

lanceolate, in the smaller specimens elliptical lanceolate F

extremities produced, subcapitate ; nodule indefinite. Strize

“7 in 001". Length -0006" to 0014". Greatest breadth

of valve 00015" to 0002", y.s,

Fresh water. Spring near the Salut Source at Bagnéres de

Bigorre.

PuaTE I. fig. 9. Synedra fontinalis : a & a', side views ; 6, F. V. of frus-

tule in self-division.

Odontidium hyemale, Kiitz. Synopsis of B. Diatomacez, vol. ii.

palo:

Var. B. 8. V. linear, extremities rounded. Length of frustule

"0013" to 0042". Breadth of valve -0004'. v.v.

Varney: Se. linear-elliptical, contracted towards the linear

or subcapitate extremities. Length of frustule -0011" to

"0025". Breadth of V. 0004". y.y.

Fresh water. Var. 6. Cambuscou near Cauterets, elevation

4920 feet; Pont d’Espagne near Cauterets, elevation 4930 feet.

Var. y. Eaux Chaudes, elevation 2296 feet; Val d’Ossau, elevation

2968 feet; Cascade Gavarnie, elevation 6294 feet.

Both these varieties occur intermixed with the ordinary frus-

tules described in the < Synopsis,’ and with frustules of O meso-

don ; all these appear to be forms of the same species, though

the one described as O. hyemale in the ‘ Synopsis’ is by far the

most frequent, and is therefore entitled to be regarded as the

normal condition of the mature frustule.

A curiously distorted condition of var. 8, which I have figured

in PI. I. fig. 10 ¢, occurs in the Cambuscou gathering in tolerable

abundance. This variety illustrates the tendency to a repetition

of accidental deviations impressed by the self-dividing act, which

I have noticed in the Introduction to the Synopsis, vol, ii. p. XXlll,

10 ~~ Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze of the Pyrenees.

when cautioning the inexperienced observer against relying upon

size or outline merely as the basis of specific distinctions. Had

filaments with the above deviation been the only ones occurring

in the Cambuscou station, an abnormal state of the frustule

might have been regarded as its permanent form, and a specific

character been founded on what was merely a morbid condition

of its growth.

Puate I. fig. 10. Odontidium hyemale. Var. 8. a, 8. V. of frustule ;

a', 8. V. of deformed frustule ; 6, front view of filament. Fig. 11. a&

a', side views of frustule ; 5, F. V. of filament.

Odontidium informe, n. sp. 8S. V. of frustule elliptical, with an

irregular inflation at the centre, and hence subcruciform.

Coste not reaching the centre of the valve, 18 in 001".

Length of frustule ‘0007". Greatest breadth 0003". v.y.

Fresh water. ac Gave de Lizez, and Gave de la Reine near

Cauterets.

The nearest ally of this species is O. Harrisonii, Synop. B.

Diatomace, vol. il. p. 18; but the normal form of the latter not

occurring in the Pyrenees, it is probable that the present is

entitled to rank as distinct. Odontidium Harrisoni, var. B,

Synop. vol. ii. pl. 60. fig. 374, is also a frequent form in my

Pyrenean gatherings, and is also in all probability a distinct

species, though, from its great similarity to the Hull frustules, I

have, with most other observers, hitherto regarded it as a mere

variety.

Puate II. fig. 12. Odontidium informe: a, b, c, side views of frustule ;

d & d', front views of ditto.

Diatoma Ehrenbergii, Kitz. S.V. linear-elliptical, constricted

towards the slightly capitate extremities, costate. Coste

30 in 001". Length of valve -0011" to -0017". Greatest

breadth of ditto 00016" to :00023". vv.

Kitz. Bacill. tab. xvii. 17; Sp. Alg. p. 17.

The inflation in the centre of the valve, with the constriction

near the subcapitate extremities, exactly correspond with the

figure and description given by Professor Kiitzing, and separate

the present species from D. grande of the ‘ Synopsis,’ which is

moreover a larger form with coarser striz.

Puate I. fig. 13. Diatoma Ehrenbergii: a & 6, side views of frustule ;

c, F. V. of ditto.

Himantidium? marinum, n. sp. Filament tenacious. S. V.

slightly and regularly arcuate, extremities acute, costate.

Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomaceze of the Pyrenees. 11

Coste distant, 10 in ‘001". Length of frustule 0013" to

70036". Breadth of valve 0001". v.v.

Marine. Very rare in rocky pools near Biarritz.

I am uncertain as to the true position of the above form: the

filaments are direct as in Fragilaria, the frustules arcuate as in

Himantidium, and the valves costate as in Meridion. As the

second character seems the most important in the present case,

I have placed the species provisionally in Himantidium, but a

further and better knowledge of its habit and character may

necessitate the adoption of a new generic appellation.

Puate II. fig. 14. Himantidium marinum : a, 8. V. of frustule ; b, F. V. of

filament.

Melosira cribrosa, Bréb. 8S. V. orbicular, cellulate ; cellules all

equal and hexagonal, 9 in‘001". Diameter of valve -002".

V.S.

Marine. Bay of Biscay near Biarritz.

In December 1853 I received isolated frustules of this species,

collected on the coast of Normandy, under the above name from

M. de Brébisson, and I have since detected the same in a

gathering from the Black Sea. In no case have I seen the

frustules in a recent state, and do not know whether they ever

form a lengthened filament. As this is the only circumstance

that would justify their separation from Coscinodiscus, to which

the separated valve would otherwise seem to belong (see Synop.

B. Diatomacez, vol. 1. p. 22), their position in Melosira must

rest upon the authority of my accurate correspondent.

PuateE II. fig. 15. 8. V. of Melosira cribrosa.

Genus Diapesmis, Kiitz.

Frustules naviculoid, united into a free or attached filament ;

valves elliptical with a median line, and central and terminal

nodules.

Diadesmis Gallica, n. sp. Filaments direct or curved. S. V.

linear-elliptical. Strize obscure, about 45 in 001". Width

of filament -0003" to 0004". Breadth of valve -OOOL". v.v.

Fresh water. Fountain in the court of the Hotel Frascati at

Havre.

The genus Diadesmis is not without an illustrative species in

the British Islands, though the habitat of this species makes it

doubtful whether it be really entitled to rank as indigenous. It

was collected by Dr. Arnott in the tank of the Victoria Regia at

12 ~~ Prof. W. Smith on the Diatomacese of the Pyrenees.

Kew Gardens in April 1856, and again by myself in the July of

the same year; it is a larger form than the present, with a

broader and more regularly elliptical valve and more distinct

strize. I propose to describe it in a future edition of the ‘Syn-

opsis’ under the name of Diadesmis peregrina.

Puate II. fig. 16. Diadesmis Gallica: a & b, 8. V. of frustule; ¢, F. V.

of filament.

Genus GompHoGRAMMA, Braun.

Filaments compressed, continuous, of few frustules, free ;

frustules annulate, indefinite; septa alternate, nearly equal ;

valves elliptical, costate.

Gomphogramma rupestre, Braun. S. V. irregularly elliptical,

orbicular in young specimens. Costz direct, ] to5. Width

of filament ‘0002" to :0007". Breadth of valve -0001" to

0003". v.v.

Fresh water. Moist surface of high rocks: Gabas near Eaux

Chaudes, elevation 3362 feet ; near the Mahourat Source at Cauterets,

elevation 3804 feet ; old road near Pierrefitte, elevation 2006 feet ;

Lac de Gaube, elevation 5866 feet.

The structure of the frustules in this species bears so close a

resemblance to that of Tetracyclus lacustris, that I should have

referred them to the latter genus, had not M. de Brébisson

informed me that the present species had been discovered by

Professor Braun near Freiburg in Breisgau, and placed m the

genus “ Gomphogramma.” In Tetracyclus the valve is cruciform

and the costz arched ; in Gomphogramma the valve is elliptical

and the costz direct ; but these seem rather to belong to specific

than generic characters, and the propriety of uniting these genera

hardly admits of a question. Should this course be adopted, it

would be necessary to alter the name Tetracyclus, which would

no longer be appropriate, and place the species of the two genera

under the common name of Gomphogramma; but until British

specimens of our present species be discovered, I do not propose

to make this change of nomenclature. The generic characters

of Gomphogramma will be better understood by the reader if he

refers to the observations I have given under the genus Rhab-

donema (Synopsis of British Diatomacez, vol. 11. p. 32).

Puate I. fig. 17. Gomphogramma rupestre: a & 6, front view of frustules ;

d & k, side view of ditto; e, f, g, h, l, m, & n, annuli with their septa.

The above descriptions include the principal novelties both in

species and varieties noticed in the fresh gatherings made durmg

this interesting excursion. The list might be greatly mcereased,

On the Development of the Root-cell and its Nucleus in Chara. 13

were I disposed to admit into it those forms which I have de-

tected, after a careful examination, sparingly distributed through-

out the material when finally prepared for mounting. But Iam

reluctant to put forward as new species, or even as well-esta-

blished varieties, forms whose characters rest upon what my

knowledge of these organisms obliges me to regard as insuffi-

cient and unsatisfactory evidence. Not to dwell upon the lability

to accidental intermixture to which such materials are lable,

which, as every practical microscopist is aware, defy his most

eareful attention, and frequently intrude upon a gathering from

one locality stray frustules belonging to a very different habitat,

I consider it impossible to decide upon the specific claims of any

but the most conspicuously marked Diatomaceous forms, from

an examination of a few isolated specimens. In such genera as

Cymbella, Navicula, Pinnularia, Cocconema, and others, where

there exists great simplicity ef outline combined with great

diversity of size, a knowledge of the form under examination,

from different localities and at different periods of development,

is absolutely necessary to enable the observer to determine its

specific character, and to warrant him in referring it to a known,

or erecting it into a new, species. Better to leave its claims sub

hie until more satisfactory evidence is afforded, than to introduce

confusion into the nomenclature of the science, and uncertainty

into our conclusions with regard to geographical distribution, by

a hasty, insufficient, and temporary determination. The an-

nouncement of a new species is sometimes nothing more than

the publication of the observer’s imperfect knowledge: the for-

bearance which foregoes the éclat of a “discovery,” is often a

homage due to the inexhaustible resources and the infinite

variety of nature.

Il.—On the Development of the Root-cell and its Nucleus in

Chara verticillata (Rovb.). By H. J. Carter, Esq., Assistant

Surgeon H.C.S., Bombay.

[With a Plate. ]

Last year I found it necessary, on account of the investigations

I was then making, to ascertain the physical features which the

protoplasm of the first few cells of Chara presented on their

development from the nucule ; but, not requiring to go further, I

merely commenced from the bursting of the vacuoles of the new

protoplasm into each other, and followed this up to the full de-

velopment of the rotatory motion*. Latterly I have found it

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. pp. 110 & 111. pl. 8. fig. 35, 1856.

14 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

necessary to extend these researches, that I might ascertain also

the changes which the nucleus presents in the freshwater Algze

under cell-division, and having again chosen the roots of Chara

verticillata for this purpose, I have been led to observe other

features in the protoplasm which I had not before noticed, but

which, together with the changes exhibited by the nucleus, I will

now also describe.

Previously, however, it is advisable that I should state shortly,

what has been published respecting the development of the roots

of Chara, as well as that which is known of the formation of the

nucleus generally, in the Vegetable Kingdom.

As regards the former, it has already been stated by C. Miiller,

in his excellent description of the development of Chara*, that

“as soon as the nucleary membrane [embryo-sac] began to burst

through the sporular membrane [brown-coat], like a bladder,

and to expand it in a sacciform manner [to form the first cell of

the plant-stem], it began to be developed in a sacciform manner

on the opposite side” [to form the roots]. Nothing afterwards

is mentioned about the roots, saving that “each utricle forms a

rootlet, and others follow it from simple vesicular expansion of

the nuclear membrane, so that it acquires at this end a complete

head of root-fibrils+.”

For what is known respecting the formation of the nucleus in

the Vegetable Kingdom, I can quote nothing better than the

result of Nageli’s researches, which he has summed up in the

following manner, viz. :—‘ The nucleus originates in two ways ;

either free in the contents of the cell, or by division of a parent

nucleus {.”’ The first mode is witnessed in the embryo-sac of the

Phanerogamia (Scilla cernua, &c.), where “globular drops of

perfectly homogeneous mucilage with a defined outline” appear ;

after which the larger ones present an “ enclosed ring ;” and of

these, he adds, “‘ there can be no doubt, for the further deve-

lopment also confirms it, that the mucilage-globule is a cell-

nucleus, the enclosed ring a nucleolus.” He is also of “ opinion

that the nucleolus originates first, and the nucleus subsequently

around it§ ;” lastly, he observes, “certain phenomena connect

themselves readily with the hypothesis that they [the nucleoli]

are utricles ||.”

As regards the second mode of origin, viz. that by division,

this is witnessed in the nuclei which are formed on each side of

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. p. 254, 1846.

+ Idem, p. 259.

t{ Henfrey’s Translations, Ray Soc. Pub. “Reports and Papers on

Botany,” 1849, p. 168.

§ Idem, pp. 106 & 107. || Idem, p. 172.

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. 15

the “secondary nucleus in the parent-cell of the spore of Antho-

ceros*,”’

Having thus briefly stated, as far as I am aware, the limits of

our knowledge respecting the development of the roots of Chara,

and the formation of the nucleus of the plant-cell, I will proceed

to the subject of this paper, premising a short description of the

first root-cell and its contents in the species of Chara mentioned,

that the reader may recognize without doubt the parts to which

I shall have occasion to aliude.

This cell is a long narrow cylindrical tube, with one end

attached to the nucule, and the other free. Its chief elements

are the cell-wall and “ primordial utricle ” of Mohl.

Of the cell-wall nothing more need be said here than that it

is as transparent, colourless, and apparently structureless, as

unstained glass ; but the protoplasm is composed of many organs,

which I will first enumerate and then describe in detail. Thus,

it is itself surrounded by a cell which we shall call the “ proto-

plasmic sac ;” then the protoplasm is divided into a fixed and

rotatory portion; these again respectively enclose the nucleus,

“ sranules,” and axial fluid ; while those small portions of matter

which I have before designated as “irregularly shaped bodies+”

are common to both.

Protoplasmic Sac.—This sac I have only been able to demon-

strate satisfactorily by the aid of iodine and acids applied to the

fixed protoplasm when it is about to undergo division for the

second root-cell, in the way which will be hereafter mentioned.

Its existence, however, might be inferred, from iodine and acids

failing to produce any separation between the fixed and rotatory

portions of the protoplasm; for these cannot be considered to be

in direct union, and therefore, unless supported in their relative

position by a membranous sac common to both, would most

probably present a line of separation under contraction. Again,

the “primary” nucleus ultimately becomes stationary in the

midst of the rotating protoplasm, and it also must be fixed to

something which is not only stationary itself, but is also carried

inwards with this part of the rotatmg protoplasm, when the

latter is condensed and made to leave the cell-wall by acids ; for

the nucleus, or what remains of it, is at such times seen to be

enclosed in the general mass of contracted cell-contents. Lastly,

* Idem, 1846, pp. 261 & 262.—Himantidium pectinale (Kg.) affords a

good example of it among the Algz ; and in the same way I have seen it

m some of the cells projecting mto the gum-cavities of the bark of Hyper-

anthera Moringa (Roxb.), the Horse-radish tree of India; that is, both

halves of the nucleus remaining opposite each other, on either side the

septum, after the latter has divided the old, from the new cell.

+ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. p. 106, 1856.

16 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

when the first root-cell assumes part of the function of the cell

of the plant-stem, which is frequently the case, the green, peri-

pheral cells appear in an abortive form, disposed in broken

scattered lines along its inner surface, and they also are drawn

inwards with the general mass of rotating protoplasm under

contraction from acids,—with the remains of the nucleus within

them again. Now these cells can hardly be supposed to be sup-

ported in their position by mere attachment to the cell-wall in

the root-cell, any more than they are in the cell of the plant-

stem, where they form a distinct layer. Hence, if the proto-

plasmic sac had not been seen, its existence might thus have

been fairly inferred.

Protoplasm.—The protoplasm is a molecular mucus, which,

as before stated, is divided into two portions, viz. a fixed and a

rotatory portion. The fixed portion occupies the extremity of

the cell, and extends backwards for about a hundredth part of

an inch (PI. ILI. fig. 24, 6), while the rotating portion occupies

all the rest of the interior of the tube (c). The latter, which is

more attenuated than the former, merely encloses the axial fluid,

and presents a few of the “irregularly shaped bodies” scattered

through its substance, with, perhaps, a globular cell or two in

its cavity ; but the fixed protoplasm not only also contains a few

of these “bodies,” but, in addition, the nucleus, and the group

of corpuscles at the extremity of the cell, which I have called

“ granules.”

Nucleus.—This organ 1s at first located in that end of the fixed

protoplasm which joins the rotatory part (fig. 2 d), and then con-

sists of three elements: viz. a transparent, globular cell, which

Nageli has called the “nuclear utricle” (a); a more or less

transparent mucus, which partly occupies its interior (0); and

the nucleolus or kernel, which is a spherical body composed of

an opake, yellowish, homogeneous substance, with a single hya-

line vacuole in its centre (c,d). This is the primary form of

the nucleus in Chara. Afterwards it enlarges, the transparent

portion or cell becomes elliptical, the nucleolus becomes flattened,

its single hyaline vacuole is replaced by several which vary in

size as well as in number (fig. 3) ; and these again disappear and

reappear, but whether from collapse of the vacuole or change in

position of the substance of the nucleolus, I am ignorant. The

nucleolus is also now continually but imperceptibly varying its

shape, being at one time elongated, and at another subrotund.

Finally, when the nucleus has ceased to subdivide for the pur-

pose of furnishing the new cells with nuclei, it moves back-

wards a short distance, and then becomes permanently fixed to

the protoplasmic sac (fig. 4d), where it grows still larger, and,

ultimately, its nucleolus divides up into a number of small

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. 17

nucleoli (fig. 5 d). When the second or following root-cell be-

comes terminal, that is, ceases to throw out any more cells,

the nucleus, after the breaking down of the fixed protoplasm,

moves about for some time before it becomes fixed; and this is

effected partly by the rotating protoplasm and partly by its own

locomotive power, which at this time is particularly evident, from

gradual change of form while under observation. I have stated

that the “nuclear utricle” and its contents are transparent, but

this is only in comparison with the turbid fixed protoplasm in

which it is imbedded ; for when it gets into the clearer cavity of

the rotating protoplasm, it not only presents a cloudiness inte-

riorly, but, a certain time after it has become stationary, also

becomes filled with vacuoles (fig. 12 a), like those which will be

found to be developed in the fixed protoplasm preparatory to its

assuming a more attenuated form and mingling with the rota-

tory part. In short, this is the last vital phenomenon presented

by this organ ; after which it passes into an effete amorphous

piece of tissue like cellulose (fig. 6 d).

Round or “ irregularly shaped bodies.” —These are small opake

yellowish masses of protoplasmic (?) matter (fig. 2 e, e, e), irre-

gularly scattered throughout both the fixed and rotating proto-

plasm, and seem to be the same as those which I have described

under this head in giving an account of the contents of the pro-

toplasm of the internode of the plant-stem, but they never grow

large enough to arrive at those fantastic shapes which are found

in the latter*. Like these, also, they are frequently seen ap-

pended to, or in the wall of a globular mucus-cell (fig. 14a, 6); and

this cell may be transparent or clouded by the presence of mole-

cular mucus, while it also frequently manifests a power of move-

ment. Many of these bodies have very much the appearance of

the small nucleoli into which the primary nucleolus divides, but

as they appear in the cell before the latter takes place, this can-

not be their origin.

Granules.—Lastly we come to the granules (fig.2 f, Se.), which

are of much interest, on account of their being grouped together

in one part of the cell only, their marked characters, and their

incessant oscillatory motion. They are situated in the fixed pro-

toplasm close to the free extremity of the cell-wall, and are

recognized by their dark margins, greenish colour, constant

motion, and tendency to keep together in a group. At first they

are round or elliptical (fig. 15 a), and of the tint mentioned, but

after a while they become subrotund or angular, and colourless (0)

—apparently effete. When the fixed protoplasm begins tobebroken

up by the development of vacuoles, they are seen to be seattered

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. loc. cit. p. 106, &c., pl. 8. figs. 11-13.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 2

18 Mr.H.J. Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

among the latter ; but after the rotatory movement is completely

established, theyare no longer to be recognized. Their office seems

to be connected with the extension of the cell, as they are only

found at its extremity and are in constant motion, but whether

this motion is produced by themselves or by the protoplasm in

which they are imbedded, I am ignorant. They are also present

in the young cell of the plant-stem, but disappear in the way

which I have stated, and are then followed by the appearance of

the rudiments of the green cells or chlorophyll-bearing cellulz.

Is their office of a like nature, or are they homologous with the

latter ?

Vacuoles.—These form no part of the permanent contents of

the protoplasm, but are hyaline spaces, which are temporarily

developed in the new or fixed protoplasm preparatory to its

becoming attenuated and rotatory (figs.3 2&5 m). As they in-

crease in number and size so they burst ito each other, until a

large space is thus produced in the centre, round which the pro-

toplasm gradually begins to rotate (fig. 67). As before stated,

they appear in the nucleolus and in the mucus-substance of the

nuclear utricle when the nucleus becomes stationary ; they also

make their appearance in the rotating protoplasm, just preceding

its death.

Having now described one of the first root-cells specially and

typically, let us turn our attention to the whole bunch as they

appear about twenty-four hours after the germination of the

nucule. Here we shall find, as Miller has stated, that they are

developed from the “ nucleary membrane”? (fig. 1 A, A!) (which,

for convenience of description, we will now term “ embryo-sac”’),

on one side the plant-stem,—at first as one hemispherical cell,

which afterwards divides into four or more root-buds (f). The

first cell of the plant-stem (b), on the other hand, projects from

the extremity of the embryo-sac in the form of a parabola, whose

summit (d) becomes cut off, for the second cell or internode (c),

by a transverse diaphragm (7) ; round the circumference of which,

again, on the dower side (e, e), there is an annular projection,

which lodges the protoplasm, that afterwards becomes cut off

and divided up into cells for the first node or verticil; thus

allowing direct endosmosis to take place, not only between the

first and second cells of the plant-stem, but also between the first

cell and the cells of the first node. Sometimes these cells pass

into roots, as the cells of any future node may do if the occasion

requires it. The figure of the germinating nucule which I

formerly gave, would have been more complete had I drawn

another diaphragm close to the summit of the nucule, and placed

the roots in a bunch on one side of it, but the reader can do this

for himself, and then he will have the first cell of the plant-stem

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. 19

and first bunch of roots now deseribed*. When a second plant-

stem is formed, which is not unfrequently the case, this is deve-

loped out of one of the root-buds ; hence it is not uncommon to

see one of the latter in an intermediate state.

Now if we take the simple root-cell (fig. 2) about the eighteenth

hour ak germination, when it will be about half an inch long

and <3, of an inch broad, and place it in water between two

slips of glass for microscopic observation, under a magnifying

power of about 400 diameters, we shall find, if the circulation

be active and the cell-wall strong and healthy, that the extre-

mity of the latter, together with the nucleus and fixed protoplasm,

which, as before stated, is about a hundreth part of an inch long

and <4, broad, will, in the course of about twenty-four hours,

present the following changes :-—

st stage.—The nucleus, now about 52, of an inch in dia-

meter, is situated in that part of the fixed protoplasm which is

next the rotating one; it is also now globular, and its nucleolus,

which is about the ;,'., of an inch in diameter, spherical and

opake, with the exception of the single hyaline vacuole in the

centre. After this, the nucleolus becomes somewhat flattened,

its outline becomes subcircular, and it presents several hyaline

vacuoles of different sizes. The “granules” are now also in

active motion at the other end of the fixed protoplasm, close to

the extremity of the cell-wall, but, beyond these and the “ irre-

gularly shaped bodies,” the fixed protoplasm presents nothing to

interrupt its uniformity throughout its whole extent.

2nd stage.—After a certain time, durmg which the nucleolus

has been successively changing its shape from a subrotund to an

elongated form, and vice versd, it assumes a grumous appearance,

becomes slightly enlarged, and growing fainter in its outline, gra-

dually but entirely disappears, Teaving a white space correspond-

ing to its capsule or cell-wall, with a faint remnant of some

structure in the centre. Subsequently this space becomes filled

up with the fixed protoplasm, and after about an hour and a half,

(but this varies,) the nucleus reappears a little behind its former

situation, but now reduced in size, and with its nucleolus double,

instead of single as before (fig. 9) ; each nucleolus bemg about

one-fourth part as large as the old nucleolus, and hardly percep-

tible. Meanwhile a faint septum (fig. 3 g) is seen obliquely ex-

tending across the fixed protoplasm, a little beyond the nucleus ;

and, if iodine be applied at this time, the division is seen to be con-

fined to the protoplasm, as the latter, from contraction, withdraws

itself from each side of the line where the septum appeared, and

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. loc. cit. p. 106, &c., pl. 8. fig. 35.

20 Mr.H.J. Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

leaves a free space which is bounced laterally by an unin-

terrupted continuation of the protoplasmic sac. Hence the de-

monstration of the existence of this sac to which I have alluded.

At this moment a spot, slightly lighter than the rest of the pro-

toplasm, makes its appearance a little beyond the septal line

towards the free extremity of the cell, and this is soon followed

by the faint appearance of something else in its centre, which,

as both become more defined, proves the former to be a new

nucleus, and the latter, its nucleolus (k). We shall, therefore,

henceforth designate the first by the name of “ primary,’’ and

the second by that of “secondary ” nucleus. As the secondary

nucleus becomes more evident, its nucleolus also is found to be

double, and composed of two spherical nucleoli about the same

size as those of the primary nucleus, when the latter first returned

into view. These nucleoli, like those of the primary nucleus,

also become opake and yellowish, and each presents a single

hyaline vacuole or circular area in its centre—sometimes more

than one.

The nucleoli of the primary nucleus, after they have become

distinct, soon unite (fig. 10) and form one spherical nucleolus

(fig. 8k), with a single hyaline vacuole in its centre, thus assu-

ming the form which it first presents when the root has just

budded forth from the root-cell of the embryo-sace (fig. 2 d).

After this the nucleoli of the secondary nucleus also unite in the

same way, and present the same spherical form when conjoined.

The primary nucleolus now becomes more opake, subrotund or

elongated, and presents a number of vacuoles of different sizes

(fig. 83d); while the septum has become fully formed and has

assumed a sigmoid shape (g). Thus the second root-cell is

completely cut off from the first.

8rd stage.—In this, the cell for the first bunch of rootlets is

formed and provided with a nucleus ; it commences in a convex,

lateral projection of the first root-cell opposite the oblique sig-

moid septum (fig. 84). The primary nucleus now disappears

again and undergoes precisely the same changes as those which

it did for providing the nucleus for the second root-cell, but its

counterpart now appears in the protoplasm occupying the lateral

projection (fig. 42), which also presents a faint septum (2) di-

viding it from the remaining part of the fixed protoplasm, in

which the primary nucleus is still imbedded.

As the third nucleus, or that of the lateral cell, becomes more

defined, and its nucleoli unite together in the way just described,

the septum becomes more evident, and at length we have the

lateral cell completely cut off from the first root-cell, and pro-

vided with its nucleus (A).

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. PN |

Vacuoles now appear in the fixed protoplasm surrounding the

primary nucleus preparatory to its being broken down into the

rotatory form (fig. 37).

Ath stage.—Here the fixed protoplasm surrounding the pri-

mary nucleus becomes entirely broken down by the vacuoles,

and the whole of it, blending with the adjoming rotatory por-

tion, now flows freely with the latter, over the septum both of

the second root and lateral or rootlet-cells (fig. 44). While this

has been taking place, the primary nucleus has moved a little

backwards, and has become permanently fixed to the proto-

plasmic sac, where the cell-wall has also become elliptically di-

lated, apparently to receive it (d, d'). Vacuoles make their ap-

pearance in the midst of the protoplasm of the second root-cell

near its septum (fig. 5 m) ; while this cell, now elongated, also

gets a twist to one side, from the increased development of the

rootlet-cell.

The nucleus in the lateral cell now disappears and returns in

the way before mentioned, viz. in two parts, each containing two

nucleoli. These undergo the same changes as those before de-

scribed, ending in aconjunctionof the nucleoli of each nucleus (0,0).

Meanwhile a longitudinal septum has become developed in the

lateral cell (x), which is thus divided into two, respectively pro-

vided with nuclei.

The second root-cell has become more elongated, and the

vacuoles have worked a cavity in it, round which the protoplasm

is slowly rotating (fig. 6¢).

The lateral cell has become divided again by a transverse sep-

tum (s), which has been accompanied by a division of the nucleus

and quadrisection of the nucleolus as before stated ; so that there

are now four divisions in the lateral cell, each of which presents

a single nucleus with a single nucleolus, respectively formed in

the way mentioned (q, q, 4, )-

5th stage.—The second root-cell has reached the state of the

first previous to the appearance of the secondary nucleus (fig. 6 a) ;

each of the four lateral cells has become elongated, but in dif-

ferent degrees, as in the case of the roots developed from the

root-cell of the embryo-sac ; one or two in the latter are gene-

rally much longer than the others. Meanwhile the primary

nucleus has become enlarged, has presented the vacuoles in its

mucus-contents to which I have alluded, and its nucleolus has

become divided up into a number of small opake nucleoli (fig.5 d).

These disappear and leave the old nucleus in the form of a flat,

elliptical, structureless, effete piece of cellulose (?) (fig. 6 d) ; or

the nucleus becomes prolonged backwards in the form of a long

cell, and the small nucleoli drawn out with it into different

shapes and lengths (fig. 13a, a,a). What becomes of the small

22 Mr, H.J. Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

nucleoli into which the nucleolus divides, I am ignorant ; whether

they become absorbed, or whether they escape from the nucleus

into the rotating protoplasm. Judging from what takes place

in the cell of the plant-stem, the latter would seem to be their

destination ; but, whatever it may be, all trace of them ultimately

disappears in the remaining portion of the nucleus.

Thus far, then, we have seen, that the second root-cell and

rootlet-cell developed from the first root-cell correspond, in de-

velopment, with the first cell of the plant-stem and root-cell of

the embryo-sac. Moreover, when the second root-cell is pro-

longed, it undergoes the same changes as the first cell, by which

repetition we seem to get further confirmation of what goes on

in the embryo-sac before germination becomes evident. All that

takes place previous to this, however, is completely shut out from

us by the black, opake colour of the middle coat of the nucule,

which causes the early part of germination to be as invisible as

the glassy transparency of the cell-wall of the root renders its

development apparent. Hence, for all that occurs antecedently,

we must be guided by inference, and for views on this part of

the subject, I can refer the reader to no higher authority than

A. Braun, whose observations on the “ Nucleus of the Cha-

raceze”’ are among the papers which have been so happily selected

and translated for the advancement of botanical science by

Prof. A. Henfrey*. I would here, however, casually notice, that

the embryo-sac which turns blue under the action of iodine and

sulphuric acid before germination, ceases to do so after the latter

has commenced.

It may now be asked, What becomes of the nucleus when it

disappears? In reply to which I can state no more than I have

already done, —viz. that all it leaves behind is a clear space, cor-

responding to the form and size of its capsule or cell-wall, with

some faint amorphous tissue in the centre, and that this space

also soon becomes obliterated or filled up by the fixed protoplasm,

after which no trace of the nucleus remains. Its coming into

sight again, with its counterpart too, is so faint, that it seems

almost hopeless to endeavour to trace the changes between its

disappearing and reappearing again,—reduced in size and with

double nucleoli, as I have before stated. But this is certain,

that one part moves towards the free end of the root-cell, viz.

the secondary nucleus, and the other part, viz. the primary part,

retires from it, while the septum is formed between the two in

the lighter space of the fixed protoplasm originally occupied by

the primary nucleus before its disappearance. It is also worthy of

remark, that the part intended for the primary nucleus generally

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xii. p. 297, 1853.

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. 23

appears first, and its nucleoli unite together long before those of

the secondary nucleus; while, although the opposite sometimes

takes place, it is rare, for I have only observed it twice.

As regards the influence of the nucleus upon the development

of the new cells, it will now be evident that, if there be any, it

must be derived in the first mstance from the parent nucleus,

for both the extremity of the second root-cell and the projection

for the lateral or rootlet-cell take place before the disappearance

of the primary nucleus for providing each of these parts with a

new nucleus. But as soon as a trace of the septa respectively

cutting off these cells from the remaining portion of the fixed

protoplasm, and, therefore, from the old or first root-cell, is

visible, the new nuclei respectively also appear in their proper

situations; after which the further development of the nuclei

and septa progresses pari passu. Thus the new cells are never en-

tirely without a nucleus, which would thus appear to exert some

influence, directly or indirectly, upon their development, for as

soon as the only two new cells which the root-cell gives off are

formed, the old nucleus becomes effete. At the same time, the

general functions of the cell do not depend on the nucleus, for

the cell grows larger and the cireulation of the rotatory protoplasm

continues for an indefinite period after it has ceased to exist ; the

latter apparently with even greater activity than when it was in

full operation. Whether a new cell-bud can originate a new

nucleus for itself, or go on growing to the extent of a nucleated

cell without a nucleus, I am ignorant. But I am inclined to

the opmion that it can do neither, and, therefore, opposed to

the view I formerly expressed, when I knew less about the

development of the roots of Chara, viz. that the root-cells of

Chara, like the gemmule-buds on the body of Vorticella, might be

developed “independently of the cell-nucleus*.” I should

hesitate, therefore, to assert now, that we might state this with

certainty even respecting Vorticella.

Why the nucleolus should quadruplicate, while the capsule or

“nuclear utricle” only (?) duplicates, and, when the division of

the latter has been completed, the two nucleoli in each half

should unite again into single nucleoli, I am also ignorant.

That the nucleus in Chara verticillata does invariably undergo

this process in the providing of nuclei for new cells, several

single and several repeated serial sets of observations on different

root-cells enable me to assert. So evident is this, that on one

occasion the nucleoli of the secondary nucleus remained separate

for five hours, during which they not only constantly changed

their position, but grew larger, so that 1 thought they would

|* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. p. 237, 1856.

24 Myr. H.J. Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

never unite, and therefore watched for the time of their provi-

sioning the ¢hard root-cell; when at the end of the fifth hour

union commenced, and an hour afterwards was complete. Twelve

hours after, this nucleolus also disappeared ; and about an hour

and a half from this time, the oblique septum dividing the second

from the third root-cell was just visible, with the parent nucleus

and its counterpart on each side of it respectively. Can the

conjugation of the nucleoli, if it may be so termed, have anything

to do with the reproduction or restoration of the size of the

nucleus, as in some species of Spirogyra and Diatomee, where

the contents of two cells, which have been derived from an in-

terseptal division of one, unite again to form the spore? The

same kind of quadruplication of the nucleolus appears to take

place in the formation of the plant-cell of Chara, judging from

two imstances which occurred to me; and in looking for this

generally it may be remembered that, whenever double nucleoli

are seen in the nuclear utricle of Chara, it is a sure sign of this

process having taken place, for even if the parent nucleus is ever

in such a condition, it is at that time invisible. ;

On one occasion I found two nuclei with their two nucleoli

respectively still disunited, in the axial fluid of the rotating pro-

toplasm, while each nucleus was reduced to a clear transparent

oblong cell; and on looking for the primary nucleus in its

natural position, as well as for the nucleus of the rootlet-cell,

the projection for which was already somewhat advanced, I found

that they were both absent, while the presence of vacuoles in the

protoplasm fillmg the projection for the rootlet-cell, which was

not yet cut off from the parent, showed not only that this proto-

plasm was undergoing solution, but, also, that the development

of the rootlet-cell had been arrested. No doubt, therefore, re-

mained in my mind that the two nuclei in the axial fluid were

the primary nucleus and the nucleus of the rootlet-cell. In these

instances the nucleoli were clearly seen, and they presented the

form of spheres filled or lined with a semi-opake, homogeneous,

yellowish substance, in the centre of which, on the surface of

each, was a circular hyaline area or vacuole. In the nucleus

nearest the free end of the root-cell, whose nucleoli were

separated for some distance from each other (fig. 11), a trans-

parent cell round each nucleolus could be perceived (a, a), but

this was not apparent in the nucleus which was furthest from

the end of the root-cell, whose nucleoli were in contact. The

position of these nuclei, away from their proper situations, does

not seem inexplicable, when we remember the migrating power

of this organ, the want of a septum to keep the nucleus of the

root-cell m its place, and the vacuolar solution that the fixed

protoplasm was undergoing in which they ought to have been

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. 25

imbedded; nor can the approximated state of the nucleoli in

one nucleus and their separation in the other, coupled with their

relative position in the cavity of the rotating protoplasm, fail to

point out which was intended for the primary nucleus, and

which for that of the rootlet-cell. Thus these nuclei, being in

the clear cavity of the axial fluid instead of in the fixed proto-

plasm, afforded a much better view of the condition they and

their nucleoli would probably have been in, had they remained

in their natural situations; and the duality of the nucleolus

indicatmmg a recent division of the mother nucleus, while the

second cell had been provided, left, with what has been before

stated, no doubt in my mind, that this must have been the

second division of the primary nucleus for provisioning the

rootlet-cell.

It is by no means uncommon, moreover, to find the nucleolus

of the primary nucleus elongate and irregularly subdentate at the

border, and half an hour afterwards to find it subrotund, and so

on to change from elliptical to subrotund successively for several

times, as before stated. I have also mentioned the appearance

and disappearance of the vacuoles in it, which Nageli calls

“froth ” (doc. cit.) ; and the evidence of locomotive power in the

nucleus itself, or in what Nageli calls the “nuclear utricle.”” I

have, however, never seen any granular matter in it, neither

have I ever seen any granular matter in the mucus-contents of

the nucleus with the microscopic power mentioned; but, like

the nucleolus, it presents vacuoles, though this is only prepara-

tory to becoming effete. The nucleolus sometimes presents a

grumous appearance, as before stated, but this is, generally, just

before it disappears, and I am not certain whether it does not

depend on an increase in the number of vacuoles.

Iodine makes the nucleolus contract and assume a deep

brown-red colour, which yields to water. Sulphuric acid causes

it to swell up and disappear instantly, leaving nothing but the

nuclear utricle behind, unaffected; just as when the nucleolus

disappears preparatory to the formation of a new cell. If, how-

ever, a weak solution of iodine be first added, so as only to con-

tract the nucleolus slightly, the sulphuric acid does not act so

rapidly, and then it may be seen to expand under the eye until

its outline alone remains visible, with the vacuoles, which do not

disappear under these circumstances. I have never been able

to demonstrate a capsule round the nucleolus in situ, whether

young or old, double or single, though I have tried in various

ways to do so, from the deceptive appearance which it frequently

presents of having one; nevertheless, m the case mentioned

where the nucleus was not 2m situ, a transparent capsule did

appear to exist round each nucleolus. When the nucleolus be-

26 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

comes invisible, or very faint under the action of sulphuric acid,

iodine fails to restore its form, or render it more distinct ; and

in no instance have I ever been able to produce the characteristic

blue colour of starch in any part of the nucleus.

We now come to the offices of the nucleus, of which nothing

more is revealed to us in the development of the roots of Chara,

than that, so long as new cells are to be budded forth from the

one to which the nucleus belongs, the nucleus continues in active

operation, but when this ceases it becomes effete ; while the rota-

tion of the protoplasm and subsequent enlargement of the cell,

&c., which are much better exemplified in the plant-stem than in

the root-cell, go on after the nucleus ceases to exist. Hence

the development of the root-cells of Chara affords us nothing

positive respecting the functions of this organ; and, therefore,

if we wish to assign to it any uses in particular, they must be

derived from analogy with some other organism in which there

is a similar nucleus whose office is known. Now, if for this

purpose we may be allowed to compare the nucleus of Chara

with that of the Rhizopodous cell which inhabits its protoplasm,

we shall find the two identical in elementary composition ; that

is, both consist at first of a “nuclear utricle,”’ respectively

enclosing a structureless, homogeneous nucleolus; the latter,

too, in both, is endowed with a low degree of movement. After

this, however, the nucleolus of the Rhizopod cell becomes granular

and opake ; and, when, under circumstances favourable for pro-

pagation, a new cell-wall is formed around the nuclear utricle,—

or this may be an enlargement of the nuclear utricle itself,—I do

not know which ; the granular substance of the nucleolus becomes

circumscribed, and shows that it is surrounded by a spherical,

capsular cell; the granules enlarge, separate, pass through the

spherical capsule ito the cavity of the “nuclear utricle;” a

mass of protoplasm makes its appearance, and this divides up

into monads, or, as I first called them, “gonidia*.” The

nucleolus of Chara, on the other hand, after having provided the

two cells developed from its own root-cell, becomes stationary, and

also divides up into a number of small, round, graniform nucleoli,

which disappear in some way or other unknown to me, leaving

the nuclear utricle, at least, effete. Whether these small nucleoli

are ultimately dissolved, or find their way into the rotating pro-

toplasm, I am, as I have before stated, ignorant; but, so far as

this multiple division goes, we have an analogous termination

between the nuclei of these two organisms; and when we re-

member that the nucleus of the cell in which the globule of

Chara originates, must furnish all the cells with nuclei which

bear respectively the antherozoids,—that these nuclei are very

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. p. 101, 1856.

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. 27

small, so small indeed that they are but granules in size, com-

pared with the nuclei of the plant and root-cells,—it does not

seem far-fetched to assume that the nucleus is an organ of

generation.

Further, should it hereafter be proved that the rhizopodous

cells are developments of Chara itself, and not a foreign organism,

it might not be found difficult to trace a connexion between the

so-called “ gonidia” and the “spiral filaments.” Thus Chara,

in some forms, would then be an animal, and in others a vege-

table, according to the distinction between it and _Ameba, which

will presently be mentioned ; for the rhizopodous cells do not

produce the “ gonidia” or monads until they have enclosed a

portion of the cell-contents, after the manner of Amwba when

taking its food. Again, I have already shown how the nucleus

of the latter divides up into granules and cells producing new

bemgs, and how it becomes lost in the development of the

ovules*, and Stein has shown that the nucleus of Vorticella be-

comes divided up into cells to produce a new litter; also, that it

shrinks into a small elliptical effete mass of fine granules in the

development of Acinete through the Acineta-form, which I have

frequently been able to confirm. So that, if the nucleus in

Ameba and Vorticella be identical with that of Chara, we shall

probably not be far wrong in assigning a generative power to it

generally ; that is, through duplication in common reproduction

and by multiple division in the true process of generation. We

must therefore, if we adopt these views, regard the nucleus of

the globule as merely a modification of that of the cells of Chara

generally, to meet the requirements of the case; and hence as a

subordinate organ, which, together with the other parts of the

protoplasm, is subject to a common developmental power. It

has already been stated, that the nucleus perishes as soon as its

functions cease, while the cell to which it belonged goes on

growing. Thus the internode of the large Nitel/a of Bombayt,

which may be half a foot long, loses its nucleus, probably

when, as a cell, it does not exceed the 100th part of an inch,

for the nucleus disappears long before the layer of green-cells is

formed.

It has not, however, been shown what becomes of the small

nucleoli of the effete nucleus ; and perhaps it would be as well, not

to assume that no more new cells can be formed after this takes

place ; for, if the cortical layer of cells is ever added to the first

internodes and branches of the young plant of Chara verticillata,

which I have already stated to commence in the simple form of

Nitella, it must be some time after the nucleus has ceased to

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii. p. 222.

t+ Idem, vol. xvu. p. 102, foot-note.

28 Mr.H.J.Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

appear in its ordinary form or as a whole; for at present I have

a dozen plants with the nucules attached to them respectively,

and each plant about one-third of an inch in length, without the

least appearance of cortical cells, although each is composed of

three or four internodes and several branches ; if the cortical

cells appear hereafter, they may, perhaps, be formed lke the

other cells, viz. by projections of the mother cell-wall, in the

form of grooves, which, lodging a portion of protoplasm, are

ultimately cut off from the parent cell or imternode ; in which

case they must be provided with nuclei from the remnants of the

old nucleolus, or nuclei altogether de novo.

While the component parts of the first cell of the root of

Chara are still fresh in the mind of the reader, it seems advisable

that they should be compared with those of Ameba. Chara

lives by nutriment obtained through endosmosis ; Ameba, by

taking in the crude material direct, and, having abstracted the

nutritious parts by the process of digestion, ultimately throwing

off the refuse. Chara is a vegetable, though there are animal

cells which also live by endosmose ; but Ameba cannot be a vege-

table, if we admit the distinction that I have given, viz. the

taking in of crude material. Nevertheless the root-cell of Chara

and Ameba greatly resemble each other.

Thus the cell-wall of the former corresponds with the pellicular

secretion or capsule of Amaba, which, in Arcella, &c., appears

asashell. The protoplasmic sac may correspond with the pellicula

itself and diaphane. The nucleus is identical, and situated in the

fixed portion of the protoplasm, as it appears in the fixed mole-

cular sarcode of Ameba, when the latter assumes a spherical

form. [In my Notes on the Organization of the Infusoria*,

I have called the “nuclear utricle” the “ capsule,’ and the

“ nucleolus” the “nucleus.”| The “ granules” of the fixed

protoplasm have exactly the same greenish tint and appearance

that the “ granules” of the sarcode in Ameba present, and the

former appear to be vicarious in function, if not homologous

with the green-cell of the plant-stem; that is, when the former

make their appearance, the latter disappear. The rotating pro-

toplasm corresponds with the internal mucus of Ameba, to

which I would confine the term “ sarcodet+t,” and the vacuoles

with the vesicula and vacuoles of the substance of Amwba ; hence

it would appear that, as a cavity is formed in the protoplasm of

the cell of Chara by the bursting of the vacuoles into each other,

round which the rotating protoplasm turns, so it may be the

vesicula which thus becomes distended in Ameba to render it

spherical, and hence the appearance of the fixed sarcode on the

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. p. 356.

+ Idem. See the definition of these terms.

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. 29

side of it in which the nucleus is imbedded. That the vesicula,

when greatly distended, does render some of the Infusoria sphe-

rical, may easily be seen by the state in which Plesconia and

Vorticella burst from their cysts respectively when the vesicula

is expanded to the utmost to produce the rent, and then sub-

siding after the animalcule has effected its escape, thus allows of

its returning to its natural form; and it is not unreasonable to

infer that the same thing takes place in Ameba, to render its

plane form spherical, and vice verséd*. Nor should we omit in

this analogy the vacuolation which takes place in the protoplasm

of Chara just before the cell dies, or when it is weakened by

disease or injury, which is a common occurrence in the vesicula

and its vacuolar system in Ameba and other Infusoria under

similar circumstances.

The most interesting point, however, which this analogy brings

forth is the correspondence between the rotatory motion of the

protoplasm in the cell of Chara, and that of the sarcode of Amwba

and other Infusoria; since, by considering this motion in different

organisins, we may perhaps arrive at some notion of the cause

by which it is produced in all. In the Planariz and Rotatoria,

the lash of cilia, which projects from the hepatic cells that line

the stomachs of these animalcules respectively, appears to rotate

the food during the process of digestion ; but in the second part

of the alimentary canal of the Rotatoria, where there are no he-

patic cells, the surface is seen, on the approach of anything into

it, to be covered with cilia. Again, in Vorticellaand Paramecium

Aurelia, the digestive globules also are slowly circulated round

the abdominal cavity, if 1 may so term it, in the midst of the sar-

code or internal mucus ; and when we watch this circulation nar-

rowly, for instance, in the posterior part of Vaginicola crystallina

(Khr.), we see that the bodies in which the chief motion exists

are very minute and apparently stationary, and that, while their

movements are very rapid, the circulation of the pellets of food

is very slow; hence they would appear to be cilia. The same

kind of circulation occurs in Ameba, but is so tardy, and this

Infusorium is so incessantly changing its shape, that it is not

seen, under ordinary circumstances. The movement of the

rotating protoplasm in the Characeze is also very slow ; for, when

it is viewed in the long internodes of Nitella with a very low

power, or even with the naked eye, it seems hardly to move

faster than the foot of a Gasteropod; still there is no positive

evidence that it moves round the cell after the manner of the

latter, although it would appear to possess the power of move-

ment per se. Hence the question remains undecided, viz.

whether it moves round the cell by itself, or by the aid of

* Idem. See remarks on this point, vol. xviii. p. 131.

30 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Development of the Root-cell

cilia disposed on the inner surface of the protoplasmic sac, m

like manner to those which appear to exist in the abdominal

cavity of Vagivicola erystallina, and which have been seen and

drawn by the Hon. and Rev. S. G. Osborne, and confirmed by

Mr. Jabez Hogg, in Closterium Lunula*.

By the latter observation I do not mean it to be inferred, that

I think the backward and forward, &c. motions of the corpus-

cles of Closterium, Surirella splendida (Khr.), and Spirogyra, are,

altogether, thus produced ; for in the two latter organisms they

seem to be borne along in or upon minute mucus-threads

which creep over the internal surface of the primordial utricle,

or stretch across to the suspended nucleus. In the terminal

cells of the filaments of Spirogyra, especially, the advancing

point of these threads may often be seen, as well as the end

of the line of molecules trailing after them; and several such

threads may also be seen in motion en masse, indicative of the

whole of the internal part of the primordial utricle being com-

posed of them, unless they form a particular structure of them-

selves. It has lately struck me too, while watching Surirella

splendida, that the motion which is seen in the corpuscles of its

interior is precisely similar to that of foreign bodies over its

surface, which I have endeavoured to prove by analogy to depend,

in the Diatomee generally, on the presence of a transparent

envelope endowed with locomotive and prehensile power.

It might be said, perhaps, by some, that in the present state

of our knowledge, the comparison between a plant and an animal

is not allowable; but the answer to this respecting Ameba is,

that there is nothing on ‘the animal side of this organism that

offers for comparison equal to the organisms on its vegetable

side, taking it even generally or particularly. Again, it might

be said that I was formerly of opinion that the rotating proto-

plasm circulated round the cell by itself; but I was then not

aware of the existence of the protoplasmic sac or a fixed mem-

brane inside the root-cell, on the apparent absence of which this

view was chiefly grounded. Lastly, it might be said that I

formerly tried to prove that the “ gonidia” developed from the

Rhizopodous cells of the protoplasm were the offspring of a para-

site, and now I have hinted that they may be found to be deve-

lopments of Chara itself. Proof of the latter, however, is very

remote; but when we find that there exists an timate analogy

between the nucleus of the cell of Chara and that of this Rhizo-

podous cell, as well as that of Amba, &c., both in form and,

probably, office, and that the nucleus of the Rhizopodous cell

divides up into granules for the production of the “ gonidia”

* Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sci. vol. i. p. 234, 1854.

+ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii.

and its Nucleus in Chara verticillata. 31

or monads,—it does not seem to me an unpardonable amount of

speculation to think for a moment that the nuclei of this organism,

which exist free and in their proper cells in the protoplasm of

the internode of Chara, may be derived from those into which

the nucleolus of Chara ultimately becomes resolved.

P.S.—In addition to the information already afforded me re-

specting the time which the nucule of Chara verticillata takes to

germinate*, I have now to offer the following :—

On each occasion upwards of 200 nucules were placed in

water, in watch-glasses, in a drawer with a g!ass-cover, close to a

window, and only received the sun from about 2 p.m. to 44 p.m.

daily.

Those placed in water on the 3rd March 1856 began to ger-

minate on the 17th day; those on the 3rd April, not until the

65th day; those on the 15th May, partially (6) on the 28rd

day, and then stopping, germinated generally on the 56th day ;

those on the 29th June, partially (3) on the 13th day, and then

stopping, germinated generally on the 41st day.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III,

Fig. 1. Vertical section of the nucule, plant-stem and root-cell of Chara

verticillata: (a) cavity of the nucule; (b) first cell of the plant-

stem; (c) dotted line showing the original summit of this cell ;

(d) first internode ; (e) annular groove or projection of first cell

to form first node; (f) dotted line showing original form of root-

cell; (g, g) two root-buds after 4-division of root-cell.

Fig. 2. Free extremity of first root-cell: (a) cell-wall; (4, b) molecular

‘fixed protoplasm ;” (c) “rotating protoplasm ;” (d) nucleus

with single hyaline vacuole ; (e, e, e) “ regularly shaped bodies ;”

(f) “* granules.”

N.B.—The arrow in all indicates the presence of axial fluid

and the rotating protoplasm.

Fig. 3. Ditto, with second root-cell, and projection for rootlet-cell (lateral

view): (d) primary nucleus elongated, hyaline vacuole in plurality ;

(e, e) “irregularly shaped bodies ;”” (f) “ granules ;” (g) oblique,

sigmoid septum, between the first and second root-cells ; (h) pro-

jection for rootlet-cell; (2) vacuoles commencing to break down

fixed protoplasm of first root-cell ; (*) secondary nucleus.

N.B.—The reader here, as well as in the following diagrams

(which are delineated as nearly after nature as possible),

must supply the intermediate ones, that is, where the nucleus

has temporarily disappeared and returns with double nucleoli,

&e., from the descriptions in the text. The dark granular

shade in all, is intended to represent the fixed protoplasm ;

and the letters have not been repeated after the first figure,

as the parts are sufficiently recognizable to render this un-

necessary.

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. p. 123.

Fig.

Mr. L. Barrett on two new species of Echinodermata.

4. Ditto, with second root-cell and rootlet-cell formed (lateral view) :

(d) primary nucleus received into the dilatation of the cell-wall, a’,

and rendered stationary ; (g) oblique, sigmoid septum ; (/) root-

let-cell; (kK) secondary nucleus, elongated, presenting the hya-

line vacuole in plurality; (2) nucleus of rootlet-cell. The re-

maining fixed protoplasm of the first root-cell having now been

broken down by the vacuoles, circulates freely, with the rotating

protoplasm, over the septum of the second root-cell and that of

the rootlet-cell.

5. Ditto, ditto, with first or duplicating septum of rootlet-cell formed,

and multiple division of primary nucleolus (direct view): (d) pri-

mary nucleus with nucleolus divided into smaller nucleoli ;

(m) vacuoles beginning to break down fixed protoplasm in the

lower part of second root-cell; (m) septum duplicating rootlet-

cell ; (0, 0) nuclei of rootlet-cells; (p) lower extremity of second

root-cell which is partly behind rootlet-cell.

6. Ditto, ditto, with rootlet-cell quadrisected, and primary nucleus

become effete (direct view): (d) effete nucleus. from which the

small nucleoli have disappeared ; (q, q, q, q) nuclei of rootlet-

cells; (s) second septum of rootlet-cell; (¢) lower part of fixed

protoplasm in second root-cell broken down and become rotatory.

This cell is now brought into the state of figure 2.

7. More magnified view of primary nucleus when young, 1-300th

of an inch in diameter: (a) nuclear utricle ; (2) mucus occupying

its interior ; (¢c) nucleolus ; (d) hyaline vacuole.

8. Ditto of primary nucleus when old; hyaline vacuole in plurality.

9. Secondary nucleus soon after becoming visible ; presenting double

nucleoli.

10. Ditto, some time after this, with nucleoli united. The next stage

is represented in fig. 7 and so on.

11. Nucleus with double nucleoli, presenting a transparent ring round

them respectively, indicative of the presence of a capsule.

12. Lateral view of primary nucleus after having become stationary,

presenting (a) vacuoles in its interior.

13. Elongated sac-like form of primary nucleus after having become

stationary ; presenting small nucleoli also elongated (a, a, a).

This sac, which is a frequent termination of the nuclear utricle,

is sometimes very long, and more or less irregular in form than

the figure.

14. Globular cells connected with the “irregularly shaped bodies”

(e, e); sometimes seen without the latter: (@) common form of

this “ body.”

15. “ Granules” much magnified : (a) round, elliptical, greenish ; (0)

angular, colourless.

I11.—On two species of Echinodermata new to the Fauna of Great

Brita. By L. Barrert, F.G.S.

[ With a Plate. |

Tue two following species are interesting additions to our fauna,

made by Mr. M‘Andrew. The Amphidotus agrees with the brief

description of A. gibbosus, Agass., in the Ann. Sc. Nat. t. viii.

p. 11: the Comatula is new.

On the Permian System of Durham and Northumberland. 33

Comatula Woodwardu. Pi. VII. fig. 1.

Arms long and tapering, each ray bearing from 60 to 70

pinne on each side. The two pinne nearest the disk have each

27 joints ; the third and those above it, 18. Each pinna is sepa-

rated by two joints. The larger filiform processes are composed

of 45 joints, gradually tapering, terminated by a claw which is

larger than the joint next to it. Two specimens from the Sound

of Skye, 25 to 40 fathoms, gravel and mud. I have dedicated

this species to my friend S. P. Woodward, Esq.

Amphidotus gibbosus, Agass. PI. VII. fig. 2a, b, e.

Amphidetus gibbosus, Agass., Catalogue Raisonné des Echinides, in the

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. vii. p. 11.

Test cordate, as broad as long, thickly clothed with curved

spines pointing towards the vent. The spines of the post-oral

space have slightly flattened tips. The anterior and posterior

lateral ambulacra meet at the lateral angles of the dorsal fasciole.

In each of the anterior halves of the anterior lateral ambulacra

there are eight very distinct pairs of pores lodged in a shallow

groove ; in the posterior halves of the same ambulacra there are

fourteen pairs in a somewhat deeper groove. The number of

pores in each row of the posterior ambulacra is equal, eleven in

each series. The odd ambulacrum is covered with fine granules ;

the pores are not distinct, and there is no anterior groove as in

A. cordatus. The anus is depressed, and the subanal impression

quadrate, enclosing two pores on each side. The mouth is large,

and placed one-third of the length of the test from the margin.

The single specimen above described was dredged in 25 fathoms

on the south side of Bressa Island, Zetland, on a coarse sandy

bottom. It is with some hesitation that we refer this species to

the A. gibbosus of Agass., the original description being very

short and imperfect.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Comatula Woodwardii, nobis, nat. size.

Fig. 2a, b, c. Amphidotus gibbosus, Agass., nat. size.

IV.—Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham

and Northumberland. By Ricuarp Howss, South Shields.

[With a Plate. |

Since I had the pleasure in 1848 of drawing up a Catalogue of

the fossils of the Permian System, collected by myself in the

counties of Durham and Northumberland, at the request and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 3

o4 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

for the use of the Committee of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field

Club, I have on every convenient opportunity been engaged in

prosecuting the same studies both in the cabinet and in the field.

The works that have appeared since, by Dr. Geinitz and Mr. King,

have also been subjected to a very careful examination. By the

assistance of fresh specimens and a careful examination of old

and new sections, I am enabled to correct many important imac-

curacies which the latter author has made, and also to rectify

some of my own earlier statements.

That the distribution of the fossils of this system may be

better understood, I have drawn up the following account of the

stratigraphical order of these rocks, from notes and sections col-

lected during the last fifteen years. All the most important

sections were revisited last autumn, to prevent as far as possible

any mistake.

PERMIAN SYSTEM.

1. Lower Bunter ?

A deposit of reddish sandstone appears in two or three places

in the south-easternmost part of the county of Durham. It is

however generally so completely covered up with alluvium as to

admit of very imperfect examination, and its fossils are entirely

unknown.

Loc. Seaton-Carew, Preston-on-Tees, Coatham-Stob.

2. Magnesian Limestone.

UpreEr.

1. Upper Yettow Limestonr.—A deposit of yellow, earthy,

friable, thin-bedded limestone, with occasional beds of fine-

grained and of oolitic structure.

Probable thickness 100 feet.

Cuaracteristic Fossits.— Myalina squamosa, Sow. ; Myo-

concha costata, Brown ; Axinus obscurus, Sow. ; Littorina helicina,

Schloth.

Loc. Roker, Sunderland, Hartlepool.

2. ConcLoBatEeD Limrestone.—This division consists of beds

chiefly of a spheroidal, botryoidal, finely-laminated, close-grained

and highly crystalline structure, mterstratified with close-bedded,

compact layers, and others which are earthy, friable, and pul-

verulent. The lower beds are occasionally much contorted and

broken up by intrusive brecciated masses.

Thickness probably more than 150 feet.

Cuar. Foss.—Myalina squamosa, Sow. ; Myoconcha costata ;

Axinus obscurus, Sow.; Leda speluncaria, Geinitz; Littorina

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 35

helicina, Schloth. Numerous Entomostraca and Foraminifera.

Also the remains of Paleonisci, &c.

Loc. Coast of Durham from Marsden Bay to Roker, between

Hendon and Ryhope, and between Seaham and Black Halls;

Cleadon Hills, Fulwell Hill, Building Hill, &c.

MiIppLe.

3. ConcrRETIONARY AND SHELL Limestone.— An amor-

phous irregular deposit of highly crystalline or saccharine lime-

stone, occasionally full of small, irregular cavities, partially or

entirely filled with a fine earthy yellowish powdery substance ;

other parts present the appearance of being formed of shapeless

fragments of compact limestone imbedded in a completely in-

vesting matrix, without taking the form of a true breccia. Occa-

sionally, however, large angular masses of finely lammated lime-

stone are imbedded in it, especially towards its highest portion,

where it also gradually becomes more earthy, and in some locali-

ties regularly bedded.

Its thickness is probably more than 150 feet.

Without fossils.

Loc. Tynemouth, North Point to Marsden Bay ; coast between

Ryhope, Seaham, and Castle Eden-dene; banks of the Wear

above Sunderland Bridge ; Tunstall Hope.

The Shell Limestone forming the westernmost or basseting

portion of the above deposit is an irregular mass of highly

crystalline limestone, in some parts exceedingly hard and fine-

grained, and in others friable, earthy and rubbly, consisting of

broken pieces of coral and shells. It contains an assemblage of

the most characteristic fossils of the system. When seen in

section it generally rests on the compact limestone, but at

Clack’s Heugh it rests also on a bed of incoherent sand.

The thickness, owing perhaps to denudation, is not more than

50 feet.

Cuar. Foss.—Terebratula elongata, Schloth. ; Camarophoria

Schlotheimi, v. Buch; Spirifer undulatus, Sow.; Strophalosia

Goldfussi, Mimst.; Productus horridus, Sow.; Fenestella reti-

formis, Schloth.; F. virgulacea, Phill., &c. &e.

Loc. West Boldon, Hylton Castle, Southwick Red House,

Clack’s Heugh, all on the escarpment. High Barns, Humbleton

Hill, Elstobs, Tunstall Hill, Ryhope Field House, Dalton-le-dale,

Castle Eden-dene. These places are situated on the middle por-

tions of the Magnesian Jamestone.

Lower.

4. Compact LimestonE AND ConGLOMERATE.— In most places

on the escarpment the compact limestone forms a very thick

Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

-guoyspues poy “4

“pues yuesotoouy “fi

saye[S-[IVIN 9

‘quoysommty youdmog *P

*quOysaTaI[-[19US */?

puv Areuoryeiou0g *9

‘op —s- payeqotsuog “4

-guoysouty moras reddy “2

} SAU BBadobpgBOIO0OD™ | CoOUCDOBOOOOOUIC: samsvoul-[eoy 7" mayshg snosojim0qieg

Se pnonooner Creo. a CdG0 0 GEOCCISOSCUDDO arse]

SSG OCOGHOSE ll f veseesseeoes IQAShG URIULLA

} wgravsesapss aTPPUN ce guojsouny uersauseyy J

sesaeaenens raddgJ

“g0RI19J, TUOWSOWNT WeIsoUse, oY} ssorse woT}OIS [PPT

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 37

deposit of thin-bedded, compact, bluish, grey or mottled lime-

stone, becoming occasionally brown, earthy, cellular, and with

thicker beds towards the top.

It attains a thickness probably of 150 to 200 feet.

Cuar. Foss.—Same as in shell-limestone, but not so abun-

dant.

Loc. Whitley, Cullercoats, Tynemouth, outliers ; from North

Point to Man Haven, surmounted by concretionary limestone ;

Westoe, West Boldon, Hylton Castle, Clack’s Heugh, Pallion,

Mill Field, Humbleton, Tunstall Hope, Painshaw Hill, and most

other parts of the escarpment to Pierce Bridge.

The Conglomerate is a very local deposit of rounded fragments

of compact limestone imbedded in a limestone matrix. It is of

inconsiderable thickness, and passes into the associated compact

limestone.

Cuar. Foss.—Same as in compact limestone.

Loc. Tynemouth; Black Halls ? Houghton-le-side ?

3. Marl Slate.

The Marl-slate is a very thin deposit, seldom exceeding a

yard in thickness, of a dark grey, or yellowish, finely laminated

marl.

Cuar. Foss.—Paleonisci, Platysomi, and other fishes; Dizs-

cina Konincki, Gein.; Lingula Credneri, Gein.; Caulerpites

selaginoides, Schloth., and other fucoids.

Loc. Cullercoats, Tynemouth, Westoe, West Boldon, Clack’s

Heugh, and most other places on the escarpment.

GENERAL REMARKS.

The foregoing divisions include all the beds which can be with

safety referred to, and satisfactorily determined to belong to the

Permian System as developed in the counties of Durham

and Northumberland. But it has hitherto been the custom of

English geologists to consider an extensive bed of incoherent

yellow sand and red sandstone lying immediately beneath these,

as members of the same system, and to separate them by a di-

stinctive name from the subjacent coal-measures, with which they

are perfectly conformable, and, so far as the red sandstone is

concerned, identical in fossil contents. At Cullercoats and

Tynemouth the red sandstone is so evidently conformable, and

passes so gradually into the shales and sandstones of the true

coal-measures, that it is impossible to separate them, or point

out a line of separation. The same arrangement also is seen on

the banks of the Wear, near Clack’s Heugh, where both these beds

are seen dipping at the same angle as the coal-measures.

38 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

The incoherent yellow sand is present at almost all places

along the escarpment of the limestone, but it varies considerably in

thickness. It is very coarse and gritty, with strong lines of false

bedding ; and from its variable thickness within short distances,

the superior magnesian limestone must be unconformable to it.

The Red Sandstone, usually pointed out as the equivalent of the

Roth-legende, contains at Tynemouth and other localities an

assemblage of genuime coal-measure fossils. During the last

summer we obtained from the cuttings made for the new pier at

Tynemouth the following species: viz. Pinites Brandlingt, Tri-

gonocarpon Noggerathi, Sigillaria reniformis, Lepidodendron,

sp. indet., Calamites approximatus, Calamites inequalis? ; and in

the shale immediately connected with the sandstone, Neuwropteris

gigantea, Sphenopteris latifolia, Cyclopteris dilatata, &e. The

spine of Gyracanthus formosus has been found in the same bed

near South Shields. In consequence of the presence of so

many genuine coal-plants in this bed, its conformity to the coal-

measures, and the apparent want of conformity between the

incoherent sand and the superior limestone, we propose that these

beds may for the future be considered true coal-measures, and

the uppermost members of the Carboniferous System.

In the above divisions, the names given originally by Prof.

Sedgwick have been adopted as far as possible. The terms

Pseudo-brecciated, Brecciated, aud Crystalline, are not admissible

as divisional names. The former is the Concretionary limestone

(Sedgw.), which is a more correct epithet than the proposed new

name. The Breccia is too subordinate in the series to require a

particular name, and the limestones of this series are all too

crystalline to admit of this word as a distinctive term.

The following Table will give a pretty correct idea of the dis-

tribution of the Molluscan Fauna of the Permian System. The

Brachiopoda are limited to the lower portions of the series,—to

the marl-slate, compact limestone, and shell-lmestone. There

is no authenticated instance of the occurrence of a Brachiopod in

the breccia or above it. The greatest number of Gasteropods

are found in the middle division, the shell-limestone. Four

species of Conchifera appear to be common to the whole limestone

series: viz. Myoconcha costata, Brown; Awxinus obscurus, Sow. ;

Myalina squamosa, Sow.; and Leda Vinti, King.

The works principally referred to in the following Table were

published at the time mentioned below: viz.

‘Die Versteinerungen,’ April 1848.

‘Trans. Tyneside N. F. C.’ Aug. 10th, 1848.

‘A Cat. of Org. Rem.’ Aug. 19th, 1848.

‘Mon. Perm. Foss.’ 1850.

Counties of Durham and Northumberland.

‘Iojyung 1aMo'T

‘9Z-OT ‘FG “GBI “48104 “ZITUTOH ‘ens

"OR |-0772WD] "°C “BE-G6Z ‘GZ-8T ‘FST Td

‘oTep-o[-woyeqE ‘asnoyT | uopy $6 *d-4yeq ‘Suryy “‘DUDISwWLOTT ‘lE-P2 J

pprpodoysy TH T1e3s |pesoppydoug ‘GI-9T ‘sy ‘9 qua |e ‘qd WWwg ‘uMoeg “yw

“UN, THEE Woyoquinyy |4ysaoA Yewowng ‘pong ‘a ‘9M ge |uoTT ‘uospraug £4 3} gp ‘1d

"892 ‘d

‘TIAX ‘JOA "F] ‘NT ‘uty ‘surg ‘seswalian

“PUM. “IRA “Dynanaxa ‘ydougy “Bey

‘EL 1d ‘uo ‘waund -ydougy ¢9% 3 ‘SI-L J ‘Zt ‘Td

‘BL Td ‘uo ‘wumrsrwwopy -ydoug |uop “pe ‘ydoyy “pe “Ze

‘oy ‘Aeaspumuney |2T-eL J ‘eE Td ‘uo ‘mznavonra ‘08-12 FS “qq “Ysa 4 “ssnf

‘o[ep-of-woyeqy ‘asnoyy |-ydo.rygyy Ez‘Oz'F'9°"IOF—GEF-S'qe} |-pj049 TMYIOYZHOQ “SE-T 'S8y

PPM edoyty TEL [seq “UAH ‘sngvavoxwa arwyzoy, |g “Td “Yourg TUM “4ug

Treysony, TWH wow~TA |-O “49¢ "dT 'fo4 OD “A NL suet, |-uopy‘uosprarg £9‘ ¢ 7p Td

“omy, “YysneyT syoupg|‘snwewsadsy ‘gq ya snumswiopy “gf Toa ‘osntog “pe snphpuody

‘osnoH |OI-8 FT “Gey “M ‘sn Seajlog urg |Z ‘Ts3y ‘AT [qf “XTX “TOA ‘sas

PPM edoyy ‘opep-oy |yjoaneyog f9T-PT “Sy "TT Td ‘uo [pug ystEy “Jey cuny £ 1-902

uUoyeC TH Teysunz|§ gd yep ‘sur ‘suzoppwoqun -q|-dd 1 -joa ‘9 “A CN “L ‘sueay

‘DY ‘ony

‘opseQ wogp AT] ‘90480 AA “TS J

*FSplelg tvau yULOT YAO Ng "GBI “WSHOA ‘SMIMADWA eruyzOYR40)\""**** T “FETE “GBI “Youoy “urpy|

THA @oyorqumn yy TAL "62 ‘82 ‘ss ‘9 ‘yd

Teysuny, ‘Avaspunur juopy ‘wwmounjads nuasagy ‘Tez ‘d |-9% ‘ez ‘fF Gey ys194 f egp-d

tw ‘dey uoysursmyy|t JOA ‘OWN WL ‘sueay, “7n027940|"4810,A “p “ApuNIH “Ayouuoy ‘CO

TH "096 “d *t “Joa "VG “8G J

*] Tk

Ep thes

ge foceferetens

* | ok |

| ok | oR

* |

SIS ISIE ISIS

ms 12 |B 12 is ls

® 1S | = log

"lo |e |=/5' |p

wIS|EIE 15 18

Sls |S laleo|" |=

S|RIB ie |8) (8

2) S18 (8) [E

iS a

i 2

‘xadd Q *arppiyq| “raaory

“aUO}SIM'] UvIsoUsepy

Ausog dey woysursuy yO WN WL ‘sueay, ¢ sapropphu “|p -quy tp -d ‘maSUMAOUTO4S.L9 A

‘saNqI[eoorT *staduoutg *soouaIajoy

‘SUNT ISsNYPTOH vsopeydo.yg) -g

esMOT])**'*** SNYVAYSO.11ye] ——| “F

*MOg]''* SNPLLLOT snyonposg) -¢e

ayrutay|""**" TyoUTMOy vurost(y *z

ayo} """"** Waupaag wpSery| -y

‘Vadod0IHOVag

‘sioqjny | ‘sarvedg pur viauesy

*sataadg Jo "ON

‘PUunjLaquny,.0Ny pun wnying fo wapshy unusag ay) fo vosatioy, ay2 fo aqn 7, jooudouliy

Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

‘Iojung JoMOo'T

‘opm | "PE-8T J '6 TA

-Opplnn ‘Tey y, ‘U0, | uo “Sury ‘vung hi ‘et

““Lequny «© ‘yynowoudy|—p f “6 ‘[d woy “Sury ‘ognyo “hou LF OS “G3 “Youoy ‘uTPY|*** “Mwog)"’'* sngemMpun aagtatdg} “eT

SEP=2[- Aer

‘edoyky — “YtOASYTIS 6L F

lel lormsomy ‘uoztquinyy|'g ‘Td uopy “Bury ‘wunrsawor “Foyyz|° GIT ‘dM “tos pug “ay, Toop)" ‘mog}*'*'* eyeordy~aut ——} -f7

‘9G FAI ld “EX TOA

‘% ‘dos “JST “JeN ‘uuW ‘fe +f

‘osnopy ppg odoyAyy “Tqe9 ‘9g ‘d “yst04 *p “samyge yy

* colons tawe Teqsuny, ‘moyoTqumn ete teres Ceo ner cevesescrece enn) fav eene Oh J movers y “po SAZYNDAGANAT, "TIOTTS see ByLISLIO eurtostatdg eT

‘Teysuny, “osnoyy ppl |

adoysy — ‘pueyptepung "LT ‘OL ‘GT ‘FTF SI

&lo] | lavou uomeg opm alot 1d uoyy Bung ‘wuneyoury ‘pr\Sl ‘IT FOL Td wp gd yep}"* Surg) euekuneyy eroyeeyy -zT

TH resem, “TH |

moyojquny, «= “ose ‘9T9 ‘Td

xlalrefes uoy ATL ‘qynoweud y, mrahievaletatsie vette e(ae Gaonado cohigese sini: miayeroleteiete TTA ‘YUN “UT 7) ndhiuyp Mog " prozrorjood eroSindg TT

ot ‘a “ii "AT ale “XTX “JOA ‘Z “108

“uo |‘ ‘LJ °9 ‘1d ‘ce-9% ‘3°2 ‘Id ‘uoW | HN ‘UUy | eed ‘1 'Joa'g 7

*lxl ls |-ojqumy ‘yynououdy|! y sd “qeg “sur ‘wznaudazjynm “p\N \L ‘SUeIy, “pe wynzosgavaT| IsMOF| stsuouoyoyqumn pL ae ‘OT

Ray ‘qME FT 1d “apog amerpg

‘gqep-oy-woqeqE ‘oyyseg |‘rumayzojyog i “eSe"d ‘1 Joa "Oy

* Lok | |" og AT ‘qqnowusy,|'N \L SuBty, “(-4vato) vsoquihsoo ‘way,\g *}°E ‘Td ‘at ‘Toa ‘doayoyy ‘Mou *** Td)" ****** BUTMGoys ——| -¢

‘orep

-op-uoyeq, «= ‘doy Any : |

TMOMSHTIG ‘Teysuny, |

‘uoyoqqunyy = “oyysv) "eS ‘TS FP “guy “TUT

cian ea aa uo AL ‘qynomoud y,|"4ysto A “UIOX) ‘sazswadus wyngougaway,\' SE} 'S 1A “Upoywaqotay, doqn) yong *A\-joTYoR vrtoydowwurey 8

‘OTBP-o]-W0zT VT

Ssnoy pp odoyAyy ‘Pe-1e JF

“TOMSHTIS TH T1238 '8 qe} gz ‘d qstoA “p “S.mqe Ny

Km [eee leeel eee -uny, TMH WoyoTquUIN FT Heenan eee rer ecenes CON ni ii i ‘Z “ago” yp sayy AGAMA, “TIOTYS eyeuosaejod BUISTI}IO 4)

; ‘(qwo0) VaOdOIHOVE,

clolalzlelel _ ay, oe = a

SIs | |& (2 |B

gis g T, = |S

2 = Re g & = *SOT}ITCOO'T ‘sumduoudg *SoDUIIOJOY *s1oTNy ‘sotoadg put tioua4 =

: ® s a, uo]

& ®

“taddQ | aTppiyAL | taMo7T

‘QUOISOULIT UvisaUse yy

Sh (ec ae ee) ee) |e ee |e ee ne

if Durham and Northumberland.

2es O

Count

Tes

-uny, ‘Karent s.tofg

--|‘uojotquingy = SAoTITTE AA.

"Is 310819

‘opRp-oT-WoyTecy “osnoyT

pp odoyAy ‘qy10.M

“STIG “[peysuny, “woyzeTq

“une, ‘opjseQ u0yyAyT

. 0%) “Op

‘royoy ‘Anant stodgy

‘STTLH uopreyg ‘uep

-saByy, “Moypecy ‘odoyAyy

‘YOMSHTIG “TPRsuNy,

‘ojoyqunyy = “sno FT

ol" Teqsum 7, ‘mojetq um FL

‘oy Soyep-o[-W0}

-eq ‘odoyAyy ‘qpeysuny,

‘uojotquny, = “ay4yseg

woyATT “SNF 8 yoryy

lqqnourudy, ‘Aopqrq, AA.

‘oy ‘olep

--uoyeq ‘adoyAyy

Teysuny, Smoyoyquin FL

‘apseg woyA TT “Snoopy

‘qynourowd Ty,

“m0 }OTq

“+ |-com yy odoyAyy ‘Teqsun yy,

"mOIRT

‘edoysy “qILOMSYTIG

|\TojeTquiny, ‘qyeysun 7,

‘omy ‘oxy SMOJOTG. UIN FT

TSNOFT S3pPeR[O ‘opysep

woyfs TT

dot ‘d

"MOY ‘wuUniagMy AT ‘STS ‘FAX ‘Td

UOT FTL ad gep ‘Suny ‘yuey vpaT |p qey ‘6 "A “yst04 “pe wpnongz| z4TUTO4D |"

99 DE yH [dG °d ysaoA ‘oune

bury vue “SL TLOTF ST Id wo

STL ‘d qeq ‘wumbury vowosshg

‘L06°C'O' AN 1, ‘suey, vunrbury

VF ‘gpe'd 1 'J0A "OW ON WL suey,

‘numsngfoT FY *S-T'F ST Gey Uopy

£99 ‘Fp -qey 4st A £ pg 'd Tt “Joa

O “HN ‘DL ‘suvay, ‘opewn, nowp|2

‘E1-8 F

‘PL Td ‘nop, ‘suryp ‘afigdas yhyr

‘QP ‘d Fe FOV, 99) “i ON “U0, “SUBLT,

‘snsowmnbs hag ‘Gt “PL “eT “ZT

17) DY y

‘SF

‘9 °Gei ‘Ted 4sa0A *p “Sanger

“ayo F,

‘OL ‘ou ‘6TT “d

‘TT ‘OL ‘6 ‘S5y "p "quy “ysao.A ‘UO |'TT ‘tos pug ‘suRIy, ToaD “Mog

‘uunwusnny yhyg *SpZ Ad “tT "To |‘snzourumnon sajnuhyr

SspVO Opseg WoYAH!O WIN DL ‘SuBay, ‘sagpuunon yhp|'ost ‘A tao pug ‘sueay, [oo

‘SP TP FPL [a uo “suryy ‘ozo

-029'T ‘OF ‘6S ‘88 FFL 1d ‘uop

‘SOULS

LE ‘98

‘ge “885 “PT ‘Td uo fOT ‘d “ye

‘SUTYy ‘opin, pyjaaayng ‘oagd

TOA'O AN ip suey, ‘ogvzfue ova

TS “06 J

"P' QB] 4S A “ULI ‘sesuaunen yy OLA

‘GZ FST Id ‘wo ¢ HM ves}

‘eT [d ‘uogy ‘surg ‘sesuayjofiimy ‘Tr

66 BSF '€T Td “uo “oury “TY

‘sypypys TW "6B “AT 'JOA “OD

‘ND ‘suBty, ‘sapromydhuh syouopy|sanye yy 2 “aylog, “pe sapydhuy

Veceues eect cece steer escereesesracececssssecorlsscnscnssocesss 'E ‘y "eT ‘1d "UOT an

pve cecase reese ees ANSOUSOOOIOOC nnn ior iin icin "Ted “qsa04, "DP ‘DANYR NT "Z*APLOT

‘6-1 F

‘TT ‘ou

‘ZF "qua

‘sngouugs sagynghyy| WyoTyoR|'''*** ByBLAys WOpOIOBy] °zz

" erewounjeds epory] +z!

“**Mog}'"* esourenbs vurped qq) ‘TZ

‘nuniynmbpay nyjaaayng|'og A ‘ysto4 "p “Bamyeyy *Z “Aylog| Wop] "7°" vovydoyeioy ——| ‘0z

a. ‘LY OTT 14 Joug prop) yong) PAVE eTTTAIeD) “GT

‘L F°¢ -qey ‘Og ‘d 48104 *p

‘979-98

"PI-L FL °184

"TIOTYOR) "" wLrwounjeds styouUo TW] “ST

Bury) BURT CULT |7 1 T

snqpisnd w0400q} *2ZT

‘VUGAIHONOD

“yopyag|

‘yqnowoudy|'/, Td uopy ‘suryy ‘wpngffns sewhypdar\' yz *d “4840.4 “Pp 'Sangeyy *z apog|qyoTyog|"* vywSuojo vpnqvaqosoy,| “OT

Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

a AP jl To

"eenlo pT pee yom

-yynog ‘odoyAyy ‘T4004 ‘PI-6 J

“STIS “Woyo;quin Fy ‘TTe9s OT qe) “HOWE FFT FT 104

x focferfen -uny, ‘qsnoyT SOMO ee see eeeeere Siseine ae og anes aN MRT (2 [Botso[009, wopuory|"** suryy

‘9 F'9T Ge} uo fet d POLL FAT Tad 61 104 ‘speury

wey peepessesersesss es qogatquin | yeqQ ‘Swaovuhkdndqns 4 vriqowwosg |‘ epg dt Joa ‘O ANT Sueay] osMoy

‘LI-FT FFL Ge} ‘wom SOL A |ST-OL FAL Td ‘614 ‘speuny

Ed ei ee [eo Ee uopquny, Teysuny yey ‘sury ‘wunmoseyounyy “wpy\sepe'd ‘t-JoA‘O AN WD ‘Suety| osMoxT

op ai ‘OT "qey “OTL °C ‘Pp ‘e a ‘TAX “UOT

* “lel moqeiquinyy [[eysuny|“u19 A wou Sury ‘worm vhmapog|'et ‘d yeg ‘sunhaja vusr10j7 7 |" * SuTy

‘adoy ay “yytomsytg ‘SZ-8L FFT Td “uO

* |: eeepeee ‘MOJoTquIN FT Tpeqsuny, see ceees Bere dene eeeesece eee ceenee week ew seneee ‘SUULO, 1owpow py dLouvorpwoy aoe Sury

‘op ‘odoyAry ‘q93.10.M

SYS Teysuny, ‘woyoyq

“une, “Ysneyy 8{9e[9 ‘s-1 ¥°9 1d ge ‘be F'9 Id

Kap oR ee ok || OrgsBg UofA Ty ‘AST AA|YS9A “WIEN “wosryampL wpepwyp|"1], [OOD ‘oury ‘vzn4s00 vowy| UMOIT

‘LY

‘OT qe} uO, £6 ‘ou ‘ETT dM

se [oc frttcre sees r essen Satyr. CC a i ei iy eee eee eee ere eens DOSS CHOWN (ay; pug “SUBL, ‘Toon 6 aps eee sury

‘og FST Td

“YAoyUIOH ‘opp | TOP 8 Sury ‘umorg ‘snzopunzo.

-9]-WOzTRCT ‘adoyAy |'9z-Ge JF GT ‘Jd ‘uoyy STL ‘d -ye9

‘TAOMSHTIG ‘TTeysungy, “Suny ‘sxpoown., supozyoy 6ze‘ Ey

‘uowTquny, = ‘aayoy eT [duo “Surg ‘ ee-ez Je -qey

* | x * * |" '|‘ST[UF, Wopeery ‘uapsieyy|4sto A “UWlaxy “eumayzoryog snpozyog|\'* ‘ETE ‘[d ‘AL ‘TOA ‘YOUN ‘uTT|*** “Mog

‘MaA WOU “PE J “g ‘Td “4819 A ‘6 ‘8 F

“GMOMSHTIS TesuNy, [UH “powmwmg -g “1s JS Td | AT Ta GT 104°S 108 STH FEN

* *]|Tozotquinyy «= ‘AOI AA| SIO A “MeN “HZn7nun? vHdoung\uny ‘PPe'd'O°A NY, ‘SUBIT| osMoyT

‘L FAT Td ‘6T ‘TOA °S “108

* Pe ee “Testy, “uojoTqum FT eee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ‘s[RUUy ‘pre do“ NL sueay, osSMOP,

SS Se bs

le FS Tay A eC CS fT

oie [oye Els |S

aleielsjeial is

Aico |2 |p |f |e 2

dlZ i Js isis iS *sargTTBIO'T *surduoudg *soDUAIIJOY *s10yjNYy

: “taddy| appr *“taao7

*QUO}SIMUI'T UvIsoUsey

“* snuersnyory 10zTYGO] ‘gE

*Yaod0udLsvy

stsuaTajoUN(T BUTI], ‘Ze

“+ ByeSuopa BIpuoMIpH| ‘TE

Hut * sueSeza soqroes | ‘og

"** STULIOJTTOIPpoU

‘** Byeqysoo eyatooo0s TY “gz

** BUBIIOUSTT] BA OWIBISV] “77

Bers SNAMOISGO SNUIXY| 97

“eres STOTIOUGB CZ

“< streuttou BUTa[Og] “pz

*(7U00) VELLIHONOD

‘sotvodg pur vious)

*sataadg Jo ‘ony

ye [oeeferefecpeee ees Weviatels TH Tregsung,} SOM UCOCOO UCU TLEDOCORDOOOTOLCICLC mere e e°AT Id 6 X08 GT [OA Uy, | feed 0 gh | OA Aqyary Booey, “SD

‘ol Bp-d][-WOJ[BT. “TqAOM. ‘ "92 ‘FJ “VaodOaalg

STS TSM, “H09eTq “6L ‘ST ‘ZT FLT 14 068 “A [AT Ta'6T 104° 108 4STT ENT

4 ey) RP UNMET “ysnoyT soup; uop ‘Sury ‘snumryunquamog *y|uuy {a‘g‘ LFS °T8} “Wlo4sto A | ZATION} *** TaaqoTsoutT supNe Ny] “SP

‘VaodOTV HAA)

se fteefttsfeestees Woy [quin}T Tpeysuny, Wee emer ree eeeverene ecvccece Cpecveerever eoedeecore 6 ‘ aT ‘qd ‘OIZ ‘d OTL eee sury eee eeeeee wsojnpou ae Tr

‘ST ‘AL J" “G8 “Ysa, “UTE

‘ymaulad “T “BL ‘TL ‘OF ‘LT

SS [dq uo, ‘snumrusag snyoyduwonsy

S | ‘9 Sf} 7 wT ‘qd UOT ‘punyu eh 4 i 4 ez Ad IZ a

7 ‘op “oTep-of-toyed fd Ss Fg FLT Td “wopy ‘sew | AT Ta “6T'104°S ‘408 “StH “JUN

o ‘adoysAy ‘uoyotqungy |-777ysunz ‘gq ‘gee dt Joao “| |uay £9 F249 “eg dgsr0)4,

S ae sell ass ‘OES UoyAT ‘[TesuM,] | NY, suway, ‘vauadg ya ryombpagq|"p ‘Samgeyy *z ‘log “pe -yoouy qyoTqog BULYUB BIIETIOJOMNOTg| “OF

= ‘OFZ ‘d Tt "JOA "OD ‘AN ‘L ‘8UBay,

i "YMOMSHTIG [uur T RZ ‘Le J ‘9T ‘Td “uO! ‘sI-11 Fe 1d

= eel lea ‘uowTqumy, § ‘Teysuny|‘ep dye ‘Bury ‘vumeepugarvT wow yy|"sdoA “WH “wowwhovazy “goKT ZTUTI] +++" vorusotop, ——| ‘6¢

‘OT F9T ‘1d

3 ‘uo fet d yep ‘sury ‘snunusag

8 oqenT “OLS FS Td 4st0Q “ut8H

g ‘snppisnd snyoo4T, “hZ‘SS'} ‘QT WOW

= ‘Sury ‘snuprwosdmoy, 7 ognz ‘oped

& ‘oy “TOYOY |T'JOA'O “WN “i, ‘Sueary, ‘seswappngs

rs ‘TMQ TM wou LtrenYy |-wny vur1oyvT “9% ‘Gz F ‘9T ‘Id ‘02 ‘61 J

Si swkg “Ysnoy syouyg |uopl ‘snumevojhny, ogung ‘e %% | AI ‘Id ‘GT ‘TOA 'g *t08 “4ST,

S Teysuny, “wozstquinyy |‘T ‘F ‘9 ‘Td “1 ‘Toa ‘a0g ‘Toon ‘suBIy, | yen uy fozgt ‘T9T’d ‘epuny

4g * | ep ea ee PI OSNOP{ oUL[-YoIMY Nog! your ‘UMOLg ‘sesuarwnounyy Ogun TZ uajoRjoog “pe saqyrya047,\yyoTOS| +++" BULOITOY VUILO}IVT! “SE

S$ "TPS “dT JOA "OD “ANAL ‘suRay, a

$ ‘SISUI]JDISUNT, “PLUINT, “OPA ‘1 "Joa

3S ‘OWN DL suey, eesdeyqey gy “pitiny, “ST FAT ‘Id

‘0g ‘F'9T 14 60% ‘d ‘uoy_ ‘Bury |-GT ‘Joa ‘g ‘aos “ySTFT “JeNy “UUW

‘E[P-9]-Uoye(T “Uoyoqq |‘vpnvsnf-xoT ‘Tey '9T 1d ‘ots ‘d | OT ‘6 ‘F “ge ‘Gey “JSHOA “UID

yl upil ees unNy TT [eysunyuoyl Sury ‘wumzepnnep vwauowoT| ‘ssuabinquaypy 1p UMogun, ZjIUIO H]**'sIsuosMquoypy ——| ‘LE

01g ‘d “uo

‘punrbuoquapangy xoyT *Tpe*d-t'[oa 6 J '1z 1d ‘seo d

ey anes el | ee TE Te sany)'O WN WL Suey, “qopur oeepemuayy | oy ‘Svagog “yjomeyog pe woT) zyru1EH|** Mopssooyy wIzyUMMOYD| ‘gg

TOASTS "ee ‘ee ‘J OT 1d ‘uopy “sury .

FRI feat OT ‘mozoTqun yy Tyeysun J, ste eeeee Cn i ar airy o eens ‘snorigauuhs SNPaYyIO.Wo TL see Ssury see BOTAOULUTAS Buln | ce

'8 JF '1S Td “4G¢ d ‘Seayog |-2T ‘OTF “AT ‘Td 3 108 “GT ‘TOA

ON ee eres Tesunylurg “qomvroy “wagayoy vyagng|uny 'epe'd't'D TN DL'sueay| osmoy|"'* wnbyue ved {yep FE

4A. Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

Remarks on the Species.

BRACHIOPODA.

1. Lincuia Crepnert, Geinitz.—The form of this shell as it

occurs in the marl-slate of Durham is a perfect oval, the breadth

being about two-thirds of the length. On our specimens the

roll-formed elevation is not so distinct as Geinitz represents it,

but the height of the valve increases from the posterior umbonal

margin to about one-third the length of the shell, whence it

decreases gradually towards the front and more rapidly towards

the sides. The lines of growth are strongly raised, and much

wider apart in front than in any other part.

This shell is finely preserved in the marl-slate at Ferry Hill,

where it is rather abundant. The largest specimen I have seen

is half an inch in length and five-sixteenths in breadth, but it is

generally very much less. Only one individual occurred with

both valves together, and that was found in the compact lime-

stone a few feet above the marl-slate. Along with these, nume-

rous fragments of Fishes and specimens of Caulerpites selaginoides

constantly occur.

I may be allowed to question the occurrence of this or any

other species of Lingula in the underlying red sandstone, as

stated in King’s Monograph on the authority of Prof. Johnston,

as this sandstone is a true coal-measure stratum.

2. Disctna Konrncxk1, Geinitz.—Very little can be added to

the original description of this shell by Geinitz. The German

specimens appear to be of about the same size as those occurrmg

in England, and with the same proportions. This Brachiopod

has a greater vertical range in England than any of the others,

being found in the marl-slate, compact limestone, and shell-

limestone ; it is also the rarest.

Geinitz observes, that as “neither the drawing nor description

of Schlotheim’s O. speluncaria appears to exist, the name which

Schlotheim gave to it should be suppressed.” Mr. King has,

however, upon Goldfuss’s authority, again revived it; but until

some figure of it, or some description or specimen can be shown,

we have no right to adopt an apocryphal name.

3. Propucrus Horripus, Sow.—The exterior of this shell is

now very generally weil known through the numerous figures

and descriptions of it which have from time to time been pub-

lished by several authors, but the interior has up to the present

period never been correctly delineated. Through the kindness

of Mr. Davidson, I am, however, furnished with four proof-plates

of Permian fossils, and favoured with permission to make refer-

ences to them; in these the interior of this species is for the

first time faithfully represented.

In the shell-limestone of Humbleton this species generally .

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 45

occurs in casts, on which all the permanent structures of the

interior of the shell are faithfully impressed. One can, by a

study of these casts alone, restore and represent all the im-

portant characters of the interior; but im addition to these

casts, one frequently finds at Tunstall the shell itself, showing

the interior as perfectly preserved as in recent shells. It is

therefore rather a matter of surprise that no better figures of the

interior of this shell have yet been published. Mr. King figures a

gutta-percha cast of the interior of one valve only, and that one,

judging from the specimens that I have examined, very incor-

rectly, as will best be proved by comparing his figure, Mon. pl.11.

fig. 10, with Mr. Davidson’s Mon., pl. 4. figs. 19, 21, and with

good casts from Humbleton or interiors from Tunstall. The most

incorrect part of Mr. King’s restoration is the strongly granu-

lated or obscurely dendritic appearance of the adductor muscular

impressions, which are also erroneously divided into two sets ;

and the reniform impressions are made to take their origin in

these more distinctly than is warranted by good specimens.

The cardinal boss, the hinge-margin, and the spine-like callo-

sities on the inner surface of the shell are also all very imper-

fectly represented. Dr. Geinitz’s figures of the same valve are

more correct than the one already mentioned, but the adductor

muscular impressions are too leaf-like and lobed. All the other

figures of this valve that have been published since 1850 appear

to be merely copies from King’s.

The hinge-line of the upper valve is not quite straight, but

slightly angulated, the angle being strongest near the boss.

The boss, or cardinal muscular fulcrum, varies slightly in form,

but it is generally bifid at the extremity, each part being slit by

a deep triangular groove or furrow. When zn situ it fills nearly

the whole of the umbonal cavity of the lower valve and presses

against its inner surface. It may thus assist in keeping the valves

in position. About the base of the boss the shell is very much

thickened, and from it a strongish ridge runs along on each side

parallel to the hinge-margin, which gives to the latter a bevelled

appearance. On the outer side of this ridge is seen the row of

depressions caused by the cardinal spines. From the base of the

boss a thin plate or septum proceeds straight forwards into the

cavity of the shell, becoming deeper and free in front; it sepa-

rates the adductor muscular impressions and the reniform callo-

sities, to which latter the oral arms were probably attached. The

muscular impressions on this valve have each a triangular form,

and as they are placed close to each side of the median plate,

they have together a fan-shaped form. They are considerably

raised, and most so on the anterior margin. Their surface is

sculptured out into deep curved linear hollows for the attach-

46 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

ment of the muscles. The surface round about these muscles

and the cardinal regions is neatly pitted, causing small pimples

on the casts; these are probably the ovarian spaces. One ob-

serves similar markings on the corresponding parts of the other

valve.

It is generally supposed that the reniform callosities are con-

nected with the vascular system, but this supposition appears to

be unsupported by a comparison of these processes with the cor-

responding parts of other Brachiopods. If we compare them,

for example, with the same valve of Argiope, or of Thecidium,

genera which show points of resemblance to this in several par-

ticulars, we find that these processes have served for the attach-

ment of the oral arms; and this view is supported by all that we

know of the position of these arms in both recent and fossil

genera. At least, these structures cannot be attributed to the

vascular system, or they would undoubtedly be present in both

valves, whereas they are confined to one.

On some casts of this Productus a great number of small

parallel grooves or furrows are seen running from the central

ovarian region to the anterior margins of the valves; they are

not very distinct, but they may perhaps hereafter be found to have

been connected with the vascular system. This idea is some-

what strengthened by the appearance of similar lines on some

casts of Spirifer, which few persons would hesitate to pronounce

as vascular sinuses. There remain to be noticed on this small

valve the curious spine-like callosities which stud the whole of

the anterior portion of the shell; they are strongest where the

produced, curved-up portion of the margin takes its rise, and

seem to have been for the more secure attachment of the mantle

and for giving it a greater surface.

In the lower valve an elevated callosity near the beak of the

shell forms a fulcrum for the attachment of the adductor muscles ;

its surface is strongly rugose. On each side of it are placed the

somewhat oblong, finely-striated impressions of the cardinal

muscles. The small pittings on the ovarian regions, the spinose

callosities, and grooved surface of the interior correspond with

the same appearances in the upper valve.

It is found in England in the compact- and shell-limestone

only, in numerous localities.

4, PRopUCTUS LATIROSTRATUS, Howse.—When I was engaged

in drawing up my Catalogue of Permian Fossils, I found that

this shell had not been described or mentioned by any one; and

as I had collected several fine specimens at Dalton-le-dale, and

had not seen or heard of any other specimens of it than these,

I concluded that it was entirely new, and described it as such in

the ‘ Tyneside Transactions’ as follows :—

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 47

Shell grypheoid, concavo-convex ; lower valve convex, bilobed, or

with a slight furrow or sinus in the centre ; upper valve slightly

concave, or nearly flat ; beak of lower or convex valve large, and

very much flattened ; hinge-line of upper valve rather angulated,

furnished with a large triangular button ; surface of convex valve

covered with a few distant spines.

The above description was drawn up from a cast, Pl. IV. fig. 2,

which Mr. Davidson has recently figured, Mon. Brit. Brach.

pl. 4. fig. 5, and which Mr. King had the loan of, with all my

other Permian Producti, for a considerable time. The discovery

of a large series of specimens at Tunstall in a fine state of pre-

servation enables me, through the liberality and kindness of Mr.

Kirkby, to add a few more particulars to the above description.

The general form is subquadrate, somewhat compressed when

seen laterally, but in full-grown specimens it has a considerably

produced frontal margin. The lower valve only is covered

sparingly with spines of great length; some that I have seen

extend more than two inches from the shell. The hinge-margin

of this valve is very much thickened by lines of growth, so as to

lead one to suppose that it is furnished with an area, but it is

not. A small triangular aperture, open from the very apex,

receives the sharply-pointed triangular boss of the upper valve.

This sharp point leaves a little, narrow groove as the shell in-

creases in growth. But there is no proper area, foramen, or

deltidium to be seen,—nothing, in short, to warrant its removal

from the genus Productus.

It differs from its congener in several important particulars.

The boss or muscular felerum, the shape of the muscular im-

pressions, the greater size of the oral arms, the absence of car-

dinal spines on the upper valve, the Hanging of the hinge-margin

of the upper valve, are so strongly characterized, that it cannot

be mistaken for any other species.

Mr. King has given to this shell another name, for the priority

of which he refers to his catalogue. As I shall state my claims

of priority elsewhere for my catalogue, it may be permitted me

to remark here, that this shell is not specifically described in

Mr. King’s catalogue. It occurs in the shell-limestone only, in

which I have taken a fine series at Dalton, and Mr. Kirkby at

Tunstall Hill.

5. StTROoPHALOSIA Gotprusst, Miinst.—To this characteristic

but variable species I now refer all the Strophalosie, which have

been separated into two groups by all who have written on Perm-

ian shells. I was of this opinion before I became acquainted

with Geinitz’s ‘ Versteinerungen ;’ but from the characters given

in that work and Mr. King’s Monograph, and an excellent series

of these forms collected by Mr. Kirkby and myself, I am in-

43 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

duced to abandon this idea and to include both forms in one

specific group.

The Orthothrix Goldfussi of Geinitz is the typical form. It

is the Strophalosia excavata, King ; and Stroph. Goldfussi, King,

is without a doubt the O. excavatus, Geinitz, as any one may

ascertain by consulting the figures and descriptions given by

both these authors in the ‘ Verstemerungen’ and ‘ Monograph.’

Stroph. Goldfussi, Miinst., is thus characterized by Geinitz :—

“ Back (ventral) shell roundish oval, quite like the preceding

species ( O. lamellosus,Gein.), and also without a sus, and covered

all over the surface with close-set tubular spines and with a short

but high area.” The shells figured by Mr. King, Mon. tab. 12.

figs. 18, 14, 15, 16, so evidently belong to the above description,

that I need not quote Geinitz further to prove it. This is the

form which I formerly described as Productus asperrimus.

Geinitz’s O. ewcavatus is described as hemispherical transverse-

oval, with a small, depressed, pointed umbo, a high area, and a

narrow, sometimes only weakly-marked sinus, with fine con-

centric strie, and studded with thin but long tubular spines.

The general character, “ halbkugelig quer-oval,” is so express-

ive of the general appearance of King’s S. Goldfussi, Mon.

pl. 12. figs. 1-11, that I cannot doubt its identity with O. ev-

cavatus.

The regular form of this shell, ‘Mon. Brit. Perm. Brach.’

pl. 3. figs. 19, 20, 21, 22, therefore must be considered as the

typical S. Goldfussi; and if it is thought desirable to distinguish

the other by a varietal name, excavata can be applied to it. But

these two forms run so much into one another, that it is im-

possible to draw a line of separation between them.

The principal character by which Geinitz would separate his

O. excavatus from O. Goldfussi is the sinus of the ventral valve.

This is not a constant character, and certainly not a specific one.

Mr. King observes (Mon. p. 99),—'The arrangement of the

spines constitutes a capital distinctive character for this species ;”

and, strangely enough, he refers to a shell doubtfully placed in

Goldfussi by Gemitz and excluded from it by King as a proof.

Now this excluded shell with the “ capital distinctive characters”

is nothing more than Mr. King’s S. Goldfussi, for it is the

O. excavatus, Gein. After all the difficulties attending the study

of this species, one turns with pleasure, and for confirmation, to

Mr. Davidson’s excellent plate iii., and to the original diagnosis of

this shell by N. Winch in the ‘Geol. Trans.’ vol. iv. p. 10, “ A

species of Donaw with hair-like spines.”

This species is common in the shell-limestone of Durham, and

occurs also, but more sparingly, in the compact limestone, and

has also a very extensive lateral range.

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 49

6. SrropHaLosia Cancrint, de Verneuil.—In England this

shell is best known as King’s S. Morrisiana, in Germany it is

Geiniiz’s Orthothrix lamellosus, and in Russia it is the Prod. Can-

crint, de Vern. It may rejoice in more epithets than these, but I

am unacquainted with them. The one I have adopted is that

under which it was first described. Geinitz’s name is next in

order, as his description and figures were published in the early

part of April 1848; and Mr. King’s is last, as his specific de-

scription cannot date earlier than the appearance of his Catalogue

in August 1848.

This species varies so much with age and locality, and is so

apt to become distorted, that no special form can be given

that will include all the individuals which undoubtedly belong

toit. In general, young individuals are broader than long—that

is, when the shell is of regular growth,—and the greatest breadth

of the shell is then very little more than that of the hinge-

margim. In larger individuals the general form is almost cir-

cular, and the hinge-margin appears narrower. In distorted

specimens the area is much narrower and deeper than in those

of regular growth. This is very remarkable in some specimens

from Tunstall. At Dalton this species resembles the form to

which Geinitz has applied the name /amellosus. The specimens

from Humbleton are much larger, and generally of regular

growth. I have never been able to detect spines on the upper

valve of any of the specimens from the above localities, but

Mr. Kirkby has lately obtained some individuals from Ryhope

with the spines distinctly shown on this valve. These specimens

are also rather broader than those from other localities, and the

striz are nearly obsolete. The most striking characters common

to all these forms are the long adpressed spines of the lower

valve, and the strong radiating strize which are generally present

on both valves. In old individuals the front margin strikes off

nearly horizonially, and forms a kind of siphonal tube in front.

There is also a tendency in this species to form a new internal

surface behind the old upper valve, for the purpose of con-

tracting the interior of the shell. It is not an additional, third

valve as King has supposed, for it is essentially connected with

the upper valve, and must have been formed by the upper lobe

of the mantle.

Most plentiful in the shell-limestone of Humbleton, Tunstall,

and Dalton. In the compact limestone it is very rare.

7. Ornruisina PELARGONATA, Schloth.—This neat species is

not included in the list of Permian fossils of the ‘ Geol. Russ.’ as

a British species; and indeed, when I became acquainted with

some of our paleontologists, I found them entirely unacquainted

with it. This was remarkably the case with Mr. King, who had

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 4

50 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

not the slightest knowledge of the shell when I first showed it

to him, and to whom I presented a fine series of Dalton speci-

mens afterwards, that he might be able to illustrate the species

in his ‘ Monograph.’

The general form of this species is now, through the figures

of Geinitz and King, pretty well known, and the interiors have

lately been very accurately represented by Mr. Davidson in his

work on the Permian Brachiopoda, pl. 2. figs. 38-40.

Though a rare species generally, numerous examples are occa-

sionally found in a very limited space. It is the common asso-

ciate of P. latirostratus, both at Dalton-le-dale and Tunstall,

where numerous examples have been taken by Mr. Kirkby and

myself.

8. CAMAROPHORIA SCHLOTHEIMI, v. Buch.—It is very pro-

bable that some specimens figured by Verneuil in the ‘ Geol.

Russ.’ under a distinct name, Terebratula superstes, belong to the

present species ; but as I have not seen specimens of that species,

I cannot settle this pot. Mr. King thinks that some specimens

figured by Geinitz under this name, ‘ Verst.’ pl. 4. figs. 48, 49,

belong to another species, but the figures referred to are only

more plaited than usual. Similar specimens occur occasionally

at Dalton, which Mr. King is inclined to refer also to our

C. Humbletonensis ; but I can say with confidence that this last

species never occurs in that locality.

This most characteristic Brachiopod occurs rather plentifully

in the shell-limestone of this district, and very sparingly in the

compact limestone.

9. CAMAROPHORIA GLOBULINA, Phill.—This is a very distinct

species, though some authors only partially acquainted with it

have united it with the preceding.

Its spherical form, biplicated sinus, and the comparative

smallness of the size it attains to, would be sufficient alone to

separate it from all other Permian species; but in addition to

these external characters, the apophysary system is also slightly

modified, and it retains its specific appearance in all the nume-

rous localities in which it occurs.

Baron Schauroth has lately figured a German example of it,

which he refers to the preceding species. In the ‘ Versteine-

rungen,’ pl. 4. figs. 51, 52, Geinitz refers some examples to the

Terebratula superstes, de Vern., which belong apparently to this

species.

It occurs in the compact- and shell-limestone, sometimes very

plentifully.

10. CamarorpHoria HumBLeToNENs!s, Howse. PI. IV. figs.

3, 4.

“ Shell subtriqonal or obovate ; perforated valve with a broad

th re

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 51

sinus in the middle, rounded towards the lateral margins ; imper-

forated valve high in the middle, depressed towards the sides ; the

front margin of the sinus and sides produced horizontally a short

distance from the cavity of the shell; surface with numerous plaits

in the sinus, which are sometimes bifurcated, and a few on the

sides granulated.”

This species was first described under the above name in the

‘Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club,’ where also some other pecu-

harities are pointed out by which it may be known and distin-

guished from the preceding species. The testimony of von Buch

in favour of this opinion is singular, for at the same time that

he separates Terebratula Schlotheimi from the T. lacunosa, he

expressly says that the latter is found in the magnesian lime-

stone at Humbleton.

It oceurs in the shell-limestone at Humbleton, sometimes in

considerable abundance. I have never found it at Dalton, nor

do I think that it occurs there. I have however taken one spe-

cimen from the magnesian conglomerate of Tynemouth. It is a

very local species, and has not yet been found, I think, in any

foreign locality.

11. Sprricrra PECTINIFERA, Sow.—The internal structure

of this very interesting shell is not correctly represented in

King’s Monograph, so far as I am able to judge from speci-

mens collected at Humbleton. In the enlarged figure, tab. 10.

fig. 9, the platform, or expansion between the crura of the

loop, is much too large, and in fig. 10 the coil is represented

with small blunt pectinations round its outer margm. This

serrated appearance is due to mineralization, for upon close

examination the entire coil of some examples is found to be

covered all over with fine crystals. In the greater number of

specimens of the interior that I have seen, the coil appeared

quite smooth. For the perfect understanding of this species it

will be necessary to consult Mr. Davidson’s excellent plates,

Mon. Brit. Perm. Brach. pl. 1. figs. 50-56, pl.2. figs. 1-5, in

which all the peculiarities of this singular shell are carefully

represented. I have not however, up to the present time, been

able to detect the presence of spinous processes on the margin

of the coil.

In England this species is almost as limited in its distribution

as the last, occurring only in the shell-limestone at Humbleton,

Tunstall and Hylton, and in the magnesian conglomerate at

Tynemouth.

12. Marrrnia Ciannyana, King.—This species does not

appear to be covered with spines, as some have supposed, but

the outer surface of the valves is studded all over with minute

granulations.

52 On the Permian System of Durham and Northumberland.

It occurs rather plentifully at Ryhope-Field-House, and

Mr. Kirkby has recently taken it at Tunstall in shell-limestone.

There are some specimens in the Sunderland Museum much

larger than any others I have seen; they are from the compact

limestone of Pallion.

13. SprrireERINA cristata, Schloth.—It is more sharply

triangular than any other Permian species occurring in this

district. It is also well characterized by the sharpness and

depth of its numerous plaits and the great size of the perfora-

tions of the shell.

It is rather sparingly distributed, occurrmg mostly at Hum-

bleton and Tunstall in shell-limestone.

14, SprriFERINA MULTIPLICATA, Sow.—It is very much

rounded in its general outline, and the plaits are less nume-

rous and more rounded than in the foregoing species. The

shell-punctures are very much smaller, so as not to be visible to

the naked eye or impressed on casts. The 7. Jonesiana, King,

is only a more rounded form of this shell occurrmg commonly

at Dalton.

It occurs rather plentifully in the shell-limestone of several

localities.

15. SprrireR unpuLATUs, Sow.—I regret that I cannot

assent to the division of this fine characteristic shell into three

species, as proposed by Mr. King in the ‘ Permian Monograph.’

The specimens figured in this work, pl. 10, are all referable to

the above, and in the text no character has been pointed out of

specific or even varietal value.

It is not very abundant in any locality, but may be met with

most frequently at Humbleton in the shell-limestone. It occurs

also in the compact limestone and in the magnesian conglomerate

at Tynemouth.

16. TereBraTuLa ELONGATA, Schloth.—I agree fully with

Dr. Geinitz, who has referred all the forms, including 7. sufflata,

occurring in the magnesian limestone, back to this species ; and

I deeply regret that the author of the ‘Permian Monograph’ has

again attempted to raise the 7. sufflata to the rank of a species,

for surely nothing can be so injurious to the true progress of

science as the burdening of it with useless synonyms.

This species is very abundant in several localities in the shell-

limestone, of which it is very characteristic. It occurs at Tyne-

mouth, in the magnesian conglomerate.

[To be continued. |

Mr. J. Lycett on the genus Quenstedtia. 53

V.—WNotes on the genus Quenstedtia*. By Joun Lycerr, Esq.

Tuts genus of Lamellibranchiate Conchifera, described in the

Great Oolite Monograph of the Palzeontographical Society, was

founded upon two shells figured in Prof. Phillips’s ‘ Geology

of Yorkshire,’ under the names of Pullastra oblita and Psam-

mobia levigata, the former of them being chosen as the type of

the genus.

Of Pullastra oblita, 1 have succeeded in clearing and exposing

the hinge of each of the valves in many instances, and am per-

fectly conversant with its characters, which will be found correctly

described in the Monograph alluded to. The siphonal, pallial

and muscular scars were ascertained in a cast from the York-

shire Dogger, and upon the characters supplied by these satis-

factory materials the genus was founded. Specimens with the

test preserved, and which admit of the hinge characters being

exposed, are obtained in the upper portion of the Inferior Oolite

of the Cotteswolds; a single young example of the species only

having been afforded by the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton.

In the Great Oolite Monograph it was stated to be allied to

Psammobia, but distinguished from it by the dental characters of

the hinge, and by the absence of an elevated nymphal plate to

sustain the ligament. The general resemblance which the aspect

of this shell presents to the Mactromya mactroides of Agassiz

had not been overlooked, but as the figures of Mactromya mac-

troides, in the ‘ Etudes critiques’ of that author, consist for the

most part only of casts, which afford no information respecting

the hinge, it was considered unadvisable to allude to the pro-

bable identity, as it was certain that Quenstedtia possessed no

affinity either with Mactra or with the family of the Myade, and

the shells of Phillips had priority as species. This supposed

identity of Quenstedtia oblita with the Mactromya mactroides of

Agassiz, has recently been fully confirmed in the publication by

M. Terquem of an elaborate work, with plates, entitled, ‘ Obser-

vations sur les Etudes critiques des Mollusques fossiles, com-

prenant la Monographie des Myaires de M. Agassiz.’ In this

work the author has figured and described the Mactromya mac-

troides; the figures representing the shell and cast of the

interior under different aspects : upon the same plate (No. 5) are

placed figures of the recent Psammodia vespertina for comparison ;

the conclusion drawn by the author from this comparison is that

Mactromya mactroides is a Psammobia. It will be observed

that in these figures, the author has altogether omitted one of

the most essential points of comparison necessary to establish a

* Read to the Cotteswold Club, Sept. 16, 1856,

54 Mr. J. Lycett on the genus Quenstedtia.

generic identity, the hinges not being exhibited; he has, however,

given casts of the interiors of the valves in both the shells, in-

cluding the siphonal, pallial and muscular scars, but these afford

no information respecting the hinge. The author arranges Mac-

tromya mactroides with M. tenuis, M. brevis and M. litterata, all

of which group he believes to be Psammobie; he also states that

the group has a small cardinal tooth in each valve, which he

regards as an abnormal variation from the dentition of Psammobia

vespertina, which has two teeth in each valve. As the author

does not state expressly that he has cleared and exposed the

hinge in each valve of Mactromya mactroides, and as he is careful

to record similar facts relating to other genera, I am led to infer

that his knowledge of the-hinge in the shell in question has

been derived either from the partial exposure exhibited by the

valves when in contact, or from other imperfect evidence. How-

ever this may be, it is certain that the hinge is altogether unlike

that of Psammobia: to avoid the trouble of reference, I subjoin

the hinge characters of the fossil shell :—

QuensteptT1a. Hinge in the left valve consisting of one obtuse,

oblong and transverse tooth, slightly compressed from above, situated

beneath the umbo and received into a corresponding oblong pit in

the hinge-plate of the opposite valve.

There is therefore no tooth in the right valve and consequently

no pit in the left valve. This kind of hinge, which so nearly

resembles that of the fossil genus Myoconcha, is altogether

distinct from that of Psammobia, with its two grooved, diverging

hinge-teeth in each valve.

The ligament is received into a narrow, lengthened and deep

area posterior to the umbones ;—the shell is therefore destitute of

the elevated nymphal plate of Psammobia.

The siphonal flexure, as may be observed in the figure given

by M. Terquem, is less considerable than in Psammobia, and,

unhke that genus, it is united posteriorly to the pallial line only

at its extremity, so that with the pallial line it forms a narrow

tongue, the upper and lower borders of which are limited by the

gradual convergence of the two lines : in Psammobia the siphonal

and pallial lines are united in a position nearly vertical beneath

the umbo, and proceed posteriorly united into a single line. The

aggregate of these characters, it must be admitted, fully justifies

the separation of Quenstedtia from Psammobia; and it yet remains

to be demonstrated that true Psammobie are found in any rocks

older than the Tertiary system, none of the so-called Jurassic

Psammolie having hitherto exhibited the characters of that genus

free from ambiguity.

Dr. T. Williams on the Sand-canal in the Starfishes. 55

VI.—On the Uses of the Sand-canal in the Starfishes. By

Tuomas Witu1ams, M.D., F.L.S., Physician to the Swansea

Infirmary.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Swansea, Dee. 22, 1856.

I wave recently accidentally fallen upon a very simple expe-

riment, which brings directly under the eye at least one of the

functions of the “ Sand-canal” of the Asteriade. Let a spe-

cimen of the familiar Asterias rubens in the fresh state be allowed

to creep gradually from the bottom up the sides of a dish, and

then pour into the dish very slowly fresh salt water ; proceed

until the /evel of the water accurately corresponds with the infe-

rior (as the specimen is placed) edge of the “ eye,” or the madre-

poriform tubercle, which is the external outlet of the sand-

canal. Now fix the attention upon the smooth calm surface of

the water. In a moment or two a powerful current will be

observed. It commences at the eye or madreporiform tubercle,

and travels in enlarging waves towards the sides of the vessel.

In a minute or two more the phenomenon occurs again, and

again and again at rhythmic periods. Now fix the eye intently

upon the surface of the water in the vicinity of the “ tubercle,”

in order to discover whether, during the mtervals between these

rhythmic currents, a contrary movement of the water takes place,

that is, whether an imgoing alternates with the outgoing current.

Try the experiment under every possible variation of circum-

stances, and you will convince yourself that it does not take place.

The function of the eye or madreporiform tubercle then is to

discharge externally from time to time the contents of the am-

bulacral or water-vascular system of Asterias.

If analogy may guide the reason, the outlet of the sand-canal

of Asterias should be viewed as the exact equivalent of the

“¢ fissures” in the neck of the Nemertine Annelids, which, as I

have recently proved (Dr. Carpenter first conjectured the fact),

open in a peculiar manner into the vascular system. I could not

rest satisfied until I had ¢rzed the question, whether the water

entered into or issued from these “fissures.” I placed an indi-

vidual of the species—Polia (P. quadrioculata)—in a flat glass-

cell under the microscope, and watched with very fixed gaze the

neighbourhood of the fissures. I ascertained with perfect certainty

that from time to time an emission of fluid takes place at these

points ; but in no instance could I satisfy myself that any inspr-

ration of fluid from without succeeded to the expiration. From

these and other reasons I have ventured to deduce the following

conclusions :—

56 Rev. P. B. Brodie on the Inferior Oolite and Lias

1. That the sand-canal is intended from time to time to dis-

charge externally the fluid contents of the ambulacral system of

tubes.

2. That the ambulacral or water-vascular system of those

Echinoderms in which it exists, is a modification of a part or

the whole of the so-called blood-vascular system of the Annulose

families in general.

3. That in both the former and in the latter instances the

fluid contained in the vascular system is derived by absorption

from the cavitary fluid.

In a paper lately laid before the Royal Society I have described

an organ in the Annulose and Radiated classes, which I have

ventured for the present to call the “Segmental organ,” and

which is to the “cavitary fluid” what the madreporiform tubercle

in Asterias, and the cervical fissures in the Nemertidz, are to

the contents of the vascular system. Both are provisions for the

immediate and direct excretion of the entire body of the nutritive

fluids. These facts prove that as we descend the scale of animal

life, the mechanism of the physiological act of “ secretion” is

simplified in the ratio in which the fluids and solids of the living

body themselves are simplified !

I remain, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

Tomas WituraMs, M.D., F.L.S.

VII.—Remarks on the Inferior Oolite and Lias in parts of North-

amptonshire, compared with the same Formations in Gloucester-

shire. By the Rev. P. B. Broprz, M.A., F.G.S.

Having, at a late meeting* of the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club,

given a vivd voce account of the Inferior Oolite and Lias in a

part of Northamptonshire; at the request of the Secretary, I

have prepared a more detailed description for our ‘ Proceedings.’

It is well known that certain beds in the Inferior Oolite in the

neighbourhood of Northampton have been extensively worked

for the ironstone which largely prevails in it thereabouts, though

I believe it is not now so generally used for ceconomical pur-

poses as it was formerly. This was certainly the case with

those quarries which I examined near Blisworth. They are not

worked to any great depth, and occupy the higher ground in the

district; the strata consist of sandy ferruginous oolitic stone

containing a few imperfect casts of shells, though the greater

part of the mass is unfossiliferous: the top beds are coarse, and

contain impressions of shells; the lower ones are more com-

pact, and are composed chiefly of ironstone. The Inferior Oolite

* Held at Cheltenham in August 1856.

of Northamptonshire and Gloucestershire. 57

here appears to be of no great thickness, and differs materially

from that of the Cotteswolds. The hills which are occupied by

it near Blisworth are comparatively low, and form a striking

contrast to those in Gloucestershire partly composed of the same

formation. The fossils I obtained were a large Cardium, a Tri-

gonia, a Pecten, Terebratule, and a few Univalves. Fossils are

much more abundant at Northampton, though only occurring

there in the form of casts.

Upper Lias—From the position of the Inferior Oolite, the

Upper Lias was to be looked for at a low level at the base of

these hills, and I accordingly found it in a brick-pit in the

valley at Bugbrook between Weedon and Blisworth, below

the level of the Railway at no great distance from the Kilsby

tunnel. Beds of Lias clay and shale are used for brick-making

with the usual Upper Lias fossils, among which Ammonites

serpentinus and Belemnites were very prevalent. The clay is

traversed by a thin, continuous layer of limestone, which, as

I anticipated, turned out to be the ‘ fish bed,’ identical litholo-

gically with the same band in Gloucestershire, and full of innu-

merable fragments of fish (though I could discover none entire)

and coprolites, with some specimens of Jnoceramus dubius and

traces of Sepia.

This ‘fish bed’ has been noticed by Mr. Morris in parts of

Lincolnshire and Northamptonshire on the Great Northern Rail-

way, and it is very probable that it will be detected in other

places where the Upper Lias occurs zn situ, since it is rarely

wanting, in its course through Somersetshire and Gloucester-

shire, at the lower part of this deposit. In fact, this ‘ fish and

insect bed’ seems as persistent in the Upper Lias as the ‘ Insect

limestone ” is in the lower.

The section at Bugbrook is as follows in descending order :—

ft. in.

1. Rubbly white limestone in detached bits, in dark blue shale, with eG

numerous fragments of Ammonites ..........-.0eeeeeeeee

2, Thin-bedded limestone (‘ fish bed’) ; white externally, inside has

a green tinge with white specks; it has a laminated fracture,

and splits readily when weathered ; it does not occur in nodules,

but in a regular thin band in the clay ....................

3. Thin, coarse, dark-coloured slaty stone, very rough, covered

with spines, teeth and plates of Echinoderms, resting on the

marlstone.

The thickness of the Upper Lias visible at this spot did not

exceed a few feet; itis succeeded by the Marlstone with the

usual fossils. I could not determine the total thickness of the

Upper Lias, as there was no section exposed, but there must be a

considerable mass of clay between the Inferior Oolite and the

small section at Bugbrook, though probably not half so thick as

58 Prof. J. Van der Hoeven on the Anatomy

the Upper Lias in Gloucestershire, which, according to Mr. Hull

of the Geological Survey, amounts at least to 200 feet in many

parts of the Cotteswolds.

These strata, as well as those of the Inferior Oolite, are per-

fectly horizontal. When the Railway was in progress, the top

beds of the Lower Lias just below the Marlstone were exposed

at Kilsby, and were as usual very rich in fossils, similar for the

most part to those found in the equivalent strata at Campden,

and Hewlett’s Hill near Cheltenham.

The summit of Edge Hill in Warwickshire is capped by the

Marlstone, the Upper Lias having been denuded; but small

boulders of the ‘ fish bed,’ containing scales of fish and ‘ Inoce-

ramus dubius, are of frequent occurrence in the vale below,

showing that it formerly occupied its normal position above the

Marlstone in that district.

At Alderton, in Gloucestershire, the following strata were ex-

posed below the ‘fish bed’ in April 1856, which seemed to be

richer in fossils than usual, and therefore I have noted them

here, which will enable the reader to compare them with those

at Bugbrook above mentioned.

Brown and dark shales with many Ammonites, Inoceramus

dubius, Rostellaria (abundant), Cidaris*, Nucula, Avicula, and

Aptychus. These are succeeded by two or three blue marly

bands divided by shale, which contain a univalve lke a Cer-

thium, Avicula, Nucula, Pholadomya, Pecten, Astarte, and Am-

monites. A light blue, slightly indurated marl ‘reposes imme-

diately upon the Marlstone. The total thickness of these clays

and marls forming the base of the Upper Lias is about 30 feet.

VIII.— Contributions to the knowledge of the Anatomy of Nautilus

Pompilius, L., especially with reference to the male animal.

By J. Van per Horven, M.D., &c. &c., Professor of Zoology

in the University of Leyden+.

[With two Plates. ]

Tur Cephalopod Mollusks belong to those animals in which the

sexes are distinct. Long ago the anatomical investigations of

Swammerdam, Monro, Cuvier and others made us acquainted

* A similar small species of Cidaris (C. minuta) occurs abundantly with

spines attached in the Upper Lias shale at Gretton near Winchcomb, where

a fine specimen of a Lepidotus was lately discovered in the ‘ fish bed,’ and

is now in the collection of my friend Dr. Wright.

+ From the Transactions of the Dutch Royal Academy of Sciences,

1856. Translated by Wm. Clark, M.D., F.R.S., Professor of Anatomy in

the University of Cambridge.

of Nautilus Pompilius. 59

with the organization, and in particular with the organs of pro-

‘pagation of these animals. Less notice has been taken of the

external sexual difference; but from the silence of writers it

might be suspected that the difference im question must be on

the whole not great or interesting, as indeed in some species

we know with certainty that such is the case*. To this, how-

ever, besides the genus Argonauta, some species also of the

genus Octopus form exceptions. In male individuals of the last-

named animal one of the arms lies in a bladder, from which it is

developed at the time of copulation, is detached from the body

and is taken into the shell of the female, where some years

ago it was several times met with, and first, under the name of

Hectocotylus+ and Trichocephalus acetabularist, was regarded as

a parasitic animal form, and afterwards as the male animal itself,

before the true bearing of the matter, as we have given it in few

words, was recognized §.

Ever since the animal that inhabits the shell so long known

as Nautilus Pompilius was described by Owen||, the principal

question remained here also for investigation—what is the amount

of sexual difference in this species ?_ The individual so admirably

investigated by Owen was a female, as were also those which

were described after him by Valenciennes and W. Vrolik§. The

question, how far the general structure as well as the external

* In Loligo the female appears to be more elongate, at least Verany

states this to be the case in Loligo vulgaris and Loligo sagittata. (Mol-

lusques méditerranéens. Génes, 1851, 4to, pp. 99, 109.) In Sepia officinalis,

on the other hand, the female is rounder, and the males differ in having a

white stripe around the fins (2bid. p. 69). In Sepiola dispar, Krohn has

observed that the female is distinguished by larger suckers (Verany, ibid.

p- 65). Delle Chiaje states that the males remaim smaller, and that, par-

ticularly in Loligo sagittata, the male is one-fourth shorter than the female.

(Memorie sulla Storia e Notomia degli Animali senza Vertebre del Regno

di Napoli. 1829, p. 97.)

f~ Cuvier in the Annales des Se. Nat. xvin. 1829, pp. 147-156.

~ Delle Chiaje, Memorie sulla Storia, &c., ii. 1825, p. 225.

§ See on this discovery Verany, op. cit. pp. 126-129, pl.41; H. Miiller,

Ueber das Mannchen von Argonauta Argo und iiber die Hectocotylen ;

Zeitschrift fiir wissensch. Zoologie, iv. 1853, s. 1-35. tab. 1; compare

Verany and Vogt, Ann. des Se. Nat. 3 série, xvii. 1852, Zool. pp. 147-188,

pl. 6-9, and R. Leuckart, Ueber die Hectocotylen von Octopus Carene ;

Zool. Untersuchungen, 3tes Heft. (Of this arm there must thus be an

annual reproduction, respecting which I do not know whether any actual

observations have been obtained.)

|| Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus. London, 1832, 4to.

§{ Valenciennes, Nouvelles recherches sur le Nautile flambé, Archives

du Muséum, ii. 1841, p. 257-314; W. Vrolik, Brief aan den Gouverneur-

Generaal J. J. Rochussen, over het ontleedkundig zamenstel van den Nau-

tilus Pompilius, in the Tijdschrift voor de wis- en natuurkundige Weten-

schappen, uitgegeven door de Eerste Klasse van het Koninklijk Neder-

landsche Instituut, 1. 1849, bl. 307-324.

60 Prof. J, Van der Hoeven on the Anatomy

form varies in the two sexes, was the more interesting, since the

Nautilus differs in so many respecis from all other cephalopods

which belong to the present history of the earth, and finds its

nearest affinities alone in fossil species of its own genus and of

the numerous families of the Ammonites, an extinct group be-

longing to periods long passed away. Some years ago I hap-

pened to become possessed of a male specimen of this animal

species, which however was in such a mutilated condition as to

render the investigation of the internal parts impossible. Such

deviations as I observed in the external parts of this specimen

might still, however, be the result of occasional malformation,

likely perhaps to occur in an equal degree in a female individual.

In the description therefore which I gave of this specimen in

the ‘Instituut van Wetenschappen, Letterkunde en schoone

Kunsten*,’ I chose to abstain from a decided opinion, and to leave

it undetermined whether there was here an individual modifica-

tion of form or really a normal sexual difference. I advanced

the latter as a surmise, which however appeared to be highly

probable when, amongst the still increasing number of specimens

brought to Europe, the same or similar deviations of form had

not been observed.

From the year 1827, when I investigated this specimen, my

attention was constanily directed to this point, and I am now in

a condition to determine the question with full certamty. In

the spring of 1855 I received, through the courtesy of his Excel-

lency the Governor-General of the Dutch Indies, certain speci-

mens of Nautilus, amongst which were several males in various

states of preservation ; and although all of them were thus not well

adapted for the investigation of the internal organs, they never-

theless presented all the external parts uninjured, and agreed in

the most minute particulars with the specimen examined in

1847.

Consequently I am no longer satisfied with a surmise, but am

able to assert with perfect certainty, that in the external parts in

the two sexes of Nautilus Pompilius a remarkable and constant

difference prevails. To state clearly in what this difference con-

* 1848, bl. 67-73, pl. 1. figs. 1-3. These observations were after-

wards published in the Trans. of the Zool. Society, vol. iv. part i. London

1851, pp. 21-29, pl. 5-8, under the title of “ Contributions to the knowledge

of the Animal of Nautilus Pompilius.”

With respect to a peculiarity there announced, that in the spaces which

the follicular appendages of the anterior branchial artery enclose, I had

found a stony concrement, I may remark, that the same thing occurred to

me afterwards in another specimen. The ossicle, investigated by Dr. L. C.

Levoir at my request, weighed 0°47 grain (dried 0°438) ; had a spec. gr. of

1:66; it contained some traces of albumen, but no uric acid; and 70°4 per

cent. of organic matter, principally neutral phosphate of lime.

of Nautilus Pompilius. 61

sists, I think it better not to refer to and complete my former

observations, but, with better means at my command, to describe

continuously what I have observed. Some points must still re-

main in obscurity, where the investigation is confined to specimens

preserved in spirit. It is therefore to be wished that these and

other peculiarities in the anatomy of the animals may sooner or

later be investigated by careful anatomists located in our colonies.

I consider myself fortunate in having brought to light some addi-

tional facts in the anatomy of the Nautilus, which has been ren-

dered by such an excellent investigator as R. Owen an object of

common interest to all zoologists.

I.—Exiernal form of the male Nautilus Pompilius, L

In the male and female Nautilus the general disposition of

the body is the same. It consists of two principal portions, an

anterior firmer and more muscular, comprising the organs of

motion and of the senses, and including the horny beak, and a

thin membranous sac in which the viscera are contained. This

sac at ts anterior part passes into a firm dermal lobe named the

mantle, and opens externally under the first portion by the fun-

nel formed of two lobes which lie upon one another*.

In the anterior portion we distinguish in the first place the

hood. ‘This is the name given by Owen to a membranous disk

which the aperture of the shell encloses ; it is higher behind, and,

gradually becoming thinner forward, has the form of a cap. It

is about 1 decimeter in length, and at its broadest pait in the

male has a breadth of from 7} to 9 centimeters. At the back

part the hood is excised in the middle; this excision, about 4

centimeters in depth, corresponds to the turn of the shell which

projects into its aperture. A longitudinal furrow on the upper

* Sometimes the right lobe of the funnel, sometimes the left, lies upon

the other. This openmg of the funnel below is a remarkable peculiarity,

since in the other Cephalopods (the dibranchiate) the funnel forms a

closed canal. I had already drawn attention to the fact, that this dispo-

sition in the tetrabranchiate Cepnalopods (Nautilus) may be regarded as a

persistent embryonal structure, since, according to Kolliker’s observations,

the funnel in the dibranchiate Cephalopods is, in the begining, formed of

two lateral parts which are distinct. (Entwickelung sgeschichte der Cepha-

lopoden von Dr. A. Kolliker. Zurich, 1843, 4to, s. 41. )

I will here repeat the remark, in passing, that the aperture, by which,

according to Owen, the mantle is perforated for the passage of the funnel

(Memoir on the Nautilus, p. 9), has no existence. The mantle has a

uniform free margin, on which the extremity of the funnel rests. I state

this, because the second edition of Owen’s Lectures on the Comp. Anat. of

the Invertebrated Animals, which appeared afier my ‘ Contributions,’ still

retains, by some oversight, the passage, p. 579, of the former edition :

“The margin of the manile is perforated below for the passage of the mus-

cular expiratory and excretory tube called the funnel” (1843, p. 316).

62 Prof. J. Van der Hoeven on the Anatomy

surface divides the hood into two lateral parts; the upper sur-

face is moreover rippled with transverse furrows, which cross,

especially forwards, other finer furrows that run longitudinally ;

it is covered by many small scattered tubercles of unequal size,

of which the largest resemble the papille vallate of the human

tongue. Under the anterior margin of the hood is seen on each

side of the middle furrow, at the distance of about a centimeter,

a transverse incisure or aperture, from which a dark-grey ringed

tentacle can be protruded; these tentacles retreat within the

hood to about 43 centimeters. At each side of the hood lies

the thick external integument of the head, which is divided into

18 incisures*, These incisures or slips coalesce behind and

form, as it were, a cup; the undermost incisures close in over

the funnel and are here connected by a thick margin excised

anteriorly. Four of these slips he more outward and backward ;

the rest form, as it were, a verticillus; on the imner surface all

these slips form with the hood a connected whole, which, as an

external covering, surrounds circularly the membranous oral

mass in which the jaws are situated. The first slip that suc-

ceeds to the hood on each side, closes immediately upon it and

forms above and forwards a border, as it were, round the hood,

of the same colour and surface as itself; the remaining slips he

on the side and downwards, and are not visible in the aperture

of the shell, by which they are covered at the side; they are of

a paler colour and present ripples indeed, but no tubercles or

papilla. In each of the slips a ringed tentacle is contained, of

the same colour as the two tentacles of the hood. These tenta-

cles project, sometimes more, sometimes less, from the apertures

of the slips, in which respect great variety prevails in different

specimens; they can, however, be retracted entirely within the

slips. Owen has correctly remarked that the hood is formed by

the coalescence of the two uppermost slips of this encircling

membranous covering of the mouth.

In these parts there is no remarkable difference from those of

the females which have been examined hitherto; at least the

difference does not consist in the number of the tentaculiferous

slips. But it seems, on the other hand, that a variety in this

respect may occur which is independent of sex; for Owen

counted 19 slips on each side without the hood, in the specimen

which he investigated. Eighteen however appears to be here

the normal number, which I observed both in male and female

specimens, and which Valenciennes found in his specimen also.

But it seems to me not improbable that a sexual difference does

exist in the form of the hood, and that with the same mean

* In one specimen I found on the right side only 17.

of Nautilus Pompilius. 63

length it is about 2 centimeters narrower in females. With this

also is connected a difference in the form of the shell: in male

specimens it is broader and rounder at the aperture, more com-

pressed laterally in females. The margin of the aperture of the

shell also is, as it seems to me, more decidedly sinuous in the

male, in the female more even.

These differences are, however, of small moment in comparison

with that which the investigation of the slips situated more in-

ternally, and called by Owen processus labiales, presents. If we

divide in Nautilus, whatever be its sex, the thickness of the

hood mesially and then turn the external slips away from each

other on each side, we find that the smooth inner skin, which

covers the inside of the entire sheath, formed by these slips and

the hood, gives off a fold of skin to which membranous thicken-

ings are attached. These are divided into slips, which form

cases in which retractile tentacles, similar to the external but less

in size, are enclosed. Let us consider this disposition in the first

place in male individuals somewhat more closely. The dermal

fold, of which we have spoken, is here attached downwards with

a free margin to the inside of the external circle of tentacles ; the

margins of attachment of the left and right sides of the dermal

fold are distant from each other about 15 millimeters. Upwards

on this fold is seen a membranous thickening (abzal process) of

about 3 centimeters in length, which at its anterior margin splits

into eight flat digitiform sheaths. Through each of these sheaths

there passes a ringed tentacle. The two uppermost slips are

short, placed low on the basal part of the laminiform thickening,

and are bent backwards ; the six remaining slips are placed higher

and are longer*. On the outside of this same dermal fold, but

still also arising from it, there lies downwards, on the right side,

a small membranous lobe which splits into four tentaculiferous

slips. On the left side, in the same position, but extending

farther backwards and more clearly distinct from the dermal

fold, is found a large and thick body which is formed by the union

of four largely developed and modified tentacles. We name this

body, to which we shall recur, the spadiz. It is the most cha-

racteristic part of the male Nautilus.

Besides these lobes and the tentacles contained in them, no

other organs are found within the ring of the large tentacle-

slips. The fold, so often spoken of, passes from above inwards

into the skin which covers circularly the membranous, large,

round, muscular mass surrounding the beak, and which, around

the apex of the jaws, terminates in many short and tortuous

* The breadth on the left side amounts to 1, on the right side to 2 cen-

timeters.

64 Prof. J. Van der Hoeven on the Anatomy

filaments, just like a border of fringe. At the commissure of

the large tentaculiferous slips are found on the inside many

furrows which are parallel to its excised anterior margin ; whilst

at the side and further back there are small cavities, from which

the part obtains a retiform aspect. A continuation of the skin,

at about 1 centimeter behind the excised margin, mounts up-

wards as a thin investment, to cover the tongue-bone, so named

by Owen, and the entire muscular apparatus of the Jaws, and

passes into the skin arising from the dorsal surface, or rather

forms a whole with it. Downwards, however, this membrane

forms still another duplicature, a blind longitudinal sac, which

invests a composite organ. From the transverse fissure above

the duplicature, this organ comes partly into view by its superior

margin. It is about 14mm. broad and 18 mm. long, convexly

oval on its upper surface, flat on its inferior surface, and lies like

a little cushion below and behind the tongue-bone, and next the

under surface of the commencement of the cesophagus. On

opening the fold of skin that encloses it, this organ is found to

consist of two lateral parts, bean-shaped, and turned towards each

other at the fore-part with a convex margin. These two margins

are divided by seven or more incisures* of 2 to 8 mm. in depth,

into flat quadrangular slips that become narrower inwards. If the

two lateral parts be separated from each other by a longitudinal

section, then in each of them about fourteen other very thin

lamine are seen running obliquely towards the inner margin and

downwards. The most external of these lamine lies next a

sinuous, smooth part, which becomes broader downwards. On the

outside of this part is a small cavity within the very thick outer

wall, which is formed by transverse loose fibres.

Let us now compare this disposition with what occurs in

female individuals of Nautilus. Here there are on each side two

lobes, which are divided into digitiform slips (labial processes,

Owen). The uppermost pair is broader, and usually or almost

always bears twelve tentaclest+. The fold of skin which unites

these lobes at the under side with the most external large tenta-

culiferous slips is covered by a number of fine membranous

leaflets, which are distinguished into two groups. The under-

most pair lies within the circle of the uppermost, and imme-

diately towards the membranous mass which surrounds the jaws ;

they consist of a styliform part, which passes into a broader

hand-shaped part forwards, and mounts at the side towards the

membranous oral mass. Here I found sixteen tentacles on the

* In the specimen investigated by me in 1847, there were ten or eleven

of these tetragonal slips. Trans. of Zool. Soc. iv. 1. p. 27. pl. 8. fig. 9.

+ Here Owen and W. Vrolik found twelve tentocula, with which my

observations constantly agreed ; Valenciennes found thirteen.

of Nautilus Pompilius. 65

right side, fourteen on the left side*. Within these innermost

tentaculiferous slips, under the membranous mass of the mouth,

there lies a part formed of eighteen or seventeen folds, which Owen

considered to be the olfactory organ, but which, in my opinion,

ought to be regarded as a continuation of the circle of innermost

tentacles, which are here present in a rudimentary state. This

part rests upon the fine membranous leaflets of the commissure

of the preceding slips.

Here then it is apparent that a sexual difference exists. This

difference, as to its nature, must be investigated more closely.

It may be supposed that in the male Nautilus, as in the female,

two pairs of labial processes are present. The first pair then

would seem in the male to be placed above and internally, and to

carry eight tentacles, whilst in the female it is placed above and

externally, and carries twelve tentacles; the second pair would

seem to differ from the undermost processus labiales of the

female in the small number of only four ¢entacula, and still more

in lying on the owtside of the uppermost slips.

It was thus that I conceived the difference at an earlier

period+. Closer investigation, however, produced a different

conception, which I think preferable. Both sets of slips then in

the male individual are attached to the same dermal fold, although

the undermost set lies on the outside of the fold. I think, there-

fore, that these two groups of tentacles in the male Nautilus

correspond to one pair alone of the labial slips of the female

Nautilus, and that they are developed at the expense of the

other pair. The commissure at the under side shows, that the

pair to which they correspond is that of the outermost labial

slips of the female Nautilus. In this way of conceiving the

matter, the number also of the tentacles in the two sexes cor-

responds (8+4 in the male, 12 in the female).

The sexual difference may now be stated more clearly. The

external labial slips are separated into two divisions, of which the

undermest lies downwards and carries four tentacles. On the

left side, this group of four tentacles is developed to form the

spadiz. The undermost or innermost labial slips appear to be

wanting in the male. As rudimentary processus interni or infe-

riores, those parts however may be perhaps regarded which com-

pose the organ at the innermost commissure, situated under the

tongue and the jaws. The projecting leaflets in that part corre-

* In one specimen I found fourteen on the right side, thirteen on the left.

Owen gives to these slips, as well as to the external labial slips, twelve

tentacles; Valenciennes gives thirteen to each side; W. Vrolik, fourteen.

Thus it appears that individual variety exists here, but that a greater

number than in the external labial slips is to be regarded as the rule.

+ Trans. of Zool. Soe. iv. 1. pp. 26, 27.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 5

66 Prof. J. Van der Hoeven on the Anatomy

spond then with a greater fineness to those lamin, which, with

Owen, in his description of the female Nautilus, bear the name

of olfactory organ. The fine membranous parts, on the other

hand, which are present in the female at the commissure of the

external labial slips, are entirely wanting in the male, and are

represented by the retiform tissue that covers on the inside the

commissure of the outermost tentaculiferous slips.

Let us now revert to the spadix on the left side of the male

Nautilus. This body is 6 or 7 centimeters long, 43 or 5 centi-

meters high, and at the base 3 centimeters broad, A transverse

section (PI.V. fig. 1) plainly shows that it consists of four ¢entacula,

of which three in particular are distinguished by their remark-

able circumference, and of which the sheaths have mutually

coalesced*. The undermost tentacle has only a short mem-

branous sheath at its base, and elsewhere lies free along the

inferior margin at the outside of the chief body of the spadix

formed by the three remaining tentacles. On the outside of the

membranous sheath of the uppermost tentacle of the spadia lies,

close to the anterior extremity, a flat disk of an elongated round

form, of 21 centimeters in the smaller diameter and 3 centi-

meters long. This disk is perforated by many small round

apertures which are surrounded by a slightly raised border;

they are distant from each other about 1 mm., in some places

nearer together. A longitudinal section of the thickness of the

disk shows that it consists of many follicles, which are perpendi-

cular to its surface, are distinguished by sacciform dilatations of

the walls, and have their openings at the apertures just mentioned.

To revert to the second principal portion of the body (p. 61),

we may add, that the two swellings which are present in the

undermost part of this portion in the female, are absent in the

male+. The glandular organ, composed of many laminz, which is

here attached to the inside of the mantle in the female Nautilus, is

wanting in the male ; consequently Owen’s opinion is confirmed,

which regards this organ as connected with the sexual apparatus,

and ascribes to it the secretion of a covering for the eggsf.

Moreover, it seemed to me that the mantle in the male Nautilus

is shorter and leaves the eyes almost uncovered, whilst in female

* These tentacles present to the naked eye a structure corresponding to

that which in the ordinary tentacles is observed by means of the microscope.

Comp. R. Owen, On the structure and homology of the cephalic tentacles

in the Pearly Nautilus, Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. xi. 1843, p. 308.

+ Owen, Memoir, p. 9. pl. le, pl.2e; compare my figures, Transact. of

the Zool. Soe. iv. 1. pl. 54, pl. 6. fig. 3h h.

{ “A glandular apparatus ..... which, if not peculiar to, 1s in all

probability more strongly developed in the female than in the male Nautilus

Pompilius,” p. 9. See further the description of this part, ibid. p. 43.

—_

of Nautilus Pompilius. 67

specimens the margin of the mantle extends over the middle of

the anterior surface of the pedunculated eye-ball.

I1.— Male organs of propagation of the Nautilus.

If the mantle be reflected or removed and the Nautilus be

examined on the inferior surface, then it is found that the

animal has a space or cavity which is distinct from the visceral

cavity and contains the four gills. The position of the parts

which are visible in this gill-sac agrees on the whole in the male

Nautilus with that of the corresponding parts in the female.

The penis however does not lie, at least not exactly, on our left

hand, as does the aperture of the oviduct or the vulva in the

female*, but almost exactly in the mid-line, between the anus and

the funnel. This penis is of an obtusely conical form; on the

dorsal surface, almost as far as its extremity, it is congruous

with the skin, which is distended between two large muscular

columns (the large shell-muscles), and by which the intestinal

cavity is separated from the gill-sac. On our left hand, that is

on the right side of the animal, is seen, between the anus and the

first gill, at the base of the penis, a convex swelling, which is

caused by a bladder lying under it.

Let us regard, however, before further consideration of the

external parts, the internal organs of propagation. These con-

sist principally of two glands, both of remarkable size (PI. V.

fig. 2). If we open on the dorsal surface the sac containing the

viscera, then we find at the posterior end of this sac, on the left

of the muscular stomach, the larger of these two glands, which

however is in great measure concealed by the lobes of the liver,

and on the right side also, in some degree, by the stomach. This

gland, which, from the analogy of the other Cephalopods, must

be regarded as the ¢estis+, is included in a thin white membrane,

as also the rest of the viscera are separately included in a similar

mvestment. This gland has a length of about 7 centimeters,

and at its broadest part a breadth of 4 centimeters ; it surpasses

all the rest of the viscera, the large liver alone excepted, in bulk,

and with its anterior margin extends as far as the heart, thus

occupying nearly the entire length of the visceral sac. It has a

flat, oval form and is bounded on the left or outer side by a

* That is, on the right side of the animal, which in this position turns its

back from us. See my fig., Trans. of the Zool. Soe. l.c. pl. 7. fig. 4.

+ In the same situation in which the testis lies in the male Nautilus,

the ovarium of the female is placed. Owen, indeed, says that the muscular

stomach at the bottom of the visceral sac lies on the left, and the ovarium

on the right (Memoir, p. 26, § 4); but this refers to the position in which

the animal is figured by him (pl. 5), namely lying on its back and seen

from the ventral surface.

5x*

68 Prof. J. Van der Hoeven on the Anatomy

margin convexly prominent, especially at the upper part. If

the thin but strong integument of this part be removed, then

the testis presents a brownish-yellow colour, and is seen to be

divided into an upper and a lower half, and by transverse furrows

that run obliquely into some loosely connected lobes. It is

composed of a quantity of acini, which, with their blind extre-

mities on the surface, look like white spots. The proper com-

position of the tissue of these acini was not apparent; the mi-

croscope indicated nothing but a granular mass. On the inside

of the testis white ducts are seen which meet in a tube (vas

efferens) that runs at the right side. This tube leaves the tissue

of the testis, runs for a short space within the tegumentary sac,

and terminates on a flat conical prominence by a small oblique

aperture. The margin of this papilla presents radiating folds,

and is in close union with the covering of the testis, which is

perforated by the aforesaid aperture.

Above, and on the right side of the testis is situated a second

gland, of a flat form, longitudinally round and smaller than the

first*. It consists in part of many small lobules attached to

flattish transverse partitions, and formed of microscopic finger-

shaped blind tubules whose walls consist of cylindrical or conical

cells (cylinder-epithelium). In the anterior extremity of this

second sexual gland a saccule placed transversely is included, and

is surrounded below by its tissue (Pl. VI. fig. 2). Behind this

saccule is seen a milk-white body, in which I afterwards recog-

nized, from the observation of Dr. J. A. Bogaard, Prosector of

the Leyden University, who investigated the sexual organs of

Nautilus with me, the convolution of a tube. I succeeded in

following the course of this tube further, which was somewhat

difficult, since it is in close connexion with the tissue of the

gland, and for the most part is concealed in the innermost por-

tion of it. At its anterior extremity this tube terminates between

the two slips of a nipple at the right side of the above-named

saccule, then follows a course to the left towards the posterior

margin of the saccule, then makes marked convolutions directed

downwards and upwards and lying close together, afterwards

proceeds, close along the right margin of the gland, backwards,

again penetrates more into its depth, and finally ends as a fine

canal of about 3} millim. in diameter. The aperture of this fine

canal, scarcely visible to the naked eye, is situated on the left

side of the gland, which there presents a longitudinal furrow

opposite to the conical excrescence in which the vas efferens of

* Tt now appears that it was this second gland which, in the imperfect

specimen described by me in 1847, I saw in front of the testis (“a round

mass that fell from the visceral cavity.” Tijdschr. uitgeg. door de eerste

klasse van het Kon. Nederl. Instituut, i. bl. 72).

of Nautilus Pompilius. 69

the testis opens. By this furrow the said conical extremity is

received in the natural position of the parts, and at its bottom is

a fissure which leads to a small cavity of the gland, which is

covered by a membrane with slight longitudinal folds, but in

other respects smooth. At the upper part in this space the fine

extremity of the convoluted canal opens. This canal is thus the

deferent vessel (vas deferens), and the second gland is therefore

to be regarded in part as an investiture of this deferent vessel.

But this vessel is also the efferent duct of the secretion effected

by the glandular tissue through which it runs, and is doubtless

also itself moreover the seat of a secretion, since its walls present

the same cylinder-epithelium as the acini of the surrounding

gland. These walls are very thick, especially in the upper part,

so that the inner space bears no proportion to the external cir-

cumference. This, on an average, has a diameter of two milli-

meters: anteriorly the tube becomes wider, but not uniformly ;

the two principal dilatations which it presents are fully three

millimeters in diameter.

The saccule, of which we spoke above, forms a diverticulum

terminating czcally on the left side. Its inner surface has on

the right side many projecting transverse folds, and presents

here a second small aperture, situated immediately above the

termination of the vas deferens ; around this aperture the said

folds form some circles. It is the inferior extremity of a tube

4 or 5 millimeters in length, with a circumference of about 3

millimeters. This tube has very thick walls, and presents longi-

tudinal folds on its inner surface. It leads to the spermophore-

sac*, a cylindrical bladder with very firm walls, so that when

quite empty it does not collapse. The internal cavity of the

bladder has numerous projecting folds that run longitudinally,

and is divided by a partition running obliquely and having a

free anterior margin into two cavities which communicate at the

upper part. This bladder passes immediately into the canal of

the penis (the urethra seminalis), which also presents strongly

projecting longitudinal folds. The thick walls of this canal,

which form the penis, consist of a very firm tissue; on the cut

surface some round apertures are visible, which appear to be the

sections of blood-vessels. At the extremity of the penis the

termination of the urethra seminalis is seen as a transverse aper-

ture surrounded bya thick margin, which is divided by incisures

into some tubercles; on the surface that faces downwards, in

particular, two such tubercles may be obviously distinguished.

In a specimen investigated by me, which had died during the

* The French writers on the anatomy of the Cephalopods name this

part poche Needhamienne, after Needham, who is usually regarded as the

discoverer of the spermophores.

70 Prof. J. Van der Hoeven on the Anatomy

period of sexual orgasm, I found the spermophore-sac, forcibly

distended by its contents, to occupy the entire space between the

anus and the base of the penis near the right anterior gill, whilst

a spermophore filled the penis and came partially into view at its

aperture (Pl. VI. fig. 1).

The parts found by me in Nautilus present on the whole the

same type which we remark in the male sexual organs of the

dibranchiate Cephalopods. The canal which I have indicated as

vas deferens corresponds at its uppermost wider part, furnished

with thick walls, with the part that Cuvier designates as vesicula

seminalis in Octopus. The saccule in which this canal terminates

may be compared with the part which this illustrious anatomist

and others after him have regarded as a prostata, although with

greater justice it may be taken for a vesicula seminalis. The

glandular tissue which surrounds and covers the vas deferens

seems to be wanting in the rest of the Cephalopods. In the

smallness of the spermophore-sac, and in some other particulars,

Octopus approaches nearer to Nautilus than do Sepia and Loligo ;

in the spermophores also, a closer affinity of Nautilus with Octopus

may be remarked than with the ten-armed Cephalopods.

In the upper end of the efferent tube (that part which corre-

sponds to the vesicula spermatica of authors), | found spermo-

phores still imperfect and very soft; they were more developed

in the small saccule in which the tube terminates; but a greater

firmness and a definite convolution in spiral turns are seen first

in the sac in which they are collected under the penis.

From this Needhamian sac, which beyond doubt is contractile,

the spermophores are brought into the canal of the penis and

from thence into the gill-sac. From thence they arrive, whether

through the funnel or along the free margin of the mantle, at

the different parts above, which as tentaculiferous slips surround

the muscular bulb of the mouth.

That the spermophores tarry there for a time, before they

leave the aperture of the shell to reach the shell of the female

Nautilus, appears to me most likely. In three specimens I

have found them there, and in all at the same part. This

was on the dorsal surface, under the hood, and between the

two first and smaller tentacles of the two processus labiales,

those of the left side surrounding them like two fingers, whilst

a cavity was, as it were, impressed for them at the base of the

right tentaculiferous lobe by a bladder which enclosed the spermo-

phore. For here the spermophores do not le uncovered; on

the contrary, they are enclosed in a round, brown vesicle, which is

about 18 millimeters long and 15 mm. broad, and of which the

walls consist of three or four structureless membranes lying

upon one another.

of Nautilus Pompilius. 71

I consider this covering of the spermophore as one of the

most remarkable peculiarities which the investigation of the

male Nautilus has revealed to me. The enclosing of the

spermophores in the bladder must of necessity have occurred

after they had passed through the penis. Even if I had not

actually met with spermophores in the canal of the penis, as

stated above (p. 70), which were not yet included in such a

bladder, still the considerable size of the bladder would have

precluded the possibility of a passage through that canal. The

membranes of this bladder are thus secreted on the outside of

the visceral cavity. Where and by what organs is the secretion

effected? To this question I can only answer by conjecture.

In the branchial sac nothing is seen that can perform the secre-

tion. But on the other principal portion of the body are two

organs which may be noticed here. In the first place, it may be

supposed that the numerous folds of the organ situated behind

the lower jaw below the cesophagus (p. 64) serve for secreting.

In the second place, the round glandular disk deserves con-

sideration, which is situated on the outer surface of the spadiz.

Whilst it is uncertain whether the first-named organ discharges

a secreting office, there can be no doubt respecting such a fune-

tion in the second; but it does not follow from this that the

secretion which occurs in the said disk is exactly for the forma-

tion of the bladder which encloses the spermophore. Had I been

fortunate enough to encounter in any specimen spermophores

on the road from the branchial sac to the dorsal surface of the

animal, then this matter might have been susceptible of a more

accurate determination.

I am not in a condition to show how the bladder with spermo-

phores is expelled from the shell of the male at a later period. A

real copulation cannot take place: not only is the penis situated

too deeply in the mantle for this, and too short, but moreover

the enveloping of the spermophores shows that the expulsion of

the sperma by the penis has preceded by some time the impreg-

nation. I think I cannot be wrong in regarding the enclosing

of the spermophores as a means of preserving the sperma for a

time from the effect of sea-water until it has arrived at the place

of its destination, the branchial sac of the female Nautilus.

We will, in conclusion, treat of the structure of the spermato-

phores* or spermophores, as far as they can be investigated in spe-

cimens which have been long kept in spirit. It is well known that

the sperma of Cephalopods is enclosed in singular bodies of very

large size, which Swammerdam first described in Sepia officinalis

as “witte en teere pennekens, die zich in water bewegen en

* Duvernoy changed this name into spermaphores: by a slight modi-

fication, after the remark of a celebrated Hellenist, we prefer to write

spermophores.

72 Prof. J. Van der Hoeven on the Anatomy

openbarsten ’’—white and delicate tubes which moved in water

and burst open*, and which Needham investigated more closely

in Loligo, whence they afterwards obtained the name of corpora

Needhamiana. I always found in the bladder under the hood,

described above, a single spermophore alone, and have no reason

to conclude that it may contain two of them. This spermophore

is of an extraordinary length, and hes in the bladder rolled up

in many convolutions, just as the spermophores are already

convoluted in the vesicula seminalis. I succeeded in unrolling

one of them, but not without some pieces breaking off, and thus

I can estimate the length at full 27 centimeters. Dr. Bogaard

estimates the length of another spermophore, measured by him,

at 34 centimeters. This remarkable length is not altogether

without example in other Cephalopods: Milne-Edwards found

the spermophores in Octopus vulgaris 8 centimeters long +, and

R. Leuckart found in Octopus Carene the spermophore 3 feet

long (Zoologische Untersuchungen, Drittes Heft, Giessen 1854,

Ato, s. 98. not. 2). The spermophore of the Nautilus is a round

tube, not everywhere of the same thickness; it is on an average

1 mm., and becomes fine at the two extremities. The smaller

end presents a small bending back at an acute angle; this thin

recurved part is about 8 mm. long. The point, finally, presented

in one specimen a microscopic appendage in addition, which

seemed to be split into two slips and left the before-named thin

part at a right angle.

The colour of the spermophore, when it has left the penis, is

brown-yellow. Within its cavity there lies a ribbon-shaped

filament of about z4, mm. in breadth, which is visible to the

naked eye. This filament is flat and bent spirally in close

circles, like the spiral thread in the air-tubes of msects. It

consists in great part of spermatozoids which are attached by

their capilliform extremities to the structureless thread situated

in the middle}. For other particulars I refer my readers to the

careful investigations of Dr. Bogaard appended to this memoir,

and put aside my own observations, which were not complete,

rather than by a difference of conception give occasion, perhaps,

in the reader, to uncertain and confused notions.

The structure of the corpora Needhamiana in the Cuttle-fish

(Sepia officinalis) has been described exactly by C. G. Carus,

who, however, has drawn up his description under the im-

pression of a mistaken idea, that he had an animal existence

* Biblia Nature, p. 896.

+ Ann. des Sc. Nat., 2 série, tom. xvii. 1842, Zool. p. 339. pl. 14.fig. 1.

+ What I formerly described as flat, elongate-oval, microscopic bodies,

hanging by the filament (‘ijdschr. van de Eerste Kl. van het Koninkl.

Instituut, 1. bl. 72), I now regard as tissue detached from the spiral

filament.

7 ee

of Nautilus Pompilius. 73

before him, a parasitic animal form*. Perhaps we may compare

with those parts which he describes as fore-stomach and stomach

of his Needhamia expulsoria, the parts at the thin extremity of

the spermophore of the Nautilus. After this description, we

have from Peters and Milne-Edwards+, and from Duvernoy tf,

indefatigable to the time of his death, excellent and extensive

observations on the spermophores in different Cephalopods,

Considering that the specimens investigated by us were not

recent, a comparison with these observations cannot be of much

advantage. Certainly points of correspondence are not wanting,

and as far as I can judge from the present state of our know-

ledge, the spermophores of Octopus are those which have the

closest analogy with the spermophores of Nautilus. The last,

however, differ by their extraordinary length from most of the

Needhamian bodies that have been hitherto observed, and from

all in being rolled up into close convolutions.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. anp VI.

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Vertical section of the spadiz. Inthe middle of each of the four

tentacles, which make up this organ, is seen at 7 the section of a

nerve that runs longitudinally. The darker tissue, running radially

from the margin of the tentacle inwards, consists of longitudinal

muscular bundles which have been divided transversely.

Fig. 2. The male organs of propagation of the Nautilus, from the dorsal

surface, their peritoneal sac having been removed: 2, 2, x, 2, the

remains of this covering; ¢, the testis; gl. acc., a second gland

of the function of propagation, at the anterior part of which

a thin membranous bladder (prostata? vesicula seminalis?) is

enclosed ; from it a canal mounts to the bladder, v. sp, alt., which

lies at the right side of the penis, p, and which corresponds to the

Needhamian purse of other Cephalopods: from the aperture of

the penis at sp., part of a spermophore is passing with the spiral

thread which has become free from the bursting of the walls. At

p is seen how the penis at this part is continuous with the wall

which lies between the gill-sac and the visceral cavity. At + the

aperture of the second gland is indicated by which the sperma

from the testis is taken up, and above which, within the gland,

the inferior extremity of the vas deferens is found.

PuatTe VI.

Fig. 1. The penis and the testis of the specimen referred to in p. 70: 6, the

penis ; sp., spermophore projecting from its aperture ; a, the anus;

e, the large muscle of the shell on the right side of the animal ;

h, the anterior, h', the posterior gill of the same side; g, the

mantle reflected.

* Needhamia expulsoria Sepie officinalis. Beschrieben und abgebildet

von Dr. C. G. Carus, Act. Acad. Leop. Carol. vol. xix. P. i. 1839.

+ By the last-named in Ann. des Se. Nat. /. c. pp. 331-347.

t+ Mém. de l’Acad. des Sciences, xxiii. 1850.

74 Bibliographical Notices.

Fig. 2. The tube that runs through the second sexual gland partly unra-

velled and freed from its covering: a, inferior aperture, 6, supe-

rior aperture of this tube; the last is situated in the sac at the

fore part of the accessory or second genital gland. In this sac

above is seen at b the superior aperture of the duct ; here also is

c, the inferior aperture of the canal, d. sp., which leads to the

spermophore-sac.

Fig. 3. Vesicle in which a spermophore lay enclosed ; of this the convo-

lutions are partially seen through the walls.

Fig. 4. A spermophore unravelled, but broken at one of its extremities,

here the upper one. The extremity, a, is represented in the next

figure.

Fig. 5. The extremity, a, of the last figure, magnified 12 diameters.

All the figures except 5 are of the size of nature.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Shells and their Inhabitants. The Genera of Recent Mollusca ;

arranged according to their Organization. By Henry and

ArtuurR Apams. London, Van Voorst, 8vo.

Happy the naturalists who have Van Voorst for their publisher !

They shall not want for good printing and first-rate illustrations, and

their works shall stand on the same shelf with those of the foremost

scientific men of the age.

Such was our first thought on turning over the luxurious and

costly numbers of this latest book on Conchology. The work is not

yet completed, but has so far advanced that we cannot delay noticing

it any longer. The first Number was published on January Ist, 1853,

and at the present time all the Univalves and higher Mollusca have

been described, leaving only the Bivalves and Tunicaries to form the

subjects of a future notice.

As a Manual of the genera of Recent Shells it surpasses all its pre-

cursors, both in elaborateness of detail and beauty of illustration. To

every one who writes on shells it will be indispensable, and the only

thing to be desired is, that it will be used with discretion, and

not followed indiscriminately. The work challenges comparison by

its promise to supply a want, and we shall best fulfil our task by

stating in what respects its guidance is to be distrusted, and spe-

cifying some of the points which require emendation. The authors

have still the opportunity of making corrections, and will doubtless

be obliged to us for making these suggestions ere it is too late.

The critical examination of these first 800 pages has proved a

rather serious business ; chiefly on account of the strange nomen-

clature, and the multiplication and novel arrangement of the genera.

All our old conchological notions have been at a discount, and we

have had to apply ourselves as to the study of a new art, written in

a new language.

The number of univalve genera described is about 680, and 437

subgenera. The number of species enumerated exceeds 13,000, being

rather less than 20 to each genus, and averaging nearly 12 to each

genus and subgenus.

Bibliographical Notices. 75

The authors have exercised a wise discretion in employing so large

a proportion of their names in a swbgeneric sense. For although this

extreme subdivision of natural groups may be useful in a few great

collections, and convenient in special or elaborate monographs ; yet,

for ordinary purposes, a much smaller number of divisions is suf-

ficient. The generic names in general use do not exceed 300 for the

whole of the living Encephalous Mollusca; and we are quite sure

that no conchologist, or brace of conchologists—not even the authors

themselves—will ever learn the eleven hundred and odd names here

propounded ; especially since so many of them are constructed in a

form which takes no hold of the memory, e. g. Neda, Aspa, Thala,

Ziba, Dinia, Sarnia, Penia, Elara, Elaira, Idesa, Alaba, &c. &e.

To the exoteric public this style is by no means attractive, nor is the

taste of naturalists in general so far behind that of the rest of the

world as to lead them to prefer Adanson as a model.

Of the 18 genera and 121 new subgenera proposed by the authors,

there is not one which calls for special notice ; they appear to be

founded on empirical characters, such as we should have regarded as

possessing at most aspecific importance.

The list of species appended to each genus and subgenus is one of

~ the principal features of the work. It will be extremely convenient

to those who have large collections, and may some time form the

basis of what is very much wanted—a Geographical Catalogue of

Shells. Of the 13,300 species, probably less than half are in the

British Museum; but a larger proportion is in the Cumingian col-

lection, which the authors are understood to have chiefly used. High

as this number is, the land snails might now be increased by 1000

names, and some marine genera (like Cyprea) are far from com-

plete ; but many of the lists are swelled by the introduction of syno-

nyms, varieties, and fossils, and will require considerable revision.

The space occupied by the lists of species exceeds one-fourth part

of the work ; while nearly another quarter is occupied with headings

of various kinds. Thus before reaching the ‘“‘ Woodcock Murex”’ we

encounter the following inscriptions :—

Class, GASTEROPODA.

Subclass, PROSOBRANCHIATA.

Order, PECTINIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder, PROBOSCIDIFERA.

Family, Muricip.

Subfamily, Muricin&.

Genus, Murex.

Subgenus, HAUSTELLUM.

Species, haustellum.

The objection to this, however, is not so much the space it occupies,

76 Biblioyraphical Notices.

or its technical appearance ; but this excessive subdivision annuls

the main object of classification, which is the massing of facts

under the fewest heads possible. We must not omit to commend the

general correctness of the press, which shows the advantage of double

authorship. A few typographical errors appear to have been inten-

tionally copied ; such as Onchidium for Oncidium, Melibe for Me-

libeea, Cythara for Cithara, Stobilus for Strobilus, and Triphoris for

Triforis. At the bottom of p. 64 a sentence is left unfinished ; it

should continue thus—‘“ side, at the junction between the head and

abdomen, with a foot-like appendage. (Gray.)” We have also

noticed one paragraph which has quite escaped revision (at p. 15),

where six errors occur in a dozen lines*.

The most attractive part of the work, and that of which we can

speak with the greatest satisfaction, is the series of illustrations by

that excellent engraver and veteran conchologist James D. C. Sowerby.

No less than 88 of these admirably-executed plates are devoted to

the 680 genera before referred to; the subgenera are not figured.

Besides the shell of each genus, the operculum is given wherever

it is known, and representations of the living animals have been

selected, especially from the great French works of MM. Quoy and

Gaimard, D’Orbigny, and Eydoux and Souleyet. Many of the figures

are marked “ original,’ but these are not always the best, and it is

to be hoped the author will take a little more pains with any he may

do in futuret. Jt must be observed that the opercula are all drawn

upside down; and no scale is given, so that Helix pulchella looks

bigger than H. rufescens, and nearly as large as H. cornu-gigantea.

It will be necessary to examine and consider at some length the

nomenclature and classification employed by the authors, both on

account of the importance of their book and the extent to which it

differs from the older treatises, especially the ‘ British Mollusca’ of

Messrs. Forbes and Hanley, so lately issued from the same press, and

which has deservedly taken the highest place as a work of reference

and authority.

On comparing the generic names employed by Messrs. H. and

A. Adams with the terminology in general use, we find half the prin-

cipal names (of the univalves) changed, on the pretence of priority !

We say pretence, because a very slight examination would have

shown that scarcely any of these names were accompanied by deserip-

tions, or otherwise entitled to the adoption of conchologists.

The authors have judiciously omitted dates, having doubtless

found them a ‘delusion and a snare;’’ but the omission of refer-

ences, in so large and pretentious a work, is, to say the least, unusual.

* Thetis for Tethys; thecidicola for tethydicola; Ber for Baer; Lingri-

citula for Linguatula; Pinnotheros for Pinnotheres; and Phospuga for

Phosphuga. At p. 252, Chilinia ‘‘ Cepuelca” and “ pulchra” appear to be

misprints for “ Tehuelcha” and ‘‘ Puelcha.”

+ Some of these figures are obviously taken from specimens in spirits ;

such as the Argonauta Oweni, pl. 2, in which the sail-shaped arm is turned

inside out; Tornatella solidula, pl. 56. f.2; and Pfeifferia micans, pl. 72.

foi

Bibliographical Notices. 7

We have added dates, from Herrmannsen*, to the following list of

names, showing how long they have been in use. And to the names

employed by the authors we have appended a few others of older

date, which, according to their own rule, ought to have been pre-

ferred.

Names in use.

Hyalea, Lam. 1799.

Cleodora, Peron, 1810.

Creseis, Rang, 1828.

Cuvieria, Rang, 1827.

Clio, Linn. 1767.

Melongena, Sch. 1817.

Pleurotoma, Lam. 1799.

Triton, Montf. 1810.

Ranella, Lam. 1812.

Ricinula, Lam. 1812.

Monoceros, Lam. 1809.

Concholepas, Lam. 1801.

Magilus, Montf. 1810.

Oliva, Brug. 1789.

Ancillaria, Lam. 1811.

Fulgur, Montf. 1810.

Cynodonta, Schum.

Turbinella, Lam. 1799.

Pyrula, Lam. 1799.

Sigaretus, Lam.

Cassidaria, Lam. 1812.

Oniscia, Sby. 1825.

Sealaria, Lam. 1801.

Solarium, Lam. 1799.

Pterocera, Lam. 1799.

Rostellaria, Lam.

Ovulum, Brug. 1789.

Pirena, Lam. 1812.

Paludina, Lam.

Siliquaria, Brug. 1789.

Crepidula, Lam. 1799.

Hipponyx, Defr. 1819.

Neritina, Lam. 1809.

Navicella, Lam.

Phasianella, Lam. 1804.

Rotella, Lam.

* Index Generum Malacozoorum. 8vo.

Names proposed by Messrs. Adams.

Cavolina, “ Gioeni”’ (not of Bruguiére, 1792).

Clio, “ Browne”’ (not. of Linn., Miull., Fabr.,

Brug., Cuv., Lam., Desh., or any other con-

chologist of note).

Styliola, Lesueur (teste Blainville).

Triptera, Q. & G. 1824.F

Clione, Pallas, 1774.

Cassidulus, Humph. (not. Lam., Fér., or Latr.).

Turris, Humph. (Cophinosalpinz, K1. 1753).

Tritonium, Link (not Lovén); Buccinum, KI.

Bursa, Bolten (not Bonanni or Petiver).

Pentadactylus, K1. 1753. (Also Tribulus, K1.)

Acanthina, Fischer, 1817 (Thais,Bolten,1798).

Conchopatella, Chemnitz !

Campylotus, Guett.{ (Tubulites, Davila).

Dactylus, Kl. (Cylindrus, Breynius).

Ancilla, Lam. (olim).

Busycon, Bolten.

Vasum, Bolten.

Mazza, Klein.

Sycotypus, Browne, 1756 (Ficus, Kl. 1753).

Catinus, Ad. (‘‘ Catinus-lactis,’’ Klein).

Galeodea, Link (not Martini or Bolten).

Morum, Bolten, 1798 (Cassidea, Brug. 1792).

Scala, Klein.

Architectonica, Bolten (Nerita, Kl. 1753).

Harpago, Kl. (Also Heptadactylus, Radiz-

bryonie, &e.)

Gladius, K1.

Amphiperas, Gron. 1781 (Porcellana, K1.).

Faunus, Montf. 1810. (Young shell.)

Vivipare, Lam. (olim) Saccus, Klein !

Tenagoda, Guett. (Solen-anguinus, K1.).

Crypta, Humph.

Cochlolepas, K1.

Neritella, Humph. (Vitta, K1. 1753).

Catillus, Humph.

Eutropia, Humph.

Umbonium, Link.

Cassell, 1846-52.

+ This name was given to an imperfect, and misunderstood specimen.

In the same plate, and in the same page, the authors figured and described

the perfect Cuvieria under the name of Cleodora obtusa, showing they had

no intention of founding a genus (in Triptera) equivalent to Cuvieria.

} We cannot find any such “genus” in Guettard’s Memoirs, but

according to Blainville it was merely a name given to a miscellaneous

assemblage, including Vermetus, Scalaria, Magilus, &c.

78 Bibliographical Notices.

Names in use. Names proposed by Messrs. Adams.

Delphinula, Lam. 1803. Angaria, Bolten (Cricostoma, K1.).

Puncturella, Lowe, 1827. Cemoria, “ Leach ” (Sw. 1840).

Parmophorus, Bl. 1817. Scutus, Montf. 1810.

Acmea, Esch. 1833. Tectura, Aud. & M.-E. (not defined).

Tornatella, Lam. 1812. Acteon, Montf. 1810 (Solidula, Fisch.).

Doridium, Meckel. Aglaia, Renieri.

Umbrella, Lam. 1812. * Operculatum leve,” Mus. Tessin.

Goniodoris, Forbes. Doriprismatica, D’Orb. (“ voce. pravum,”

Herrm.).

Antiopa, A. & H. Janus, Verany.

Embletonia, A. & H. Clelia, Lovén (not the same thing).

Frrola, Brug. 1792. Pterotrachea, Forsk.

Auricula, Lam. 1799. Ellobium, Bolten (Auris-Mide, K1.).

The names thus introduced by the authors are of three kinds :—

some are taken from works published before the time of Linnezeus ;

others were never characterized, and come under the denomination

of “MS. names ;’’ while a few were published under peculiar cireum-

stances, so as to escape observation, and have become obsolete.

With respect to pre-Linnzean names it is unnecessary for us to ad-

vocate the practice adopted by all the best naturalists ; we will only

hint the extreme inconvenience of a nomenclature ever liable to

change, and ever receding into the obscurity of olden literature. If

the names of Klein are to be adopted, why not those of Langius, and

Davila, and Breynius, Bonanni, and Petiver? And if some of Klein’s

names are used, why not all ?—‘‘ Cornu-hammonis”’ for Spirula,

** Dontostoma”’ for Nerita, “ Auris’”’ for Haliotis, ‘‘Hamus’’ for

Tectaria, and “ Auricula”’ for Limnea? If Pentadactylus and Argo-

Buccinum are to be introduced, why not also Cophinosalpina and

duris-Mide, Saccus and Radix-Bryonie, Garagoi and Solen-anguinus?

Have not these also “ priority” ? And why is “‘ Catinus-lactis,”’ Klein,

to be changed to Catinus, since euphony and taste are not to be con-

sidered? The folly of using “ Dactylus, Klein,” for the olive-shells

is conspicuous, because the Dactylus, or date-shell, of all the other

old writers is that burrowing bivalve the Lithodomus.

The question of manuscript names is more difficult, owing to the

wilfulness of authors. One says it is sufficient to write a new generic

name ona tablet and shut it up in his cabinet,—it is to be dated from

that act*. Another distinguished Professor, of an English Univer-

sity, holds that to inscribe the name on a Museum specimen is a suf-

ficient act of publication, leaving the determination of the date to the

memory of the Curator. Some consider the insertion of a new generic

name in a catalogue, without a word of description, without even a

specific name attached, is sufficient to give “ priority.” Others,

more modestly, admit the desirableness of the addition of a known

specific name, but do not consider any description necessary ; any one

that pleases may find out the characters of the new genus, and if it

has none, it is but one more name added to the synonymy. There

* Introduction to D’Orbigny’s ‘ Prodrome de Paléontologie.’

Bibliographical Notices. 79

are other authors besides Rafinesque, who will be remembered chiefly

by the spurious genera they have made.

The genera of Humphrey, quoted in the foregoing list, appeared in

the “‘ Museum Calonneanum,”’ a Catalogue published anonymously in

the year 1797, and containing names only, without definitions. The

names attributed to Bolten are also supposed to be taken from a

Catalogue, but who has ever seen it? We have found the name

**Gevers”’ placed as the authority for Meuschen’s names in the

Mus. Geversianum, and “ Berlin”? for Link’s names in the Berlin

Museum. But who wrote the “Museum Boltenianum”? The

authors have not thought these things worth inquiring into, and we

quite agree with them so far.

The Linnean code, of which Herrmannsen gives an excellent digest,

and the Rules of the British Association require that names should

be really published, and accompanied by a description sufficient to

identify the object and justify the imposition of the new term.

The last case we have to consider is that of names which have been

properly defined in the pages of rare and obscure publications, and

have remained unknown till discovered by chance after many years.

The great work of Pallas, destroyed by fire, and not reprinted for

half a century; the MS. of De Blainville’s ‘ Malacologie,’ mislaid by

Dr. Leach; and Leach’s own manuscript, unprinted till its value had

nearly departed,—are examples of the casualties which attend author-

ship. In Messrs. Adams’s Genera, we find the authority of Link

cited for some names older than those of Lamarck; and it appears

by a note of Herrmannsen’s that four parts of a little work were

printed in 1806-8, and afterwards burnt by their distinguished

author ; all that we know of them is derived from a solitary copy,

found accidentally by M. Mérch, at Lund in Scania. Now, how-

ever much we may regret these circumstances, it may well be doubted

whether names in general use—names which have been employed in

many countries and in many books, and have become familiar as

household words—should be changed ‘in justice to the memory ”’ of

authors long since removed from these and all other vanities.

It must not be supposed that the venerable nomenclature employed

by our authors has been obtained by a vast amount of research,

entitling them to throw off the fetters of the Lamarckian or any

other “school.” If they have not followed any of the great concho-

logists, they have borrowed their terminology from a very unpre-

tending source—the Sale-Catalogue of the Yoldi Collection, by a

young and enthusiastic native of Copenhagen, Otto Mérch (angl.

Murk)—where we find all these names, prudently inclosed in

brackets, after those which would be intelligible to the shell-buying

world.

We feel bound to say that we cannot believe these names will ever

come into general use ; the authors have thrown fresh impediments

in the path of the student, and have lost the opportunity of making

theirs the chief and standard work on conchological nomenclature.

The classification adopted by Messrs. Adams will be most readily

seen by putting in a tabular form, and translating for the convenience

80 Bibliographical Notices.

of our readers, the names of those genera only which are regarded as

types of families, and omitting nearly all the subdivisional names.

Class I. CerHatopopa: Order Octopoda ; Octopus, Philonexis,

Argonauta.

Order Decapoda; Cranchia, Loligopsis, Chiroteuthis, Onycho-

teuthis, Loligo, Sepia, Spirula.

Order Polypoda; Nautilus.

Class II. Preroropa: Order Thecosomata; Hyalea, Cuvieria,

Cymbulia, Limacina.

Order Gymnosomata ; Clio, Pneumodermon, Cymodocea.

Class III. Gasrrropopa: Order Pectinibranchiata (A. Probos-

cidifera) ; Murex, Pleurotoma, Triton, Buccinum, Oliva, Fasciolaria,

Turbinella, Voluta, Mitra, Marginella, Dolium, Pyrula, Velutina,

Lamellaria, Natica, Cassis, Scalaria, Terebra, Pyramidella, Eulima,

Stylifer, Cerithiopsis, Solarium.

(B. Towifera.) Conus.

(C. Rostrifera.) Strombus, Cyprea, Ovulum, Pedicularia, Cancel-

laria, Trichotropis, Aporrhais, Cerithium, Melania, Littorina, Plan-

axis, Jeffreysia, Rissoa, Paludina, Valvata, Ampullaria, Turritella,

Czecum, Vermetus, Phorus, Calyptreea, Pileopsis, Narica.

Order Scutibranchiata ; Nerita, Trochus, Haliotis, Fissurella, Den-

talium, Acmzea, Gadinia, Patella, Chiton.

Order Tectibranchiata ; Tornatella, Aplustrum, Cylichna, Bulla,

Philine, Icarus, Aplysia, Pleurobranchus, Runcina, Pleurophyllidia,

Phyllidia.

Order Nudibranchiata; Doris, Oncidoris, Triopa, Tritonia, Proc-

tonotus, Molis, Hermeea, Elysia, Limapontia.

Subclass Hereropopa; lanthina, Macgillivrayia, Atlanta, Firola,

Phyllirhoa, Pterosoma.

Subclass PutmonirerRA: (A. Inoperculata;) Glandina, Testa-

cella, Helix, Limax, Stenopus, Arion, Janella, Vaginulus, Oncidium,

Auricula, Limnea, Amphibola, Siphonaria.

(B. Operculata ;) Cyclophorus, Helicina, Truncatella, Assiminia.

In the first class, CEPHALOPODA, we see with regret, that the phi-

losophical arrangement and terminology proposed by Prof. Owen has

been abandoned for a new and empirical scheme, burthened with

such frivolous terms as ‘ Chondrophora,”’ and ‘‘ Sepiophora,” &c.

The great tetra-branchiate order is termed ‘ Polypoda,” although

that phrase was employed by Gistel for the whole of the Cuttlefishes,

and is most appropriate to the Octopods—the Polypi of the ancients.

It is not contended that the law of priority applies to names of

higher than generic importance,—they are formed by rule; and in

the other classes the names of the Orders are founded on branchial

characters.

The first, and most important division of the GasTEROPODA, pre-

sents a remarkable scene of confusion, as if the Families had been

thrown out of a dice-box. Pleurotoma is at the commencement, Conus

(in a separate suborder) at the end; Fasciolaria is separate from Fusus,

and Dolium from Cassis. The shells called ‘‘ Nassaria”’ are certainly

Bibliographical Notices. 81

Tritons, and have no business with the “ Nasside.’’ We do not

quite see the difference between “Sipho”’ (Islandicus) and “ Euthria”’

(cornea) ; our difficulty has always been to know which was the Lin-

nzean species —but now they are distinet genera. Fastigiella, at most

only a form of Cerithium, is placed with Turbinella (p. 155), and

Ringicula, which is known to be related to Tornatella, is associated

with Dolium (p. 197). The authors have rightly hesitated to remove

Philippia from Solarium, although unaware of one reason for keep-

ing them together, viz. that in both the apex is inverted and can

only be seen ‘by looking into the wmbilieus ; this character affords an

additional ground for putting them near Pyramidella.

In the second great division of Univalves (Rostrifera) we find the

Cypreide placed between Strombus and Aporrhais, instead of fol-

lowing Marginella and Erato in the previous order; although

amongst the illustrations are figures of Hrato levis and Cyprea

europea, both copied from Forbes and Hanley, who represent and

describe them as being essentially alike.

Planazis, placed nek to the Littor inide, appears to us more

nearly related to Cerithium ; its lingual dentition also, according to

the observations of Mr. Charlton oF Gloucester, agrees better will

that type.

Fossarus (p. 319) is made to follow Lacuna, its natural ally ; but

Narica (‘‘ Vanikoro”’) is placed much further on, at the end of the

**bonnet-limpets ”’ (p. 374). We should like to know how to sepa-

rate these shells ; for the distinguishing characters are not given, and

many of the species enumerated migh t with equal propriety be re-

ferred to either. The same is the case with Cyclostrema (p. 405),

and Adeorbis (p. 407), which appear to be identical.

Amongst the genera of Pearly Univalves we have been quite be-

wildered. All] the leading facts and general circumstances are frittered

away and lost sight of in the mass of petty details—of merely spe-

cific importance—which are here exalted into most prominent notice.

Thus we find a “‘subfamily,”’ of one genus, with no other character

than operculum ovate (p. 389), while the next “ subfamily ”’ has the

operculum orbicular.

Passing on to the key-hole limpets, we find fifty kinds of Fissu-

rella (including the British species) referred to Gray’s genus Luca-

pina, which was certainly not intended for such a rabble. And in

describing Macroschisma, the authors have forgotten to refer to their

usual vade mecum, and ventured the original and very unfortunate

remark that the “ aperture is much nearer the front margin than in

the other genera of the family’! (p. 447). We thought Chiton-ami-

culatus had been the type of Cryptochiton, but find it placed in a

separate ‘‘ subfamily.”

In the Nudibranchiate Order, Meliéca and Doto are referred to

different families, with ‘‘ Proctonotidee’’ between; and the whole

treatment of the group is in contrast with the beautiful menoprapl

of Alder and Hancock.

The Subclass Hereropopa is a remarkable assemblage, reenidig

LIanthina, which has a dentition and some other piarucers in com-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 6

82 Bibliographical Notices.

mon with Scalaria; Phyllirhoa, organized like the lowest Nudi-

branchiata ; and the fabulous Pfterosoma, in addition to the Atlan-

tide and Firolide, which in some respects resemble the Strombs.

In the Subclass Putmontrera the principal novelty is the con-

stitution of the family Oleacinide, for which there are good grounds,

if it be restricted to the shells usually known as Glandine. It may

however be doubted whether Bulimus decollatus and a hundred others

which the authors have included, really belong to the family ; least

of all should we admit the little Zwa luérica, figured as an illustration

of the group, and called by mistake “ Oleacina tridens”’ (pl. 71. f. 1).

On the other hand, they have placed in the same subgenus with the tiny

needle-shell (Cionella acicula) the great Glandina Algira, which has

a lmgual organ as large as that of the Testacella, armed with equally

formidable teeth, arranged in V-shaped rows. In the list of species

we observe the Achatina cylichna of Lowe, which is a fossil ; while

the Achatina gracilis of the same author figures in three places, as

Oleacina ( Azeca) terebella, again as Glandina ( Acieula) gracilis, and,

200 pages further on, as Acicula gracilis.

In the family Auriculide (‘“ Ellobiidee,’ Adams) we searched for

our twin British species Conovulus denticulatus and bidentatus,

which when young are so alike, but found no such name as Cono-

vulus, although we encountered some strange characters called Pira,

Tifata, Signia, and Persa (the name-maker must have been terribly

hard up !) ; at length we discovered our old acquaintances, under the

disguise of Leuconia and Alexia, in two distinct subfamilies.

Lastly, we must confess that the position of Truncatella and Assi-

minea with the Pulmoniferous land snails is utterly beyond our com-

prehension at the present instant.

In the Prospectus attached to the first number of this work, the

authors have very truly stated that at the present day there is a very

general wish shown by zoological students to learn something of “the

habits, organization, and affinities of the animals which construct

shells.” We have always found that those who took a hearty in-

terest in shells, were still more interested in shell-fish, and without

going into anatomical researches, there was enough in the study of

external or zoological characters to afford very high gratification.

Every one knows, who has studied natural history, that this pleasure

is personal, and independent of utilitarian considerations or the sti-

mulus of ambitious competition.

The Zoological Illustrations, and abridged descriptions of the ani-

mals of the genera, are certainly the most valuable portion of the

work, and reflect the greatest credit on the industry and skill of

authors and artist. We have had opportunity of seeing the pains

taken by Mr. Sowerby to make the best of his materials. The para-

graphs relating to structure, physiology, and habits, are scarcely so

satisfactory as might have been expected from the profession of one

of the authors, and the promise in the prospectus. The signs of

compilation are obvious at every step, and too often of unintelligent

compilation. In the first chapter the metamorphosis of the Gaste-

ropoda is described as applying to a/l Mollusca (p.7). The tongue

of the carnivorous Gasteropods is said to be “forked and fleshy,”

Bibliographical Notices. 83

while in some others it is coiled spirally “‘in the stomach;’’ the

Tunicata, we are told, have no tongue. Some of the technical terms

are used in such a sense as to require a special glossary ; thus (at

p- 13) some opercula are said to be ‘ annular and multispiral,”’ while

in other places (e. g. p. 345) concentric opercula are called ‘“‘an-

nular.”” In plain English “ annular ”’ means like a ring, @. e. with 2

hole in the middle, and “no operculum presents an annular form *.”

At p.14 we are informed, “the epidermis, like that of other animals,

is inorganic, and east off occasionally by the animal,”’ and the shell

itself is called “epithelium.” At p. 18 the Octopoda are defined as

having ‘‘foot none;” but to make up for it, at p. 16, they have

“ears developed.” This last announcement would have amazed us

more, but for the recollection of the phrase “ auricular crests ’? em-

ployed by D’Orbigny for the little processes on the sides of the head

m some Calamaries, and which have as much to do with hearing

as the “ears” of the sea-hare. Under the genus Achatinella it is

stated that “the females are ovo-viviparous”’ (p. 136), and again

under Partula, “the females produce their young alive” (p. 145) ;

we will not ask what the males are.

The references to fossil shells are few, and would have been better

omitted, as the authors appear to have had no experience in such

matters. They are certainly wrong in referrmg Marginella pellucida

to the extinct genus Volvaria (p. 194) ; and are evidently misinformed

about Discohelix and Serpularia, or they would not have described

recent shells under those names.

Not much is made of the geographical distribution of the genera ;

at first the notices are very few and loose, but are more frequent

afterwards, as the subgenera of land shells were chiefly founded on

geographical considerations. We do not know what was intended by

“north coast of America”’ given as a locality of Oleacina ; but at

p: 92, for ‘low latitudes”? we should read “high.” Tornatellina is

said to be found in Madeira, but the only Madeiran species is removed

to another family.

Most writers, especially when their publications extend over several

years, become more cautious as they proceed, and we hope soon to

congratulate the authors on the completion of their work in a style

improved by experience ; we shall do so more heartily if they will

use the opportunity afforded by their preface and appendix to ac-

knowledge and correct such things as may yet be rectified.

Das Gebiss der Schnecken, zur Begriindung einer natiirlichen Classt-

fication, untersucht von Dr. F. H. Troscuetx, Professor an der

Universitat zu Bonn. Erste Lieferung, mit vier Kupfertafeln vow

Hueco Troscxeu. Berlin, 1856, 4to.

Dr. Troschel says that he has devoted twenty years to the study of

the teeth of Mollusca, and laboured to collect every material that could

throw light on the subject. He considers that there are now two

classes of students, conchologists and malacozoologists ; the latter take

the only imperishable, unchangeable organ of the molluscous animal

* Owen, Hunterian Lectures on the Invertebrata, p. 543.

84 Bibliographical Notices.

as their study; and for their justification the author alludes to the

importance attached to the teeth in the classification of the entire

animal kingdom, considering the anatomy of the mouth in Mollusca

quite as important as In any other class of animals. Whether there

are also peculiarities in the mouth-apparatus of Bivalves and other

mollusks which do not possess any fixed portions and which suck in

their nourishment from the tidal currents, the author leaves for

future consideration, but considers that by further inquiries much

might be learnt on the subject. He is also of opinion that this study

of the teeth of Mollusca is of the greatest importance to the malaco-

zoologist, for, while it is almost impossible, even in spirits, to pre-

serve the soft, perishable bodies of the snails, it is doubly welcome to

him to possess a fixed, decided, and easily preserved organ, which is

so exactly calculated to establish the relations of the genera.

Very much has been written on the subject, but the results of

these researches are so scattered and so little known, that the author

has decided in the present work to collect all that has been pub-

lished, and, with the addition of his own observations, so to arrange

and illustrate the rich store of materials that every future student

may with ease compare his own observations with those of others,

and thus distinguish new discoveries from those already established.

For this present work he copies all such drawings as relate to the

subject, carefully noting the author and the book from which he

takes them.

It is probable, in consequence of the interest which the subject

has of late created, that during the publication of the work, much

may appear of which the author may not be able to take notice. In

order as much as possible to avoid this difficulty, he earnestly begs all

who are studying the teeth of Mollusca to inform him without delay

of the results cf their labours, which he will publish (always pro-

vided the drawings be true to nature) with the fullest acknowledge-

ment of the authorship.

Finally he proposes, at the close of the work, to write a supple-

ment, in which he will make mention of such new discoveries as may

have appeared during its publication, or that he may have overlooked

in former works, and will feel grateful to any one who will point out

any such omissions.

The part now published is devoted to the teeth of the Hetero-

poda, the Pteropoda, and part of the Pulmonata Operculata of the

Gasteropoda, and is illustrated with four very clearly engraved

plates, each containing many subjects, which, besides showing copies

of the various figures which have been hitherto published of the

teeth of these animals. contain a number of drawings of teeth now

figured for the first time. We must consider this as a very import-

ant work, and shall watch its progress with interest.

As one fact of interest, we may observe that some of the Cyclo-

stomide figured show a great affinity to the teeth of Proserpina,

described and figured in a preceding Number of this Journal, and in

this manner an analogy to the numerous hair-like teeth of the Tro-

chide ; but in these land shells, instead of there being a very large

Zoological Society. 85

number of hair-like teeth, there is a single very large lateral tooth

divided into numerous more or less slender hair-like pectinate lobes,

somewhat similar to the teeth of the Ovulide.

Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabihs; Auctore

ALPHONSO DE CANDOLLE. Vol. 14. pars prior. Parisiis, 1856,

pp. 492.

It is pleasing to have to announce the publication of another

volume of this invaluable work, and to be able to state that it fully

supports the character borne by its predecessors. These later volumes,

which treat of Monochlamydeous plants, are also the more acceptable

from their containing descriptions of Natural Orders, which, from

their position in the usual sequence of the orders, have not been ela-

borated in many extensive systematic works. Some authors have

commenced with the Ranunculacez, others have started from the

Algze or Gramineze, and have not been enabled to extend their

respective works so far as to arrive at them.

This volume contains the Polygonaceee by Bentham and Meisner,

Myristicaceze by A. de Candolle, Proteaceze by Meisner, Peneeaceze

and Geissolomaceze by A. de Candolle. The last of these, if really

a distinct order, is singular as including only one known species of

plant. The names of the authors are a sufficient surety that the

plants have been carefully studied and skilfully deseribed and arranged.

We have had occasion to examine some parts of the book with

care, and must be allowed to express our admiration of them. We

may especially refer to the suborder Polygonez, including, with

others, the genera Rumex and Polygonum. Both of these present

exceeding difficulty from the large number of closely allied species

included in them. They are genera to which Professor Meisner has

long paid much attention, and he seems to have drawn the line skil-

fully between the excessive tendency to combination of some writers,

and the extreme desire to found new species, of others.

It is expected that other volumes will soon follow that which is

now before us; and we may be allowed to express a hope, that the

early volumes of the ‘ Prodromus’ will soon be considered with a view

of their bemg re-written, in conformity with the more perfect state

in which their successors have issued from the press.

‘

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 26, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

ON SOME ADDITIONAL SPECIES OF BIRDS RECEIVED IN

COLLECTIONS FROM BoGora.

By Puiuie Lutiry Scuater, M.A., F.Z.S.

MM. Verreaux of Paris, knowing the interest I take in New

Grenadian ornithology, have most kindly transmitted to me some

86 Zoological Soctety :—

specimens of birds from a collection lately received from Bogota,

which did not appear to them to be included in my list, published

im this Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1855. I have also myself no-

ticed a few others, which I had not previously remarked in collec-

tions from that locality. From these sources I am enabled to lay

before the Society a list of twenty-two species, which, added to those

given in my former catalogue, raise the total number of birds now

ascertained as belonging to this peculiar fauna to 457.

}. Nycrate Harris, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. (1849) iv. p. 157,

et Journ. Ac. Sc. Phil. N. 8. i. p. 53, pl. 5. Ciccaba gisella, Bp.

Consp. p. 44. Gisella harrisi, Bp. Compt. Rend. 1855, Oct. 22nd.

‘ Nyctalitinus albipunctatus, Kaup,’ Gray, Cat. of Gen. of B., App.

. 135.

" Dr. Hartlaub writes me word that the Bremen Museum has a

Bogota specimen of this peculiar Owl, and the example in the Norwich

Museum named by Dr. Kaup Nyctalitinus albipunctatus was received,

I believe, from the same locality.

2. SYNALLAXIS ELEGANS, Sp. Nov.

S. pallide murino-brunnea, infra medialiter albescentior, ventre medio

candido, crisso et lateribus dorso concoloribus : pileo toto, nisi

fronte, alis extus et cauda rufis: loris albescentibus.

Long. tota 6°4, alze 2°2, caudze 3°7.

This Synallavis is very like a common Brazilian species, S.ruficapilla,

Vieill., which it resembles in having the head, wings and tail bright

rufous. But in the present bird the rufous colour does not extend

over the front, which is brown like the back, there are no yellowish

supercilia, or at least the very faintest traces of them, and the under

plumage is not cinereous, but brown like the upper, only paler, and

medially passing into white, which colour is quite pure in the middle

of the belly. The tail is longer, and the webs of the rectrices are

not so broad as in the Brazilian bird.

This species, like other true Synallaxes, has only eight large

rectrices and an outer pair abnormally small. Other birds, often

placed in this genus, have twelve, which is the number given by

Vieillot in his generic characters, but I consider this erroneous, and

believe the former number to be the normal one.

The present bird seems not uncommon in Bogota collections, but

has probably been hitherto confounded with its several allied species.

3. SYNALLAXIS M@STA, Sp. Nov.

S. olivascenti-brunnea, subtus paulo dilutior : alis intus nigris, extus

castaneis: cauda rufa: loris et gutture albidioribus : tectricibus

subalaribus pallide fulvis ; rostro valido, nigro ; mandibula in-

feriore basi albescente : pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 5°2, alee 2°5, caudee 2°5.

The single specimen which I possess of this bird was received from

MM. Verreaux. It is of a nearly uniform olive-brown, rather lighter

below, particularly on the throat and sides of the head. The chestnut

margin of the quills grows narrower towards their apices, leaving the

Mr. P. L. Sclater on some species of Birds from Bogota. 87

dusky black apparent, but at their bases extends through both webs

and shows itself underneath. The tail is pure rufous and very

short, but I am not quite certain that it is of its normal length in my

specimen, there being indications of a state of moult. The bill is

rather stronger and more conical than in most species of the genus.

Out of the six Synallawes described by M. de Lafresnaye (Rev.

Zool. 1843, p. 290) as from this country, I have as yet only met

with three, namely, S, gularis, cinnamomeus and unirufus, which I

have been able to identify with certainty. I have, however, speci-

meus of a Bogota bird of this genus which I think may possibly

be his S. fuliginosus, and there are examples of the same species in

the British Museum. If I am correct in my conjectures, I may

remark, that the description he gives of this bird is hardly sufficiently

accurate, and I can only refer my specimens doubtfully to his species

with the following characters :

4, SYNALLAXIS FULIGINOSA, Lafr. R. Z. 1843, p. 290?

S. supra rufescenti-brunnea, alis exius paulo clarioribus, cauda adhuc

clariore, pure brunnescenti-rufa, scapis plumarum nigris : rectri-

cibus decem, angustissimis et tenuissimis : loris et superciliis in-

distincte albidis: infra obscure cinerea, mento summo et ventre

albescentioribus: rostro nigro: basi mandibule inferioris albicante ;

pedibus validissimis clare brunneis.

Long. tota 6°5, alee 2°3, caudee 3°75.

The tail of this bird is of a clearer and more reddish-brown than

the back, with the shafts of the feathers black. The outer pair of

rectrices are abnormally small, measuring only one inch in length,

the next pair about double that length. ‘The webs of all] are ex-

ceedingly narrow, in particular the outer ones, and grow finer towards

the extremities.

This form of Synallaxis shows evident rapprochement towards

Sylviorthorhynchus.

5. ANABATES RUFICAUDATUS, Lafr. et d’Orb. Syn. Av. in Mag.

de Zool. 1838, p. 15.

I possess a Bogota skin, received from MM. Verreaux, which

M. de Lafresnaye has kindly identified for me as being of this

species.

The apical portion of the outer primaries in this bird is black,

which colour gradually diminishes in extent in the succeeding feathers,

and is reduced to a minimum in the secondaries, where it only forms

a blotch at the ends. The first quill is nearly wholly black, and in

those next succeeding the same colour advances far up the stems, being

broadly margined outwardly with chestnut, and inwardly with paler

cinnamomeous.

6. ANABATES ERYTHROPTERUS, sp. nov. ?

A, supra pallide brunnescenti-cinereus ; alis extus et cauda tota rufis,

remigum exteriorum parte apicali nigra: loris oculorum ambitu

et gula cum tectricibus subalaribus cinnamomeis : corpore cetero

88 Zoological Society :-—

subtus pallide cinnamomescenti-albido, lateribus olivaceo tinctis :

rostro albido, culmine nigrescenti-plumbeo : pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 62, alee 3°6, caudee 3:1.

The only Anabates I know of likely to resemble the present species

is A. guianensis (Pl. Enl. 686, fig. 2). I have never seen that bird,

but if it has been correctly described, there is no doubt that this

species is distinct.

7, XENOPS RUTILANS, Temm. PI. Col. 72, fig. 2.

A Bogota skin received from MM. Verreaux seems referable to

this bird, though there is rather more black im the tail than in my

Brazilian specimens.

8. MarGARORNIS BRUNNESCENS, Sp. nov.

M. umbrino-brunnea, capitis dorsique superi pennis obsolete et an-

gustissime nigro marginulatis: infra pallide ochracescenti-albo

guitulata, his guttulis nigro cinctis et deinde umbrino-brunneo

terminatis: loris et gutture medio ochracescentibus, nigrescente

paululum variegatis: rostro superiore nigro, inferiore flavido,

pedibus clare brunneis.

Long. tota 55, alee 2°5, caudee 2:5.

MM. Verreaux have transmitted to me a single specimen of this

bird, which forms a second species of the genus Margarornis, instituted

by Reichenbach for the Anabates squamiger, Latr. & V@Orb. M.

de Lafresnaye has also coined the name Anabasitta for the same

form, but I believe the first-mentioned term has a slight priority.

The type of the genus is very common in collections from Bogota.

The present bird may be distinguished from it at once by the want

of the bright chestnut colouring on the back and tail. In form,

however, there is not much difference. In M. brunnescens the beak

is rather longer, and the first two primaries proportionately rather

shorter. The elongation of the naked stems of the rectrices is carried

to a greater extent in the present species than in the other. There

are twelve tail-feathers, and they all terminate in a similar hair-like

point. The plumage of the two species below shows much similarity,

but in the “‘ brunnescens’’ the tear-like spots are yellowish.

I may remark that Reichenbach has kept the Bogota and Bolivian

Margarornithes apart, but M. de Lafresnaye, who knows both species,

considers them identical. It is with Bogota specimens that I have

been comparing the present bird.

ALECTRURIN& ?

9. OcrHOECA FUMICOLOR, Sp. nov.

O. supra fumoso-brunnea, dorso imo rufescentiore : alis caudaque

nigris: tectricibus alarum rufo bivittatis, et secondariis ultimis

extus rufescente marginatis : superciliis latis et fronte ad nucham

ochracescenti-albis : subtus brunnescenti-murina, ventre medio

albescentiore, gula quasi dorso concolore, sed pallidiore : rostro et

pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 6:0, ale 3°5, caudee 3:0.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on some species of Birds from Bogota. 89

This bird appears to be naturally placed in Dr. Cabanis’ genus

Octhoéca, of which the type is Octhoéca cenanthoides (Fluvicola

enanthoides, @ Orb. Voy. pl. 38, fig. 2).

Other species belonging to this same group are Octhoéca leucophrys

(Fluv. leucophrys, VOrb. Voy. pl. 38, fig. 1), which the present

bird most resembles in colouring ; Octhoéea rufipectoralis (ibidem,

pl. 37, fig. 2); Octhoéca Lessoni, mihi (Tyrannulus rufipectus, Less.

Descr. des Mamm. et Ois. p. 296) ; Octhoéca albidiema (Setophaga

albidiema, Lafr. R. Z. 1848, p. 8), and, perhaps, Setophaga cin-

namomeiventris, Latr. R.Z. 1845, p.80. The three species figured

by d’ Orbigny are from Bolivia; the three latter, like the present, from

Bogota. They all offer considerable similarity in colours, and pre-

sent, so far as I am acquainted with them, the same structure. M.

de Lafresnaye has indicated the existence and affinities of this group

in his article in the ‘ Revue Zoologique,’ 1848, p.8. All d’Orbigny’s

species inhabit his third zone of elevation, that is, above 11,000 feet

above the sea-level, and it is probable, therefore, that the New Gre-

nadian Octhoéce are likewise from the higher regions of the Andes.

10. KuscARTHMUS AGILIS, sp. nov.

E. supra nigro et pallido brunneo micztus, pennis plerumque nigris

brunneo marginatis : crista capitis totius medialiter nigra, late-

raliter autem et subius pallide brunnea: alis nigris, tectricibus

rufescente terminatis, secondartis extus pallescentibus: cauda

unicolore nigra rectricum mediarum apicibus et omnium margi-

nibus exterioribus pallescentibus: subtus pallide fulvo-flavidus ;

capitis lateribus et gutture toto albis nigro variegatis ; pec-

tore longitudinaliter nigro flammulato: rostro nigro, mandibule

inferioris basi alba: pedibus nigerrimis : tectricibus subalaribus

pallide fulvis.

Long. tota 4°6, alee 2°2, caudee 2°4.

This bird much resembles Luscarthmus parulus and L. albicristatus

in general appearance, and may, I think, be safely placed in the

same genus, though the bill is slightly broader, and the tail is propor-

tionately rather longer, and has the rectrices more graduated.

The only example I have seen of it was transmitted to me by

MM. Verreaux.

In the markings of the lower part of the body it is not unlike

Ff. parulus, but the ground-colour is more yellowish, and the strize

less distinct on the throat and more marked on the breast. Above,

these two species are easily distinguishable. The present has the

back brown, mixed with black blotches, and not uniform cinereous-

olive, and the crest is shorter and differently formed, the whole of

the head-feathers being moderately lengthened, not a few of the

centre feathers only, as in the older species.

PipRIN&.

11. Prera CORACINA, sp. nov.

Pipra leucocilla, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1855, p. 152.

Pipra coracina, J. et E. Verreaux, MS.

$ coracino-nigra: pileo nuchaque albis: rostro nigrescenti-plumbeo:

90 Zoological Society :—

pedibus nigris. 3 juny. viridescenti-cinereus, pene unicolor, alis

caudaque intus nigris.

Long. tota 3°5, alee 2°8, caudee 1°2.

MM. Verreaux have transmitted to me an adult and young male,

and their MS. description of this species of Manakin, which they

consider distinct from the well-known Pipra leucocilla, and I am

inclined to think they are right. The black colour is generally more

intense in the present bird, the white extends further back down the

head, the wings are longer, and the bill rather shorter. They remark

that the Peruvian bird (which I have not yet seen) appears to he

the same as this species.

ForMICARIINE.

12. CoNOPOPHAGA CUCULLATA, Sp. nov.

C. supra brunnescenti-olivacea, alis caudaque nigricantibus brun-

nescente marginatis : capite toto et cervice postica cum gula et

tectricum alarum marginibus clare rufo-castaneis : plaga pectorali

alba : abdomine dilute cinereo, ventre medio et hypochondriis roseo

aut rufescente tinctis : tectricibus subalaribus flavicanti-brunneis :

rostro flavo : pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 4:0, alee 2°7, caudee 1°1.

The single specimen sent to me by MM. Verreaux is the only

example I have yet seen of this Conopophaga. It is not likely to

be confounded with any other species of the genus that I am

acquainted with, its bright chestnut head and throat and white

pectoral patch rendering it eminently distinguishable.

IcTERINE.

13. SruRNELLA LUDOVICIANA (Linn.).

A single bird transmitted by MM. Verreaux seems to belong to

this species. The yellow belly is rather brighter than in U.S. examples,

but at present I can discover no essential difference. It is singular,

if this is the North-American species, that the Mexican bird (Stur-

nella hippocrepis, Wagl.) is usually considered distinct.

EMBERIZIN&.

14. Empertzoipes MAcruRus (Gm.). Fringilla macroura,

Gm. S.N.i. 918. Tardivola macroura, Cab. M. H. p. 135 (note).

A Bogota specimen of this bird which I have lately acquired agrees

with the true EH. macrurus from Cayenne, and seems to be quite

distinct from the Brazilian #. marginalis (Temminck ), with which it

is generally made synonymous.

TANAGRINE.

15. CHLOROSPINGUS XANTHOPHRYS, Sp. lov.

C. brunnescenti-olivaceus : loris nigricantibus: superciliis curtis a

fronte ad oculum summum et corpore mediali subtus flavis: rostro

nigro: pedibus pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 4°7, alee 2°5, caudee 2°4.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on some species of Birds from Bogota. 91

Obs. Similis C. superciliari, sed minor, et superciliis brevioribus

et flavis, capite non cinerascente, lateribusque olivascentibus digno-

scendus.

I possess a single example of this bird, and have seen others.

16. CHLorospinGus LICHTENSTEIN], sp. nov. Nemosia ver-

ticalis, Licht. in Mus. Berol. (partim).

C. supra cinereus, alis caudaque nigricantibus ; pileo atro: vitta

mediali verticis ochracescenti-albida: subtus albidus: lateribus

cinerascentibus.

Obs. Similis C. vertieali, sed major, gula ventre concolore, nec

nigra.

There is a single example of this bird in the Berlin Museum,

received from M. Boissoneau of Paris along with specimens of

C. verticalis, and not distinguished from that species.

CoLuMB:.

17. CHLor@nas BIcoLorR (Vieill.). Col. bicolor, Vieill. N. D.

WH. N. xxvi. 345. OC. vinacea, Temm. Pig. t.41. Mus. Brit.

18. Zenatpa RuFicAUDA, G. R. Gray, MS. Bp. Coup deil

sur l’ordre des Pigeons, p.42. Mus. Brit. et Paris.

19. ZENAIDA PENTHERIA, Bp. Coup d’ceil, p. 42, et Consp. ii.

p- 84. Mus. Brit.

20. CHAMZPELIA AMAZILIA, Bp. Coup d’ceil, p. 38, et Consp. ii.

p-84. Mus. Brit.

GALLIN2.

21. Cuoamzpertes Goupoti (Less.). Ortalida Goudoti, Less.

Man. d’Orn. ii. 217; et Tr. d’Orn.i. p.481. Chamepetes Goudoti,

Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1227.

GRALLE.

22. GALLINAGO NOBILIS, sp. nov.

G. supra nigro-cinereo et brunneo (sicut in plerisque hujus generis

speciebus ) variegata: pileo summo nigro, vitta mediali irregulariter

cinnamomeo-brunnea : capitis lateribus et cervice postica pallide

cinnamomeo-brunneis, minute nigro punctatis ; his punctis intra

rictum et oculum lineam formantibus: scapularibus nigris cinna-

momeo vittatis, plaga subterminali nigra preditis et extus iterum

late ochracescenti-albo marginatis: remigibus omnibus pure et

pallide nigricanti-cinereis, secondariorum et alule spurie apicibus

eatus pallescentibus ; tectricibus albido et cinereo variegatis :

subtus, gutture albicante, pectore toto cinnamomescenti-brunneo,

nigricante flammulato ; ventre toto albo, hypochondriis et tectri-

cibus subalaribus albo nigroque regulariter transvittatis ; tectri-

cibus subcaudalibus albis cinnamomeo tinctis et nigro obsolete

transfasciatis : caude rectricibus sedecem; harum octo mediis nigris

claro rufo late terminatis, hoc colore rufo iterum sub margine an-

guste nigro vittato ; una utrinque proxima precedentibus assimili,

92, Zoological Society :—

sed colore nigro ochracescente maculato et terminatione rufa non

eque lata; tribus autem utrinque extimis ochracescentibus nigro

irregulariter transvittatis : rostro longissimo, brunnescente, apice

nigra, basi pallidiore : pedibus nigro-fuscis.

Long. tota 11-0, alee 5°7, caudee 2°2, rostri Arictu 3°7, tarsi 1*5.

There is an example of this fine large species of Suaipe in the

British Museum, from Mr. S. Stevens’s Bogota collection, and

MM. Verreaux have also lately transmitted a single specimen to me.

It is of about the same size as Temminck’s Scolopax gigantea, but

that species appears to have the wings banded. In the present bird

the quills are uniform slaty black. The spurious wings and second-

aries are edged with buffy white, and all the wing-coverts are termi-

nated with the same colour, forming irregular barrings.

23. RALLUS SEMIPLUMBEUS, sp. nov. ?

R. supra brunnescenti-olivaceus, nigro flammulatus ; alis caudaque

nigricanti-brunneis ; alarum tectricibus rufis : loris nigris : capi-

tis lateribus et corpore toto subtus plumbeis; mento et gulari stria

albis : tectricibus subcaudalibus albis nigro miztis: rostri cul-

mine et apice nigris ; mandibula autem inferiore ruberrima : pedi-

bus pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 8:5, alee 4:4, caudee 1°8, rostri 1°7.

This is a true Rallus—near R. virginianus of the U.S.—of which

MM. Verreaux have sent me a single specimen. I have tried in vain

to make it agree with any recognized species, and have therefore

provided it with a (temporary ?) name.

March 11, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Notre oN PSALTRIA FLAVICEPS, A THIRD AMERICAN SPECIES

OF THE ParRINE GENuS PSALTRIA.

By Puiuie Lutvey Scuater, M.A., F.Z.S8.

In describing a new Conirostrum in these ‘ Proceedings’ for last

year (P.Z.S. 1855, p. 74), and giving a list of all the species of

that form with which I was acquainted, I took the opportunity of

noticing some birds which had been referred to the same genus,

which I had not then met with. Among these latter was the Coni-

rostrum ornatum of Lawrence, described and figured in the Annals

of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of New York for 1851. It is only lately

that I have been successful in meeting with a specimen of this, I

believe, rather rare species. As I had always supposed, I find it has

nothing to do with the genus Conirostrum, but has been much more

nearly rightly placed by Sundevall, who described it as Ayithalus

flaviceps the year before Mr. Lawrence’s name appeared. In my

opinion, however, this latter position is not perfectly satisfactory for

it. This little bird in fact seems to me to form a very natural

member of the Parine genus Psaltria, of which some Asiatic species,

including the type, are figured in the seventh Number of Mr. Gould’s

great work on the Birds of that continent.

Mr. J.S. Gaskoin on a peculiar variety of Mus Musculus. 938

Mr. Cassin, in a very useful Synopsis of the North-American

Parine, given in his excellent volume on the Birds of California,

Oregon, &c., p. 20, mentions two North-American species of this

genus, Psaltria minima and P. melanotis, but says nothing of the

present bird, with which he seems to have been unacquainted. Ex-

amples of both the former species are contained in the British Museum,

and upon comparison agree in every essential character with this bird.

It is true that its yellow face and chestnut bend of the wing are quite

different in cast of colouring from what we meet with in the other

species of this group, and I have little doubt that some naturalists

who are fond of coining new names would consider this fact a sufti-

cient excuse for making it the type of a new division. But I do

myself think that generic characters ought only to be founded upon

differences in structure ; and as in the present instance there appears

to be none such, I think we shall be quite accurate in registering the

present bird as a third American species of the Asiatico-American

genus Psaltria under the title of

PSALTRIA FLAVICEPS.

Abgithalus flaviceps, Sund. Ofvers. af Vet. Ac. Forhand. vii.

p- 129 note (1850).

Conirostrum ornatum, Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. New York, 1851,

p. 113, pl. 5. fig. 1.

P. fuscescenti-cinereus, subtus dilutior : pileo et gutture flaves-

centibus: campteriis clare castaneis : alis caudaque intus nigri-

canti-brunneis: rostro et pedibus nigris: tectricibus subalaribus

albis.

Long. tota 4:2, alee 2°1, caudee 1°9.

Hab. Texas (Lawrence).

Note.—Since writing the above, I have been enabled through Mr.

Gould’s kindness to compare Psaltria flaviceps with the type of the

genus, Psaltria exilis, from Java. It certainly offers a more pointed

beak and wing not so rounded as the latter bird, and may be con-

sidered as rather aberrant in form. Any naturalist, therefore, who

is unwilling to class it with true Psaltria may use for it the generic

term Psaltriparus, that name having been bestowed by Prince Bona-

parte (Compt. Rend. Ac. Sc. Par. xxxi. p. 478) on Psaltria mela-

notis (Sandbach), with which species this bird agrees in every

respect.

ON A PECULIAR VARIETY OF Mus Muscuuus.

By Joun S. Gasxorn, F.L.S.

Mus Muscutvus. Var. Mus nudo-plicatus.

I have thus designated this strange and novel form of the genus

Mus, to give the more importance to the singularity.

In the spring of 1854 a labourer in the employ of Mr. Webster, a

tenant on the Taplow-court estate, observed several little white crea-

tures running about a straw-rick in the wood at the back of the lodge

near Taplow paper-mills, Maidenhead Bridge, and succeeded in

94 Zoological Society :—

securing two of them ;-—the following day, on moving some of the

straw in search of more, he disturbed two others, which he also cap-

tured; and disposed of the four to Bond, the Maidenhead Bridge beat-

man, for five shillings. Two died during the first night, probably from

the rough usage they received when taken ; there remained, to use

Bond’s expression, but ‘‘ the old buck and a doe big with kit.” In

seven days she brought forth five young ones; and the next day

removed from the nest two that were dead; the remainder were

reared. One of the existing five was afterwards lost or killed.

These little animals were readily recognized as a form of mouse, but

of so extraordinary a conformation in their external structure as to

attract the curiosity of the immediate neighbourhood, and obtain

the not inappropriate name of the rhinoceros mice. The surmise

of the people on the spot is, that they had escaped from one of the

numerous barges which are constantly arriving at the paper-mills

laden with rags, &c., principally of foreign importation. Bond

having possessed them four months, offered them for sale to the Zoo-

logical Society of London, and the purchase being declined, I bought

them, lest so singular a form in natural history should be lost to

science and pass into oblivion ; and it is to prevent this, that I now

beg to record their characters in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society.

They were shown at the meetings of this and the Linnean Societies,

and to many other naturalists; and finally, were exhibited during

four months in the small-quadruped house in the gardens of the

Society, with the view of eliciting information respecting them, as to

any similar conformation in the species or genus having before been

observed ; and expressions of surprise at their novelty of form were

in every instance the only remarks obtained. At the period named of

their exhibition all had died. Unfortunately they did not breed,

although three of them were born, in captivity.

In size these animals somewhat exceeded the common mouse,

measuring from the tip of the nose to the base of the tail 4,2,ths

inches; they were totally destitute of hairs, excepting some two or

three dark-coloured labial hairs, or whiskers; the external integument

pinkish white, and formed into coarse prominent plicee, or duplica-

tures of itself, transversely traversing the body in an undulated shape,

and increasing in width and projection as they descended from the

dorsum to the most depending line on either side of the thorax and

abdomen, and there forming pendulous flaps, extending from the arm

of the fore to the thighs of the hind legs ; so that all the legs being

stretched asunder, as when on the wires of the cage, these flaps

became expanded in the manner of the flying squirrel. The plice

or duplications of the skin were on the sides of the body in a degree

symmetrical ; and on the face and head particularly so; the ears of a

dark or blackish colour, the tail ash-coloured, and the eyes black,

indicating that they were not albinos of the species. It was curious

to observe the quickness and dexterity with which their little paws

opened along the furrows formed by the plicee or folds, to clean

between them. So dissimilar, it will be observed from the cha-

racters given, is the external formation of these animals from that

Mr. J. S. Gaskoin on a peculiar variety of Mus Musculus. 95

of the domestic mouse, that opinions were risked as to their con-

stituting a different species, but on investigating the teeth of the

first one that died, and they proving identical, it was inferred they

are a lusus nature of that species ;—if such, however, be the fact,

I believe this will prove the first instance on record in which the

whole litter or brood of animals or birds, have all been in exactly

the same state of abnormal condition, and that condition becoming

permanent, and continued through successive generations ; of which

we have here the example of two or more generations, and have

no knowledge whatever of when this abnormal state may have be-

gun ;—for, as in this exemplification, ‘‘like begets hke’’—*“ simila

similibus gignuntur,” it is fair to conclude that the two parents

whose progeny resembled them, had also progenitors similar to

themselves; especially as they in their breeding, like genume species

in the wild state, associated only with those of their own kind ;

thus, if the race be not extinct, successions with the same peculiari-

ties will be produced, and give rise to a remarkable example of the

origin of a new species, or variety of a species, in the genus. I have

made inquiries about the locality where these animals were found,

as to whether others had ever been observed there before they were

discovered, or have been met with since, and find these to have been

the only known instances of their occurrence.

I am not aware that in the nests of the Rook, Corvus frugilegus,

or the Blackbird, Merula vulgaris (which I mention as being those

in whose productions /usus nature are the most frequently noticed),

or in the nests of any other bird, more than one individual of a

brood has been found, constituted in the healthy condition, and

having the plumage white, and the red eye of the true albino ; but

variations in colour, &c., may occur in any number, as the results of

physical impediments, and not natural production; however, with

increase of strength and health, these generally obtain afterwards

their proper-coloured plumage, and are not therefore true lusus

nature. 'To quadrupeds I believe the rule equally applies.

In consequence of the interesting conversation which followed the

reading of the foregoing paper, I think it proper to subjoin a few

other observations.

The excellent condition and clean appearance of the animals, and

their well feeding and activity, left no doubt as to their healthy

state during the six months they were alive in my possession and

during the four months they were in that of Bond. A Member

present stated, that while they were in the Gardens he had mi-

croscopically examined the lamelle or branny scales which are

ever separating, in larger or smaller particles, from the epidermis of

animals, and found them the natural and healthy production. My

own examination of these exfoliations had led me to the same opinion.

I had the opportunity, and carried my inquiry still further ; I care-

fully examined the surface and sections of the dermoid covering with

low and with high microscopic powers, and with transmitted light,

and as opake objects, with a view to discover any hair-follicles or

96 Zoological Society :— malt of?

glandular bulbs from which hairs might have emanated, but could

not discover a single indication of either, nor any recognizable vestige

of their obliteration ;—I therefore believe the organs for pilous pro-

duction were absent, and ad initio. These little animais having been

found in a straw-rick, I conclude, will sufficiently indicate their habits

and general residence to be similar to those of the common mouse.

Note.—Having recently heard that a specimen of the same variety

of Mus that I have described is preserved in the Museum of the

College of Surgeons, I compared it with the examples I possess, and

found it precisely the same in every character; it was caught by

the late Mr. Clift in the fire-place of a room in his house in London,

and is entered in the Catalogue of Monsters—‘“‘ No. 121. A common

Mouse (Mus Musculus), full-grown, which, from its birth, had not

the slightest appearance of hair on its skin, being perfectly naked.

Presented by Mr. Clift, 1820.”

DESCRIPTION OF THE ANIMALS AND TEETH OF TYLODINA AND

OTHER GENERA OF GASTEROPODOUS MOLLUSCA.

By Dr. Joun Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., P.B.S. etc.

In the following paper I forward the description of the animal

and the teeth of several genera of Mollusca which have not yet been

recorded. It is interesting to find that the examination of the teeth

justifies the position which was theoretically assumed for the genera

in the different families before their teeth were known.

A. PRoBOSCIDIFERA HAMIGLOSSA.

Fam. Muricip2.

Fusus patuivus (“ F. turbinelloides= Pyrula lignaria, Reeve’’).

The proboscis elongate, cylindrical, subclavate, entirely retractile ;

the lingual membrane elongate, narrow, yellow; teeth in three

longitudinal series, 1:1-*1, the central transparent, provided with a

rounded front edge, armed with three rather elongate, conical, sub-

equal denticles ; the lateral teeth yellow, versatile, straight, with two

compressed arched processes, the terminal one largest, the basal

rather smaller, and with a small tooth on its outer edge. The oper-

culum is horny, thick, ovate, subtrigonal, annular, as large as the

mouth of the shell; the apex blunt, rather worn ; the nucleus api-

cal, scar large oblong, with a thick callous exterior margin.

TYPHIS TETRAPTERUS.

Operculum horny, ovate, blunt, laminar ; nucleus anterior, apical,

as large as the mouth of the shell, rather broader behind.

PISANIA ELEGANS. Panama.

The animal pale brown (in spirits) ; the foot folded up and across

behind, and together longitudinally in front, leaving a J-shaped

groove; tentacles very small; proboscis elongate, thick, clavate, en-

tirely retractile ; lingual membrane elongate, thin; teeth in three

On the Animals and Teeth of some Gasteropodous Mollusca. 97

longitudinal rows, 1:1°1, central far apart from each other, and the

lateral teeth, lunate, with a slightly denticulated, nearly straight,

front edge, and a rather strong concave tooth at each end; lateral

teeth versatile, large, with a nearly equal basal and apical, conical,

curved process. Male organ slender, elongate, tapering, yellow,

compressed. Operculum ovate, acute, thick, horny, annular, nucleus

apical.

TRIUMPHIS DISTORTA. Panama.

Lingual membrane elongate ; teeth in three longitudinal series,

1-1-1; central teeth very small, far apart ; lateral large, versatile,

with two basal unequal, and one larger terminal curved process.

Operculum ovate, acute, very thick.

Cyctope (NAssA) NERITINEA.

Nucleus prominent above the surface of the apex of the semi-adult

shell, turrited, spiral, dextral, of three or four transversely sulcated

flat whorls, with a blunt tip, at length deciduous, leaving a flat, spiral,

rather callous scar. The whorls of the shell of the hatched animal

suddenly enlarged, thick ; smooth, spotted, forming a sudden contrast

to the whorls of the nucleus.

Risso formed a genus, name Nanna, from the young state of the

shell.

Fam. Buccinip&.

CuMA SULCATA.

Operculum horny, ovate, triangular, with a deep notch on the

middle of the broad side, with a broad callous margin on the inner

angular edge of the inner surface. Body and foot with a deep groove

on the immer side, formed by the fold on the inner lip of the shell,

like the notch in the operculum ; foot folded up behind and together

in front, forming a J-shaped groove, with a cross groove in front ;

tentacles close together at the base, diverging, short, compressed,

sharp-edged, eyes on the outer side near the tips, which are more

slender and acute above them; proboscis moderately elongate, cylindri-

cal, subclavate, completely retractile ; lmgual membrane very narrow

and elongate, horny; teeth dark-coloured when adult, in three longi-

tudinal series, 1*1°1,; the central teeth broad, transverse, about

half the width of the lingual membrane, with seven distant conical

denticulations on the front edge, the central denticle forming a con-

tinued central ridge, the lateral denticulations unequal, the central

of the three larger, the outer one on the outer margin of the tooth ;

the lateral teeth small, conical, curved, acute, versatile with a simple

rather elongate base.

B. ODONTOGLOsSA,

Fam. FAScIOLARIADZ.

FASCIOLARIA SALMO.

Operculum ovate, acute, smooth, slightly concentrically wrinkled;

apex of this individual reproduced and rather rounded. Animal bright

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix.

98 — Zoological Society :—

red; foot, when contracted, folded together transversely behind and

longitudinally in front ; tentacles small, compressed, subulate, united

together at the base, forming a small veil; eyes on the outer side,

rather above the base, with a conical tentacle only slightly produced

above the eyes; proboscis very long, slender, entirely retractile; lingual

membrane very long, slender, with three longitudinal series of teeth in

cross lines, 1-1-1, the central teeth narrow, square, with three small,

subequal, acute denticulations, the central one rather the longest ;

the lateral teeth very broad, slightly arched, and more arched at the

outer end, with a series of twenty-five or thirty equal, regular,

elongate, subulate teeth, somewhat like the teeth of a coarse hair-

comb; the central teeth are opposite the space between the lateral

teeth, that is, alternating with them. Male organ elongate, subcylin-

drical, compressed, of the same diameter the whole length, rounded

at the end with a slight groove on its outer edges, which is not con-

tinued up the body as in Malea.

LEUCOZONIA ANGULATA.

Animal red; the foot, when contracted, folded up across behind,

‘and longitudinally in front, leaving a J-shaped groove ; tentacles

close together at their base, diverging, flat, with the eyes on the

outer side rather below the tip, which is narrower and acute; pro-

boscis completely retractile, clavate; lingual membrane elongate,

rather narrow; teeth in three longitudinal series, the central series

rather narrower than the lateral ones, square, with a rather arched

anterior edge, with elongate, conical, acute denticulations, the central

denticulation being the largest and longest; the lateral teeth bandlike,

rather oblique, front edge with several distinct, conical, acute den-

ticulations, the one at the edge of the inner margins near the central

tooth being much the largest and longest ; operculum ovate, acute,

thick ; nucleus apical.

C. TaNIoGLossa.

Fam. Doxip.

The proboscis of this family is very long, large, and more or less

dilated, with an open rather trumpet-like mouth at the end,

MALEA RINGENS.

Animal like Dolium. Lingual membrane narrow, elongate, wider

in front; teeth in seven longitudinal series, dark red, in each cross

series, 3°1°3; the central teeth broad, lunate, thin, with a central

recurved apex, and sometimes a small denticle for each side, halfway

between the tooth and the end; the lateral teeth subulate, curved,

acute at the top; cervical collar of two ovate, horny plates, covered

with crowded converging subulate teeth; foot short, truncated in

front, rounded behind; proboscis cylindrical, large, retractile into a

sheath under the tentacuiar veil; mouth open at the end; tentacles

subulate ; eyes on short tubercles at the outer hinder side. Male

organ very large, compressed, with marginal groove on the outer side,

continued up the right side of the body by the side of the rectum,

On the Animals and Teeth of some Gasteropodous Mollusca, 99

and with a slender filiform appendage near the tip. Operculum

none.

Fam. TRITONIAD.

The animals of this family are intermediate in character between

the Proboscidifere and the Rostrifere. The proboscis is larger and

thicker than in the other families of the Proboscidifere, is not so

much retracted, and is contained in a more free sheath, and the end

of the retracted trunk is often partly exposed beyond the margin of

the sheath, giving the animal somewhat the external appearance of

the Rostrifere, and explaining why some of the French figures of

the animals of Triton, Ranella, &c. are represented as if they be-

longed to that division of the Gasteropods.

RANELLA C#LATA.

Tentacles lateral, separated by a short, rather broad, truncated

tubular veil; eyes on the outer side rather above the base; proboscis

short, very large and thick, retracted to the edge of the veil, leaving

the two rounded pale processes of its apex exposed, forming with the

veil a rostrum-like projection, very unlike the elongate, slender,

cylindrical retracted proboscis of Murex, Purpura, &e.; lingual

membrane narrow, elongate; teeth in seven series, 3°1°3, close

together, rather crowded, the central rather narrow, with a central

prominent denticle, having a smaller one on each side of the base ;

the lateral teeth subulate, curved.

SCUTIBRANCHIATA RHIPIDOGLOSSA.

Fam. TurBINID&.

ImPeRAtToR, n.s.? Panama.

Eye-pedicel thick ; tentacles elongate, slender ; frontal lappets trun-

cated, broad at the base, about + the width of the forehead; foot

folded longitudinally behind and transversely in front ; lateral fringe

of the right side most distinct; muzzle produced, annulated ; lingual

membrane elongate, rather narrow, linear, dark brown; central teeth

5°1-5, the middle one broad, the side ones narrower, square, all with

a recurved tip; the lateral teeth numerous, hairlike, the inner one

wider.

CALLOPOMA SAXxOSUM. Panama.

Foot folded across in the middle; back with a hoodlike process

covering the front part of the operculum, and depositing the external

callosity of it; eyes on short thick pedicels; tentacles linear, at the

upper edge of the eye-pedicel ; frontal lappet truncated, narrow at

the base, at the inner side of the base of the tentacles; lateral fringe

on each side, with three beards on the middle of the edge; lingual

membrane broad, elongate ; central series 5:1°5; the central broad,

with a recurved tip, the lateral one more narrow, equal ; the lateral

teeth numerous, hairlike.

100 Zoological Society :—

Fam. TrocHip2.

TEGULA PELLIS SERPENTIS. Panama.

Operculum horny, thin, orbicular, of many narrow, gradually en-

larging whorls ; foot folded together longitudinally when contracted ;

eyes on thin elongated pedicels; tentacles linear, sheathed at the

base by the inner part of the base of the eye-pedicels ; frontal lappet

none ; lateral fringe of left side distinct, with three beards just be-

neath it; lingual membrane elongate, broad; teeth im ten longi-

tudinal series, in arched cross rows, elongate, with a rounded apex ;

lateral teeth linear, crowded, arched at the end.

Order PLEUROBRANCHIATA.

Fam. APLYSIADA.

APLYSIA DEPILANS “ Genoa.

The small, polished, subglobular spiral (sinistral?) nucleus or

apex of the older shell is, with the subapical part of the shell, co-

vered with a membranaceous reflection of the inner lip over its sur-

face, which is only slightly adherent to the surface of the shell and

nucleus, and easily removed from it, but which gradually becomes

thicker ; the top of the shell appears to be absorbed, or more or less

obliterated in the older specimens.

According to Mr. Woodward, Mr. Hancock has observed in the

adult specimen two or three shells one within the other, like the Loli-

gines or Sea slaves.

Fam. TyLoDINADZ.

TyLODINA PUNCTULATA= 7". Rafinesquit, Philippi.

Lingual membrane very broad, brown ; teeth small, uniform, very

numerous, in very numerous longitudinal lines, forming straight con-

tinued uniform lines across the membrane, with an indistinct central

line; the tentacles subulate, slit on the outer side; the lips are

produced and acute on each side, and twisted, leaving a_ slight

cavity on the outer side of the tip; the mantle is thin, free all

round the edge and slightly thickened just within the margin,

rather thicker and more free over the front of the back; the gill

is single on the hinder part of the right side just under the mantle,

attached the whole of its length on the inner side by a central ridge

to the side of the body; the outer side is furnished with a rather

thick, somewhat zigzag central vessel, giving out pinnated vascular

branches, nearly alternating with each other on each side of the great

vessel; the foot is larger than the mantle and shell, expanded, rounded

behind, truncated in front and slightly emarginate in the centre

under the mouth; the sexual aperture not visible in the specimen

in spirits. Shell conic, patelloid, thin, slightly pearly within, with a

thin, hard, horny periostraca, which is produced beyond the edge of

the shell, and radiately coloured, in the dry state brittle, hard, and

contracted ; the apex (of the shell) subcentral, with a rather pro-

duced polished top, nucleus subglobose, with a slightly convex spire

On the Animals and Teeth of some Gasteropodous Mollusca. 101

of one and a half or two rapidly enlarging subconvolute whorls ;

aperture ovate, rather irregular, slightly dilated on the right side ;

cavity simple; muscular scar subannular, with an angular inflection

rather behind the middle of the right side, the form of the scar is varia-

ble, sometimes square, broad all round; in the larger, more developed

specimens the scar is rather horse-shoe shaped, being somewhat dilated

at the front part of each side, and the front portion over the back of

the head is narrow, linear, and transverse.

The genus was first established by Rafinesque in 1814 ; Blainville,

who only knew it from Rafinesque’s imperfect descriptions, referred

it to the Patelloida, but Menke, Philippi and Cantraine properly con-

sidered it allied to Pleurobranchus, and especially Umbrella, and very

lately Dr. Lovén stated that it was allied to Twrbonella (Index Moll.

Scand. 19). The examination of the teeth proves it to belong to the

typical Pleurobranchiata, and the form and position of the gill shows

its affinity with the genera Plewrobranchus and Umbrella ; indeed it

chiefly differs from the former genus in having an external conic

patelloid shell, and from the latter ia the head being produced and

the mouth not sunken in a deep anterior pit.

In the British Museum there are two species of this genus.

1. T. punctulata, Rafin., T. Rafinesquii, Philippi, 7. citrina,

Joannis, Guérin, Mag. Zool. i. t. 36.

Shell thin, whitish; periostraca hard, opake, with dark brown

rays. Mediterranean.

2. T. atlantica= Umbrella mediterranea’? MacAndrew, Ann.

Nat. Hist.

Shell solid, bright yellow; periostraca—? N. Atlantic, Madeira,

Fam. UMBRELLAD&.

UMBRELLA MEDITERRANEA.

The nucleus of this genus is very like that of T'ylodina, subglobose,

polished, sinistral, of one and a half or almost two subcylindrical, ra-

pidly enlarging whorls ; the adult shell is irregular in the outline

and rather expanded on the hinder part of the right side, over the

gills; the muscular scar is annular, continued, and of nearly uniform

breadth, but slightly interrupted in various parts. The chief dif-

ference between the shell of 7’ylodina and Umbrella is, that the shell

of the former is more elevated, very thin, covered with a hard, rather

paleaceous periostraca, and the muscular scar is furnished with an

angular inflation on the hinder parts of the right side; a sinistral

nucleus is found on several others; shells as in the genera of Pyra-

midellide,

Fam. PROsSERPINID&.

PROSERPINA.

Respiratory cavity open; mantle free from the back of the neck,

with a double edge, the outer one rather reflexed; foot moderate,

102 Miscellaneous.

truncated in front, acute, and keeled above behind; muzzle short,

truncated, annulated, with a triangular inferior mouth ; tentacles

2, lateral, far apart, tapering and acute ; eyes moderate, sessile, at the

outer side of the base of the tentacles ; the front part of the back of

the foot concave, surrounded by a continuation of the mantle, form-

ing a fleshy submarginal fringe, which is fuller (when contracted m

spirits), crumpled and folded on itself on the left side. Operculum

none.

MISCELLANEOUS.

PORTRAIT OF DR. JOHNSTON.

In our Number for September 1855, we gave a short notice of

the life and labours of Dr. George Johnston of Berwick-upon-Tweed,

who was one of the Editors of this Journal from its commencement

to the day of his death. Although so long a time has elapsed since

the lamented decease of this distmguished zoologist, we hope that

the excellent portrait of him which we have the pleasure of presenting

to our readers as the Frontispiece to the present volume of the

‘Annals’ may not prove unacceptable. Those who were acquainted

with the late Dr. Johnston will recognize in it an excellent likeness

of that amiable and talented naturalist, in which even the benignity

of expression which peculiarly characterized him has been most

faithfully preserved.

The portrait, which is copied from an excellent daguerreotype by

Mr. Claudet, taken in 1850, was kindly lent to us for this purpose

by Dr. Gray of the British Museum, and has been executed by Mr.

Robert Hicks. It is admirably done, and ought to add greatly to

the reputation of this talented young engraver.

On the Occurrence of some new species of Pollicipes in the Inferior

Oolite and Lias of Gloucestershire. By the Rev. P. B. Bropiz,

M.A., F.G.S.

Mr. Darwin in his valuable and interesting Monograph on the Fos-

sil Lepadidee, published in the Memoirs of the Palzeontographical

Society for 1851, observes, that “the oldest known pedunculated

Cirripede is a Pollicipes, discovered by Professor Buckman in the

Stonesfield Slate.’’ Since the publication of Mr. Darwin’s memoir,

I discovered the remains of a Pollicipes in the Inferior Oolite at

Selsley Hill near Stroud, in Gloucestershire, a locality which has

afforded many new and interesting fossils, for which we are indebted

to the able and active researches of my friend Mr. Lycett.

Two valves of the scutum are entire, but the other three are too

fragmentary to decide to which of the other valves they may have

belonged. On comparing the scutum with the same valve in Polli-

cipes ooliticus, of the Stonesfield Slate, there is a marked difference

Miscellaneous. 103

between them, so that, in all probability, this will prove to be a

distinct species; but this I hope Mr. Darwin will be able to de-

termine.

Another and probably a different Led has been found by Mr.

Gavey at Chipping Campden in Gloucestershire, in the top beds of

the lower Lias, which are very prolific in organic remains wherever

they occur. As the Cirripedes are usually rare in a fossil state,

especially in the Oolites and Lias, it seemed desirable to notify the

existence of some species of Lepadidee during these geological periods,

—a somewhat earlier date than the one previously indicated.

MR. YARRELL’S COLLECTIONS.

Our readers will be gratified to learn, that the Trustees of the

British Museum have secured for the Museum the collection of British

Fish, and all the specimens of Birds and other animals illustrating

Mr. Yarrell’s various papers in the Transactions of the Linneean and

Zoological Societies, at the sale of his property.

On the Stereognathus Ooliticus, from the Stonesfield Slate.

By Prof. Owen, F.B.S., F.G.S.

The subject of this paper was a small mammal, represented by a

fragment of a lower jaw retaining three molar teeth, which was ob-

tained by the Rev. J. Dennis from the Stonesfield-slate of Oxford-

shire, and named Stereognathus Ooliticus by Mr. E. Charlesworth.

This specimen, described in detail by Prof. Owen at the British As-

sociation Meeting in September last, indicated, in the author’s opi-

nion, an animal allied to some extinct genera of even-toed Pachy-

derms, viz. the Hyracotherium, Microtherium, and Hyopotamus of the

Tertiary deposits ; and he concluded therefore that the Stereognathus

was most probably a diminutive non-ruminant Artiodactyle of omni-

vorous habits.

With regard to the zoological reasons for referring this peculiar

and ancient fossil to the type of animal form above alluded to, the

Professor entered at some length into the analysis of the mental pro-

cesses by which the paleontologist aims at the restoration of an

unknown mammal from such a fragment as the fossil under notice.

Its mammalian character is decided by the two-fanged implantation

of the teeth, and its pachydermatous affinities are evidenced by the

peculiar sex-cuspid and cingulated molars. These zoological rela-

tions are determined from the knowledge that such structural pecu-

liarities obtain in certain known Pachydermata. Morphology, there-

fore, or the study of form, rather than physiology, or the known

relation of organs to function, is the guide in this determination ;

but the Professor expressed his opinion that this example could not

be cited as showing that there is no physiological, comprehensible,

or rational law (in contradistinction to the morphological or empiri-

cal) which can be a guide in the determination of fossil remains.

104 Miscellaneous.

He did not think that all such determinations rest upon the applica-

tion of observed coincidences of structure, for which coincidences

no reason can be rendered; for, although in many instances of this

law of correlation, as demonstrated by comparative anatomy, the

sufficient or physiological cause of them is not known; yet, in

other instances, the application of the principle has been suc-

cessfully illustrated. ,'The truth or fact (said Prof. Owen) of a phy-

siological knowledge of a correlated structure, and of the applica-

tion of that knowledge to paleontology, is not affected or de-

stroyed by instances adduced from that much more extensive series

of correlated structures of which the physiological condition is not

yet known.—Proc. Geol. Soc. Noy. 5, 1856.

Note on Estheria minuta. By T. Rupert Jonzs, Esq.,

Assist. Sec. G.S.

Not long since the Rev. W. Symonds favoured me with some well-

preserved specimens of this little Triassic fossil; and, with Prof. J.

Quekett’s kind assistance, I was enabled to see most distinctly the

true Crustacean character of the tissue of its valves. This confirmed

an opinion I had long held that this fossil is not a Mollusk, but

closely allied to the Limnadia, Limnetis, and Estheria *, bivalved

phyllopodous Crustaceans (Zntomostraca) of the present day ; and

indeed, as far as the carapace-valves are concerned, it well represents

the Estheria of Riippell and Baird + (Isaura, Joly).

In the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. (1847) vol. ui. p. 274, Sir C. Lyell

figured a similar fossil from the coal-shales of Eastern Virginia, and

remarked that, with Mr. Morris, he doubted whether the so-called

** Posidonomya’’ may not be a Crustacean rather than a Mollusk f.

Similar fossils, of different species, occur in the Devonian rocks

(Caithness and Orkney), Carboniferous (Northumberland), Liassic

(Skye and Gloucestershire ), Oolitic (Scarborough), Purbeck (Dorset),

and Wealden (Sussex). Others are met with in the Jurassic Coal-fields

of North Carolina and Virginia §, and along their north-eastern ex-

tension, forming the so-called ‘‘New Red Sandstone”’ of Virginia

and Pennsylvania ||; in the plant-bearing sandstones of Central

India § (Nagpur and Mangali) ; and in the Triassic deposits of

Europe.

* This is the little Triassic shell that has been termed Posidonia and Posido-

nomya minuta: Posidonia minuta, (Alberti) Goldfuss, Petref. Germ. p.118. t. 113.

f.5; Posidonomya minuta, Bronn, Leth. Geog. p. 164. t. 11. f. 22 ; Zieten, Verst.

Wiirttemb. p. 72. t. 54. f.5; Strickland, Geol. Trans. 2 ser. vol. v. p. 338. t. 28.

f.4. In Morris’s ‘ Catalogue of British Fossils,’ 2nd edit. 1854, it is included in

the Crustacea (as Estheria minuta) ; but (apparently from inadvertence) it has

not been expunged from the list of Mollusks in that work.

t+ Proc. Zool. Soc. part 17. p. 86.

t+ See also Lyell’s ‘ Manual of Geology,’ 5th edit. p, 332.

§ Lyell, loc. cit.; and W. B. Rogers, Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc. v. p. 15.

|| Continuous with the Sandstones of New Jersey, and most probabiy with

those of Connecticut also: Rogers, loc. cit.

¥ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 370.

Miscellaneous. 105

Although occurring so constantly in the different geological pe-

riods, from the Devonian to the Wealden*, and again in the recent

marine and fresh waters, yet it is in the Triassic deposits of England

and the Continent, in the sandstones and shales of Virginia and

Pennsylvania, and in the plant-bearing beds of Virginia and Central

India, that this little bivalved Entomostracan appears to be pre-

eminently abundant ; so as to serve probably as a faithful index

of a peculiar geological horizon +.

In like manner, among the still lower forms of life, the Nummu-

lite is represented in the Silurian t, Carboniferous, Liassic, and

Oolitic rocks, and exists also at the present day ; but it particularly

distinguished one epoch (the Tertiary) by a surprising fecundity

and a temporary profusion of individuals.

The occurrence of a fossil Estheria in the Upper Sandstone and

Shale of the Scarborough district (Z. concentrica, Bean §, sp.) is of

interest, as being indicative of the association of this Crustacean with

the Oolitic flora in England, as it is in India and America.

In India a Triassic Labyrinthodont Reptile (Brachiops laticeps||)

is found in the same strata as yield the Estheria at Mangali and the

plants at Nagpur; and in Pennsylvania reptilian remains] occur

with the so-called “ Posidonia” ; in America indeed the evidence

seems to point to a contemporaneity of the Virginian plant-beds,

the shales and sandstones of Pennsylvania and New Jersey, the foot-

marked sandstones of Connecticut, and the upper red sandstone of

Nova Scotia and Prince Edward’s Island, which is also reptilife-

rous** ; and it is evident that in the Virginian and Pennsylvanian

shales the minute Crustaceans under notice are important fossils.

The plants of Nagpur and Virginia having a Jurassic facies, like

those of Scarborough, it will be interesting, as further evidences

turn up, to see how far we are to regard the Triassic or the Jurassic

element as preponderating, or whether a passage-group of deposits

are indicated by the evidence,—or, lastly, whether these Plant-beds

with Reptiles and Crustaceans indicate the terrestrial and lacustrine

conditions only of the early secondary period.

The Jurassic flora of Australia++ and that of Southern Africa have

been hitherto collected without affording any clear traces of the

Lstheria. The latter country, however, has ‘its probably Triassic

* I have no satisfactory evidence of the presence of the genus in question in

the Cretaceous and Tertiary deposits.

Tt Prof. W. B. Rogers has already pointed out (Joc. cit.) the probable yalue of

this little fossil in the comparison of the Mesozoic rocks of North Carolina and

Virginia, and of these with the so-called Triassic beds of the United States.

~ Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xv, p» 58.

§ Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 376.

|| Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p- 37 & 371.

{ Lea on Clepsysaurus Pennsylvanicus, Journ. Acad. N. Sc. Philad. n. s. vol. ii.

p- 185; and on Centemodon sulcatus, Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. vol. viii. Dade

** Leidy on Bathygnathus borealis, Journ. Acad. N. Sc. Philad. n. s. vol. ii.

. 327.

Z Tt See M‘Coy’s paper, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 145, &c.

106 Miscellaneous.

Reptile, the Dicynodon, imbedded with this flora* ;—so that the

peculiar association above-indicated for India and North America

obtains there also.

In pointing out these facts of the geological and geographical dis-

tribution of the fossil Hstherta, I merely touch upon the salient

points of an interesting subject of research,—for the elucidation of

which careful inquiry at home and abroad is still requisite.

In conclusion, although the recent Hstheria is a marine Crustacean,

yet, since very closely allied forms are of freshwater habits, and since

among bivalved Entomostracans different species of a genus and even

the individuals of a species occasionally live either in marine or

in fresh water, there is no certain evidence afforded by the fossil in

question whether the so-called Triassic deposits in which it is found

were formed in rivers, lakes, or seas.—Journal of the Geological

Society for November 1856.

On the Genus Cuma. By C. Spence Bare, F.L.S.

The study of the Diastylide certainly led in my mind to a very

different conclusion from that which, judging from the remarks in the

September Number of Silliman’s Journal, it has produced in Prof.

Agassiz’. I think, moreover, that smce he admits the Diastylis

Rathku to be an adult animal, because it has been taken with young,

he must have overlooked Mr. Goodsir’s statement, that he had taken

Cuma Scorpioidest (Mont.) with spawn (ova), which he describes

as very large and of a bright straw colour. This appears to be an

arguinent of equal force to prove that Cuma is adult.

In my humble judgment, the fact of Prof. Agassiz having taken

his specimens from Macreura, is evidence that they could not be

Cume—that is, the genus of Edwards and Goodsir.

With regard to the affinity between the young of Macroura and

Cuma, I append a portion of an interesting letter which I received

from R. Q. Couch, Esq., whose knowledge of the larval forms of the

decapod Crustacea is second to no living carcinologist. I have taken

the liberty to italicise one passage :—

* Penzance, August 11th, 1856.

‘IT have been very much occupied on the larval state of our

decapod Crustaceans, in furtherance of a re-examination of the whole

subject. It cannot be a matter of surprise that the genera Cuma,

Alauna, Bodotria, &c. should a priort be thought to be the young

of the higher Crustacea. I confess I suspected it myself for some

time, but gave it up many months ago, and my opinions are fully

confirmed by the valuable observations in your paper. My views

were grounded on the fact, that I never met with any of these forms

* Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd series, vol. vii. part 4. p. 227, note.

t+ It must be remembered that in the species Cuma Scorpioides of

Montagu, I have included the C. Audouinii of Edwards and the C. Edwardsii

of Goodsir.

Miscellaneous. 107

in any of the larval conditions of the Crustacea of Cornwall, though

the number I have examined is great.

‘«« Even the alternations of generations will not serve in this matter ;

for if I understand aright, you have examined the young and find

them like the adult, while I have examined the great majority of our

Decapods without once detecting the strange forms of these genera

among them.

** Agassiz’ assertion must be taken with limitation, or he has been

altogether deceived, so far as British observations would indicate.

“‘T have carefully examined the Zoé condition of H. varians, Pri-

deauxiana, and Cranchii, and find they are all totally unlike Cuma

and the kindred genera. We must not generalize too quickly.

Agassiz’ specimens, it must be remembered, were American; still

I should not expect that kindred species would differ so widely as

they must, if his observations are correct.”

RARE BRITISH BIRDS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Falmouth, December 13, 1856.

GENTLEMEN,—On Thursday last, a specimen of the Thalassi-

droma Leachit, Selby, in an exhausted state, was captured by a ship-

wright near the bar. It is in the possession of Mr. Chapman, taxi-

dermist. Two specimens of the Lutra vulgaris, Desm., were shot by

Mr, Wm. Holder, at the Swanpool, on Wednesday night last. One

measured 4 feet long, and weighed 21 pounds; the other 3} feet

long, and 16 pounds.

I am, Gentlemen, yours truly,

W. P. Cocks.

Note on Zootoca vivipara v. nigra, Gray, Cat. Rept. B. M. 28.

Mr. Thomas Hopley has lately presented to the British Museum

a black specimen of Zootoca vivipara, which was caught by a young

friend, Mr. Fritz Noel Mackay, near Eastbourn, Sussex.

Mr. Hopley states that the variety is permanent in that neigh-

bourhood, but nowhere common.

The Black Lizard has only hitherto been recorded in our fauna as

found in Ireland. It is not uncommon in some districts in Germany,

but appears local.

It is regarded as a distinct species by Wolf, and well figured under

the name of Laceria nigra in Sturm’s beautiful ‘ Fauna Germanica.’

—J. E. Gray.

On a new Turkey, Meleagris mexicana.

By J. Gouxp, Esq., F.R.S. &e.

In the lapse of time the origin of several of the animals which man

has subjected to his dominion, and which are of the greatest service

108 Miscellaneous.

to his necessities or his pleasures, has become involved in obscurity.

As instances in point we may cite among quadrupeds the Camel, the

Horse, the Dog, &c., and among birds the various Gallinacee, Ana-

tide and Columbide, all of which were derived from Asia. ‘The pro-

ductions of the New World have not yielded such ready obedience

to his sway, since no one of its quadrupeds has yet been domesticated,

and only one of its birds—the Turkey ; but a like fate, if I mistake

not, has attended the origin of this solitary acquisition, which,

although the bird has not been known to us more than 300 years,

is equally wrapped in uncertainty.

“So involved in obscurity,’ says Mr. Martin, ‘is the early

history of the Turkey, and so ignorant do the writers of the six-

teenth and seventeeth centuries appear to have been about it, that

they have regarded it as a bird known to the ancients by the name

of ‘ Meleagris,’ namely, the Guinea-fowl or Pintado, a mistake which

was not cleared up until the middle of the eighteenth century. The

appellation of Turkey which the bird bears in our country, arose,

according to Willoughby, from a supposition that it came originally

from the country so called. Mexico was first discovered by Grijalva

in 1518. Oviedo speaks of the Turkey as a kind of peacock abound-

ing in New Spain, which had already, in 1526, been transported ina

domestic state to the islands and the Spanish Main, where it was

kept by the Christian colonists. It is reported to have been intro-

duced into England in 1524, and is enumerated as among the dainties

of the table m 1541. ~ In 1573 it had become the customary Christ-

mas fare of the farmer.”’ Every author who has written on the subject

since the days of Linnzus has considered it to be derived from the

well-known wild Turkey of North America, but on account of the great

differences which are met with among our domestic Turkeys, and

the circumstance of the wild Turkeys recently imported from North

America not readily associating or pairing with them, I have for

some years past entertained a contrary opinion. This opinion may

be met by some persons with the remark, that similar and even

greater differences occur among our domestic poultry. True—but I

believe that these differences are due to an admixture of two, three,

or more species, and that in no case would the domestication of a

single species produce characters so decided as those exhibited by

the two birds now exhibited.

In Canada and the United States the Turkey is partially migra-

tory, visiting those countries during the summer, for the purpose of

breeding, and although some writers state that it is a native of

Mexico, I can hardly think it likely that it ranges very far south in

the latter country, for, from the southern boundary of Canada to

Mexico is nearly 2000 miles, and it is unlikely, I think, that a bird

of the cold regions of Canada should also be indigenous to the hotter

country of Mexico, whence, and not from North America, the Turkey

was originally introduced into Europe by the Spaniards early in the

sixteenth century.

Believing this bird to be distinct from the North American species,

Miscellaneous. 109

it becomes necessary that one of them should receive a new name,

and a question then arises to which of the two should it be given.

My opinion is, that it will be better to retain the term Gallopavo for

the North American species, and to call the present one mewicana,

after the country of which it is anative. Linneeus’ Meleagris Gallo-

pavo is founded upon the Gallopavo sylvestris of Brisson’s ‘ Ornitho-

logie,’ vol. i. p. 162, and upon Ray’s New England Wild Turkey, both

of which names appertain to the North American species; consequently

the term mexicana would be a fit appellation for the present bird.

I may mention, that it is the only example of a Turkey I have ever

seen from Mexico, and that it was brought to this country by the

late Mr. Floresi, a gentleman whose energy as a collector was only

equalled by the honourable career of a moderately long life, during

which he was connected with the Real del Monte mines in Mexico.

Mr. Floresi travelled himself, and kept collectors, who penetrated

into the remotest parts of that country ; and many were the fine

species he by this means communicated to the world of science. I

may mention the splendid Picus imperialis, Calurus neoxenus, and

many Humming Birds, as some of the species which but for his

researches would have been unknown to us.

In size this new Turkey exceeds that of the largest specimens of

the North American species ; but it has shorter legs, a considerably

larger and more broadly expanded tail, conspicuously zoned with brown

and black, and terminated with white ; the tail-coverts are very pro-

fusely developed, largely tipped with white, and bounded posteriorly

with a narrow line of black, their basal portions being rich metallic

bronze. The same arrangement of colouring also prevails on the

feathers of the lower part of the flanks ; and on the under tail-coverts,

where it is particularly fine; the centre of the back is black, with

green, purplish and red reflexions ; the back of the neck, upper part

of the back, and shoulders, are in some lights bronzy, in others the

colour of fire ; the greater wing-coverts are uniform bronzy brown,

forming a conspicuous band across the wing; all the primaries are

crossed by mottled bars of blackish brown and white, freckled with

brown ; all the under surface is fiery copper, intensely brilliant in

certain lights, and becoming darker towards the flanks.

Total length 4 feet 4 inches ; bill 25 inches ; wing 213 inches ; tail

16 inches, and when spread about 24 inches across ; tarsi 63.

In the Report of an expedition down the Zuni and Colorado Rivers

by Captain L. Sitgreaves, lately published in America, the following

passage occurs at p. 94, in reference to Wild Turkeys :—

“They are also found in New Mexico, in the neighbourhood of

the copper-mines. I am told by our officers that those found there

are of enormous size. Mr. Leroux, our guide, informed me that the

Turkeys of the Gila River were different from those found east of

the Rio Grande, and that they have much white about them.”

These are doubtless identical with the bird under consideration.

Since the above remarks were in type, I have been informed by

J. H. Gurney, Esq., M.P., that he some years since received the

skin of a Wild Turkey from the neighbourhood of the Real del

110 Miscellaneous.

Monte mines in Mexico, which he considers to be the same as the

bird above described; this specimen is now in the Museum at

Norwich.—Proc. Zool. Soc., April 8, 1856.

Description of a new Trogon and a new Odontophorus.

By Joun Gov p, Esq., F.R.S., &e.

TROGON AURANTIIVENTRIS, Gould.

Male: Forehead, face and chin dull black; head, sides of the

neck, breast, back and upper tail-coverts golden-green ; wings slaty-

black, the coverts and secondaries finely freckled, and the primaries

margined at the base with white; two centre tail-feathers bronzy-

green, narrowly tipped with black ; the two next on each side bronzy-

green on their outer webs, the inner webs and the tips black ; three

outer tail-feathers on each side black, crossed by numerous narrow

bars of, and narrowly tipped with, white ; under surface rich orange,

separated from the green of the chest by a semilunar mark of white ;

thighs black ; bill orange ; feet dark grey.

Total length, 10 inches ; bill, $; wing, 53; tail, 6.

Female: Head, all the upper surface and breast orange-brown ;

wing-coverts brown, minutely freckled with brownish-black ; abdo-

men pale orange ; two central tail-feathers reddish-brown, narrowly

tipped with black ; the two next on each side brown on their outer

webs, the interior webs and tips black ; three lateral feathers black

at the base, their outer webs and apical portions white, minutely

freckled with black, and a narrow irregular band of black near the

tip.

aoe near David, Veragua.

Remark.—This species is very closely allied to Trogon puella,

being precisely similar in every character, except that of the colour-

ing of the breast, which is orange instead of scarlet; both these

species are remarkable for the regularity of the markings of their

tail-feathers, and for the markings extending to the tip.

OpoNTOPHORUS VERAGUENSIS, Gould.

Male: Crown of the head and crest dark rust-red ; throat black,

with a line of white down the centre of each feather; back reddish-

brown, freckled with black, and a faint line of white down the centre

of each feather ; wings brown, mottled and freckled with black, and

with a small indistinct spot of buff near the tip of each of the coverts ;

scapularies brown, with a light stripe down the centre, and with a

large blotch of brownish-black near the apex of the mner web ; rump

pale brown, obscurely spotted with black; under surface light cho-

colate-brown, with a spot of white more or less encircled with black

near the tip of each feather.

Female: Differs in having the forehead and upper feathers of the

crest slaty-brown; and the spots on the breast smaller and less con-

spicuous.

Total length, 10 inches ; bill, 3; wimg, 5g; tail, 23; tarsi, 13.

Hab. Veragua.

Meteorological Observations. 111

Remark.—This species is nearly allied to Odontophorus guttatus,

but differs in the lighter colouring of the breast and the redder hue

of the crest. Specimens were procured by Dr. Seemann at Panama,

and by Mr. Bridges from near David in Veragua.—Proc. Zool. Soc.

May 13, 1856.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOV. 1856.

Chiswick.—November 1. Uniform haze: cloudy. 2. Foggy: cloudy: hazy.

3. Uniformly overcast : very fine. 4. Foggy: very fine. 5. Foggy: light clouds:

fine: frosty. 6. Frosty, clear and cold: cloudy. 7. Cloudy: overcast : densely

clouded. 8. Densely clouded: rain. 9. Clear: cloudy and fine. 10. Slight rain.

11. Fine, but cold: cloudy and cold. 12, Cloudy: white clouds and clear inter-

vals. 13. Fine, but cold: rain. 14. Clear and cold. 15. Frosty: fine: slight

rain. 16. Clear and frosty: fine: sharp frost. 17. Frosty and foggy : dense fog

throughout. 18. Slight fog: very fine: rain. 19. Rain: very fine. 20. Densely

clouded. 21. Drizzly: hazy: cloudy. 22. Overcast: cloudy and mild. 23. Uni-

formly overcast: cloudy and fine. 24. Cloudy and fine. 25. Densely overcast :

clear, cold, and dry. 26. Hazy: rain and sleet. 27. Very fine. 28. Cloudy:

hazy: cloudy. 29. Sharp frost: clear: frosty. 30. Sharp frost: clear : fine.

Mean temperature of the month .............c00sssscecvesescscsa 39°30

Mean temperature of Nov. 1855 ............ceccecevesessecees »- 40°91

Mean temperature of Noy. for the last thirty years ............ 42 -93

Average amount of rain in NOV. ...sccsesssseseeeenscecsess soeeee 2°313 inches.

Boston.—Nov. 1. Cloudy: rain a.m. 2,3. Cloudy. 4. Foggy. 5. Cloudy.

6,7. Fine. 8. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 9,10. Fine. 11]. Cloudy: rain p.m.

12. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 13. Cloudy. 14—16. Fine. 17. Cloudy.

18. Fine: rain a.m. 19. Cloudy: rain A.m. 20. Fine. 21. Cloudy. 22. Fine:

rain A.M. 23. Cloudy. 24. Fine: rainp.m. 25. Fine. 26. Fine: snow a.m.

27. Cloudy. 28,29. Fine. 30. Fine: snow p.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1, Clear, fine a.m.: cloudy, fine p.m. 2,

Showers a.M.andp.m. 3. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 4. Cloudy a.m. : clear, fine,

aurora P.M. 5. Fog a.m.: cloudy p.m. 6. Hazy, fine a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 7.

Hazy, fine a.m.: fine, drops p.m. 8. Showers a.m.: cloudy, drops p.m. 9. Showers-

A.M.: sleet-showers p.M. 10. Snow-showers a.m.: sleet-showers p.m. 11.

Snow-showers a.M.: hail-showers p.M. 12. Cloudy a.m.: clearp.m. 13. Showers

A.M.: hail-showers p.m. 14. Snow-showers A.M. : hail-showers p.m. 15. Showers

A.M.: snow-showers p.m. 16. Cloudy a.m.: drizzle p.m. 17. Showers A.M.

and p.m. 18. Cloudy a.m.: showers p.m. 19. Showers a.m.: cloudy p.m.

20. Cloudy a.m.: drizzle p.m. 21. Drizzle a.m.: rain p.m. 22, Rain a.m.:

drizzle p.m, 23. Damp a.m.: drizzlep.m. 24. Drops a.m.: hail-showers, drift p.m.

25. Snow-showers a.M.: cloudy p.m. 26. Cloudy a.m.: rain p.m. 27. Showers

A.M.: snow-showers P.M. 28. Hail-showers a.m. and p.m. 29. Hail-showers A.M. :

hail-showers, drift p.m. 30. Bright a.m.: hail-showers p.m.

Mean temperature of Noy. for previous twenty-nine years ... 42°:67

Mean temperature of this month ......... wees ohvbsnseubtadteddeas 40 +22

Mean temperature of Nov. 1855 .....-....ceseee eee etic otrre 43 -49

Average quantity of rain in Nov. for previous sixteen years... 4*11 inches.

The mean temperature of the room in which the barometer is kept was 59°,

and the height above the sea-level is 100 feet, so that the observations can be

reduced to 32° and sea-level if required.

6.0

Ov, |reeereeleeereees! on femun] oo | $62] of gz br} GE 88.62 98.67 0S .6z 7S L.6z o+6,6z *0f

09. [rretrteeelerseerree] ete | ome | oan 1£ | of | S.oz| ox LE oL,6z 79.67 €+.6z $69.62 e7L.6t ‘62

GI, |rrcesteseloeeeeeees| em | ema | om €¢ ze|o.Sz! 6r ov 9$.6z 9S .6z 2b.62 0g9.6z LzL.6z “gz

Oia tesa 10, | sang |e | em: laces |e ee Se eae Os LE.6z 35.62 gz.6z gog.6z gz9.6z Lt®

Ir, |ttereeees| GF, 5 -s |-ma| ££ | Zo£ | S.of| 6z | ob LS .6z 99.6z gf.6z 0$$.6z 1$9.6z “9%

zi. go. jeer! saga | on oT c¢ cE z&| gz ov 68.62 26.62 $9.62 0L6.67 gro,0£ Cz

of. Go, |eeeereeerlonca | om | apy gh | $05 | €£$] 6b | ZS gt.6z 09.62 LS.6z 936.62 gIr.of oz

OT, [tteeseter stereos! egy wag oo 1S | 0 | St fh | 2 gl.6z 98.62 08.62 zL1.0€ gbz.0£ IZ

OL. |rseeeseee! ZO, “ma cmum | an | ¥gh | Shh | Ly! of £S 06.62 $3.62 8.62 696.62 Z30.06 Toy 4

of, ZO. “MSA | “AL LY | 8S | oF gt 1S £9.67 £2.62 99.62 Szo.0€ $Lo.of 61)

tr. go. "5s | "MU U BE | Ede 1653) (6 es 69.67 Sr.0£ oL.6z zvo,0£ ogt.of “gt

to. zo, |ouu| “ms | a SE] rb! £€€| gz | oF 36.62 0g.6z og.6z gor.ot gS1.0f “LI

zt. ear nee>ss|maqugel sslgtrpell leery bh | of | €E ze | Eb 98.62 Lo.of £3.62 ofr.o€ 6%z.0£ “gt

Sz. zo. |*muu mum] “ma | VE | S96 | E€F| Ex | EF 20,0 34.62 oL.6z 636.62 oto.of "St

Lo. egreco-aolte ran lem eaten te Se IC ae €€| Sz | cb £6.62 £3.62 ¢S.6z 643.62 900.08 ‘VI

go. vo. | mu | smu [ema] If | bP SBlbeae, all ae 78.62 +9.6z $S.6z 96L.6z £98.6z “fr

sy og rereoserel “muni mou| a | gf | §6£ | S.SE1 of | bh | Le.6z £6.62 ov.6z 7g9.6z $£1.6c | -z1O

Chee OCO Nd iro T |*muu| *O Sen IeaLE gf) ve | S¥ 66.62 39.62 Lo.6z gvf.6z ogh.6z “Ir

Yo hn = ||POBSIGRCH| Fife, |*Muu| “UL gi | She £} Sz a St 09.62 9S.6z $2.62 €rb.6z tbS.6z ‘OL

So. 10. | ‘Mu |*MuU} cas | Zof gb gf| 1€ 1S 62.62 08.62 £L.62 ££8.6z 630.08 6

Sr. St. | -m | mua] ems | gh | sob] 66] 62 | ov | +t0.08 71.08 £6.62 611.08 6L£,08 8

Ho, frvretsee|eereeseee] omg | om | com | gb | ES¢ gf| LE | 6 z£.0$ 64.08 £7.08 $ES.0€ oLS.0£ “L

ae |p eeclessseeeesionre eae on. | lop | eo. S.gf 16 ah. Lt 6S.0£ gt.of ¢1.0f SSt+.0€ gSS.of 9

pig oes i cron ier’? 41 Og WULTBOd| (eco, gv | &+ OV) Cz a) 161 LE.0f of.0£ 00,0 6S£.0€ I1v.0£ 5

stusbetag|t¥easreslesseersee!- coe | epg” | sma | $64 |- Sh | Sth) of 1-25 Sz.0£ gt.o£ 08.62 g61.0£ ELo08 “y

10. ficseaie ial fe ta OMA Tog | SAAS emery tate nst fv Ch) 1S 11.0£ $z.0f LL.6z 6L1.0£ ZITZ.O£ *t

Lo. rou juyeo| “m | +h} €S | 1S] 6E | 9S 17.08 Lo.of 7g.6z fzz.0f gof.ot +f

COC al iat a) "Mss | “M | “MS | 215 | gt EI | afer | teks Lr.08 gr.of £3.62 £1£.0€ 6S£.0€ ‘I

ze 5 g Fg S : E swede 86 Se | tu [xem | card Zs "ure $6 oF a 2h “oct

eee | 8 | eee d ea pg ag

re | ele | F °§ Tuo | >> | -xusmo ‘yommpurs ‘Aoux19 FP “PASI “UOT

“Urey “PULA, | “ojo MIIOY,L, Garemoray, eee

*KENMUG ‘asuvpy yonpung yo “UOySNO[Q *C “Ady ay? fig pun ‘NOLSOg 70 TRAA “AT AQ

SUopUuorT 10au “MOIMSIHY 70 fja1a0g Joinynayzsopy ay) fo uapsngp ay2 yo uosdmoyy, "I Aq apyw suornasasqgg qna260j0.109,2

ee ee =

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 110. FEBRUARY 1857.

IX.—On the Organization of the Infusoria, especially the Vorti-

celle. By Dr. C. F. J. Lacumann*.

[With a Plate. ]

In the summer of 1852, when I had the pleasure of working in

the laboratory of Professor J. Miiller, he called my attention

and that of another of his pupils, M. A. Schneider, to Stein’s

memoirs upon the Infusoriat.

These memoirs, in conjunction with the older and contempora-

neous ones of Focket and Cohn §, appeared to commence a new

eera in the theory of the Infusoria; by their means we first ob-

tained information regarding their propagation, of which, up to

that time, we knew nothing, except fissation and gemmation.

Important and interesting as were the facts discovered by the

three observers above mentioned, they still only formed the im-

perfect commencement of a history of the development of the

Infusoria, to the further advancement of which many must con-

tribute. Stein’s observations appeared to be far from sufficient

to show his supposition of the connexion between the Vorticelle

and Acinete as anything more than a rather vague hypothesis.

For this reason we endeavoured to test their correctness by our

own observations, and if possible either to fill up the deficiencies

in Stein’s series of observations, or to prove his supposition to

be false.

* Translated from Miiller’s Archiv, 1856, p. 340, by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S.

+ Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung der Infusorien ; Wiegmann’s

Archiv, 1840, p. 91. Neue Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Entwickelungs-

geschichte und des feineren Baues der Infusorien; Siebold und Kolliker’s

Zeitschrift, iti. p. 475. (Translated, Annals, new series, vol. ix. p. 471.)

Be uneliolige Bericht der Naturforscherversammlung zu Bremen, 1844,

wal

z § Siebold und Kolliker’s Zeitschrift, iii. p. 277.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 8

114 Dr.C. F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

We soon succeeded in getting Stein’s Acineta of the Duck-

weed*, which he regards as the resting-form of Vorticella nebu-

lifera. A. Schneider first found a specimen with an embryo

already rotating, the escape of which we then expected with im-

patience ; but this, like all the other specimens whose birth we

observed during the summer, escaped from our sight before be-

coming attached and converted into an Acineta or a Vorticella.

Once, however, Professor Miller, whilst searching for an

Acineta-bud which had escaped from him, found an animal

which was exactly like it, swam very slowly, and at last, becoming

perfectly stationary, gave forth rays and grew into an Acineta.

This observation of course increased our doubts as to the

correctness of Stein’s view. It is true we were not certain

whether the animal which became an Acineta was truly an

Acineta-bud, which, according to Stein’s representations, ought

to have become a Vorticella, or whether it was not perhaps a

Vorticella already metamorphosed, which had then become con-

verted into an Acineta, certainly in a very different manner from

that supposed by Stein. In any case, this fact could not but

urge us to trace the subject further.

In the course of that summer no decisive observation was

made. But when I afterwards continued these cbservations in

Brunswick, Wirzburg, Gottingen, and Berlin, and paid a close

attention to the organization of the families of Infusoria in ques-

tion, and also to that of other families, I arrived at the convic-

tion that Stein’s view of the conversion of the Vorticelle into

Acinete was erroneous: that his description of the Vorticelle,

although far better than that of his predecessors, was still very

defective: and that all Infusoria are neither polygastric, as

Ehrenberg states, nor composed of formless substance, as asserted

by Dujardin; but that, as already stated by Meyent, they are

animals with a large digestive cavity,—which, however, must not

be regarded, as he thought, as the interior of a cell, but the

part which Meyen and most of the recent authors regard as the

cell-membrane must be looked upon as the parenchyma of the

body,—which does not represent the membrane of a cell any

more than that of the Polypes,—a view which has been taught

for years by Professor J. Miiller in his Lectures on Comparative

Anatomy. In the hope that perhaps they may possess some

interest, I venture to communicate the principal results of

my investigations of the Infusoria. I may therefore be per-

mitted to describe the digestive apparatus of the Vorticelle

somewhat in detail, and to compare it with that of the other

* Die Infusionsthierchen auf ihre Entwickelungsgeschichte untersucht,

1854, p. 59.

+ Miiller’s Archiv, 1839, p. 74.

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 115

Infusoria, so as by this means, as also by reference to the other

systems of organs to be observed in the Infusoria, to support

my opinion previously expressed regarding the structure of these

animals ; and in the exposition of the portions of the develop-

mental history of the Infusoria at present known, to refute the

above-mentioned opinion of Stein.

Although the Vorticelie were amongst the first Infusoria dis-

covered by Leeuwenhoek in 1675*, and from their attachment

by means ofa stem, appear to be for the most part more access-

ible to observation than many of the other free-swimming In-

fusoria, yet their external coarser structure remained very im-

perfectly known up to the time of Ehrenberg, as is proved at

once by the great changes of place (Jrrfahrten) in the systems of

zoologists which had to be made, especially by certain develop-

mental forms of them, which are so admirably brought together

by Ehrenberg in his great work on the Infusoriat.

Before the time of Ehrenberg, authors regarded the Voréi-

celle as animals of somewhat the form of a hollow hemisphere

or bell fastened by its convex part to a stalk. In front of

the supposed opening of the hollow bell (Ehrenberg first showed

that this was closed, and that there was only a small opening

on the side of the surface closing the orifice of the bell

(Stirn) leading into its terior), a vortex was seen to be pro-

duced, which drew all small particles suspended in the water

to the bell; but nevertheless none of the authors could persuade

themselves into the belief that im this case small particles were

actually taken up or eaten, even O. I. Miiller asserting{, “ In

omnibus meis observationibus ne minimum animalculum vel

moleculam unquam devorari—vidi. Pelliculas vegetabiles tan-

gere et quasi rodere amant (Vorttcel/e); aquam vero nutritione

eorum sufficere facile persuadeor.” With regard to the mode

in which this vortex was produced, of course the opinions were

for a long time by no means satisfactory. In many, the cilia

producing this mevement were not yet found, so that Wrisberg§,

and even Agardh || and Wiegmann 4, explained the attraction of

the smaller Infusoria towards the bell of the Vorticella by a

power of fascination like the celebrated one of the Rattlesnake ;

and Bory de Saint Vincent constituted a peculiar genus (Conval-

larina) for theseaciliated Vorticelle**. In others, some, but not

all, of the cilia surrounding the anterior opening were detected;

* Philosophical Transactions, 1676.

t+ Die Infusionsthierchen, pp. 275 and 286.

~ Animaleula Infusoria, p. xii. § Observat. Infus. p. 63.

|| Verhandlungen der K. Leop. Akad. 11. 1. p. 135.

4] Ibid. iii. 2. p. 557.

** Dictionnaire Classique; iv. p. 412.

116 Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

but as the magnifying powers employed were not sufficiently

strong and defined to show the individual cilia, one or two small

constantly moving horns (Hérnchen, Leeuwenhoek) or whip-

lashes (Vipperspitzen, Résel*) only were discovered on each

side of the orifice of the bell seen in profile, where several moving

cilia came behind each other, and thus caused a strong shadow.

In some the number of cilia seen increased, so that at last, in

many, an entire circlet of cilia surrounding the margin of the

bell was discovered.

Besides these parts belonging to the nutritive apparatus, two

other organs were seen in some Vorticelle (by Réselt in Epi-

stylis flavicans, Ehrbg.),—the band-like body imdicated by

Ehrenberg as the testicle, and by Von Siebold { as the “ nucleus,”

and the contractile space characterized as a seminal vesicle by

Ehrenberg ; the latter, however, was observed only as a clear

round spot, without any perception of its periodical disappear-

ance. The globular masses of swallowed and aggregated parti-

cles in the interior of the body were regarded as swallowed

monads or “ vesicule interanee,” or as ova. Gleichen§ was not

even led to the right conclusion by his feeding the animals with

colour, but preferred regarding the red masses of excrement co-

loured by the administration of carmine, not as what they were,

but as eggs, to which he then attributed a particular attraction

for carmine||. [He gave the Infusoria carmine as food, with the

view of perhaps seeing the internal parts coloured thereby, as

the bones of Pigeons fed with madder become red, but not to

ascertain the form of the digestive apparatus by the deposition

of a readily recognizable substance, such as the coloured parti-

cles, in its interior. Ehrenberg was the first to employ feeding

with colour for the latter purpose. }

In the stem, even of the species in which this is contractile,

no differentiation of parts was yet known. Gleichen{ probably

only saw the inner (muscular) filament, and regarded the parti-

cular parts of it, which he detected durimg contraction, as eggs,

which were laid through the ovipositor (the stem).

For the Vorticelle, as for most Infusoria, Ehrenberg** gave the

clue to the recognition of their organization by his discovery of

* Insektenbelustigungen, iii. p. 602. t Ibid. ii. p. 614. tab. C.

t Vergleichende Anatomie.

§ Abhandlung iiber die Samen- und Infusionsthierchen, p. 140,

|| A similar explanation is given by Laurent, whose fancy, working in a

particular direction, easily overcame his slight power of observation. See his

Etudes physiologiques sur les Animaux des Infusions végétaux, comparés

aux Organes élémentaires des Végétaux ; Nancy, 1854,—a book filled with

the most astonishing errors.

q Loe. cit. p. 153.

** Albhandl. der Berl. Akad. 1830-31, and Die Infusionsthierchen, 1838.

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 117

the true commencement and termination of their digestive appa-

ratus. [| With regard to his opinion of its intermediate portions we

shall have to speak further hereafter.] | In showing that the sup-

posed open mouth of the bell-shaped body of Vorticella is closed

by a disk (Séirn) set with a circlet of cilia, at the edge of which

there is a pit containing the mouth and anus, he “only over-

looked the projecting seam, which is often even turned back-

wards, which surrounds the disk (Stirn) outside the cilia and

the pit, and is indicated even by Rosel and O. F. Miller. To

this seam Stein* now again calls attention+; he calls it the

“‘peristomet,”” and shows that it is separated by a furrow from

the disk bearing the cilia, so that this only forms the upper

surface of a “bonnet-shaped” process projecting within the

peristome, which he calls the “rotatory organ” (Wirbelorgan) ;

on this he distinguishes the upper surface bordered by the cir-

clet of cilia as the “ disk” (Schezbe), and the lateral walls as the

“stem” (Stiel) of the rotatory organ. The Vorticelle can re-

tract the rotatory organ deeply into the body, and then form a

cap-like cover over it by the sphincter-like contraction of the

peristome.

Whilst Ehrenberg, im accordance with the idea which he had

of the structure of his Polygastrica, supposed he saw an intes-

tinal canal proceeding from the mouth, to the sides of which

vesicular stomachs were attached, and which, being bent into a

loop, led back again to the lateral pit on the margin of the bell ;

the alimentary tube, according to Stein, is only an imversion of

the external membrane, which hangs down into the soft paren-

chyma of the body in the form of a short tube, truncated below.

The balls of food formed at the end of the oesophagus penetrate

through the parenchyma of the body in curves, sometimes de-

scribing more than one circuit, and are again thrown out back-

wards through the oesophagus : in Opercularia berberina, Stein §

(Epistylis berberiformis, Khrbg.) alone, he saw the balls of excre-

ment pass through the lower wall of the throat (Rachen), as he

calls the commencement of the cesophagus in the Opercularia,

in which it is wider than in most other Vorticelline, and not

through the cesophagus, and then thrown out.

* Loc. cit. supra, especially in Die Infusionsthierchen auf ihre Ent-

wickelungsgeschichte untersucht, 1854, p. 8.

+ The descriptions and figures of the Vorticelle by Dujardin and Perty

are very inexact; but yet Dujardin’s figures indicate the relations of the

parts correctly, although, hike all his figures of Infusoria, they are very

indistinctly and carelessly executed.

{ In the figures it is mdicated by aa.

§ Die Infusionsthierchen auf ihre Entwickelungsgeschichte untersucht,

1854, p. 101. Of Stein’s works I shall only quote this book, which is so

rich in interesting observations.

118 Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

If we consider a little more closely the nature of the circlet

of cilia which bears their food to the Vorticelle, we find* that

it does not form a complete circle, but a spiral linet. This be-

gins in the vicinity of the orifice called the mouth by Stein (PI.

IX. figs. 1-3 c, d) a little to the right of it upon the ciliary disk

(fig. 1-5 6), runs above this orifice towards the left and round

the margin of the ciliary disk; but before it again reaches its

starting-point, it descends upon the stem of the rotatory organ

into the commencement of the digestive apparatus.

This commencement of the digestive apparatus (fig. 1 ¢, d, e;

fig. 2c,e; fig. 8c, d,e, f, and fig. 4c, e, f) cannot yet be re-

garded as the throat, or as a part of the cesophagus (as Stein

has done), for the anus opens into it (at e); we will therefore,

by the recommendation of Professor J. Miller, distinguish it by

the name of vestibulum from the other parts of the alimentary

apparatus. Ehrenberg figures this part too shallow, as a lateral

pit in which the mouth and anus are placed; whilst Stein only

distinguishes it from the true cesophagus in the Opercularie, mn

which it is rendered remarkable by its width, but in most of the

Vorticelline regards it as the commencement of the cesophagus.

The vestibulum continues the spiral line formed by the row of

cilia, constituting a bent tube, which contains a portion of this

spire of cilia. In accordance with the direction of this spiral, the

concavity of the tube is turned towards the right and its con-

vexity towards the left: on the convex side the lumen of the

tube is still more enlarged, especially m the parts placed furthest

inwards where the anus opens (at e). Between the anus and

the mouth which leads further inwards into the cesophagus

(figs. 3 & 4 e, f) springs a bent bristle (figs. 1-5 e, g), which is

generally long enough to project outwards beyond the peristome.

This bristle is stiff, and is only displaced a little to one side

occasionally, when balls of excrement which are too thick to

pass between it and the wall of the vestibulum are thrown out

from the anus, but it immediately returns again to its old

position.

From the mouth a short tube, the wsophagus (figs. 3 & 4e, f, h;

fig. 5 4), with a far smaller lumen than the vestibulum, leads

to a rather wider fusiform portion (figs. 4 & 5 h,72), which we

will call the pharynz. In most Vorticelline (those with a con-

* To facilitate the subsequent description, we must distinguish a dorsal

and ventral surface and an anterior and posterior part in the bodies of the

Vorticelle : we follow in this the mode of indication of Ehrenberg, deno-

minating the attached part of the body the posterior, and the disk or rota-

tory apparatus the anterior, and characterizing that side of the bell which

is nearest to the mouth as the ventral side.

+ Ehrenberg represents this line as a spiral im some Voriicelle, but

generally reversed, whilst Stein describes it as a circle.

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 119

tractile stem, and the species of Kpistylis and Trichodina*)

the longitudinal axis of the vestibulum and cesophagus runs

tolerably parallel to the plane of the ciliary disk, whilst that of

the pharynx has rather the direction of the axis of the body.

In these, therefore, the axis of the ciliary spiral, which is con-

tinued as far as the pharynx, changes its direction at the com-

mencement of the vestibulum : whilst it coincided with the axis of

the body outside the vestibulum, it stands almost perpendicular to

it within the vestibulum and in the cesophagus. In the very

elongated forms of the Ophrydine, Elrbg., which inhabit sheaths

(Ophrydium, Vaginicola, Cothurniat), the longitudinal axis of

the vestibulum and cesophagus coincides more with that of the

body, as also in the genus Opercularia (as circumscribed by

Stein) and Lagenophrys, Stein; in the two latter the vestibulum

is very wide, whilst in the elongated species it is narrow, but

generally possesses a deep excavation for the anus.

The portion of the ciliary spiral which is situated outside the

vestibulum is not of equal length in all Vorticeline: in many

(Vorticella, Carchesium, Zovthamnium, Scyphidia, Trichodinat,

* Trichodina pediculus, Ehrbg. and T. mitra, Siebold. The other species

of Ehrenberg’s genus—Trichodina grandinella (Halteria grandinella,

Duj.), tentaculata and vorax,—are not Vorticelline, and this is also the

case with Urocentrum. On the other hand, Dujardin’s genus Scyphidia

approaches this group of the Vorticelline; it was founded by him for the

sessile, stemless forms, without a carapace. It is true that all the species

described by him and Perty as belonging to this genus are to be removed

from it, as they have a short stem, and only appear to be particular states

of pedunculate Vorticelline, in which the stem has not attained its usual

length; but on the other hand two other species must be included in it,

both of which attach themselves to the naked parts of small freshwater

Mollusca, and never form a stem, but which were often observed by me in

process of division, and are easily distinguished from other forms, which

are also attached at first, by their posteriorly-truncated form and a pro-

jecting pad at the margin of the hinder end. The Se. limacina (Vorti-

cella limacina, O. F. Miiller) lives on small species of Planorbis. The

body is nearly cylindrical, tapering a little at each end, and annulated;

the peristome is narrow and not turned backwards; the ciliary disk is

narrow and furnished with a projecting umbilicus in the middle, and the

posterior truncated surface is provided with a thick pad-hke margin,

Length of the animal ,'5-3'5"".. The second species, Se.physarum, Lachmann,

lives on the naked parts of species of Physa. It is longer and more uni-

formly cylindrical than the preceding; the peristome is longer and often

turned backwards, and the hinder margin is thinner and shorter.

+ The genus Tintinnus, of which, in company with M. E. Claparéde, I

observed many species on the Norwegian coast, is ciliated all round, and

differs so greatly in the alimentary apparatus from the Vorticelline, that

it is impossible for it to remain in the same family. A species inhabitmg a

gelatinous sheath occurs also in the freshwater in the Thiergarten at Berlin.

{ The most recent describer of Tr. pediculus mentions the existence of

a ciliary spiral leading to the mouth: Stein regarded this as a circle.—

Miiller’s Archiv, 1855, p. 357.

120 Dr. C.F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

some species of Epistylis, &c.) it scareely describes more than

one circuit round the disk, whilst in Opercularia articulata and

Epistylis flavicans it runs round the disk three times*, and in

others the length lies between these two extremes. This por-

tion consists of a double row of cilia; those of the outer row are

usually somewhat shorter than those of the inner, and inserted

upon the ciliary disk nearly in the same line, but at a different

angle, as they appear to be far more strongly bent outwards + :

in the vestibulum and cesophagus the cilia appear to stand in a

single row. The peristome bears no cilia: those represented

upon it by Stein belong to the outer series of cilia of the disk,

or to that portion of the spiral which descends on the stem of

the rotatory organ into the vestibulum. The latter also, perhaps

in conjunction with the bristle above mentioned, appear to have

been what induced Ehrenberg to suppose the existence of a frilled

lower lip in Epistylis nutans, and Stein im all the Opercularie.

To see the particulars above described, it is peculiarly advan-

tageous to observe animals which have died during expansion ;

the outline of one of these is shown in Pl. IX. fig. 2.

By the vortex produced in the water by the cilia of the spiral,

the small particles swimming in the vicinity are attracted and at

last reach the vestibulum ; a portion of them is constantly thrown

out again, and another portion is whirled down into the pharynx

through the cesophagus. Besides the cilia of the spiral, some

stronger cilia (e and f) also stand in the vestibulum in front of the

mouth; these do not take part in the regular activity of the others,

but only strike forcibly sometimes, apparently to remove from

the vestibulum coarse substances which may have got into it, and

also the masses of excrement. [These are also figured by Stein

in all Vorticelline.| In the fusiform pharynx (A, 2) the nutri-

tive matters are aggregated into one morsel, which, when it has

attained a certain size, is passed into the interior of the body f.

Meyen § calls this fusiform part a stomach, in which I cannot

agree with him, as it evidently serves only for the aggregation of

the food into morsels, and the digestion only takes place further in

the interior of the body; I have therefore preferred for it the

* For this reason Stein describes three circles of cilia on the disk of

the former.

+ In the Plate the cilia of the outer series are only indicated at the mar-

gin of the figures, but omitted in the remainder of the ciliary spiral in order

to prevent the figures from appearing too complicated.

t Pouechet (Comptes Rendus, Jan. 15, 1849) speaks of a respiratory

organ in the Voréicelle, which, from his description, can only be the pha-

rynx. The value of his statements regarding the polygastric structure of

the Infusoria is sufficiently clear from this, as he considers the commence-

ment of the digestive apparatus as not belonging thereto.

§ Miiller’s Archiv, 1839, p. 75.

Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 121

name of pharynx, which is open to but little objection. This

pharynx is not merely a vacuity in the surrounding gelatinous

substance, only produced by the water whirled into it, but it has

proper walls which preserve its fusiform shape, even when no

food is contained in it.

The morsel passed from the pharynx into the interior of the

body runs nearly to the posterior extremity of the Vorticella,

and then turning upwards (fig. 4/) rises on the side of the body

opposite to the pharynx. During this portion of its course, it

usually still retains the spmdle-shape communicated to it by the

pharynx, and only here changes to the globular form, often rather

suddenly: this mduced me at first to thik that the morsel was

still enclosed in a tube during this part of its course, and this

opinion seemed to be supported by the circumstance that before

and behind the morsel, two lines are not unfrequently seen

(fig. 4:2), which unite at a short distance from it, lke the outlines

of a tube which it has dilated. Subsequent observations, how-

ever, have again shown me that this opinion is an improbable

one, for the circumstances described must also occur, when a

fusiform morsel is passed with some force and rapidity through

a quiescent or slow-moving tenacious fluid mass: the above-

mentioned lines, before and behind the morsel, must be produced

by the separation and reunion of the gelatinous mass, even if

the morsel is not surrounded by a tube. But the existence

of a tube depending from the pharynx appears also to be directly

contradicted by the fact, that on the one hand the curves de-

scribed by the morsel are sometimes larger and sometimes

smaller, and on the other that the morsel acquires the globular

form sometimes sooner and sometimes later, according as it is

pushed out of the pharynx with greater or less force and rapidity.

The masses whirled into the pharynx are not always aggregated

into a morsel, but sometimes, under conditions which have not

yet been satisfactorily ascertained, all the masses which reach

the pharynx are seen to pass quickly through it without staying

in it; they then stream through the mass surrounding them in

a clear streak, which, like the morsels, describes a curve at the

bottom of the bell, and only mix with the mass when their ra-

pidity of motion has diminished*. We might easily be inclined

to regard the clear, bent streak with the particles flowing in it,

as an intestine; and this has probably been done by Ehrenberg,

who states that he distinctly saw the bent intestme in some Vort-

celline, especially in Epistylis plicatilis, in which I have also been

able to study the phenomenon very closely. But in this case,

* A roundish morsel, which might be regarded as a full stomach, is then

never formed.

122 Dr.C. F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

also, there are the same reasons against the supposition of an

testinal tube, as in that of the lines appearing before and

behind a fusiform mass: here likewise, not only the form, but

also the length of the curve varies: whilst at one time it is but

short, and soon terminates by the intermixture of the particles

contained in it with the surrounding mass, it may immediately

afterwards be twice as long or longer*, a variation which appears

only to depend upon the force with which the cilia of the rotatory

organ act; so that we cannot explain the whole phenomenon

otherwise than that the water with the particles contained in it

streaming with some rapidity into the mass with which the body

is filled, cannot mix with the latter immediately, but only when

its rapidity of motion is diminished by friction; just as we see

a rapid stream which falls into a sluggish or stagnant pool, or

into the sea, still retaining its mdependence for a certain space,

so that if it differs in its colour or turbidity from the water of

the sea or pool, we may distinguish it from the latter, with which

it does not mix for a long time, in the form of a streak, which is

often of great length.

When the nutritive particles in the body of the Vorticelle

have attained the end of the clear streak under a constant dimi-

nution of their rapidity, and in the other case, when the morsel

has lost its spindle-shape and become globular, they have no

longer any separate movement, but now only take part in a cir-

culatory motion, in which all the parts in the interior of the body,

with the exception of the band-like organ (testicle, according to

Ehrenberg ; nucleus of Von Sieboid and most recent authorst),

are engaged. This circulation is usually slow (slower than in

the green Paramecium Bursaria, Focke), and therefore generally

overlooked ; it rarely ceases for a time entirely. The morsel of

food performs sometimes more, sometimes fewer circuits with the

rotating mass, until at last it arrives in the vicinity of the anus

(e), when its circulation ceases, and the anus opens and allows

the mass to escape into the vestibulum (fig. 3 e).

From this description of the processes of nutrition in the

Vorticelline, it may be seen at once that it is impossible to attri-

bute to them an intestine with many adherent vesicular stomachs,

as Ehrenberg supposes. The existence of the circulation of the

entire contents of the body contradicts this supposition. Ehren-

berg himself soon saw the insufficiency of the first explanation

* It may even make a complete circuit and return nearly to its point of

commencement beneath the pharynx.

+ As we shall hereafter see that the signification of this organ cannot

yet be established with certainty, we shall provisionally retain the name of

nucleus, but without wishing to attach thereto the idea of a cell-nucleus.

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 123

which he attempted of the movement of the internal parts of the

body*, which had then been seen only in a few species of Infu-

soria by Focke+, namely, referring them to a displacement of

the parenchyma of the body, and perceived that the actual

circulations compel the admission of a large cavity, in which the

circulating masses are contained. Ehrenberg, however, sup-

posed { that this condition of the animals was not to be considered

as the normal one, as Meyen had done §, and regarded it only asa

transitory pathological state produced by the enlargement of one

stomach at the expense of the others. In this case, therefore,

the contents of all the previous stomachs would be poured into

one; every portion previously contained in a stomach might con-

sequently have retained the globular form, which it had acquired

im consequence of the shape of the stomach. This supposition

appeared to explain the phenomena so long as the rotation could

be considered only as a transitory state occurrmg in parti-

cular species ||; but if it were correct, the new masses taken in

during the rotation could no longer assume the globular form,

but must simply mix with the contents of the large stomach.

But we see that the formation of the globular morsels takes place

even when the rotation of the masses contained in the large

cavity of the body is very lively, and we also find that in most

Infusoria{ the state of rotation is the ordinary one, and that the

quiescent state of the internal masses is only transitory, so that

we are compelled to regard the state in which the body includes

a large digestive cavity, as the normal condition.

In opposition to Ehrenberg’s views, Dujardin, as is well known,

developed his theory of sarcode and vacuoles**, according to

which the whole body of the Infusoria only consists of formless,

moveable animal substance, into which the food is pressed or

whirled by cilia, and in which cavities (vacuoles) may be formed

in any place, filled with a transparent fluid, which, like the

entire mass of which the animal is composed, is denominated

sarcode by Dujardin. This opinion now finds but little accept-

* Die Infusionsthierchen, p. 262. { Miuller’s Archiv, 1839, p. 81.

T Isis, 1836, p. 786. § Ibid. p. 74.

|| Ehrenberg was the more fixed in this conviction, as he really believed

he had directly seen the branched intestine which he ascribed to all his

Enterodelous Polygastrica in Trachelius Ovum; we shall have occasion to

speak of it further on.

4 In all which possess an open ciliated cesophagus. (See further on.)

** Histoire naturelle des Infusoires. This theory may be regarded as a

carrying out of the idea which found the greatest number of adherents in

the preceding and the commencement of the present century up to the

time of Ehrenberg: according to this, the Infusoria were only vivified

mucus.

124 Dr. C.F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

ance * in its original meaning, and we may refer to it in common

with the modification which it has undergone in Germany, as

in both we have to combat the opinion that the mass rotating

in the interior of the body of the Infusoria is to be regarded as

a part of the parenchyma of the body, whilst we may rather

consider it, with Ehrenberg, as chyme, or the contents of a di-

gestive cavity.

The principal modification which was effected in Dujardin’s

opinion, in Germany, is, as is well known, the further develop-

ment of the analogy of an Infusorium with an animal or vege-

table cell pointed out by Meyen in 1839, and which has been

especially adopted by Von Siebold+ and Kolhker}. According

to them, the whole body of an Infusorium consists of a cell-

membrane and its tenacious fluid contents, both of which are

contractile (the contractile space, or the “semial vesicle” of

Ehrenberg, was then only a contractile part of the cell-contents) :

the cell-nucleus was seen in the body regarded by Ehrenberg as

the testicle, and the nucleolus of the cell was found in a corpuscle

not unfrequently placed in the nucleus, but in many cases

(curiously enough for the cell-theory) lymg close to it. No

hesitation was caused by the fact that the cell had an orifice,

the mouth, from which a tube hung down as an cesophagus

into its interior. The existence of an anal opening was generally

denied, and it was supposed that the unserviceable matters were

pushed out through any part of the cell-wall; at the utmost it

was admitted that a particular portion of the cell-wall was to be

regarded as the anal region, which was peculiarly adapted for

this purpose.

If we may, @ priori, regard the existence of unicellular animals

* Perty supports it in his book ‘ Zur Kenntniss kleinster Lebensformen ’

by the most superficial and inexact figures. Durmg the past year Perty

has published a letter, in which he attacks Ehrenberg in the most savage—

one may even say unjustifiable manner, and entirely forgets the great

services done by this naturalist to our knowledge of the Infusoria. With-

out noticing whether and how far his reproaches are just, the spirit in which

they are made is certainly not to be tolerated, and Perty, of all men, has

the least cause for making such statements, as by the slight alteration of a

few names, a great part of his charges might be turned against himself with

equal, if not greater propriety. I shall be excused if, as a proof of this,

[ here reprint one of Perty’s strongest expressions with such alterations ; the

variations from Perty’s original are shown by the insertion of his expressions

in parentheses :—‘ Kstablishment of that ridiculous monster : Phytozoidia

(Polygastrica), in which the most incompatible things: Infusoria of a

truly animal nature, creatures of doubtful position, and decided plants of

various groups (Rhizopoda, Infusoria, Phytozoidia, decided plants of

various groups) are thrown together into a monstrous whole.”

+ Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zoologie, i. p. 270.

{ Ibid.i. p. 200. The theory of the animal cell in Schleiden and Nageli’s

Zeitschrift fir wissenschaftliche Botanik, 1845, &c.

Dr. C. F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 125

as possible, we can certainly not consider the Infusoria as such,

at least not those which are most accessible to observation,

namely, the larger forms, especially Ehrenberg’s Enterodela ; the

smaller species, which are more difficult to observe, must then

be judged by analogy, until we understand better how to observe

them. Evenif we do not hesitate on account of the remarkable

position of the nucleolus outside the nucleus in many Infusonia,

the presence of an oral aperture, or, as we shall hereafter show

to be the case in the Acinetine, of many mouths, of an cesophagus,

and of a second orifice, the anus* (the existence of which we

shall prove), there is still a great deal that can be urged against

the cell-theory, for which we are particularly indebted to Cohn’s

observations.

Cohn showed+ that in the Ciliata, besides the thin skin of the

body which bears the cilia, or the cell-membrane according to

previous views, two other strata are distinguishable in the body,

—the inner rotating layer, and a quiescent “ cortical layer {,”

often of considerable thickness, surrounding this ; he considers

this cortical layer as the cell-membrane, which is enveloped ex-

ternally by a ciliated cuticula, and only regards the internal, fre-

quently rotating layer as the cell-contents.

The cuticle, which in plants is generally regarded as a

hardened cell-secretion, is then said, in those Infusoria which

are ciliated all round, to bear small, four-sided prisms, at the

apex of each of which there is a cilium; these are generally

arranged in spiral series, crossing each other§. The supposed

cell-membrane or cortical layer encloses the contractile vesicle

and a system of vessels proceeding from this (see further on) ;

it also frequently contains chlorophyll-globules, or colourless

globules of the same form, which were regarded as eggs by

Ehrenberg, but as to the signification of which we have as yet

no observations. In many Infusoria, especially the Ophryoglene

(in which it lasts long after the decomposition of the animal) and

(less persistent) in many species of Paramecium (P. Bursaria,

* The idea of the cell would certainly by this means be remarkably

modified, and by its too great extension would lose all signification.

tT Siebold und KoOlliker’s Zeitschrift, 11. p. 257, v. p. 420,

{ These are very well seen in Infusoria treated with chromic acid.

§ In Stentor polymorphus (to which S. Miillert and Roeselii are also to

be referred) single long hairs stand between these, similar to the hairs of

many Turbellaria (fig. 9); this is also the case im a species of Infusorium

allied to the Stentors, which will be hereafter described. The foot-like

hooks (wncini) and styles (styli) articulated to the body, occurring in the

Oxytrichine and Euplotes (and the Aspidiscine of Ehrenberg) are well

known: a portion of the former, those which are trailed along, are split up

at the apex into as many as eight parts in various Euplotes (for instance,

E. patella); one of the styles in E. patella bears a number of small lateral

branches.

126 Dr.C. F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

Focke, P. Aurelia, P. caudatum, and Bursaria leucas*), there are

fusiform rods in the cortical layer, from which Allman states

he has seen urticating filaments projectedt. In the Vorticelle

we shall hereafter have to describe in the cortical layer a

contractile layer as the continuation of the muscle of the stem.

We cannot certainly regard a part so complicated as the mem-

brane of a cell; I believe that this “cortical layer” (of Cohn)

is rather to be considered as the parenchyma of the body

of the Infusoria, whilst the rotating mass only constitutes the

contents of a large digestive cavity or stomach, and therefore

must be regarded as chyme, and that Cohn’s “ cuticula ” forms

the true skin of the Infusoria.

The “cortical layer” alone is contractile: in torn Infusoria

fragments of it not unfrequently contract, whilst the mternal

mass, the chyme, which flows out, never does this. When an

Infusorium is sucked out by an Acineta, the cortical layer or

parenchyma of the body may often contract for a long time, and

the contractile vesicle placed in it may also continue its contrac-

tions for hours; nay, I have observed a Stylonychia, which,

although a considerable part of its chyme had been sucked out

of it by an Acineta, still underwent division, so that one of the

gemmules of division swam away from it briskly, and only the

other half of the old animal was destroyed. This appears also

to a certain extent to prove that the mass sucked out does not

represent the true parenchyma of the body, and as it only fills

the large cavity of the body in the form of a tenacious fluid

mass, and becomes mixed with the nutritive matters, especially

when no small masses are formed, it is certainly the most natu-

ral course to regard it as chyme. It cannot be urged against

this view, that m those Infusoria which contain chlorophyll-

corpuscles in the substance of their bodies, we sometimes meet

with single corpuscles in the rotating mass, as they may certainly

be easily loosened from the parenchyma, and thus get into the

chyme-mass. The nucleus, indeed, projects into the chyme-

mass; but as a general rule, it appears to be affixed to the

parenchyma of the body, as we do not see it rotate with the

chyme-mass}: in Opercularia berberina, Stein sometimes saw

* See O. Schmidt, 1849, p. 5.

+ Similar, but much thicker corpuscles, which presented a deceptive re-

semblance to the urticating organs of the Campanularie, were found by me

and my friend, E Claparede, in an animal living as a parasite upon Cam-

panularie, whieh is probably to be referred to the Acinetine, and which

we shall take another opportunity of describing. In the oval embryos,

ciliated on one side, which were squeezed out of the body of the mother,

we were enabled to convince ourselves that these corpuscles were enclosed

from two to nine together in a roundish proper vesicle (cell 2).

+ When it divides, as is usually the case in the development of embryos

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 127

the nucleus moved a little out of its previous position by a mass

of food striking against it; but as it soon returned again to its

position, this rather speaks for than against its attachment. In

different individuals of the same species, the nucleus does not

always occupy the same situation,—a circumstance which may

probably be explained by fissation, as in the transverse division

of an Infusorium, in which the simultaneously divided nucleus

lies about in the middle, one portion of the nucleus will be

situated in the posterior part of the anterior bud, whilst the

other part will occupy the anterior part of the posterior one.

In many respects the parenchyma of the body of Infusoria

resembles that of the Turbellaria, in others that of the Polypes;

they also approach the latter especially by the possession of a large

digestive cavity, in which, as in the Actinia, a tube (esophagus),

open at the bottom, generally hangs down. Whether the wall

of this digestive cavity or stomach be one and the same with

the parenchyma of the body, or separate from this, cannot at

present be decided in most cases, although the former appears

to be the case: in Trrachelius Ovum alone we see a proper sto-

mach-wall separated from the rest of the parenchyma by spaces

filled with fluid, and thus form an arborescent ramified canal,

which however must not be confounded with the nucleus*.

The digestive cavity of the Infusoria (certainly at least that

of the cilated and some of the flagellated forms) possesses, besides

the mouth, a second orifice, the anus. This is certainly denied

by most of Ehrenberg’s opponents, but a long and careful ob-

servation of an individual will always show that the feces are

invariably thrown out at the same part of the body, and in many

Infusoria we may frequently recognise the anus in the form of a

small pit, on the surface of the animal, even for a considerable time

before and after an excretion; (this is often the case in Parame-

cium Aurelia, P. Bursaria, Focke, and Stentor). That the feces are

not forced through the parenchyma at any point on the surface

of the body, is proved especially by the careful observation of

(see below), individual fragments of fissation usually separate and rotate

with the chyme. When Siebold says (in his Comparative Anatomy, p. 24)

that he has often seen an Infusorium rotate round its nucleus, it is not

improbable that he has taken a rotating embryo (which, indeed, was not

known at that time) for the nucleus.

* That this structure, described by Ehrenberg and disputed by others,

really exists, was affirmed to me by Dr. Lieberkiihn before I had the op-

portunity of investigating it closely myself; when I subsequently obtained

this abundantly, I was enabled to convince myself of the correctness of the

statement. The animals devoured (Trachelius Ovum is one of the most

voracious robbers) are always seen lying in the ramifications of the sto-

mach, in the clear spaces between them, except in crushed animals. The

clear round spaces in the parenchyma of the body are certainly no stomachs,

but contractile spaces.

128 Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

Spirostomum ambiguum, and some new animals which are to be

united with the Stentors in one family. In the former, the anus

is situated at the hinder end of the animal, and close in front

of it is the very large contractile vesicle; when fully expanded

this vesicle appears to be surrounded only by a thin membrane, but

nevertheless we see balls of excrement, often several at the same

time, on different sides of the vesicle, separating the lamin of

its apparently simple covering, and forming projections which

are often nearly hemispherical both towards the vesicle and the

outer surface of the body. If masses of excrement do usually

penetrate through the parenchyma of the body, we should expect

it to be the case here when the tension of this is so great; we

should also expect to see the masses of excrement pass into the

contractile space if it were not a vesicle, but only a space in the

parenchyma without proper walls. Neither of these things

occurs, however; the feecal masses are not deposited from the

body until they have reached the anus at the hinder extremity

of the body, A similar strong expansion of a thin part of the

body by fecal masses, without any rupture, is seen, as already

mentioned, in some new Séentorine, which are distinguished

from the genus Stentor by their having that part of the paren-

chyma of the body which bears the ciliary spiral and the anus

(which in all the Stentorine lies on the dorsal surface of the

body close under the ciliary spiral (figs. 6, 7 & 8e) and not in

a common pit with the mouth) drawn out into a thin process.

In one genus, of which I observed two species (one is the Vorti-

cella ampulla of O. F. Miller) in company with E. Claparéde on the

Norwegian coast, and which I will describe elsewhere, this process

is broad and foliaceous, and bears the rows of cilia on the margin,

whilst the anus is placed far up on the dorsal surface of a thin

plate. In the other genus, Chetospira, Lachmann (figs. 6 & 7),

observed by me in fresh water near Berlin, the process is narrow

and bacillar; the series of cilia commences at its free extremity,

and only forms a spiral when im action by the rolling-up of the

lamina ; in this genus also the process bears the anus. In both,

feecal masses (as at m in fig. 6) which are thicker than the pro-

cess in its extension, pass through it to the anus (e), without

breaking through it, notwithstanding the great expansion of its

walls.

Not unfrequently, several balls of excrement unite into a large

mass before the anus, in order to be passed out together. When

an excretion takes place, the anus is seen to open (but often

closes once more and opens again before the expulsion of the

masses is effected), and then the fecal masses are often expelled

slowly.

[To be continued. |

Rev. W. A. Leighton on new British Lichens. 129

X.—New British Lichens.

By the Rev. W. A. Leicuron, B.A., F.B.S.E.

[With a Plate. ]

Opegrapha anomala, Leight. Thallus thin, membranous,

smooth, greyish cream- coloured, limited; lirellze excessively

prominent and sessile, large, nace oblong, obtuse at the extre-

mities, straight or wavy, simple, occasionally tripartite; disk

rimeform, more or less expanded; proper margins tumid and

connivent; sporidia in asci, eight, large, oblong or elliptical,

margined, containing about nine horizontal rows of roundish

yellow spores.

On holly, Glengariffe, co. Kerry, Ireland! Mr. H. Piggot.

Thallus a thin, membranous, scarcely subtartareous film, con-

tinuous, smooth and even, very slightly shining, of a pale greyish-

creamy colour and aspect, forming an irregular patch of small

extent, defined by a wavy watery brown line or margin. Lirelle

rather numerous, dispersed without regularity over the thallus,

moderately large, though variable in size, stout and short, or

linear-oblong, very prominent and sessile, of a clear raven- black

and shining or even greasy-looking, cither straight or slightly

curved, and occasionally more or less wavy, simple or occasion-

ally tripartitely branched, very thick and obtuse at the extremi-

ties, of about the same width throughout the entire length.

Proper margins conspicuously swollen or rounded, and connivent,

either plain, or not unfrequently, especially in the older lirelle,

marked with an irregular longitudinal interrupted furrow.

Disk in the younger lirelle a mere longitudinal conspicuous

chink or furrow, becoming wider and deeper in an older stage.

Perithecium thick, carbonaceous, entire, surrounding the base

and sides. Paraphyses rather distinct and easily to be distin-

guished, though conglutinated. Ascz linear-oblong. Sporidia

eight, large, oblong or elliptical, containing about nine hori-

zontal rows of rather large subrotund yellow spores. Iodine

turns the sporidia of a fuscate colour, slightly tinged with pale

blue; on the paraphyses it has no effect.

The sporidia are similar to those of Graphis scripta (Leight.

Brit. Graph. p. 27. tab. 6. fig. 17 6, and Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic.

18! 19!) and Graphis pulverulenta (Leight. Brit. Graph. p. 31.

tab. 6. fig. 186, and Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 20!); but our

plant differs from those lichens in the shape, relative situation,

and structure of the lirelle. It bears also at first sight some

general external resemblance to Aulacographa elegans (Leight.

Brit. Graph. p. 45; Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 68!), but the

erumpent lirellz, with their accessory thallodal margin, and the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 9

130 Rev. W. A. Leighton on new British Lichens.

peculiar structure of the perithecium and sporidia of that plant,

at once separate them.

Dr. Nylander, in his “ Nouv. Classif. des Lichens,” mem. 2,

in tome tii. Mém. Soc. Se. Nat. Cherbourg, gives as chemical

distinctions between the genera Graphis and Opegrapha, as

arranged by him, the following: viz. Graphis: “spore iodo

cerulee infuscate, eodem vero gelatinam hymeneam non colo-

rante.”’” Opegrapha: “spore iodo non tincte, gelatina vero

hymenea ab eodem czrulee vel plerumque vinose-rubro colorata.””

The present plant is im fact a true Opegrapha with an entire

perithecium, and not a Graphis with a dimidiate perithecium ;

but as it partakes of Dr. Nylander’s chemical character of Gra-

pits, and has at the same time the sporidia similar to those of

my G. scripta, I have named it on those accounts Opegrapha

anomala.

We are indebted to the research of Mr. Horatio Piggot of

Chelmsford, Essex, for this interesting addition to our flora.

Puarte VIII. fig. 1. Opeg. anomala, nat. size. Fig. 2. Same, magnified.

Fig. 3. Vertical section of apothecium. Fig. 4. Ascus and spo-

ridia. Fig. 5. Sporidia, highly magnified. Fig. 6. Spermatia.

Fig. 26. Seale of magnitude for figs. 5 & 6.

Coniocybe citrina, Leight. Thallus leproso-pulverulent, citrine ;

apothecia globose, yellowish-brown ; stipes rusty-brown, pulve-

rulent, short and stout; sporidia minute, linear-oblong, uni-

septate, brown.

On the wnder surface of stones in the walls of the turnpike

road between Corwen and Bala, North Wales, 4th June, 1856.

Thallus pulverulent, of a pale citrine colour, spreading inde-

terminately to a considerable extent, of greater or less thickness,

either a mere sprinkling of dust, or else massed together in

moderate thickness, and then broken up by cracks into irregular

areole. Apothecia scattered, singly, or in groups of several

together, stipitate. Stipes about 4 of an inch or more high,

nearly equal in thickness throughout, rusty-brown and _ pul-

verulent, bearing a small cup-shaped portion at the summit,

which speedily becomes obliterated by the expansion on all sides

of the round pulverulent mass of yellowish-brown sporidia, and

the remains of the asci and paraphyses. I could not detect

either asci or paraphyses, probably from the mature state of the

apothecia. Sporidia minute, linear-oblong, uniseptate, pale

brown. The septum is not always to be detected, and then the

sporidia appear simple or entire; but I presume the septate

condition is the normal one.

On the thallus occurred those mmute plano-convex immargi-

nate waxy-looking bodies which lichenists have been accustomed

to regard as the apothecia of Bzatora lucida, Fries (see Plate VIII.

figs. 10 & 11). With all the careful manipulation in dissection

Rey. W. A. Leighton on new British Lichens. 131

of which I am master, I have been unable to detect in these

bodies either asci or sporidia, both of which however Massalongo

describes and figures in his ‘ Ricerche Lich. Crost.’ p. 126.

fig. 249. To my eye, a thin vertical section showed a compact

gelatinous mass, the outer surface of which was of a somewhat

darker yellow, slightly striated (see Plate VIII. fig. 12), and this

part became tinged blue with iodine, from which issued, by

pressure in the compressorium of the microscope, a few minute

linear-pyriform pale yellow bodies endowed with a slight

Brownian motion (see Plate VIII. fig. 13). If then these convex

masses be regarded as the apothecia of Biatora lucida, Fries,

the thallus must belong to it, and Coniocybe citrina be only

parasitical. But as I observed the Conzocybe continually recur-

ring on the citrine thallus at intervals in considerable abundance

during the whole stage from Corwen to Bala, a distance of 12

miles, I incline to regard the thallus as rather belonging to

Coniocybe citrina, and the so-called apothecia of Biatora lucida

as the spermogonia or receptacles of the supposed male organs

of fructification.

From all other species of Coniocybe hitherto detected in

Europe, Conzocybe citrina differs both in the sporidia and in

other particulars. In Coniocybe furfuracea, Ach., and its varie-

ties, as exhibited in Scher. Exs. 14! 296! 689!; Nyl. Lich.

Paris. 7!; Leight. Lich. Brit. Exs. 225!; Heppe, Lich. Europ.

154!; and in my own herbarium from Upsal, Sweden! from

Fries fil., and various parts of Britain !, the sporidia are minute,

round and yellow (see Plate VIII. fig. 14). In Coniocybe gracilenta,

Ach., as in Von Zwackh, Lich. Germ. 21!; Heppe, Lich. Europ.

45!; and “in sylva Gurten, Scher.”! from Dr. Guthnick of

Berne, they are similar to those of C. furfuracea, Ach. (see Plate

VII. fig. 15). In C. pallida, Fries, as in Scher. Exs. 7! and

from Upsal! Fries fil.; and in its varieties, /ewcocephala, Zwackh,

10lLa! 1016!, and Heppe, 155!; and xanthocephala, Zwackh,

102! Heppe, 44! and “circa Bernam, Scher.” from Dr. Guth-

nick, the sporidia were much larger, round, with a pale hyaline

margin and darker yellow central nucleus (see Plate VIII. fig. 16).

C. farinacea, Chev., asin Nyl. Lich. Paris. 6 !, has sporidia similar

to C. pallida, Fries (see Plate VIII. fig. 16). In C. hyalinella,

Nyl., as in Moug. & Nest]. 1162!, they were minute and pale

yellow as in C. furfuracea, Ach., but larger in size (see Plate VIII.

fig.17). To C. nigricans, Fries, whether regarded as a distinct

species, or according to Nyl. Nouv. Classif. “vix distinguenda

a C. subtili, Pers.,” as exhibited in Scher. Exs. 250! Zwackh, 14!

and Heppe, 157 !, our plant assimilated m the oblong pale-brown

uniseptate sporidia (see Plate VIII. fig. 18), but differed in other

respects ; C. nigricans, Fries, having a white thallus, the apo-

thecia black, and the stipes much stouter, black, perfectly smooth

132 Rev. W. A. Leighton on new British Lichens.

and shining. It should be remarked, that De Notaris (Giorn.

Bot. Ital. an. 2. 1. 316) says of C. nigricans, Fries, “ sporidiis

ellipticis,’” and Fresenius (in Bayrhoffer Uebersicht, p. 93),

“Sporen einfach, zuweilen in der Mitte mit emer verwachsenen

Querwand ;” and Scherer (Enum. 174) describes the sporidia

as “spore simplices ;” but in Zwackh’s and Scherer’s speci-

mens, cited above, I have found them distinctly uniseptate,

though with simple or indistinctly septate ones occasionally

intermixed. In Heppe, 157! they were chiefly all simple.

C. nigricans, Fries, moreover, has its habitat on trees, “ad

quercus ;” but C. cztrina occurs only on stones.

The only Calicium with stipitate apothecia that I know of,

which grows on stones or rocks, is C. corynellum, Ach., which I

have in my herbarium from Upsal! Fries fil. ; Fontainebleau !

Nyl. and Zwackh, 141! This, indeed, has a citrine pulverulent

thallus, but then the disk of the apothecium is of a deep raven-

black, surrounded by a thin prominent margin, and the stipes

of a paler but decided black and smooth. The sporidia also

are uniseptate and brown, but the extremities of the cells being

peculiarly pointed or cuspidate, give them an unmistakeable ap-

pearance, altogether different from the plain rounded extremities

of those of C. citrina, to say nothing of their difference in size

(see Plate VIII. fig. 19). Moreover, C. corynellum, Ach. is a true

Calicium with a carbonaceous excipulum, whilst C. citrina has

the excipulum pale, and not carbonaceous,—a structure better

described by comparison, as in the words of Dr. Nylander (Nouv.

Classif. cit. s.) “est genus Coniocybe, quoad apothecia, ad Cali-

cium, ut Biatora Fr. ad Lecideam Fr.; vix aliter invicem differunt.”

Of this lichen I propose to give examples in the forthcoming

9th fasciculus of my ‘ Lichenes Britannici Exsiccati.’

Piate VIII. fig.7. Coniocybe citrina, Leight., nat. size. Fig.8. Apothecium

of C. citrina, highly magnified. Fig. 9. Sporidia of C. citrina,

highly magnified. Fig. 10. Supposed apothecia of Biatora lu-

cida, Fries, nat. size. Fig. 11. The same, magnified. Fig. 12.

Vertical section of supposed apothecium of B. lucida. Fig. 13.

Supposed sporidia of B. lucida. Fig. 14. Sporidia of C. fur-

furacea, Ach., and its varieties. Fig. 15. Sporidia of C. gra-

cilenta, Ach. Fig. 16. Sporidia of C. pallida, Fries, and its

varieties; and of C. farinacea, Chev. Fig. 17. Sporidia of C.

hyalinella, Nyl. Fig. 18. Sporidia of C. nigricans, Fries. Fig.

19, Sporidia of Calcium corynellum, Ach. Fig. 25. Seale of

magnitude of the sporidia only.

Sphinctrina septata, Leight. Apothecia parasitic, stipitate,

dark brown; stipes short, stout and smooth ; excipulum clavato-

pyriform, truncate, incurved at the margm; disk depressed,

dark brown; sporidia in asci, eight, very large, elliptical, 3-

septate, umber-colour ; cells granular.

Sphinctrina septata, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exs. 228! (1856).

Dr. T. Williams on the so-called “ Water-vascular System.” 188

Parasitic on the thallus of Thelotrema lepadinum, Ach., and on

holly. Ingleby Park, Cleveland, Yorkshire! Mr. W. Mudd.

Thallus undistinguishable from that of the matrix, or a mere

film on the bark of the holly. Apothecia apparently bursting

through the bark, either singly or in groups of two or three to-

gether, stipitate, about + of an inch high, of a rich dark-brown

colour, more or less polished and shining. Stipes smooth. Ez-

cipulum clavato-pyriform, truncate at the summit, and ineurved

at the round depressed orifice. Disk minute, dark brown. <Ascz

linear. Paraphyses very long and slender. Sporidia eight, very

large, elliptical, pointed at the extremities, generally rather

broad, sometimes narrower and more elongated, of an umber-

colour, 3-septate, the cells filled with round granules.

The immense sporidia preserve this as quite distinct from any

other species of Sphinctrina.

This lichen we owe to the research of Mr. W. Mudd.

Puate VIII. fig.20. Sphinctrina septata, Leight., nat. size. Fig. 21. Apo-

thecia, magnified. Fig. 22. Orifice of apothecium. Fig. 23.

Section showing asci, sporidia, and paraphyses. Fig. 24. Spo-

ridia, highly magnified. Fig. 25, Scale of magnitude of the

sporidia only.

XI.—On the so-called “ Water-vascular System.” By Tuomas

Wi.uiams, M.D., F.L.S., Physician to the Swansea Infirmary.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

My recent researches have convinced me that the ideas of

naturalists with reference to the so-called “ water-vascular sy-

stem” in the Annulose and Radiated classes, as most probably

in the entire subkingdom of the Invertebrated animals, must

undergo a radical change.

Already, in another place, I have pointed out that the ciliated

tubes in the Rotifera, to which this title has been given, have

nothing whatever to do with water, unless the cavitary nutritive

fluid be called by that name.

1. At one time I supposed that the convoluted cords described

by Hollard, Frey and Leuckart, in the perivisceral spaces of

Actinia, were in truth a rudimentary “ water-vascular system.”

But I now believe that they have no relation whatever to such a

system; that, on the contrary, they are organs upon which is

engrafted the reproductive apparatus, and by which at the

same time is fulfilled the function of discharging externally the

fluid contained in the perivisceral cavity.

2. I am convinced from recent observations that the so-called

“water-vascular system” (Siebold and others) of the Trematode

134 Dr. T. Williams on the so-called “Water-vascular System.”

and Cestoid Entozoa, has no reference whatever to such a func-

tion; that in the latter animals the miscalled water-canals are

really nutritive channels; that they are probably furnished with

a suctorial and an excretory extremity; and that what has been

described as the ciliated “ water-tubes” in the Trematodes do

not carry water at all, under any conditions or circumstances.

3. That in the entire family of the Meduse there exists no

structure which is entitled to be styled a water-vascular system.

4. That in the Echinodermata there is no system of vessels

which carries water, in the respiratory sense of that phrase; that

the contents of the ambulacral system are not pure water, but

on the contrary a fluid drawn from the cavitary reservoir, and

destined to be eliminated externally, like the contents of the vas-

cular system of the Annelida; that from the analogy of all the

facts now known, it is in the highest degree probable that the

“ branchial tree”? of Holothuria is not branchial at all; and that

it does not suck-im water from without under any circumstances.

5. That in the entire family of the Annelida no system of

organs can be discovered which deserves to be called a water-

vascular system.

There can be no doubt that the hematosine and metallic

compounds which accumulate in the vascular fluid system of

this class prove that it is intended, where it is present, to fulfil,

in an express manner, a respiratory function, and therefore corre-

sponds with

6. The tracheal system of Insects.

But in the former instance the external aérating medium is

not admitted directly into the vessels, as in the latter. This

point is one of material difference. An aérial-vascular system

is thus proved to exist, but not a water-vascular one.

7. I have not been able to prove in any instance among the

Crustacea and Mollusca that water is directly and immediately

admitted into any one of the systems of vessels or channels

communicating with the interior of the body.

8. The preceding corollaries are founded upon a vast number

of practical details (which will be published at length in my

work on the Respiratory Organs), which have led me, step by

step, to the conclusion that a real “ water-vascular system” has

no existence in any class of Invertebrated animals; and that

really there is not a single example amongst the Invertebrata

of that method of breathing which has been called “ internal

aquatic respiration.”

I remain, Gentlemen,

Your obedient Servant,

Tuomas WILLIAMS.

Swansea, Jan. 12, 1857.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 185

XII.—A Synopsis of the British Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

By C. Spence Bartz, F.L.S. &c.—Part I. Ampnrpopa*.

Crass CRUSTACEA.

Legion Il. EpriopHTHALMA.

Order I. AMPHIPODA.

Group A. NorMALIA.

Division I. GaMMaRINa.

Subdivision I. VAGANTIA.

Do not construct abodes to dwell in.

Tribe I. Saltatoria.

Mode of progression out of the water is by leaps.

Family I. Orchestide.

The upper antenna shorter than the lower. The coxe well

developed ; the posterior pleopoda short and robust, the last being

single.

Genus 1. OrcHEsTIAt.

Upper antenna rudimentary ; the lower with the basal joints

absorbed within the facial wall of the cephalic segment. Olfactory

spine absent. The second pair of feet subcheliform.

Subgenus 1. Talitrus, Latr., Bosc, Leach.

First pair of feet simple in both sexes.

1. T. Locusta, Latr. Second pair of feet feeble, terminating in

a subcheliform hand, and folded beneath the body ; the

dactylos small, and articulating remote from the apex of

the propodos. The last pair of the posterior pleopoda

rudimentary. The telson obsolete.

Sandy shores all round Europe, at high-water mark.

Subgenus 2. Yalorchestia, Dana.

First pair of feet simple in female only.

[Of this subgenus there is no British species known. |

* The classification adopted in this Synopsis is the result of the united

labours of Mr. Westwood and the author; it is based on the structure and

the habits of the animals as far as known. The characters given are only

those which more immediately strike the observer. Many of the terms

employed are new; they are explained at the end of this paper.

+ The classification adopted in this genus is that given by Dana, and the

result of his discovery of the intermediate form of Talorchestia.

136 Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

Subgenus 3. Orchestia, Leach.

First pair of feet simple in neither sex.

1. O. littorea. The first pair of hands minute, subcheliform in

both sexes ; second pair large and powerful in the male,

feeble and similar to those of Talitrus in the female.

Rocky shores all round Europe, including the Crimea, at high-

water mark.

2. O. Deshayesii. Hand of the second pair of feet having the

posterior portion of the palm armed with a strong tooth.

Plymouth, Dr. E. Moore.

3. O. levis, mihi. Second hand in male long and triangular,

and without a thumb or tooth on the palm.

Swansea, C.S. B.

Genus 2. AtLtorcHEstEs, Dana.

Upper antenna about half the length of the under. The basal

joints of lower antenna not completely fused into the facial

wall of the head. Olfactory spine rudimentary. The first two

pairs of feet subcheliform. Mandible non-palpigerous.

1. A. Danai, mihi. Upper antenna reaching to the termimation

of the peduncle of the inferior; the lower one-third the

length of the animal. The first pair of feet considerably

smaller than the second; the posterior edge of the palm

of the latter terminating in an obtuse point.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Penzance, G. Barlee, Esq.,

W. Webster, Esq. Falmouth, W. Webster, Esq.

2. A. imbricatus, mihi. Upper antenna longer than the peduncle

of the lower. The central edge of the dorsal surface keel-

shaped, each of the segments being surmounted by a small

tubercle.

Penzance, G. Barlee, Esq.

Genus 3. GALANTHIS (mihi).

Lower antenna scarcely longer than the upper. Mandible

non-palpigerous. Posterior pleopoda Orchestiform. Telson

divided.

1. G. Lubbockiana (mihi). Antenne subequal. Hands of both

pairs of gnathopoda subcheliform and subequal.

Falmouth, W. Webster, Esq. Penzance, — Harris, Esq.,

G. Barlee, Esq.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 137

Tribe Il. Natatoria.

Mode of progression is by swimming. Cannot leap or walk

when out of the water.

Family II. Gammaride.

Body compressed. Legs long and slender. Posterior pleo-

poda well developed, the last bemg generally the longest.

Subfamily I, STEGOCEPHALIDES.

Antennz subequal. Coxze of the four anterior legs immensely

developed.

Genus 1. Montagva (mihi).

Upper antenna without secondary appendage. Mandibles

non-palpigerous. Hands of both gnathopoda subcheliform. Pos-

terior pleopoda single-branched. Telson entire.

1. M. monoculoides (Montagu). Second joint of the peduncle

of the upper antenna shorter than the first. Palm oblique,

occupying only half the length of the hand.

S. Coast of Devon, Montagu (Linn. Trans, vol. xi.). Plymouth,

Howard Stewart, Esq., C. S. B.

2. M. marina (mihi). Palm nearly the whole length of the infe-

rior side of the hand.

Macduff, Mr. Gregor. Banff, Mr. Edwards. Plymouth, from

trawlers, C. S. B.

3. M. Alderii (mihi). Hand square, furnished with a small

thumb ; palm denticulated.

Coast of Northumberland, J. Alder, Esq.

4, M. pollexiana (mihi). Hand of second gnathopod furnished

with a large thumb, which is formed by a deep cleft in the

palm.

St. Ives, G. Barlee, Esq.

Genus 2, Danata (mihi).

First pair of gnathopoda simple ; last pair of pleopoda with

a single stylet.

1. D. dubia (mihi). Coxe of the second, third and fourth

pairs of legs denticulated at the margin.

Subfamily Il. LYSIANASSIDES,

Upper antenna short, pyriform. Second gnathopod long,

feeble, and obsoletely subcheliform.

188 Mr.C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

Genus 3. Lystanassa (Edwards).

Upper antenna furnished with a secondary appendage. First

gnathopod simple. Telson simple.

1. L. Coste (Edwards). Inferior antenna scarcely longer than

the superior.

Plymouth, C. S. B.

2. L. Audouiniana (mihi). Inferior antenna much shorter than

the superior. Filamentary appendage to the superior rudi-

mentary.

Plymouth, C. 8S. B.

3. L. Chausica, Edwards (?). Lower antenna longer than the

upper, and longer than the entire animal.

Plymouth, C. S. B.

4, L. marina (mihi). Lower antenna longer than the upper,

but not half so long as the entire animal.

Plymouth Sound, C.S.B. Banff, Mr. Edwards.

Genus 4. ScorpELocHErIRUS (mihi).

Upper antenna furnished with a secondary appendage. First

pair of gnathopoda terminating in a brush; second, cheliform.

Telson double.

1. S. crenatus. Head furnished with a small rostrum. Upper

antenna very large at the base. Secondary filament con-

sisting of but one articulation. A deep notch in the second

segment of the anterior pleon.

Banff, Mr. Edwards. Plymouth, C.S. B.

Genus 5. Anonyx (Kroyer).

First gnathopod subcheliform. Telson squamiform, with a

central division.

1. A. Edwardsii (Kroyer). Lower antenna scarcely longer than

the upper.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Plymouth Sound, C. S. B.

Falmouth, W. Webster, Esq. Banff, Mr. Edwards.

2. A. minutus (Kroyer). Lower antenna nearly three times as

long as the upper. The squamiform cox of the two

posterior legs produced so as to cover the two next suc-

ceeding articulations.

Plymouth Sound, C. S. B.

3. A. Holbolli (Kroyer). The squamiform development of the

posterior legs not produced so as to cover the two next suc-

ceeding articulations.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Plymouth Sound, C. 8. B.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 139

4. A. Ampulla (Kroyer). Lower antenna tive times as long as

upper.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Banff, Mr. Edwards.

5. A. denticulatus. Posterior and inferior extremity of the second

and third segments of the anterior pleon produced into a

tooth-like process.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Banff, Mr. Edwards.

Subfamily IJ. TETROMATIDEsS,

Eyes four: not compound. Upper antenna in advance of the

lower.

Genus 6. Trrromatus* (mihi).

Head projecting forwards as a snout. Upper antenna pro-

ceeding from the extremity; lower situated far posteriorly.

Mandible palpigerous. Gnathopoda but imperfectly prehensile.

1. 7. typicus. Head and anterior segments much compressed.

Upper antenna half as long as the lower, the lower as long as

the animal. Posterior margin of the last segment of the

anterior pleon not ornate.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Plymouth, F. P. Smyth, Esq.,

Cus. B,

2. YT. Belanus. Upper antenna not so long as the peduncle of

the lower. Posterior edge of the last segment of the an-

terior pleon ornate.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Plymouth Sound, C. S. B.

Subfamily [V. PONTOPOREIDES.

The shell of the head developed anteriorly beyond the head so

as to look like a hood. Upper antenna situated in advance of

the lower.

Genus 7. Westwoopta (mihi).

Shell of the head produced to a point. Upper antenna not

appendiculated. Telson entire.

1. W. cecula (mihi). Eyes converging into a single organ,

situated above and in advance of the superior antenna.

Head not produced into a rostrum. First gnathopod sub-

prehensile ; second gnathopod simple, fringed on the an-

terior margin of the propodos with a brush of hair.

Moray Frith, Rev.G. Gordon. Plymouth, from trawlers,C.S. B.

* It is not improbable that it will be necessary to yield this genus to that

of Pseudophthalmus of Stympson (Nat. Hist. of Grand Manan, which work

the author has only seen since this paper has been in type); the only

doubt resting on the form of the third and fourth pairs of legs. In the

American genus they are “elongated, tapering, with the second joint very

small, the third expanded to a hand.” In Tetromatus they are slight and

tapering, with the terminal joint exceedingly long and styliform.

140 Mr.C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

Genus 8. Kréyera (mihi),

Westwoodia (mihi), Brit. Assoc. Rep.

Head like Westwoodia. Hands of gnathopoda well developed,

and formed by the carpus being produced so as to meet the

apex of the dactylos.

1. K. carinata. The last two segments of the pereion and

those of the anterior pleon strongly carinated.

Banff, Mr. Edwards.

Genus 9. Puoxus (Kroyer).

Cephalic segment produced into a rostrum. Upper antenna

with two terminal filaments. Mandible palpigerous. Gnatho-

poda subcheliform. Last pair of legs very small.

1. P. Kréyerti (mihi). Upper antenna reaching scarcely beyond

the extremity of the rostrum; lower antenna — longer.

Plymouth, C.S. B.

2. P. Holbolli (mihi). The peduncle of the upper antenna reach-

ing quite to the extremity of the rostrum ; the lower scarcely

longer than the upper.

Plymouth, C. 8. B.

3. P. plumosus (Holboll). Upper antenna reaching beyond the

lower. The penultimate segment of the peduncle of the

lower produced inferiorly into a scale-like process, Hair

upon the animal plumose.

Plymouth, C. S. B.

Genus 10. Suncator (mihi), Ann. Nat. Hist. 1852.

Bellia (mihi), Ann. Nat. Hist. 1851; Dana.

Upper antenna with two filaments. Gnathopoda scarcely pre-

hensile. Telson double.

1. S. arenarius (mihi). Anterior coxe largely developed. Upper

antenna not longer than the lower. Basis of three posterior

pereiopoda developed in the form of scales. Dactylos of the

same obsolete.

Falmouth, Dr. Leach, MS. (Brit. Mus. Coll.). Glamorganshire,

C.S. B. Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon.

2. 8. marinus (mihi). Basis of three posterior pereiopoda not

developed in the form of scales.

Banff, Mr. Edwards. Macduff, Mr. Gregor.

Subfamily V. GAMMARIDES.

The upper antenna not in advance of the lower, and never

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 141

rudimentary. Gnathopoda generally prehensile. Last pair of

posterior pleopoda terminating in two stylets which are more

or less fringed with cilia.

Genus 11. Darwinta (mihi).

Pereion inflated. Upper antenna without secondary appendage.

All the feet terminating in simple hooks, not subcheliform.

1. D. compressa (mihi). Head produced into a rostrum. Posterior

pleon slender and weak, lying compressed beneath the body

of the animal. Upper antenna stouter and longer than in-

ferior. ‘Telson single, lanceolate.

Banff, Mr. Edwards. Macduff, Mr. Gregor.

Genus 12. Ipnimepra (Rathke).

Not compressed. Upper antenna without secondary appendage.

Telson simple. First gnathopod simple; second subcheliform.

1. J. obesa (Rathke). Head produced into a rostrum. Upper

antenna as long as the lower. The last segment of the

pereion and all the segments of the anterior pleon armed

on the dorsal ridge with two parallel spines.

Tenby, W. Webster, Esq. Macduff, Mr. Gregor. Plymouth,

C.S. B.

Genus 13. AcanTHonotus (Owen).

First gnathopod subcheliform. Telson divided. Mandible

palpigerous.

1. A, Oweni (mihi). Head armed with a rostrum. Four an-

terior segments of the pleon produced on the dorsal surface

posteriorly into a strong spine, the posterior margins also

denticulated laterally. Anterior coxe produced each to a

point, the fifth directed posteriorly.

Banff, Mr. Edwards. Macduff, Mr. Gregor.

Genus 14. Dexamine (Leach).

Upper antenna with the third articulation of the peduncle

reduced in length to that of the filament. Mandible non-

palpigerous. Telson divided.

1. D. spinosa (Montagu). Head with a short rostrum. Upper

antenna with the second articulation longer than the first.

Four anterior rings of pleon produced dorsally into a spine

posteriorly.

S. Devon (Montagu, Brit. Mus. Coll.), Linn. Trans. vol. xi.

Plymouth, C. 8. B. Penzance, — Harris, Esq., W. Webster, Esq.

Macduff, Mr. Gregor.

142 Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

2. D. bispinusa. Second segment of upper antenna not so long

as the first. Two anterior segments only of pleon produced

into a spine.

Plymouth, C. 8S. B. Penzance, — Harris, Esq. Moray, Rev.G.

Gordon. Falmouth, W. Webster, Esq. Macduff, Mr. Gregor.

3. D. Gordoniana. First segment of posterior pleon furnished

with a spine.

Moray, Rev. G. Gordon.

4. D. fucicola (Edwards).

Amphitoé fucicola (Edwards). Pherusa fucicola (Leach).

With no dorsal spine.

Falmouth, W. Webster, Esq. Youghal, Ireland, R. Ball, Esq.

(Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1847).

Genus 15. Cautiiope (MS. Leach).

Upper antenna without secondary appendage. All the feet with

strong semi-prehensile claws. Telson single. Mandible palpi-

gerous.

1. C. Leachii (mihi). Antenne subequal. First and second

enathopoda subcheliform, subequal.

Moray, Rev. G. Gordon. Devonshire?, Dr. Leach (Brit. Mus.

Coll.).

Genus 16. Isaa (Edwards).

Upper antenna with secondary appendage. All the feet pre-

hensile. Telson reduced.

1. J. Montagui (Edwards). Upper antenna rather longer than

lower. First gnathopod smaller than second.

Plymouth, C. 8. B.

Genus 17. Lemsos (mihi).

Upper antenna with secondary appendage small. First gnatho-

pod larger than the second. First of the posterior pereiopoda

very short, the last very long. Telson rudimentary.

1. ZL. Cambriensis (mihi). First hand without a thumb.

Glamorganshire, C. 8S. B.

2. L. versiculatus (mihi). First hand withoutathumb. Second

scarcely prehensile, the carpus and meros furnished with

a strong brush.

Plymouth, C.S. B.

3. L. Websterii (mihi). First hand with a thumb on propodos.

Falmouth, W. Webster, Esq.

4. L. Damnoniensis (mihi). First hand with a thumb on carpus.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 143

Genus 18. LoncHomerwus (mihi).

Like Lembos. Meros of first gnathopod produced into a long

spine.

1. L. gracilis. Spine of meros of first gnathopod as long as the

carpus; carpus longer than propodos. Dactylos ornate.

Polperro, Mr. Loughrin. Glamorgan; Plymouth, C. S. B.

Genus 19. Eurystueus (mihi).

First gnathopod smaller than the second. Upper antenna

with secondary appendage. Telson cylindrical.

1. H. tridentatus (mihi). Palm of second gnathopod convex,

furnished with three obtuse teeth.

Plymouth, C.S.B. Macduff, Mr. Gregor.

Genus 20. GaMMARELLA (mihi).

Antenne like Gammarus, and upper with secondary appendage.

Last pair of pleopoda with a single branch. Telson single.

1. G. orchestiformis. Upper antenna longer than the lower.

Hand of first gnathopod small; hand of second very large

and oval. Caudal appendages short.

Polperro, Mr. Loughrin.

Genus 21. Amarura (Rathke).

Upper antenna with secondary appendage. The telson entire.

The animal Gammariform.

1. A. carinata (Rathke). Head with a small rostrum. Centre

of the dorsal surface surmounted by a distinct carina com-

mencing at the head and terminating with the caudal

segments.

Banff, Mr. Edwards. Crimea, Rathke.

Genus 22. Gammarus (Fabr.).

Body compressed. Antenne long and slender, with a secondary

appendage to the upper. Posterior pleopoda two, branched.

Telson double.

1. G. Sabinii (Leach).

G. Moggridgii (mihi) (Ann. Nat. Hist. 1851).

Head with a short rostrum. Dorsal surface marked with a

carina commencing about the fourth segment and termina-

ting at the caudal “appendages.

Arctic Regions, — Sabine. Banff, Mr. Edwards. Menai

Straits, J. Alder, Esq. Glamorgan, C. S. B.

144 Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

2. G. carinatus ? Johnston.

Berwickshire coast, Dr. Geo. Johnston (White’s Catalogue of the

British Crustacea).

8. G. Locusta (Fabr.). Upper antenna not much longer than

lower. Stylets of the last of the posterior pleopoda subequal.

All round Europe.

ALG. fluviatilis (Edwards). Scarcely differs from G. Locusta.

Freshwater streams. Wales; Devon, C.S.B. Duddingston

near Edinburgh, Dr. Leach (White’s Cat. Brit. Crust.).

5. G. Pulex (Fabr.). Resembles G. fluviatilis. Spines upon the

posterior portion of the abdomen *.

Freshwater streams. Ireland (Loch Neagh), W. Thompson,

Esq. (White’s Catalogue of the British Crustacea).

6. G. gracilis. Upper antenna much longer than the lower.

Last pair of the posterior pleopoda with the stylets unequal.

Plymouth, C. S. B. Crimea, Rathke. Probably all round

Europe.

7. G. campylops (Leach). Eye in form of the letter S.

Isle of Arran (near Loch Ranza), Dr. Leach’s Coll. (White’s

Cat. Brit. Crust.). Belfast, Thompson (Ann. Nat. Hist. 1847).

8. G. marinus (Leach). Antenne short and robust. Hands of

the gnathopoda truncated in appearance. The stylets of

the last of the posterior pleopoda subequal.

Starcross, C. 8S. B. Strangford Lough, Mr. Hyndman (Ann.

Nat. Hist. Oct. 1847). Shgo, Mrs. Hancock (Ann. Nat. Hist.

Oct. 1847). Devonshire, Dr. Leach (Linn. Trans. vol. xi.).

9. G. palmatus (Montagu).

Melita palmata (Leach).

First gnathopod with a very small hand; second with hand

very large and square. Dactylos scimitar-shaped.

Devon, Montagu. Plymouth, C.S. B.

10. G. Othonis (Edwards). Hands subequal, long, and nar-

row towards the extremity. The last of the pleopoda with

stylets equal.

Plymouth, C. 8. B.

* This description is taken from M. Milne-Edwards’s Histoire des

Crustacés.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 145

11. G. longimanus (Leach). Second hand much larger than the

first, very long, and not narrowing towards the extremity.

Last caudal stylets equal.

(Leach, Brit. Mus. Coll.) Belfast, Thompson (Ann. Nat. Hist.

Oct. 1847). Plymouth, C. S. B.

12. G. brevicaudatus (Edwards). Lower antenna not reaching

to the extremity of the peduncle of the upper. Last pair of

caudal stylets extremely short.

Plymouth, C. S. B.

18. G. grossimanus (Montagu).

Mera grossimana (Leach).

Coxz not largely developed. Hand of second gnathopod very

large.

Plymouth, C. 8S. B. Devonshire, Montagu.

14, G. inequimanus (mihi). The second pair of gnathopoda has

the left hand four times as large as the right. A dorsal

spine on the first segment of the posterior pleon, and two

smaller placed laterally on the next.

Polperro, Mr. Loughrin.

15. G.? pallidus (mihi). Upper antenna shorter than the lower.

Hands large, with dactylos well developed, and fringed

internally with teeth.

Plymouth, C. S. B.

16. G. maculatus ? (Johnston).

17. G.? subterraneus (Leach).

Well in London.

Genus 23, Urorno# (Dana).

Upper antenna scarcely longer than the peduncle of the lower.

Cox moderately developed. Gmnathopoda prehensile. The

dactylos of the other feet styliform. Telson double.

1. U. elegans* (mihi).

Gammarus elegans (mihi), Brit. Assoc. Report.

Hands of gnathopoda very small. Upper antenna shorter

than the lower. Last pair of pleopoda with the stylets

feathery and subequal.

Plymouth, C. S. B.

* This species scarcely differs from U. irrostratus of Dana, which how-

ever, having been taken in the Sooloo Sea, can scarcely be supposed to

belong to the same species as the British form.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 10

146 Mr.C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

Genus 24. Nrpwareus (Schiddte).

lL. NV. Stygius (Westwood).

Deep well in Central England.

Genus 25. THErsiTes (mihi).

Upper antenna with second joint of peduncle produced from

the inferior side of the first. Second gnathopod terminating in

a brush. ‘Telson double.

1. T. Guilliamsoniana. Inferior antenna as long again as the

superior.

Weymouth, Prof. Williamson.

2. T. pelagica. With the inferior antenna six times as long as

the superior.

Moray Frith, Rev, G. Gordon.

Subfamily VI. LEUCOTHOIDES,

Carpus on both pairs of gnathopoda developed into a thumb

to the hand.

Genus 26. LeucorHoi (Leach).

The process of the carpus on the first gnathopod as long as

the propodos. The hands of the second oval and larger than

those of the first. Telson single.

1. L. articulosa (Mont.). Head furnished with a short down-

curved rostrum. Lower antenna shorter than the upper.

Telson long and lanceolate.

Plymouth, C.S..B. Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon.

2. L. procera (mihi). Hand of the first gnathopod short, of the

second long, and narrower than in L. articulosa. The palm

denticulated.

Banff, Mr. Edwards.

Subdivision II. DOMICOLA.

Being those of the normal Gammarina which live in abodes of

their own construction: some burrow in wood, some in clay ;

some erect tubes of mud, or stones and weed, and others build

nests with materials united by a substance secreted by the

animal.

Family III. Corophiide.

With the segments of the pleon not fused together.

Section I. Nidifica.

Comprising those which construct their own nests.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 147

Subfamily 1. PODOCERIDES.

The peduncle of the upper antenna much shorter than that of

the lower. Lower antenna very strong, and used in climbing.

Last pair of pleopoda terminating in short strong hooks.

Genus 1. PLEoNExEs (mihi.)

Upper antenna without secondary appendage. Peduncle of

the lower antenna reaching nearly to the extremity of the upper

antenna. The gnathopoda subcheliform. Posterior pereiopoda

prehensile.

1. P. Gammaroides. Lower antenna not pediform. Second gna-

thopod with hand nearly square and larger than the first.

Penzance, G, Barlee, Esq.

Genus 2. Amputtroi (Leach).

Filament of the upper antenna long and slender ; filament of

lower not pediform. Gnathopoda subequal. Posterior pereiopoda

subprehensile. Posterior pair of pleopoda with one branch ter-

minating in hooks, the other squamiform. Telson simple.

Build nests made of weed and material of their own secretion.

1. A. rubricata (Montagu). Filament of the upper antenna ex-

tending far beyond that of the lower.

Plymouth, Col. Montagu, C. S. B. Strangford Lough, Thomp-

son (Ann. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1847).

2. A. httorina (mihi).

A. punctata, Johnston (not Say).

Antenne subequal. Construct nests with a material appa-

rently secreted by the animal.

Coast of Berwickshire, Johnston (White’s Catalogue of the

British Crustacea). Spring Vale, co. Down, Thompson (Ann. Nat.

Hist. 1847). Plymouth, C.S.B. Probably all round our coasts.

Genus 3. SunampPHitTo# (mihi).

Second gnathopod larger than the first. Posterior pleopoda

with one branch squamiform, the other terminating in two hooks.

Telson terminating in a single strong hook.

1. S. Hamulus (mihi). Antenne subequal. Posterior pereiopoda

scarcely prehensile.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Penzance, — Harris, Esq.

2. S. conformata (mii). Upper antenna longer than the lower.

Posterior pereiopoda subprehensile.

Plymouth, C. S. B.

10*

148 Mr.C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

Genus 4, Popocrerus* (Leach).

Upper antenna with a rudimentary second filament. Lower

antenna pediform, and terminating in strong spinous hooks.

Posterior pleopoda with one branch styliform, the other termi-

nating in hooks.

Construct nests.

1. P. falcatus (Montagu). Hand of the second gnathopod large,

with a tooth pointing anteriorly in the middle of the palm.

Plymouth; Wales, C.S.B. Devon, Montagu.

2. P. variegatus (Leach). Hand of second gnathopod large,

without a tooth on the palm.

Plymouth, C. 8. B. Bell Rock, Stevenson (White’s Catalogue

of the British Crustacea).

8. P. pulchellus (Leach). Hand of second gnathopod large, with a

well-developed thumb at the posterior extremity of the palm.

Plymouth, H. Stewart, Esq.,C. S. B. Swansea,C. S. B. Banff,

Mr. Edwards.

4, P. punctatus (Edwards, MS. Brit. Mus.). Antennze subequal ;

inferior not pediform. Carpus of the gnathopoda forming

part of the hand. Dactylos on all the limbs denticulated.

Telson rudimentary.

Northumberland, J. Alder, Esq.

Genus 5. Cyrtropuium (Dana).

Pereion inflated ; pleon compressed. Posterior pleopoda rudi-

mentary. ‘Telson squamiform.

1. C. Darwinii. Dorsal surface imbricated. First of the posterior

pleopoda longer than the second.

Falmouth, W. Webster, Esq.

Section IT. Tubzfica.

Dwell in tubes, some formed by burrowing, some constructed

by the union of materials.

Subfamily II. CERAPIDES.

Construct abodes by the union of materials.

Genus 6, Ericrnonrus (Edwards).

Lower antenna not pediform. Thumb developed on carpus of

* It is usual to divide this genus into two, Podocerus and Jassa, but there

is great reason to believe that the difference is merely sexual. It is evi-

dently synonymous with Dana’s genus Cratophium; the species C. validum

being almost identical with P. pulchellus.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 149

the second gnathopod. Posterior pleopoda single-branched, ter-

minating in hooks. Telson furnished with curved spines.

1. £. difformis. Thumb on the second gnathopod two-pointed.

Swansea, Plymouth, C. S. B.

Genus 7. SrpHonocerus (Kriyer).

Lower antenna subpediform, longer than upper. First and

second gnathopoda prehensile. Posterior pleopoda single-

branched, terminating in hooks. Telson furnished with teeth or

hooks. Posterior pereiopoda terminating in curved spines.

1. S. Aréyeranus (mihi). Upper antenna short. Dactylos of

the anterior pereiopoda styliform and without a curve.

Weymouth, Prof. Williamson.

2. 8. crassicornis. Basal joint of upper antenna having the ante-

rior superior margin developed into a horn reaching to the

end of the second joint.

Northumberland, J. Alder, Esq.

Subfamily III. COROPHIIDEs,

Construct abodes by burrowing in clay or mud, &c.

Genus 8. Coropuium (Latreille).

Lower antenna very large, much more powerful than upper,

pediform. Gnathopoda not prehensile. Posterior pleopoda short

and single-branched.

1. C. longicorne. Lower antenna longer than the whole animal.

Filament fused into a single articulation. A large tooth on

the inferior surface of the penultimate joint of the peduncle.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Glamorgan; Devon, C. S. B.

Medway, Dr. Leach, Coll. Brit. Mus. (White’s Cat. Brit. Crust.)

Family IV, Cheluride.

The three segments of the posterior pleon fused into a single

joint.

Construct abodes by burrowing in wood, &c.

Genus 1. CuEnura (Philippi).

Upper antenna shorter than lower, furnished with a secondary

appendage. Lower antenna with segments of filament fused.

Telson single.

1. C. terebrans (Philippi). Gnathopoda imperfectly cheliform.

Last segment of the anterior pleon produced into a large

spine dorsally and posteriorly.

Dublin Bay, Thompson. Plymouth,C.S.B. Britain, Dr. Leach

(White’s Cat. of the Brit. Crustacea). Ayrshire, Major Thomson.

150 Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Kdriophthalmous Crustacea.

Division I]. Hyprrina.

Family V. Hyperide.

Pleon not folded beneath the pereion. Antenne well developed

and exposed. Pereiopoda not prehensile.

Genus 1. Hyprria (Latreille).

Head large. Antenne short. Gnathopoda scarcely prehensile.

Telson lanceolate.

1. AH. Galba (Montagu).

Hyperia Latreillei (Edwards).

The first six or seven articulations of the filament of upper and

lower antenne fused. Upper antenna longer than the lower.

Pereiopoda short.

2. H. oblivia (Edwards). Lower antenna longer than the upper,

and the segment of the filament of the upper antenna only

fused. Pereiopoda long.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon.

Family VI. Phronomide.

Some of the pereiopoda prehensile.

Genus 1. PHronoma (Latreille).

The first of the posterior pereiopoda cheliform.

1. P. sedentaria (Latr.). Antenne short. Feet of first two pairs

compressed. The two fingers which terminate the fifth pair

of legs are large, curved, and armed with a tooth on the

internal border.

Shetland, Dr. Fleming (White’s Cat. of the British Crustacea).

Family VII. Typhide.

Antenne not exposed. Pleon compressed beneath the pereion.

The squamiform process of the posterior pereiopoda largely deve-

loped, and acting the part of an operculum.

Genus 1. Typuis (Risso).

1. T. nolens (Johnston) (White's Cat. of the British Crustacea).

Group B. ABERRANTIA.

Family VIII. Dyopedide.

The last segment of the pereion and the last of the pleon

absent. Coxe of last two pereiopoda fused with the body of the

animal.

Genus 1. Dyoprzpos (mihi).

The sixth and seventh pairs of legs attached to the siwth seg-

ment of the pereion. The last pair of pleopoda absent. Telson

single.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea. 151

1. D. porrectus (mihi). Upper antenna half as long as the body.

Second gnathopod with a long, straight, spine-like thumb

proceeding from the posterior extremity of the palm. Hands

not armed in female.

Macduff, Mr. Gregor.

2. D. falcatus (mihi). Upper antenna as long as the animal.

Thumb at the extremity of the palm, crooked.

Macduff, Mr. Gregor.

Family IX. Caprellide.

With the pleon rudimentary. Cox fused with the body of

the animal.

Genus 1. Provo (Leach).

Legs developed on each segment of the pereion.

1. P. pedata (Leach). The palm of second gnathopod convex,

and slightly denticulated.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon. Plymouth, C.S. B.

2. P. Goodsirii (mihi). The palm of second gnathopod concave.

Moray Frith, Rev. G. Gordon.

Genus 2. Proreiya (Dana).

With legs reduced to a rudimentary state on the third and

fourth segments of the pereion.

1. P. longispina, Kroyer.

Migina longispina? (Kroyer). Caprella spinosa? (Goodsir).

C. Phasma? (Latr.).

With four long spines on the three anterior segments.

Plymouth, C. S. B.

Genus 8. Capretia (Lamarck).

Has no legs developed on the two middle segments of the

pereion.

1. C. linearis (Latr.). Without spines or rostrum.

Weymouth, P. H. Gosse, Esq. Wales; Plymouth, C. S. B.

2. C. Pennantii (Leach). With a rostrum.

Plymouth, Mr. Boswarva.

3. C. tuberculata (Goodsir). Spine on head; four tubercles on

the fourth segment.

Strangford Lough, Thompson (Annals, 1847),

4. C. lobata (Miiller).

5. C. acuminifera (Edwards).

C. acanthifera (Leach).

With three spmes on the back of each of the four central

segments, two near the centre, and one at the posterior extremity

152 Mr. C. Spence Bate on British Edriophthalmous Crustacea:

of each except the last. Head vaulted, craniform. In the female,

the spines are reduced to tubercles.

Drake’s Island, G. Barlee, Esq.

Genus 4. Cyamus (Latreille).

Head small, body depressed. Abdomen rudimentary. Third

and fourth pereiopoda rudimentary. Inferior antenna rudi-

mentary. Parasitic.

1. C. Ceti (Linneus). Body moderately developed. Branchiz

simple, furnished at the base with two unequal and pointed

appendages.

2. C. ovalis (Roussel de Vauzéme). Body very large. Four

pairs of branchiz to both sexes; those of the third segment

have a solitary appendage, while those of the fourth have two.

3. C. gracilis (Roussel de Vauzéme). Body slight and narrow.

Abies OF ?

C. gracilis (Gosse).

A. Head. B. Pereion. B41. Anterior pereion. B2. Posterior pereion.

C. Pleon. C1. Anterior pleon. C2. Posterior pleon. 1. Upper

antenna. 2. Lower antenna. a. Olfactory denticle. p. Peduncle.

f. Filament. cf. Complementary or secondary filament. 3. Palp of

mandible. 4. Maxilliped. 5&6. Gnathopoda. 7 to1l. Pereiopoda.

12, 13, 14. Anterior pleopoda. 15, 16, 17. Posterior pleopoda. 18.

Telson*.

~ Carpus.

» Propodos.

p Dactylos.

These terms are abbreviated from M. Milne-Edwards.

* The terms used in this paper are suggested instead of the old and

incorrect synonyms of thorax, abdomen, &e., which authors frequently

employ to signify different parts of the animal.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 158

XIII.—List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the West

Coast of Africa. By ANpRew Murray, Edinburgh.

Part I.

A part of the West Coast of Africa, about the natural produc-

tions of which we knew less than many other parts of the coast,

has within the last few years been opened up to us by the esta-

blishment of a mission station at Old Calabar. This station

has been established by the United Presbyterian Church of

Scotland; and most fortunately for science, the missionaries

and their assistants who have been sent there, have been not

only able and diligent m their proper calling, but also intelligent

and observing men, who have availed themselves of their posi-

tion to make and transmit to this country collections in different

branches of natural history. The gentlemen I allude to are

the Rev. Hope M. Waddell and the Rev. Mr. Goldie, Mr. W.

C. Thomson and Mr. John R. Wylie. From alf of these gentle-

men collections have been received, from which I have profited,

and which have put me in the position of bemg able to form

something like a catalogue of the Coleoptera of that country.

I think I may with justice say, that from these sources I possess

a larger amount of materials for making up such a catalogue

than any other person ; and as a great number of the species

are new and curious, and the whole are specially interesting in

relation to the geographical distribution of species, I propose to

give a list of the whole which I have received, intercalating de-

scriptions of those which are new, with figures of the most

striking. I shall have my labours in this respect a good deal

curtailed by some of our most eminent entomologists, who are

working at Monographs of particular groups. To them I have

thought it right to entrust the new species in each of their de-

partments ; and these have either been already described and

published, or are in course of being so. M. Chevrolat has de-

scribed about fifty of the new Longicorns; M. Boheman in his

Supplement will describe between twenty and thirty new Cas-

side; Mr. Westwood oecupies himself with the new Megalopide,

and M. Suffrian with the new Cryptocephalide; and my new

Elateride are in the hands of M. Candeze, the first volume of

whose work on that great family will probably ere this is printed

be in the hands of entomologists.

I am very sensible that in the following pages I shall un-

avoidably occasionally fall into the error of describing as new,

species which have been already described by other authors.

The immense number of descriptions of species scattered through

foreign Journals and Transactions of Societies, renders it hope-

154 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

less to expect to escape such mistakes. I see the ablest and

best-informed entomologists, both at home and abroad, con-

stantly falling into them, and I am not so unreasonable or self-

confident as to expect a better fate. All I can say is, that when I

do commit such errors, they are made “ not in consequence of

neglect, but in spite of attention.”

That such errors are not much more numerous than they will

be found to be, is greatly owing to the kindness of my friends,

Mr. Adam White of the British Museum, and M. Chevrolat and

M. Reiche of Paris, who have on every occasion laid freely open

to me the extensive stores of information which they possess,—

an assistance the value of which only those who have been en-

gaged on similar works can justly appreciate.

I have not attempted to make this a work of synonymy, but

in recording the species which have been already described, I

have simply confined myself to giving their names, with one

reference to the place where a description will be found; and

while I have endeavoured to follow the rule of priority in select-

ing the name of the species, I have by no means followed that

rule in choosing the reference to the description (the oldest de-

scriptions being generally the most insufficient), but I have

chosen that which appeared to me the best and was at the same

time most generally accessible.

Cicindelide.

CictnpExa, Linn.

1. C. senegalensis, De}. 1. 117.

Capite thoraceque viridi-cupreis, subrugosis ; elytris viridi-zeneis ;

margine laterali, lunula humerali apicalique, fascia media

obliqua sinuata suturaque subsinuata abbreviata, albis.

Long. 44 lin., lat. 12 ln.

Only a few specimens have been received of this species.

They vary a little from the usual form of senegalensis in having

the thorax comparatively a little narrower, and the ground-

colour of the elytra bemg less green, it being reddish-brassy

with green reflections; but the markings are the same, and it

corresponds in other respects; therefore I have no doubt it is

merely a variety of senegalensis.

2. C. vicina, De}. 5. 244.

Var. confusa, mihi.

Subcylindrica, supra cupreo-viridi nea; elytris margine laterali

subinterrupto, lunula humerali subinterrupta, altera apicis

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 155

dentata, strigaque media recurva subinterrupta incumbente,

albis; femoribus subtus rufis.

Long. 4-5 lin., lat. 13-14 hn.

The specimens I have from Old Calabar differ slightly from my

other specimens of vicina, Dej., but not sufficiently to constitute

a distinct species. The labrum is more prominent in the

Old Calabar species, but that part varies a good deal in form,

and particularly in the development of the three teeth in front.

In the males they sometimes appear almost entirely wanting.

The first joint of the antennz in vicina, Dej., is green. In the

Old Calabar species this joint is either wholly brown, or brown

below with a virescent tinge above. The white marks on the

elytra are broader in vicina than in this variety, and its apical

margin of white slopes somewhat parallel with the margin,

while in this variety its upper edge is nearly square or parallel

with the base; but the breadth, extent and form of the white

markings on the elytra vary a good deal in different individuals.

I obtained a specimen identical with my Old Calabar examples

from M. Jekel, under the name of confusa, Gehin; but I have

not been able to ascertain that it has been anywhere described

by M. Gehin, whence I presume it is a MS. name, which I

have preserved for the variety. M. Jekel’s ticket bore “ melan-

cholica, Fab. non Dej.”’ as a synonym; but I know not on what

grounds this statement was made.

Var. obliteranda, mihi.

I have two specimens which I also consider as a variety of

the above. The white markings on the elytra have here greatly

diminished, so that the humeral lunule and middle band have

disappeared, leaving only a white spot where they terminated ;

the distinct white margin has also been attenuated to an inter-

rupted thread along the margin, and it is very little broader at

the extreme apex. A more important distinction is that the

granulations or punctuations on the thorax are much finer than

in the var. confusa, in which they are coarse.

3. C. Lowei, mihi.

Capite thoraceque obscure cupreis; elytris obscure viridi-zneis ;

margine laterali intus tridentato, punctis duobus apicem ver-

sus albis.

Long. 53 lin, lat. 2 lin.

Closely allied to C. Luzerii, Dej. Dejean’s description of

Luxerii apples to this species, with the following exceptions :—

This is rather larger, being 5 lines in length instead of only 44,

156 = Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

and proportionately broad. In Lu«erit there are two small

oblique whitish spots, near to and parallel with the angular sides

of the scutellum, which are wanting in this species; a longish

tear-shaped white spot alongside of the suture, distant from the

base about ird of the length of the elytra, is also wanting here.

In Zuzxerii there is an oblique triangular spot near the apex, in

some examples connected with the margin by a slender band,

showing that this is merely a part of an interrupted hooked

band. In Lowe? this spot is confined to a small round or thread-

like dot. The white margin is a good deal broader than in

Lueerii, and a blackish violet-coloured edging on the outer side

of the white margin is a good deal more prominent than in that

species. The greater extent of the interior obscure space, arising

from the larger size of the insect and the want of the small

white, spots in the middle and towards the base of the elytra,

readily distinguish this species from Luaerii.

I have received four specimens, all of which are constant in

the above characters.

I have named this species after my valued friend, Dr. William

Henry Lowe of Balgreen, a naturalist of great ability and acquire-

ments.

4. C. cincta, Fab., Dej. 1. 40.

Supra obscura, subtus viridi-cyanea ; elytris vitta laterali, punc-

tisque quatuor albis.

Long. 72 lin., lat. 22 lin.

A good many specimens of this species have been received ;

but as it comes in some consignments and does not occur at all in

others, it is obviously an insect found at particular seasons only.

What these seasons are we have yet to discover.

Carabidae.

Trrrius, Leach.

1. T. planifrons, mihi.

Niger ; fronte depresso et plano, thorace rugoso ; elytris sulcatis,

sulcis elevato-punctatis. ;

Long. 21 lin., lat. 8 lin.

Very similar to T. Megerlei, Dej., but a narrower insect ; the

thorax more particularly is narrower and proportionately more

elongate. It is at once distinguished from Megerlei by the

sculpture on its head. TZ. Megerle: has two deep fovee on

each side of the head between the eyes, and the space between

is raised into a height or bump; a deep transverse depression,

widest and deepest in the centre, separates the head from the

clypeus, which has a couple of longitudinal grooves on its sur-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 157

face; another transverse depression separates the clypeus from

the labrum. In the present species these depressions and ele-

vations are, with the following exceptions, not visible. The

head looks as if a heavy roller had passed over it, smoothing or

crushing down all inequalities. |The whole head is a flat opake

surface, with the exception of the transverse division separating

the labrum from the clypeus, and the clypeus from the rest of

the head, and of a couple of oblique lines (they can scarcely be

called grooves) tending inwards from the side of the eye. An-

other difference is observable in the sulcation of the elytra; but

as this may be variable, I do not insist so much upon it. In

my specimens of 7. Megerlei the sulcation is as follows :—the

first sulcus next the suture comes down to the apex alone; the

second is joined before it reaches the apex by the fourth, and

encloses the third; the fourth again joins the sixth, enclosing

the fifth ; and the seventh comes down alone.

In the present species, on the other hand, the first, as in Me-

gerlei, comes down alone; but the second, instead of joining the

fourth and enclosing the third, joins the sixth ; then within these

the third and fifth join, and enclose the fourth. Trifling varia-

tions in the decidedness with which these junctions take place

may be seen even on different elytra of the same insect; but I

think the above is the normal character of these two species.

I have received two specimens of planifrons. On receiving

the first, I was disposed to look upon it as a variety or distortion

of Megerle:; but as I found the same characters occurring in

the second, I am satisfied that it is a good species. These cha-

racters, more particularly the levelling of the head, which is very

marked in both of my specimens, enable us at once to distin-

guish them from Megerlet.

Dryprta, Fab.

1. D. pectoralis, wihi.

Viridis ; ore, pectore, antennis pedibusque rufis; geniculis atris

vel fuscis.

Long. 63 lin., lat. 13 lin.

The colour above is a decided green, without the blue tinge of

emarginata, Fab. The labrum, mandibles, palpi and antennz are

rufous, the tips of the mandibles and the end of the first joint

of the antenne becoming fuscescent or blackish. There is no

blackish ring on the second and third joints, as in emarginata.

The under side is of the same colour as the upper, with the ex-

ception of the breast (mesothorax and metathorax), which is ru-

fous. The head is oblong-square, extending two-thirds of its

length before the eyes, which are not very prominent; it is

158 Mr.A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

deeply and distinctly punctured, somewhat shining on the disk.

The thorax is very narrow, elongate, deeply and closely punc-

tured, and pubescent ; it is slightly narrowed im front, and a

little more so behind ; its greatest breadth is about the ‘middle.

At first sight from above, it looks as if it were cylindrical, but

on being examined from the side, a narrow ridge is seen to run

along, forming the margin of the thorax. An indication of a

longitudinal line, and of a fovea in the middle of the base, may

be traced from the disposition of the punctuation, but nothing

more. The elytra are twice as broad as the thorax, elongate,

convex, contracted by a sinuation a little behind the base, and

widened out posteriorly ; their extremity is truncate, and the

truncation is somewhat cut-in on each elytron ; they are pubes-

cent and strongly punctate-striate ; the tervals are somewhat

raised and irregularly punctate ; the three outer strize and inter-

vals are curved inwards at the apex and reach the suture, cutting

off the inner striz, so that they do not reach the termination of

the elytra. The legs are rufous, with the exception of the ends

of the thighs, which are fuscescent or blackish.

This species approaches nearest in form to D. cyanea, Buq.,

but is readily distinguished by the red breast, red legs, &c.,

parts which in cyanea are wholly black. It is of a more elon-

gate form than D. emarginata, Fab., and one-half longer; its

colour wants the bluish tinge of emarginata, and the form of

the thorax is different.

GaLeRita, Fab.

1. G. femoralis, mihi.

Nigra, pilosa; antennarum articulo primo femoribusque ferru-

gineis ; thorace oblongo-cordato; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis

concavis, subtilissime transversim rugosis, pilosis.

Long. 102 lin., lat. 33 lin.

Black, with the exception of the first joint of the antenne

and the thighs, which are ferruginous; the end of the terminal

joint of the palpi is slightly ferruginous. The antenne are

pilose, which causes them to look fuscous towards the apex.

The head is rather large, elongate, punctate, pubescent, and it

has two longitudinal irregular fovez between the eyes. The

clypeus has one or two punctures on its anterior margin. The

thorax is broader than the head, though not very much so; it

is of an elongate-cordate form, rounded in front, a little nar-

rowed posteriorly; its posterior angles are projecting and

slightly raised; the projecting angles are rounded. It is some-

what convex, punctate on the disk, and transversely rugose-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 159

punctate along the margins; it has a slightly marked medial

longitudinal line, and a longitudinal depression along each side

parallel to the margin. The front of the thorax is emarginate,

the base is cut straight. The elytra are oblong, widened behind ;

each has nine longitudinal raised lines; the interstitial spaces

are concave hollows, and under a strong lens they are found to

be very finely transversely strigose, and covered with numerous

scattered papille, from each of which arises a hair. The apex

of the elytra is truncate, slightly smuate towards the suture,

which has a tendency to project ; the under side is of the same

colour as the upper, with the exception of the trochanters and

thighs, which are ferruginous. The tips of the thighs are

black. The pilose pubescence on this as well as the other

species appears to be easily rubbed off.

This species comes very close to G. africana, De}j., but is distin-

guished by the thighs and first joint of the antennz being red,

while in africana they are black. The thorax is also somewhat

more elongate.

2. G. gracilis, mihi.

Nigra, pilosa, elongata; thorace elongato-cordato, fortiter ru-

goso-punctato; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis concavis.

Long. 93 lin., lat. 3 lin.

Not to be distinguished from G. africana, De}., except by a

comparative description. It is smaller and more elongate; the

thorax is proportionally narrower and more elongate; the an- .

terior angles are less rounded, sloping forward to the head more

gradually ; the head is more deeply punctate, and the thorax

more deeply rugose-punctate. The clypeus has the front and

anterior margins reflexed ; the centre of the front of it is raised,

so as to leave a fovea on each side of the anterior margin. Like

africana it is wholly black, with fuscous or ferruginous hairs

beneath the tarsi. The tarsi are more elongate than in africana.

3. G. interstitialis, De}. 5. 295.

Nigra; thorace cordato; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis concavis,

bilineatis, subtilissime transversim striatis, pilosis.

Long. 94 lin., lat. 3 lin.

Macrocueiuvs, Hope.

1. M. grandis, De}. 5. 400.

Ater; labro subporrecto, levigato ; elytris elongatis, sulcatis.

Long. 12 lin., lat. 4 lin.

160 Mr.A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

ACANTHOGENIUs, Reiche.

1. Acanthogenius bimaculatus, De}.*

Helluo bimaculatus, De}. 5. 402.

Acanthogenius bisignatus, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ix. 334.

Ater, punctatissimus ; labro rotundato, levigato ; elytris striatis,

macula media rotundata pallide flavo-testacea; tarsis rufo-

piceis.

Long. 6 lin., lat. 2 lin.

Pueropsoruvs, Solier.

1. Ph. marginatus, De}. 1. 109.

Capite testaceo, puncto verticis nigro; thorace testaceo, mar-

PY VERSE Ne eNO: Reale.

gine antico posticoque nigris ; elytris costatis, nigris, sub-

parallelis, puncto humerali, margine laterali, fascia media

dentata abbreviata, apice, antennis pedibusque testaceis.

Long. 7-8 lin., lat. 23 lin.

2. Ph. minor, mihi.

Capite testaceo, vertice et postice nigro; thorace supra nigro,

vel nigro cum macula marginali testacea, subtus nigro, cum

margine testaceo; elytris costatis, nigris, postice latioribus,

interdum cum puncto humerali testaceo, interdum sine puncto

humerali, cum macula media testacea dentata, apice leviter

testaceo; pectore testaceo; abdomine nigro; antennis pedi-

busque testaceis.

Long. 61-44 lin., lat. 24—2 lin.

The smallest species of Pheropsophus with which I am ac-

quainted. Head and mouth testaceous, with the vertex and

back part black, smooth in front, with a shallow depression on

each side, faintly corrugated behind. Antenne long, reaching

to the middle of the elytra, fusco-testaceous, a little more dusky

towards the tip. The upper side of the thorax is black, but

sometimes a transverse testaceous blotch shows itself on each

side of the thorax; it is smooth and impunctate, but some

small depressions may be seen irregularly occurring along the

* Dejean’s name bimaculatus has been changed by M. Reiche, as above

noted, into bisignatus, on the ground that M‘Leay had previously occupied

the name in the allied genus Planetes by his species Planetes bimaculatus.

But I think this is carrying the dread of a double employment of names

to an excessive extent. Planetes is recognized as a good and distinct

genus from either Macrocheilus or Acanthogenius, and a repetition of the

same specific name in each does not seem to entail any great inconvenience

—certainly none so great as that of changing a well-known and established

name.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 161

margins ; it has a deep longitudinal mesial line, scarcely ex-

tending to the front or base, and deepest where it joins the

curved line in front ; some wrinkles run off transversely from it.

Elytra with nine strong smooth shining longitudinal ribs (count-

ing the sutural and marginal ones), the spaces between the ribs

covered with short longitudinal strige; black, with a transverse

irregular testaceous-yellow spot a little before the middle of each

elytron; the spot varies in size and form; it has usually a

tooth or sometimes two projecting behind, and a larger promi-

nence projecting in front. There is also another small spot of

the same colour on the shoulder, but this is sometimes absent ;

and in such cases the spot in the middle is exceedingly reduced

in size, so much so, that I should not be surprised to find indi-

viduals with the elytra wholly free from spots ; but I have never

seen any such. The extreme apex of the elytra has a narrow

edging of testaceous colour, which extends forwards a very little

way on the ribs. Looking carelessly, it would appear as if it

were the ribs which gave the slightly yellow tinge to the extre-

mity of the elytra; but the extreme margin of the apex is itself

testaceous. The portion of the upper side of the abdomen pro-

jecting beyond the elytra is deeply punctate, black, with a tracing

of yellow round the margins of the segments. The under side of

the head is testaceous yellow ; of the thorax black, more or less

encroached upon by testaceous yellow; usually there is a testa-

ceous line along the middle, and another along each side next the

edge, but sometimes almost the whole under side of the thorax

is yellow. The mesosternum is yellow; the rest of the breast

is black, with the exception of a portion of the sides. The legs,

the trochanters, the joints, and parts from which they spring,

are yellow; the thighs are all slightly tipped with fuscous, more

or less dark. The segments of the abdomen are black, with the

exception of the middle of the posterior margin of the first seg-

ment, which is yellow when exposed.

Catieipa, De).

1. C. ruficollis, Fab., De}. 5. 185,

Thorace, pectore, ano, antennarum femorumque basi, tibiisque

quatuor posticis rufis ; elytris viridibus; capite, abdomine,

antennis pedibusque nigricantibus,

Long. 44 lin., lat. 14 ln.

[To be continued. }

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 11

162 M. Fabre on the Development of the Myriapoda.

XIV.—Researches on the Development of the Myriapoda.

By M. Fasre*,

Tur male and female sexual organs in the different genera of

the Chilognatha exhibit anatomical peculiarities of which it is

difficult to give a succinct account. In all the genera observed

by M. Fabre (Polydesmus, Iulus, Craspedosoma, Glomeris, Pol-

lyxenus) the vulve open at the base of the second pair of legs, or

between this pair and the third; the orifices of the male organs

also occur in the vicinity of the second pair of feet, or at their

base. In Pollyzenus alone, the spermagenous canals open into

two enormous penes, longer than the legs and of a greater dia-

meter than the largest joint of these.

Fecundation takes place in the usual way in Glomeris and

Pollyxenus, by the contact of the male and female organs. On

the contrary, it is effected in a very singular manner in the

Polydesmi and Luli. The male possesses a copulative organ,

which in Polydesmus is formed at the expense of the first pair of

feet of the seventh segment. No communication exists between

the spermagenous gland and this apparatus. The male seizes

the female with his jaws at the back of the neck, then turns her

over, and applies his belly to hers. In this position he passes

her a little in front; his mouth is applied to the back of the

neck of the female, whilst the latter seizes the throat of the male

with her jaws. The copulative apparatus is then placed in front

of the vulve, which receive it. The copulation lasts about a

quarter of an hour. The male soon afterwards sets out in search

of another female, and the female admits the advances of another

male. By attentively observing a male just after he had quitted

a first female, M. Fabre saw him elevate the anterior part of his

body, and bending it into the form of an 8, bring together the

second and seventh segments, that is to say, bring his genital

apertures in contact with his copulative apparatus. This man-

ceuvre, which exactly resembles what takes place in the Ara-

neida and Libellule, is repeated after each copulation, and it is

only after its accomplishment that the male begins his search

for another female.

The Chilognatha present considerable differences as regards

their development. M. Fabre has been unable to observe the

eges of Polydesmus complanatus, but he has found young not

more than 3 mill. in length, and furnished with only three

pairs of feet. Each pair of feet was supported upon a different

segment, and these legs corresponded with those which, in the

adult, are also placed singly upon the first, third and fourth

* Abstract from the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, [4.] vol. iii. 1855.

M. Fabre on the Development of the Myriapoda. 163

segments, both in the male and female. With the progress of

development the animal gradually acquires a greater number of

segments and feet. The author has followed this progress up

to the eighth stage, when the animal has acquired a length of

20 mill., and possesses twenty segments, not including the head ;

at this period we find thirty pairs of feet in the male and thirty-

one in the female ; and it is only then that the copulative organs

make their appearance. From his observations he derives the

followmg laws:—1. Each new segment appears between the

anal and penultimate segments. 2. All the apodal segments in

one stage become pedigerous in the next.

Some authors have asserted that the Jui are produced in an

apodal state, others that they are born hexapod. M. Fabre has

been able to study the eggs of his f. aterrimus. Escaping from

these he saw a singular body entirely destitute of any appendi-

cular organs, and not presenting the least resemblance in form

to the animal from which it was produeed. This, which the

author calls the pupoid body (corps pupotde), is reniform, deeply

excavated beneath, convex above, large and rounded at one of

its extremities, a little narrowed and conical at the other; its

surface is smooth, shining, and of a pure white; it exhibits no

movements, even when pricked with a needle. Five days after

its exclusion distinct traces of segmentation are seen in this

body, and in the thickness of the inflated end the head begins

to be perceptible, folded down upon the abdomen. Seven or

eight days afterwards, it splits, and the young animal makes its

appearance, with the characters attributed by De Geer and Ger-

vais to the Julus at the moment of its birth.

This young Judus, when just excluded, is 13 mill. in length ;

it is completely white, formed of seven segments, not including

the head, and furnished with three pairs of feet, which corre-

spond with the first three pairs of the adult; the antennze are

composed of four joints. In proportion as the development

takes place, the eyes, which at first were only one on each side,

increase rapidly in number, and the older parts of the body

acquire a deeper colour. The Julus aterrimus is not completely

adult and fit for reproduction before the end of two years ; and

the life of these animals must apparently be pretty long. M.

Fabre has kept adults in captivity for two years.

In the Chilopoda, the ovigenous and spermagenous organs,

although complicated, present no remarkable anatomical arrange-

ment. This is not the case with their products, which, in Sco-

lopendra, Cryptops and Geophilus, are enclosed in capsules which

M. Fabre thinks he may compare with the spermatophora of the

Cephalopoda and of some Crustacea. In Scolopendra and Cry-

ptops the spermatophora are formed in the most inflated portion

11*

164 M. Fabre on the Development of the Myriapoda.

of the seminal canal (canal vecteur du sperme); their number is

small, as there are usually less than seven of them. They are

reniform ; their external envelope is very thick, transparent and

elastic ; the internal envelope, which is very fine and loose, pro-

trudes, in the form of a dull white nipple, through an orifice of

the first envelope. In water this nipple becomes inflated, pro-

jects more and more, and at last bursts and gives issue to bundles

of spermatozoids.

In the Geophili “several of the spermatozoids are rolled to-

gether in a circular form, and superpose their different spiral

turns so as to form a ring, or rather a short hollow cylinder of

rolled cords. Each cylinder is then clothed with a protective

coat formed of hyaline particles, slightly agglutinated. At

the least contact this fugacious envelope breaks up into hght

flakes.” No one has yet succeeded in seeing the copulation of

the Chilopoda. M. Fabre has been no more fortunate in this

respect than his predecessors, but he has observed some exceed-

ingly curious facts which may explain the mode of fecundation

in these animals. He says: “At the end of September, in

examining some specimens of Geophalus convolvens, Fabre, which

I had kept for some time in captivity, I observed in the passages

formed by these animals in the mould which served for their

abode, some very small nets, formed of arachnoid filaments,

arranged at a great distance apart. Their woof was composed of

a small number of threads stretched across from wall to wall of

the passage, and irregularly crossed. Other similar nets ap-

peared out of the mould, stretched between some stalks of moss ~

with which I had completed the filling of the bottle. At the

centre of each, far from contact with any solid body, was sus-

pended a white spherical globule, of the size of a pin’s head,

which I took at first for an egg. Having detached one of these

nets, I examined the globule with the microscope: its delicate

envelope burst with the first contact. What was my astonish-

ment at recognizing in this globule a little drop of semen, with

its cylinders of spermatozoids in full gyration! Several others

were collected, and the results were the same. Inexplicable as

this exceptional case was, doubt was impossible: I had certainly

the semen of the Geophilus before me. In two or three days

these first globules had disappeared, either drying, or bemg de-

stroyed by Acari, which appeared to be very fond of them. But

new nets were already spread with their drop in the centre, and

this continued for about six weeks ; so that notwithstanding their

rapid destruction, there were always five or six of them in the

bottle. I observed the last on the 12th of November.”

The Geophili, and probably also the other Chilopoda, conse-

quently deposit their spermatophora upon an arachnoid net-

M. Fabre on the Development of the Myriapoda. 165

work. But what becomes of them? and how do they arrive at

the seminal receptacles of the females? Of this we still know

nothing, and it is difficult to form any probable supposition ;

observation alone can settle the question.

M. Fabre has observed the phases of development in several

genera of Chilopoda. JLuthobius forcipatus is born with ten

segments, seven pairs of feet, seven jomts in the antennz, and

two ocelli. Two months afterwards, it has acquired its seven-

teen segments, its fifteen pairs of feet, twenty-six joints in its

antennee, and six ocelli on each side.

He has found the young of Seutigera araneotdes furnished

with only seven pairs of feet, and in all probability in the first

stage of their development. This species not only presents an

increase in the number of segments, legs, ocelli, and joints of

the antennz, but also in that of the joints of the tarsi. What

is most singular in this development 1s, that the segments which

bear the first seven pairs of feet, and which exist at the moment

of birth, form the half of the body which contains the organs of

the senses and the essential parts of the digestive apparatus ;

whilst the other half, which lodges the reproductive apparatus,

is developed subsequently. It appears therefore that this ante-

rior part represents the darva, which only manifests the life of

the imdividual, and the posterior part the perfect insect, in

which resides the life of the species. This distinction appears

the more evident, as the dorsal shield of the median region is

the largest of all, and differs so much from the others, that

Linneus called it the e/ytron: it covers three pairs of feet, of

which the first two belong to the young animal at the time of

its exclusion, and the third to the part of the body produced by

gemmation. It thus, as M. Fabre says, marks the separation of

the anterior portion of ovular origin, from the posterior portion

of gemmary origin. M. Fabre from this compares the develop-

ment of the Scutzgera with the facts observed by Milne-Edwards

and Quatrefages in Syliis and the Myrianides.

The development of Cryptops is especially interesting, because

the parts of the mouth are deficient in the young. With the

microscope nothing is seen but a rounded aperture, situated at

the extremity of the head, and fringed at the margins. It is

also to be observed, that as many as twenty-eight and twenty-

nine joints are found in the antenne of Cryptops Savignyi,

which afterwards have only seventeen : the original number must

diminish with age, either by amalgamation or by the casting of

some of the joints.

166 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Elementary Course of Geology, Mineralogy, and Physical Geo-

graphy. By Prof. D. T. Anstep, M.A., F.R.S. &c. Second

Edition. London, post 8vo, 1856, Van Voorst.

Tue former edition of Prof. Ansted’s Elementary Course was noticed

in this Journal, and has been favourably received as a text-book.

The present edition is very much improved, and may almost be re-

garded as a new work; for although the general divisional character

of the earlier volume is retained, yet the rearrangement of the

essential parts, the abstraction of comparatively useless and the in-

sertion of much new useful matter, of a practical kind, and the

bringing of the various divisions of the subject into somewhat better

proportion, have considerably enhanced the value of the present

Manual.

Geology may be considered under two different heads—its theo-

retical aspects aud practical bearing: the one inquiring into the cha-

racter, position, and arrangement of the various materials composing

the earth’s crust; the other applying the knowledge thus acquired

to the practical purposes and ceconomical relations of life. Inde-

pendently of the interesting history revealed to us by Geology of the

mutations which the earth’s surface has undergone, and the remark-

able forms of animal and vegetable life which have successively

tenanted it, and were adapted to the varying physical conditions, the

practical importance of the science has been realized and acknow-

ledged ; for it is based upon numerous observed facts respecting the

position and oceurrence of the different materials—facts too distinct,

and too nearly connected, to admit of any fear that the legitimate

conclusions that have been drawn from them can ever be shaken.

Prof. Ansted’s work differs from the ordinary treatises on Geology,

and this difference, to some extent, is a useful feature. Experienced

geologists may object, that the author has treated too summarily

subjects which ought to be and are the object of special works, and

that they are too much condensed for a learner. To some extent

this may be an objection ; having, however, found the previous edition

adapted to a certain class of readers and students, Prof. Ansted has

adhered to the same general plan of including the elements of all

departments of geological science, as well as bringing within a nar-

row compass a multitude of facts important to be known, arranged

in a convenient and systematic order; but the author is perfectly

aware ‘‘that these qualities are obtained at the sacrifice of a certain

amount of popularity, and he can hardly hope to render very at-

tractive to the general reader the accumulation of material which it

has been his chief object not to dissipate.”

The four divisions under which the contents are arranged, include

Physical Geography, Mineralogy, Descriptive and Practical Geology :

the subject-matter is nearly equally divided, with the exception of

the Descriptive portion, which exceeds by about sixty pages each

of the others. The first six chapters comprise the mechanical con-

ee ee ee

Bibliographical Notices. 167

dition and properties of the substances met with near the earth’s

surface,—the forces of attraction and repulsion, light, heat, electri-

city, and chemical aftinity,—the general distribution and changes in

the condition of matter at the surface,—the various effects produced

by atmospheric, aqueous, and organic agencies,—the reaction of the

interior upon the external surface, as in volcanic and earthquake phee-

nomena. ‘The chapters on Mineralogy contain the form, structure,

physical characteristics of minerals, and their classification ; the ar-

rangement, which has been modified, is upon the basic plan; and the

list includes with synonyms 1400 names: the more important minerals,

and those most useful in geological investigation, are more fully de-

scribed in the text. In alluding to the use of the blowpipe, it would

have been more useful if the author had given a concise account of

the discrimination and reaction of the chief metallic substances. The

Descriptive part comprises an account of the nature, mode of original

aggregation, and subsequent changes of the different kinds of rock,

their structure and mechanical displacement, and the classification of

them by means of fossils. In citing the laws of distribution of fos-

sils, Prof. Ansted has omitted the reference to Pictet, which was

properly referred to in the first edition ; for as some of the points are

open to controversy, it is but right that the authority for them should

be given. At p.307 is a table of the numerical proportion of genera

in the various rocks of the British Isles, compiled from the last edition

of Morris’s ‘Catalogue of British Fossils.’ The paucity of the fauna

mentioned under Older Silurian may be accounted for by stating

that under this term are included merely the Lingula flags and beds

called ‘Cambrian’ by some authors,—the equivalents of the primor-

dial zone of Barrande in Bohemia, and of the alum-slates of Sweden.

The generic distribution of fossil plants is omitted from this table,

and is here given as reduced from the same work :—

Sil. Dev. Carb. Perm. Trias. Ool. Cret. O.Tert. N. Tert.

4 3 61 7 4 53 8 20 8

The chapters on the classification and distribution of the paleeozoie,

secondary and tertiary rocks and their fossils, follow; the descrip-

tion of these proceeds in a regular order from the older to the modern

groups, an arrangement which has many advantages over that which

recedes in the reverse or downward order, as adopted in the former

edition. We are glad, therefore, that Prof. Ansted has thought it

advisable to alter his former plan; for surely it is better for the stu-

dent to trace upwards the successive phases in the history of the

globe, each of which has been partly dependent on the preceding,

than to commence with the existing order and travel backwards.

The growth by which the civilization of our own period has been

produced, would be less understood by a written history commencing

with the present dynasty.

The fourth and concluding part is devoted to Practical Geology,

the matter being very much increased, improved, and more com-

plete than in the former edition. The subjects treated of are :—

agricultural geology, drainage, water supply, earthy minerals used

168 Zoological Society :—

in construction,—also the quarrying, streaming and mining in

stratified deposits, for gold, tin, coal, iron, salt, &c., the distribu-

tion and mineral statistics of the three last-named being given;

and coal-mining and coal are fully treated, both here and in a pre-

ceding section. The last chapter describes mining operations for

those valuable substances contained in cracks or fissures in various

rocks, as metallic veins, and which require methods somewhat dif-

ferent to those that occur in stratified beds. This portion has been

considerably enlarged ; the geological conditions under which mineral

veins occur, as well as the mode of working, are explained, addi-

tional illustrations of machinery and sections of veins being given.

A useful glossary of scientific and technical words in mineralogy and

geology is appended, including the explanation of numerous mining

terms. Much information is usefully presented in a tabular form,

and the 250 illustrations of sections and fossils are generally good.

As before stated, the subject-matter is more varied than is usually

found in elementary manuals, but it is concisely treated and methodi-

cally arranged, so as to form a text-book for the student and a useful

practical guide for the miner, engineer, and traveller ; for the author

has ‘‘ endeavoured not merely to describe facts and quote the obser-

vations of field-geologists, but also to teach principles, leaving it to

the reader to apply those principles and digest the facts, working out

thus a sufficient education in the subject ;” and moreover, ‘if he un-

derstands the nature of the materials of which the earth’s crust is made

up, the order of their arrangement, and the changes undergone both

in the rocks themselves and in the position they occupy, he will not

be inclined to question either the value of such knowledge to practical

men, or the nature of the applications of geology to practical pur-

poses.”

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 11, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

OBSERVATIONS ON STRONGYLUS FILARIA AND BoTAauRusS

STELLARIS. By Epwarpbs €risp, M.D.

Dr. Crisp exhibited specimens and drawings of Strongylus filaria,

which he discovered had lately proved so destructive to lambs in

many parts of England. In several lambs examined by Dr. Crisp,

millions of these entozoa and their ova were found in the bronchial

tubes and in the intestinal canal, and he believed that many of

the ova of these worms had been mistaken for Cysticerci; but the

various stages of development could be readily traced under the

microscope. Dr. Crisp had tried many experiments on the living

worms as to the effect of poisons and other agents, and he believed

that salt or sulphur given with the food, and the inhalation of sul-

Prof. Owen on the Dinornis elephantopus. 169

phurous gas, under proper superintendence, would be the most

likely means of destroying these parasites.

Dr. Crisp also placed on the table some parts of the anatomy of

the Common Bittern (Botaurus stellaris), two of which birds (now

comparatively rare) had recently been shot on the eastern coast of

Suffolk. The bird from which the specimens were taken was a fine

male, measuring from the tip of each wing 4 feet 1 inch, and from

the point of the beak (when extended) to the lower part of the

tarsus 3 feet. Among the peculiarities alluded to, was the smallness

of the sternum, which measured only 3 inches longitudinally ; the

depth of keel only ¢ of an inch, and the lateral margins the same.

The trachea measured twelve inches in length, and consisted of 198

imperfect rings; the bronchi of 20 semicircular elastic cartilages,

readily approximated, and hence the production of the peculiar

sound from which the bird takes its name. The stomach which was

exhibited was large, and contained near its cardiac orifice a circle of

gastric glands. A roach, weighing about four ounces, was digested

at this part, but the tail, which was in the cesophagus, was intact.

To show the voracity and capacity of swallow of this bird, Dr. Crisp

said, that Sir W. Jardine and Mr. Yarrell had both taken a Water

Rail from the stomach and cesophagus, and in Mr. Yarrell’s speci-

men there were six small fish in addition. The pectinated claw was

also exhibited, Dr. Crisp believing that it served for the purpose of

cleaning the beak and mouth of the bird.

April 8, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

On Dinornis (Part VII.): conraintnc a DescrirpTION oF

THE Bones OF THE LEG AND Foot OF THE DINORNIS ELE-

PHANTOPUS, Owen. By Pror. OweEn, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

Mr. Walter Mantell having, on his recent return from New Zea-

land, provisionally deposited his very extensive collection of remains

of Dinornithic and other birds in the British Museum, I have gladly

acceded to the wishes of that successful and enterprising collector,

and of my friend the able Keeper of the Mineralogical Department

of the Museum, to devote the leisure at my command to the exami-

nation of this interesting and valuable collection.

I had advanced as far as the determination of the bones of the leg,

and their classification according to their species, when the distinctive

characters of one series of these bones irresistibly brought a convic-

tion that they belonged to a species of Dinornis that had not pre-

viously come under my notice, and a species also which, for the

massive strength of the limbs and the general proportions of breadth

or bulk to height of body, must have been the most extraordinary

of all the previously restored wingless birds of New Zealand, and

unmatched, probably, by any known recent or extinct species of this

class of birds.

I was so much struck by the form and proportions of the meta-

tarsal bone described in the memoir read to the Zoological Society,

170 Zoological Society :—

June 23, 1846, and figured in pl. 48, figs. 4 and 5, vol. iii. of the

‘ Zoological Transactions,’ that 1 alluded to it as “ representing the

pachydermal type and proportions in the feathered class*,’”’ and the

bone unquestionably indicated at that period “the strongest and

most robust of birds.’’ By the side of the metatarsus of the species

which I have now to describe, and for which I propose the name of

elephantopus, that of the Dinornis crassus, however, shrinks to

moderate, if not slender dimensions. But the peculiarities of the

elephant-footed Dinornis stand out still more conspicuously when

the bones of its lower limbs are contrasted with those of the Dinornis

giganteus.

I propose, in the present memoir, to combine with the account of

the leg- and foot-bones of the Dinornis elephantopus, that of the

bones of the lower limb of the Dinornis crassus, which had not pre-

viously been described, and to bring out their characteristics by

comparison with the bones of other species, especially those of the

Dinornis robustus.

Commencing with the femur, I shall premise the following table

of admeasurements of that bone in Dinornis :—

Dimensions of the femur in ......... D. robustus. | D. elephantopus. | D. crassus.

In. Lines. In. Lines. In. Lines.

LUGAR eigscopsoeccaoSsqnbadeohdoaron dda Va 2 13 0 11 10

Transverse breadth of proximalend 6 0 5 10 AY 35

Fore-and-aft breadth of dOvecces 5 0 4 5 Sind

Transverse breadth of distal end ... 6 0 Ol eral AS cad

Fore-and-aft breadth of do......... 4 3 3 9 3 uo)

Circumference, least, of shaft ...... al 7 9 6 60

The above comparative dimensions bring out the characteristic

proportions of the femur of the Dinornis elephantopus, as shown by

its greater thickness and strength. As compared with the femur of

the Dinornis robustus, this character is remarkably exemplified on a

comparison of their articular extremities. Had these parts alone

of the Dinornis elephantopus been preserved and submitted to me, I

should have scarcely ventured upon a conclusion as to their specific

distinction from the Dinornis giganteus or Dinornis robustus, the

correspondence of configuration being so close, and the difference of

size so slight.

The articular surface is continued from the head upon the upper

part of the neck, expanding as it approaches the great trochan-

ter, along the summit of which it is terminated by a ridge. In

both species the surface for attachment of the ligamentum teres is

formed, as it were, by a portion of the inner and back part of the

hemisphere having been cut off obliquely with a slight excavation.

The corresponding ligamentous surface in the head of the femur of

the Dinornis crassus is relatively smaller, less depressed and less

defined. The upper and fore part of the trochanter is less produced

relatively to the breadth of the supra-trochanterian articular surface

in the Dinornis elephantopus. In this species the sub-circular rough

surface for the attachment of the c/iacus internus muscle is relatively

* Tb. p. 325.

Prof. Owen on the Dinornis elephantopus. 171

nearer to the head of the bone than in the Dinornis robustus ; the

rugged and thick fore part of the great trochanter descends lower

upon the shaft; indeed, the shortness of the entire bone seems to

depend chiefly on the shaft being relatively shorter in the Dinornis

elephantopus. The intermuscular ridge continued from the tro-

chanterian one seems to bifurcate sooner in the Dinornis elephantopus.

The depression behind the trochanterian ridge is less deep in the

Dinornis elephantopus. 'The oblique rotular channel is relatively as

wide and deep as in the Dinornis robustus, but the inner boundary

formed by the fore part of the inner condyle is shorter.

At the back part of the shaft the medullo-arterial foramen is

relatively nearer the proximal end of the bone; the two tuberosities

below this are closer together. The two sides of the fibular groove

are at a more open angle, and the groove is less deep in the Dinornis

elephantopus, the outer side being less produced.

The antero-posterior breadth of the outer and inner condyles is

equal in the Dinornis elephantopus as in the Dinornis robustus ; but

in the Dinornis crassus that dimension of the outer condyle exceeds

the same dimension in the inner one, and the fibular groove is more

open or shallow than in the Dinornis elephantopus.

The generic modifications of the femur are, however, very closely

preserved in each species, being strictly of the type ascribed to the

genus Dinornis in my original memoir, Zool. Trans. vol. ii. p. 247.

Dimensions of the tibia in ......... D. robustus. |D. elephantopus.| D. crassus.

Ft. In. Lines.| Ft. In. Lines. | Ft. In. Lines.

2a Or 10 oA Foul ie

RONG C Hides spactesabjec eseien see sislssieaes one Zeon ho 1), Soo Mees fe) Gl g

Transverse breadth of proximal end dines ; } 6ne2

Fore-and-aft breadth of _ do....... 4 9 ; Bi, DG

Least circumference of shaft......... (ayy a) (ahve 15) 4 10

Transverse breadth of distal end... Avi id, « 3) PRO:

The characters of the upper end of the tibia of the Dinornis

elephantopus closely accord with those of the Dinornis robustus,

and the difference of size, as exemplified in the foregoing table, is so

slight, that had this extremity only of the bone reached me, I should

most probably have referred it to the Dinornis robustus. The

almost flat articular surface for the inner condyle of the femur is

somewhat less in its shorter diameter ; the epicnemial ridge is less

extended transversely ; the ectocnemial ridge curves more strongly

outwards ; but there are individual varieties in all these characters in

the tibize before me. All the tibiae, however, differ in the earlier sub-

sidence of the ridge continued downwards from the procnemial plate,

which ridge is continued in Dinornis robustus uninterrupted by that

above the inner division of the distal trochlea. The space between

the ecto- and pro-cnemial plates in the Dinornis crassus is relatively

greater than in either of the above larger species ; the ridge con-

* The extremes of size in a series of several bones are here given.

172 Zoological Society :—

tinued from the procnemial plate is interrupted as in the Dinornis

elephantopus. The fore part of the tibia internal to the procnemial

ridge is impressed by irregular vascular grooves. The fibular ridge

is interrupted by a smooth tract, in or near which is the orifice of

the canal for the obliquely descending medullary artery in all the

species of Dinornis. The upper division of the ridge is shorter in

the Dinornis elephantopus than in the Dinornis robustus, and rela-

tively shorter than in the Dinornis crassus. The surface between

the fibular ridge and the inner border of the shaft at the back part

is concave transversely in Dinornis elephantopus, not merely flat as

in Dinornis robustus and Dinornis crassus, and, as it descends, it

continues longer a flat surface before it changes gradually to a convex

one. The oblong rough insertional surface above the inner condyle

is relatively shorter and better defined in the Dinornis elephantopus

than in the Dinornis robustus. On the characteristic fore part of

the lower end of the tibia, that bone in the Dinornis elephantopus

repeats all the modifications ascribed to the Dinornis in my memoir

on the Gastornis, or large fossil bird from the Paris eocene*.

The tendinal canal inclines obliquely inwards parallel with the

inner border of the expanding end, near which it is placed; the bony

bridge spans across it from a flattened tubercle developed from the

lower part of the outer pier. The outlet of the canal is as wide as

in the Dinornis robustus ; its aspect is obliquely forwards and down-

wards. External to the tubercle is an oblique rough depression,

relatively narrower and better defined than in the Dinornis robustus.

The inner condyle is relatively narrower and more produced forwards

than in the Dinornis robustus, resembling more the proportions of

that part in the Dinornis crassus. The general form and oblique

direction of the wide distal trochlear articulation are closely repeated

in all the species, the canal being rather more sharply defined behind

in the Dinornis elephantopus than in the Dinornis robustus. The

depression on the entocondyloid surface is less deep in the Dinornis

elephantopus than in the Dinornis robustus.

The above-specified differences, as well as all that I have noticed in

the tibiee of other species of Dinornis, are so inferior in degree to

those which I have found in closely allied genera, and even in dif-

ferent species of the same genus, of other large land- and wading-

birds, as e. g. in species of Ciconia, and in the existing Struthious

genera, as to leave a strong impression on my mind of the generic

affinity of the species which I have referred to Dinornis and Pal-

apteryx, and which species have been divided, with a more liberal

imposition of terms, by Dr. Reichenbach into the nominal genera

Anomalopteryx, Movia, Emeus, Syornis, &c., no additional facts or

characters being given by that nomenclator than are to be found in

the pages or plates of my own memoirs.

The fibula of the Dinornis elephantopus remains, as in other

Dinornithes, and as in the existing Struthious genera, permanently

distinct from the tibia; as a general rule in birds, it soon becomes

anchylosed to that bone. In the species now defined it is a straight

* ‘Proceedings of the Geological Society.’

Prof. Owen on the Dinornis elephantopus. 173

styliform bone, 14 inches 6 lines in length. The head is subcom-

pressed and produced, as if slightly bent backwards ; the upper arti-

cular surface is convex from before backwards, almost flat trans-

versely. The head of the bone is flattened on the inner side, almost

flat, but a little convex on the outer side. The fore-and-aft dimen-

sion is 2 inches 9 lines, the transverse diameter | inch 3 lines. Be-

low the head the bone assumes a trihedral form, with the sides

convex, gradually tapering, and blending into a shape elliptic in

transverse section, and ending in a point about 9 inches above the

ankle-joint. The outer surface of the shaft of the fibula is impressed

by two oblong rough surfaces for the insertion of muscles, the upper

one 2 inches 9 lines in length; the inner part, which is ridge-like,

dividing the fore from the back surface of the bone, presents a rough

surface with a median interruption, for the ligamentous attachment

to the fibular ridge of the tibia.

Dimensions of the Metatarse of...... D.gigan- D.robustus. D.elephan- D. crassus.

teus. topus.

In. Lines.| In. Lines. In. Lines. In. Lines

PCH RL Hbtet er cc sete Sosccc cadecseaceaeacass 18 6 Se) ey 8 8

Transverse breadth of proximal end ... 4 3 4 6 4 5 3.3

Transverse breadth of distal end......... ay ge! 5G! Haws. oF 9

Least breadth of shaft............secssee0- 2s 2 0 Bend 1 9

Fore-and-aft breadth of proximal end... 3 2 3 2 2 10 2 5

Circumference Of ditt0....0......0sseescees WoO 12 9 12 0 oes

Least circumference of shaft ............ Go Bie 6 6 4 6

Breadth of middle trochlea............... D heed , Zrete Zee, ip 3

Length of do. following the curve ...... OS 5 4 5 3 4 0

I had hitherto regarded the metatarse of the Dinornis crassus

(Zoological Transactions, vol. iii. pl. 48, figs. 4 and 5) as presenting

the most extraordinary form and proportions of all the restored

species of huge wingless birds of New Zealand; but it is strikingly

surpassed in robustness and in great relative breadth and thickness

by the same bone of the present species, which chiefly on that

account I have proposed to name elephantopus. Only in the great

Maccaws and Penguins do I know of a metatarse with similar pro-

portions to that of this most robust-legged of birds. But the Parrot

tribe present those peculiar modifications of the distal trochleze, with

the strong articulation for the back toe, which relate to the scan-

sorial modifications of the bird’s foot; and the Penguins associate

with their broad and short metatarse a characteristic retention of

much of the primitive separation of the three constituent bones. In

the Dinornis elephantopus these elements have become as completely

coalesced as in any other species, and the general characters of both

proximal and distal ends accord with those in previously described

species. On a more special comparison of the metatarse of the

Dinornis elephantopus with that of its nearest congener, the Dinornis

erassus, the following differences present themselves :—The endo-

condyloid depression is deeper, its fore-and-aft diameter is greater,

and its transverse diameter less, than in the ectocondyloid one; but

the breadth of the endocondyloid depression is relatively greater, and

its depth somewhat less in the Dinornis elephantopus than in the

174 Zoological Society :—

Dinornis crassus. The transverse convexity dividing the two con-

dyloid depressions is relatively broader in the Dinornis elephantopus ;

and the rough surface external to the anterior intercondyloid pro-

minence is more strongly marked. The two calcaneal ridges present

an equal prominence in Dinornis elephantopus ; the ectocalcaneal

one is the more prominent in Dinornis crassus. The anterior surface

of the metatarse differs chiefly in the proportions indicated in the

table of admeasurements from that in the Dinornis crassus; like

most of the metatarses of that species, one or more vascular foramina

occur above the subcircular rough surface of insertion of the flexor

pedis, which occupies the lower part of the shallow depression in

‘the upper and fore part of the shaft. Along the lower half of the

shaft, the median longitudinal, and progressively widening pro-

minence, due to the middie of the coalesced metatarsal bones, is

rather more marked than in Dinornis crassus. The inner side of

the shaft is marked at its upper half by the oblique rough tract

indicative of the insertion of the powerful aponeurosis of the gastro-

enemii muscles. At the back surface the upper part of the middle

metatarsal is relatively less prominent than in Dinornis crassus.

The two vascular foramina occupy corresponding relative positions.

All other notable differences are those of size and proportion.

From the metatarse of the Dinornis robustus that of the Dinornis

elephantopus differs most strikingly in its proportions of length to

breadth, being little more than half the length, but of nearly equal

breadth; the distant trochleze, however, being relatively less ex-

panded than in the Dinornis robustus.

The anterior vascular perforation is less than in the Dinornis ro-

bustus; the insertional roughness for the ¢zbialis anticus below the

foramen is of equal size. The upper half of the fore part of the

metatarse of the Dinornis robustus is longitudinally channelled in the

Dinornis robustus, not in the Dinornis elephantopus. The corre-

sponding part of the back part of the shaft is much more prominent

in the Dinornis robustus. The characteristics of the metatarse of

the Dinornis elephantopus are more strongly manifested in the

comparison with that of the Dinornis giganteus, of which bone

it has only half the length, other dimensions beg equal or even

greater.

Of the depression, which is very faint, in the Dinornis robustus for

the ligamentous attachment of the rudimental back toe there is no

trace in the metatarse of the D. elephantopus.

The bones of the foot I shali compare with those of the Dinornis

robustus*, to which they make the nearest approach im size. _ Kqual-

ling, or nearly equalling, the phalanges of that bird in breadth and

thickness, they differ chiefly in shortness, but in a less degree than

the metatarsi differ. These proportional characters of the species are

best and easiest given in the plates. A few minor differences, how-

ever, may be noticed: the outer portion of the proximal end of the

first phalanx of the inner toe is broader in proportion to its fore-and-

aft diameter in Dinornis elephantopus. The inner portion of the

* See Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. pl. 1.

Prof. Owen on the Dinornis elephantopus. 175

proximal end of the first phalanx of the outer toe presents the like

difference: the general form of that articular surface is less triangu-

lar and more oval in both the specified phalanges of the Dinornis

elephantopus, one, the under side, being indented as usual in the

proximal phalanges of the inner and outer toes.

The modifications in the other phalanges, besides those of size and

proportion, are not greater or other than might be expected in dif-

ferent species of the same genus.

The first evidence of the Dinornis crassus reached me from a tur-

bary deposit at Waikawaite, in the Middle Island; it formed part of

the collection made there by Mr. Earl. I have never received any

evidence of the species from the North Island.

In like manner the bones of the much larger bird, which I have

called Dinornis robustus, and which I was formerly inclined to regard

as a variety of the Dinornis giganteus, appear to be peculiar to the

Middle Island; or at least have not hitherto been found in any

locality of the North Island.

The richer series of illustrations of both the Dinornis robustus and

Dinornis crassus in the collection of Mr. Walter Mantell are from

localities in the Middle Island; and the abundant illustrations of the

Dinornis elephantopus are exclusively from one locality in that island ;

they were obtained at Ruamoa, three miles south of Oamaru Point,

or that called the ‘ Vast Rocky Head’ in the new Admiralty map.

This fact might give rise to the idea that the original range or locality

of the Dinornis elephantopus had been a restricted one, unless, at

the period when the species flourished, the geographical extent of the

Middle Island was widely different from what it now is. Yet Mr.

W. Mantell has obtained strong, if not unequivocal evidence, that the

Dinornis elephantopus and Dinornis crassus existed contempora-

neously with Maori natives. The bones described in the foregoing

pages are in a recent and most perfect condition. They retain the

usual proportion of animal matter and have undergone no mineral

change.

From the sum of our present information respecting the localities of

the several species of Dinornithide, we may infer that most, if not all,

the species of the North Island were distinct from those of the South

Island. To birds that could neither fly nor swim—at least swim well,

—the channel called Cook’s Straits would prove an effectual-bar to

any migration from one island to another. With each successive

addition of materials tor a complete history of this most remarkable

family of birds, I feel, however, chiefly impressed with the con-

viction of how little comparatively we still know respecting them,

and how much more is likely, through the enlightened co-operation

of active, resolute, and accomplished explorers, like Mr. Walter

Mantell, to be, hereafter, contributed towards a perfect history of the

New Zealand wingless birds.

Of the very remarkable species of Dinornis based upon the

powerfully developed limbs, the bones of which are described in

the foregoing pages, Mr. Mantell’s collection includes right and left

femora, right and left tibie, right and left fibula, right and left

176 Zoological Society :—

metatarsi, and a considerable collection of toe-bones, from which,

probably, other entire feet might be reconstructed, in addition to

the one of the left foot now submitted to the Society. There are

also the two femora and the two metatarsi of an immature bird,

apparently, by their proportions, from one individual, to which may

also belong the proximal end of a tibia, wanting the articular epi-

physis. The femora, as in the other birds, retain the two articular

ends, which are simply rougher than in the adult, having been

covered by a thicker cartilage, but are not developed upon distinct

osseous pieces, as in land mammals. The proximal epiphysis is

wanting in both the immature metatarsi, exhibiting the separate ex-

panded ends of the three constituent bones terminating in the three

prominent trochleze below. The length of the femur of this young

bird is 11 inches, that of the metatarse 74 inches. They already

present the characteristic robustness of the adult bird*.

April 22, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

On Two New Sprvecies or Birps (NeEsToR NOTABILIS AND

SPATULA VARIEGATA) FROM THE COLLECTION OF WALTER

Manrett, Ese. By Joun Gouin, F.R.S.

Mr. Gould brought before the notice of the Meeting two species

of birds from the New Zealand group of islands which he conceived

to be new to science; one, a magnificent Parrot, pertaining to the

genus Nestor; the other, an equally interesting species of Duck,

belonging to the genus Spatula. Both these birds had been placed

in his hands for the purpose of describing, by Walter Mantell, Esq.

The Nestor, which is called “‘ Ked”’ by the natives, is by far the

largest of the three species of the form now known, and is certainly

one of the most interesting of the ornithological novelties lately

discovered. It not only differs from its near allies N. hypopolius

and NV. productus in its greater size, but in the greater uniformity of

its colouring, in the yellow toothed markings of the inner webs of

the primaries and secondaries, and in the orange toothed markings

of the inner webs of the tail-feathers ; the yellow colouring of the

under mandible is another of the peculiarities by which it may be

distinguished.

Mr. Mantell informed Mr. Gould that he first heard of the exist-

ence of the Kedé about eight years ago from some old natives whom

he was questioning as to the birds of the Middle Island. They said

the Ked somewhat resembled the Kdka (Nestor hypopolius), but

that, unlike that bird, it was green, and added, that it used formerly

to come to the coast in severe winters, but that they had not seen it

lately. Mr. Mantell has only obtained the two specimens exhibited

of this fine bird; they were shot in the Murihiku country, and for

one of them he was indebted to Mr. John Lemon of Murihiku.

The following is a description of this new species, for which Mr.

Gould proposes the name of

* This paper will appear in the Transactions of the Society, illustrated with

figures of the bones,

Mr. J. Gould on two new species of Birds. 77

NESTOR NOTABILIS.

General hue olive-green ; each feather tipped in a crescentic form

with brown, and having a fine line of the same colour down the

shaft; feathers of the lower part of the back and the upper tail-

coverts washed near the tip with fiery orange-red ; primaries brown,

margined at the base with greenish-blue; tail dull green; inner

webs of the lateral feathers brown, toothed on their basal two-thirds

with orange-yellow ; all the tail-feathers crossed near the extremity

with an indistinct band of brown, and tipped with olive-brown ;

feathers of the axille: fine scarlet; under wing-coverts scarlet tipped

with brown, the greater ones banded with brown and with yellow

stained with scarlet ; basal portion of the primaries and secondaries

largely toothed with fine yellow, which is not perceptible on the

upper surface unless the wings are very widely spread ; upper man-

dible dark horn colour; under mandible yellow, becoming richer

towards the point ; feet nearly yellowish-olive.

Total length, 18 inches; bill, 2}; wing, 125; tail, 73; tarsi, 14.

Hab. The Middle Island, New Zealand.

The Shoveller forms the fifth species known of the genus Spatula,

and is distinguished from the other members by the dark crescentic

markings which decorate the feathers of the breast, sides of the neck

and scapularies. The species of this well-defined form previously

described are Spatula clypeata, which inhabits Europe, North

America, India and China; 8. rhynchotis, which is found through-

out Australia; S. maculata, the habitat of which is Chili, and pro-

bably the neighbouring countries of Peru and Bolivia; and S. ca-

pensis of South Africa. For the fifth, or New Zealand species, Mr.

Gould proposes the name of

SPATULA VARIEGATA.

Crown of the head and space surrounding the base of the bill

brownish-black ; on either side of the face between the bill and the

eye a lunar-shaped streak of white, bounded posteriorly with speckles

of black ; cheeks, sides and back of the neck dark grey with greenish

reflexions ; front of the neck dark brown, each feather narrowly

fringed with white; back brownish-black, the feathers of the upper

part margined with greyish-brown ; feathers of the breast, sides of

lower part of the neck, the mantle and scapularies white, with a

crescent of blackish-brown near the tip ; under surface dark chestnut

blotched with black ; flanks lighter chestnut barred with black ;

lesser wing-coverts dull greenish-blue; greater wing-coverts dark

brown, fringed at the tip with white ; first elongated scapularies blue-

grey, with a conspicuous line of white on the outer web next the

shaft, bounded posteriorly with black ; the next blue-grey, margined

on the inner web with white ; the remainder greenish-black, with a

lengthened lanceolate mark of dull or brownish-white down the centre

of the apical half; speculum deep green; primaries dark brown with

lighter shafts ; under surface of the shoulder white; on each side of

the vent a patch of white freckled with black; under tail-coverts

black, tinged with shining green; tail dark brown; irides bright

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 12

178 Zoological Society :-—

yellow; bill dark purplish-black, the under mandible clouded with

yellow; legs and feet yellow.

Total length, 163 inches; bill, 3; wing, 93; tail, 43; tarsi, 14.

Hab. New Zealand.

Remark.—This is by far the handsomest species of the genus.

Descriptions oF Two New SPECIES OF TRUE CUCKOOS

(Genus CUCULUS AS RESTRICTED).

By Joun Gou.p, F.R.S.

CuCcULUS STRENUUS, Gould.

Crown of the head, back of the neck, cheeks and chin dark grey;

all the upper surface, including the upper tail-coverts, olive-brown,

with shining purplish reflexions; tail olive-brown, crossed by four

bands of darker brown, and tipped with buffy white ; throat white,

passing into the chestnut, which forms a band across the lower part

of the chest, each feather also has a double mark of black and chest-

nut dowi the centre; breast and upper part of the abdomen white,

crossed by semicrescentic bands of very dark brown bordered with

pale chestnut-red ; edge of the shoulder, lower part of the abdomen,

vent and under tail-coverts white; upper mandible olive; lower

mandible yellow; irides and feet rich yellow.

Total length, 153 inches; bill, 14; wing, 92; tail, 9.

Hab. Manilla.

Remark.—In outward appearance this species so nearly resembles

the Cuculus sparverioides, that one description would nearly serve

for both; but in size it so far exceeds that bird, ag well as every

other true Cuckoo I have yet seen, that I have no doubt of its being

distinct, and I have therefore assigned it a separate specific appel-

lation, and have selected the term strenuus, as indicative of its great

size and strength.

The specimen from which the above description was taken now

forms part of the collection at the British Museum.

CuCULUS HYPERYTHRUS, Gould.

Crown of the head, all the upper surface and wings dark slate-

grey ; spurious wings white; lores, ear-coverts, moustache, and a

spot on the chin black ; throat white, with a fine line of brown down

the shaft of each feather; under surface dull rusty-red; tail grey,

crossed by two narrow irregular bands of black bordered with brown,

and by a very broad band of black near the extremity, the tip being

reddish-brown ; upper mandible black; lower mandible and feet

yellow.

Total length, 114 inches; bill, 13; wing, 8; tail, 63.

Hab. China.

Remark.—In size this species is rather less than the Cuculus

eanorus of Kurope, and is altogether less elegant in its general con-

tour. The rufous colouring of the breast and under surface, and the

black marks on the cheeks and throat, characters seldom seen among

the Cuculide, are the features by which it may be distinguished.

The specimen described, like the preceding, is deposited in the

National Collection.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on some species of Birds. 179

3. Note oN BuUGLODYTES ALBICILIUS, Bp.

By Puiire Lutiey ScuLaTer.

Prince Bonaparte, in his ‘‘ Notes Ornithologiques sur les collec-

tions rapportées par M. A. Delattre,” read before the French

Academy in 1853, has instituted a new genus, Buglodytes, allied to

Campy ylorhynchus, Spix, and described but one species as belonging

to it under the title of B. aldccilius.

Having had an-opportunity of examining this type (which is now

in the British Museum), I have to state, that I believe it to be

the same bird that was long ago named by Mr. Swainson “ Fur-

narius griseus,” and the type of Cabanis’ genus Heleodytes. It

has, however, nothing to do with Furnarius, and seems, as Prince

Bonaparte has remarked, intermediate between Campylorhynchus

and Donacobius. These forms appear to connect the American

Mimine very closely with the Wrens, and to render the position of

the former group among the true Thrushes rather doubtful. The

synonymy of Buglodytes albicilius will stand as follows :—

Furnarius griseus, Sw. An. in Men. p. 325.

Campylorhynchus griseus, Schomb. Reise in Brit. Guian. i.

p- 674.

Heleodytes griseus, Cab. Mus. Hein. p. 80; G. R. Gray, List of

Gen. and Subgen. p. 26, no. 404.

Buglodytes albicilius, Bp. Notes Orn. p. 26; G. R. Gray, List

of Gen. and Subgen. p. 32, no. 499.

My specimen of this bird is from Trinidad. Schomburgk’s were

collected in British Guiana. The examples upon which the name

Buglodytes albicilius was founded were obtained by MM. Verreaux’s

collector in the vicinity of Santa Martha, on the north coast of New

Grenada.

From Trinidad also I possess a bird which seems to be the

Heleodytes minor of Cabanis. It is so similar to Heleodytes griseus

in every respect except in size, that I question whether it may not

be a variety of age or sex of that species.

On some NEw OR IMPERFECTLY-KNOWN SPECIES OF

SynALuaxis. By Purivtie LuTiey Scuater.

1. SYNALLAXIS RUFICAPILLA.

Synallaxis ruficapilla, Vielll. N. D. @H. N. xxxii. p. 810; Ene.

Méth. p. 622; Gal. Ois. pl. 174.

Sphenura ruficeps, Licht. Doubl. p. 42.

Synallaxis cinereus, Max. Beitr. ii. 685.

Synallaxis olivascens, Kyton, Cont. Orn. 1851, p. 150.

Olivascenti-brunnea, pileo toto cum nucha, alis extus et cauda

rufis: striga superciliari flavida: loris et regione auriculari

nigricanti-cinereis : subtus albicanti-cinerea, hypochondriis et

crisso brunnescentibus, ventre medio albicantiore cinereo.

Long. tota 6:0, alee 2-1, caudze 3-0.

Hab. Brazil.

12*

180 Zoological Society :—

2. SYNALLAXIS SPIXI, Sp. nov.

Parulus ruficeps, Spix, Av. Bras. i. pl. 86, p. 85 (2).

Synallawis ruficapilla, Reich. Handb. d. Sp. Orn. p. 158.

Supra olivaceo-brunnea, pileo et alis extus rufis, eauda dorso con-

colore sed minus olivascente: capitis lateribus et corpore subtus

cinereis : gutturis pennis intus nigris, extus argentescentt-

albis: ventre medio albo: lateribus et crisso brunnescente

tinctis.

Long. tota 6°5, alee 2°1, caudze 3°5.

Hab. Brazil.

These two Synallaves, which appear to me to be very distinct

birds, have always hitherto been confounded together. Specimens

of S. Spivi are rather the most abundant in collections, and are

usually marked ruficapiila or ruficeps, names both originally applied

to the former species.

The S. Spivi may be distinguished by its brown tail, nearly the

same colour as the back, not rufous like the head, as is the case in

S. ruficapilla; by having no traces of yellowish supercilia, the

whole sides of the head being uniform grey like the breast, and by

its smaller and shorter bill, and longer, narrower and more pointed

tail-feathers. The throat-feathers are black, finely edged with silvery

white, which gives an appearance of a black patch on the throat when

the plumage is slightly raised. In S. ruficapilla the throat and

breast are uniform ecineraceous white, and there is more olive-brown

on the flanks than in the other species.

Another bird, very closely allied to these two, is S. elegans, which

I have lately described, from Bogota. S. pallida, Max., is also very

similar to 8. ruficapilla, but has conspicuous white supercilia, and

the under parts pale brown. 8S. albescens, Temminck, (which has

been also united to S. ruficapilla by Prince Bonaparte and other

writers) is likewise different, and more closely resembles S. Spi,

from which, however, it is to be distinguished by having only the

back part of the head rufous. A sixth nearly allied species is the

Bolivian S. Azare, d’Orb.

3. SYNALLAXIS CANICEPS, Sp. nov.

S. dorso, alis caudaque cinnamomeo-rufis : capite toto cervice-

que grisescentibus, pileo albescentiore : subtus lactescenti-alba :

rostro et pedibus pallidis: remigibus intus nigricantibus: rostro

elongato, parum incurvo, flavicante : pedibus pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 5:5, alee 2°3, caudee 2:1.

Hab. Brazil.

Mr. Eyton was obliging enough to send me his specimens of

Synallawes for examination a short time since, and most liberally

offered to allow me to describe any I might think new. A single

example of the present species which was in the collection seems

different from any previously named. I have therefore taken advan-

tage of Mr. Eyton’s kindness to give characters to it under the

specific title of S. caniceps. There is no other member of the genus

Dr. J. E. Gray on the genus Proserpina. 181

that I am acquainted with that much resembles it in colouring. The

rectrices are ten in number.

Mr. Eyton’s S. modesta, described in ‘ Contributions to Ornitho-

logy’ (1851, p. 159), of which the types are in his collection, is one

of a small group of species from Bolivia, Chili and Patagonia, con-

sisting of S. favigularis, Gould, S. sordida, Less. and S. brunnea,

Gould ; but I am doubtful whether all the four are really specifically

distinct.

Professor Reichenbach, in his ‘ Handbuch der Speciellen Ornitho-

logie,” has chopped up the genus Synallaxis into seven or eight

different sections. Some of these ought no doubt to be adopted,

but the Professor has unfortunately referred some of the most closely

allied species to different sections, and I think it better therefore to

continue the employment of the old name for the whole of them,

until a more accurate revision and arrangement of the whole of the

species can be made.

ON THE PosITION oF THE GENUS PROSERPINA IN THE

SysTEM, AND A Description oF ITs DENTITION.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., P.B.S., etc.

In the Synopsis of the British Museum for 1840 (p. 129), I

mention amongst the genera of Helicide which have a thin edge to

the mouth of the shell, a genus named Proserpina. It is peculiar

amongst land shells for having a series of lamine revolving in the

throat, and the outer surface of the shell polished. This genus has

been adopted by Sowerby, Pfeiffer, Jonas, and most other anthors.

M. Duclos referred the species to the genus Carocol/la; Adams,

Pfeiffer, and Jonas in some of their earlier works considered them

as species of the extended genus Heliz.

M. d’Orbigny in his work on the Mollusca of Cuba, renamed the

genus Odostoma, and referred it with doubt to the family Cyclo-

stomide.

Though the shell is far from uncommon in the West Indies, Cuba,

and some parts of the American continent, the animal escaped the

researches of Guilding, Adams, Chitty, d’Orbigny and other observers.

In 1854, when in Berne, my friend, Dr. Shuttleworth, informed me

that it had two subulate tentacles, with the eyes sessile on the outer

side of their base; and Mr. Bland has mentioned that the animal has

no operculum, and absorbs the septa between the upper whorls of the

spire, like some species of the genera Neritina, Auricula, Helicina,

Stomastoma, and a few Helices.

These observations induced me to place the family in my most

modern arrangement near Oligyrade.

Mr. Cuming has kindly brought to me a specimen of the genus,

with its animal, which M. Sallé discovered under leaves in the moun-

tains of Mexico, at some distance from the sea.

The species is allied to Proserpina eolina, but differs in the spire

being much more convex ; I hence propose to call it P. Sulleana.

182 Zoological Soctety :—

Like P. colina, it differs from all the others I am acquainted with in

the upper surface of the whorls being rugose, and only smooth on

the lower surface, as is the case with many Nanine, showing, if the

smoothness and polish of the surface depend on the extension of the

mantle of the animal, that the extension in this kind is confined to

the under surface of the shell, as is proved by the examination of

the animal itself.

This being the case, I am inclined to form this shell and P. eolina

into a new genus under the name of Ceres, characterized by the

roughness of the upper surface and the non-dilatation of the front

edge of the mantle, which is believed to be dilated in all the other

species of the true Proserpine.

It will be seen that most authors have placed these Mollusca either

with Helices or Oligyre, and I was much inclined to follow their

example, even after a cursory examination of the animal itself. It

has much the external appearance of the animals of the latter family,

having ashort, broad, annulated muzzle with a triangular mouth, two

subulate lateral tentacles, with the eyes sessile on the outer side of

their base; a moderately short foot, truncated in front, acute and

keeled above and behind, without any appearance of beards or any

membranous ridge on the sides ; the shell is slightly sunk into a eavity

in the front of the upper keeled part of the foot, as if it possessed

an operculum ; the edge of the mantle is free from the back of the

neck, producing an open nuchal respiratory cavity like Cyclostoma

and Oligyra, and other operculated and unisexual land shells.

When the animal is more closely examined, it is found that there

is no operculum; the concavity on the front part of the foot into

which the under surface of the shell fits is furnished with a con-

tinuation of the mantle, having a raised crumpled edge evidently

capable of being expanded over the under surface of the shell, and

explaining the polished surface of this part of the shell ;—a structure

I have not observed in any other Mollusca. This extension of the

mantle might be mistaken for the mantle of the operculum, which,

as far as I know, is always quite distinct and separate from the

mantle of the shell, but in this animal the fringed edge of the con-

cavity is in direct continuity with the true or shell-forming mantle,

both at the columnar and the outer external angle of the mouth of

the shell.

The teeth of the lingual membrane are unlike those of Cyclostoma

and Helicina, which agree with those of Littorina and other marine

Rostriferous univalves. The teeth resemble those of the typical

Raphidoglossa, as in the families Neritinida, Turbonide, Trochide,

Roliolide, &e. All the Mollusca hitherto known belonging to these

families are aquatic, and all but the genera Neritina and Navicellus

are truly marine. They all have well-developed gills, and the

greater part have a more or less developed lateral membrane on each

side of the body, furnished with three or more beards on its lower

surface, and almost all have the eyes placed on a more or less distinct

peduncle at the outer side of the base of the tentacles, all characters

Dr. J.E. Gray on the genus Proserpina. 183

absent in Proserpina. But notwithstanding all these peculiarities,

I am inclined to arrange the family Proserpinide (including Proser-

pina aud Ceres) in the order Scuéibranchia, section Raphidoglossa,

and to form a suborder for it under the name of Pseudobranchia, in

the same manner as the families Cyclophoride and Helicinide form

the suborder Phaneropneumona of the order Rostrifera.

It may be thus characterized :—

Pseudobranchia. Gills vascular, branched on the inner surface

of the mantle ; body and shell spiral ; eyes sessile ; operculum none.

The open respiratory cavity, the separate sexes and the form

of the teeth, preclude its being arranged with the Pulmonobran-

chiata, with which it has been hitherto placed on account of its

terrestrial mode of life; but as our knowledge of the structure of

Mollusca extends, it is found that some Pulmonobranchiata are

marine, as Siphonariade and Amphibolide, in the same manner as

the terrestrial Cyclophoride and Oligyride are properly arranged

with the marine and fluviatile Rostrifera. The Proserpinde might

be arranged with the latter families, as was proposed before the

teeth were known; but there can be little doubt that the animals

which have the very numerous rows of such pecaliar-formed teeth

as the Raphidoglossa, must have very different habits and modes of

life from those which have only seven rows of nearly uniform teeth,

as the Tenioglossa or Rostriferous Mollusca.

And though the animal of the Proserpinide differs from the

more typical Raphidoglossa, yet all the peculiarities, except the

vascular organs of respiration and terrestrial mode of life, are found

in some of the genera of the suborder. Thus the eyes of Fissurella

are sessile on the outer side of the base of the tentacle; the whole

family of Neritinide and some of the genera of Fissurellide are

destitute of any lateral fringe or beards ; so that though these organs

are the usual characteristic of these animals, their absence is no

proof that the family does not belong to the group, especially when

we consider that the teeth have all the peculiarities, indeed, are per-

fectly typical in form with this well-marked and very peculiar tribe,

and very probably it may prove that many terrestrial Mollusea may

properly belong to the order.

The lingual membrane elongate, broad, with numerous longi-

tudinal series of close-set teeth ; the central teeth in 11 longitudmal

series, 5. 1. 5, the two outer teeth on each side being large and irre-

gular; the lateral teeth are numerous, crowded, compressed, linear,

nearly equal, transparent, with recurved tip.

In Ceres Salleana the lingual membrane is broad, elongate, with

close-set teeth. Teeth .00. 5. 1.5. 00, in numerous longitudinal

series ; the central tooth is oblong, with a smooth recurved tip, the

Ist and 2nd lateral teeth rather broader than the central, with three-

toothed recurved tip, the 3rd narrow, elongate, with a slight recurved

end, the 4th and 5th much larger, oblong and irregular shaped, the

4th about half the width of the 5th, with 3 or 4 denticles on the

inner side of the upper edge; the 5th very large, broad, with a

large subcentral reflexed lobe ; the lateral teeth are very numerous,

184. Geological Society :—

subequal, compressed, transparent, with a recurved tip, which in the

inner teeth of the series is bifid.

Teeth of Ceres Salleana.

1, Ceres SALLEANA, Gray.

Shell yellow; upper surface conical, convex, rugulose, with nu-

merous close, parallel, granular concentric striee ; lower surface

smooth, polished ; keel acute, expanded.

Hab. Cordera, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico, in dense woods, under

dead leaves (M. A. Sallé).

2. CERES EOLINA. Proserpina colina, Duclos, Mag. Zool.

The shell orange; upper surface flat, rugulose, with numerous

short, parallel, diverging, narrow, sharp ridges ; keel very acute, bent

up; lower surface convex, subhemispherical, polished, orange ; axial

eallosity thin, semitransparent, whitish.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 7, 1857.—Colonel Portlock, R.E., President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :-—

1. ‘‘On the Dichodon cuspidatus.” By Professor Owen, F.R.S.,

F.G.S.

In this paper additional facts were communicated relative to the

dentition of the Dichodon cuspidatus to those given in the author’s

original memoir on the species in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geo-

logical Society,’ vol. iv. p. 36. They related to the structure of the

last molar tooth of the lower jaw, which has a third bicuspid lobe,

and to the forms and period of succession of the permanent teeth.

The formula of the deciduous dentition was »

gag) eee ree e

— (f= ee ad o

+3’ 1—1’ dm— 32;

that of the permanent dentition is

"19-8 1—1 4=4 3—3

a — —, m— =44.

3 Sra eel, ire 3—3

The form and structure of all the permanent teeth, with the excep-

tion of the fourth premolar, are now known.

The deciduous formula is the same as in the genus Sus; the per-

manent one differs by the displacement of the first deciduous molar

Prof. Owen on the Dichodon cuspidatus. 185

by a true premolar. Whilst, however, the Dichodon resembles the

Hog-tribe in the kind and number of its teeth, it resembles more

the Ruminantia in the configuration of the true molars. The now

ascertained facts of the deciduous dentition of the Dichodon supply

an additional test of its affinities, owing to the marked difference in

the times and order of succession of the permanent teeth, between

the non-ruminant and the ruminant Artiodactyles.

In the Ox and Sheep the last true molar cuts the gum before any

of the premolars appear, and the canine teeth are the last to come

into place. In the Hog the canines appear before the premolars,

and these rise into place before the last molar has attained the level

of the other grinders. In the Dichodon the second true molar is in

place before any of the deciduous teeth have been shed ; and it more

resembles the Sheep in the order of appearance of the permanent

teeth. But there is some difference; for by the time the second

true molar is as far advanced in development as in the Dichodon,

figured in plate 4 of vol. iv. Quart. Journ. of Geol. Soc., the first

permanent incisor is in place, and the germs of the premolars in the

formative cavities have calcified crowns. The adult Dichodon appears

to have equalled in size a South Down sheep: the probable age of the

immature individual above referred to might be surmised from the

analogies presented by the subjoined ‘Table of the times of appear-

ance of the permanent teeth in the—

Ox. Sheep. Hog.

Early. Late. Early. Late.

Symbols.| Year. Month. Year. Month.| Year. Month. Year. Month. | Year. Month.

71 io. 8 BP es ) 1 4to8 ly 9G

2 Did ics Pe rs Bhat 2 Oto4 1 6

i3 7 dy bt Se rere Ze oAPZY SO! a9

c 5 on). i2 aore 3. 6 Orzer9

m1 ORs 0.26 Gry a O=56 Oy. AG

m 2 eee l 8 USE E30 0 10

m3 tM 7 crue 1 6 2 0 Y="

p2 BEG 2s Ss 27 G BiG Ly Pity

p3 Dan igen § Benne AoE i aes

p4 Ph wiles: a att) ay = res 26 1 3

The symbols of the teeth are explained in the author’s paper ‘‘ On

the Homologies of the Teeth,” in Reports of the British Association,

1848; and in Orr’s ‘ Circle of the Sciences,’ 8vo, 1854.

The additional specimens of the Dichodon described in this paper

are from the Upper Eocene beds; one from the Isle of Wight is pre-

served in the private collection of Dr. Wright of Cheltenham ; the

rest, from Hordwell, Hants, form part of the Collection of Fossils in

the British Museum.

2. ‘On a Fossil Ophidian from Karabournou, Salonica Bay.” By

Professor Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S.

The vertebre here described, thirteen in number, indicated by

their size a serpent of between 10 and 12 feetin length. ‘They were

discovered some years since by Capt. Spratt, R.N., in the fresh-

186 Geological Society.

water tertiary beds at the Promontory of Karabournou. Supposing

them to have been derived from other parts than the anterior fourth

part of the trunk, they resemble in the length of the hypapophysis

the vertebree of Crotalus, Vipera, and Natrix; which they also re-

semble in the presence of a process developed from both the upper

and lower part of the diapophysis. ‘The results of a minute compa-

rison of all the parts of the complex vertebree of ophidian reptiles

were given, which rendered it probable that the Salonica fossil ser-

pent resembled those genera in which the hypapophysis is well de-

veloped from all the trunk vertebrae: the breadth of the base of the

neural arch indicates that they have been from about the middle of

the trunk. They offer so many points of resemblance with those of

the Rattlesnake and Viper, that they may have belonged to a venom-

ous species, but they are specifically distinct from those existing

serpents: they differ generically and in a very marked degree from

the veitebre of the great constricting serpents (Python and Boa), as

well as from the large fossil serpent (Palophis) of the Eocene Tertiary

formations. A summary of the known existing serpents of Southern

Europe and Asia Minor was given, showing that none of the living spe-

cies equal in bulk the fossil serpent. ‘‘ A classical myth embalmed in

the verse of Virgil and embodied in the marble of the Laocoon would

indicate a familiarity in the minds of the ancient colonists of Greece

with the idea at least of large serpents. But according to actual

knowledge, and the positive records of zoology, the serpent between

10 and 12 feet in Jength from the tertiary strata of Salonica must

be deemed an extinct species.”’ For this fossil Professor Owen pro-

posed the name of Laophis crotaloides.

3. ‘On some additional Cambrian Fossils from the Longmynd.”

By J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S.

In March 1856 Mr. Salter communicated the discovery of traces

of Annelides and probable fragments of a ‘Trilobite, accompanied by

ripple-marks, in the sandstone-beds of the eastern part of the Long-

mynd. During the last summer he collected many more materials

for the elucidation of the palazontology of the Longmynd rocks ; and

in the present paper described the occurrence of abundant annelide

markings, referable to two species (one of them new), throughout

a mile of thickness in the lower portion of the nearly vertical shales,

sandstones, and flagstones of the Longmynd, from Church Stretton

to the Portway.

Wave- or surf-marks, ripples, sun-cracks, and rain-prints were

also described as occurring at several localities on the surfaces of

these laminated rocks of the Longmynd.

Arenicolites sparsus was proposed as the name for the new species

of double worm-hole above alluded to. Mr. Salter also adverted to

the discovery of numerous vertical worm-tubes in the quartz rock of

the Stiper Stones. These he believes to be the same as the Scolithus

linearis of Hall, found in the Potsdam sandstone of North America.

He proposes the term Arenicolites for all fossil worm-holes with

double openings, and Helminthites for the superficial trails.

Miscellaneous. 187

4. ‘On some Species of Acidaspis from the Lower Silurian beds

of the South of Scotland.” By Professor Wyville Thomson. Com-

municated by J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S.

The author described three new species of the trilobitic genus

Acidaspis, from the Lower Silurian flaystones with Graptolites and

Orthoceratites of Pinwhapple Glen, and one from the overlying

sandstone of Mullock Hill, Ayrshire. ‘The names proposed for these

species were Acidaspis Lalage; A. hystrix; A. unica; and the fourth,

A. callipareos.

5. ‘‘On two Silurian Species of Acidaspis from Shropshire.” By

J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S.

In this communication Mr. Salter gave descriptions and figures

of Acidaspis coronata, sp. nov., from the Lower Ludlow Rock, and

A. Caractaci, from the Caradoc or Bala Sandstone of Gretton. The

latter species had been previously described, but not figured.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on the Organization and Reproduction of the

Volvocinee. By F. Coun.

Tue author states that his observations on Volvox globator have

convinced him that its proper place is amongst the Algz. In it, as

in the Eudorine, Gonia, Stephanosphera, and other Volvocinee,

each spherule is not so much an individual properly so called, as an

association or family of individuals,—a sort of vegetable polypary.

A globe of Volvox is formed at its periphery by an infinity of very

small six-sided cells, soldered together like the elements of an epi-

dermic tissue. Each of these cells is furnished with two moveable

cilia, and may be compared to a Chlamydococcus; its green endo-

chrome is as it were suspended in its cavity, and only touches its

walls by means of filiform processes.

Like all Algze, Volvox possesses two modes of reproduction, but

hitherto only one of these has been known to naturalists: this con-

sists in a continual division of their cells, and recalls the scissiparity

of Chlamydococcus or Gonium, or that of most of the Palmellacee.

In each sphere of Volvox there is never more than a very small

number of utricles, which are charged with this part of multiplica-

tion. By the continual binary division of their endochrome, these

special utricles, which are simple at first, come to contain as many as

12,000 distinct cells, and thus become so many new spheres, which

_ soon free themselves.

The second mode of reproduction of the Volvox requires a sexual

concourse, and is not observed indifferently in all individuals. The

spherules endowed with sexuality are recognizable by their size and

by the greater number of their component utricles ; they are generally

moneecious, that is, they contain both male and female cells; but

the greater part of their elements is neutral. The female cells soon

exceed their neighbours in size; they acquire a deeper green tint,

and become elongated, in the manner of a matrass, towards the

188 Miscellaneous.

centre of the Volvor. The endochrome of these cells undergoes no

division. In other utricles, on the contrary, which acquire the

volume and form of the female cells, the green plastic matter divides

symmetrically into an infinity of very small parts, or linear corpuscles,

aggregated into discoid bundles. These are beset with vibratile

cilia, and oscillate in their prison, slowly at first, but afterwards

more rapidly, and they soon dissolve into their constituent elements.

The free corpuscles are very active, and it is impossible uot to re-

cognize them as true spermatozoids; they are linear, and thickened

at their posterior extremity ; two long cilia are situated behind their

middle ; and their rostrum, which is curved like the neck of a swan,

is endowed with sufficient contractility to execute the most varied

movements. These spermatozoids, as soon as they can diffuse them-

selves in the cavity of the Volvoz, soon collect about the female

cells, and succeed in penetrating into their interior; there they fix

themselves by their rostrum to the plastic globule in each cell which

is to form a spore, and gradually become incorporated with it.

Fecundation thus effected, this reproductive globule envelopes itself

successively with an integument beset with conical pointed processes,

and with an imner smooth membrane ; the chlorophyll which it con-

tains theu gives place to starch, and a red or orange-coloured oil.

This is the mature spore, of which the author has seen forty in one

sphere of Volvoz. The author has not observed the germination of

these spores.

He adds, that there is no doubt that the Spherosira Volvox of

Ehrenberg is a moneecious Volvox globator; that his V. stellatus is

the same V. globator filled with spmose or stellate spores ; and that

his V. aureus only differs from the common Volvox by having acci-

dentally smooth spores.—Comptes Rendus, 1 Dec. 1856, p. 1054.

List of Phenogamous Plants collected by Dr. KE. K. Kane on the

Western Coast of Greenland, from 73°-80° North. Extracted

from his “ Arctic Explorations,” ii. 445.

Dr. Kane and his parties having penetrated much further towards

the Pole than any of the other Arctic expeditions, and succeeded in

arriving at what is perhaps the northern extremity of Greenland,

and at an open Polar Sea of unknown extent, the list of the plants

brought back by them possesses interest—(1) from its raising the

total number of N. Greenland plants from forty-nine to seventy-six ;

(2) by showing that there is little or no difference in the vegetation

throughout the whole extent of the Greenland coast from the 67th

to the 81st degree ; (3) by proving that two plants, Hesperis Pallasii

and Vesicaria arctica, flourish on the most northern land that has

been discovered, although they had previously been noticed only in

the milder regions of the Polar zone. Mr. E. Durand, the editor of

the botanical appendix to Dr. Kane’s book, remarks upon this latter

fact, that, although limited to the appearance of two species, it ‘seems

to indicate peculiar isothermal influences, depending either on warm

currents, greater depth of water, or actual depression of our globe at

its poles.”

Miscellaneous. 189

Mr. Durand also observes, that ‘“‘ another remarkable feature of

Dr. Kane’s collection is, that, dividing into two equal parts the whole

extent of coasts visited by him, and each section presenting about

the same number of stations at which herborizations were made, the

northern section, from Upernavik to Washington Land, has yielded

more dicotyledonous plants than the southern, from Fiske Fiord to

73°; and Smith’s Sound alone, only three degrees in length, has

proved nearly as rich.”

After these few remarks, we subjoin the list of species :—

Ranunculus nivalis, a, Linn.

nivalis, 8, Br.

Sabini affinis.

Papaver nudicaule, Linn.

Hesperis Pallasu, T. & Gr.

Vesicaria arctica, a, Hook.

Draba alpina, 8, Br.

corymbosa.

—— —— micropetala.

aaa . var.

—— glacialis, 8, Hook.

—— rupestris, a, Br.

nivalis, Willd.

hirta, Linn.

Cochlearia fenestrata, Br.

Arenaria groenlandica, Spr.

arctica, var., Hook.

Stellaria longipes, 6, T. § G.

Ne, , G.

Cerastium alpinum, a, Linn.

, var.

Silene acaulis.

Lychnis apetala, a, Linn.

Dryas octopetala, Linn.

integrifolia, Vahl.

Alchemilla vulgaris, Linn.

Potentilla pulchella, Br.

nivea, 8, Hook.

—— —.,,var., T. & G.

— frigida, Vill.

tridentata, Azt.

Epilobium angustifolium, Linn.

latifolium, Linn.

Sedum Rhodiola, DC.

Saxifraga oppositifolia, Linn.

Saxifraga flagellaris, Willd.

aizoides, Wahl.

—-~ tricuspidata, Retz.

—— cespitosa, 8, Hook.

—— aizoon, Jacq.

nivalis, a, Linn.

» B, Linn.

foliolosa, Br.

cernua, Linn.

Gnaphalium sylvaticum, Linn.

Mieracium vulgatum, Fries.

Arnica angustifolia, Vahd.

Taraxacum palustre, DC.

Campanula uniflora, Linn.

Vaccinium uliginosum, Linn.

Cassiope tetragona, Don.

Pyrola chlorantha, Sw.

Pedicularis arctica, Br.

Kanei, Durand.

hirsuta, Linn.

Diapensia lapponica, Linn.

Polygonum viviparum, Linn.

Oxynia digyna, Campd.

Empetrum nigrum, Linn.

Salix arctica, Br.

herbacea, Linn.

Luzula hyperborea, Br.

arcuata, Mey.

Carex rigida, Good.

Eriophorum polystachyon, Linn.

Alopecurus alpinus, Eng. Bot.

Agrostis canina, Br.

Poa arctica.

alpina, Linn.

Festuea ovina, Linn.

Trisetum subspicatum, Linn.

Mr. Durand states, that the additions to the North Greenland

column of Dr, Richardson’s Statistical Tables (where the generic

names only are given) are—

Ranunculus Sabini.

Hesperis Pallasii.

Vesicaria arctica.

Draba (3 species).

Arenaria arctica.

Cerastium, var. (probably a new

species).

Dryas octopetala.

Alchemilla vulgaris.

Potentilla frigida.

190 Miscellaneous.

Sedum Rhodiola. Pedicularis (2 species).

Saxifraga (2 species). Empetrum uigrum.

Gnaphalium sylvaticum. Salix (1 species).

Mieracium vulgatum. Eriophorum (2 species).

Vaccinium uliginosum. Agrostis canina.

Pyrola chlorantha. Festuca ovina.

Diapensia lapponica.

There is only one undoubtedly new species in the collection, viz.—

« Pedicularis Kanei (Durand). Caulibus compluribus ; foliis lineari-

bus glabris; pinuulis minutis, omnibus remotis, rachi petioloque

vix dilatatis ; corolla rosea, galea edentata.

«Planta quam preecedens[P. arctica] robustior, radice carnosa pal-

matim ramosa. Caules complures, vix lanati; folia linearia, glabra,

pinnatifida ; pinnulz minute, omnes remotee, margine rursum fere

integra, deorsum acute serrata ; petiolus foliorumque rachis vix dila-

tati; prior ad basin parce lanatus. Spica densa ; bractez lanugi-

nose angusto-lanceolate, fere integre, ad apicem tantummodo

obscure pauci-dentate., Calyx 5—6-fidus, lana alba densissima im-

plexus; corolla rosea, textura tenerrima, calyee duplo longior ; la-

bium inferius tripartitum, suberoso-dentatum ; lobus medianus sub-

rotundus (in preecedenti emarginatus), galea minus incurva, angustior,

edentata. Staminorum filamenta pilosa; stigma subrotundum, pa-

pillosum, integrum ; germen subglobosum.

“ P, Kanei is easily distinguished from P. arctica by the delicacy

of its pinnules, which are all remote, on a rachis scarcely dilated ; by

its bracts, perhaps more lanuginous, but almost entire ; by its rose-

coloured flowers, its edentate helmet, and the thin texture of its

corolla and calyx. The middle lobe of the inferior lip and stigma

are not emarginate, as in P. arctica, and the germ is of a more glo-

bose form. It is, moreover, a larger plant, with many more stems,

and a more fleshy root.’’—-Kane’s Arctic Explor. ii. 458.

Gathered on the coast of Smith’s Sound.

Only one fern is mentioned as found to the north of 73°, viz.

Cystopteris fragilis, at Wolstenholm, 7G

One new moss also is recorded, viz.

‘“* Bryum lucidum(James). This species in all its characters resem-

bles B. crudum, except the capsule, which is oval, without a collum,

and not pyriform, and of a dark brown colour.” —l. c. 465.

We must refer to the Essay itself for many other valuable and

interesting remarks.

Remarks on young Bony Pikes (Lepidosteus).

By Professor AGAssiz.

Mr. J. E. Gavit exhibited to the American Association at Albany

a vase containing young Gar-Pikes 4 to 6 inches long, from Lake

Ontario, which called forth some remarks from Prof. Agassiz. The

point of special interest in these representatives of the ancient Ganoids

was the occurrence of an upper lobe to the caudal fin containing the

prolonged vertebral column. It was placed directly above that fin,

was of equal length, and had a lanceolate form ; it moreover had a

Meteorological Observations. 191

peculiar rapid vibratile motion. The vertebral column was continued

in it quite to its extremity. These young fishes therefore were essen-

tially identical in their tails with the Palzeozoie species, and in one

genus of the Old Red Sandstone, named Glypticus, as stated by

Prof. Agassiz, the tail was similar in the form of the lobes. This

supernumerary lobe disappears as the fish grows older. Prof. Agassiz

observed, that this was among the many facts which show that the

order of succession of animals in past time is exemplified now in the

development of individuals. He also remarked on the fact that these

Ganoid fishes resemble reptiles in the power of moving the head on

the back-bone (owing to the ball-and-socket joint of the vertebree),

and in the guasi tail.—Silliman’s Journal, Nov. 1856.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1856.

[The insertion of carefully prepared Meteorological Reports in the principal

daily Papers has rendered our Table and Observations, which from the nature of

our publication cannot appear within less than a month after date, of so little

value, that the Editors have determined to discontiaue them. In doing so they

beg to return their thanks to those gentlemen who for so many years have kindly

contributed the information. ]

Chiswick.—December 1. Severe frost: fine, but cqld. 2. Clear and frosty. 3.

Rain. 4. Frosty and foggy: rain. 5. Foggy and drizzly: rain at night. 6.

Densely clouded: raiu. 7. Boisterous: cloudy: fine. 8. Densely overcast :

cloudy: rain. 9. Fine: cloudy: rain at night. 10. Rain: densely clouded. 11.

Partially overcast : fine: rain at night. 12. Clear: very fine in forenoon: cloudy

at night: heavy rain. 13. Rain: cloudy and fine. 14, Slight rain: cloudy and

fine. 15. Clear and fine: frosty at night. 16. Sharp frost: clear: foggy. 17.

Frosty and foggy: cloudy at night. 18. Hazy: drizzly: slight rain. 19. Clear

and fine throughout: slight frost at night. 20. Frosty: hazy: cloudy. 21. Over-

cast. 22. Cloudy. 23. Partially overcast: clear: cloudy. 24. Rain: clear and

very fine: frosty at night. 25. Foggy: sharp frost. 26. Cloudy: frosty. 27.

Clear and frosty : severe frost at night. 28. Frosty: clear: sharp frost. 29. Clear

and frosty: overcast. 30. Hazy. 31. Cloudy.

Mean temperature ofithe:month), 4...0...cacab->-0cscerenscasobace 39°-03

Mean temperatire ote Ween Soo nie.eretscceasee aicua coc das seers ces 33 °99

Mean temperature of Dec. for the last thirty years ............ 39 48

Avera ResaMOUNE Of TAININ DOG A ves ce a-Si spor b eases cay sseee ke 1:479 inch.

Boston.—Dec. 1. Fine. 2. Fine: snowrp.m. 3, 4. Fine. 5. Cloudy: rain

A.M. 6. Fine: rain p.m. 7. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 8, 9. Cloudy. 10.

Cloudy: rain a.m. 11. Cloudy: raine.m. 12,13. Fine: rain p.m. 14-16. Fine.

17. Cloudy. 18. Cloudy: rain a.m. 19. Fine. 20. Cloudy. 21. Cloudy: rain p.m.

22—26. Fine. 27. Fine: snowe.mM. 28. Fine. 29. Fine: rain p.m. 30. Cloudy.

31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Bright a.M.: clear p.m. 2. Snow-showers

A.M.: clear p.m. 3. Cloudy a.m.: showers, thaw p.m. 4. Snow-showers a.m. :

rain P.M. 5. Drops A.M.: rainp.M. 6. Showers a.m. and p.m. 7. Cloudy A.m.:

showers p.M. 8. Cloudy a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 9. Cloudy a.M.:rainp.m. 10. Damp

A.M.: showers P.M. 11. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 12. Cloudy a.m.: fine, showers

p.M. 13. Cloudy A.m.: fine, clear p.m. 14. Showers a.m.: cloudy p.m. 15.

Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 16. Cloudy a.m.: showers p.m. 17. Cloudy a.m.: damp

p.M. 18. Showers a.M.: clear P.M. 19. Drizzle a.m.: cloudy p.m. 20. Drizzle

A.M. and p.m. 21. Drizzle a.m.: rain p.m. 22. Hail-showers a.M. and p.m.

23. snow A.M. and p.M. 24. Thaw a.m.: cloudy, sleet p.m. 25. Frost, bright

A.M.: snow-showers p.M. 26. Frost, bright A.M.: snow-showers P.M. 27, 28.

Fanishowers AM. and p.m. 29. Bright a.m.: drops p.m. 30. Showers a.m.:

drizzle p.m. 31. Drizzle a.m.: rain P.M.

Mean temperature of Dec. for previous twenty-nine years... 40°:97

Mean temperature of this month .......... Fate Cores nee 39 38

Mean temperature Of Dees W855) isccsccpecccsssssseccsvodtescsene 39 -41

Average quantity of rain in Dec. for sixteen previous years... 4°23 inches.

EV Sco. :

SS Bg.t gr.6b 39.68 | 6.96 [L626 60.$¢| SLr.62 £9v.6z ov.6z £99.62 S£g.6c | ‘wea

OI [eeereceee[eeteeree| ag [+ : vis aa (ee Cate) (EN

rs ee area aie eR Oe le:

ZO, [reetersee[tetereree] ag Be | Meanes es teat falees alee p : g.6z gf1.0€ I1z,0f “of

Bs eae altel Sago qua | me Ie Oe 89.6% 89-62 14.6% | SSo0f | zzrof | -

Sel ecole esl ca ¥ = o oe BP = e ore 91.62 of.62 018.62 oLL.6z a

Ba: eee Ey s ‘au. | gt of e We 3 eae as 96.gz 117.62 ogt.6z PET (:)

br, ceeeeeseeeereee| gut savant) cot ae ee ee gr | ve i ss ae 09.3% LEg.gz 140.67 "92

RCC TRS RT) | ES |e] ose | Mee | RE | Sk | RE |

Z, [eretseeselteeteteee| og P : ‘ H E 10,6z £L7.6z é

Be ee tS ah en ag Fa 162 : 4 a rt pee 16.62 ol .6z 498.62 of0.0£ ve

Beet alerted og aren ume (OP re | He ail orgs oe 16.62 00,0 | ovf.of£ czv.of “a2

to. | Sr. jects] “mms | cu | gh] 6 | S18) ge | vb 66.62 eae o0.0f | Lgf.of | gzbof | voz

Lz, sree) th | “tant | cael | Pay Nash ID art BE leet "of ce GS tee toe tob.of | +61)

[ $. : Pes Ewe | (wer | CROP ere |e Gel one be} Sekt ae | eee eee

| Go, |rtresreeleeteeeeee] omy Ser Neat Peal ore le s6e\ “oe BL 6E ee . 00.0 OZI.0£ SE+r.08 “Lt

ls ctietos Calecweesse| Op : 108 ot.08 SES

| TO. MS “MUU| ° 26£ 4 ae 108 ovs.of .

| go. te. Ea tae via oe ‘Ki: or 44 ip / ix ZZ.0£ 0z.0£ 06,62 ZTTZ.O£ Sgt.of ee

90, | go. | bh | 9 | ms | cs | grb | rh] Ev! 6E | $8 oe a nee eee |e ee

gl. go. 61. au "s | °AS Iv | 1+ Gull any ho e +A tree Soir ae ue ge er

or, eres) £6, | wea) 8 oo \bch lepers! ley : aes 1£.6z 90.62 107,62 z1$.62 110

ee aos ae i Sid Fas iz iM 92 ie t gl.gz 98.87 $12.62 614.62 ‘or |

ro. | Lo. | fo. | 8 |emes| me | $2p| 6b | SS) x8 | 65 6 ge ele bebe et Oe aaa ee

are lo See [bo Foe. 5) ates: | sas “Gb lets. | ~og\| 265 is aes gee cowie Lea Re es

Bre Beg | vor ual the'| aa. Soe ese LSet a ie: | sage AES to.6c | €25.6c | 495.62 | 4 |

USSR CR ero aioe dae Eee ere 6£.gz go.6z | ELb62 | 0S.6z | 9 |

2S, leer] ex, | unpeo| mu | co | §c8 es e oe ; es Lv.6z 6£.6z 1L£.6z Lz9.62 o«

go. Ze gz. ‘Mw | ‘MU | *OT ‘ob | 18 | S.zz| 2 ie Go.6z ee aes eee rae +

go.’ fbeseeceeefesesrel mea | am | oak pe ieee ae : ; oL,6z 9$.6z o$L.6z $96.62 a

Be nig eae gi] 61 | SE | 08.62 08.62 L9.6

ZO. tees 5 ; . g.b% £69.62 66. ;

| mee sett RG ane eel ae a $6.67 63.6z $9.62 aoa6e ae "i

Pe ean. eer ed | oo |mape : Se

ay | 3 A oF g | oe Sees ee pe ag) Mies aah Bah ee | can eV 29d

as 3 5 | 33 B | 25 | mpoes | 8 5 eos 2 SS Pe | tA

p E ? Z ‘KouyI0 en *YOTASTYO *yormpueg ‘AouyxIO 35 “YOUASIIO

“Urey *purm *JaJWOULIEY, TF, “rojomoreg rake

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

Bose 3

[SECOND SERIES.}

No. 111. MARCH 1857.

a wow

Sas ee a,

XV.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration, and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrated Animals.

By Tuomas Witiiams, M.D., F.L.S., Physician to the

Swansea Infirmary.

[Concluded from vol. xvii. p. 258.]

{With a Plate. }

Cephalopsda*.

Tue Cephalopod Mollusks stand at the head of the Invertebrated

series, not only in virtue of a superiority of bodily form, but

also of the higher type of structure which pervades their entire

organization. They depart from the Gasteropods in the position

and shape of their principal prehensile and locomctive organs,

and in the significant fact that in them the ‘general cavity’ of the

body is almost obliterated. They approach the Vertebrated animal

in the following respects:—They possess a rudimentary endo-

skeleton, greatly developed cephalic ganglions, large and active

organs of sense, a vigorous and well-formed muscular system, a

blood-vascular apparatus more perfect than that of any other

class of Invertebrata, a nutritive fluid thickly fibrinized and of

high specific gravity, and blood-corpuscles which in figure and

structure more nearly resemble those of the Mammal than do

those of any other Invertebrated animal. The circulatory appa-

ratus of the Cephalopods does not, however, constitute a perfectly

closed system. This point was established by the early classic

researches of Professor Owen. The cephalic venous sinus, and

* The author regrets that, im consequence of various engagements, he

has been obliged to postpone so long the publication of this last paper,

which completes the series published in the ‘Annals’ under the above title

from time to time during the years 1854-1856.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 13

194 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

its continuation, the great anterior vena cava, appear to form

closed-off portions merely of the peritoneal cavity. The vena

cava in Nautilus is a flattened spacious channel, the parietes of

which are perforated by numerous orifices which communicate

directly with the peritoneal cavity. This remarkable peculiarity

is thus described by Professor Owen: “ There are several small

intervals left between the muscular fibres and the corresponding

round apertures in the membrane of the vein (vena cava) and

contiguous peritoneum, by which the latter membrane becomes

continuous with the linmg membrane of the vein; from this

structure it would seem that the blood might flow into the pert-

toneal cavity, or the fluid contents of that cavity be absorbed

into the vein*.”

Though, from the small size of the specimens upon which the

author’s observations have been conducted, he has not been

successful in his attempts to verify the statements of Prof. Owen,

he thinks it very probable, on the ground of analogy, that they

are true. In the Echinoderms and Annelids the vascular system

undoubtedly communicates with the peritoneal cavity. Of the

Gasteropod Mollusks Milne-Edwards observes, “ L’artére aorte,

parvenue au point ot le canal digestif se recourbe pour descendre

de la face supérieure du bulbe pharyngien dans la cavité abdo-

minale, débouche directement dans une vaste lacune, dont les parois

sont formées en partie par les téguments communs de la téte et

en partie par les muscles et les tuniques du pharynx joimtes a

les lames de tissu connectif étendues transversalement au devant

de la cavité abdominalet.” The cephalic sinus in the Gastero-

pods forms a part of the arterial system ; in the Cephalopods it

is a segment of the venous system. That portion of the circu-

latory system of the Cephalopod which is intermediate, in the

solids of the body, between the arteries and veins, partakes much

more strikingly of the capillary character, or less of the lacunose,

than it does in any other Mollusk. It seems, from the researches

of Prof. Owen, that in Nautilus and Octopus, and other genera,

the pericardium (or that membrane which embraces the large cen-

tral vessels) opens immediately into the branchial chamber. Dr.

Lacaze Duthierst has lately shown that the pericardial chainber in

the Lamellibranchiata also opens externally. From these analogies

the writer of this paper believes that the lung-sac of the pulmo-

nary Gasteropods should be looked upon as the pericardial bag

slighily diverted from the character which is normal to it in

other Mollusks.

Considered from this homological point of view, the lung of

* Cyclop. Anat. and Phys., Art. Cephalopoda.

+ Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 3 sér. 1847.

t{ Ann. d. Se. Nat. No. 5, 1855.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 195

the Pulmonata should be described as the pericardium, re-

ceiving air instead of water into its interior. ‘The vascular

system of Insects is filled with air, that of the Annelids with

fluid. Insects differ from the Annelids, therefore, precisely in

the same manner as the Pulmonata differ from other Mollusks.

But, notwithstanding the express provisions which are thus made

to introduce the external element into the recesses of the body

of Cephalopods, these Mollusks are furnished with branchial

organs more beautifully and elaborately constructed than those

of any other Invertebrated animal.

The general anatomy of this class is well known. The author

therefore will at once proceed to state the results of his special

researches on the minute structure of the respiratory organs.

Mechanisin of the Branchial Chambers.

The branchial chamber of the Cephalopod is a perfect hydraulic

mechanism. It is placed in advance of the viscera. It is en-

closed laterally by the mantle, the muscles of which have received

an express disposition with reference to the rhythmic respiratory

movements which it is designed to perform. Anteriorly the

chamber is provided with two valvular openings, the valves

being so arranged as to afford a ready entrance to the inspira-

tory water-current, and to prevent its reflux. The water thus

drawn or sucked into the breathing-chamber is drawn or sucked

also into the hollow axes of the gills (especially in Octopus) by

a diastolic movement of these organs which seems to be syn-

chronous with that of the mantle. Having freely permeated the

branchie, the water is expelled through the funnel by an expira-

tory act in which the gills and the mantle contract simulta-

neously. The rectum and the ducts of the generative system

terminate in this chamber at the base of the funnel. The ex-

piratory current thus conveys externally the excreta. In this

character, as is well known, the Cephalopods coincide with the

Gasteropods.

The precise mode in which the water, during the respiratory

movements, traverses the branchize, has only recently become

known to the author*. It does not enter, as he formerly supposed,

* In a former paper (see Annals, ser. 2. vol. xvi. pl. 9) I introduced a

figure (fig. 7) illustrative of the manner in which I then believed the water

to pass through the branchiz in the act of respiration. Although it was

intended only to convey a general idea of the mechanism of the chamber

and its currents, yet as that figure stands, it may lead to error. The hollow

axes of the gills are not open, as there represented, at their posterior or

attached extremity, but conically closed, as they are at the anterior extre-

mity. It will be evident, in the text, that the water cannot therefore enter

the interior of the organ in one large stream, as there shown.

13*

196 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

as one current at the posterior extremity, but from above down-

wards, from the dorsal to the ventral side, in as many streams

as there are spaces (PI. XV. fig. 1 e) between the secondary lobuli

of the organs. By this arrangement the inspiratory pure current

is first and at once brought into contact with that half of the

gill on which the vascular lamine are suspended. It effects its

escape, during the systole of the organ, at the ventral side,

through the fissures between the non-vascular supports of the

lobuli (d,d). Although in the genus Loligo the gill (fig. 3, 3?)

does not fold so much upon itself as to enclose a cylindrical

axis, as in Octopus (fig. 1), the water-currents observe pre-

cisely the same direction in both. The admission of the aérating

element apparently into the interior of the gill in the Cepha-

lopods may be said, on the one hand, to be parallel to what

occurs in the Lamellibranchiata, or, on the other, may be

likened to the entrance of the air, in the Mammal, into the

lungs. As a respiratory mechanism, it resembles the latter

more than the former. The lungs possess the property of di-

lating and contracting, in order to inhale and exhale the gases

concerned in respiration. The branchi of the Cephalopod are

endowed with the same property. ‘They bear a nearer similarity

to the gills of the Pectinibranchiata than to those of any other

Mollusks. They are highly muscular and irritable : the disposi-

tion of the muscles will be afterwards described. On the floor

of the branchial chamber, situated immediately underneath

each gill, and running parallel with these organs, may be ob-

served a dense prominent ridge (Pl. XV. fig. 1 h, h), to which

the branchiz are attached, and upon which they rest. This

ridge consists of a dense bundle of muscles, which during con-

traction are capable of approximating closely together the two

extremities of the branchiz—in other words, of shortening these

organs in length. These muscles are richly supplied with nerves

from the neighbouring palhal ganglion. They aid in a very

material manner the branchial movements of dilatation and con-

traction. They not only afford a fixed point of attachment to

the gills, but they are accessory to the mantle im the respiratory

movements.

Structure of the Branchie.

The Tetrabranchiate and Dibranchiate orders are founded

simply upon the number of the gills*. No classification has

been attempted on the basis of the remarkable varieties which

occur in the anatomical structure of the gills. As far as the

* The second pair of branchiz in the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopods are

most probably parallel to, and representative of, the supplementary gills of

the Lamellibranchiata described in a former paper.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 197

author’s examinations have extended, he has succeeded in

establishing only two main varieties,—that of Octopus and

Sepia (Pl. XV. fig.1), in which the secondary lobuli circumscribe

a hollow axis, by curving from the dorsal to the ventral aspect ;

and that, 2ndly, of Loligo and Loligopsis (Pl. XV. fig. 3, 3°), in

which the secondary parts of the organ pass only half-way

round, and float freely in the branchial chamber, instead of

being, as in Octopus, tied down to the longitudinal pallial

muscle upon which the gills rest. He has no doubt, however,

that other modifications of structure in the branchial organs of

this class exist; but, in consequence of the want of specimens,

he is not at present in a position to speak of them, The Di-

branchiate order is thus obviously resolvable into two well-

marked suborders,—the one in which the gill forms a cylinder ;

the second, in which it forms a hemicylinder. This distinction

has never before been noticed.

No example of the Tetrabranchiata has ever fallen under my

notice. Prof. Owen states that they stand m closer connexion

with the Gasteropod Mollusks than the Dibranchiata. In Nau-

tilus Pompilius this distinguished observer figures the branchiz

as having a completely formed cylindrical arrangement.

It must therefore be concluded that the Tetrabranchiata are

lower than the Dibranchiata in the Molluscan scale, and that

Octopus should stand beneath the Calamary in zoological rank.

This interesting fact, as the ground of classification, is com-

mended to the attention of those who may enjoy opportunities

of studying the organization of this most interesting class of

animals. In accordance with this view, which regards the gill

of Octopus as ranking below that of Loligo, let us proceed first

to the detailed description of the lower variety.

The gills in the genus Octopus are strikingly distinguished in

apparent structure from those of the other families of the Di-

branchiate tribe. Although only two in number, in all the

species of this order they exhibit, as stated before, very extra-

ordinary diversities of shape. In the size and disposition of the

branchial chamber there is no corresponding variation: it is

nearly the same in all species. In Octopus the branchia on

either side is attached in a peculiar manner to the ventral wall

of the breathing-chamber. The dorsal surface is free and un-

attached: it is so situated as to float on a thin supporting

ridge. ‘The water thus rushes into and out of its interior with

equal facility. The branchial artery, or afferent venous trunk

(fig. 1 5), lies on and courses up along the ventral side of the

organ: it emanates from the branchial hearts*. ‘The branchial

* It will afterwards be shown that these cordiform dilatations of the blood-

channels in the vicinity of the branchize may be viewed as mere safety

198 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

vein or efferent trunk (fig. 1 a) runs along the dorsal border of

the gill, and terminates in the aorta (these two trunks are

seen in section, fig. 2.a,b). These two longitudinal trunks

constitute the framework by which the entire apparatus of the

gillis supported. To them are attached respectively the two ends

of the secondary lobuli in Octopus: in Loligo, as will be again

explained, a slight variation from this type occurs. The plan

of this structure is readily understood on a transverse section of

the gill (fig. 2). In the gill of Octopus vulgaris there are

twelve pinne or secondary lobuli on either side (fig.1d,d). Along

the external and internal margins respectively (fig. 22,2, & e, e),

efferent and afferent vessels are observed to travel. These second-

ary branches, like the primary trunks from which they proceed,

serve to support, in their turn, the tripinne (g), or the ultimate

leaflets in which are distributed the final capillaries of the

branchie. As observed by Professor Owen, the gills of this

Cephalopod are tripinnate. This general term, however, serves

but very rudely to express the extreme refinement of structure

and arrangement which these organs exhibit. The secondary

and tertiary divisions are so much longer than the straight space

between the points to which they are fixed, that in the ordinary

state of the animal, after death, they present remarkably com-

plex foldings and convolutions ; but when the organ is in the

condition of full and complete distension (with blood m the

vessels and water in the hollow axis), the secondary lobuli and

their appended system of leaflets are straight or smooth laminze

of exquisite slenderness, delicacy, and translucency. Although

the secondary divisions (fig. 1 d,d) amount to no more than

twelve in number on either side, the tertiary lamine (ec, c) which

each of them supports are as many as from twenty-five to

thirty on either side. The multiplication thus insured is ex-

traordinary. The secondary lobuli are separated from each

other by free, open water-passages (fig. 24). It is through

these spaces that the fresh mspiratory streams enter the axial

interior of the gill (fig. 2). No exact parallel to these spaces

is found in any other Mollusk. The water, indeed, rushes bes

tween the secondary divisions of the gills in all the Pectini-

branchiata. In these latter, however, the organ does not cir-

cumscribe a hollow interior. The tertiary branchial foliage is

disposed at right angles on the secondary, just as the latter rest

at right angles on the main primary trunks. According to this

arrangement, no obstacle is offered to the rapid and free passage

receptacles for the retrogressmg column of blood (which is either stopped

or thrown baek in its course during the extreme changes of size which the

gills are constantly undergoing), with quite as much propriety as they are

now considered to be propulsive hearts.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 199

of the water-current through the gill, above from the outside to

the inside, below from the inside to the outside. In a mecha-

nical point of view, there is much to admire in this contrivance.

The more forcibly the water is caused to pass through the

branchia, the more completely its delicate leaflets are straightened

and rendered smooth. All danger from mechanical injury is

thus obviated.

The water is drawn into the hollow interior of the gill much

more slowly than it is driven out. No violence to the slender

structures of the organ can accrue from its forcible ejection,

since the spaces through which the water effects its exit are

bounded only by tendon and fibrous tissue. Now, it may be

asked with great reason, how is it that during the expiratory

shortening of the gill, the water does not again escape through

the passages by which it entered? It is not difficult to answer this

question. When the large longitudinal muscle (fig.1/, A; fig. 2c)

which is situated underneath the gill contracts, and thus ap-

proximates the two ends of the gill, it brings the dorsal half of

the organ closer together, forming the concavity of a curve,

while it separates the ventral half, which for the instant forms

the convexity of the curve. At this instant the expiratory cur-

rent escapes. Reversing this movement, it is not difficult to

perceive how the act of inspiration occurs.

The gills of all Cephalopods are remarkably elastic; at one

moment exhibiting an extraordinary capability of dilatation, at

another of extreme contraction. This property is due to the

presence of muscular fibres. They are distributed throughout

the entire structure of the gill; they embrace the vessels; they

course along the edges of the lamine; they are internally in-

termingled with elastic tissue, whose normal mode of action is

rhythmic; they contribute in a most important manner to the

mechanism of breathing.

The branchial system of the Cephalopods is distinguished by

one further peculiarity :—in no instance yet examined has the

presence of -vibratile cilia been proved. In this particular they

are allied to the gills of the Crustacea and the Fish*. In the

Cephalopod, no part whatever of the gill is furnished with cilia.

At first it might be thought that its extreme flexibility super-

seded the necessity for such organules. ‘The instance of the

Crustacean gill, however, which is perfectly passive, disproves

this imagination. Why cilia are denied to the branchiz of the

Cephalopod, cannot at present be explained. The fact is attested

by all observers.

* T am sorry that, in consequence of the want of specimens, I cannot, from

personal knowledge, state at this moment whether the gills of the Pectini-

branchiata are ciliated or not.

200 On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration.

The ultimate lamine (fig.4:9,g) are arranged in a dense parallel

series on either side of the secondary processes. They present

the same disposition as those of the gill of the Crab. Those of

the latter, however, are comparatively stiff leaves; those of the

former are contractile and flexible in the highest degree. The

tissue of the Cephalopod gill is extremely extensile, that of the

Crab is fixed and passive.

It is very difficult to obtain a satisfactory view of the fully-

unfolded flat surface of one of these ultimate lamine ; but with

care, it may be obtained. Each lamina is constructed very much

on the plan of that of a Pectinibranchiate gill. It 1s a leaflike

structure, bearing two strata of vessels (fig. 6 a, 6), an afferent

and an efferent, which double the one into the other at the free

margin (c,c). The aérating current laves thus the advancing and

the returning capillary streams of blood. The ultimate blood-

channels (figs. 5,6) bear an exact resemblance to those already

described in the gills of the Pectimibranchiata. They are parallel,

non-dividing channels, of unvarying diameter. At the point of

curving (c,c), or the free margin, they do not dilate, as in the case of

the Lamellibranchiata. From all others they are distinguished

by the circumstance of their extreme distensile and contractile

capabilities. If these ultimate vessels united and divided in

a retiform manner, they would approach to the plan observed

in the branchize of the Fish. They form, however, a straight

parallel series, laminarly blended together by delicate cellular

tissue (fig. 6). In this character they conform to the Molluscan

distinctive type of structure. No instance of departure from this

type is known, from the Tunicate to the Cephalopod. From

the Pectinibranchiate standard they differ in the absence of

cilia. The absence of cilia is compensated in the Cephalopod

by the extreme muscularity of the organ.

It is scarcely possible in the branchial organs of this class to

arrive at a certain knowledge as to the point whether the ultimate

lamine are covered or not by an epithelium. The parts are

so irritable and transparent, that the question cannot with con-

fidence be determined. That they are not lined by a ciliated

epithelium is quite certain; that they are not invested by any

epithelium at all, is improbable; but the existence of this cover-

ing cannot be demonstrated convincingly. The conclusion must

therefore rest on general analogy : all analogy is unquestionably

in favour of its presence.

The branchie of Loligo (fig. 3, 3?) differ from those of Octo-

pus (fig. 1) in a remarkable manner. In the latter genus the

secondary divisions (c, c) are attached to the ventral aspect of

the organ (fig. 22,7). In the former they are loose, and float

freely in the branchial cavity (fig. 3 , 5, & 3?c,c). They thus form

Mr. W. H. Benson on the Characters of Streptaulus. 201

a curved figure, or half-cylinder. The mode of action of the gill

during the respiratory act is precisely the same as in the case

of the Octopus. The water enters and penetrates in the same

direction ; it escapes expiratorily in the same manner. In all

other respects the branchie in these two examples are con-

structed in precise accordance with the same principle. There

is no deviation ; in minute structure they are the same.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. The left gill of Octopus vulgaris, in situ: a, efferent vessel or

branchial vein ; 6, afferent vessel or branchial artery ; c, branchial

heart; d, d, secondary lobuli of the branchia; c, ¢, tertiary

leaflets; f, the hindmost lobule, showing that the axis of the

gill is closed both behind and anteriorly at g; h, h, the sub-

branchial longitudinal muscle.

Fig. 2. Transverse section of the gill (effected through the interlobular

space) : a, branchial vein (in section) ; b, branchial artery ; c, lon-

gitudinal sub-branchial muscle (in section); d, attachment to

mantle ; e, e,g,g, secondary lobular artery (or afferent vessel) ;

f, the frenum or membrane which forms a framework and sup-

ports the branchial foliage, i, 7, 7,2; h. represents the water-spaces

between the lobuli.

Fig. 3-3°. Gill of the common Calamary, viewed from the dorsal side ;

3”, the same, viewed from the ventral side : a, a, secondary lobuli ;

6, b, afferent primary and secondary vessels ; ¢, tue tertiary lobuli.

Fig. 4. Transverse section of the gill of the Calamary : a, efferent vessel,

in section; 0, afferent ditto; c,c, secondary efferent trunks ;

d, d, secondary afferent ditto; e, e, e, tertiary foliage ; f, f, water-

spaces; gy, g, vessel; h, freenum by which the gill is attached to

the mantle,

‘ig. 5. Plan of ultimate vessels.

Fig. 6. Plan of the same at free border.

XVI.—Characters of Streptaulns, a new genus, and of several

species of the Cyclostomacea from Sikkim, the Khasia Hills,

Ava, and Pegu. By W. H. Brunson, Esq.

STREPTAULUS, Bens. Genus novum.

Testa umbilicata, pupiniformis, nitens ; peristoma circulare, non con-

tinuum, superne tubulo suturali interno et externo, continuo, ad

extremitates ambas aperto, siphonem mentiente, perforatum.

Opere. ?

Streptaulus Blanfordi, Bens., n. 8.

Testa umbilicata, oblonga, polita, regulariter oblique striata, striis

prope suturam submargivatam fortioribus, lineis nonnullis spirali-

bus decussatis, fusco-cornea, translucente ; apice obtusiusculo ;

202 Mr. W. H. Benson on the Characters

anfractibus 5 convexiusculis, penultimo ventricosiori ; apertura

magna, subcirculari; peristomate simplici, reflexo, subrevyoluto,

marginibus callo parictali tenui junctis; tubuli suturalis parte

externa longa, pone junctionem labri breviter arcuatim elevata,

suturam subtus exhibente ; umbilico impervio.

Long. 71, diam. 5 mill. Long. apert. (peristomate incluso) 4 mill.

Hab. prope Darjiling, in montibus Himalayanis Sikkimensibus.

Teste H. Blanford.

A most interesting new form, intermediate between Dr. Pfeif-

fer’s genus Rhaphaulus and the Sikkim and Burmese forms of

Alyceus exhibited in A. constrictus, Urnula, and Amphora, B.

In the last-named shell the sutural tube commences at a very

short distance behind the mouth. In Streptaulus the tube is

first internal, and on arriving at the aperture is suddenly re-

flected, and instead of forming an opening in the lip above the

aperture as in R. bombycinus, or ending in a short upright tube

as in R. Lorraini or Chrysalis, Pfr., it describes a short arch be-

hind the lip, and then runs to some distance along the external

suture, as in Alyceus. In texture and colouring Streptaulus

agrees with Rhaphaulus, not with Alyceus, and it is entirely

deficient in the strangulation and swelling which characterize

the anterior portion of the last whorl in all the species of the

latter genus. It inhabits the same tract with Megalomastoma

funiculatum. None of the larger Pupiform Cyclostomacea are

known to travel farther towards the north-west.

Diplommatina diplocheilus, Bens., nu. s.

Testa dextrorsa, vix rimata, ovato-conica, subfusiformi, medio ventri-

cosiori, solidiuscula, carneo-albida, vix translucente, leviter nitente;

spira conica, apice acuto, sutura profunda ; anfractibus 63-7 con-

vexis, primis costatis, 3 postremis lzvioribus, antepenultimo

majori tumido; apertura verticali subauriculari, pallide carnea,

nitente, plica columellari valida nutante munita; peristomate du-

plici, interno continuo expanso, exteriori planato-expanso, infra

sinistre angulo saliente desinente, margine sinistro sinuato, callo

parietali magno, expanso, superne suturam fere attingente, subtus

soluto marginem elevatum efformante. Operculo retractili.

Long. 3, diam. 2 mill.

Hab. ad Teria Ghat, Montium Khasia dictorum portam, satis fre-

quens. ‘Teste W. Theobald.

This shell, which, although abundant, was local on limestone

rocks, belongs to the division of Diplommatina with a conspi-

cuous plait at the edge of the aperture, described by the Messrs.

Adams as Pazillus, from the Bornean type “ adversa,” which

Mr. H. Adams now regards as a Diplommatina. The operculum

was remarked by Mr. Theobald when the species was freshly

taken. Diplommatina Hutton, Pfr., and the two following

of some Species of Cyclostomacea. 203

species belong to the same type. There is a strong line of

separation between the inner and outer peristome in D. diplo-

cheilus, and the relief of the parietal callus above the columella

is a marked feature.

Diplommatina pachycheilus, Bens., n.s.

Testa dextrorsa, non rimata, ovato-acuminata, levi, obsolete costu-

lato-striata, pallide cornea, translucente, nitente ; spira attenuato-

conica, apice obtusiusculo, sutura impressa; anfractibus 7 con-

vexlusculis, antepenultimo majori tumido ; apertura verticali, late

auriculari, plica columellari valida, transversa, munita; peristo-

mate subduplici, sinuato, incrassato, infra sinistre angulato, callo

parictali expanso, appresso, margine columellari sinuato. Operc.

Long. 4, diam. 24 mill.

Hab. ad Darjilmg. Teste H. Blanford.

This is the largest of the known Himalayan species, and,

judging from the single specimen received, the most modest in

sculpture.

Diplommatina polypleuris, Bens., n. s.

Testa dextrorsa, non rimata, oblongo-ovata, confertim oblique chor-

dato-costulata, pallide carnea, apice obtusiusculo, hyalino, sutura

profunda; anfractibus 6 convexis, antepenultimo tumidiusculo ;

apertura verticali, subcirculari, dente columellari munita;_peri-

stomate duplici, interiori expansiusculo, externo expanso, ad basin

sinistram angulato-rotundato, callo parietali mediocri, appresso.

Operc. ?

Long. vix 2, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. ad Nanclai, non raro.

This little species was found by Mr. Theobald at Nanclai Ponji,

forty-five miles from Cherra, in 92° 30! E. and 25° 15! N. A

minute Diplommatina was also met with at Cherra, but the spe-

cimen sent is in such a state of decay as not to be susceptible of

identification and description.

Alyceus prosectus, Bens., n. s.

Testa mediocriter umbilicata, subcampanulato-depressa, subremote

striatula, striis elevatis spiralibus remotiusculis cincta, ad spatium

inflatum anfractis ultimi confertissime et acutissime costulata,

albida, versus apicem mucronatum rubella; spira brevi, sutura

profunda; anfractibus 4 convexis, subapicali exserto, ultimo ad

latus pone stricturam valde gibboso, tubulum suturalem medio-

crem gerente, antice leviori; apertura valde obliqua, circulari;

peristomate simplici vel duplici, interiori duplicis expansiusculo,

exteriori dilatato, superne ad angulum et ad basin alato-producto,

204 Mr. W. H. Benson on the Characters

margine columellari angusto. Operculo concavo, levi, multi-

spirato.

Diam. major 7, minor 6, axis 5 mill.

Hab. ad Teria Ghat.

Found abundantly on rocks by Mr. Theobald. It is related

to the Burmese A. umbonalis (Annals, vol. xvil. p. 225) and to

A. strangulatus, Hutton. Inferior in size to the former, it is

easily distinguished by its sculpture and by the peculiar deve-

lopment of the outer lip at its insertion and base, while the

narrow columellar lip gives an appearance of artificial trun-

cation to the peristome at that part. In the variety the mternal

lip is not developed. The margins of the whorls in the oper-

culum are not conspicuously raised as in A. wmbonalis.

Alyceus stylifer, Bens., n.s.

Testa umbilicata, depressa, confertim striatula, ad spatium inflatum

confertissime acute costulata, nitente, albida; spira brevi, mucro-

nata, apice obtusulo, sutura profunda; anfractibus 4 convexis,

ultimo pone stricturam gibbo, tubulum mediocrem gerente, medio

stricturee costam prominentem (intus concavam) exhibente ; aper-

tura obliqua, subcirculari, irregulari, smuata; peristomate sim-

plici, incrassato-reflexo. Opere. ?

Diam. major 53, minor 43, axis 3 mill.

Hab. ad Darjiling. Teste H. Blanford.

The rib behind the outer lip corresponds with a deep sulcus

within the aperture. A similar feature is observable in the

little Bornean Alyceus spiracellum, A. & R., and in the follow-

ing species. The single specimen from which the description

above given was made is a dead and discoloured shell. The two

Alycai previously known to inhabit Darjiling are of the pupi-

form type.

Alyceus hebes, Bens., n. s.

Testa umbilicata, solidiuscula, depressa, vix striatula, ad spatium

inflatum et circa umbilicum confertissime striata, carneo-albida,

apicem versus rubella; spira conoidea, apice obtusiusculo, sutura

impressa ; anfractibus 4 convexiusculis, ultimo ad latus gibboso,

tubulum mediocrem suturalem gerente, spatio constricto costa va-

lida retro recumbente munito ; apertura obliqua, circulari; peri-

stomate continuo, duplici, interiori porrecto, exteriori expanso,

incrassato.

Diam. major 4, minor 3, axis 3 mill.

Hab. ad Yeria Ghat. Teste W. Theobald.

This species occurs on rocks, and is distinguished by the

structure of the aperture from the small Bornean A. spiracellum,

A.&R. In the latter species, moreover, the rib behind and

of some Species of Cyclostomacea. 205

above the aperture is nearly parallel with the peristome, whereas

in A. hebes it looks like a hoop which had fallen backwards on

the whorl. In both species it takes its rise at the right side of

the peristome, and ends at the suture, corresponding with an

internal sulcus.

Leptopoma Cybeus, Bens., n. s.

Testa anguste umbilicata, tenui, turbinato-conica, striatula, lineis

elevatis remotis spiralibus cincta, albida, strigis castaneis undulatis

picta; spira conica, apice obtusiusculo, sutura impressa ; anfracti-

bus 5 convexiusculis, ultimo acute carinato; apertura magna V1x

obliqua, subcireulari, superne angulata; peristomate expanso-re-

flexo, margine columellari sinuato. Operculo corneo, 8-spirato.

Diam. major 20, minor 16, axis 14 mill.

Hab. ad Nanclai, raro. Teste W. Theobald.

The narrow umbilicus is nearly hidden by the reflected peri-

stome. A single specimen, in an injured state, has been received.

Nanclai is the farthest point to which Leptopoma has been traced

to the north-west from its eastern focus; and this species vies

in size with its Philippine brethren. It leads to Cyclophorus

through Lept. Burmanum and Cyclophorus expansus, Ptr. A

thin, dead, carinate shell, from Phie Than, on the Tenasserim

River, may, in its present condition, be referred either to Lepto-

poma, or, as a variety, to the species of Cyclophorus last named,

which occurs at the same locality in various states of develop-

ment, solid and angulate at the periphery, or thinner with an

acute carination.

Cyclophorus pinnulifer, Bens., n. s.

Testa late umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, radiato-striata, striis mi-

nutissimis spiralibus decussata, sub epidermide scabra, fusca, albida,

superne strigis remotis castaneis radiata ; spira planata, apice vix

prominulo, sutura profunda; anfractibus 4 convexis, subtus ro-

tundatis, ultimo antice latiori; apertura obliqua, circulari; peri-

stomate leviter expanso, subduplicato, interiori continuo, superne

ad angulum vix sinuato, exteriori superne alam verticalem sub-

fornicatam efformante. Opere.

Diam. major 13, minor 10, axis 34 mill.

Hab. ad Teria Ghat, non raro occurrens. Teste W. Theobald.

Related to the Sikkim C. Phenotopicus and to C. Calyz of Bur-

mah, but more nearly to the latter, from which it is distinguished

by its wider last whorl, the absence of any angulation below,

and by its more developed peristome. It exhibits a nearer ap-

proach to Pterocyclos, through Pterocyclos? or rather Cyclo-

phorus brevis, Martyn, and Pt. tenuilabiatus, Metc., than either

of those species. Unfortunately the operculum is wanting in

206. Mr. W. H. Benson on the Characters

the only specimen forwarded. I conclude, however, that it is

flat and horny, as in Cyclophorus.

The operculum of Pt. tenwilabiatus, Metcalfe, has been re-

garded as Choanopomatous, but I consider it to be merely a mo-

dified flatter form of the Pterocycloid operculum, nearly agreeing

with that of its ally P¢. hispidus, Pearson, possessing a shelly

skeleton, concave on the inner side, and with the spiral edges of

the volutions on the outer side raised and free.

Cyclophorus ? tomotrema, Bens., n. s.

Testa anguste umbilicata, turbinato-pyramidali, radiato-striatula, liris

ae spiralibus plurimis, nonnullis majoribus, munita, fusco-

cornea ; spira conica, apice obtusiusculo albido, sutura bene im-

pressa; anfractibus 5 convexis, ultimo subcarinato ; apertura

obliqua, subcirculari, livida, supra angulata; peristomate duplici,

interiori continuo, expansiusculo, superne ad angulum inciso, ex-

teriori expanso, dilatato. Operc. {¢

Diam. 54, axis 5 mill.

Hab. ad Teria Ghat, raro. Teste W. Theobald.

C.? scissimargo, B., of Tenasserim belongs to the same group

as this shell. The incision is at the upper end of the parietal

margin.

Cyclophorus cryptomphalus, Bens., n. s.

Testa umbilicata, globoso-depressa, solida, oblique striatula, striis

obsoletis confertis decussata, albida, superne rufo-castanea albido-

fulgurata, fascia lata mediana albida et infra altera lata castanea

cincta; spira turbinata, apice acutiusculo, sutura submarginata,

anfractibus 5 convexis, ultimo rotundato, subtus valde convexo ;

apertura subobliqua circulari, albida; peristomate duplici breviter

adnato, interno vix porrecto, expansiusculo, externo incrassato,

reflexo, supra umbilicum angustiusculum subobtectum late auricu-

lato-expanso. Operc. ?

Diam. major 40, minor 32, axis 25 mill.

Hab. in regione Ava regni Burmanorum.

Collected by Mr. Oldham, Chief of the Geological Survey of

India. The only specimen received is in very bad condition in

respect to surface. It is allied to Cycl. volvulus, Mull., but is

distinguished by its more depressed form, and by the auriculate

process covering the umbilicus, as in some of the Philippine

Cyclophori.

Cyclophorus Theobaldianus, Bens., n. s.

Testa mediocriter umbilicata, turbinato-depressa, solidiuscula, lineis

filiformibus elevatis flexuosis spiralibus, striisque obliquis clathrato-

decussata, subtus leeviori, castaneo-fusca, superne strigis albidis

interruptis picta, subtus area lata pallida, fascia angusta albida

of some Species of Cyclostomacea. 207

mediana, et infra eam altera lata castanea cincta; spira mediocri,

turbinata, apice acutiusculo, sutura distincta; anfractibus 5 con-

vexis, celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo subcarinato, basi convexa;

apertura obliqua, subcirculari, ampla, latiuscula, intus albida;

peristomate fornicato-reflexo, interdum incrassato, lutescente, bre-

viter adnato, callo parietali superne expansiusculo, angulato-cal-

loso, margine columellari leviter sinuato. Operculo paleaceo,

crassiusculo, marginibus anfractuum centralium vix conspicuis, intus

umbone minuto munito.

Diam. major 50, minor 39, axis 28 mill. ; aperture alt. et lat. (pe-

rist. incl.) 29 mill.

Hab. ad Thyet Myo, raro occurrens.

Found by Mr. Theobald at the rich locality near the right

bank of the Irawadi River, where Hypselostoma tubiferum, a small

variety of Cycl. fulguratus, and other shells were procured.

The thick opake operculum forms a contrast with the thin

horny translucent one of C. fulguratus, Pfr.; both species exhi-

bit the central boss which is found in so many of the trans-

Gangetic Cyclophori. The operculum of C. Stamensis, Sow., is

thin and translucent, the whorls neatly margined, the inner side

highly polished, with a minute central umbo. It is transparent

and tinged with orange in the centre, and dark chestnut towards

the periphery.

Cyclophorus balteatus, Bens., u. s.

Testa mediocriter umbilicata, solidiuscula, depresso-turbinata, striata,

rugis confertissimis vix undulatis spiralibus superne decussata,

basi glabra, saturate castanea, baltea angusta mediana, superne

laciniata, et periomphalo lato lacteis; spira breviter turbinata,

apice acutiusculo ; anfractibus 5 convexis, celeriter accrescentibus,

penultimo compressiusculo, ultimo rotundato, subtus convexo, ad

suturam planulato, antice sensim descendente ; apertura obliqua,

ovato-circulari, intus lactea; peristomate expanso, ineequaliter

incrassato-reflexo, albido, superne undato, marginibus callo brevi,

superne angulato, junctis; umbilico profundo, extus infundibuli-

formi. Operculo ——?

Diam. major 40, minor 30, axis 20 mill.

Hab. ad Pegu.

Remarkable for its dark chestnut and milky-white bands,

which recall, by their contrast and decided boundaries, the co-

louring of Helix hemastoma. A few white dots may be observed

near the suture of the antepenultimate whorl. A single speci-

men has been received for inspection. Perhaps the irregularity

of the peristome may not be constant ; but it is so conspicuous,

that it has not been deemed advisable to omit it as a specific

character.

208 » Mr. W.H. Benson on the Characters

Cyclophorus Scurra, Bens., n. s.

Testa subanguste umbilicata, tenui, globoso-turbinata, nitida, tenuiter

striata, striis exilissimis spiralibus, sub lente vix conspicuis, decus-

sata, albida, superne strigis undatis, lineisque spiralibus, subtus

fasciis (submediana majori) castaneis picta; spira turbinato-

conica, apice acutiusculo, nigrescente ; anfractibus 5 convexis, sen-

sim accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato ; apertura vix obliqua, circu-

lari, superne leviter angulata; peristomate simplici, tenui, anguste

expansiusculo, albido. Operc. ?

Diam. major 19, minor 16, axis 14 mill.

Hab. ad Pegu.

A pretty little species, with no very marked character, re-

ceived by Mr. Theobald with the last from the neighbourhood of

the town of Pegu. It is a single specimen, like the other.

Mr. Theobald has, during the late rainy season, verified the

occurrence of Pupina imbricifera, B., at Teria Ghat, on the

ascent of the Khasia Hills from Sylhet. In its operculum he

finds the corkscrew formation observable in those of the oriental

Megalomastomata and Cataulus. The shell occurs infrequently

on dead boughs of trees. A fine Cyclophorus which he got at

the same place and at Lacat, proves to be C. Siamensis, Sowerby,

the received habitat of which may consequently, in the absence

of direct testimony to its occurrence in Siam, be subject to

doubt. Both Cyclopkorus Pearsoni, B., and its variety C. Ben-

soni, Pfr., have been taken by Mr. Theobald on the southern

face of the Khasia range at Lacat and Chaila, and by Capt.

Rowlatt at the northern base of the same mountain group, in

Assam. If C. Stamensis should have an equal range, the more

widely known country of Siam may, from the similarity of

sound, have been substituted for Assam. Geographical specific

names are better avoided in cases where the collector has not

verified the alleged habitats personally. A Hela inhabiting

China has been called Senegalensis, and a bivalve, alien to Gan-

getic India, has been called Bengalensis,—the specimen having

been merely purchased in the Calcutta Bazaar, which derives its

supplies of shells mainly from the boats of the Maldive islanders.

Another shell found at Teria Ghat proves to be a dwarf variety

of Pterocyclos Albersi, Pfr., the habitat of which was previously

unknown. It is noted as “not common” by Mr. Theobald,

who obtained Pt. hispidus, Pearson, abundantly in the same

tract, as well as Hydrocena sarrita, B. Cyclophorus zebrinus, B.,

was not common at Nanclai.

The late researches of Mr. Theobald, aided in part by Mr.

Oldham in Ava, and the Messrs. Blanford in Sikkim, throw

of some species of Cyclostomacea. 209

valuable light on the geographical distribution of genera. The

tropical island of Borneo, as yet scarcely explored beyond its

shores, appears to be a centre of production of the Oriental

Cyclostomacea. In it we find representatives of Cyclophorus,

Pterocyclos, Opisthoporus, Cyclotus, Leptopoma, Diplommatina,

Alyceus, Rhaphaulus, Megalomastoma, Hydrocena, and Ompha-

lotropis. To the north-east it sends out an offset to the Philip-

pines, where Leptopoma and Cyclophorus abound, and Megalo-

mastoma, Cyclotus, Pupina and its allies appear more sparingly.

To the south-east, Cyclophorus, Diplommatina, Hydrocena, and

Pupina proceed along lines extending to the Louisiade Archi-

pelago, New Holland, Lord Howe’s Island, and New Zealand.

Towards the north-west, with which we are more immediately

concerned, the chief branch runs up the Malay Peninsula, first

appearing at its extremity, in Singapore, in Cyclophorus, Hydro-

cena, and Pupina?; at Malacca, in Cyclophorus; and at Pulo

Pinang and its vicinity, in the same genus, Leptopoma, and

Rhaphaulus. In the Tenasserim Province the family assumes a

great development in two or three species of Cyclophorus, Lep-

topoma, Pterocyclos, Otopoma*, Pupina (2 sp.), Megalomastoma

(2 sp.), Rhaphaulus, Alyceus (2 sp.), and Hydrocena. In Pegu

and Ava we find eight species of Cyclophorus, besides Lepto-

poma, Pterocyclos, Alyceus (3 sp.), and Hydrocena (2 sp.).

The next pomt explored to the northward is the Khasia range,

where we have seven Cyclophori, after deducting a variety and a

species which has been erroneously ascribed to the tract; one

Leptopoma, three Pterocych, two Diplommatine, two Alycei,

one Pupina, and two Hydrocene. Following the mountain-

chains, round the head of the Assam Valley, to the. Himalayan

ridge, we come upon Megalomastoma in Bhotan ; and in Sikkim

the family puts forth a great effort in the production of four

species of Cyclophorus, one Diplommatina, three Alyc@i, one

Megalomastoma, and one Streptaulus. Passing the (concholo-

gically) unexplored region of Nipal, the Western Himalaya

makes an expiring sign in a single Cyclophorus, three Diplom-

mating, and an Alyceus.

On reviewing the above enumeration of genera and districts,

I do not find a single species reproduced in a second tract ;

each has its own peculiar representatives,—a rule which does

not hold good with regard to the Helicidz, inasmuch as I find

* Otopoma Blennus (Annals, vol. xvii. p. 231) has not the solid strue-

ture of O. clathratulum, nor the descending last whorl ; its aperture is less

oblique and larger, and the umbilicus is narrower; the operculum, lately

forwarded, proves to be calcareous, somewhat concave, and with five gra-

dually increasing whorls on the exterior side, while the inner surface is

rather convex, with a central umbo, and only 13 rapidly increasing turns,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 14

210 Mr. W. H. Benson on the Cyclostomacea.

two small Helices of the Western Himalaya reappearing in

Sikkim, and a third in the Khasia Hills, together with the

little Pupa plicidens, of which a solid variety occurs at Cherra.

Helix Castra, B., of Sikkim also recurs in the Khasia Hills* and

in Tenasserim; and Helix delibrata, a Teria Ghat species, ap-

pears again in Tenasserim, under Gould’s synonym of procum-

bens. Helix rotatoria, V.d. Busch, keeps up the correspondence

of the Burmese forms with the island of Java to the south of the

Equator, where Helix Winteri represents H. Huttont, Pfr., of the

Western Himalaya and Darjiling.

A continuous chain of Cyclostomacea, gradually modified and

diminishing in the number of forms, runs from Borneo to the

regions where the Himalaya bids farewell to a subtropical cli-

mate; but of the following genera, viz. Diplommatina, Alycaus,

Megalomastoma, Rhaphaulus, Pupina, and Streptaulus, not a single

species has succeeded in crossing the sea, or the barrier of the

Gangetic plaims, to the central or southern mountains of the

Indian Peninsula. The Pupiniform type makes an effort to

cross the Bay of Bengal, in Registoma, which, in the Nicobars,

is associated with Cataulus; and the latter genus is fully deve-

loped in Ceylon, but does not extend to the Indian Peninsula,

where Cyclophorus, in varied forms, Pterocyclos, Cyclotus, and

perhaps Leptopoma, spread themselves northward. . The first

two alone attain the banks of the Ganges, at a poimt within

view of the Snowy Peaks which overlook the more productive

northern branch of the Malayan stream, along which line, more-

over, a Streptaxis is found to reach the Khasia region ; whereas,

by the Cingalese route, the genus does not pass beyond the

Nilgherry Mountains in Southern India.

Dr. Pfeiffer has shown himself disposed to include Sowerby’s

Cyclostoma Cornu Venatorium under the Cingalese genus Aulo-

poma, while admitting the absence of the chief character which,

apart from the peculiar operculum, distinguishes that genus,

viz. the solution of the last whorl. He referred a specimen of

C. Helicinum to it in the Ist Part of ‘ Kiister’s Cyclostomaceen,’

and in the 2nd Part figured a shell (plate 49. f. 14-16) under

Sowerby’s name with doubt. This figure, on comparison with

that given in the ‘ Thesaurus,’ cannot be regarded as Sowerby’s

species. I have always considered that C. Cornu Venatorium, S.,

must be referred to Cyclophorus; and a shell found in Ava by

Mr. Oldham, agreeing in every respect with that described and

figured in the ‘Thesaurus,’ except in having the apex winte,

* The Khasia Helix plectostoma, B., common on rocks and trees at

Teria Ghat, has been found by the Messrs. Blanford at Darjiling.

i i

Mr. A. Marray on a marked variety of Patella vulgata. 211

appears to leave no doubt on the subject. An immature speci-

men before me might be supposed to have furnished the en-

graver with his model; and a larger and more solid specimen,

with the thickened peristome fully developed, at once stamps

the form as belonging to Cyclophorus. The operculum has not

been seen. The attention of future collectors in Ava should be

particularly directed to the capture of a living example.

Cannes, 15th January 1857.

XVII.—WNotice of a marked variety of Patella vulgata (pro-

posed to be named vay. intermedia), found in Guernsey and

Jersey (from information communicated by Dr. Knarr). By

_ ANDREW Morray, Edinburgh.

Tue shell in question was collected by Dr. Knapp at St. Owen’s

Bay in Jersey, and also near St. Samson’s in Guernsey. He has

never found it either in England or Scotland. He discovered it

in both the above islands, along with and in the same localities

as vulgata and athletica; but athletica was always nearer low-

water mark, and very often in pools submerged, while the pre-

sent shell was, like vu/gata, almost invariably nearer high-water

mark.

Various differences in the characters of the shells are also to

be noted. The animal of the present shell is always black or

dark-coloured, while that of athletica is white, with a yellow or

orange tint; and here Dr. Knapp wishes me to correct a mis-

apprehension into which the late Prof. Edward Forbes had fallen

regarding some information given him on this point by Dr. Knapp,

and which he has recorded in his ‘British Mollusca.” In

speaking of the colour of the animal of athletica, he states it to

be always pale-coloured ; but he adds, in a note, “Dr. Knapp,

however, has sent us specimens of the China Limpet (athletica)

from both Guernsey and Jersey, with the note that ‘the animal

is always black or dark-coloured”” Now, this is entirely

a misapprehension of Dr. Knapp’s communication to Prof.

Forbes, or, at all events, of what he intended to communicate.

The mollusk whose animal he spoke of as being always dark,

was this intermediate variety or species. It, as already men-

tioned, he found to be always dark; but he found athletica in-

variably pale. Prof. Forbes therefore must either have assumed

that Dr. Knapp was speaking of athletica, or, what appears to

me more probable, Dr. Knapp having sent him specimens of

this shell with his remarks upon it, Prof. Forbes had determined

it in his own mind to be athletica, and had thereupon imported

the remarks upon it into his description of that species.

212 Mr. A. Murray on a marked variety of Patella vulgata.

On comparing the two shells, however, there are other differ-

ences, besides its habitat and the colour of the animal, which

seem inconsistent with the idea of its beimg athletica. Its shell

never reaches the size of that species. It is rounder im shape.

It wants the china-like texture in the interior, and its colour

there, instead of being whitish, is yellowish cream-colour or

orange-brown : the exterior also is much darker. It wants the

thickness and solidity of athletica, or full-grown specimens of

vulgata; and the substance of the shell itself, instead of being

dirty white, is more or less tinged with yellow and brown,—

although I differ from Prof. Forbes in thinking this a character

worthy of much reliance. Further, although the ribs have the

prominence and aspect of those of athletica, they are more nu-

merous, and want the tooth-like scales arranged in successive

rows, given as an essential character of the latter by Forbes and

Hanley. The dark colour of the interstitial spaces also is not

blotched, as in athletica, but uniformly continued from the base

to nearly the apex, which is generally orange-yellow, although

sometimes whitish. I may add, that the empirical character or

general appearance of the shell (which is a kind of testimony by

no means devoid of weight) speaks strongly in favour of its

being distinct from athletica. The two shells are so different in

their appearance on the rocks, that even a person wholly un-

acquainted with conchology could, after they had once been

pointed out to him, readily and correctly say to which kind every

new specimen that was seen belonged,—a test which was more

than once successfully applied by Dr. Knapp.

I think therefore, on the above grounds, we may assume that

it cannot be referred to athletica. It would appear to come

nearer vulgata, although there are differences which almost ap-

pear specific. It certainly has more resemblance to some of

the forms of young shells of vulgata than to any other species ;

but this shell, although no larger than these young shells, is

full-grown. The animal of this shell is much darker than that

of vulgata, which is usually a more or less deep slate-colour or

dirty white. The shell too is almost invariably depressed, and

never assumes the large, high, conical form of the full-grown

vulgata. It has the rich brown markings of athletica on the

exterior, and a well-defined dark-brown line running up the in-

terstitial spaces. The ribs are particularly prominent, and it

has (though in a less degree) the jagged and denticulated mar-

gin characteristic of athletica. The colour of the tops of the

ribs both in ath/etica and the present shell is white, particularly

marked when the shell is cleaned, which is not the case with

vulgata. In the foregoing differences we see that it borrows

some of its characters from athletica, and some from vulgata ;

Mr. A. Murray on a marked variety of Patella vulgata. 218

but there remains one which is very characteristic of it, and

which is peculiar to itself, viz. its rich-coloured spatula, generally

brownish-orange or yellowish-crange, rarely cream-coloured,

reminding one of the glowing interior of some of the South Sea

species. This character seems constant, and is readily reecog-

nizable: im some rare cases the colour is comparatively pale,

but im the palest there is always a richness both of colour and

texture, which shows as great a difference between it and the

others as there is between cream and skimmed milk.

Dr. Knapp would appear not to have been the only person

whom the peculiar characteristics of this shell have struck, for

Forbes and Hanley mention that Mr. Alder states “ that in some

parts of England he had seen this Limpet (athletica) range much

higher up between tide-marks, and had noticed on the southern

coasts an intermediate form between this and vulgata, which looked

very like a hybrid.”

Whether Dr. Knapp’s shell is the species which looked to Mr.

Alder like a hybrid, I do not know, but think it very probable

that it may be. If it is so, I do not imagine that by comparing

it to a hybrid, Mr. Alder meant to propound that it was a hybrid,

but merely that it possessed characters peculiar to both its allies ;

and so far he would be right. But a careful examination of a

sufficient series of the different forms, &c. assumed by the spe-

cies of Patella will not, I think, warrant us im holding it to be

more than a variety. The only strongly-marked features peculiar

to itself depend upon colour ; and although colour, when asso-

ciated with other pretty constant features, may be admitted as a

character in some genera, we can scarcely admit it as such in

Patella, where the variation of form and colour is very great,

considermg the restricted scope the simplicity of its outline

affords. If it is not a distinct species, then the proper species

to which to refer it as a variety is undoubtedly vulgata. A very

marked and easily recognizable variety it certainly is; but,

as Dr. Greville has suggested to me, there are other varieties

not much less marked; for mstance, the high, conical, peaked

form, characteristic of the species found at Inverary, and still more

so the deep leaden-coloured variety, which invariably exhibits a

margin almost black. These to my mind are not so striking as

the present, and, moreover, are varieties which are not confined,

as I believe this to be, to Guernsey and Jersey, and possibly the

south of England. Still the existence of so great variations

renders the possibility of others still greater not unlikely, and

I therefore have, on the whole, come to be of opinion that the

shell in question is merely a variety of the Patella vulgata, which,

for convenience of future reference, Dr. Knapp proposes to call

Patella vulgata var, intermedia.

214 Dr. W.B. Carpenter on Rhynchonella Geinitziana.

XVIILI.— On the Structure of the Shell of Rhynchonella Geinitzi-

ana. By Witiram B. Carrenter, M.D., F.R.S.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Feb. 17, 1857.

I lose no time in communicating to you the result of an exami-

nation which I have this day been enabled to make, of the shell

of Rhynchonella Geinitziana; the existence of perforations m

which, “as distinct and regular as those of any Terebratulide,”

was positively affirmed by Prof. King, in your pages, about a

year ago (A. N. H. vol. xvi. p. 334). In my comments upon

Prof. King’s statements as to this and other points relating to

the shell-structure of Brachiopoda, I remarked (p. 504) that I

had seen enough to satisfy me that Prof. King had some grounds

for this assertion, but no¢ enough to satisfy me that the perfora-

tions extend through the entire thickness of the shell, and are

therefore the equivalents of those of Terebratulide. In order to

determine this question, specimens are required in which the

shell has neither been reduced by abrasion on its external sur-.

face, nor has had its original texture obscured by metamorphic

action. I had strong reason to believe that in one or both of

these particulars the specimens at my command were faulty, and I

thereforeabstained from committing myself toa positiveconclusion.

The sequel has proved the justice of my caution. Mr. David-

son has taken the trouble to send all the way to Russia for the

specimens of this rare shell contained in the collection of the

Corps des Mines of St. Petersburg ; and these have been kindly

forwarded by General Von Helmersen, the head of that establish-

ment, for the express purpose of being examined by me,

From among the four specimens thus placed before me (which

are guaranteed by Mr. Davidson to be specifically identical with

the German specimens examined by Prof. King), I selected the

one which presented on its exterior the least indication of abra-

sion or metamorphic action ; from this I carefully removed some

shreds large enough for microscopic determination ; and I am

now in a condition to assert positively, that portions of the ea-

ternal lamine of Rhynchonella Geimitziana, in which the peculiar

texture of the shell is perfectly preserved, do not show the least

evidence of perforations,—the so-called perforations of Prof. King

being therefore only pits upon the internal surface of the shell,

analogous to those which present themselves upon the external

surface of Porambonites and Trematis.

T shall be happy to submit this preparation to the inspection

of any one who may feel an interest in the question, and remain,

Gentlemen, your obedient Servant,

Wixiiam B. Carrenter,

Dr. C. #. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 215

XIX.—On the Organization of the Infusoria, especially the Vor-

ticelle. By Dr. C. F. J. Lacumann.

[Concluded from page 128.]

In the Infusoria we have found the alimentary apparatus to be

a large nutritive or stomachal cavity filled with chyme, and fur-

nished with a mouth and anus. In the Vorticelline we have

seen an cesophagus, ciliated imternally, depending from the

mouth, and widening below into the pharynx. The internally

ciliated cesophagus occurs also in many other Infusoria, but its

dilatation into a pharynx is to be detected in no other family.

The cesophagus (Schlund), beset mternally with fine cilia, and

terminating below by an oblique truncation without dilating

into a pharynx, is most distinctly seen in the Paramecia and the

allied genera. In these animals, which are furnished with uni-

form fine cilia, sometimes all over and sometimes only upon a

considerable portion of the body, and in which there is no row

of stronger cilia leading to the mouth, after a morsel has been

passed from the cesophagus into the alimentary cavity, we see

the latter distinctly with a somewhat oblique termination; a

little drop of water is then soon whirled through its lower ex-

tremity, against the tenacious fluid chyme-mass by which it is

limited; the drop gradually becomes larger, and is completely

surrounded by the chyme, the lower extremity of the cesophagus

being applied to it only on one side. When the morsel thus

formed has attained a certain size, which is not always the same,

it is passed into the chyme-mass, where it then behaves in the

same way as the fusiform masses of the Vorticelline, and also

soon participates in the rotation of the chyme. In these ani-

mals also, as in the Vorticelline and all Infusoria furnished with

a ciliated esophagus, the water and food, instead of being united

into drops or morsels, may be mixed at once with the chyme,

evidently from an altered condition of the latter. In these In-

fusoria (Ehrenberg’s Colpodea, with the exception of the species

of Amphileptus and Uroleptus*, the Cyclidina of Ehrenberg and

* With Focke I refer Lozxodes Bursaria, Ehrbg., to Paramecium, as

the situation of the anus at the hinder extremity of the body does not

appear to me sufficient for a generic separation of this animal from the

closely allied Paramecia, the anus in Paramecium Colpoda being placed

very near the hinder extremity, which is still more strikingly the case in a

new colourless Paramecium very nearly related to the colourless P. Bur-

saria. I do not, however, with Perty, think it necessary to revive O. F.

Miiller’s name of Paramecium versutum, as there is scarcely ever any cer-

tainty in the synonymy previous to Ehrenberg; and I think therefore that

we should never again introduce an older specific name for au Infusorium,

if it has a name given to it by Ehrenberg, even when it is not improbable

216 Dr. C. F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

Glaucoma) the anus is situated on the ventral surface near the

posterior extremity, or at the posterior extremity itself. Many

of these Infusoria possess in front of the mouth a peculiar appa-

ratus, consisting of bristles or a folded membrane; which of

these is the case, it is difficult to decide (Paramecium Chrysalis,

Ehrbg. = Pleuronema, Duj., Cyclidium, Ehrbg., Alyscum, Duj.,

Perty’s Aphthoniz) ; in some the margins of the buccal oritice

appear to be produced into two valves, which are in constant

motion (Glaucoma, Cyclidium margaritaceum, Ehrbg. = Cineto-

chilum margaritaceum, Perty, the family of the Cinetochiline of

Perty).

The alimentary apparatus in many other Infusoria is just the

same as in these (Co/podea, &c.), except that a particular series

of cilia, distinguished from those covering the rest of the body

by their greater strength and length, leads to the mouth (as in

the Bursarie, Spirostomum, and the Stentorine). These cilia

then form a curved line, usually open towards the right, or, as

in Spirostomum and the Stentorine, a prolongation of a line of

this kind, namely a spiral turning towards the left (Pl. IX. figs.

6-8 b, f). In the Bursarie and- Spirostomum the anus is placed

at the posterior extremity of the body; in the Stentorine (figs.

6-8 e), on the back, close beneath the series of cilia*.

that he may have overlooked an older name. This maxim appears to me to

be equally justifiable with that of preferring the specific names of Linus

to older ones in other departments of the animal and vegetable kmgdoms,

as otherwise we must get into an inextricable confusion of names, different

authors frequently referring the older specific names to very different

species.

* T have already characterized the new genus Chetospira belonging to

the Stentorine. I am at present acquainted with two species of this

genus from the fresh waters near Berlin. One of these, C. Mulleri, Lachm.

(figs.6&7), is slender; the first cilia (6) of the series of cilia are somewhat,

but not remarkably, longer and stronger than the rest : when rolled up, the

process bearing the series of cilia forms more than one turn of the spiral.

The animal inhabits flask-shaped horny sheaths, which Ihave hitherto found

only in the open cells of torn leaves of Lemna trisulca. The second spe-

cies, C. mucicola, Lachm., inhabits mucous tubes; it is shorter and more

compressed; the rolled-up process does not form a complete turn of the

spiral; the first cilia are considerably longer than the rest, the first one

especially being nearly twice as long as most of the others. Like all the

Stentorine. both species are beset all over with fine cilia; but I cannot

yet state with certainty whether C. Miilleri, like C. mucico/a and Stentor

polymorphus, possesses longer hairs between the cilia. It is possible that

the free-swimming Stichotricha secunda of Perty, which he arranges with

the Oxytrichine, is allied to my Chetospire; his figure, however, is very

inexact, avd might perhaps represent a Loxodes or Amphileptus fasciola ;

and as he does not describe the position of the anus, which he never figures,

any more than the contractile vesicle and the nucleus, I do not venture to

place his Stichotricha with the Stentorine. If it should turn out that it

belongs to that family, it must be placed beside the analogous sheath-

inhabiting Chetospira, as a genus not inhabiting a sheath.

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 217

In Ehrenberg’s families of the Oxytrichine, Euplotee, and

Aspidiscine, as in the preceding, we also meet with an internally

cilated cesophagus (fig. 104), and a curved line open towards

the right, composed of strong cilia (fig. 10 6, f) leading to the

mouth (fig. 10 f). But besides the cilia of the surface of the

body, or still more frequently without these, we find peculiar

and more powerful organs of motion, the number and arrange-

ment of which may serve for the distinction of the species and

genera. These consist partly of very thick cilia placed in rows,

which might be called ciliary bristles (Oxytrichine), partly of

peculiarly grouped powerful processes, very thick at the base,

and serving as feet, which were denominated uncini by Ehren-

berg* (in all three families); and besides these, the thin seti-

form processes, distinctly articulated at the base, and called

styli by Ehrenberg, occur at the posterior extremity of some

Oxytrichine and Euplotee+. The anus in these animals is situ-

ated in the posterior part of the ventral surface (fig. 10). The

internally ciliated cesophagus, which in the preceding always

formed an open tube, is often collapsed in these at its inner ex-

tremity, and thus forms a transition to the cesophagus of the

following groups.

Many Infusoria have a completely collapsed cesophagus

—which, as forming a tube distinct from the parenchyma of

the body, and hanging freely in the alimentary cavity, is per-

haps entirely wanting in some species; at least I have hitherto

been unable to detect it in Amphileptus, most species of Trache-

lus, Enchelys, Coleps and Trachelocerca, in which it only ap-

peared to be a canal through the parenchyma of the body,—and

these are generally incapable of forming roundish morsels like

the species hitherto under consideration; but they usually

swallow larger particles, which then pass separately into the

cavity of the body, often even without bemg accompanied by

water. It is very difficult to determine whether the cesophagus

of these animals is furnished internally with cilia. In some,

such as Coleps, this almost appears to be the case; these swim

to any slimy mass, such as a deliquescent Infusorium, press the

anterior extremity of the body against it, and open the mouth

and cesophagus, which are usually closed, so as to form a wide

canal; the mass lying before the Coleps then passes through

* Of these, the anterior serve for the actual creeping or climbing; the

posterior ones might be suitably denominated trailing feet, as they are

generally trailed along behind the animal, and only employed occasionally

in giving a subsequent push : these are cleft at the end in some species, as,

for example, in Euplotes patella.

+ That one of these styles, in Euplotes patella, bears setiform branches,

has been already observed.

218 Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

this canal into the interior of its body, apparently without any

swallowing movements on its part, so that it can hardly be

driven in, except by ciliary action. In others, on the contrary,

the cilia of the cesophagus appear to be wanting, as in Amphi-

leptus, Enchelys, Trachelius; these perform regular movements

of deglutition, in order to overcome their prey, which usually

consists of Infusoria of tolerable size; they push themselves, as

it were, with swallowing motions, like the Snakes, over their

prey, so that they can very rarely be fed with coloar, and this

never forms stomach-like morsels, except when it is contained

in this form in the Infusoria devoured. The mouth in these

animals is sometimes placed at the anterior extremity (Coleps,

Enchelys), sometimes not (Trachelius, Amphileptus) ; the anus is

sometimes situated posteriorly, and sometimes not.

This group of Infusoria is approached by those with peculiar

bacillar thickenings, or eel-pot-hke teeth (Ehrenberg) in the

cesophagus, which is also collapsed. In these the cesophagus

usually extends in the form of a collapsed tube far beyond this

bacillar apparatus ; in Chilodon cucullulus, for example, nearly to

the posterior extremity of the animal. The mouth, which 1s

not unfrequently protrusible, is situated sometimes at the ante-

rior extremity of the animal (Prorodon), sometimes not (Chilodon,

Nassula, Liosiphon, Trachelius Ovum*). The anus is generally

placed at the posterior extremity of the animal, but in some

cases on the ventral surface near the hinder end (Chilodon cu-

cullulus, in which it is nearly on the right margin of the body).

In the greater part of the Infusoria furnished with flagella,

the reception of food appears to take place in the same way as

in the last-mentioned groups of ciliated Infusoria. Although

Ehrenberg states that he saw the reception of food by Monadine

and Cryptomonadine, and figures coloured particles in animals

belonging to these families, this was denied by many, who

either thought that they were to be transferred to the vegetable

kingdom as unicellular plants, or regarded them as astomatous

animals. Cohn+ was the first to re-establish the eating of these

animals, and I have also succeeded in seeing it m many of them;

I have not only seen coloured particles in the interior of the

body, of which, from the minuteness of the object, one might

always have remained in doubt as to whether they were really

contained in its interior, but I have also twice observed Mo-

nadine which contained a small Bacillaria, the excretion of

which in the vicinity of the posterior extremity taking place soon

* For the knowledge of the bacillar apparatus in the latter, I am indebted

to Dr. Lieberkuhn.

+ Entwickelungsgeschichte der mikroskopischen Algen und Pilze, p. 62

(Nova Acta Acad. C. L. vol. xxiv. pt. 1. p. 162),

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 219

afterwards, also made me consider the existence of an anus pro-

bable. Last summer, Professor J. Miiller, in company with

M. E, Claparéde and myself, observed great numbers of an ani-

malcule, which was probably Bodo grandis, Ehrbg., but might also

have been an Astasia, and which devoured Vibriones of two to four

times its own length: in this way the animalcules acquired the

most extraordinary forms, and the mouth was close to the in-

sertion of the flagellum. With some attention, one or more

contractile vesicles may be detected in all transparent animals

of this family ; of the more opake species I was also able to

observe this and its contractions in the anterior part of the body

in Chilomonas Paramecium and Cryptomonas ovata.

The Volvocme, Astasiee and Dinobryine must apparently be

arranged close to these animals, or at least those which possess a

contractile space, although they have not yet beenobserved feeding.

That they really receive no nourishment into an alimentary cavity,

is certainly not proved. In certain cases Perty states that he has

found very fine vegetable filaments in Huglene ; but even if we do

not regard this statement as sufficient for the observation of the

eating, yet we have very recently ascertained modes of taking

nourishment by Infusoria which might possibly occur also in

the Volvocine, &e., when it would certainly not appear by any

means wonderful that they should only be discovered at so late

a period. Has not Claparéde* only just made us exactly ac-

quainted with the process of feeding im Actinophrys? If a

similar mode of feeding, by the reception of the food in a pro-

cess suddenly thrown out, also takes place in the above-men-

tioned creatures, it would be rarely observable in them, and it

would only be by a happy chance that we should perceive the

short moment of feeding; and then, if the nourishment con-

sisted of small monads which are easily liquefied, we should not

recognize them as such in the body of the animal. The observa-

tion would be equally rare and difficult if these animals, like the

Acinete (vide infra), extracted the fluids of other animals by

means of retractile suckers; and this is the less improbable, as

Dr. Wagener has communicated to the Society of Naturalists of

Berlin + an observation of Dr. Lieberkiihn, who saw a flagellated

Infusorium swim up to another, attach itself to this by a pro-

cess projecting from one end, and thus suck out its contents.

But even though the feeding of these creatures has not yet been

seen {, I think we must, from analogy, refer them to the animal

kingdom.

* Ueber Actinophrys Eichhorni, Miiller’s Archiv, 1854, p. 54; trans-

lated in the Annals, vol. xv. 1855, pp. 211 & 285.

+ In the July Meeting, 1855.

{ It is probable that a mouth will be discovered in all aquatic Infusoria,

220 Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

A contractile space, such as I have now certainly seen in a

great number of the above-mentioned forms*, has not yet been

observed in any vegetable cell, or in the spore of an undoubted

plant : endeavours specially directed to this object have hitherto

been always futile. For this reason I believe, with A. Schneider f,

that we must associate these creatures which are furnished with

a contractile space with those which present the greatest external

resemblances to them, and also possess a contractile space,

namely the Monadine, and therefore with the animal [nfusoria,

as long as no contractile space is found in indubitable vegetable

cells.

In the Pertdinia, which are furnished with flagella and cilia,

no contractile space has hitherto been found; but, on the other

hand, in company with EK. Claparéde, I made some observations

on the Norwegian coast upon Peridinium tripust, furca, and

fusus, which promise, if pursued further, to make us acquainted

with the mode of reception of food. From the point of inser-

tion of the flagellum, on one side of the large notch, in the

upper part of the row of cilia, a clear canal passes into the body

of the animal, and dilates at the extremity to form a cavity of

variable diameter. The flagellum is often seen to contract

rapidly into a spiral form, and apparently disappear; and not

unfrequently we may then succeed in perceiving that it is jerked

back into the above-mentioned cavity, from which it soon re-

turns into its previous position. Now it certainly appears worth

while to see whether small particles of food are not carried into

the cavity by this jerking-in of the flagellum.

The dispute as to the position of the Bacillarie and Closterine,

and that only a number of the Entozootic species (the Opaline) will prove

to be truly astomatous. Bursaria cordiformis, Ehrbg., and B. intestinalis,

Ehrbg., however, are erroneously referred to the Opaline, as they possess

a mouth.

* Cohn does not consider his observation of the contractile space in

Chlamydomonas and Gonium as sufficient to justify our regarding these

creatures as animals. Besides these, E. Claparede and I observed the

contractile space also in Syncrypta Volvox, and then in Volvox, in which

its position 1s quite correctly described by Busk (Quart. Journ. of Mier.

Science, i. 1853). I can completely confirm Focke’s observation of the

contractile space in Dinobryon Sertularia, and also found one in Euglena

viridis. Claparede saw it m Euglena Pleuronectes and E. Acus. The

detection of the contractile spaces in the Huglene is rendered particularly

difficult, not only by the mobility of the animal, but also by the circum-

stance that it lies directly over or close to the clear spot, indicated by

Ehrenberg as a ganglion.

+ Muller’s Archiv, 1854, p. 203.

{ Numerous observations and measurements of transition forms made

by “ourselves, as well as a number of drawings most kindly communicated

to us by Professor Boek of Christiania, seem to prove that P. tripus and

P. megaceros are not specifically distinct.

Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria, 221

or the Desmidiacee and Diatomee, cannot certainly yet be

regarded as decided. It is well known that a contractile vesicle

has not as yet been discovered in them ; their power of motion,

their fissiparity, and the discovery by Focke of cilia in the inte-

rior of the Closteria*, cannot settle the dispute. The retractile

pseudopodia described by Ehrenberg have not been detected by

other observers: the presence of colonr in creatures of this

group, proved by Ehrenberg, has been supposed capable of ex-

planation otherwise than by the eating of coloured particles, as

unfortunately the act of feeding was not observed, and the

accumulation of colour in particular places, which are then

regarded as the nuclei of these unicellular plants, appears to

find an analogue in the discovery of Hartig+, that the cell-

nuclei of all plants acquire colour more strongly than their other

parts.

A peculiar mode of feeding, which has hitherto always been

misunderstood, still remains to be mentioned. It has long been

known (since the time of O. F. Miller) that other Infusoria often

remain adhering to the tentaculiform rays of the Acinete, which

are usually thickened at the extremity; and that, when they do

not soon succeed in freeing themselves, they die. Even O. Fs

Miiller supposed in consequence that the Acinete sucked out

the contents of these animals, but he says nothing of the mode

in which this is effected, and: indeed could not observe it with

his imperfect instruments. Ehrenberg believed that the cap-

tured animals were brought close to a mouth situated between

the tufts of rays, and sucked out by this. Stein and Perty de-

nied the existence of a mouth in these animals, and grouped

them with the Actinophrydes; the former, again, distinguished

the eating Actinophrydes (the true species of the genus Actino-

phrys, A. Eichhornii and Sol, with difformis, Khrbg. and oculata,

Stein) and those which did not eat (non-pedunculated individuals

of Podophrya fixa, and therefore true Acinetinet). The Infu-

soria which come in contact with the rays of the latter are said

to die upon them, and then to become dissolved, when the fluid

thus produced is taken up by the rays by endosmose. Accord-

ing to Perty, the death of the Infusoria is caused by an impale-

ment on the extremely fine filaments of the Acinete and Actino-

phrys. Both these ideas were equally paradoxical and incorrect :

the true mode of feeding, as may be seen without much difficulty

* Physiologische Studien, Heft 1.

+ Communicated to the Naturforscherversammlung in Gottingen, 1854.

{ To these, and indeed to the same genus as Podophrya fixa, belongs

the Actinophrys ovata of Weisse, which I have had the opportunity of

observing in the neighbourhood of Berlin.

222 Dr.C. F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

in the larger species, especially the Acineta ferrum-equinum,

Ehrbg.*, is as follows :—

When an Infusorium touches the button-like or plate-like

dilated apex of the ray of an Aczneta, it usually remains adhering

to it; the apex of the ray becomes still more extended im the

form of a plate, so as to constitute a sucking disk, and the ray

becomes thicker and shorter; at the same time other rays make

grasping movements, and endeavour to attach their extremities,

which are becoming dilated into sucking-disks, to the captured

prey. If the latter does not soon succeed in making its escape

by great exertions, by which the rays of the Acinete are often

greatly disarranged and injured, the Acineta begins to suck out

its contents. Each ray is a sucking proboscis, and we soon see

that a current of chyme-particles runs from the alimentary cavity

of the captured Infusorium into the body of the Acineta, through

the axis of the rays which, after seizing the prey, have become

shortened and thickened. In the body of the Acineta the chyme-

particles still run at first in a slender row, but afterwards they

collect in a drop (fig. 14), which, although drops are also formed

in the chyme of the Acineta by other suckers, soon becomes

amalgamated with these. When a considerable quantity of the

chyme of the captured animal has passed over into the body of

the Acineta, a remarkable change gradually takes place in its

appearance: if it was previously pale, nearly transparent, and

only very finely granulated (fig. 14), larger, dark globules, re-

sembling fat-drops, now make their appearance here and there ;

and these soon increase, so that the body, which at the same

time of course increases in thickness, acquires a coarsely granular

aspect, and becomes opake (fig.15). The globules or drops

which make their appearance can only be formed in the body of

the Acineta, as they are far larger than the chyme-particles

which are seen flowing through the sucker+. The animal whose

contents are thus sucked out, gradually collapses and dies ; many

become liquefied when only a little of the chyme is extracted

from them, others still live for a long time; in large animals,

such as Stylonychia Mytilus, Paramecium Aurelia, &c., the suck-

ing often continues for several hours. Whether the Acimetine

possess an anus, or in what way they again throw off effete

matters, has not yet been ascertained.

With regard to the structure, and especially the nutritive

apparatus of the Rhizopoda (including besides the Foraminifera

* This has subsequently been described by Weisse as Acineta cothurnata,

and by Stem as the diadem-like Acineta.

+ These alterations in the appearance of the body occur also in other

Infusoria when they have devoured animals (Infusoria).

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 223 -

of D’Orbigny, or the Polythalamia, the Amebee, the Arcellina,

and the Actinophrydes*), I can add nothing fresh to the state-

ments of the most recent authors (especially those of Max Schultze

upon the Polythalamia and of Claparéede upon Actinophrys+). I

have seen the flowing of the granules in the processes of the

Polythalamia and in Actinophrys, their transfer from one pro-

cess into another which was amalgamated with it in the Poly-

thalamia, and the eating and conjugation of Actinophrys, as de-

scribed by the above-mentioned authors. As we know scarcely

anything of their reproduction, I shall not refer to it in what

follows.

Besides the skin and the alimentary apparatus, two other

organs remain to be mentioned, as beimg common to all Infu-

soria, both of which Ehrenberg believed were to be reckoned

parts of the male sexual apparatus. To regard the globules

considered by Ehrenberg as ova (Perty’s “ Blastien”) as being

really such, in the present state of our knowledge of the Infu-

soria, is unnecessary, as the exclusion of brood from them has

never been observed, and the theoretical necessity which in-

duced that naturalist to give them this interpretation is fulfilled

by the discovery of very small embryos formed in a different

manner. (To these we shall refer hereafter.) The globules re-

garded as ova and as “ Blastien,” are partly the roundish cor-

puscles, sometimes coloured, sometimes colourless (already men-

tioned), which occur in the parenchyma of some Infusoria;

partly chyme-particles, and lastly, im part the oil-drop-like glo-

bules which are seen to make their appearance in the Infusoria

after the reception of animal food{.

That the interpretation proposed by Ehrenberg for the two

organs still to be taken into consideration, namely the contrac-

tile space and the glanduliform body, is destitute of any certain

foundation, and exceedingly improbable, has already been suffi-

ciently demonstrated by others; but yet no unity of opinion has

been arrived at with regard to their true signification.

The contractile space (seminal vesicle, according to Ehrenberg)

is regarded by most of the recent authors, except O. Schmidt

and E. Claparéde, in accordance with Dujardin’s example, as a

* Which the Acanthometre, and probably also other creatures possess-

ing a siliceous skeleton, and the position of which is doubtful (the Poly-

cystine of Ehrenberg, and perhaps the Sponges and Thalassicolle), appear

to approach in their structure, according to the most recent observations of

Claparéde (Monatsbericht der Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 1855, p. 674),

which I was so fortunate as to be enabled to repeat and confirm immediately

after they were made.

+ Translated in the Annals, vol. xv.

} Even the yellow ova of Bursaria flava, Ehrbg., appear to be coloured

oil-drops.

224 Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

cavity destitute of proper walls (vacuole), which is sometimes

supposed to form the analogue of a heart*, and sometimes that

of an excretory} or respiratory { water-vascular system. In

order to be able to judge of these views, we must first of all

examine rather closely into the behaviour of the contractile space,

and for this purpose those Infusoria in which processes or

branches of the vesicle can be detected, appear to be particularly

important.

Radiating branches of the contractile spaces were first disco-

vered by Ehrenberg in Paramecium Aurelia and some other In-

fusoria. When the contractile space is full and wide open, the

rays can only be observed as fine lines, or, when the light is not

good, are entirely imperceptible; by the sudden contraction of

the space, however, they instantly swell into a pyriform com-

mencement close to the position of the contractile vesicle which

has disappeared. With favourable illumination, when the ani-

mals possess the proper degree of transparency, the rays may be

traced in Paramecium Aurelia across the half of the animal, and

we may sometimes perceive a bifurcation of one or other of them.

During the slow re-appearance of the contractile space, the rays

gradually decrease, and they have almost entirely disappeared,

or become reduced to fine lines, when the vesicle has attained.

its full extension. These rays, as well as the contractile spaces,

lie, as in all Infusoria, close under the skin (“cuticula” of Cohn),

in the parenchyma of the body (‘cortical layer” or cell-mem-

brane” of Cohn).

In many Vorticelle we also find processes going off from the

contractile vesicle (Ehrenberg even states that he has frequently

seen the contractile vesicle of Carchesium polypinum \obate or

almost radiate) ; of these I have been able to trace one particu-

larly, in V. nebulifera, campanula and Carchesium polypinum, up

to close beneath the skin of the ciliary disk; this, when seen

from above, exhibited a longish section (fig. 3 4). From this a

fine branch appears to run, on the upper wall of the vestibulum,

transversely across this to the other side; at least I have seen a

thin process hanging down like a short curtain into the vesti-

bulum from the side turned towards the ciliary disk (in fig. 3 it

is represented by the broad dotted line which runs transversely

across the vestibulum from /), which swelled up when the above-

mentioned process became enlarged in consequence of the con-

traction of the vesicle.

In Dendrosoma radians, Ehrbg., a fine vessel runs through

* Wiegmann, Archiv, 1835, i. p. 12; Von Siebold, Vergl. Anat.

+ Bergmann and Leuckart, Vergl. Anat. pp. 184 and 214.

t O. Schmidt, who, however, admits the existence of walls to the vesicle.

Froriep’s Notizen, 1849, p.5; Vergl. Anat. p. 220.

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 225

the whole length of the body, and sends branches into its rami-

fications: it is furnished with a number of contractile spaces,

partly in the stem and partly in the branches.

The processes of the contractile space are seen with remark-

able distinctness in the large Stentor polymorphus (including S.

Reselii and Miilleri), in which a very considerable portion of a

vascular system may be recognized. The large contractile space

lies a little to the left of the cesophagus, near the plane of the

ciliary disk (fig.8 4). From it a longitudinal vessel runs to the

posterior extremity of the animal, and an annular vessel round

the ciliary disk (Stirn) close under its series of cilia. Both these

are visible even during the expansion of the contractile vesicle,

but swell up suddenly like the vessels of the above-mentioned

Infusoria during its contraction: at this time the longitudinal

vessel usually exhibits considerable dilatations, which, when

superficially examined, may easily be taken for independent,

disunited cavities (vacuoles). (See figs. 8 and 9; the latter

figure shows a diagrammatic section of a part of the posterior

extremity of Stentor, in the parenchyma of which the dilatations

of the longitudinal vessel are seen on the left side.) The

annular vessel exhibits a more uniform lumen ; only two round-

ish dilatations make their appearance in it, one close to the anus

on the dorsal side of the animal, and the other close to the

cesophagus on the ventral surface (fig. 800). Both vessels

gradually decrease during the reappearance of the contractile

vesicle, apparently without any contraction of their own, in the

same way as the vessels of the Paramecia. The longitudinal

vessel of the Stentors and a similar one in Spirostomum ambiguum

were first described by Von Siebold*, whilst their existence has

been erroneously denied by Eckhardt +.

As we thus find a vascular system im the Stentorst, and in

other Infusoria recognize the parts lying nearest to the centre

(the contractile space), sometimes easily and sometimes with

difficulty, we may certainly conclude that such a system exists

in all Infusoria which possess a contractile space, even when no

branches have been detected running out from this. That this

system does not merely consist of accidental chasms in the par-

enchyma of the body (vacuoles of Dujardin), is apparent from

its regularity. When it is asserted, in proof of the inconstancy

of these vacuoles, that exactly similar ones frequently make

their appearance in other parts of the body, this appears to me

* Vergleichende Anatomie, p. 21.

+ Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1846, p. 237.

{ In opposition to the opinion that this is a system of seminal canals,

the existence of the annular vessel in Stentor may also be taken, in addi-

tion to the reasons brought forward by other authors.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 2. Vol. xix. 15

226 Dr.C.F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

to arise from very different things being confounded together.

The swelling dilatations of existing vessels are certainly often

regarded as such vacuoles, without its beg remembered that

these dilatations always gradually decrease again, whilst the

true vascular centres, the contractile spaces, always diminish

suddenly in healthy animals. Moreover, in diseased Infusoria,

an exudation of a fluid, with which the parenchyma is normally

imbued, appears to take place from it even into the cavity of the

body, and perhaps into chasms of the parenchyma, as we often

see it take place in Infusoria, and many other low Invertebrate

animals, on the surface of the body. These sarcode-drops ap-

pear to be incapable of ever being again absorbed, but their

formation always appears to lead, although slowly, to the death

of the animal.

Although we may now assert positively that the contractile

space is the centre of a vascular system, which does not consist

of chasms formed in the parenchyma by its accidental separation,

another and more difficult question concerning its nature re-

mains to be cleared up, namely, whether the vessels and the

contractile space possess proper walls, or whether they are only

regular and constant chasms in the parenchyma, and whether

the contractile space is or is not a vesicle. The mode of con-

traction, which differs from the other contractile phenomena of

the parenchyma of the body, appears to speak decidedly im

favour of the vesicular nature of the contractile space. The

circumstance that, before its complete expansion, it frequently

appears to be divided into two or three, is not opposed to this,

as a vesicle may very well be constricted into two or more parts

by the partial contraction of annular portions, or by strictures.

Some other facts appear to be in favour of the vesicular nature

of the contractile space, such as the phenomenon presented by

Spirostomum ambiguum, already referred to, in which balls of

excrement pass to the anus between the contractile space and

the outer skin of the animal, and, although often arching the

wall of the contractile space into a semiglobular form, yet never

break through into it. In Actinophrys, the supposition that

there is a membranous boundary at least on the outside of the

contractile vesicle, can hardly be rejected, as its wall, which

is situated on the outermost surface of the body, must burst at

the moment of greatest expansion, if it were only composed of

the gelatinous parenchyma of the body*.

The behaviour of the contractile vesicle in Actinophrys, also,

hardly allows us to suppose that it has an opening outwardly ;

* See Frey, Hautbedeckungen der wirbellosen Thiere; Von Siebold,

Vergl. Anat.; and especially Claparéde, Miiller’s Archiv, 1854, p. 417,

translated in the Annals, loc. cit.

Dr.C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 227

nor have I ever been able, in other Infusoria, to confirm

Q. Schmidt’s assertion* that the contractile vesicle opens exter-

nally. In many Infusoria we see one or more pale spots upon

the contractile vesicle, which may easily be taken for orifices,

but, on closer examination, prove to be only thin spots in the

parenchyma of the body and the skin, by which the action of

the external water upon the contents of the vascular system is

certainly facilitated, so that they probably serve for respiratory

purposes. These round clear spots are particularly numerous

upon the contractile space of Spirostomum ambiguum. As,

therefore, we do not possess the certain proof of one of the most

essential requirements of a water-vascular system, the existence

of an external orifice, and some things even appear to be directly

opposed to it, we can only, like Wiegmanny, Von Siebold, and

others, regard it as a blood-vascular system.

Before passing to the consideration of the nucleus, we will

refer to some other conditions of structure, although these have

only been detected in particular Infusoria, as the consideration

of the nucleus cannot be separated from that of the reproduc-

tion, which then still remains to be examined.

Of other systems of organs, besides the nutritive and circula-

tory apparatus already referred to, we have comparatively little

to say, and that mostly of a negative nature. If the clear spots

already mentioned on the contractile vesicle are not to be re-

garded as the indications of a respiratory system, nothing is

known of such a system, as Pouchet’s supposed respiratory

apparatus of the Vorticelle is only their pharynx. The above-

mentioned thinner spots in the skin may facilitate respiration,

which probably otherwise takes place by the whole skin.

Nothing is known of organs of secretion, although Ehrenberg

describes such organs in Nassula elegans, Chilodon ornatus, and

other species, as the sources of a coloured gastric juice ; but the

coloured spots which they are said to form are regarded by

others (Von Siebold) only as pigment-spots. In most, if not

all Infusoria the whole surface of the body is capable of exuding

a gelatinous matter. Some do this regularly, and the gelatinous

matter exuded either retains its gelatinous consistence (Stentor,

Chetospira mucicola, and others), or, hardening into a horny

matter (Arcelline, Ophrydine, Tintinnus, Chetospira Miilleri, &c.),

forms a sheath (urceolus) into which the animal can retract itself

more or less completely. In some species of the genus Difflugia

grains of sand are stuck into this hardening sheath; in the

Polythalamia it becomes calcified. Besides this exudation of

* Froriep’s Notizen, 1849, p. 6, and Vergl. Anat. p. 220.

+ Archiv, 1835, i. p. 12.

15*

228 Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

gelatinous matter for the purpose of forming sheaths, another

gelatinous exudation also occurs in a great many Infusoria,

which leads to the formation of a completely closed and generally

round case enclosing the animal which secretes it: this is the

cyst-formation, first described by Guanzati, and so often observed

of late, the object of which appears to be the protection of the

encysted animal from unfavourable circumstances in the water

inhabited by it, and from death by desiccation. How far en-

cystation is connected with reproduction, we shall see hereafter.

The cysts are not always smooth ; thus Cienkowsky * saw Po-

dophrya fiza form transversely annulated cysts+ and also de-

scribes other cysts with a stellate surface (Stylonychia pustulataf) ;

Stein observed longitudinally-ribbed cysts in Epistylis branchio-

phila; and I have seen finely-shagreened ones in a small unde-

scribed species of Epistyls.

A nervous system has not yet been detected. Whether the

pigment-spots regarded by Ehrenberg in some Infusoria as eye-

spots, are really so, is uncertain; a peculiar refractive body has

not yet been detected in them, whilst one occurs in the form of a

concavo-convex lens without a pigment-spot, close to the mouth,

in Bursaria flava, Bhrbg. Whether the clear bodies which

Ehrenberg supposed were to be regarded as ganglia in some

flagellated Infusoria, and the reniform bodies discovered by Stein

in the peristome of Opercularia articulata§ belong to a nervous

system, is still very problematical.

With the exception of the cilia and other external appendages

of the body already mentioned, special organs of motion have

hardly yet been detected. Ehrenberg’s account of muscular

strie giving origin to the series of cilia in many Infusoria is

not satisfactorily confirmed, and is regarded by most authors as

founded upon an illusion. The parenchyma of the body (not

the skin) of most Infusoria is contractile, although no one has

yet succeeded in distinguishing special muscles or muscular

layers. I have also been unsuccessful im my search for them ;

but, on the other hand, I was so fortunate, in common with my

friend, E. Claparéde, as to observe an indubitable separate con-

tractile layer, in which longitudinal striz were generally to be

* Siebold and KOlliker’s Zeitschr. vi. p. 302, and Bull. de Acad. Im-

périale de St. Pétersb. 1855, p. 297.

+ Stein regarded these cysts as transition steps between Vorticella mi-

crostoma and Podophrya fixa, and thought that they were produced by the

encystation of the former, and not of the latter. Weisse described them

(Bull. Acad. St. Pétersb.) as independent Infusoria, under the name of

Orcula trochus.

+ T have also seen these cysts, and think that they are what Weisse has

described (Bulletin, &c.) under the name of Discodella multipes.

§ Loe. cit. p. 117.

Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 229

detected, in various Vorticelline, in which Ehrenberg states that

he saw muscular striz at the posterior extremity. It forms a

hollow cone, the apex of which is situated in the hinder extre-

mity of the animal, and, in the contractile-stemmed species, is

produced into the muscle of the stem ; in its apparent section it

of course appears like two small fibres separating from each

other like a fork, as which, indeed, it has hitherto been always

regarded, except by Ehrenberg*. This layer is very beautifully

seen in Epistylis pleatilis, in which we may most completely

convince ourselves that it is a special stratum, which possesses

contractility. In Epistyhs plicatilis, namely, during the con-

traction of this stratum, the non-contractile part of the paren-

chyma which surrounds it, with the skin covering it, separates

from the contractile layer, and forms the well-known folds,

whilst the contractile or muscular layer becomes shortened and

thickened without folding. The structure of the contractile

stem is carefully treated of by Stein+ and especially by Czer-

mak {, to whose statements I may refer. As the sole function

of the innermost part of this stem appears to be contraction,

and it is not perfectly structureless, I think we need not hesitate

in calling it a stem-muscle; and I cannot allow any value to

Stein’s objection, namely, that it still contracts even when the

stem is not attached to another object, for the muscle does not

thus lose its insertion, as it is attached to the sheath of the stem

itself by its hinder extremity, and not to the foreign object.

Perhaps the transverse annulations which are exhibited by the

bodies of some Vorticelline, are to be attributed to muscular

fibres ; at all events, they do not belong to the skin, but to the

parenchyma of the body.

After we have thus mentioned what has been ascertained up

to this time with regard to organs unconnected with reproduc-

tion in the Infusoria, nothing remains to be considered except

the mode of propagation.

Without entering into a controversy upon the generatio equi-

voca, which now, fortunately for science, is almost solely de-

fended by men§ whose observations are so superficial, that no

criticism of them is necessary, we may pass at once to the true

* Stein asserts that this does not occur in all contractile-stemmed Vor-

ticelline ; 1 have always succeeded in seeing it, even in the Vorticella mi-

crostoma and Zoothamnium affine, St., which Stem represents without it.

T Loc. cit. p. 78.

{ Siebold and Kolliker’s Zeitschr. iv. p. 438. I cannot confirm Czer-

mak’s statement, that the stem of the Vorticelline is sometimes twisted to

the right and sometimes to the left, as I have always found it twisted in

the same direction as the spiral of cilia, in a great number of cases in which

T examined it carefully with this view.

§ Pineau, Dr. Gros, &c.

230 Dr.C.F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

modes of reproduction of the Infusoria. In them we meet with

an undoubtedly asexual reproduction, and also with a mode of

propagation which it is probable will hereafter be proved to be

of a sexual nature, or which must be regarded as the analogue

of the sexual reproduction of the higher animals,—namely, a

propagation by embryos. The purely vegetative mode of pro-

pagation consists in fissation and gemmation.

Fissation, as is well known, is the most widely-diffused mode

of propagation of the Infusoria, and the one with which we have

been longest acquainted. Nevertheless, it has not been so

closely studied as, perhaps, it deserved ; for our knowledge of it

has made but little progress since Trembley’s beautiful descrip-

tion of the fissation of the Stentors. By the generalization of a

few observations, principally with reference to the cell-theory,

we have come very recently to believe that the nucleus always

induces the fissation by its becoming divided, or at least con-

stricted. This view, however, is not correct. There are cer-

tainly cases in which the nucleus first of all divides, but in other

cases its division only takes place when the rest of the body is

already far advanced in division ; and in others again the actual

fissation of the nucleus does not lead to that of the body, but

embryos are developed in it, as we shall soon show. The fissa-

tion is generally commenced rather by a new formation of con-

tractile vesicles*, from dilatations of the existing vessels, as

appears from Stein’s observations on Stentor. In those Infusoria

in which a peculiar series of stronger cilia leads to the mouth

(such as Oxytrichine and Euplotee), the furrow in which this

series of cilia is situated, is seen subsequently [to,] or simulta-

neously [with the division of the contractile vesicle] to become

produced backwards over the mouth; in this prolongation cilia

are produced, and its posterior extremity becomes deepened into

a mouth and cesophagus, which then opens towards the alimen-

tary cavity of the animal ; then, simultaneously with the external

constriction of the body, the new furrow is separated from the

old one. (In Stentor the new frontal series of cilia first makes

its appearance on the old animal as a lateral, straight series, —

the crista lateralis of Ehrenberg.) In animals which also possess

peculiar processes of the body as organs of motion (hooks,

styles, &c.), the fissation usually takes place in such a manner,

that each of the newly-formed animals acquires a portion of

these from the old animal, whilst the other part is of new form-

* Even Ehrenberg refers to this im some cases. Wiegmann adduces it

in support of his opinion that the contractile vesicle is to be regarded as

the heart. The greater part of the following observations on the develop-

ment of the Infusoria were made by me in conjunction with my friend, E.

Claparede.

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 231

ation. Stein gives an incorrect represertation of the fissation

of the Vorticelling, as he supposes that before this takes place

the ciliary disk, cesophagus, &c. of the old animal are absorbed,

and when the fissation has advanced further, two new ciliary

disks are formed. This, however, is not the case: by careful

observation the movement of the cilia is seen, during the whole

process of fissation, upon the ciliary apparatus, and in the vesti-

bulum and cesophagus of the animal which is closed up by the

peristome.

Fissation had not been previously observed in the family of

the Acinetine, and it has only been very recently described by

Cienkowsky* in Podophrya fixa; one of the two buds of fissa-

tion acquires cilia all over it, retracts its suckers, and swims

away, becoming again converted into a Podophrya by the

loss of its cilia; the same thing takes place in Acineta my-

stacina, and here also one of the buds of fissation is ciliated

all over.

Far less general than fissation is the process of gemmation,

which is only known as yet in Vorticelline, Acinetine (here only

in Dendrosoma radians, Khrbg.), and in Spirochona gemmipara,

Stein, the position of which still appears doubtful to mey+. In

the Vorticelline the bud is formed as a swelling of the paren-

chyma on some part of the body, into which a diverticulum of

the digestive cavity of the parent animal extends. The alimen-

tary cavity of the bud thus formed is subsequently divided from

that of the mother, and finally the entire bud separates, with de-

velopment of a posterior circlet of cilia. In Dendrosoma radians,

Ehrbg., a branch of the nucleus grows into the bud whilst it

still remains united to the parent animal. Fissation and gem-

mation pass into each other almost imperceptibly, as the buds

of gemmation are not always much smaller than their parent ;

if it be desired to draw a sharp line of demarcation between

them, we may say that in fissation each of the new-formed ani-

mals acquires a pre-existing part of the nucleus of the old ani-

mal; whilst in gemmation, one part, the bud, only acquires a

newly-formed part of the old nucleus, or none at all; (in the lat-

ter case, of course, a nucleus must be developed independently

in the bud).

The true generation has only been known at a very recent

period. The first observation upon this subject, which, however,

* Bull. Acad. de St. Pétersb., 1855, p. 297.

+ In Miller’s Archiv for 1854, p. 205, A. Schneider describes a mode of

propagation in Diffugia Enchelys as sprouting or gemmation, which, never-

theless, is perhaps more properly to be regarded as fissation. Stein also

describes (p. 191) a propagation by formation of buds in Uvella bodo,

Ehrbg. = Phacelomonas bodo, Stein.

232 Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

has been completely disregarded, was made by Von Siebold*,

upon an Infusorium (Bursaria or Opalina) living as a parasite

in the intestine of the Frog: in this he found a number of

small embryos in a cavity at the posterior extremity of the body.

Embryos were subsequently rediscovered, first by Focke+ (whose

observations were confirmed and enlarged by Cohn{ and Stein 9)

in Paramecium Bursaria, Focke = Loxodes Bursaria, Ehrbg.,

then by Eckhardt|| in Stentor polymorphus and ce@ruleus (con-

firmed by O. Schmidt), by Stem** in many Acinete and in

Chilodon, and, although less exactly, by Cohnt+ in Urostyla

grandis. From the observations of Focke and Stein, a division

of the nucleus appeared to take place in the formation of em-

bryos; whilst Eckhardt does not refer to this, and Cohn regards

its division as improbable. I have been so fortunate as to ob-

serve the formation of embryos, not only in many Acinetine,

but also in numerous other Infusoria. As the description of

these observations, which were for the most part made in con-

junction with E. Claparéde, would lead us too far, we shall fur-

nish this in a separate memoir; and I only give here the scheme

of development, such as we have observed it more or less com-

pletely in different cases.

The development of the embryos takes place in the nucleus,

or in a part of it. The nucleus is usually seen first of all to

divide into two or more parts, when the same processes take

place in one or several of these parts, which in other cases occur

in the undivided nucleus. The nucleus is usually roundish or

longish, or even (as in many Vorticelline and Stentor) much

elongated and band-like: it 1s enveloped im a peculiar mem-

brane, as Stein has proved, and generally presents a homoge-

neous or finely granular appearance; it appears constantly to

enclose a cavity surrounded by thick walls (the substance of

the nucleus), sometimes (Chilodon) containing a smaller body,

the nucleolus, which in other species is situated close to the nu-

cleus. Upon or in the wall of the nucleus or one of its products

of division, we now sometimes perceive small round globules,

which increase in size, finally acquire a contractile vesicle, and

become converted into embryos; these at last become furnished

with cilia, escape out of the parent animal, and swim about

* In his Memoir upon the development of Monostomum mutabile, in

Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1835.

+ Amtlicher Bericht der Naturforscherversammlung zu Bremen, 1844,

plo,

~ Siebold and Kolliker’s Zeitschr. ii. p. 277.

§ Op. cit. supra.

|| Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1846.

"| Froriep’s Notizen, 1849, p. 7.

MN La, Cx SUNTE. tt LL. c. supra.

Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria, 233

freely, generally im a form more or less differing from that of the

mother. Very different numbers of embryos may be formed in

one section of the nucleus; in the same species we sometimes

find many and sometimes only one embryo formed in it; and

an embryo which has been developed alone in a fragment of the

nucleus is usually as large as all the embryos formed in a similar

fragment which has developed many of them, taken together.

The true import of the nucleus of course is not decided by

this statement ; [we cannot say] whether it is to be regarded as

a germ-stock, in which germs are formed asexually ; as an ovary,

in which the ova are developed at the same time; or, in accord-

ance with Focke’s views, as a uterus, in which the ova or germs,

formed in another place (perhaps in the nucleolus ?), are further

developed.

The fate of the embryos which are unlike their parents, after

their birth, is still unknown in most cases. For the Acinete,

Stein, as is well known, has set up a peculiar theory, which he

has endeavoured to support by many examples; according to

this, the Acinete are metamorphosed Vorticelle, which, in this

altered form, assist in propagation by the production of embryos ;

the embryos, as Stein supposed, again became Vorticelle: un-

fortunately he never observed this directly, but always lost sight

of the embryos before their fate was decided. In support of the

transformation of the Vorticelle into Acineta, he brought for-

ward some supposed transitions, the series of which, however,

still presented considerable gaps. Many of these intermediate

forms, which are always encysted states, have so far distinct

characters, that they might also be referred as encysted states to

a great many other Infusoria, so that they can only furnish a

proof of the asserted transition, when we are certain that, in a

series of observations upon the transformation of one species,

we have always to do with the same individual, so as to exclude

the possibility of confounding individuals of other species there-

with. For, the reason, and almost the only one, that Stein

can adduce in favour of his opinion, in most of the Acinete, ex-

cept the analogy with the other Acinete, which led him to think

their relationship to the Vorticelle probable,—namely, the fre-

quent occurrence of certain Acinete and Vorticelle in each other’s

company,—is evidently no more a proof of relationship in this

than in other cases. The frequent parasitism of certain Acinete

upon certain Vorticelline furnishes no better proof; we often find

other Infusorial parasites upon the same Vorticelline, so that we

have our choice as to which we will regard as related to the

host.

In favour of the relationship between some Acinetine and

Vorticelline, Stein adduces an alternation in their occurrence ; so

234 Dr.C. F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

that in a vessel which at first contained a great number of Vor-

ticella microstoma, these in course of time gradually diminished,

whilst individuals of a particular species of Acineta, in this case

Podophrya fiza, made their appearance in constantly increasing

numbers. In this case changes may very probably have taken

place in the conditions of the surrounding medium, which were

unfavourable to the former species, and compelled them to become

encysted, whilst they probably only furnished the other species

with the favourable conditions for their existence and propagation.

A similar alternation in the occurrence of species is observed in

many species*, so that the admission of their relationship would

compel us, with Pineaut, Dr. G. Grost, and Laurent §, to regard

the greater part of the Infusoria as stages in the development of

the same species, nay, even to place them in relationship to

the Rotifera, Worms, and Crustacea. In the alleged relation

between Vorticella microstoma and an Acineta, we also find a

very natural reason for the simultaneous increase of the Acinete

and diminution of the Vorticelle, in the fact that the latter are

very often sucked out by the former, frequently three to four Vor-

ticelle at once by a single Acineta. The supposed intermediate

steps between the two forms of Infusoria are, as Cienkowsky ||

has proved by direct observation, in part erroneously explained.

Stein’s transversely costate cyst (tab. 4. fig. 8309), which he

supposes to have been produced from a Vorticella-cyst, and to

pass into a Podophrya, through the state represented in fig. 31,

according to Cienkowsky was rather produced through the in-

termediate step, fig. 31, from a Podophrya, but without becoming

converted into a Vorticella-cyst.

An alternation of this kind in the appearance of particular

Infusoria, can only allow us to conclude that they are related,

when we have convinced ourselves by strict isolation that there

are only individuals of the one species and none of the other in

a particular small space, when we take care that none of these

can have access from without, and enable ourselves to watch the

individuals. This has always been neglected by Stein; only one

of his observations** appears nearly to fulfil this requirement, so

* See Schrank, Fauna Boica, ui. 2. p. 19; Cohn, in Siebold and Kolh-

ker’s Zeitschr. ni. p. 258, &c.

+ Ann. des Sci. Nat. 3 série, i. p. 182, iv. p. 103, and ix. p. 100.

t{ Ann. des Sci. Nat. 3 série, xvii. p. 193, and various papers in the Bull.

de ‘la Soc. Imp. de Naturalistes de Moscou.

§ Various memoirs in the Mémoires de la Soc. des Sciences, &e. de

Nancy, and Etudes Physiol. sur les Animalcules des Infusions Végétales,

1854.

|| Bull. de ?Acad. de St. Pétersb. 1855, p. 297.

{ Orcula Trochus of Weisse.

S% (LC: SUPT, Pu.dd-

Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 235

that it seems to have led him to the incorrect assertion*, that

he had “by direct observation” seen Vaginicola crystallina be-

come converted into Acineta mystacina. But even this observa-

tion was not exact. On a number of filaments of Confervee

which he had thrown into a glass filled with clear spring-water,

because they were particularly rich in Vaginicole, Stein found,

after the lapse of several days, ‘instead of the Vaginicole scarcely

anything but Acinete.” Stein does not say that he convinced

himself that at the commencement there were no Acinete at all

adhering to the Confervee, or that he obtained any certainty as

to the identity of the individuals by the identity of the spot on

which an Acineta sat with that to which a Vaginicola was pre-

viously attached,—two things which certainly ought to have

been done in order to prove a direct observation of the transi-

tion of one form into the other; and yet, as he could not find

the sheaths of the Vaginicole, which had probably fallen down,

he allows himself to be led away into a bold hypothesis, which

is to solve the difficult problem of the conversion of the hard

sheath of the Vaginicole, which is widest at the bottom, mto an

Acineta-sheath, which is narrow at the base.

I now endeavoured to settle the existing doubts by strict iso-

lation. For three years I have effected this, at different times,

with different Vorticelline, namely with Vorticella microstoma,

campanula, and nebulifera; Carchesium polypinum; Epistylis

plicatilis, and Opercularia nutans: on each occasion I preserved

about twenty or thirty individuals of one of the above-mentioned

species, sometimes in a small glass tube, sometimes on an ob-

ject-glass, keeping them moist, and preventing desiccation by

the occasional addition of distilled water. In this way I ob-

tained cysts of Vorticella microstoma often enough, but no Acr-

netine were ever developed either from this or from the other

Vorticelline. From the cysts of Vorticella microstoma unaltered

Vorticelle escaped, sometimes at the end of three or even four

weeks.

After I had convinced myself that the conversion of Vorticelle

into Acinete was not to be proved in this way, but was rather

rendered more improbable by the experiments instituted, I

attempted to test the other part of Stein’s hypothesis,—to

ascertain the fate of the embryo of Acineta. An observation of

Professor J. Miiller, which renders probable the conversion of

such young animals into an Acineta resembling the parent, has

already been adduced. Subsequently I succeeded several times

in obtaining a certain result. In order to facilitate observation

and avoid confounding the roving embryos with similar animals,

I generally isolated each Acineta, containing one or two em-

* TL. c. supra, p. 36.

236 Dr.C.F.J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

bryos, in a drop of water upon an object-glass, and then observed

the escape, the roving, and lastly the quiescence of the bud.

Thus I could even quit the microscope for some time, and yet

be sure of again finding the same individual, and not con-

founding it with others; in some cases I remained the whole

time at the microscope. I first succeeded in the summer of

1853, when in Wiirzburg, in tracing the fate of some buds of

Acinete, which I at first regarded as Stein’s Acineta of the

Duckweed, but which I do not now consider to be distinct from

Stem’s Acineta of the Cyclops, although it attached itself to the

Duckweed or swam about freely in the water*. | Cienkowsky t+

also has recently followed the destiny of the embryo of an Acz-

neta, which appears probably to be identical with that above

mentioned, for, that Cienkowsky (as well as Stein for his Acineta

of the Cyclops) figures the embryo much smaller than I have

ever seen it, can certainly not constitute a specific distinction,

as in other Infusoria also, the buds of one species, nay even of

one individual, may be of very different size. Cienkowsky

arrived at the same result as myself: after roving about very

rapidly for a time, the bud became quiescent, lost its cilia,

and developed the radiate suckers which characterized it as an

Acineta. The period of the rapid swarming of the embryos of

Acinete@ is very variable: I have observed some which attached

themselves to become converted into Acinete within half an

hour, whilst in other cases I had to wait for several hours.

Cienkowsky states that he has followed the embryo for more

than five hours before it became quiescent. Embryos of the

Acineta ferrum-equinum, Ehrbg., I certainly did not follow during

the whole period of their swarming under the microscope; but,

by careful isolation, I had ensured the identity of the individual

without uninterrupted observation. I then always found, after

the lapse of several hours, besides the old Acineta, a young one

of the size of the gemmule. I once followed one of these, until,

after some hours of roving, it reposed upon a fragment of Lemna ;

a few hours afterwards I found in the same spot a young Aci-

neta of exactly the size of the bud. Similar observations were

afterwards made by E. Claparéde and myself upon some other

Acinete, and always with the same result, although sometimes

the bud died before becoming converted into an Acineta.

If proof was thus furnished that the embryos of Acinete were

again converted into Acineta, the objection might still be raised

that this was perhaps to be laid to the unfavourable circum-

stances to which the animals were exposed in the little drop of

water under the microscope, and that, under more favourable

* Stein’s Acineta of the Duckweed may probably be a peculiar species.

+ Bull. de PAcad. de St. Pétersb. 1855, p. 297.

Dr. C. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 237

conditions, the embryos were probably converted into Vorticelle.

I therefore endeavoured to ascertain this also, and for this pur-

pose isolated at different times a number of individuals of the

large Acineta ferrum-equinum, Ehrbg., which were perceptible

even with the lens, in a small glass tube, as I had isolated Vor-

ticelle in other cases. In order that they should not be in want

of nourishment, I put a number of individuals of Paramecium

Aurelia and P. Bursaria with them in the tube, and to preserve

the water in a good state, also placed in it a Lemna minor.

These experiments required the greatest care, and their difficulty

is a sufficient explanation of my not having obtained clear results

in all cases. Thus in one case I found two specimens of Voréi-

cella campanula in one of my glasses, when I came to look at it

again in eight days; in another I found several of the Vorticella

nebulifera without a single V. campanula. This difference of the

Vorticelle discovered must show at once that they had only got

in by accident, and had not been developed from the embryos of

the Acinete. How difficult it is to avoid such an accident, was

proved to me by a case in which I had placed some Acinete in a

glass tube, and thought that I had convinced myself of the ab-

sence of any Vorticelline; and yet, on again examining it with

the lens, I discovered, under the leaf of Lemna which had been

put in, a large Vorticella campanula, which I of course took care

to remove immediately. Two experiments, however, gave me a

perfectly clear result. One of these was given up at the end

of a week, but the other was continued for seven weeks, during

which the contents of the glass tube were frequently examined,

partly with the lens and partly with the microscope; but in

both I never obtained a single Vorticella, but only a considerably

increased number of Acinete. The number of the latter was

also augmented in the other experiments, which did not give a

pure result.

The preceding statements appear to me to furnish sufficient

proof that Stein’s opinion of the relationship of the Vorticelline

and Acinete is not only completely destitute of any real founda-

tion, but even, as an hypothesis, extremely imprebable. I must

be excused if I have dwelt too long upon this theory; but

it appeared to be well worth a thorough examination, as it in-

troduced into science a perfectly new mode of propagation, which

could not be referred to any of the known modes of reproduc-

tion, not even to the alternation of generations ; and it was cer-

tainly high time to apply the standard of a fundamental criticism

to it, as it has unfortunately been already regarded by many as a

fact ascertained with certainty. An alternation of generations of

the kind hitherto known in other animals cannot be recognized

in the alternation of the modes of reproduction of the Infusoria,

238 Dr. C.F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria.

the increase by fissation or gemmation, and that by embryos * ;

for the same animal which has propagated vegetatively for a

time by fissation and bud-formation, and consequently performed

the functions of a nurse, may be seen subsequently playing the

part of a mother by the production of embryos ; nay, one animal

may at the same time increase by the vegetative process of fissa-

tion and propagate by the development of embryos, as is proved

to me by observations on Stentors. If an alternation of genera-

tions in the received sense should occur amongst the Infusoria,

it could only be in this way, that the very small embryos pro-

duced in the nucleus, or those to be mentioned immediately,

might be produced asexually, and even when sexually mature

might not increase vegetatively, but by sexual reproduction ;

but this supposition is totally unsupported, and even contradicted

by the observations on the Acinete.

I may now be permitted to mention a mode of reproduction

which has hitherto been observed in but few cases, and even in

these not sufficiently to enable us to decide whether it is to be

regarded as a modification of the above-mentioned production

of embryos in the nucleus, or as an independent kind of propa-

gation. It has as yet been described only by Stein} in Voréz-

cella microstoma and nebulifera, and by Cienkowsky { in Nassula

viridis §.

In these cases the reproduction was commenced by encysta-

tion, and then several large circumscribed bodies, probably en-

larged parts of the nucleus, made their appearance in the body,

which gradually became converted into a simple vesicle without

recognizable organs (the mother-vesicle, Mutterblase of Stein) :

these afterwards became elongated into processes, which broke

through the cyst, and bursting at the apex, allowed a great

number of small, Monad-like creatures to escape, which soon

dispersed themselves in the water. It was only in his most

recent observations on Vorticella microstoma, that Stein saw the

production of larger globules, “daughter-vesicles” (Tochter-

- blasen), in the interior of the mother-vesicle ; but previously he

had seen nothing of the kind: it must remain uncertain whether

* Even if this were proved to be sexual reproduction.

+ L. ec. supra.

t Siebold and Kolliker’s Zeitschr. vi. p. 301. In a note (4) on p. 301

of the Bulletin de Acad. de St. Pétersb., Cienkowsky mentions the same

circumstance with regard to Nassula ambigua, Stem. I do not know

whether by this he refers to the same observations with regard to Nassula

viridis, alluded to above.

§ Perhaps the reproduction of Chlorogonium euchlorum, described by

Weisse and Stein, also belongs here (unless it be a division into numerous

segments after a change of skin), and possibly the state of Acieta mysta-

cina represented by Stein on tab. 1. fig. 20 of his work.

Dr. ©. F. J. Lachmann on the Organization of Infusoria. 239

he had overlooked them ; whether, instead of several globules,

only one very large one, entirely filling the mother-vesicle, had

been produced; or whether two different modes of development

actually occur in this case. This is the only mode of reproduc-

tion of the Infusoria which has hitherto been observed in encysted

animals alone; but some observations made by E. Claparéde and

myself upon an undescribed vaginicolous Infusorium, indicate

that encystation is not a necessary condition even for this mode

of propagation. The internal formation of embryos in Chilodon

has been observed by Stein, especially in encysted animals, but

nevertheless, according to him, it also occurs in free animals.

Fissation is very frequent in the interior of cysts; many Infu-

soria appear to undergo fissation more frequently in cysts than

when swimming freely ; so that it may appear probable that the

cyst serves as a protection for the animal when dividing, but it

is certainly not necessary, as we are acquainted with no example

of an Infusorium which always encysts itself for the purpose of

fissation. Thus the principal, if not the only object of encysta-

tion appears to be protection against unfavourable external cir-

cumstances.

With regard to the peculiar process of copulation or zygosis

of the Infusoria, as its object is still entirely unknown, I shall

only state, that, except in the Diatomacez and Desmidiacez, the

position of which is still doubtful, it has hitherto been observed

particularly in Actinophrys and Acinetine*. According to an

oral statement, E. Claparéde has also seen Vorticelline (especially

V. microstoma) in zygosis; and I have twice met with double

animals of Carchesium, still sitting upon a double stalk and con-

stantly becoming more amalgamated, so that the cavities of both

the fused animals communicated, and the morsel which was

passed from the pharynx of one animal usually ascended in

the cavity of the other up to the lower surface of its ciliary

disk. The rotatory organs remained separate, and after the

lapse of some time, the double animal cast itself loose from the

stems, and swam about for more than twenty-four hours by

means of a circlet of cilia, which was produced around the

rounded hinder extremity formed by the coalescence of the two

posterior extremities of the individual animals.

If we now once more sum up the results of the preceding

statements, we find,—that the Infusoria cannot be regarded as

unicellular animals, although they have not a polygastric diges-

tive apparatus, but possess a large alimentary cavity furnished

with an anus, and into which an cesophagus usually hangs down

from the mouth; that a vascular system, of which the central

* I have seen several in conjugation; amongst others, even the Acineta

mystacina.

240 Dr. C.F.J. Lachmann on the Orgamzation of Infusoria.

point is formed by the contractile vesicle, is contamed in the

parenchyma of the body of all; that, besides fissation and gem-

mation, they possess another mode of reproduction, in which

small embryos are formed in the nucleus, but that an alterna-

tion of generations has never been detected in the Infusoria;

and, lastly, that Stein’s view of the connexion of the Vorticelle

and Acinete is an unfounded and improbable hypothesis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

All the figures, with the exception of fig. 8, are magnified about 300

diameters. The lettering of the separate parts is, as far as possible, the

same in all the figures; so that a,a indicates the peristome; 6, the com-

mencement of the series of cilia leading to the mouth; c¢, d, in the Vorti-

celle, the entrance into the vestibulum, which les between c, d and e, f;

e, the anus; f, the mouth; g, the outer extremity of the bristle situated

in the vestibulum; h, or f, h, the cesophagus; h, 7, the pharynx; and k,

the contractile vesicle.

Figs. 1-5. Vorticelline. Of the cilia of the outer series, only those which

are visible at the margin of the figure are indicated.

Fig. 1. Vorticella campanula, seen from the ventral side. At e we see

through the mouth into the lumen of the cesophagus; the pha-

rynx is not visible in this position; of the stronger cilia situated

in front of the mouth, only one is represented. The pale curved

body represents the nucleus.

Fig. 2. Vorticella nebulifera, inflated and dying, so that the peristome is

obliterated. The portion of the ciliary spiral which is situated

on the back of the animal is only indicated by a dotted line.

Fig. 3. Carchesium polypinum, seen from the front directly upon the ciliary

disk ; the ciliary spiral is only indicated by a dotted line. The

pharynx is only seen in section: k represents the section of the

process running from the contractile vesicle towards the ciliary

disk.

Fig. 4. Opercularia berberina, Stem, seen from the back. The portion of

the ciliary spiral situated in the vestibulum is only indicated by a

line. At J, inthis and the following figure, a still fusiform morsel

is represented. The pale body to the left above h represents a

section of the nucleus.

Fig. 5. Scyphidia limacina, Lachm. By mistake, the cilia are not repre-

sented on the extreme margin of the ciliary disk, as they should be.

Figs. 6, 7. Chetospira Miilleri, Lachm., sitting in its sheath, n. Of the

fine cilia covering the whole body, a few are represented only in

fig. 6.

Fig. 6. A rotating animal. At m is a ball of excrement on its way to the

anus.

Fig. 7. An animal only just extended, and not rotating.

Fig. 8. Stentor polymorphus, not much magnified. On the right side the

contractile vesicle, k, is seen, with the lateral vessel, exhibiting

various inflations, running backward ; 0, 0 are the two dilatations

of the annular vessel. The anus, e, lies on the dorsal surface,

which is turned from the observer.

Fig. 9 shows a section through the posterior extremity of a Stentor. The

thin, pale, outermost portion represents the skin bearing the cilia

and hairs; and the darker portion, situated more internally, the

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 241

parenchyma of the body, in which some dilatations of the longi-

tudinal vessel are placed. The arrows in the alimentary cavity

indicate the direction of the chyme-current, as im all other figures

where they are introduced.

Fig. 10. Euplotes Charon, seen from the ventral surface.

Fig. 11. Diagrammatic section of a Paramecium. Externally is the skin

bearing the cilia; then the parenchyma of the body, containing

the two contractile vesicles and enclosing the digestive cavity.

Behind the mouth is the anus.

Fig. 12. Amphileptus fasciola.

Fig. 13. Enchelys farcimen, containing a small Infusorium which it has

devoured ; the animal itself is being sucked out by

Fig. 14. A small Acineta ferrum-equinum, Ehrbg. This is pale in conse-

quence of long fasting, so that the horseshoe-shaped nucleus 1s

recognized. After feeding, it acquires the dark appearance of

fig. 15.

XX. Descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera.

By Joun Nierner, Colombo, Ceylon*.

Family CARABID.

Tribe CHLHZNID.

1. Chienius Ceylanicus, N.

C. subellipticus, subconvexus, glaberrimus, nitidus ; supra brunneo-

zeneus, capite, thoracis elytrorumque marginibus aureo-viridibus ;

subtus piceus, margine, pedibus oreque dilute castaneis. Long.

corp. 53 lm.

Caput ante oculos 2-impressum. Antennze art. 5° quarto paulo

longiore. Mentum dente magno excavato. Thorax subquadratus,

latitudine parum Jongior, obsolete punctulatus, antice subconvexus,

lateribus deflexus, postice depressus, planus, 2-impressus. Elytra

subtiliter striato-punctata, obsoletissime punctulata.

In stagnorum ripis inter arundines habitat; in prov. occid. et

merid. infrequenter legi. Per occasionem nocte ad lumen advolat.

A handsome and interesting species, distinguished as well by

its general shape, which is more elliptic and convex than usual,

as by its polished surface. The head is oblong and, with the

exception of the mouth, the parts of which are of a deep brown,

of a bright metallic green, divided longitudinally by a streak of

copper colour. The thorax is rather longer than broad, round

in front and flat behind, and finely punctured all over ; it is of

a brownish metallic colour bordered laterally with bright green.

The elytra are of the same colour as the thorax, the same bright

green stripe running along the sides ; the margin, properly speak-

ing, is deep brown; the elytra are impressed with rows of fine

indistinct punctures, and with the usual series of larger setigerous

* From the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, No. V. 1856.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xix. 16

242 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

ones within the margin; they are rather narrowed near the

apex.

The female, in addition to having the anterior tarsi not dilated,

has the basal impression of the thorax of a somewhat semicircular

shape, and is broader in the body than the male.

2. Chlenius 5-maculatus, N.

C. preecedente major, minus convexus, latior, rugosus, pubescens,

supra obscure nigro-viridis ; capite viridi-zeneo, nitente, glabro,

elytris maculis 5 flavis ; subtus piceus, pedibus, elytrorum margine

antennisque flavis, ore thoracisyue margine magis minusve brunneis.

Long. corp. 64 lin.

Caput ante oculos leviter 2-impressum, punctulatum. Antennee

art. 3° quarto plus sesqui longiore. Thorax subquadrato-rotundatus,

latitudine haud brevior, dorso planus, ad basin 2-impressus, rugosus,

pilosus. Elytra subdepressa, subtiliter striata, rugosa, pilosa, maculis

2 humeralibus, 2 intermediis, 1 apicali flavis ornata.

Specimen singulum m. in lacus Colombensis ripis sub graminibus

putrescentibus legi.

Not less distinguished than the former, especially by the

rounded shape of the thorax and the five yellowish spots with

which the elytra are adorned, These are arranged in the fol-

lowing manner: two small ones at the shoulders; two large

transverse ones at the middle, stretching from the external mar-

gin towards the suture, reaching, however, but little more than

half-way across ; one at the apex: this is of the shape of a hammer,

and half in one and half in the other elytron. The palpi appear

to me longer and more markedly elbowed at the joints than is

usual with insects of this genus ; the last joint is deeply excavated

at the tip. The thorax is of suborbicular form, the back and

hind part are flat, the sides slightly depressed, the margin

sharp, the basal impressions very near the angles; it is, as are

also the elytra, rough and finely pubescent, the striz of the

latter being thereby rendered obsolete. Legs of male stout,

anterior tarsi strongly dilated.

3. Chlenius pulcher, N.

C. elongatus, subconvexus, subglabratus, eeneo-viridis, elytris obscu-

rioribus, limbo pedibusque flavis, subtus picens. Long. corp.

62 lin.

Caput oblongum, nitidissimum, ante oculos 2-impressum. Mentum

dente fortiter excavato. Antenne art. 3° quarto sesqui longiore.

Thorax oblongus, basin versus angustatus, parce punctulatus, antice

lateribus deflexus, postice dorsoque planus, basi 2-impressus. Elytra

striata, ad strias, praecipue apicem versus, subtilissime pilosa, flavo-

marginata. Pedes flavi, spiuulis castaneis. Abdomen flavo-mar-

ginatum.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 243

Specimen singulum m. in ripis Maha-Oyee fluminis prope Negombo

cepi.

Distinguished by its elongate shape. The head is of a bright

green colour, with the labrum and the mandibles of a deep, and

the antenne and palpiof a light brown, the latter being darkened

towards the end. The thorax is of the same colour as the head,

reflecting a copper hue from the back; its anterior angles are

obtuse, the basal ones being right. The elytra are of the same

greenish copper colour, but darker; they are impressed with

longitudinal lines, which are bordered on each side by a row of

minute hairs; they as well as the abdomen have a yellowish

margin.

4. Chlenius cupricollis, N.

C. subconvexus, subglabratus, capite thoraceque cupreis, elytris

nigro-zeneis, limbo pedibusque flavis, subtus piceus. Long. corp.

m. 53, f. 64 lin.

Preecedenti affinis. Caput ante oculos indistincte 2-impressum.

Thorax ut in precedente sed minor, antice lateribus magis deflexus,

linea media impressionibusque basalibus longitudinalibus, preecipue

inf. profundioribus. Pedes flavi, trochanteribus spinulisque castaneis.

Elytra preecedentis.

In prov. oceid. fluminum lacuumque ripis infrequenter legi.

Allied to the former, but easily distinguished by size, colour,

and sculpture of the thorax. The male is shorter and the

female plumper than the former. The thorax is smaller and,

as is also the head, of a bright copper colour with greenish

sides ; its impressions, especially in the female, are deeper, and

its anterior part laterally more deflexed. Moreover the yellowish

margin of the abdomen is wanting, and the tooth of the mentum

is not excavated. The elytra, antenne and palpi, making allow-

ances for size, &c., are the same as those of the former.

5. Chlenius rugulosus, N.

C. subconvexus, subglabratus, thorace occipiteque rugulosis cupreis,

elytris nigro-viridibus, pedibus, elytrorum limbo lunulisque api-

calibus flavis, subtus piceus, abdomine apice margineque flavis.

Long. corp. 64 lin.

Caput fronte 2-impressum, subtilissime longitudinaliter rugulosum.

Menti dens laciniis extus rotundatis. Thorax lateribus rotundatus,

deflexus, basi sat fortiter angustatus, obsolete 2-impressus, parce

punctatus, subtiliter transversim rugulosus. Elytra ut in pre-

cedente sed apice utrinque lunula flava signata, ad strias distinctius

pilosa, his apicem versus per paria coeuntibus. Pectus abdomenque

picea, hujus segmentis 2 ultimis, preecedentis dimidio margineque

flavis.

Specimen unicum f. in Ch. pulehri, N. societate cepi.

16%*

244 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

Of the general appearance of the two preceding species. The

head finely longitudinally, the thorax transversely rugose ; the

latter with rounded and deflexed sides. The mandibles are of a

deep brown; the palpi and antenneze of a yellowish colour, darkened

towards the tip. The lobes of the mentum tooth are externally

rounded. The elytra are marked by two subapical spots of

yellowish colour and semilunar shape (the back of the lunules

bemg turned towards the suture). The striz verge near the

apex by twos into each other. The abdomen is distinguished

by having a yellow margin and apex.

Tribe ScariTID&.

6. Scarites minor, N.

S. elongatus, niger, nitidus, subtus nigro-piceus, pedibus piceis,

tarsis, antennis, palpisque castaneis. Long. corp. 5 lin., lat. 1} lin.

Caput subquadratum, ante oculos 2-impressum, pone irregulariter

sulcatulum. Mentum rugosum, medio costatum, lateribus utrinque

profunde uni-sulcatum, lobis obtusis, dente forti, lobis paulo breviore.

Maxillee validee, breves, apice extus leviter arcuate et excavate,

subacuminate. Mandibulee validze, inter medium et basin fortiter

dilatatee, obtuse dentatze, dextera dente obtuso subapicali, supra sub-

tusque longitudinaliter sulcatze. Antenne art. 1° sequentium trium,

2° tertii prope longitudine. Thorax oblongo-quadratus, angulis

anterioribus obtusis, posterioribus oblique truncatis, anguste mar-

yinatus. Elytra thoracis capitisque prope longitudine, striata, ante

medium ad striam 2™ uni-, apicem versus ad striam 3™ 2-punctata,

punctis piliferis, basi granulata, angulis oblique truncatis, anguste

margimata. Pedes anteriores tibiis apice extus 5-dentatis, dentibus

2 ultimis parvis, omnes tarsis subtus leviter excavatis.

In proy. occid. arenis humidis sub vegetabilibus putrescentibus

speeimina nonnulla legi.

Scarce. But little distinguished excepting by its size, for which

reason a lengthened description becomes necessary. ‘The head

is subquadrate in front, with two deep longitudinal impressions

behind the eyes, finely suleated. The labrum is of the usual

shape; the eyes are not very prominent. The antennz are of

about the same length as the head; the first joint is about as

long as the three following together; the second, which is gene-

rally longer than the third, is in this case of the same length ;

joints 1—4 are naked, 5-11 pilose, increasing gradually towards

the tip i size and thickness, taking at the same time a sub-

quadrate and depressed shape. The mandibles are strong, much

dilated, and dentated from before the middle to the base, the

right one having an additional subapical tooth. The maxille also

are strong, but slightly bent at the apex, where they are also

slightly excavated. The labial palpi have the last joint longer

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 245

than the third, elongated and elliptic. The thorax is oblong, with

the basal angles obliquely truncated. The elytra are oval, striated,

granulated at the base, and have, as has also the thorax, a narrow

margin. The anterior tibie are furnished externally with five

teeth, the two last of which, however, are very small; the posterior

legs are similarly provided, but the teeth are indistinct. The

joints of the tarsi are slightly excavated below. The sides of

the body below are rugose.

7. Clivina rugosifrons, N.

C. ferruginea, capite thorace abdomineque piceis. Long. corp. 43

lin., lat. 14 lin.

Caput rugosum, inter oculos elevatum, elevatione plana antice

profunde l-impressa. Mentum lobis subtiliter suleatis. Antenne

robustz, thoracis medium vix attingentes, art. ultimo elongato,

penultimo —, art. 2° tertio sesqui longiore. Thorax subquadratus,

antice parum angustatus, elytrorum latitudine, subtus parce punc-

tatus, prosterno sulcato. Elytra striata, in striis punctata. Pedum

tibiis anterioribus apice extus 4-dentatis, subtus excavatis, tibiis reli-

quis fortiter spinosis ; tarsoruin articulis margine apicali setoso.

In prov. occid. sub vegetabilibus putrescentibus infrequentissime

legi. ;

A large and distinguished species. The head is very rugose ;

the clypeus is contracted behind the apical angles and then pro-

duced again into another pair of angles. The labrum is transverse,

slightly sinuate in front, with the angles rounded and setose.

The mentum is quadrate, the lobes rounded at the apex and

slightly sulcated ; the tooth is strong, of equal length with the

lobes, and of the typical spear-headed form. The ligula has the

apical angle much elongated, terminating in a membranaceous

bristle which is bifurcate at the tip. The maxillary palpi have

the last joint elongate, cylindrico-conie ; that of the labial ones is

still more elongate, elliptic. The antenne have the basal joints

elongate, those towards the tip rounded; they and the legs

are hairy, otherwise the insect is of a bright, polished surface.

8. Clivina elongatula, N.

C. elongata, subdepressa, supra nigro-picea, subtus picea, pedibus

elytrorumque marginibus castaneis, antennis oreque dilutioribus.

Long. corp. vix 3 lin., lat. # lin.

Caput triangulare, subtiliter punctato-rugosum. Palpi articulo

ultimo apice leviter truncato. Thorax oblonge quadratus, ante

apicem leyiter sinuosus, parce obsoleteque transversim strigosus.

Elytra striata, in striis punctata, ad striam 3™ utrinque 4-punctata.

Subtus parce punctata. 7

Ubi preecedens specimen singulum legi.

246 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

I have not dissected the labium of this species, which, how-

ever, 1s at once recognized by its depressed and, in proportion

to its width, very long shape. The labrum, antenne and legs

are so much hike those of the former that they need no further

description. The bristle of the hgula appears simple.

9. Clivina maculata, N.

C. picea, elytris ferrugineis infra medium macula nigra indistincte

ornatis, pedibus intermed. et post. oreque brunneo-testaceis, pedi-

bus ant. antennisque obscurioribus. Long. corp. 2 lin.

Caput oblonge quadratum, rugosum, costis 5 magis minusve

interruptis, ad marginem anteriorem dentibus 4 productis munitum.

Palpi art. ultimo basi intus incrassato. Antennee art. 2-3 subzequali-

bus. Thorax subquadratus, leviter rotundatus. Elytra striata, im

striis profunde punctata.

Ubi preecedentes specimen singulum legi.

As distinguished as the two preceding species. The palpi

and the mentum appear to me of a somewhat extraordinary

form. The last jot of the former is considerably more inflated

at the base than im any other Ceylon species that has hitherto

come under my notice, whilst the others are of a very curved

appearance in both the maxillary and labial palpi. The emar-

gination of the mentum would at first sight appear to be of

semilunar shape ; however, it is only the lower margm which

has this form, the oblique truncature which forms the emargi-

nation being such as to give it that shape. The tooth is but

of the typical shape, standing on a level with the lower margin ;

it stands at a small angle with respect to the inclined plane

formed by the rest of the truncature. The apical angles of the

lobes are somewhat pyramidal, being formed by three sides. I

have not dissected the labium, and therefore do not know

whether the remaining parts exhibit any peculiarities. The

msect is, however, easily distinguished by its general facies,

which is rather like that of a Dyschirius, from which genus,

however, the mentum alone is sufficient to separate it. I may

as well remark here, that, although the island is well supplied

with Scarites and Clivinas, I have hitherto not discovered a

single Dyschirius, a genus so well represented in Europe. Of

the three Clivinas just described, single specimens only have

been in my possession for a considerable time. There are three

or four more species met with about Colombo, but these bemg

of common occurrence, I abstain from describing them here, as

they may possibly be amongst those described by Putzeys or

others from the Indian continent.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 247

Family RHIPIPHORIDES.

10. Rhipiphorus tropicus, N.

R. niger, nitidus, elytris albidis, nigro-maculatis, labro, palpis,

antennis (pectine nigrescente excepto), unguibusque brunneis,

impresso-punctatus, punctis magnis sed non profundis, subtus

suborbicularibus piliferis, supra oblongis, leevibus. Long. corp.

22 lin., lat. ad humeros # lin.

Caput oblongum, latitudine paulo longius, parte frontis inferiore

dense profundeque punctata, vertice obtuse obconico, glabro, niti-

dissimo, oceipite piloso. Thorax elevatus, ad basin 2-impressus,

medio angulo obtuso, apice excavato, glabro, inter elytra producto.

Elytra ad suturam utrinque stria lata brunnea punctata impressa,

acuminata, apice dehiscentia, albida vel subhyalina, apicibus, medio

utringue et ad basin nigro-maculata. Alee apice fuscee. Pedes tarsis

anticis art. 2-4 unguibusque bifidis, omnibus brunneis, tarsis sub-

tus setosis, anticis, art. 2-3 primoque apice, subtiliter sericeo-peni-

cillatis.

Specimen singulum m. prope Colombo in floribus legi. De meta-

morphosi adhuc nihil constat.

The head is rather long in proportion to its width ; the occiput

is narrowed, short obconic. The hind part of the thorax is

elevated above the elytra; the central part of its base is pro-

longed between the elytra in an obtuse angle, the apex of which

is abruptly truncated, excavated and polished. The labrum is

hairy, and the ungues of the tarsi bifid as usual.

The tibize of the anterior legs are furnished at the apex with

one, those of the four posterior legs with two spurs. The

anterior tarsi have joimts 2-4 brown. The tarsi are setose

below joints 2-3, the apex of the first of the anterior ones

wearing fine yellowish silky brushes instead.

All over the island the Rhipiphorides and Mordellina appear

to be very scarce, with the exception of one or two species of

Anaspis, which are not seldom taken in flowers, Still I recollect

having met with about seven species, ineluding two large Mor-

dellas, which, however, I have not been fortunate enough to

catch as yet.

Family STAPHYLINID&.

Tribe PrnoPHILini.

11. Gdichirus alatus, N.

@. alatus, setosus, nitidus, rufo-testaceus, thorace dilutiore, capite,

elytris abdominisque segmentis 3 ultimis nigris; elytris apice

2-maculatis, maculis rufo-testaceis ; pedibus flavis, femoribus apice

tibiisque basi nigrescentibus; antennis palpisque maxill. basi

obscuris, apice testaceis, reliquis oris partibus rufo-piceis. Long.

corp. 32 lin.

248 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

@. Pederino Evichs. simillimus, preeter colorum distributionem dif-

fert tamen alis, elytrorum sculptura, antennarumgue articulo ultimo.

Antenne art. ultimo penultimo sequali nisi paulo minore,- apice

fortiter truncato leviterque exeavato. Thorax Gi. Pederini, dorso

punctis biseriatim impressus, serie interna vel centrali elliptica

punctis minoribus magis inter se approximatis, externa vel submar-

ginali punctis magnis distantibus. Elytra oblonge subquadrata, infra

medium rotundata, thorace /ongiora et fere duplo ampliora (utrumque

elytron thoracis fere magnitudine), basi parte thoracis adjacente

duplo—infra medium illius latitudine antica plus tertia parte latiora.

Os, pedes et abdomen i. Pederini.

Pederorum more victitare videtur ; im eorum societate in lacus

Colombensis ripis infrequentissime legi; illis minus gracilis atque

minus agilis.

[ have not had an opportunity of examining specimens of

either of the three Cidichiri hitherto described. However, I

have before me Erichson’s figure and description of the Sicilian

(H. Pederinus, with which I find my species strongly to agree.

- It differs, however, from it materially in the following

three points, viz. the wings, the sculpture of the wing-covers,

and the last antennal jomt. The fact that this species has

wings would render an alteration in Erichson’s diagnosis of the

genus necessary, it being characterized by him as apterous.

The elytra are not so much contraeted and rounded at the base,

and, being longer than the thorax, have therefore a more oblong,

subquadrate appearance; as in the above typical species, they

are, however, rounded at the sides and broadest a little below

the middle; they are about twice as broad at the base as the

adjoming part of the thorax, and m their broadest part rather

more than a third wider than the broadest part of the thorax.

The third pomt in which the two species differ is the last joint

of the antennze, which in this case is strongly truncated at the

tip and shghtly excavated. They are further distinguished by

the distribution of the colours: my species being of dark yellow-

ish red, thorax lighter; head, elytra, and three last abdominal

segments blaek ; elytra with two reddish spots at the apex ; legs

yellowish, at the apex of the femora and base of the tibiz black-

ish ; the mouth is brown; the maxillary palpi yellowish, with the

three first jomts dark at the base; the antenne have the six

basal joints dark excepting at the apex, where they, as well as

the five remaining ones, are yellowish. In all other poimts I

find the msect to agree entirely with the typical Gi. Pederinus :

the palpi, legs, and anal segment of the abdomen are of the

same structure ; the hairy vestiture is exactly the same in the

different parts of the body of my species as it is in the corre-

sponding ones of Erichson’s.

It is perhaps wrong in me to describe an isolated species of

Royal Society. 249

this extensive and difficult family. However, the genus (di-

chirus 1s one so extraordinary, that I am sure it will be noticed

wherever the description of a new species of it may be found,

be it by itself or amongst those of other Staphylinide. The

case would be different if the object of the description were a

Homalota or the like.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

December 18, 1856.—The Lord Wrottesley, President, in the Chair.

“On the Scelidothere (Scelidotherium leptocephalum, Owen), a

large extinct Terrestrial Sloth.” By Professor R. Owen, F.R.S.

The extinct species of large terrestrial Sloth, indicated by the

above name, was first made known by portions of its fossil skeleton

having been discovered by Charles Darwin, Esq., F.R.S., at Punta

Alta, Northern Patagonia. These portions were described by the

author in the Appendix to the ‘ Natural History of the Voyage of

H.M.S. Beagle.’

The subsequent acquisition by the British Museum of the collec-

tion of Fossil Mammalia brought from Buenos Ayres by M. Bravard,

has given further evidence of the generic distinction of the Sceli-

dothere, and has supplied important characters of the osseous system,

and especially of the skull, which the fragments from the hard con-

solidated gravel of Punta Alta did not afford.

The best portion of the cranium from that locality wanted the facial

part anterior to the orbit, and the greater part of the upper walls;

sufficient however remained to indicate the peculiar character of its

slender proportions, and hence Professor Owen has been led to

select the name /eptocephalum for the species, which is undoubtedly

new.

The aptness of the epithet ‘slender-headed’ is proved by the author’s

researches to be greater than could have been surmised from the

original fossil ; for the entire skull, now in the British Museum,

exhibits a curious and very peculiar prolongation of the upper and

lower jaws, and a slenderness of the parts produced anterior to the

dental series, unique in the leaf-eating section of the order Bruta, and

offering a very interesting approximation to the peculiar proportions

of the skull in the Ant-eaters.

The original fossils from Patagonia indicated that they belonged to

an individual of immature age: the difference of size between them

and the corresponding parts in the British Museum, depends on the

latter having belonged to full-grown individuals: the slight difference

in the shape of the anterior molars seems in like manner to be due

250 Royal Society :—

to such an amount of change as might take place in the progress of

growth ofa tooth with a constantly renewable pulp. Professor Owen

finds at least no good grounds for inferring a specific distinction be-

tween the mature if not old Scelidothere from Buenos Ayres, and the

younger specimen from Patagonia.

The author then proceeds to give a detailed anatomical account of

the fossil bones in the British Museum, instituting a comparison

between them and the bones of other large extinct animals, especially

those of the Edentate order.

The Scelidothere was a quadruped of from 8 to 10-feet in length,

but not more than 4 feet high, and nearly as broad at the haunches ;

the thigh-bones being extraordinarily broad in proportion to their

length. The trunk gradually tapered forwards to the long and

slender head. The fore-limbs had complete clavicles, and the rota-

tory movements of the fore-arm. All the limbs were provided with

long and strong claws. The animal had a long and muscular tongue,

and it is probable that its food might have been of a more mixed

nature than that of the Megatherium. But it was more essentially

related to the Sloths than to the Ant-eaters.

In conclusion the author remarks, that as our knowledge of the

great Megatherioid animals increases, the definition of their distinctive

characters demands a more extended comparison of particulars. Hence

in each successive attempt at a restoration of these truly remarkable

extinct South American quadrupeds, there results a description of

details which might seem prolix and uncalled for, but which are

necessary for the proper development of the task of reproducing a

specimen of an extinct species.

Professor Owen adds, that he is indebted to an allotment from the

Government Grant, placed at the disposal of the Royal Society for

scientific purposes, for the means of laying before the Society large

and admirably executed drawings of the fossil bones described in his

paper.

January 29, 1857.—Major-General Sabine, Treas. and V. P., in the

Chair.

“©On the Nervous System of Lumbricus terrestris.” By J. Lock-

hart Clarke, Esq., F.R.S.

In the summer of 1855, with the view of throwing some light on

other researches in human anatomy, in which he was already en-

gaged, the author undertook some anatomical inquiries on the nervous

system of Invertebrata; but finding them occupy more time than he

could spare, he was compelled to relinquish the pursuit after having

made many interesting but desultory observations on various animals.

As he had proceeded, however, to a considerable extent with the

nervous system of Lumbricus terrestris, and discovered in it much

that is important and was hitherto unknown, he has thought it expe-

dient to resume and complete this portion of the subject without

further delay.

Mr. J. L. Clarke on Lumbricus terrestris. 251

Before treating of the nervous system it was necessary—in order to

snow the proper functions of many of its parts—to give some account

of the organs of prehension, deglutition and digestion ; and as these

are insufficiently explained elsewhere, the author has described them

entirely from his own dissections and observation.

The first anterior segment is a conical or nipple-shaped projection in-

serted behind into the upper fifth of the second segment, or first ring.

Its dorsal surface is covered, except in the centre, by concentric laminze

and irregular masses of pigment-granules, which are interspersed

with large, peculiar and nearly pellucid cells. Its under part forms

a soft and delicate pad, or upper lip, and is continuous at the sides

with the inferior half of the second segment, or under lip, to complete

the oral orifice from which the mucous membrane of the mouth is

reflected inwards. The mouth is a wide tube surrounded by a deli-

cate muscular coat, and attached to the outer tube, or rings, by fine

muscular bands. Behind, it dilates into a capacious heart-shaped

sac, of which the roof or upper wall is covered by a thick oval mus-

cular mass. The outer portion of this mass is divided into distinct,

radiating, digital muscles which connect it on all sides and are con-

tinuous with the longitudinal muscles of the rings. Its inner surface

projects anteriorly into the cavity of the pharynx, in the form of a

thick circular dise or sucker, surrounded by loose folds of mucous

membrane. Opening into the sides of the mouth and pharynx are

two or three sets of salivary glands, which consist of convoluted

tubules, resembling those of Lepidopterous insects : these glands have

not been hitherto detected in Lumbricus terrestris. The pharynx

contracts into a comparatively narrow cesophagus, which in its turn

dilates into a capacious crop; and this immediately opens into a

cylindrical gizzard composed of a ring of cartilage, with an external

muscular coat, and a lining of mucous membrane. A long straight

and narrow intestine extends through the rest of the body, and is

covered throughout with yellow, follicular, hepatic glands in circles

corresponding to the segments.

Nervous System.—-The central organs of the nervous system con-

sist chiefly of a bilobed cephalic ganglion, and a double chain of sub-

ventral ganglia extending through the whole length of the body.

The lateral lobes of the cephalic ganglion are pyriform, and united

by their broader ends in the mesial line. The small end of each

divides into two nerve-trunks, of which one forms the root of its

cephalic nerves, and the other, the pharyngeal crus, which curves

round the side of the pharynx to join the first subventral ganglion.

Each crus gives off eight or niue branches. The first four or five arise

from the under part of its anterior half, and immediately enter the

upper surface of a minute and delicate cord-like chain of ganglia, the

enlargements of which correspond to them in number and size. This

highly interesting structure lies on the side of the pharynx, con-

cealed beneath the crus. The breadth of its first ganglionic enlarge-

ment in a good-sized worm, was the 34,th of an inch; that of the

last the ,4,th; the pharyngeal crus, where their roots come off, was

sigth of an inch in diameter. Each border of the chain gives off

252 . Royal Society :—

several trunks of considerable size, which immediately communicate

to form a continuous plexus. The part of the plexus on the inner

side is much the larger, and supplies anteriorly, the muscular and

mucous coats of the mouth as far as the lips; and posteriorly, the

pharynx and suctorial dise ; uniting im both directions with its fellow

of the opposite side. The outer part supphes the muscular bands

and salivary tubules. From the pharynx, the plexus descends along

the side of the cesophagus, lying on the abdommal vessels, and com-

municates with minute filaments from the nerves of the subventral

ganglia.

The whole of this little chain with a large portion of its plexus:

and the wall of the pharynx on which it lies, was removed and exa-

mined under a 1th-inch object-glass, when a beautiful and unexpected

appearance was observed. The under surface of the entire chain—

cords as well as ganglia—was covered with a lamina of round, oval,.

and pyriform cells; and on its upper surface a row of cells of the

same kind was found along each border. At every point of commu-

nication between the branches which form the plexus, a minute gan-

glionic enlargement was observed, from which new branches proceeded

to form other enlargements of the same kind. Every branch com-

municated by loops with those adjacent, and by transverse fibres with

those of the opposite side, giving to the ganglionic points a kind of

stellate appearance. In these microscopic ganglia, the nerve-cells,

similar to those of the chain, were accumulated chiefly about the

angles, along the borders, and extended some distance into the prin-

cipal trunks; but very few could be seen in connexion with nerve-

fibres, which ran around and between them, however, in an intricate

manner. As the plexus extended from the chain, the ganglionic points.

diminished in size, while the smaller branches given off from the

trunks increased in number, and communicated like a capillary net-

work. At the same time the ultimate fibres became paler, flatter,

more parallel, and acquired nuclei like those of cells. This was par-

ticularly observed in those distributed to the mucous membrane. The

above observations were repeated on nearly forty different specimens.

On considering the parts which it supplies, this little chain appears

to combine the office of a sympathetic with certain other functions

which in many Invertebrata are entrusted to separate and special

centres ;— such as the labial, pharyngeal, and visceral ganglia in Ce-

phalopodous and Gasteropodous Mollusea, and the separate parts of

the stomato-gastric system of Insects, which, although derived from

different sources, are in intimate communication with each other.

The lateral ganglia in Insects have the same position as the little

chain of Lumbricus, on the side of the pharynx, which, according to

Mr. Newport, is supplied entirely by them; they arise, however,

wholly from the cephalic ganglion, while the chain in Lumbricus has

just been seen to take its origin both from this and the pharyngeal

collar ; but then, in orthopterous insects, the gangliated recurrent

nerve, which is always in intimate connexion with the lateral ganglia,

arises entirely from the pharyngeal crus; and the fact has been ob-

served by Burmeister, Brandt and Miller, that in some other orders

Mr. J. L. Clarke on Lumbricus terrestris. 258

these two parts, in regard to size, are in the inverse ratio of each

other. In Crustacea also, the whole of the pharyngeal, gastric and

visceral nerves take their origin from the crura, as was first shown

by Audouin and Milne-Edwards.

The second set of nerves from the pharyngeal collar come off from

its posterior half, and communicate with each other by loops before

they leave it. The first and largest sends some filaments to the

muscular bands of the mouth, upon which they communicate by evi-

dent but slight dilatations with the plexus of the pharyngeal chain ;

and after supplying the muscles of the anterior segments, are lost in

the integument of the lower lip. ‘The rest take nearly the same

course. But what is extremely interesting, the roots of this set—at

least of the first and second branches —are continuous across the crus

with those of the former set which belong to the pharyngeal chain;

and many of their fibres may be traced not only into its ganglia, but

through the trunks which proceed from their opposite sides to form

the pharyngeal ganglionic plexus; so that the nerves distributed to

the labial muscles and integument of the outer tube, and those which

supply the inflected oral and pharyngeal tube, are in direct con-

tinuity, not only at their peripheral extremity, but at their roots also,

through the common centre which presides over the whole of the

digestive apparatus. A similar connexion will be seen to exist with

regard to the cephalic nerves.

The subventral chain is a double cord gangliated at short intervals

by the addition of vesicular substance. Anteriorly the cords are

separate and continuous with the pharyngeal crura of their respective

sides ; but through the rest of their course they lie in close contact

along the middle lme. The ganglionic enlargements vary somewhat

in size, shape, and approximation at different parts. The vesicular

substance is on their under surface, and consists of about two strata

of cells continuous in a lamina across both cords. Along their

borders, however, the cells form a thicker layer or column, which

extends for some distance along the intervening cords. In form and

general appearance the cells are similar to those of the pharyngeal

chain, but many of them are larger. Those of the first ganglion extend

into the lower parts of the crura, and are continuous behind with the

lamina of the second. Each ganglion gives off from its sides two

pairs of nerves, which, after sending some filaments to the septa and

muscular bands, supply the longitudinal, oblique and circular muscles

of the rmgs. Midway between the ganglia, the intervening cords

give off a single pair, which are distributed to the deep muscles on

each side. Within the ganglia the roots diverge in three different

ways :—1, longitudinally ; 2, transversely; and 5, to the grey or

vesicular substance. _ The first or longitudinal form a large portion of

the nerves, and run in equal numbers in both directions—backwards

and forwards,—along the whole breadth of the corresponding cord.

In their course, some of them, near the border, separate in succession

from the rest and enter the lateral columns of cells; others proceed

as far as the next nerve, with the roots of which they form loops,

and pass out, while the rest continue onwards and, perhaps, in suc-

254: Royal Society :-—

cession form similar loops with distant nerves. In former communi-

cations to the Royal Society, the author has shown that the same

kind of arrangement exists in the spinal cord of Man and Mam-

malia.

The second or transverse order of fibres are less numerous, and in

general less distinct than the last. ‘They proceed from the middle

of each opposite root, and cross the cords directly ; but some of

them, on reaching the opposite cord, turn round in both directions,

and run with its longitudinal fibres. In front of the first ganglion,

in which they are unusually distinct, a separate band unites the roots

which descend from the branches arising from the opposite crura of

the pharyngeal collar.

The third order of fibres, or those distributed to the vesicular sub-

stance, spread out in all directions, but always—except in the lateral

layers or columns—beneath the superficial stratum. After nearly

fifty separate examinations, with all the resources of the microscope,

the author has not been able, in more than two or three mstances,

to trace an undoubted continuity between the cells and nerve-fibres.

Fibres in abundance may be seen in comexion with the cells, but the

greater number of these are not nerve-fibres. Nevertheless, there is

reason to believe that such a connexion does frequently exist, but is

obscured by certain peculiarities of structure. Still it is quite certain

that a vast number of fibres pass by or around the cells near their

origin, and many often appear to terminate in loops.

Cephalic Ganglion.—This rests on the commencement of the

pharynx, beneath the dorsal part of the third ring. Each lobe is a

pyriform sac, which is very thick and convex posteriorly, where it

is partially separated from its fellow by a deep notch. This convex

portion is opaque-white, and filled with a mass of semifluid granular

substance, and oval, round and pyriform cells, of various sizes, but —

often very large. Some of the latter kind are exceedingly elongated.

The anterior half, by which the lobes are jomed, is merely lined with

a lamina of cells, and only at its upper part, its under side having a

cell here and there. The ¢nterior of this portion is entirely fibrous,

and consists of a broad transverse commissural band derived from

the pharyngeal collar, and of fibres from the roots of the cephalic

nerves. Each crus of the collar enters its lobe on the under side.

Some of its fibres curve backwards to the convex vesicular mass ;

others ascend to—perhaps partly terminate 7z—the cells near the roots

of the cephalic nerves; and the rest cross transversely as the broad

band, to be continuous in front of the notch with that of the opposite

crus. he cephalic nerves are attached to the upper part of the

ganglion. Many of their roots cross transversely with the crural

band, to form loops with those of the opposite lobe. Decussating

these, a considerable number run down the pharyngeal crus, and

enter the pharyngeal chain of ganglia through its first and second

roots, at least, —perhaps through all,—and probably form loops with

the other set of branches of the crus. The remaining fibres of the

cephalic nerves spread through the vesicular substance, partly de-

scribing curves and undulations in the corresponding lobe, and com-

Mr. J. L. Clarke on Lumbricus terrestris. 255

municating in part with the other in the mesial line, where they form

a kind of indistinct decussation in front of the notch.

Distribution of the Cephalic Nerves.—Their roots on each side

immediately separate into two trunks, a lower and upper. The

former runs above the mouth, to the under side of the first conical

segment, or upper lip. Here it divides into several branches, which

supply its muscular bands, and then terminate in the integument as

a plexus, which appears to communicate with that from the first

enlargement of the pharyngeal chain, spread over the tubular mouth,

which is itself continuous with the upper lip. The upper trunk

proceeds directly to the corresponding part of the same segment, and

there divides into two branches, of which one in particular, after

running the course of the pigmentary lamine, and giving off a series

of short filaments, terminates at the point, beneath the integument.

In the pigmentary laminz the nerves form an intricate plexus,

and the impression was that many of their ultimate fibres end in

loops. They were never seen to be directly connected with the large

clear cells scattered through the substance. Nor is there any ground

for conjecture with regard to the office of these cells: perhaps they

are intended for the transmission of light. From the structure of

the segment and the distribution of its nerves, it is not unreasonable

to think that its upper surface may be instrumental in the perception

of diffused light ; aud that its under surface and point may be sub-

servient not only to the sense of touch, but perhaps also to that of

smell, in a low degree. That it forms an important organ of search,

is pretty evident from the manner in which it is projected alter-

nately forwards and from side to side, as the animal advances in its

course.

The upper side of the cephalic ganglion corresponds to the under

side of the subventral, and several points of resemblance are indi-

cated between the two kinds of centres. Each pharyngeal crus is

shown to be a compound structure, composed of different sets of con-

necting fibres,—1, between its own nerves, which supply, on the one

side, the cephalic portion of the outer tube, and on the other, the

corresponding part of the alimentary tube reflected inwards from the

former ; 2, between these nerves and their fellows of the opposite

crus, across the front of the first ganglion; 3, between the same

nerves and the cephalic ganglion; and 4, between the cephalic

ganglion and the same side of the whole subventral chain. Now

there is this point of difference between the two kinds of centres

compared together,-—that while the last-mentioned set of fibres on

the one side is continuous with that on the other, as a transverse

band through the cephalic ganglion, the subventral cords, although

continuous with these on their respective sides, form no such con-

nexion with each other across the lateral halves of their own ganglia,

but run parallel and directly backwards through them. Such a

communication, however, is established for the latter, individually,

by the transverse fibres of their own nerves; and just as these fibres

unite the lateral halves of each separate ganglion, independently of

the cephalic, so do the last-mentioned set of fibres of the crura con-

256 Royal Society :—

nect together the two lateral halves of the entire chain in and through

the cephalic ganglion, which is their dominant and controlling

centre.

Two parts of the human brain may be compared to this transverse

cephalic band. One is the arched and commissural band of fibres

prolonged through the corpora quadrigemina, from the upper and

inner part of the fillet on each side. But the outer part of the fillet

turns forwards and upwards beneath the corpus geniculatum internum

and optic tract, to enter the optic thalamus. It is not improbable,

therefore, that some of the fibres of the tract may descend along

this portion of the fillet, to form loops with the roots of the fifth

nerve, over which it passes, since in Lumbricus it has been seen that

many of the roots of the cephalic nerves run down the pharyngeal

crus to form loops with others to which it gives origin. In a former

memoir by the author, it was shown that some of the roots of the

spinal accessory nerve reach the anterior grey cornu and mingle,

perhaps pass out with, the spinal roots; and he has since observed

the equally interesting fact, that the same nerve forms a similar

connexion with the vesicular nucleus of the hypoglossal, which may

be considered a representative of the anterior spinal. The spinal-

accessory, therefore, takes its origin from at least three different

sources, —from its own nucleus, and from the nuclei of the hypo-

glossal and anterior spinal nerves. The peripheral communications

of both the former with the latter nerves in the cervical plexus is

well known. ‘The author believes he has also made out an intimate

connexion by loops between at least the portio intermedia of the

seventh and the large root of the fifth nerves within the substance of

the human medulla.

The other part of the human brain which is analogous, or homo-

logous with the cephalic band of Lumbricus, is the corpus callosum.

Gall and others have thought that the fibres of this strueture arise

from the grey substance of the hemispheres; while some have

endeavoured to show their continuity with those of the crura cerebri.

Now it is quite certain that in the cephalic ganglion of Lumbricus, a _

large proportion of the commissural fibres are directly continuous

with those of the pharyngeal crura; and there are appearances which

favour the conclusion that some of the latter are confined to the

lobe on their own side. From analogy, then, we may infer, that

while a large portion of the crura cerebri are directly continuous with

the corpus callosum, some of their fibres probably terminate in the

cerebral convolutions of the corresponding side.

From what has been shown, it is evident that the communications

between the roots of nerves are more intimate and extensive than

they were hitherto believed to be ; for it has been seen that the roots

not only of every spinal nerve, but of every other in the system,

communicate with those which correspond on the opposite, and with

those which are adjacent on the same side. Of the cephalic with the

two sets from the pharyngeal collar, and of the latter with each

other, the connexions are particularly interesting, and may serve

as guides to future investigations on other forms of the nervous system,

Mr. J. Lubbock on the Reproduction of Daphnia. 257

By experiments that were made on the living worm, it is shown

that the pharyngeal chain of ganglia are independent of the other

nervous centres, although subject to their influence, and are not

only competent of themselves to preside over the complicated move-

ments of the suctorial pharynx and mouth, but appear also to be

centres of reflex action.

The present memoir concludes with some observations and re-

marks on the ganglionic cords of other Invertebrata.

«An Account of the two Methods of Reproduction in Daphnia,

and of the Structure of the ‘ Ephippium.’”? By John Lubbock, Esq.,

EGS:

In this paper the author describes the male organs and the structure

of the Ephippium in the genus Daphnia, and the double method of

reproduction by agamic and ephippial eggs. The author calls the

non-ephippial eggs agamic, but it is possible, though not probable,

that the ephippial eggs inay be agamie also. In the male Daphnia

there are two small papillae above the posterior claws, but on the

ventral side of the anus, and on these being compressed, two streams

of minute rod-like bodies, with movements so gentle as to be scarcely

visible, will be seen to issue, one from each papilla. Nothing similar

has ever been observed in the female; nor has any other sort of

spermatozoa ever been met yah. These male organs have never

been described before.

The author then proceeds to describe and figure the two sorts of

eggs in their earlier stages, which have not yet been mentioned by

any naturalist. The ephippial eges differ from the agamic in their

determinate position and number. As a general rule, “that is to say,

in seventeen cases out of twenty-three, the author has remarked that

ephippial eggs commence and are developed to a certain point.

The development is as follows. One of the evarian eells, always

at the posterior part of the ovary, swells a little, and beeomes a ger-

minal vesicle ; round it are deposited a number of brownish granules,

while the other cells which may at first have existed in the same

ovarian mass cease to be visible. The deposition of dark granules,

in thirty-seven cases out of forty, after preceeding to a certain point,

ceased, and the embryo egg gradually disappeared. In the other

three cases it increased, and at length formed a dark mass on each

side of the intestinal canal. The author in two cases observed the

ephippial eggs pass from the ovary into the receptacle.

The ephippium has been described by Strauss with considerable

accuracy, but he has been more or less misunderstood by all subse-

quent writers on the subject, and no one has explained the homo-

logies or connexions of the inner valve. The ephippium itself is

a locally altered portion of the carapace; the outer valve of the

ephippium being a part of the outer layer of the epidermis, and

the inner valve the corresponding part of the inner layer. In cor-

sequence of this arrangement, the inner valve of the ephippium,

containing the ephippial eggs, is not attached by the hinge to the

outer valve, as has been generally stated, but actually lies at first in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 17

258 Royal Society.

the receptacle formed by the new carapace. The ephippium is

cast with the rest of the skin, from which however it soon becomes

detached, and continues to form an efficient protection to the eggs

until they are hatched. ‘These eggs probably require to be fer-

tilized, but this fact is not completely proved. With one ex-

ception, whenever the author observed ephippia, he could also find

males; and, generally speaking, the numbers of each were in pro-

portion to one another. Impregnation is not, however, absolutely

necessary to the production of ephippia, as the author has now in

his possession three ephippia, formed by isolated females. It re-

mains to be seen whether young will be developed from these or not.

The early stages of the agamic egg are very similar to those of the

ephippial egg, and consist of the enlargement, in the front part of the

ovary, of one of the ovarian cells, which then becomes a germinal

vesicle, and the deposition round it of granules, with the addition in

this case of oil-globules. This process continues, the other two or

three cells which may have existed in the same ovarian mass gradu-

ally disappear, and there is thus formed an egg-like mass, consisting

of a germinal vesicle, minute dark granules, and large oil-glo-

bules. When the growth is nearly completed, the vitellime mem-

brane is added. This is at first very delicate, but after deposition in

the receptacle soon becomes hard. The ovarian eggs of Daphnia, as

well as those of Cypris, never contain round masses like those of

Aphis and Musca; but after their entry into the receptacle, yelk-

masses are found, homologous with those present at the corresponding

periods in Phryganea*. The eggs when laid are about 53§5 of an

000 :

inch in diameter ; they gradually become 5255, when the vitelline

2000?

membrane splits and falls off, and the young sarees | is hatched. Far,

however, from resembling its parent at this time, the young Daphnia

is a spherical bag, inside which the formation and development of

the new organs is rapidly progressing}. Instead therefore of under-

going no metamorphosis, the young Daphnia only assumes the well-

known characters of the genus after the first changes of skin. The

author proceeds to compare this phenomenon with a similar one

observed by Mr. Spence Bate in Gammarus, by Prof. Huxley in

Mysis, by Dr. Cohn in Spheroplea, in many Annelids, and in the

interesting entozoon Monostomum mutabile. ‘The young Daphnia at-

tains a length of :025 inch before it leaves the receptacle of the mother,

but the length of time during which it remains therein varies ac-

cording to the temperature. ‘The author has never met with an ex-

ception to the rule noticed by preceding writers, that unisexuality is

characteristic of an agamic brood.

It follows from these observations, that the self-fertile Daphnize

* Tbe round balls described by Herold in the ovarian eggs of Bombyx, appear

to be of a different nature, and homologous with the Nahrungsdotter mentioned

by Carus in spiders’ eggs and the oil-globules of Daphnia.

+ It is worthy of notice, that the back fold indicating the divisions between the

head and body is opposite the line between the mandibles and the first pair of

maxilla, which latter appear therefore to belong to the body, as Zaddach also

asserts, and not to the head.

Royal Asiatic Society. 259

are certainly true females, and that the reproductive bodies more

nearly resemble eggs than gemmee in their origin and development.

Hereafter, however, it may be convenient to give a separate name to

those ege-like bodies, which are fertile without impregnation, but for

the present they must be called eggs.

The author then gives a list of the instances of Parthenogenesis

which, so far as he knows, are recorded among the Articulata.

Finally, he expresses the belief that the careful consideration of these

cases, and of the facts now recorded as to Daphnia, and the still more

wonderful observations recently detailed by Siebold in regard to dpis

(if these latter are confirmed), must surely remove all lingering doubts

as to the identity between eggs and buds; and remarks, that if Prof.

Huxley’s definition of “individual”? and “zooid’’ is to be adopted,

it will be impossible to assert of any Daphnia or Moth, whether it is

the one or the other, and the Hive-bee will have to be considered as

an hermaphrodite, a species without male individuals.

Under these circumstances, the author suggests that it would be

more convenient to continue, as heretofore, to call the imdividual of

any species that which is individualized, even though in this case the

individuals of one species will not always be homologous with those

of another.

BOMBAY BRANCH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

November 13, 1856.—W. E. Frere, Esq., C.S., President, in the chair.

*« Transformation of the Vegetable Protoplasm into Actinophrys.”’

By H. J. Carter, Esq., Assistant Surgeon H.C.S. Bombay.

The author stated, that when he first entered upon the study of

the Infusoria and freshwater Algee, he had no idea of any union

existing between the two, further than that of a gradual approxima-

tion of form and organization: and that he was opposed to any

sudden leaps from the animal into the vegetable kingdom or vice

versd, might be seen by the facts which he had brought forward, in

attempting to account for the transformation that takes place in the

Characeeé when the contents of their cells undergo the changes which

he had described on a previous occasion (Annals, vol. xvi. p. 101,

&ec.). But latterly his opinions had altered, and he was now com-

pelled to view these transformations as a direct passage of the proto-

plasm into Monads.

The process which ends in this development had been called

by Nageli “abnormal cell-formation,” and Nageli thought that in

some instances germs were thus produced which propagated the

plant. Nor could Pringsheim come to any other conclusion than

that they were reproductive in Spirogyra, where he had more parti-

cularly observed them ; while the philosophic Alexander Braun, after

recapitulating all that had been made known on the subject in his

* Rejuvenescence in Nature,’ adds, “the future will certainly unfold

many interesting phenomena in this hitherto little-worked field.”

Before detailing his observations on this development in Spirogyra

Lae

260 Royal Asiatic Society :—

which had led to the view above mentioned, the author had thought

proper to premise a short account of analogous transformations in

Vorticella and Euglena. In confirming most of what Stein had

stated, respecting the passage of Vorticellainto Acineta, he observed,

that he had never seen the young of the latter assume any other form

than that of Acineta, but he had witnessed Amebe in the act of

throwing off living Vorticelle. The passage of the contents of

Euglena (which organism was much more allied to the vegetable

than the animal kingdom) into Rhizopods was a common occurrence,

and so nearly resembling that which takes place in Spirogyra, that

it formed a good transitional link, perhaps, between the passage of

Vorticella on the Infusorial, and the contents of the cell of Spirogyra,

on the Alga side, into Rhizopodous animaleulz.

It was in the cell of Spirogyra crassa (Kg.) (the largest perhaps

of the genus), however, that Mr. Carter had latterly been watching

these transformations, and it was to these more particularly that he

wished to direct attention. The process was simply this :—

Under certain circumstances the cell of Spirogyra apparently dies,

the chlorophyll becomes yellow, and the protoplasm leaving its natural

position divides up into portions of different sizes, each of which

encloses more or less of the chlorophyll; these portions travel about

the cell under a Rhizopodous form, the chlorophyll within them turns

brown, the portions of protoplasm then become Actinophorous, then

more radiated, and finally assume the figure of Actinophrys. ‘The

radii are now withdrawn, while the pellicula in which they were

encased is retracted and hardened into setze with the rest of the pel-

licula, which now becomes a lifeless transparent cyst ; another more

delicate cyst is secreted within this, and the remains of the protoplasm

within all having separated itself from the chlorophyll, divides up

into a group of monociliated Monads, which sooner or later find their

way through the cysts into the cell of the Spirogyra ; while the latter

by this time having passed far into dissolution (not putrefactive), they

thus easily escape into the water. Putrefactive decomposition at the

commencement destroys this process altogether.

At first it did not appear plain why the portions of protoplasm

enclosed the chlorophyll, but afterwards it was found that this was

for the purpose of abstracting the starch which accompanies the latter,

since in some cases where the grains of starch were numerous the

chlorophyll was not included.

This was the process when the cells of Sprrogyra were not pregnant

with starch, as they are just before conjugating. When these changes

took place at this period they were somewhat different, insomuch as

the whole of the contents of the two conjugating cells become united

into one mass, and having assumed a globular form, remain in this

state until the chlorophyll has become more or less brown. After

this the protoplasm reappears at the circumference of the mass im two

forms, viz. in portions which leave the mass altogether after the

manner of Rhizopods, and in the form of tubular extensions which

maintain their connexion with the mass throughout. In both in-

stances the protoplasm is without chlorophyll, but charged with oil-

On the Change of Vegetable Protoplasm into Actinophrys. 261

globules, and both forms make their way to the confines of the Spi-

rogyra-cell, which they ultimately pierce, develope their contents,

and discharge them in the following manner :—

On reaching the cell-wall, each form puts forth a minute papillary

eminence, which, having passed through the wall, expands into a large

sac, or bursts at its apex. Following the isolated form first, this then

gradually drags four-fifths or more of its bulk through this opening,

sometimes so much as only to leave a little papillary eminence in it,

which then makes the portion of protoplasm look as if it were entering

instead of escaping from the Spirogyra-cell; the internal contents of

this protoplasm then become more defined and granular, the gra-

nules assume a spherical form respectively, they evince a power of

locomotion, and the originally flexible pellicula having become a stiff-

ened cyst, with a more delicate one within (as in the process already

detailed), assumes a slightly conical form, which giving way by a cir-

cular aperture at the apex, allows the granules to pass into the water,

when they are seen to be monociliated Monads; each consisting,

apparently, ofa film of protoplasm expanded over an oil-globule, and

bearing a smgle cilium. The contents of the tubular form, on the

other hand, undergo the same changes, but the tube becomes dilated

into a pyriform shape within the Spzrogyra-cell ; and when the Monads

are ready to lead an independent existence, the end of the papillary

eminence, which has been projected some little distance beyond the

cell-wall into the water, gives way, and thus they also escape.

In another form of this tubular extension, the inner delicate cyst

expands into a flask-like or globular shape, beyond the papillary

eminence, outside the cell-wall, and retains the protoplasmic contents

here until they are ultimately developed into Monads. These, which

are much larger than the Monads developed by the other processes,

on issuing, move about rapidly for some time by the aid of a strong

cilium carried in front like that of Astasia, and then become stationary ;

the vesicula or ‘contracting vesicle,” which does not appear before

they leave the cyst, now Heconies very active, the cilium is gradually

diminished in size and altogether disappears, and the Monad passes

into a Rhizopodous, reptant state, which afterwards becomes Actino-

phorous, and finally assumes a form undistinguishable from that of

Actinophrys Sol.

Up to this point the author had been able to follow this trans-

formation, and although he had not actually seen the Actinophorous

form enclose particles of food, yet he deemed the form itself sutiiciently

significant to guarantee this induction, since he had never witnessed

a Khizopod of the kind without attacking everything living and dead

that it could overcome and turn into nourishment; besides, such a form

could obtain sustenance in no other way. If this was not satisfactory,

it was not difficult to conceive, that what the portions of protoplasm

im an Actinophorous form would do within, they would do outside

the cell of Spirogyra; and it had been shown, in the first process

detailed, that inside the cell they enclosed chlorophyll, and finally

ejected the refuse in the manner of dmeba. Lastly, the Monads

which are developed by a similar process in the Characee are fre-

262 Royal Asiatic Society.

quently seen to issue from the cysts with portions of the brown

chlorophyll in their interior, which, as they are not only monociliated

but polymorphic from the commencement, they may be assumed to

have enclosed after they had become developed from the purified

protoplasm.

The fact of portions of the protoplasm enclosing the chlorophylf

for the starch it might contain, had been seen by the author most

satisfactorily, in some spores of Spirogyra, which were in the ano-

malous state of being pregnant with grains of starch without chloro-

phyll, while their contents were undergoing the transformations above

described. Here there was no colouring matter to impede the view,

and the author had repeatedly seen the disappearance of the starch-

grains directly followed by the appearance of oil-globules ; the dividing

up of the protoplasm into portions each containing oil-globules, and a

gradual lessening in quantity of the oil, indicative of its having

become assimilated ; while the transparency of the spore generally,

enabled the observer to see, that the whole of these transformations

were effected, not by any foreign organism, but by the protoplasm

alone.

It was true that the transformation of the protoplasm of the cell

of Spirogyra and its movements above detailed, were unlike the phee-

nomena of vegetable life, but the formation of the spore itself in the

normal way, and the movements of the protoplasm of the conjugating

cells just preceding it, merely required to be studied to bring about

the conviction, that one was but a modification of the other.

In the normal way, the protoplasm of both conjugating cells after

having become pregnant with starch, (for nutriment during their

uterine life as it might be termed,) combined, two cysts formed around

this mass, the starch passed into oil, and finally the filament was

reproduced without the presence of either,—living as before by endos-

mosis. In the abnormal way, the chlorophyll died, two cysts were

formed around the portions of protoplasm respectively, the starch

passed into oil, the refuse of the chlorophyll was thrown off from the

enclosed protoplasm in the manner of a Rhizopod, the protoplasm

divided up into Monads which came forth as animals, that is, in the

form of Rhizopods endowed with the power of locomotion and poly-

morphism, and thus under a form which does not live by endos-

mosis, but by the enclosure of crude material from which the nutri-

ment is abstracted by a digestive process, and the refuse finally dis-

charged.

Lastly, the author stated, that whenever a mass of filaments of

Spirogyra underwent these transformations, the latter were invariably

followed by a numerous development of Actinophrys Sol of all sizes,

to the exclusion at first of almost all other animalcules ; and coupling

this with the undistinguishable form from <Actinophrys Sol assumed

by the Monads developed by these transformations, he saw no other

more reasonable conclusion to come to, than that they were one and

the same, and therefore that one source at least of Actinophrys Sol

was the protoplasm of Spirogyra.

Mr. Carter added that these phenomena were easily witnessed,

<w 4m —

Zoological Society. 263

since it was merely requisite to place a mass of the filaments of Spi-

rogyra crassa about to conjugate, in a basin of water, and then watch

the changes above mentioned, which would be sure to occur in many

of the conjugating filaments ; but of course, to be understood, they

required a practised eye, or to be pointed out by a person conversant

with the Subject.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 13, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

SOME REMARKS ON CRUSTACEA OF THE GENUS LITHODES,

WITH A BRIEF DESCRIPTION GF A SPECIES APPARENTLY

HITHERTO UNRECORDED. By Apam Wuite.,

The group Lithodes, founded by Latreille upon our well-known,

‘though not very common, spine-covered, empty-bodied Lithodes

Maia, begins now to become better known. Of the excellent figure

of this type of the genus, published by Dr. Leach in his ‘ Malacostraca

Britannica,’ it is sufficient to say that it was drawn and engraved by

the late James Sowerby, F.L.S., and coloured from his pattern.

A very young specimen, procured by R. M*Andrew, Esq., F.R.S.,

during his late Norwegian cruise, shows that in the young state the

asperities are rather sharper, and the carapace is decidedly longer in

comparison with its breadth, than in the adult state; the arrested

development of the pieces forming the tail is characteristic in the

adult as it is in the young specimen, | inch long, dredged by Mr.

Barrett, and presented by Mr. M*Andrew to the Museum.

Seba (vol. ii. pl. 22. f. 1) has figured a specimen with longer and

more divergent terminal horns to the rostrum. As a bad specimen

exists of this variety in the Paris Museum, Prof. Milne-Edwards

fancies, and with good reason too, that it may prove a distinct species;

he has provisionally named it Lithode douteuse (Crust. ti. 186) ;

at all events, it is a variety which research may find in this country,

for different specimens differ in their degrees of divergence in the

horns of the rostrum.

Haan, in his ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ 217. t. 47, has figured the male

of Lithodes Camschatica, a species first described as Maia Cams-

chatica by Tilesius in the ‘St. Petersburg Memoirs,’ v. p. 336. pl. 5.

& 6, the female (1812). This species is named by the Chinese

Sima-gani—that is, the Insular Crab.

Tilesius tells us that it is found on the shore of Kamschatka,

among the rocks, where it conceals itself and keeps sedentary, living

upon cuttle-fish (Sepia octopodia), and snarmg Starfishes and

Mollusca. He records that this Lithodes fixes itself so firmly and

resolutely in a hole of a rock, that you could not draw it out without

breaking its shell. He compares the tenacity with which the Lithodes

is held in the hollow of the rock to the fixedness of the Bchinus

mammillaris.

The same learned naturalist has figured another large species from

Japan (218. t.48) as the Lithodes hystrix ; it is one which Siebold, in

264 Zoological Society :—

his ‘ Spicilegia,’ p. 15, had only ventured to regard as the common

L. Maia (Lithodes arctica, Lam., Sieb.). The L. hystrix, Haan, is

a beautifully distinet species very thickly covered with sharp spines,

named by the Japanese, Jeara-gani, the prickly crab, or dha-onigant,

the Devil’s red-crab.

This list completed the number of the group found in the northern

hemisphere, up to the publication of L. (chidnocerus) cibarius,

before alluded to. The species to be described in this paper was

found by Mr. Lobb cast ashore after a violent storm on the coast

of California; and as it has some peculiarities of strueture m its

legs, antenna, carapace and abdomen, distinguishing it from any

other, it may be named Lithodes (Petailocerus), from the beautiful

petal-like lobes of the antennee. Before describing it, it may be well

to review the species of Lithodes found in the southern hemisphere.

Messrs. Hombron and Jacquinot, on D’Urville’s ‘Voyage au

Pole Sud,’ discovered a fine species which they named Lzthodes ant-

arctica, pl. 7-8. f. 9, jun. Dana, too, has described and figured

this in the ‘Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition,’ 1.

427. pl. 26. f. 15.9. He found it at Nassau Bay in Fuegia, where

he tells us it grows to a very large size ; the exuviee of one, obtained

by Mr. Dana, were 8 inches long, and the longest legs were 15 inches

in length. He describes the species as abundant in water 6 or 7 feet

deep, “‘ where it is observed to creep along the bottom with sluggish

motion ; they have no legs or appendages fitted for swimming. Co-

lour, dark cherry-red, the carapace with a slight purplish tinge. The

long spines that cover the carapace and legs are longest proportionally

in small individuals; the right hand is much the stoutest, the

second basal joint of outer antennee with a single longish spine on

the outer side”’ (doc. cit. 1. p. 428).

We hope that Mr. Despard and his noble band, who are now, oF

will shortly be, in these seas, will find this and the other, and perhaps

new, Fuegian species. Specimens of the young are sometimes found

in the stomachs of fishes, as in the case of the half-digested Lz-

thodes Maia sent to Dr. Leach by the late Dr. Patrick Neill, and

now in the British Museum. It would be well to keep some spe-

cimens like this.

Gay in his ‘ Chili’ mentions it (1. 182) as a native of Chih.

The Lithodes granulosa, Hombron and Jacquinot, ‘ Voy. au Pole

Sud,’ pl. 8. f. 15, has the beak scarcely projecting at all beyond the

extra-orbital angle; the carapace and upper parts of its legs are

thickly invested, as in some of the Canceride, with close strawberry-

surfaced granules, closely pressed together. It is a small species,

evidently very distinct from Lthodes and more allied to Lomis—it

may be called Paralomis granulosa. We have it in the British

Museum. The figure in the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ is extremely

bad, not at all giving correctly the surface of the carapace and legs,

which are closely matted with the warts.

Messrs. Edwards and Lueas have published the description of a

fine species, said to come from the Southern Pacific, in the Archives

du Muséum, ii. 465. pl. 24-27, and given ample details of it. It

Mr. A. White on the genus Lithodes. 265

is named, from its short legs, Lithodes brevipes; its beak is short.

In the British Museum we have a specimen.

The Lithodes verrucosa, Dana (pl. 26. f. 16. vol. i. pl. 428), was

found by that able and active naturalist in Fuegia. The carapace

is verrucose throughout.

The Lomis hirta of M. Edwards, founded on the Porcellana hirta

of Lamarck (Anim. s. Vert. v. 229), is an interesting generic form,

to which Lichtenstem, in one of his catalogues, had applied the

name Thylacurus. De Haan, who quotes this, has figured a second

species in his ‘Fauna Japonica’ (219. t. 48. f. 2. & t. Q), under

the name Lomis denéata :—“‘tota tomentosa, setis brevibus densis ;

thoracis margine medio 8-spinoso, pedibus secundis, tertiis et quartis

margine autico | 5-spinosis, spinis cristam subcontinuam formantibus.”

Lomis hirta is abundant on the coast of Tasmania.

LirHopes (PEeTALOCERUS) BELLIANUS.

The first feature cf the curious crab here described is the straw-

berry-like surface of its carapace, and of the blunt spines with which

its legs are covered ; the next feature is the subequilateral triangular

figure of that carapace ; this part is produced above the eyes into a

notched projection, with two slight prommences down the middle ;

this covers up the front part of the head, and conceals a wart-covered

spine above the base of the pedicels of the eye, which pedicels are

spiny above. ‘The carapace has 3 spines on each side, and 2 tuber-

cles ; the first spine is directed forwards, and has one or two indi-

stinet spimelets at its base; the second and third are separated from

the first by a considerable sinus, and are near each other; they are

directed laterally, but slightly inclined forwards like the other two,

and indeed, like the whole of the carapace and the spines on the legs,

they are covered with the close warting so characteristic of this

species ; there are two tubercles on the lateral border, which at its

end are united at the base ; the anterior is the larger ; the hind part

of carapace is straight, bendmg round towards these tubercles and

thickened on the edges, one of its monticuli bemg connected with the

hindmost lateral tubercle; the stomach, genital and cardiac regions

are covered by a projecting portion occupying a considerable part of

the back of the carapace and raised above it; this projecting part is

environed by a somewhat lyre-shaped wall, pinched in front on the

sides and somewhat notched behind with two deep fosse placed

transversely and connected by a short canal, the base of which is

smooth with only a few groups of warts.

The abdomen is very regular and complete for the group, and when

additicnal specimens will admit cf its being dissected, its structure

promises to be curious ; the various parts of it are hardly perceptible

in the individual examined ; a tolerably regular series of strange, close-

placed appendages on its edges, seem, on cursory observation, very

curious: there are about 12 deepish fosse over it, the 2 deepest in

the basal portion close to back part of carapace, and almost at right

angles to the rest of abdomen, 3 on each side diverging into smaller

fossulee towards the edges, and 4 down the centre.

266 ~ Loological Society :—

This fine species is named Lithodes (Petalocerus) Bellianus in com-

pliment to the ablest of our British carcinologists, the learned and

scientific President of the Linnean Society, Professor Thomas Bell ;

in whose fine collection it is preserved. It is to him I am indebted

for the loan of the specimen.

May 27, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Gould brought under the notice of the Meeting a portion of

the Birds collected by Mr. John MacGillivray, the naturalist at-

tached to H.M. Surveying ship Rattlesnake, and lately sent home

by Capt. Denham, the Commander of the Expedition. They were

obtained on the Fijis, San Cristoval, Isle of Pines, and other islands.

Perhaps the most remarkable of these birds is a species of Cen-

tropus, which exceeds in size every other member of the genus Mr.

Gould has yet seen. The single specimen sent home is not fully

adult, as is evidenced by some freshly moulted feathers of the tail

and wings differing in colour from the older ones. On account of

its large and robust form, Mr. Gould proposes to call this species

Crentrorvus Mito.

Head, neck, mantle and breast tawny-white, remainder of the

plumage mottled brown and green ; some of the feathers being brown

indistinctly banded with green, while others are entirely green, the

mottled hue being that of immaturity, and the green the adult

livery : bill black.

Total length, 264 inches; bill, 23 inches long by 13 deep at the

base ; wing, 103; tail, 143; tarsi, 3.

Hab. Guadalcanar Island.

Remark.—The specimen is a male. Unlike the other members

of the genus, this species has bare orbits, with the colourmg of which

Mr. Gould is not acquainted.

For a fine species of Fruit-eating Pigeon from the Isle of Pines,

Mr. Gould proposed the name of

TANTHG@:NAS HYPQHNOCHROA.

Head, neck, breast, and under surface vinaceous brown, with

glossy purple reflexions on the back of the neck, and a slight gloss

of the same hue on the sides of the neck and breast ; chin, sides of

the face and throat white ; all the upper surface, wings and tail dark

slate-grey, the margins.of the wing-coverts and the feathers of the

back and upper tail-coverts glossed with bronzy green ; bill scarlet

at the base, yellow at the tip; orbits naked and scarlet ; feet red-

dish flesh colour.

Total length, 16 inches ; bill, 14; wing, 94; tail, 7; tarsi, 1.

Hab. Isle of Pines.

Remark.—This is a fine species, about the size of the common

Pigeon of Europe. It pertains to the subgenus Ianthanas, the mem-

bers of which are very nearly allied to the birds constituting the

genus Carpophaga.

Mr. J. Gould on new species of Birds. 267

Another Pigeon from the same locality was named

TURACGNA CRASSIROSTRIS.

Head, all the upper surface, wings and tail dark slaty black,

the feathers of the back margined with a deeper black; a broad

band of grey across the lateral tail-feathers near the base, and the

outer feather on each side tipped with darker grey; throat greyish

white ; under surface sooty, washed with grey on the sides of the

neck, the breast and centre of the abdomen.

Total length, 143 inches ; bill, 1; wing, 72; tail, 73; tarsi, 1.

Hab. Guadalcanar Island.

Remark.—This is a smaller bird than the Australian Macropygia

phasianella, has a much thicker bill, and a shorter tail, which organ

is moreover of a graduated form.

A fine Lory from San Cristoval was named

Lorivus CHLOROCERCUS.

Head, nape, and a patch on each side the neck black; plumage

of the whole of the body fine scarlet, with a broad crescentic mark

of rich yellow across the breast ; tip of the shoulder silvery blue ;

wing-coverts yellowish green; outer webs of the primaries and se-

condaries dark grass-green; inner webs dull black, with a broad

oblong mark of scarlet along their basal portions; basal half of the

tail scarlet, the remainder grass-green; under wing-coyerts and

thighs fine blue; bill orange; feet dark brown.

Total length, 10 inches ; bill, 2; wing, 63; tail, 47; tarsi, 3.

Tab. San Cristoval.

Remark.—This is one of the most beautiful species of the genus, and

differs from all its congeners in having the apical half of the tail green.

A new Hirundo from Moala, one of the Feejee Islands, was cha-

racterized as

HiruNDO SUBFUSCA.

Forehead, chin and throat rufous; crown of the head, all the

upper surface, wing- and tail-coverts steel-black ; wings and tail dark

brown; under surface of the body and under wing-coverts dark fus-

cous ; under tail-coverts steel-black, margined with light brown.

Total length, 5 inches; bill, $; wing, 42; tail, 2; tarsi, }.

Remark.—This is a very remarkable Swallow, resembling in the

eolouring of its back, throat and forehead the common Swallow of

Europe ; it is also very similar in size, while it has a much larger

bill and a very diminutive and but slightly forked tail, the outer

feathers not being produced as in the European bird.

The five birds above described are now deposited in the collection

at the British Museum.

Mr. Gould also described a new and very beautiful Pigeon from

the Solomon Islands as

IorRERON EKUGENI&.

Crown of the head, cheeks, upper part of the throat and ear-

268 Miscellaneous.

coverts white ; centre of the throat and chest of the richest crimson ;

upper surface and wings green washed with orange; along the

shoulder a mark of tight grey, and a large spot of grey near the tip

of each of the tertiaries; primaries dark slate-grey tipped with

orange-brown ; secondaries slate-grey bordered with orange-brown,

and with a very narrow edge of yellow along the apical portion of

the external web ; under surface of the body greyish green; under

surface of the wings grey ; vent washed with yellow.

Total length, about 8 inches; bill, 2; wing, 43; tarsi, 2.

Hab. The Solomon Islands.

Remark.—The only specimen I have ever seen, and which is un-

fortunately imperfect, bemg destitute of tail, was sent to me by Mr.

Webster, who had visited the above islands. This beautiful little

Pigeon, certainly the most brilliantly coloured of the entire group,

has been named in honour of Her Imperial Majesty the Empress

of the French.

MISCELLANEOUS.

NEW LOCALITIES FOR RARE PLANTS AND ZOOPHYTES.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Southlands House, near Chale, Isle of Wight,

Feb. 4, 1857.

GENTLEMEN,—It may be interesting to some of your readers to

know, that Caberea Bory: (vide Busk’s Catalogue of Marine Polyzoa,

p- 39), found by Miss Cutler on the coast of Devon a few years ago,

growing “in minute tufts upon Eschara foliacea,” is frequently to

be met with in this part of the Isle of Wight, nestling among the

roots of old specimens of Laminaria digitata. The little bay under

the village of Niton, terminating at the east in Puckaster Point, is an

admirable locality for procuring it, as large quantities of Algee are

thrown ashore there after rough weather. One specimen was found

last month, on a little shrubby tuft of “ Kallymenia reniformis,”

which at this season is obtained here in fruit.

Crisia aculeata and fine Notamia Bursaria are also found here ;

and Laomedea obliqua may almost be considered abundant.

If a notice of localities for rare plants and zoophytes is at all

acceptable, allow me to mention having found Naccaria Wigghit in

Douglas Bay, in August last, in fruit. Spherococeus coronopifolius

is also not uncommonly cast ashore there; and during a month’s

stay I found five or six specimens of Callithamnion Borreri, in its

most brilliant and beautiful state,—the “ seminudum,” I am told, of

Agardh.

In the year 1852, being on a visit of a few days to the late Dr.

Johnston, at Berwick, I found on the shore there three specimens of

the rare Rhodymenia cristata, one of which was in fruit. This was

Miscellaneous. 269

in the month of August; and Dr. Johnston subsequently met with

other specimens of the same plant later in the season, as he recorded

in the minutes of the Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists’

Club.

It is perhaps worth notice, that the Kallymenia reniformis found

in this neighbourhood has uniformly the small, round-leaved, shrubby

character of the figure of it in Sowerby’s ‘ English Botany.’ The

fruit is also large for the size of the plant.

If these trifling notices can be made available for the information

of any of your readers, I shall be very glad.

Yours, &c.,

MarGaret Garry.

ON THE SUPPOSED NEW BRITISH SPECIES OF SKENEA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Upton Hall, Birkenhead, Feb. 9, 1857.

GENTLEMEN,—I am indebted to the kindness of J. Gwyn Jeffreys,

Esq., for permission to send to your Journal the following extract from

a letter, the result of an examination kindly undertaken by him of the

small Skenea found by me at Falmouth,—which I at first considered

a new species (a short account of which appeared in your Journal a

few months since),—and a careful comparison of it with a specimen

taken by himself in the Mediterranean, and also a series of the

ordinary form of Skenea rota, taken in a living state by me at the

Land’s End and other parts of Cornwall :—

«The result of a careful comparison of these specimens induces

me to retain the opinion I at first formed, that your Skenea tricari-

nata is only a variety of Skenea rota. Your species appears to differ

from S. rota in its somewhat smaller size, in the whorls being flatter

and more angular (the latter character being probably attributable to

the greater prominence and distinctness of the ridges), and in the

transverse ribs being less marked and not so nodulose as in the

typical form. My specimens from the Mediterranean belong to

this variety. All the specimens have three spiral ridges, one of them

encircling the periphery and forming an obtuse keel, another on the

upper side, and a third on the lower side in the centre of each whorl.

The ridges are nearly equidistant from each other, and their direction

is marked by a fulvous band : this character has not, I believe, been

noticed by any one except yourself. I, however, give this opinion

with some reservation, as I should have preferred to have an oppor-

tunity of comparing your specimens with others which I have myself

collected from various parts of the British and Irish coasts; this

unfortunately I cannot do at present, while I am divorced from my

cabinets.” ;

I remain, Gentlemen, your obedient Servant,

W. WessTER.

270 Miscellaneous.

On the Influence of Moisture upon the Direction of Roots.

By P. DucnwartTre.

The author, after referring to the experiments of Johnson and Knight,

in which seeds placed beneath a mass of moist earth, or under a damp

sponge hung up in the air, directed their radicle either horizontally,

so as to be applied against the moist body, or even vertically from

below upwards, and indicating that the experiments of Duhamel,

Dutrochet, &c., the results of which were unfavourable to the idea.

that moisture has any influence upon the direction of roots, were

made in such a way that they do not authorize any conclusion to be

drawn from them, proceeds to describe some observations of his own

on this subject. These observations were made upon two plants of

a Hortensia and a shrubby Veronica (V. Lindleyana), the pots con-

taining which had been placed in a hermetically closed apparatus.

Under the influence of a confined atmosphere, saturated with humi-

dity, these plants first of all developed, upon the lower part of their

stems, roots several centimeters in length, which extended themselves

in the moist air, some horizontally, others in a more or less ascending

direction. Numerous roots issued from the moderately moist earth

in the pots of the two last-mentioned plants, and rose into the moist

air, sometimes obliquely, sometimes directly upwards.—Comptes

Rendus, 5 January 1857, p. 10.

On the Migration of the Starling. By James Harry, Esq., of

Leicester.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—I am more than half inclined to believe that the

observations made by Col. George Montagu on the migratory habits

of that pretty bird, the Starling, are correct, although none of our

own more recent out-door naturalists have ventured, in their writings,

when engaged on its monograph, to advert to that part of its history.

Col. Montagu is the only writer, at least with whose descriptions of

its habits I am acquainted, that has made mention of the annual

migration of this species.

Towards the close of the summer of last year, the writer, accom-

panied by a near relative, crossed from Folkestone to Boulogne,

quitting Folkestone at 4 p.m. The evening was serene, with a smooth

sea, and an unruffled Channel. On our losing sight of the English

coast, and reaching the midway of the Straits, while engaged in our

remarks on the peculiarities of the different passengers who were

strolling about the deck of the vessel, a large flock of Starlings crossed

our pathway overhead ; we observed them at an altitude of thirty or

forty yards. The flock appeared to us to consist of many hundred

birds, each little creature pursuing its course in a direct line towards

the Kentish coast.

After a lapse of several seconds, another flock appeared in view,

fled past us, and, in a hurried manner, and by the same aérial route,

made the same course towards the land of the free.

Before night-fall, and as we drew near to the coast of France, a

Miscellaneous. 271

third and more numerous body of Starlings passed the boat with

great dispatch, taking the same path as their congeners had done,

which we had the good fortune to recognize so clearly in the early

part of the evening.

The incident in the history of the Starling to which reference is

made, pretty clearly evinces, at least to my mind, that this spe-

cies of Sturnus is migratory in the autumnal months, performing, as

it certainly does, a change of situation at that season of the year, in

congregated masses and numerous bands, like some other birds be-

longing to the fauna of these islands. On this matter most of our

own monographers have maintained a marked silence, as if ignorant

in that respect, as I have said, of the peculiar wandering habit and

manners of Larry Sterne’s captive bird.

In this part of the kingdom the Starling abounds, especially in our

retired woodlands, whole broods being reared in such places annually ;

the nest of the creature being placed in holes of decayed timber-trees

of our thickly wooded parks, likewise within the holes and crevices

of ancient buildings, church towers, and ruins, where protection and

safety are afforded it during the period of nidification.

For many years past I have not failed to notice its manners through-

out the whole autumn and winter season, and in so doing, have ever

been led to mark the invariable increase made by the bird in its

numerical diffusion at that period.

It has been with me a settled point, for many years past, that a

very considerable migration of the species takes place annually ; but

hitherto such speculation was mere conjecture on my part. I had

no proof whatever, by me, of its actual performance. However, in

my passage across the Straits in the month of September last, the

fact which I have briefly narrated in my letter, fails not to establish

unequivocally the migration of the Starling, but proves, moreover,

the adoption of its brumal retreat on these shores.

BRITISH AMPHIPODA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Plymouth, Feb. 16, 1857.

GENTLEMEN,—Having had an opportunity, since the publication

of the Synopsis of the British Amphipoda, of comparing the neces-

sary works at the British Museum, I am enabled to make the follow-

ing corrections and addenda :—

After O. littorea read (Leach).

After O. Deshayesii read (Savigny).

Acanthonotus Owenti (mihi) is A. testudo of (Montagu).

Thersites (mihi) must yield to Bathyporea (Lindstrém), and pro-

bably the species B. Guilliamsonia is the pilosa of that naturalist.

Leucothoé procera (mihi) is probably furina of Savigny; and

also the genus Dyopedos (mihi) is Dulichia of Kroyer ; consequently

the family Dyopedide will for the future be changed to Dulichiade.

I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently,

C. Spence Bate.

272 Miscellaneous.

Descriptions of some New Species of Tanagers.

By Pattie Lurvey SciaTer, M.A., F.Z.S. &e.

NEMOSIA GUIRINA.

Nemosia guira, Sclater, P. Z.8. 1855, p. 155.

Flavescenti-olivacea, superciliis longis cum plaga cervicali utrin-

que conjunctis flavis: gutture et capitis lateribus nigris : dorso

postico cinnamomeo, pectore item cinnamomeo sed saturatiore et

magis castaneo : abdomine cinerascenti-flavido, crisso flavicante.

Long. tota 5:0, alee 2°9, caudee 2°0.

Hab. New Grenada, Bogota; Hast Peru.

Three specimens of what would at first sight appear to be NV. guira,

in my possession, two of which are from New Grenada and the third

from Peru, offer such a marked difference in the length of the wing

on comparison with specimens from the eastern coast, that I cannot

avoid separating them specifically. They are also distinguishable, as

the yellow colour is more developed on the sides of the neck, but

does not form a band between the breast and black throat, as in

N.guira. And inthe N. guirina the breast has more of a deep chest-

nut tinge, which extends quite up to the black throat.

NEMOSIA INSIGNIS. 7

Nigra, brunnescente tincta : speculo alari et corpore subtus albis :

interscapulio et dorso inferiore cum gutture et crisso flavis.

2 brunnescenti-olivacea, alarum et caude marginibus flaves-

centibus : subtus flavida, lateribus obscurioribus.

Long. tota 5:5, alee 2°9, caudee 2°1.

Hab. South Brazil.

Obs. Similis N. flavicolli, sed crassitie majore, dorso flavo altius

ascendente et gutture pallidius flavo, dorso fere concolore,

distinguenda.

I possess three specimens of this Nemosia, male, female and young

male, out of a collection formed, I believe, in the southern part of

Brazil. They are certainly larger in all their dimensions than the

N. flavicollis, besides showing the other differences above noted, and

I think can hardly be passed over as merely a local variety of that

species.

NEMOSIA AURICOLLIS.

Nemosia flavicollis ex Cayenna, auct.

Saturate nigricanti-brunnea ; speculo alari parvo albo: dorso

postico, gutture et crisso aureo-flavis, abdomine albido.

Long. tota 4°6, alae 2°7, caudee 1°9.

Hab. Cayenne; East Peru, river Ucayali (Hawewell).

Mus. Brit., &c.

Obs. N. flavicolli simillima, sed colore brunned, et dorso postico

aurescentiore flavo, necnon speculo alari magis celato, distin-

guenda.—Proc. Zool. Soc., May 13, 1856.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

No. 112. APRIL 1857.

XXI.—Deseription of some Foraminifera from the Coast of Nor-

way. By W.K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones, F.G.S.

[ With two Plates. ]

Introduction.—The Rhizopoda form an important family of the

elass Protozoa. The Ameba is typical of the naked Rhizopods ;

the Gromia, of those with a membranous or coriaceous coating ;

and those having a calcareous shell constitute the group Fora-

minifera. Thalassicolla and its allies* form another related

group; and the siliceous Polycystine are also regarded as mem-

bers of the same family.

The Foraminifera present symmetrical shells, of minute size

for the most part, of various patterns, and consisting either of a

single chamber or of two or more connected chambers. A jelly-

like mass, or “ sarcode,” occupies the chambers and their con-

necting passages; and, protruding itself both from the external

aperture of the last chamber, and in many cases from the some-

times numerous perforations in the shell-walls, extends itself

not only over the surface of the shell, but also into radiating

contractile threads or pseudopodia, and into gemmule-like masses,

which latter become coated over with calcareous matter, and thus

form additional segments of the animalt.

* See Annals, ser. 2, 1851, vol. viii. p. 433; and Quart. Journ. Microsc.

Science, vol. iv. p.72. Much information relative to the Protozoa is con-

tained in the two memoirs here referred to.

+ Among the more important works on Foraminifera, reference may be

made to D’Orbigny’s ‘ Foraminiféres fossiles du Bassin Tertiaire de Vienne

(Autriche);’ Schultze ‘ Ueber den Organismus der Polythalamien,’ 1854 ;

Carpenter’s ‘ Researches on the Foraminifera,’ Phil. Trans. 1856 (two me-

mous). In the ‘Annals’ for October 1853 is a short notice and some figures

of a few Foraminifera from the Chalk. For numerous illustrations of well-

preserved fossil Foramimifera, reference may be made to several memoirs

by Reuss and others in Haidinger’s Abhandl., the Vienna Transact., and

the Journal of the Berlin Geological Society.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 18

274 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

The shell itself may be hyaline and tubuliferous, or opake and

homogeneous, or arenaceous, 7. ¢. made up of siliceous or other

particles cemented with shell-material.

Before proceeding with the description of the Foraminifera

from Norway, we think it advisable to offer a few succinct re-

marks upon the characters of this group of shelled Rhizopods ;

referring the reader to Dr. Carpenter’s recent memoirs for a

fuller consideration of the subject.

To arrive at a clear idea of the specific relations of the Fora-

minifera, we must study these creatures in large numbers ; such

as well-arranged and extensive collections of specimens from

various seas and harbours, and from numerous fossil deposits,

can alone supply. (See Carpenter, doc. cit. § 74.)

It must be understood that, although among the lowest orders

of plants and animals—such as Conferve and Diatomacee, In-

fusoria and Rhizopoda,—the immense numbers of mere varieties,

passing by indistinguishable gradations of shape one into an-

other, have been by some authors enumerated as so many spe-

cific forms, yet there is no real ground for the establishment of

species on these variations of character, which are for the most

part merely such differences among individuals as one finds

between the several leaves of a single tree.

Foraminifera, indeed, ave to be compared with the other lowest

orders of animals and of plants in the study of their specific

relations. In these several low forms of creatures we have com-

paratively few species, but extremely numerous individuals, with

an enormous range of variety. In the higher orders of plants

and animals the specific forms are more definite, there being a

more complex organization, harmonizing with the special habits

of each creature; and the individuals of each species are less

numerous than is the case in the Protozoans and Protophytes.

These low animals, the Foraminifera, having great simplicity

of structure, more easily adapt themselves to varying external

conditions than the more complex and specialized higher ani-

mals (see Carpenter, Joc. cit. § 76). Hence the greater immu-

nities enjoyed by these Protozoa from the various causes of ex-

tinction acting upon the individuals of the higher classes ; and

the long existence of several special Foraminifera through nearly

all the geological epochs, appears to be in a great degree a con-

sequence of this adaptability to circumstances, and the resulting

tenacity of existence.

As these little shelled Rhizopods live under an immense

variety of circumstances as to climate, depth of the sea, and its

saltness, different composition of the sea-bed, varieties of bodies

to which they adhere, &c., it cannot surprise us that one and

the same species should exhibit a great range in variety as to

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 275

size, thickness, ornamentation, &c. Mostly cosmopolite, they

present species that have individuals both im shallow and in

deep seas, in brackish and in salt water, within the Arctic Circle

and at the Equator; and consequently one form will be repre-

sented by thin-shelled and by thick-shelled individuals, by smooth

and rough, by convex and flat, and by infinitely small and com-.

paratively monster specimens.

Further, to enter into details, the individual parts of a Fora-

minifer may be seen, in different individuals specifically allied, to

have very various proportions of size. The primordial chamber

may be either extremely small or largely distended,-—the smallest

or the largest in the whole shell: the succeeding chambers may

be short and globular, or elongated and narrow: the exogenous

growths of shelly matter may be delicately distributed in lines

aud poits, or coarsely agglomerated, masking a whole surface ;

they may be nearly absent in one, and forming a serrated or an

entire wing or keel in another: the shell may be m one group

hyaline or sandy; in another, it may be white and opake, or

coloured and gritty : the small shells, indeed, are usually smooth,

the larger ones often coarse or sandy.

Not only do the individuals of a species present frequent dif-

ferences in the relative proportions of their chambers, and in the

degrees of thickness of the shell-walls, according to certain re-

cognizable conditions of habitat, &c., but there are also to be

found still further departures from a determinate type, —always,

however, within certain specific limits; when, for instance, a

Nautiloid form takes on a rectiliear growth; or, vice versd, a

Stichostegian is partially curved; or when a cycloidal growth is

in part replaced by a spiral; or the opposite.

We need not here do more than allude to the interesting branch

of research in the relations of these lowly-classed creatures which

has reference to the representative forms which they continually

exhibit, both amongst themselves and with respect to higher

groups of shelled animals. Not only do the varieties of one

species exhibit peculiarities of form which are more especially

characteristic of other and definite species, but the Foraminifera

present remarkable mimetic resemblances to the various Mol-

fusca and Molluscan groups; thus, for instance, we see the

straight and variously-curled Cephalopoda (including the fossil

forms) markedly imitated by the Foraminifera.

With regard to the nomenclature of this widely-diffused group,

a certain licence must be allowed in the use of binomial terms

for some and not a few forms, which are physiologically varieties,

however protean and distant from the specific type, and have no

strict title to a separate place in the list of species. Many spe-

cies, however, present such numerous varieties of form, ranging

18*

276 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

between wide limits of size, shape, and ornament, that, for the sake

of convenience, these may retain for the present the names that

have been proposed for them on the supposition of their specific

distinctness ; especially as many of the varieties are characteristic

of climatal or hydrographical habitat, or of geological range.

The materials for the following descriptions were derived from

the dredgings made by Messrs. MacAndrew and Barrett im the

North Sea, during the summer of 1855. One portion was re-

ceived from Mr. Barrett, in small boxes, numbered, and labelled

with the depths and localities of the dredgings ; another portion

was the sandy refuse from a jar m which specimens of Molluscs,

&e., had been preserved in spirits,—this we received from Mr.

Woodward; and thirdly, Mr. Bowerbank favoured us with a

packet of shelly sand obtained when preparing sponges taken in

the same dredgings. The latter lots of sand were manipulated

and examined together; and no particular depths and localities

have been noted for the specimens derived from this source. The

sponge-sand was obtained from several localities between Dront-

heim and the North Cape, at depths varying from 30 to200 faths.

The series of which the exact localities and depths are known

comprises seven lots; these, with their characters and contents,

are arranged in the following Table.

Character of

Locality. perien Baprpeaeer Generic and Subgeneric forms.

Cc.

1.|East of Rolfs Oc, Polymorphina, Anomalina, Trun-

or Bred Sound, +30 | gravel catulina, Biloculina, Quinquelo-

Finmark <..-c0s0 culina, Placopsilina.

2.,Omnoes Oe, Nord- AO eral { Anomalina, Truncatulina, Quin-

[EY ROPER ence nelonocias | queloculina.

3./West Fjord, Nord- } 60 ena Dentalina, Rosalina, Truncatulina,

Land | “see cbokacieseas Quinqueloculina.

4,|Bodoe, Nordland .|70-100| sand { parent cs Bilo-

5.|Vigten Island (In-

ner Passage), Dron- } 100 jonsponge|Rosalina.

thew (eo csees sesso

6:inmiarle ceeecestr 150} sand Truncatulina, Quinqueloculina. —

7.|Aretic Circle, Nord-

Anomalina, Truncatulina, Bilo-

culina.

| [ Lagena, Entosalenia, Dentalina,

Polymorphina, Spirillma, Oper-

8.| Various localities ) | | culina, Nonionina (5 species).

between Dront- 30-200 Polystomella, Globigerma, Ro-

heim and the [{/' salina, Anomalina, Truncatulina,

North Cape ...J | | Cassidulina, Valvulina, Bulimina,

| || Uvigerina, Textularia, Quinque-

L| loculina, Placopsilina.

Nodosaria, Dentalina, Cristellaria,

} 160 mud

landarese eeeecceees

various<

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 277

The species described or noticed in the sequel may be tabu-

lated with their genera and subgenera as follow.

te 4) 5. |7- 8.

Dei miliealialt touallel los

a | |3

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. | ;| 3|4|/2| 2 ai a\s

Sl Spee ere tee

| Sa ee fells fever ieee |

1.| Lagena levis, Montagu.......cscerecoeee “AS Ane Be Sesleeslaveleeslanal ie

2.| Entosalenia globosa, Montagu............0seese[eee[oee ers| sel sen aemhene|

3.'| Nodosaria levigata, D’? Orb. ...22.2...0.0ss00205 al oeie deslila | cane | aL aes

4.| Dentalina communis, D’Orb. .........2...0006 pealieealieilee sites 2 * | x

5.| Polymorphina communis, D’Orb. .........++- |) Berl cel saa eel beel see

6.| Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenb. .......+..-- St Ben calaealacel waclcasl tense oe

7.| Opereulina complanata, Basterot ..........+. are *

8.| Nonionina crassula, Montagu .......:0.50s0000 ned esl lic |

9. communis, D’Orb. ............ see ae hous es ae ee ee Pe

10. | —— bulloides, D’Orb. ...... REECE Pigdanes | edb loaahanetass Se oe ie A

Bits ANECRISAIS, PACES sce cccicoscstisoestiecovtte' eed ee bea ee |

12, striatopunctata, Ficht. ...........0+0+... Weal ealee Be sl ee bea he

P| Polystomellaerispa, Tint.” i... 2t.02c..0ses-er ce Bal Seal etal soe vseleceleee) *

14. | Cristellaria Calear, Linm..........csccsccseeseess nivel exePs aie scchsaalseal elec.

15. | Globigerina bulloides, D’ Ord. ............++ Headed Sales wl

16.| Rosalina vesicularis, Lamarck .......0....00000. soofeee] [eee] [eeeleee]

17. | Truncatulina lobatula, D’Orb. .........00008. Jal ae) ell | |e

18. | Anomalina coronata, NOV..........ecceeeeeeees Aen hes pial deel ao Cone 2 | *

19. | Cassidulina laevigata, D’ Orb. .........sceeeeess ard aecleshese Be ee eo

20.| Valvulina triangularis, D’Orb. ........0...06 Brille [eee oe pl eae

21.| Bulimina marginata, D’?Orb. ........0....0000 eel este ets Foeleee | x

22.| Uvigerina pygma, D’Orb.............0eeeeeee- er jocks ace “Alcor Goole) ea

23.| Textularia Sagittula, Defrance ......60....08. BAA ey eine re] cealec roe fe <

24.| Biloculina ringens, Lamarck ..........se0eeee Baer erciec ener hey ore

25.|} Quingueloculina Seminulum, Linn. .........) ea Pee tte (ee llnoalhes load) Ss

26.| Placopsilina Canariensis, D’Orb. .........4. AE? oa Gor flee| caatass va] *

The foregoing general observations on the characters and rela-

tions of the Foraminifera will be illustrated in several points by

details of structure and habit in the following descriptions. We

shall not, however, offer a general résumé of the relations of the

genera and species here described, much less can we attempt

to draw up a classification of the Foraminifera. Dr. Carpenter

truly observes that the subject is still far too incompletely worked

out for even the exact determination of the species and genera.

The following descriptions are offered as supplying materials to-

wards a future classification ; they are drawn up sometimes with-

out reference to any already-established generic types, especially

in cases where the relations of a species or genus seem to have

been more or less misunderstood, or in want of clearer elucida-

tion. To give some tangible form, however, to our observations

278 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

on the Norwegian specimens, we appeud an avowedly imperfect,

but perhaps useful, list of genera and subgenera, showing ap-

proximately the more evident of the relations which the Pora-

minifera commonly met with present towards each other.

Homogeneous (and

Hyaline (and sometimes arenaceous). sometimes arenuceous).

Be PR Ree eee a

Lagena Entosalenia Eraisiaiajateleisiaverscarere Orbulina, ol vacutasctetes Monotha-

eect eee ei Sparling Ul acca seeee | Cornuspira S amous.

Nodosaria | Polymorphina Rotilia Globigerina Sei ae

1 7 mphistegina a |e M ebralin:

Lingulina Heterostegina Rosalina Spheeroidina &

Frondicularia Nummulina Anomalina Dimorphina —

eo Operculina | Truncatulina| Mihola (Bi-

eer ine. Nonionina | Cassidulina loculina, v

Polystomella} Valvulina & | T#loculina, 3

Cristellaria Clavulina Quinguelo- | =

Flabellina Bulimina culina, &e.) s

Uvigerina | Fabularia 5

Verneuilina Sede &

jes ei (Par cer, +)

extularia Alveolina

Bigenerina Orbitolites and

Polytripa

Orbiculina

Peneroplis

Placopsilina

[ Note.—The genera and subgenera printed in small type are inserted as important

members of the series, but do not occur among the specimens from the Norway

coast. ]

We have to express our acknowledgements for Prof. William-

son’s kindness in giving us his opinion on the relations of the

more important of the Norwegian specimens. Our thanks also

are due to Prof. Tennant for having lent us his set of D’Orbigny’s

valuable models, without the free use of which we could not

have satisfactorily determined the alliances of several species

from the dredgings.

1. Lagena levis, Walker and Montagu. PI. XI. figs. 22 & 23.

Var. striata*. Pl. XI. fig. 24.

2. Entosalenia globosa, Montagu, sp. Pl. XI. figs. 25-29.

Var. marginata. Pl. XI. figs. 28 & 29.

Var. striata. Pl. XI. fig. 27.

Var. catenulatat. Pl. XI. fig. 26.

Var. sqguamosa. PI. XI. fig. 25.

[See Mr. Williamson’s Monograph on the “ Recent British

Species of the genus Lagena,’ Annals of Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. 1.

pp. 1-20, pl. 1 & 2.]

Figs. 22 to 29 represent a series of forms of minute mono-

* The striated varieties of the flask-shaped Lagene supply five species

in D’Orbigny’s Voyage Amér. Mérid. vol. v. part 5. pl. 5. f. 4-12

+ Oolina Melo, D’Orb. ib. f. 9.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 279

thalamous Foraminifera selected from the Norway dredgings,

and here figured, for the purpose of showing the wide variations

of shape and size presented by these shells, and every gradation

between which is met with among specimens from this and other

sources, including recent and tertiary deposits.

Fig. 22 presents the long-necked, flask-like, typical form of

Lagena* ; and figs. 23 & 24 are two of its varieties: in fig. 23,

the convexity is less than in fig. 22, the base is elongate, and

the neck is rimmed: in fig. 24, the body of the “ flask” is still

more cylindrical, the neck is shorter, the surface has several

parallel ribs, and the base is perforate. This extreme variety

of form (fig. 24) is related, by endless intermediate variations

(including fig. 23), with the gibbous form, fig. 22. Fig. 27 is

a ribbed Entosalenia, and is vastly more gibbous than fig. 24,

being almost globular ; it is numerously and deeply ribbed, and

is thickened around the aperture with a frill of four equal obtuse

angles. Fig. 26 differs from the last in having its less numerous

ribs united by small transverse ridges, and in having its neck

less thickened and shorter. In fig. 25 the superficial ornament

is formed of hexagonal meshes, as if the transverse and longitu-

dinal ridges had been equalized and combined into a reticulation.

These three forms (figs. 25 to 27) are also in every respect linked

together by numerous recent and fossil varieties, and gradually

pass, by insensible gradations of external character, ito the

elongate varieties of Lagena, such as figs. 22-24.

Figs. 28 and 29 represent the common, somewhat flattened,

margined, round and oval varieties of Hntosaleniat+, which, by

losing their keels, becoming globose {, and being provided with

an external instead of an internal tube, closely represent the flask-

shaped Lagena represented by fig. 22. They are very subject

to ornamentation of riblets and reticulation (figs. 25-27), and,

excepting by means of the characteristic usual mternal tube,

are scarcely divisible from Lagene. Still, however, there is a

peculiarity in the setting-on, as it were, of the tubular neck in

the externally-tubed individuals referred to, which appears to

permanently distinguish Entosalenia from Lagena. From the

very minutely-marked gradation of differences between indi-

viduals, even in the same sample of sea-sand (recent or fossil),

it is extremely difficult to speak of anything like specific cha-

racters among the endless varieties of Lagene and Entosalenie

presented to the observer.

Marine sands from Shetland, Skye, Pegwell Bay, Eastbourne,

Australia, Bombay Harbour, &c., also the post-tertiary clay be-

* Qolina clavata, D’Orb. For. Fuss. Vien. pl. 1. f. 2, 3.

+ O. compressa, D’Orb. Voy. Amér. Mérid. vol. v. part 5, pl. o. f. 1, 2.

t O. globosa, D’Orb. ib. f. 3.

280 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

neath the Lincolnshire fens, and the Grignon tertiary beds, have

been the chief sources for these observations.

The figured specimens illustrate the chief varieties of these

shells, which are tolerably numerous in the Norway dredgings.

In registering the Norwegian forms of these two interesting

and variable species, we have taken the trivial term levis, which

indicates the first in the series of Lagene described by Mr. Wil-

liamson, as the most convenient appellation for the typical form ;

and globosa as the best and earliest for Hntosalenia. The varie-

ties are almost as numerous as the individuals; non-essential

characters only oceurring as guides for us in the classification of

the innumerable forms.

We must refer the reader to Williamson’s admirable and care-

ful exposition of the nature and characters of Lagena and Ento-

salenia; merely observing that, for reasons above alluded to, we

regard the forms here figured as referable to a single species

either of the one or of the other genus*.

3. Nodosaria levigatat, D’Orb. PI. X. figs. 6-9.

Soldani, Testac. et Zoophyt. pl. 101. f. kk; pl. 105. f. Q. R; pl. 118. fig. E.

(smooth); pl. 96. f. N.O. P. Q. B.S. (striated).

Nodosaria (subgen. Glandulina) levigata, D’Orb. Aun. des Se. Nat. vol. vii.

p. 252. no. 1. pl. 10. f. 1-3.

Nodosaria (Gland.) glans, D’Orb. ib. no.2; Modéles, no. 51. 3 livr. [finely

ribbed variety of N. levigata}.

Glandulina levigata, D’Orb. Foram. Vien. p. 29. pl. 1. f.4,5; G. ovula, ib.

f. 6,7; G. angulata, ib. f. 8, 9.

Nodosaria humilis, Roemer, Verst. Nordd. Kreid. p. 95. pl. 15. f. 6.

Nodosaria cylindracea, N. conferta, N. oligostegia, Reuss, Verst. Bohm.

Kreid. 1. p. 25-29. pl. 13. f. 1, 2, 10, 19, 20.

Glandulina rotundatat, G. tenuis, G.major, G. laguncula, and Orthocerina

pupoides, Bornemann, Liasform. Gottingen, p. 31. pl. 2. f. 1-5, p. 35.

pl. 3. f. 14, 15.

* As Mr. Williamson truly remarks, Walker was the first to give the

name “ Lagena” to these flask-like Foraminifera.

+ In this instance we have taken some trouble to collate the figures and

descriptions of numerous varieties of this shell from those works which are

at present accessible to us. This is done to indicate the wide extent of

variation in this species; and it also shows its great range both in time and

space. Many of the named varieties in this list are doubtlessly characteristic

of the individuals, and useful to geologists; but we decline the task of

pointing out which should be preserved. Nor do we propose to supply

similar lists of synonyms for the other species which will here come under

notice.

+ The varieties of Nodosaria figured by Bornemann (op. cit.) from the

Lias of Gottingen, present an instructive series of gradations of form in

one species. The smooth forms (above enumerated) have from three or four

to six chambers, and vary considerably, both im general size and in the rela-

tive proportions of their chambers. Several ribbed forms are also figured

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 281

Dentalina brevis, D’Orb. Foram. Foss. Bass. Vienne, p. 48. pl. 2. f. 9, 10.

Glandulina cylindrica, G. ovalis, and G. subconica, Alth, Haidinger’s Ab-

handl. in. p. 270. pl. 13. f. 30, 31, 32.

Glandulina pygmea, G. manifesta, G. cylindracea, Nodosaria proboscidea,

Dentalina marginuloides, Reuss, Haid. Abh. iv. p. 22. pl. 2. f. 3-6, 12.

Glandulina disereta, Reuss, Denksch. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, i. p. 366. pl.

46. f. 3.

Glandulina concinna, Reuss, Zeitschrift Deutsch. Geol. Gesell. vii. p. 263.

pl. 8. f. 1.

Glandulina inflata, G. levigata, G. elongata, Bornemann, ib. p. 320. pl. 12.

f. 6-9.

Shell smooth and hyaline ; varying from acutely pyriform and

spindle-shaped to subcylindrical and pupa-like ; usually circular

im cross-section, but sometimes slightly oval ; formed of about six

chambers in a single row, closely fitting and somewhat overlapping

each other; chambers usually rapidly increasing in size after

the early ones (fig. 6), but sometimes the later chambers retain

a nearly uniform width (fig. 9), in which case the sutures are

more or less constricted. A slight variation from a straight line

in the long axis of the shell is occasionally observable (fig. 9,

Dentalina brevis, D’Orb.). Aperture small, central, either round

or slightly oval and transverse (fig. 7), somewhat projecting,

and surrounded by about thirty radiating fissures, more or less

distinct.

About thirteen specimens, exhibiting several variations of

form, were dredged from a muddy bottom at 160 fathoms,

within the Arctic Circle (Finmark).

This Nodosaria has been found in the tertiaries of Italy and

Austria; it abounds in the London Clay, presenting several of

the intermediate forms connecting figs. 6 and 9. It is common

also in the Lower Chalk of Kent and Germany; and is one of

the most common Foraminifera in the Kimmeridge Clay near

Aylesbury, and in the Lias of Gottingen* and of Ilminster+.

Nod. levigata lives in the Adriatic. We have not yet found

this species recent elsewhere than m these Norway dredgings,

where it is larger than the fossil specimens above referred to.

The compressed pupa-hke variety of this ‘ Nodosaria,” pass-

ing into “ Lingulima,” may be compared with the Linguline of

by Bornemann (Joc. cit.), which are evidently of the same specific type as

the smooth, and present a steady gradation in the setting-on of the riblets,

5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, in individual Nodosarie which have nothing essentially

characteristic im shape, size, or structure, to enhance the trivial value of

this ornamentation. In Bornemann’s figs. 19 & 21 (pl. 3, loc. cit.) there

are smooth Linguline forms, nearly related, on the one hand, to the above-

mentioned Nodosaria, and on the other, te the smooth and the ribbed

Frondicularie figured on the same plate. See also the ribbed Linguline

form of N. levigata (L. costata, D’Orb.), pl. 3. f. 1-5, Foss. Foram. Vien.

* Bornemann, op. cif. + Mr. ©. Moore’s Collection,

282 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

the Chalk, the tertiary Linguline of San Domingo, and the recent

ones of the Canaries+.

4. Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis, D’Orb. PI. X. figs. 3, 4, 5.

Nodosaria (subgen. Dentalina) communis, D’Orb. (Amn. des Se. Nat. vii.

p. 254. no. 35.)

Shell hyaline, elongate, tapering, somewhat bent, circular in

section, composed of several chambers; sutures more or less

constricted ; aperture produced, small, round, central or excentric.

Fig. 3 was dredged at 160 fathoms on the Finmark coast ;

figs. 4 and 5 represent an individual from 60 fathoms at West

Fiord, Nordland.

This form is of frequent occurrence in the Chalk and the

Tertiary deposits ; and is found also, but usually of a small size,

in the recent sea-sands.

The infinite varieties presented by these delicate, tapering,

arcuate Nodosarie (or Dentaline, as they are usually termed)

have, as far as authors have been able to figure them, received

name upon name; and it will require much research to arrange

the varieties under normal specific types.

4, Nodosarie. Pl. XI. figs. 1, 2.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis, var. fig. 1.

Nodosaria (Vaginulina?) ? fig. 2.

These are fragments (figured upside down) of two stichoste-

gian shells, with oblique, closely-set chambers.

Fig. 1 has its chambers somewhat separated by sunken sutures,

and its section transversely is nearly round. It belongs to the

same type as D. communis.

The other (fig. 2) is not constricted at the junctions of the

chambers ; it is elliptical in cross-section, and is ornamented with

slight, irregular, longitudinal riblets. [The apparent aperture in

fig. 2 arises from the first chamber having been broken open. |

One other fragmentary specimen occurred, consisting of the base

or first few chambers, similar in character to fig. 2, but having

a large primordial chamber and a faintly helical arrangement of

the two next chambers, before the axis of the shell takes the

straight direction ; thus approaching the so-called “ Vaginulinze”

and “ Marginuline” in the mode of growth of the early seg-

ments, in the nearly uniform size of the chambers, and their

elliptical transverse sectional area.

These nearly straight, obliquely-chambered Nodosarie have

numerous representatives, both m the recent and the fossil state.

+ Hist. Nat. des iles Canaries, Foram. p. 124. pl. 1. f£. 5, 6.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 283

5. Polymorphina communis, D’ Orb.

Pl. X. figs. 25, 26, 27; Pl. XI. figs. 30-34.

Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 266.

no. 15. pl. 12. figs. 1-4; Modéles*, no. 62.

Figs. 80 and 31 (Pl. XI.) exhibit an early condition of Poly-

morphina, in which we see an Entosalenia, slightly modified,

playing the part of the primordial chamber of this form. This

Entosalenian condition of Polymorphina is nearly always appa-

rent in specimens sufficiently small or unadvanced to leave the

early chambers translucent and open to examination. The ex-

ceptions to this are chiefly individuals in which the aperture is

lengthened outwards and produced into an irregular, ramified,

or stag-horn system of tubes; and here, as in those Hntosa-

lenig in which the aperture is externally tubular, the inner tube

becomes obsolete. As they advance in growth, the individual

Polymorphine ave invested with additional chambers after a type

peculiar to themselves, but in a very irregular manner as regards

the capacity and shape of the chambers. The typical arrange-

ment of the chambers is best shown in fig. 25. Pl. X. (P. ovata,

D’Orb. Vien. Foram. pl. 18. fig. 1), in which they are seen to be

set-on angularly and alternately (not quite equally on the two

flatter surfaces of the shell), pointing backwards and outwards

at an acute angle with the axis of the shell, the later chambers

considerably overlapping the earlier ones: in this case they com-

pose a compressed ovate shell ; but other and mnumerable varie-

ties in the form and relative size of the chambers result, on the

one hand, in the production of short, globular forms, like fig. 32.

Pl. XI. (Polymorphina gibba, D’Orb.), and, on the other, of nar-

row, elongate shells, like fig. 33 (Vermculum lacteum, Montagu ;

Arethusa lactea, Fleming ; P. compressa, D’Orb.). The inter-

mediate forms so gradually pass one into the other, scarcely two

individuals being identically alike, that it is impossible to regard

the extreme forms here indicated (as well as many others, both

smooth and ornamented, figured by authors under the names of

Polymorphina, Guttulina, and Globulina) as really belonging to

more than one specific type.

The “ stag-horn” condition of the aperture (or, rather, the

permanent calcareous tubing of the chief pseudopodia) occurs

very frequently}; it has supplied some authors with materials

* By comparing the models, nos. 23, 29, 30, 61, 62, and 63, a good idea

may be formed of the variations in the development of the chambers in this

species. See also plates 12, 13, and 14 of D’Orbigny’s Foram. Foss.

Vienne.

+ Soldani, Testac. et Zoophyt. pl. 109, 110, 111.

284 Messrs. W. K. Parker and i’. Rupert Jones on some

for new names, and is sometimes even distinguished as a generic

character*.

Fig. 34. Pl. XI. represents a loose specimen of the cervicorn

tube. Fig. 25. Pl. X. shows the Polymorphina from which this

branched calcareous appendage was broken. It is to be remarked

that the terminal and some of the preceding chambers opened

laterally into the overlapping base of the tube by more than one

aperture, whilst the chief aperture has become plugged up (ex-

cepting perhaps its radiating slits) with calcareous matter, as is

not uncommonly the case with adult specimens of other species.

(See also fig. 5. Pl. X.)

Polymorphina is for the most part smooth externally, but

not unfrequently scabrous or roughish, tuberculate or aciculate,

and occasionally bears fine, parallel, shortish riblets (Australia).

The superficial acicule or points appear sometimes to be minute

exserted tubules. None of these exogenous characters can be

regarded as of specific value, and they may or may not be pre-

sent on any variety of form.

This shell occasionally loses its usual translucency or hyaline

character, and becomes more or less opake ; but we have never

recognized it in a sandy conditiont. The common forms vary

extremely in size.

We have found Polymorphina represented by its chief varieties

in the Chalk-marl, and more rarely in the Chalk. It is extremely

plentiful in very many of the Tertiary deposits (Grignon, Tours,

Bordeaux, Palermo, &c.), also in the post-tertiary clays of Lin-

colnshire, and in the recent sea-sand from every coast.

The Norway specimens are undistinguishable from numerous

individuals from the European and other coasts, and even from

Southern Australia.

6. Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg. Pl. XI. tig. 46.

Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenb. Berlin Trans. 1841, pl. 3. f.41; 7b. 1847, pl. 2.

f. 82?

Cornuspira perforata, Schultze, Organ. Polyth. p.41. pl. 2. f. 22.

Shell flat, spiral, hke a minute Planorbis ; not presenting any

internal subdivisions, but beg monothalamous. The little, ele-

gant, discoidal shell here figured is hyaline, and perforated with

rather large pseudopodian passages f.

There are at least two other discospiral monothalamous Fora-

* Hence ‘“Aulostomella” of Alth, Haid. Abhandl. ui. p. 263. pl. 13.

fey 17.

+ Schultze’s so-called Polymorphina silicea (Ueber den Organ. Polyth.

pl. 6. fig. 10) appears not to belong to the Polymorphine.

+ See Williamson “on some Mud from the Levant,” &c., Mem. Manch.

Phil. Soe. viii. p. 45. pl. 2. f. 34.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 285

minifera met with in recent sea-sands. One of these, though

composed of a clear substance, has no apparent surface-foramina,

but only ornamental depressions*; the other is opake in its homo-

geneous, non-arenaceous substance, and is probably related to

the Miliole. Schultze has figured both the perforated hyaline

form + (Spirillina, Ehrenb.) and the opake shell t. He places both

in his new genus Cornuspira, which can only refer to the latter §.

There are other more or less nearly allied forms, though pro-

bably distinct, both discoidal and irregular in the arrangement

of their whorls; and some also not truly monothalamous, but

beginning at least with one, two, or more well-defined chambers.

The Spirilline, Cornuspire, and their allies are excessively

common in the present seas and in a fossil state, and are usually

minute. They are frequent in the Tertiaries (for instance,

Grignon, Tours, Bordeaux, London Clay); also in the Chalk,

Lias, and Magnesian Limestone].

7. Operculina complanata, Basterot, sp. Pl. XI. figs. 3, 4.

Lenticulites complanata, Basterot, Mém. Géol. Bass. Bordeaux, p- 18.

Operculina complanata, D’Orb. Ann. des Sci. Nat. vii. p. 281. no. 1. pl. 14.

f. 7-10.

Planulina Ariminensis, D’ Orb. ib. p. 280, pl. 14. f. 1-3, and Modéles, no. 49.

The shell here figured is discoidal, flattened, and somewhat

square at the edges ; spire exposed ; chambers about nineteen, in

three whorls, slightly overlappmg, subquadrate in side-view ;

septa and edges thickened and elevated; the outer margins of

the chambers melting imto the marginal border of the shell ;

the imner margins irregularly thickened, and giving rise to coarse

granulations. Shell smooth, shining, hyaline, finely perforate ;

surface sometimes granulated about the central portion of each

surface, and along the edges of the septa and borders of the

chambers.

This is an exact miniature of some of the younger specimens

of the large Operculine which we have from New Zealand and

from the Philippmes**. It also closely resembles the fossil

Operculine of the Tertiary deposits, bemg sometimes granulated

* Also fossil at Bordeaux.

t Schultze, Organ. Polyth. pl.2. f.22. $ Schultze, op. cit. pl. 2. f. 21.

§ Some fossil forms of these planodiscoid Foraminifera have been de-

scribed and figured as Operculine by Reuss and Czjzek in Haidinger’s

Abhandlungen and elsewhere (such as O. eretacea, O. angigyra, O. invol-

vens, O. punctata, O. striata, O. plicata).

|| See Mr. T. R. Jones’s observations on Spirillina in King’s “ Monograph

of the Permian Fossils,” Palaont. Soc. 1850, p. 18, and in Journ. Geol.

Soe. Dublin, vol. vii. part 2. p. 73.

4] Through the kindness of Mr. Woodward.

** Communicated by Dr. Carpenter.

286 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

like O. granulosa, sometimes strongly ribbed lke O. canalifera,

and sometimes approaching the smoothness of O. ammonea and

O. complanata* ; there being indeed apparently no essential

specific difference between our minute specimens, the broad re-

cent forms of the Philippines, &c., and the large fossil varieties

above mentioned from France, Italy, Varna, and India.

The little Operculina under notice occurs abundantly in some

localities of the North British coasts (Shetland, Skye, &c.). It

is one of the most common forms in the Norway dredgings.

Planulina Ariminensis, D’Orb., is evidently referable to this

species, the model No. 49 exactly representing our specimens.

Some slight differences, however, may be recognized between

D’Orbigny’s figures and both his model and our shells, especially

in the aperture, which is rather excentric in his figure.

8. Nonionina crassula, Montagu, sp. Pl. XI. figs. 5, 6.

Nautilus, Walker}, Test. Min. pl. 3. f. 69 & 70.

Nautilus umbilicatulus and N. crassulus, Montagu, Test. Brit. vol.i. p.190 ;

ui. p. 78. pl. 18. f.1, 2, and perhaps N. depressulus, ib. f. 9.

Nautilus incrassatus, Ficht. & Moll, p. 58. pl. 4. fig. a, 5, ec.

Nonionina incrassata, D’Orb. Ann. des Se. Nat. vi. p. 293. no. 6.

Nonionina crassula, D’Orb. ib. p. 294. no. 7.

Shell hyaline, discoidal, nautiloid, somewhat depressed, edge

rounded; chambers from about eight to sixteen in the outer

whorl, triangular in side-view and faintly curved, more or less

overlapping the upper and lower surfaces of the former whorls ;

septa somewhat excavated, especially between the later chambers ;

umbilicus deep, but sometimes filled up. Aperture varying from

* The beautiful Foraminifer from Malta figured and noticed in the An-

nals Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xv. p. 275. pl. 7. f. 4, as “ Lenticulites compla-

natus,” is the Heterostegina depressa, D’Orb.

+ Mr. Walker’s figures, like many of the old illustrations of the Fora-

minifera, are of little aid in the recognition of specific forms. Still, as

monuments of the labours of earlier naturalists, they necessarily command

respect ; and, whenever possible, they are regarded as points of reference

for known species. Col. Montagu refigured the Sandwich specimens, and

added others (chiefly from drawings supplied by Mr. Boys). Walker’s

figures and descriptions would certainly be of very little value to us without

Montagu’s subsequent remarks and illustrations. But even in these later

and far superior engravings, much is wanting in the definition of import-

ant characters in these minute shells. Mr. Walker should not be quoted as

the authority for the specific appellations chosen by Montagu for the

Sandwich and other Foraminifera, certainly first figured and diagnosed by

Walker, but left unnamed by him in accordance with his avowed intention

of not giving his new specimens trivial (Linnzean) names.

We take this opportunity of stating that some of the Foraminifera collected

by Boys and Walker at Sandwich, Sheppey, &c., and figured by Walker

and Montagu, are undoubtedly fossil specimens washed from the cliffs :

particularly figs. 66 & 73, Walker; and pl. 14. figs. 4,5, & pl. 19. figs. 1, 2,

3, 5, Montagu.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 287

a small arch-shaped notch to a transverse slit across the base of

the chamber, where it touches the former whorl.

Common in the Norway dredgings; also at Skye and Shet-

land, and elsewhere on the British coasts.

Nonionina Soldani, D’Orb., and several other varieties closely

resemble the above ; indeed it is merely the presence of non-

essential characters, such as the filling-up of the umbilicus, and

the varying proportions of size and shape, that divide many of

the Nonionine of authors.

9. Nonionina communis, D’Orb. PI. XI. figs. 7 & 8.

Nonionina communis, D’Orb. Ann. des Se. Nat. vii. p. 294. no. 20; For.

Foss. Bass. Vienn. p. 106. pl. 5. f. 7, 8.

Shell hyaline, subovate, nautiloid, spire much hidden by the

overlapping of the outer whorl; chambers long-triangular on

side-view, rapidly increasing in size, but preserving the same

relative shape. Aperture a transverse semilunar slit at the base

of the chamber.

This Nonionina is not unfrequent at Norway ; and is common

in the recent seas both of warm and of temperate climates, and

also m very many of the Tertiary deposits, especially at Grignon,

Bordeaux, Palermo, and Turin.

10. Nonionina bulloides, D’Orb. PI. XI. figs. 9 & 10.

Nonionina bulloides, D’Orb. Ann. des Se. Nat. vii. p. 293. no. 2; For.

Foss. Bass. Vienn. p. 107. pl. 5. f. 9, 10.

Shell hyaline, subglobular ; chambers much overlapping, so

that only five or six are apparent externally. Aperture a semi-

circular slit, variable in length, across the base of the chamber.

Occurs in the Upper Tertiaries of Palermo, Italy, and Austria :

it is rare in the Norway dredgings.

11. Nonionina asterisans, Ficht. & Moll, sp. Pl. XI. figs. 20, 21.

Nautilus asterisans, F. & M. Test. Microse. p. 37. pl. 3. figs. e, fy g.

Florillus stellatus, Montfort, Conch. p. 134.

Placentula asterisans, Lam. & Blainv.

Pulvinulus asterisans, Lam. Enc. Méth. pl. 466. f. 10.

Nonionina asterisans, D’Orb. Ann. des Se. Nat. vil. p. 294. no. 22.

Shell thinner than that of N. crassula, but of denser and more

hyaline tissue; discoidal, rounded at the edge; chambers more

or less triangular on side-view, rather gibbous, overlapping the

older whorl. The aperture is a very narrow curved slit at the

base of the chamber. Umbilicus of each surface occupied by a

star-shape growth of shelly matter, partially filling up or over-

lapping the triangular interstices between the umbilical extremi-

ties of the chambers. This radiating mass originates in the

288 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

growth of caleareous matter from the free edges of the umbilical

portion of each chamber, which do not here quite touch each

other at their contact with the older whorls; therein differing

from the habit of other Nonzonine. Occasionally this overgrowth

extends further up between the chambers (N. séellifera and N.

limba, D’Orb.), especially in the larger mdividuals, nearly filling

the sunken sutures throughout; and the central mass is often

roughened and granular.

In some specimens obtained at Pegwell Bay and Eastbourne,

this exogenous growth is traceable from a simple fringe on the

free edges above mentioned, to an overlapping, penthouse-like,

narrow ” plate, similar to what is seen on one surface in some

asterigerme Rosaline.

This form is not common in the Norway dredgings. It ap-

proaches N. crassula in its general shape, but the umbilical slits

between the chambers and the accompanying astral overgrowth

give it characteristic peculiarities. These Nonionine, having

their chambers thus partially disconnected, form a link with

others, having minute pittings along the septa, towards consti-

tuting passage-forms into Polystomella*.

The asterigerine Nonionine occur in the Mediterranean and

the Atlantic (Canaries), and are fossil at Grignon, Bordeaux, and

elsewhere.

12. Nonionina striato-punctata, Ficht. & Moll, sp.

Nautilus striatopunctatus, F. & M. Test. Microsc. p. 61. pl. 9. fig. a-c.

Nonionina striatopunctata, D’Orb. Ann. des Se. Nat. vii. p. 294. no. 21.

This interestmg form with a pitted condition of the septa

(referred to above) occurs in the Red Sea (Fichtel and Moll),

and is common in the West Indies. We have found it also in

the Norway dredgings, but it was inadvertently omitted in the

drawings.

13. Polystomella crispa, Linn. sp. Pl. XJ. fig. 19.

Nautilus crispus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12 ed. p. 1162.

Polystomella crispa, D’Orb. Aun. des Se. Nat. vii.p.283. no.1; Williamson,

Trans. Microsc. Soc, vol. ii. p. 159. pl. 28; Schultze, Organ. Polyth.

p- 62. pl. 4, &e.

This well-known shell is not common in the Norway dredgings.

It is here represented by a small obtusely-edged and somewhat

gibbous form, which has not, however, much thickening at the

umbilicus of either surface.

The P. crispa is a very protean RKhizopod, yielding numerous

varieties named by authors. Sometimes it is thick, and bears

* Polystomella is also frequently Nonionine in the character of its

aperture.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 289

large convex umbilici; and sometimes thin, and either margined

with a sharp jagged edge and prickles, or unkeeled and rounded

at the edge. The fenestration of the surface appears to be a

better specific guide than the shape, size, or spinosity of the

shell, or even than its comparative solidity or tenuity. The

habitat of individuals, according to depth of water and its estua-

rine or marine conditions, is well indicated by the relative con-

vexity, strength, and coarseness of their shells. The estuarine

variety is generally extremely thin-walled, round-edged, and

keelless.

14. Cristellaria Calcar, Linn. sp. Pl. X. figs. 10-12, and

figs. 1 & 2 (var.).

Nautilus Calcar*, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12 ed. p. 1162; Gmel. p. 3570.

Nautilus Calcar, vary. a, B, y, 6, €, & , 9, 4, Kk, A, w, Fichtel & Moll, Tes-

tacea Microscopica, &c., pp. 69, &e. pl. 11, 12, 13.

Nautilus papillosus, Fichtel & Moll, 2b. pl. 14. figs. a, , e.

Robulus cultratus, Montfort, Conchyl. p. 214.

Robulina cultrata+, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vii. p. 287, no. 1 (Ficht. varr. B,

¢, n, A).

Robulina Calcar, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vii. p. 289. no. 12 (Ficht. varr.y,6,+).

Robulina costata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vi. p. 289. no. 13 (Ficht. var. €).

Robulina aculeata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vi. p. 289. no. 14 (Ficht. varr. a, 8,

K?, Ht).

Robulina cultrata, D’Orb. For. Foss. Bass. Vienn. p. 96. pl. 4. f. 10-13.

Lenticulites rotulata, Lamarck, Annal. Mus. v. p. 188. pl. 62. f. 11,

Nummulina rotulata, D’Orb. loc. cit. p. 296. no. 8.

Cristellaria rotulatat, D’Orb. Mém. Soe. Géol. Fr. iv. p. 26. pl. 2. f. 15-18.

Shell hyaline, lens-shaped, spiral, involute,nautiloid ; chambers

slowly increasing in size, varying from about four to ten in the

outer whorl, subtriangular in side-view, their inner or umbilical

angular portions overlapping the two surfaces of the former

whorl; sutures sometimes slightly sunken, sometimes marked

by variable linear costz, either partial, entire, or granular, and

* Linneus included, and not without reason, the compressed form of

Cristellaria (Ledermuller, Mier. pl. 8. fig. d), now known as C. Cassis,

under this appellation. C. Cassis is not specifically separable from the

thicker and more regularly circular C. Calcar; but, for the sake of a useful,

though artificial, distinction, we here refer to the synonyms of C. Calcar

(proper) only.

+ To the numerous synonyms recognized by D’Orbigny for this species,

and enumerated in the “Tableau des Céphalopodes” here quoted, must

be added many more from his subsequent list of “species”’ both of ‘* Ro-

bulina” and “ Cristellaria.”” Very numerous varieties of this shell have

been figured and named by authors; for example, the series of Robuline

and Cristellarie in the Zeitschrift deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. iii. pl. 4, and

vol. vii. pl. 13-15; and nearly all the Robuline, and several of the Cristel-

larie, m the Foram. Foss. Bass. Vienn. (pl. 4. f. 1-7, 10-27; pl. 5. f. 1-4).

~ See D’Orb. loc. cit., and Morris’s Catal. Brit. Foss. 2nd edit. p. 33, for

further synonyms.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 19

290 Messrs. W. K. Parker and 'T. Rupert Jones on some

frequently uniting at the umbilicus to form a central dise or

group of granules. External edge of the chambers frequently

bordered by a keel of exceedingly variable character. Surface

of the chambers usually smooth, occasionally granulated.

The specimens here figured are smooth and subcarinate, but

the condition of their keel is very inconstant ; they are prominent

at the umbilici, but have no thickened umbilical discs; nor

are the septa thickened or raised, though (as usual) visible

externally.

Aperture at the upper angle of the chamber, somewhat pro-

duced, and variable ; sometimes presenting a round hole, sur-

rounded by numerous slight fissures (as in fig. 1); sometimes

the round aperture is slit on the lower side, and becomes ovato-

triangular, or even roughly spade-shaped, as in fig. 12.

This variability of the form of the aperture, which is also

observable in many of the individuals figured by authors, and

among the Cristellarie of the London Clay and other deposits,

destroys the presumed generic, or even specific, value of “ Ro-

bulina.”

The very beautiful series of figures in Fichtel and Moll’s

Testacea microscopica aliaque minuta, &c. (1808) present well-

marked individuals of the chief varieties of this delicate and

symmetrical shell. Numerous conditions of surface are here

apparent: polished and granulate ; smooth and costate ; smooth-

ribbed and granular-ribbed ; keeled, partially keeled, and keel-

less; serrate-keeled, tooth-keeled, and merely spined without a

keel,—these are the variable and imterchanged characters, the

several groupings of which in individuals these authors recog-

nized in their varieties a to w; and by which D’Orbigny en-

deavoured to arrange these varieties into specific groups. Well

might the former despair of finding a specific character distinc-

tive of these varieties*; and, although some of D’Orbigny’s

binomial terms are not without an incidental value, yet, as far

as the specific relations of this shell are concerned, we prefer

to follow Fichtel and Moll in reverting to Linnzus’s decision,

who, seizing the most characteristic variety +, invested it with the

* «Forma hujus speciei ita comparata est ejusque varietates tam multi-

plices, ut fere impossibile videatur characterem specificum erul posse, quo

heee species a reliquis congeneribus distingueretur et tamen nulla varietas

excluderetun:, Seve Pamir Ad evitandam omnem, que exinde exoriri

posset, ambiguitatem et confusionem, optimum nobis visum est, ex multi-

fariis varietatibus preecipuas eligi, earamque unam, secundum quam Lin-

neus sine dubio nomen suum composuerit, quoad omnes proprietates

primum describi, atque reliquas solummodo quatenus afferri, quatenus

queelibet a ceteris discedat.’’— Op. cit. pp. 69 & 70.

+ The acceptance of the tooth-keeled and rowel-like (or the most de-

veloped) form as the most characteristic variety, appears to us to be quite

correct.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 29)

appropriate trivial name; and in regarding the other forms as

varieties, often worthy of some distinctive mark, number, or

even name.

Figs. 1 and 2 (PI. X.) represent an elongate, somewhat arched,

flattened, keeled, sheath-like shell, with a produced, marginal,

round aperture. It is similar in all essential characters to the

lenticular Cristellaria above described, fig. 10, excepting in the

almost total absence of spirality. It is mdeed the non-coiled

form of Cristellaria rotulata. Such a condition is of very fre-

quent occurrence wherever Cristel/aria is a common shell*. The

gradations of form from the closed-up nautiloid shell to the

elongate form (“ Marginulina” of authors) are very numerous

in the London Clay and other Tertiaries +, in the Chalk, Gault,

Kimmeridge-clay, and the Liasf.

In fig. 1 we may observe an mstance of a small intercalary

chamber,—the result of injury or of a temporary stunted growth.

The Norway dredgings afforded about twenty specimens of the

rotulate Cristedlaria, and two of the marginuliform specimens (all

from Nordland, at 160 fathoms).

This Orsini is common in the recent state (but of very

small size) at Margate; and still smaller at Skye§$ and Shet-

land ||, and in Australia. This shell, of equal size with the

Norway specimens, but rather flatter ‘in shape, is found fossil

im San Domingo; nor does it appear possible to separate it

(except as a conveniently distmguished variety) from the large

and keeled forms (Cristellaria Cassis) common in the pliocene

beds of Spain (Malaga), Italy, and Austria.

The rotulate Cristellaria 1s common in the Tertiary deposits,

the Chalk, Chark-marl, Gault, and in some of the Oolites.

15. Globigerina bulloides, ’Orb. Pl. XI. figs. 11, 12.

Globigerina bulloides, D’Orb. Ann. des Sc. Nat. vii. p. 277. no. 1; Modéles,

no. 17 & no. 76; Foss. For. Bass. Vienn. p. 163. pl. 9. f. 4-6.

Globigerina cretacea, D’Orb. Mém. Soc. Géol. Fr. iv. p. 34. pl. 3. f. 12-14.

* An analogous companionship of the rotulate Cristellaria and a mar-

ginuliform variety is to be found in Prof. Bailey’s ‘‘ Microscopical Exami-

nation of Soundings made by the U.S. Coast-survey off the Atlantic Coast

of the U.S.,” Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. i. 1851.

In this case the two forms ( Robulina D’ Orbignii and Marginulina Bacheii,

Bailey) accompany each other in the soundings of from 51 to 90 fathoms.

+ See Foss. Foram. Bass. Vienn. pl]. 3: compare f. 9-15 and f. 24, 26, 28,

37; also f. 22, 34, and 36.

{ Bornemann, Liasformat. Gottingen, pl. 4.

§ We have to thank Prof. Williamson for numerous interesting Fora-

minifera from this locality.

|| Both Prof. Williamson and Mr. Bowerbank have kindly favoured us

with specimens and sea-sand from Shetland.

19*

292 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

Globigerina concinna, G. diplostoma, and G. triloba, Reuss, Vienna Trans.

i. p. 373. pl. 46. f. 8-11.

This well-known and extremely common species, essentially a

deep-sea shell, and of a fine rose-colour when fresh (G. rubra,

D’Orb.), is extremely variable in size and shape, though easily

recognizable. It affords several species to authors.

It is excessively abundant in the Chalk (G. cretacea, D’Orb.),

rarer in the Gault, and abundant in nearly all Tertiary beds of

deep-sea origin, especially muddy deposits. It is the common

form in the deep-sea dredgings of the North Atlantic (Sub-

marine Telegraph) ; and we have it from Crete (at 360 fathoms),

and from the coasts of North Britam. It appears to be rare in

dredgings from shallow water and in sponge-sands.

16. Rosalina vesicularis, Lamarck, sp. Pl. X. figs. 22-24. ;

Pl. XI. figs. 13, 14.

Ammonia, Soldani, Sagg. Orittos. p. 104. pl. 3. f. 25.

Discorbites vesicularis, Lamarck, Annal. Muséum, vol. vy. p. 183, vol. vii.

pl. 62. f. 7; Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat. pl: f. 2.

Rotalia (Discorbis) Gerviliit, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vil. p. 274. no. 36;

Modeéles, no. 72.

Shell hyaline and finely perforate, discoidal, plano-convex,

exhibiting its spire more on the raised than on the flat surface ;

chambers overlapping to the umbilicus on the latter surface ; on

the former, the chambers of the last whorl extending only half-

way over the earlier whorl; chambers curved on side-view ;

varying from triangular to subquadrate, on one surface, with the

later ones lobular; on the other, long subtriangular, with an

angular bend in the middle; 16 apparent on the convex, and

11 on the flat surface. Aperture a slit at the base and terminal

edge of the chamber, combined with open slit-like spaces be-

tween the lengthened inner corners of the chambers on the flat

surface. These converging angles of the chambers are bordered,

along the posterior edge of each, with irregular growths of shell-

matter, varying from slight valvular lamine to coarse granular

accumulations; in the latter case this overgrowth, extending

around and over the umbilicus, connects the umbilical processes

of the chambers and their little penthouse laminz into a rough-

ened mass perforated by irregular passages.

One specimen of this fine large species of Rosalina with an

asterigerine umbilicus (fig. 24) was obtained in sand at West

Fiord (Nordland) from 60 fathoms depth; and eight specimens

occurred on sponge from 100 fathoms at Vigten Island, Inner

Passage (Drontheim).

Figs. 13 and 14, Pl. XI., are young forms of this species, and

are not uncommon in the miscellaneous sand of the dredgings.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 293

We have met with a small Rosalina similar to the above in

the Calcaire grossier of Grignon, where Lamarck’s Discorbites

vesicularis was also procured. D’Orbigny quotes it as fossil at

Valognes,

D’Orbigny’s model, No. 72, is a close representation of our

large specimens, excepting in the form of the umbilical astral

overgrowth, which in the former case presents neat elongate-

ovate lobules, instead of the less regularly defined and granu-

lated mass occurring in the old shells from Norway.

17. Truncatulina lobatula*, A.D’Orb. PI. X. figs. 17-21.

Nautilus, Walker, Test. Minut. pl. 3. f. 57.

Serpula lobata, Montagu, Test. Brit. p. 515, and Suppl. p. 160.

Serpula nautiloides, Schrotter, N. Litterat. 3. p. 283. pl. 3. f.22, 23; Gmel.

Syst. Nat. p. 3739.

Lobatula vulgaris, Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 232.

Truncatulina tuberculata, Sold. sp., D’Orb. Aun. Se. Nat. vii. p. 279. no. 1;

Modeles, no. 37.

Truncatulina lobata, D’Orb. Hist. Nat. Canaries, Foram. p. 134.

Truncatulina lobatula, D’ Orb. For. Foss. Bass. Vienn. p. 168. pl. 9. f. 18-23.

Shell discoidal, plano-convex, spire unequally shown on the

two surfaces, the chambers (in the typical form) overlapping on

one side and not on the other. Chambers broadly triangular

on the convex surface, subquadrate on the other, not increasing

rapidly in size, and subject to much variation in their propor-

tions. Aperture a slit at the base of the chamber, not reach-

ing along the overlapping portion of the chamber, but most

open towards the truncate or flattened face of the shell, and

sometimes continuous with the persistent apertures of some of

the preceding chambers along this face. Shell thickish, reddish

or livid when fresh, usually white in dead specimens, semi-

diaphanous, and punctured with large pseudopodian apertures.

The specimens here figured are large individuals, preserving

greater regularity in the arrangement of their chambers than is

usually met with in specimens of their size; yet even here the

outline of the shells is much affected by the varying development

of the segments of the animals.

Truncatulina lobatula supplies many named varieties in me-

moirs both on fossil and recent Foraminifera.

In shallow and rough water this species soon takes on an

irregularity of growth ; the whorls first becoming unsymmetrical

by interealary and misplaced or overlapping chambers, and then

* This form appears to be entitled to Schrotter’s unfit appellation

**nautiloides,” by the right of priority. We here propose, however, to

accept A. D’Orbigny’s adaptation of Turton’s name “ lobatula,”’ used by

Maton and Racket (Linn. Trans. vol. viii. p. 117), and well known to

collectors.

294 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

losing themselves in a wide-spread flat form, consisting of nume-

rous chambers, sometimes with somewhat of a cyclical mode of

growth (Planorbulina*), at others with a very variable arrange-

ment of the chambers+ (7. variabilis, D’Orb.). In both of these

flat forms (Truncatulina and Planorbulina) the shell is affixed to

fronds of sea-weeds and to shells.

Tn another condition of growth also (Acervulina t, meluding

perhaps Rosalina globularis, D’Orb.) it enwraps small stalks of

sea-weeds and polyparians.

This is a world-wide species: it is common in the Tertiary

deposits ; and is found also in the Chalk. It is numerous in

all the Norway dredgings.

18. Anomalina§ coronata, nov. sp. PI. X. figs. 15, 16.

This shell has the general aspect and bearing of the common

Truncatulina ; but it is not depressed, and affects a bilateral

symmetry, the two surfaces being often nearly equal. The

umbilici are deeply and broadly sunken; the convexity of the

chambers forming an almost ridge-like corona on each face of

the shell. The aperture is a transverse chink at the base of the

chamber (as in Nontonina), bemg an extension of the slit-like

aperture of Truncatulina lobatula in accordance with the in-

creased width of the chamber on the side which is undeveloped

in the latter flattened form.

In the texture of shell, sunken umbilici, and almost sym-

metrically nautiloid form, this shell is an Anomalina, D’Orb.

The specimen figured (figs. 15, 16) is the most symmetrical

of the individuals collected ; others approach more nearly to the

common Truncatulina.

This is a very common form in the Norway dredgings ; being

comparatively numerous at 30, 40, 70-100, and 160 fathoms.

Elsewhere we have only found it in two deposits of the French

Tertiaries ; and there it appears to be of great rarity, though

even larger in size than the Norway specimens.

* Serpula concameraic, Montagu; Lobatula concamerata, Flemmg ;

Planorbulina nitida and P, Mediterranensis, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vii. p. 280.

+ Soldani, Testac. et Zooph. pl. 75-93.

+ Acervulina, a genus instituted by Schultze (Organ. Polyth. &c.), but

to be taken in a larger sense than intended by that author, appears to form

a very typical group of species which, after developing a certain number of

chambers as Rosaline, become more or less cyclical in their growth; each

chamber developing new segments from one, two, or three funnel-shaped

apertures on its periphery. Truncatulina may be said to be an Acervulina

arrested at its Rosaline stage of growth.

§ For the sake of convenience we retain the subgeneric names Truncatu-

lina and Anomalina instead of the more comprehensive term Acervulina.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 295

19. Cassidulina levigata, D’Orb. PI. XI. figs. 17, 18.

Cassidulina levigata, D’Orb. Aun. Se. Nat. vil. p. 282. pl. 15. f£.5 & 6.

Shell suborbicular, smooth, hyaline; the Norway specimens

are rather flattened and have the edge of the shell sharp.

Chambers more or less oblong, alternating in a double series

along an axial line, and the whole arranged irregularly on a spiral

plan, so that the earlier-formed chambers are at intervals tres-

passed upon and partially overcrossed by succeeding chambers

formed at a very different angle from that of their predecessors ;

hence some of the chambers appear as if they were small and

intercalated. In the Norway specimens about 8 to 11 cham-

bers are apparent. Aperture a narrow curved slit towards the

spire and parallel with the lower edge of the chamber, the

terminal face of which is flat and oblique. The aperture has a

partial projecting valve-like lip.

This Cassidulina is excessively abundant in Shetland, where

it runs into a thickened and nearly orbicular form (C. crassa,

D’Orb.); also at Skye, Whitehaven, &c. It occurs fossil at

Turin, Palermo, and Bordeaux ; and indeed usually accompanies

Nonionine.

20. Valvulina triangularis, D’Orb. Pl. XI. figs. 15, 16.

Batentins, Arvengulars, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 270. no. 1; Modéles,

no, so.

Shell opake and arenaceous, red with rust-coloured particles

with which it is studded. In the young state, circular and conical ;

cone broad at the base, and somewhat concave both at sides and

base ; basal edge sharp; apex of cone formed of the relatively

large globular first chamber, and almost separated from the

rest by a slight constriction. Cone formed of 7 or 8 flattish,

almost semicircular chambers, increasing rapidly in size, ar-

ranged in a spiral manner; three chambers completing each

circuit of the spire; and three being exposed at the base of the

cone (youngest portion of the shell). Aperture an irregular

slit, under the central two-thirds of the edge of chamber, and

accompanied by a slightly raised lip or “ opercular valve.”

This form is small and rare in the Norway dredgings; but it

occurs of larger size in Australia, and comparatively gigantic in

some of the French Tertiaries (Hautville, &c.). It is common

also in the West Indies. The cone in these instances varies

considerably in its relative proportions, but always retains its

characteristically globular apex (first chamber). A more highly

developed form of the species (which always presents an are-

naceous condition of shell) occurs in company with the conical

form in Australia and the West Indies, and also in the French

296 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

Tertiaries. In this case, numerous individuals exhibit a gradual

replacement of the cone by a trihedral (Verneuilina-lke) series

of chambers, which are ultimately produced collaterally and un-

equally in a spiral (Bulimina-like) arrangement, and exhibit a

terminal fold-like aperture protected by an opercular tongue

(as in Valvulina).

This interesting species, which is a trochiform Textularian

Rosalina in its young state (figs. 15 & 16), and presents a

combination of Verneuilina and Bulimina in its advanced growth,

appears to have only the Valvuline condition of its aperture as a

permanent character throughout*.

D’Orbigny’s V. triangularis (illustrated by his Modéle, no. 25)

is this form at an intermediate stage, when the Verneuwzlina has

prevailed over the Rosalina, and begins to lose its triangularity

previously to being superseded by the Bulimina.

21. Bulimina marginata, D’Orb. Pl. XI. figs. 35-40.

Bulimina marginata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 269. no. 4. pl. 12. f. 10-12.

Bulimina ovula, D’Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid. Foram. pl. 1. f. 10, 11.

Bulimina caudigera, D’Orb. ib. p. 270. no. 16; Modeéles, no. 68.

Shell varying from ovate to fusiform, formed of numerous

chambers arranged alternately on a ternate plan, and affecting

somewhat a spiral arrangement. The earlier chambers much

less in size than the later ones, and sometimes obscured by their

excessive backward overlapping (as in figs. 86 & 37; still more

so in RB. caudigera, D’Orb.). The larger and later chambers are

subglobose or somewhat oval im their external outhne. The

aperture is distinctively a little loop-shaped niche, formed, as it

were, by the folding-over and convergence of the two halves of

the extremity of the chamber; it is sometimes provided with a

little, narrow, internal, tubular neck.

The shell, in the small varieties here figured, is hyaline and

very diaphanous. In larger individuals the shell becomes thicker,

coarser, and densely studded with sand-grains. The external

ornament appears to be generally confined to the fringing of the

posterior portion of some or all of the cells with prickles of variable

size, and of very inconstant occurrence on nearly all the varieties.

In figs. 89 & 40, this frmging is well shown, and the shell of

this most-prickled variety is stronger than the others; whereas

in the ovate and elongated forms (figs. 835 & 36) the shell is of

extreme tenuity; certainly as thin as in any Foraminifera we

have yet examined. The emaciated variety, fig. 35, does not put

on prickles.

* Clavulina appears to afford an analogous interchange of structural

types ; but it ultimately takes on a Nodosarian, instead of a Bulimina-like

growth; retaiming a Valvuline aperture.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 297

The extremely elongate form, with small cells, fig. 35, is well

linked to the gibbous large-celled varieties by gradual intermedia,

although the numerous Bulimine of the Norway dredgings have

not supplied so many of these links as we find im the Skye sands

and in some Tertiary deposits, This elongate form is usually of

very small growth, and apparently in a starved or arrested con-

dition.

The varieties above referred to are common in the Tertiary

deposits of San Domingo, and in other Tertiaries; and occur

recent* at Bombay Harbour, Skye, Shetland, &c. The gibbous

form, fig. 36, is abundant in the London Clay.

22. Uvigerina pygmea, D’Orb. PI. XI. figs. 41, 42, 43.

Uvigerina pygmea, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 269. pl. 12. f.8 & 9;

Modeéles, no. 67.

This shell is usually elongate, frequently trihedral, with the

faces somewhat concave; it is composed much in the style of

Bulimina, but with the spiral arrangement less marked. It is

hyaline, but thick ; usually ribbed; sometimes partially ribbed,

or bristled with little acicule, or even quite smooth. The aper-

ture is produced, instead of being sunken ; and it is tubular, and

sometimes neatly rimmed.

The larger varieties have the most globose chambers, more

especially representing the shape of a grape-bunch (whence the

name). The typical form seems to be of this well-grown variety.

Neither the variations of shape, size, or ornament + appear to

us to be sufficient distinctions for the separation of the varieties

into species. The gradual setting-on of riblets is well shown in

pl. 11. For. Foss. Vienn., where U. pygmea and its allies are

figured.

Uvigerina is abundant on every coast, and in very many Ter-

tiary deposits. It is not rare in the Norwegian dredgings.

23. Textularia sagitiula, Soldani, sp. Pl. XI. figs. 44 & 45.

Polymorphium Sagittulum, Sold. Testac. u. p. 120. pl. 133. fig. T.

Textularia Sagittula, Defrance, Dict. Sc. Nat. pl. .f.5; D’Orb. Ann. Se.

Nat. vu. p. 263. no. 20.

Textularia aciculata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vi. p. 263. no. 15. pl. 15. f. 1-4.

Textularia pygmea, D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 263. no. 13; Modéles, no. 7.

Shell usually more or less triangular in outline, varying from

* Bulimina auriculata and B. turgida, Bailey (Smithson, Contrib. vol. ii.

figs. 36-38), evidently represent the form we have here figured; and are

also accompanied by the emaciated form (B. compressa, Bailey).

+ These exogenous growths of riblets, spines, &c., evidently representing

permanently the folds or points of the enveloping sarcode, are not of a

specific character.

298 Messrs. W. K. Parker and 'T. Rupert Jones on some

a compressed form, like an arrow-head, to a thickened wedge-

like shape. The chambers, which are arranged in two rows, one

on each side of the long axis of the shell, and placed alternately,

imitate the folds of a braid or plait. Shell generally fiattened,

but sometimes rounded and conical (as in 7. trochus of the

Chalk). Chambers more or less depressed and oblong, set on

at various angles in different individuals : in fig. 44 (7. Sagzttula)

they are horizontal or transverse, at a right angle to the axis of

the shell; in fig. 45 (7. aciculata) they are at an angle of about

60°. These are nearly extreme varieties ; the intermediate gra-

dations are numerous and gentle. The thicker varieties have

the greater horizontality, and the flatter or thinner forms more

angularity in the arrangement of the chambers. In the former

the chambers are sometimes globose (7. gibbosa, D’Orb.) ; in

the latter the edge of the shell becomes a very sharp lamina,

sometimes produced, and even jagged or dentate, passing into

T. Pala, Czjzek (Haidinger’s Abhandl. 11. p. 148. pl. 13. f.15, 16),

and T. carinata, D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vienn. pl. 14.* f. 32-34).

The aperture is constant in its character of a transverse semi-

lunar slit on the inner edge of the chamber (as in Nonionina).

In the smaller forms of Textularia, the shell is hyaline and

perforated with numerous passages for pseudopodia; but the

clear substance of the shell becomes opake as the individuals

increase in size, until the original structure is almost lost to

view, by foreign particles (such as minute Foraminifera, sand, or

prismatic cells of Molluscan shells) becoming agglutinated into

the substance of the shell.

Textularia is represented by a vast variety of forms, most of

which are cosmopolitan in their range, and traceable far back in

geological age, even to the palozoic periods. It is difficult to

divide these varieties into specific groups. The specimens here

figured, however differing in size and form, occur, with a full

complement of inter mediate gradations, in the T ertiary beds of

Palermo, and are not specifically distinct. Similar forms are

common in the British, Mediterranean, Australian, and other

sea-sands. The Norwegian individuals are numerous.

Miliola et Miliolites, Lamarck. PI. X. figs. 28-37.

24. Biloculina ringens, Lamarck, sp. Pl. X. figs. 28-33.

Miliolites ringenst, Lam. Ann. Mus. v. p. 351; ix. pl. 17. f. 1.

Biloculina ringens, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vii. p. 297. no. 2.

* This plate affords an mteresting series of these varying forms of Tex-

tularia.

+ The specimen figured by Lamarck has lost its outer chamber, the

laminar tongue of which remams in place, and appears as an appendage to

the shell.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 299

Biloculina bulloides, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vii. p. 297. no. 1. pl. 16. f. 1-4;

Modeles, no. 90.

Pyrgo levis, Defr. Dict. Se. Nat. pl. 88. f. 2.

Biloculina levis, D’Orb. Aun. Se. N. vil. p. 298. no. 8.

Biloculina aculeata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vii. p. 298. no. 3; Modeles, no. 31.

Biloculina depressa, D’Orb. Ann. Sc. N. vil. p. 298. no. 7 ; Modéles, no. 91.

Shell ovate, gibbous or compressed, white, opake, smooth or

sometimes delicately striate (fig. 82), sometimes roughened by

fine granulation; externally showimg two loculi or chambers,

the larger (last) one overlapping the edges of the penultimate

chamber; the internal chambers formed on the same plan.

Chambers few (six to nine), disposed parallel to the long axis of the

shell, regularly alternating on one side and the other, cochleate,

of a more or less ovate outline and convex externally, resembling

the bowl of a spoon with the edges strongly incurved ; the edges

of each chamber fitting over the edge of the shell constructed

by earlier chambers. ‘The chambers have no inner wall of their

own*, The aperture is a transverse terminal slit, modified and

encroached upon by a tongue-like ]amina on its mner side.

This shell varies from the striking globosity of the finely

striated variety (figs. 32 & 33) to the flatter and oval form (figs.

30 & 31) : a much greater degree of flatness obtains in specimens

collected from other sea-sands (B. depressa, D’Orb.) ; and, on the

contrary, a lateral compression gives rise to another extreme form

in B. contraria, D’Orb. Occasionally, from the varying amount

of overlapping of the outer chamber, either full or meagre at

the edges, the general outline is variable. In fig. 30 the shell

is subquadrate in outline, and almost three-lobed on one of its

surfaces, owing to the deficiency of one part (base) of the last

chamber, and the swollen condition of its two overlapping edges.

In fig. 31 we have a side-view of a form intermediate, by its

partially-swollen sides, between figs. 28, 29, & 30. (B. clypeata,

B. simplex, and B. inornata, D’Orb., are varieties amongst these

Norwegian Miliole.) Fig. 32 differs by its greater globosity

and by its striation from the other Bi/oculine here figured ; the

latter character is rare in Biloculina : judging, however, from the

uncertainty of ornamentation in other Foraminifera, especially

Quinqueloculina, this character of striation is scarcely available

for specific value.

Biloculina is very common in the recent and the Tertiary sea-

sands, and has supplied numerous so-called “ species” to authors.

The forms, for mstance, figured by D’Orbigny in his ‘ Foram.

Foss. Bass. Vienne,’ pl. 15 & 16, may be advantageously studied

in this ght.

* The tongue-like plate in the aperture of the sheli is apparently the

only representative (or homologue) of the inner wall of each segment.

300 ~—- Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

In the Norway dredgings the common Biloculine (such as

figs. 28. 29, 31) are numerous from 30 fathoms, and amongst

them there were two distorted specimens (such as fig. 30) ; three

specimens of similar smooth Biloculine, but larger im size, came

from the 70-100 faths. dredging ; and three specimens of the

globular and striate variety (figs. 32, 33) occurred at 160 faths.

25. Quinqueloculina Seminulum, Linn. sp. PI. X. figs. 34, 35, 36.

Serpula Seminulum, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12. p. 1264.

Vermiculum intortum, Montagu & Fleming.

Quinqueloculina Seminulum, D’Orb. Ann. Se. N. vii. p. 303. no. 44.

Quinqueloculina secans, D’Orb. ib. p. 303. no. 43; Modeles, no. 96.

Triloculina? oblonga, Montagu, sp. Pl. X. fig. 37.

Vermiculum oblongum, Montagu, Test. Brit. p. 522. pl. 14. f. 5; Fleming,

Wern. Mem. iv. p. 565. pl. 15. f. 4.

Triloculina oblonga, D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p.300. no. 16; Modéles, no. 95,

Shell more or less oval or ovate, and compressed ; resembling

Biloculina in the whiteness and opacity of its substance, and in

its mode of building-up, except that the chambers are not set on

regularly on one plane, nor overlap so completely at their edges ;

the chambers not being expanded, as is usual in Biloculina, but

narrow and crescentic; and the overlap of their edges being

greater on one side than on the other. This asymmetry gives

rise to the exposure of parts of either the edges or faces of the

earlier chambers on the two surfaces of the shell ; and generally

one more chamber is visible on one surface than on the other ;—

as many as six or five on one, and five or four on the other (Quin-

queloculina), or as few as three and two (Triloculina).

The aperture is semioval, with a tongue-like internal lobe,

which is frequently bifurcate.

Quinque- and Tri-loculine are excessively variable shells*, both

as to shape and ornament, and are amongst the most common

Foraminifers in all latitudes and depths.

We have no genuine Z7iloculina in the Norway dredgings.

Fig. 37 is the so-called Triloculina oblonga of authors ; but it is

rather a contracted ill-grown Quinqueloculina than a true Tiri-

loculina. It usually abounds with the Q. Seminulum.

The Miliole were as common in the Tertiary seas as at pre-

sent; they appear to be rare in the Chalk; but are not unfre-

quent (as Quinqueloculina), though of small size, m the Gault.

Various individuals are common in one or other of the Norway

dredgings. Fig. 34 is from 380 fathoms; figs. 85 & 36 from

* The plates 16-20 of the ‘For. Foss. Bass. Vienne’ offer a large series

of Milioline forms for study.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 301

160 fathoms ; and similar forms occur at 40, 60, and 70-100

fathoms. Fig. 37 is from 30 fathoms, and was accompanied by

two similar specimens.

26. Placopsilina Canariensis, D’Orb., sp. Pl. X. figs. 18, 14.

{ Nucleus minusculus limosus, &c., Soldani, Saggio orittograf. p. 99. pl. 1.

Nonionina Canariensis, D’Orb. Hist. Nat. Canaries, p. 128. pl. 2.f.33,34.

Spirolina equalis, S. lagenalis, S. irregularis, Roemer, Nordd. Kreid.

p- 98. pl. 15. f. 27-29.

$< Spirolina irregularis, Reuss, Bohm. Kreid. i. p. 35. pl. 8. f. 62-66, 75.

& | Spirolina agglutinans, D’ Orb. For. Foss. Vienn. p- 137. pl. 7. f. 10-12.

Spirolina Humboldti, Reuss, Zeitsch. deutsch. geo]. Ges.iii. p. 65. pl. 3.

Ful 7518:

Nonionina silicea, Schultze, Miiller’s Archiv f. Anat. 1856, p. 171.

L pl. 6 B. f. 4-6.

(Eufs de ye al Cornuel, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 2 sér. i.

Ss pl. 4:£.36.

8 < Placopsilina scorpionis?, D’Orb. Prodrome Paléont. i. p. 259. no. 283.

q | | Placopsilina Cenomana?, D’Orb. 2b. ii. p. 185. no. 758.

Placopsilina Cenomana, Reuss, Vienna Transact. vil. p.71. pl.28.f.4,5.

In our figured specimen the shell is discoidal, obtuse at the

margin, sunken at the umbilicus on each surface ; chambers

triangular on side-view ; increasing slowly in size; about nine

in number in the outer whorl ; slightly overlapping the former

whorls. Shell rusty in colour, opake, arenaceous, the calcareous

material small in proportion to the imbedded sandy matter,

which is considerable in quantity.

One large individual (figs. 13 & 14; from 30 fathoms, Fin-

mark) and a few small ones have occurred in the Norway sands.

We have also found this Foraminifer in a few other dredgings from

the northern seas. Sometimes it is more depressed than the

specimen figured.

The Nonionina-shaped shell here figured belongs to the same

genus as the crosier-shaped and Spirolina-like shells known as

Spirolinat trregularis, &c., as well as the more irregular and

attached Foraminifers to which the term Placopsilinat is more

especially adapted. In all these the shell is arenaceous; the

chambers are more or less closely set, usually increase very

gradually in size, and commence in a spiral arrangement, but

sooner or later go off in a straight direction, with much i irregu-

* Together with these are figured (doc. cit. fig. 37) some Webbing, As

Webbina is probably distinct from Placopsilina, we leave it for future con-

sideration.

+ The Spiroline of Lamarck (S. cylindracea and S. depressa) are con-

tracted varieties of Peneroplis, with the typical forms of which Spirolina is

united by Dendritina. All these retain their homogeneous shell-substance

without becoming arenaceous ; they have also other peculiarities of structure.

{ D’Orbigny, Cours Elément. Paléont. vol. ii. p- 199, 1852.

302 Messrs. W. K. Parker and T. Rupert Jones on some

larity. The aperture in the nautiloid forms is usually near the

lower part of the chamber, but occasionally almost central ; it is

large, usually transverse and semilunar; frequently jagged in

outline or irregularly lobed, and occasionally compound (therein

approaching that of Litwola, which, with its divided chambers,

is to Placopsilina* as Orbiculina is to Peneroplis).

The aperture in the straight part of the crosier-shaped indivi-

duals is central and usually round. In all cases the aperture is

faintly lipped.

The chambers (as usual in the non-hyaline Foraminifera) are

set one on another by their edges, like tents or inverted cups,

not like bladders or bottles; and, when the animal grows in the

fixed condition and is flat, the chambers are more or less deficient

of substance on the attached side. In the attached form it is

Truncatulina-like at first, but passes off imto an irregular serial

growth of transversely broad but unequal chambers.

A characteristic of the recent specimens is the yellow or fer-

ruginous tint} of the shell, arising from the colour of the sandy

particles which enter so largely into its composition.

Kither in the nautiloid or the crosier-like forms, this shell is

known to us in the Oxford Clay, Gault, Chalk-marl, and Chalk ;

and authors quote it from the Chalk of Europe, the Tertiary of

Coroncina (Italy), of Hermsdorf (near Berlin), and from existing

seas. The fixed forms occur abundantly in the Jurassic{ and

Cretaceous deposits.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES X. anp XI.

PuateE X.

[All the figures (except fig. 12) are magnified about 12 times linear. |

Fig. 1. Cristellaria Calcar ; attenuated variety. 2. The same; edge-view

of last chamber.

Fig. 3. Dentalina communis; fragment. 4. Last chamber of another spe-

cimen. 5. The same; external aperture.

Fig. 6. Nodosaria levigata. 7. The same; external aperture.

Figs. 8, 9. Nodosaria levigata; varieties.

Fig. 10. Cristellaria Calcar. 11. The same; edge-view. 12. The same ;

external aperture ; more highly magnified.

.* Placopsilina may be said to represent, among the non-hyaline Fora-

minifera, the Acervulina among the hyaline forms.

+ This yellow tint characterizes also the so-called Nonionina pelagica,

D’Orb. (Voyage Amér. Mérid. vol. v. part 5. pl. 3. f. 13, 14), which is appa-

rently closely allied to P. Canariensis, but far more gibbous, with imflated

and rapidly enlargig chambers.

+ It is abundant on the Ostrea Marshii of the Inferior Oolite near

Peterborough.

Foraminifera from the Coast of Norway. 303

Fig. 13. Placopsilina Canariensis. 14. The same; edge-view (somewhat

obliquely placed).

Fig. 15. Anomalina coronata. 16. The same; edge-view.

Figs. 17,18, 19. Truncatulina lobatula. 20. The same; flat surface or base.

21. The same; edge-view (somewhat obliquely placed).

Fig. 22. Rosalina vesicularis. 23. The same; edge-view. 24. The same;

flat surface, or base.

Fig. 25. Polymorphina communis. 26. The same; edge-view, showing

the additional lateral apertures. 27. The same; terminal aper-

ture.

Fig. 28. Biloculina ringens. 29. The same; edge-view. 30. A distorted

individual. 31. The edge-view of a somewhat depressed form.

32. The edge-view of a finely striated variety. 33. The surface

of outer chamber of young individual of the striated var.

Fig. 34. Quinqueloculina Seminulum. 35. Another individual. 36. The

end-view of another. 37. The contracted variety.

PuaTE XI.

[The figures are magnified about 12 times linear. |

Fig. 1. Dentalina communis, var. Fragment. {Drawn upside down. |

Fig. 2. Vaginulina? Fragment. {Drawn upside down. |

Fig. 3. Operculina complanata, 4. The same; edge-view.

Fig. 5. Nonionina crassula. 6. The same; edge-view.

Fig. 7. Nonionina communis. 8. The same; edge-view (oblique).

Figs. 9, 10. Nonionina bulloides (obliquely placed).

Fig. 11. Globiyerina bulloides; lower surface, or base. 12. The same ;

upper surface.

Fig. 13. Rosalina vesicularis (young); lower surface. 14. Another in-

dividual ; upper surface.

Fig. 15. Valvulina triangularis (young or trochoid form); base. 16. The

same; apex (obliquely placed).

Figs. 17, 18. Cassidulina levigata.

Fig. 19. Polystomella crispa.

Figs. 20, 21. Nonionina asterisans.

Figs. 22, 23, 24. Lagena levis, varieties.

Figs. 25-29. Entosalenia globosa, varieties.

Figs. 30, 31. Polymorphina communis; young form. 32. Gibbous form

(P. gibba). 33. Attenuate form (P. lactea). 34. External stag-

horn tube.

Fig. 35. Bulimina marginata; attenuate variety. 36, 37. Overlapping

variety. 38, 39, 40. Aciculate variety.

Figs. 41, 42,43. Uvigerina pygmea.

Fig. 44. Textularia Sagittula. 45. The same; var. aciculata.

Fig. 46. Spirillina vivipara.

304: Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

XXII.— Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham

and Northumberland. By Ricuarp Howsg, South Shields.

[Continued from p. 52.]

CoNCHIFERA.

17. PrcrEen pusitius, Schloth.—The author of the ‘ Perm.

Monog.’ has, in translating Goldfuss’s specific description of this

little shell into his ‘ Monograph’ and into English, made a little

too free with the Latin original. In the ‘ Monog., “antica

valvze dextree majori subplicata” is rendered, “the fore part of

the right valve in a great degree subplicate.” Now this is both

contrary to fact and to Goldfuss’s German description as well as

to the Latin, and might lead to a little confusion hereafter.

This Pecten is described as smooth by all authors, and such

is its most general appearance; but when the shell is perfect

and well preserved, there are to be seen all over its outer surface

fine strize of growth running parallel to the lower margin. Also

on many specimens numerous fine lines radiate from the um-

bones to the same margin. The hinge-line is furnished in some

individuals with an area of comparatively great size, but gene-

rally it is so small as not to be observable.

Some specimens of a Pecten which are found in a peculiar yellow

conglomerate near Gera in Germany have lately been elevated into

a species by Baron Schauroth under the name of Pecten Macrothi.

I have examined some fragments of this shell obligingly sent to

me by this learned Permian paleontologist, and I am sorry that

I am obliged to consider the distinguishing character which he

has pointed out as not of sufficient value to constitute a species.

The chief character mentioned as peculiar to this new shell is

the distant, very flat lines of growth parallel to the margin.

But this is, as above stated, the perfect appearance of the sur-

face of Pecten pusillus, to which the Pecten Macrothi, I have no

doubt, belongs.

This species occurs most abundantly in the shell-limestone of

Humbleton, and sparingly in all the other localities mentioned

in the Table. It is also stated in the ‘ Perm. Mon.’ to occur in

the compact limestone at Whitley and Tynemouth.

17a. Lima Permtana, King.—Though I had taken single

valves of this shell many years ago, yet the slight distinguishing

characters it presented have always prevented me from consider-

ing it distinct from the preceding. But Mr. Kirkby has, with

his usual success, obtained such a fine series of it from the places

mentioned in the Table, that its admission into the fauna can be

no longer safely resisted. It has also been discovered by Baron

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 305

Schauroth at Poessneck ; and some examples kindly sent me for

comparison agree with ours in every particular.

It differs from the preceding chiefly in the obliquity of the

valves, in the narrowness of the hinge-line, and the more tri-

angular appearance of the area. It has also no byssal notch.

The surface, in perfect specimens, is ornamented with fine par-

allel lines of growth, and small radiate depressions run from

the umbones to the margin. For the present, it may be left in

the genus Lima, but this requires further examination.

In the shell-limestone of Tunstall and other localities ; not

very common.

18. Monoris spetuncaria, Schloth.—Certainly no one at

all conversant with this pre-eminently characteristic Permian

bivalve can assent to its being unnecessarily broken up into

three species, as proposed by the author of the ‘ Perm. Mon.’

As pointed out in the Tyneside Catalogue*, the convex

valve when perfect exhibits “a few strong, imbricated or granu-

lated diverging ribs, between which there are others much finer

and closer together.” The granulations are strongest on one

side of the valve, and occur only on those specimens that are of

very regular growth. On the coarser and larger individuals the

ribs are covered with strong imbricating processes, which are

oftentimes considerably produced. These characters correspond

with those given by Dr. Geinitz in his ‘ Versteinerungen,’ but

Avicula Kasanensis, Gemitz, can only be reckoned a coarser variety

of this species.

It is not common in the compact-limestone, but sometimes

occurs very plentifully in the shell-limestone of Humbleton and

other localities. In the higher deposits it has never been known

to occur.

19. Gervini1a antigua, Miinst.=G. inrLata, Brown, sp.—

At present I am unable to decide which of the above names

ought to be retamed for this species, as the figures given by

Goldfuss are not very good representations of it, and are referred

by Dr. Geinitz to the following, G. ceratophaga, Many other

eminent naturalists also are of opinion that antiqua is only a

variety of the latter; but I am not at liberty at present to adopt

this opinion.

It is altogether a very much broader and a more inflated shell

than the following species. The posterior margin is never so

much arcuated or forked, and the wings are never so strongly

and distinctly marked off from the body of the shell as they are

in G. ceratophaga. The cartilage-pits, generally three or four

* Through an unfortunate oversight, an erroneous date was given to the

publication of this Catalogue in a former number of the ‘ Annals.’ Instead

of Aug. 10th, read Aug. 17th, 1848,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 20

306 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

in number, are, from increasing in width with the growth of the

hinge-margin, rather triangular, and are placed directly across

the area. They are never oblique in the specimens I have

examined, as represented in the ‘ Perm. Mon.,’ and the first pit

invariably stretches directly between the umbones. In the

clumsily-grown ¢umida, which is only a stunted form of this

species, they are placed closer together and are more numerous,

though the hinge-line is much shorter. In the Table, the

Bakevellia carinata, King, has been placed erroneously as a

synonym of the next shell; but it is only the young of the pre-

sent species, which has oftentimes two strong, raised, diverging

lines running from the umbones to each side of the byssal

notch.

Through the kindness of Mr. Binney I have made the follow-

ing notes on Capt. Brown’s species of Avicula :—

The three specimens of Avicula Binneyi belong undoubtedly

to the A. antiqua of the Durham magnesian limestone. A. znflata

is identical with the preceding. ‘The hinge-area is very much

inclined, perhaps from the valves being partially open. The

only difference perceivable in A. discors is that the area is not

so much developed, and the umbones are closer m consequence.

The right valve also appears smaller than usual, but this may

be from compression. ‘T'wo other specimens of A. antiqua in the

same collection were much larger and better preserved than the

preceding. They have the posterior margin also more forked,

and there is a deepish constriction running from the umbones

to the ventral margin.

Great development of the hinge-area cannot be considered a

specific character in this species, nor in some of the following ;

for when this area is greatly mcreased, there is generally a very

stunted growth of some other part of the shell.

This species and the following may be very safely and most

conveniently placed in the above genus. There seems to be no

necessity for instituting a new one for their reception.

In the compact-limestone rare, but rather plentiful im some

localities in the shell-limestone. In this district it has not yet

been detected in the higher members of the limestone, which

are probably the true equivalents of the Permian marls of Man-

chester and its neighbourhood, where this little shell seems to

be very common.

20. GERVILLIA CERATOPHAGA, Schloth.—It is of a more ele-

gant form than the preceding, and the tumid part of the shell is

more distinctly characterized and produced to a greater length

posteriorly than in the G. antigua. The hinge-line is very long

and produced posteriorly to a fine point, whence it curves beau-

tifully downwards, forming a deep curve with the tumid part of the

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 307

shell. The hinge-area is not so broad and more parallel than in

theforegoing species, and its cartilage-pits, placed directly acrossthe

margin, and not obliquely to it, as described in the ‘Monograph,’

have an oblong appearance. ‘The first pit is placed immediately

between the umbones, and only in one instance have I seen more

than three, though it is stated by Mr. King that there are some-

times six. This species is very imperfectly represented in the

‘Perm. Mon.,’ for not one of the figures gives a correct idea of

the perfect appearance of this shell; and the cartilage-pits are

represented as being oblique, which is quite contrary to what I

have always observed. The Bakevellia Sedgwickiana cannot be

considered even as a variety of this species. The surface of G.

antigua and ceratophaga is, when perfect, covered with beautiful,

raised, distant lines; and this is the commonest style of shell-

ornament that occurs in the Permian rocks.

It is rather common in the shell-limestone of several localities.

21. Myauina Hausmannt, Goldfuss.—It seems advisable to

adopt the specific name given to this shell by Goldfuss, as it is

the first that is accompanied with a good description and figure.

It has very often been mentioned, under another name, in a few

English works, but we have no accurate or admissible deserip-

tion of it, and no figure that I am acquainted with that can

claim earlier date than those in the ‘Perm. Mon’ The above

is a well-established name on the continent, and has been so for

very many years.

It is not possible any longer to separate this common shell

into two species, for there is no character by which they can be

distinguished specifically. The examples that occur in the lower

and middle beds of limestone are narrower and appear more

elongated than those which occur in the upper deposits. The

latter are generally broader and more ovate in form, but in all

essentials they are alike. They have all occasionally the liga-

mental area very much produced; but this is not a specific

character, for individuals often occur with a narrow hinge-line.

The squamose appearance of these shells is not the true outer

surface, for the latter is most beautifully adorned with very fine

and regular lines of growth. It is only in finely preserved spe-

cimens from the upper beds that this character 1s shown to per-

fection, but it may be traced on very many specimens from the

shell-limestone.

The existence of this mytiliform shell in such great plenty in

the shell-limestone, and its generally rough and stunted appear-

ance, would seem to lead to any other than the conclusion that

this deposit of shell-limestone was of ‘pelagic’ origin. The en-

tire fauna of this limestone is indeed so decidedly littoral in

character, and so clearly of shallow-water origin, that I could

20%

308 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

not, many years ago, refrain from pointing it out, and no state-

ment has been made since that invalidates this conclusion.

This species is most abundant in the shell-limestone, and

occurs sparingly in many of the upper beds of limestone.

22. Macropon srriata, Schloth.—The form of the teeth of

this shell agrees with that of Macrodon, Lycett and Morris, and

the general shape is also very similar. The hinge-area is often

very much developed in specimens whose growth is somewhat

stunted round the free margins of the shell. This is the form

best known in England (Area tumida,Sow.). The regularly-grown

shell is one of the most beautiful, both in form and ornament, of

those from the Permian rocks. The smooth or partially smooth ex-

amples, A. Kingiana, can often be traced on the umbonal regions

of genuine M. striata. The specimens figured in the ‘ Perm. Mon.’

give a very poor idea of the shape and beauty of ornamentation

of this common species.

In the shell-limestone, rather conmon at Tunstall, and oecur-

ring frequently in all the localities mentioned in the Table. It

appears to be a much commoner species in England than in

Germany.

23. Lupa sPELUNCARIA, Geinitz.—It is not to be disputed

that Geinitz’s figure and short description of this little shell

have priority over Mr. King’s: therefore I feel no hesitation in

adopting it, although it is placed among the synonyms in the

‘Perm. Monograph.’ It occurs rather sparingly in the upper beds

of limestone, and more rarely in the shell- and compact-limestone.

The Nucula Tatecana, King, is mentioned here that it may not

be lost sight of. It is impossible to adopt it as an authenticated

species, for, according to Mr. King’s own words, the description

is drawn up from “the dorsal half” of a specimen only. Baron

Schauroth has favoured me with some specimens of a true Per-

mian Nucula (N. Beyrichit) from the zechstein of Germany ; and

this renders it very likely that on some future occasion specimens

may occur in our limestone.

24, SoLEMYA NORMALIS, Howse. Pl. IV. fig. 7 *.

“ Shell transversely oval, narrow, slightly arcuated ; beaks in-

distinct near the posterior end; anterior (much) elongated ; mus-

cular impressions large, shght; a few raised lines diverging from

the beaks to the free margins on the cast ; external surface smooth.”

I obtained a single left valve of this very rare shell on a block

of Humbleton Hill shell-limestone, on Good Friday, 1845.

I afterwards described it, in the above words, in the Tyneside

Catalogue. It was there pointed out, that though it bears a

slight resemblance to S. biarmica, yet the beak is nearer

* The figure in the accompanying plate does not represent the rounded

appearance of the anterior extremity as correctly as could be desired.

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 309

the posterior end, and the shell is much narrower than in the

Russian species. The anterior is also more elongated, and the

surface is quite smooth. It is also very much smaller. All

these differences are borne out by another single left valve lately

found by Mr. Kirkby at Tunstall.

Mr. King had the loan of the above specimen for several

months ; and I find he has, in the ‘ Perm. Monog.,’ attempted to

describe and to figure a species which he identifies with this.

But he has succeeded very badly, both in the description and in

the figure, which does not represent my species. Baron Schauroth

has attempted, in one of his excellent papers, to identify a German

specimen with Mr. King’s description and figure; but he found

so little character in the latter, that he was obliged to leave the

matter in doubt. Certainly the S. Phillipsiana, King, is not

worthy to be considered even a synonym.

Two left-valves have been found in the shell-limestone of

Tunstall and Humbleton.

25. SoLEMYA ABNORMIS, Howse. PI. IV. figs. 8, 9.

“ Shell transversely oval; beaks not prominent ; posterior short,

narrow, rounded ; anterior elongated, rounded, much wider than

the posterior ; surface slightly waved concentrically, plain ; muscu-

lar impressions obliquely placed, deep.”

So different did this Solemya seem when I first described it,

that I never for a moment thought of drawing a comparison

between it and the S. biarmica ; and although I have received some

fine casts of German specimens of the latter, I must own that I

cannot identify them with either of the above species. The S.

abnormis is very pointed posteriorly, and the anterior is much

produced and very broad. It is also much flattened, and all the

specimens I have examined are quite smooth. The German casts

are rather tumid, slightly arcuated, and have the valves rounded

and covered with strong lines of growth near the anterior mar-

gin. It is therefore very doubtful whether the shells placed as

synonyms in the Table are referable to this species.

It cannot certainly be referred to the S. biarmica, Vern., of the

Russian Permian rocks, until it be known whether that species

really is a gaping shell or not. With these uncertainties, I

hesitate to alter the name originally given to it in the Tyneside

Catalogue.

It remains to be stated, that Mr. King identifies this species

with the S. biarmica ; but the figure given in the ‘ Perm. Mon.’

pli. DG? fign'7, represents no Solemya, but a young specimen of

the Alleria elegans, King.

I have taken specimens of the above shell at Whitley, in the

compact-limestone; at Tunstall and Silkworth, in the shell-

limestone; and Mr. Kirkby has recently obtained a specimen

from Humbleton.

310 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

26. Axtnus puBius, Schloth.—Baron Schauroth has recently

shown that the specific name dubius, originally applied to this

shell by Schlotheim, has priority of all others, even of the now

well-known Sowerbian epithet vbscurus. It is therefore neces-

sary to adopt this so-long-neglected name.

Under this name there may be very conveniently placed the

following species of authors :—Ainus obscurus, Sow.; A. par-

vus, pusillus, productus, undatus, elongatus, rotundatus, and Lu-

cina minima, Brown; Schizodus Schlotheimi, Geinitz, and Schi-

zodus truncatus, King.

Remarks on Mr, Binney’s Specimens.——Two small casts of Aw.

parvus belong without doubt to the above.—A. productus re-

sembles the form which King has separated under the specific

name ¢runcatus. It is rather more produced in front, and more

truncated behind. It cannot claim to be more than a regular

growth of dubius.—A. undatus and A. elongatus belong also to

the above. They present no peculiar characters.—<A. pusillus

and Lucina minima appear to be the young of the foregoing

species.

In the ‘ Perm. Mon.,’ under four specific names (pl. 15. f. 23=

32), are very good representations of some of the forms of this

characteristic “species ; but the peculiar ornament of the shells

of this genus is, I think, not represented.

In the upper beds of limestone it occurs of great size, some

specimens being 2 inches in length. It is rather plentiful in

the shell- limestone, and rare in the compact.

. 27. ASTARTE ? VALLISNERTANA, King.—The specimens of this

shell which I have collected at Whitley are rather more trian-

gular than the figure in the ‘Perm. Mon.,’ and very much

resemble, both in the general form and ornament of the valves,

some young specimens of the recent Venus striatula. The hinge-

line is furnished with a deep triangular cartilage-pit, and the

character of the superficial ornament is preserved on the casts.

I am not able to confirm the existence of Astarte Tunstallensis,

King, in our limestone ; and as it bears considerable resemblance

to the preceding, and 1 is not strongly characterized, its admission

into the Permian fauna, as a distinct species, may be safely ob-

jected to till less equivocal specimens are obtained.

The Astarte Vallisneriana occurs in this district in the com-

pact-limestone only; and, according to Baron Schauroth, it is

found in the equivalent deposit near Gera in Germany.

28. Myoconcna costata, Brown.—I find nothing im the

form of the teeth of this shell that requires it to be removed

from the genus Myoconcha. So far as I have been able to

ascertain, there is only one oblique cardinal tooth in the right (?)

valve, which fits into a corresponding depression of the left.

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 311

The examples from this district agree very accurately with the

original specimens described by Capt. Brown. In general, all

the specimens are strongly marked with several oblique radiating

ribs or planes over the posterior surface. Some specimens occur

at Byer’s Quarry quite smooth, and more ovate than usual.

These have, I see, been prospectively named Pleurophorus ovatus

in the ‘Perm. Mon.’ They do not appear to differ specifically

from the foregoing.

It ranges through all the limestone series, but is most plen-

tiful in the shell-limestone of Tunstall and Humbleton.

29. MyoconcHa MopioLiFoRMIS, King.—It has been pro-

posed by Baron Schauroth to unite this species with the Modiola

Pallasi, De Vern., a species which is said to be without teeth.

Mr. King has also referred it to the edentulous genus Cardto-

morpha, De Koninck. For want of Russian specimens to com-

pare with it, I think it better to leave it under its present specific

name, especially as some specimens which I have examined show

an appearance of a tooth in the right valve, and its other general

characters are the same as in the preceding species. It may

with safety therefore be included in the same genus as coséata.

In one of Mr. Kirkby’s specimens, the ligament, which is

finely preserved, is comparatively large. Some specimens of

the same shell from the equivalent deposit of Poessneck, kindly

forwarded to me by Baron Schauroth, have the ligament in a

fine state of preservation.

It is found in the shell-limestone only, where, sometimes asso-

ciated with its congener, M, costata, it is rather plentiful.

30. Myacires rLecans, King.—“ Schlotheim’s name Mya-

cites” (writes Mr. King, ‘ Perm. Mon.’ p. 196) “implies that the

shells so called are fossil Myas: as this is not the case, the name

cannot stand.” And just above this note the same author states

that “the name (Al/orisma) was proposed under the persuasion

that the cartilage-fulera of the genus varied in position ac-

cording to the species; this is now known to be an error: the

name is, however, still retained, notwithstanding its being a

misnomer.” The conclusiveness of this reasoning seems to have

had its effect upon all careful English naturalists, for I find

Myacites now adopted, and Allorisma consigned to mere oblivion.

‘It still, however, lingers on the Continent, shortly to become

for ever extinct.

Several authors think this species is only the Panopea lunu-

lata, Keyserling; but I am not able to refer it to that species

for want of or iginal Russian specimens to compare it with. This

species belongs to the genus Myacites, restricted as it 1s by

Morris and Lycett.

The specimen which Mr. King has figured as Solemya biar-

312 On the Permian System of Durham and Northumberland.

mica, De Verneuil, Perm. Mon. pl. 16. fig. 7, is only a young

specimen of JZ. elegans.

It oceurs very sparingly in the shell-limestone of Tunstall and

Humbleton.

31. EpMonp1a ELONGATA, Howse. PI. IV. figs. 10, 11, 12, 13.

“ Shell elongated oval; beaks prominent, near the anterior end ;

anterior short and rounded ; posterior elongated, the dorsal margin

on a line with the beak; surface convex, covered with strong con-

centric lines of growth; hinge without teeth; umbonal cavity di-

vided longitudinally by an elongated, thin, slightly curved visceral

plate, depending towards the cavity of the shell.”

The above is the original description of this shell given in the

‘Tyneside Catalogue.’ It points out one peculiarity of this spe-

cies and genus which appears to be generally misunderstood by

authors :—The shelly process situated in the umbonal cavity is

supposed to be a cartilage-plate, and to belong to the hinge. In

Mr. Woodward’s excellent Manual, it is suggested, with doubt,

that the shells of this genus were furnished with an ossicle. An

examination of several cross-sections of shells belonging to this

genus does not appear to substantiate this conclusion. The shell

also of most species is very thin, and the valves are united by a

strong external ligament, as a Permian specimen from Germany

and some examples of the carboniferous 7. arcuata in my posses-

sion clearly show. It could not, therefore, require an internal car-

tilage of such a size. But these are, I think, not cartilage-plates,

but internal processes equivalent to the subumbonal or spatula-

shaped blade of the genus Pholas, which projects into the cavity

of the shell, and forms an advanced point of attachment for a

visceral, or perhaps for the pedal muscle. The general configura-

tion of this shell also suggests that it was a burrowmg mollusk.

It is not a very common species in the shell-hmestone of

Tunstall, Humbieton, &c., and occurs also in the equivalent

deposit of Poessneck.

32. TeLtuina Dunetmensts, Howse. PI. IV. figs. 14, 15.

« Shell elliptical; beaks small, not prominent, situated near the

anterior end, which is somewhat rounded ; posterior elongated,

more acute than the anterior ; two cardinal teeth in each valve.”

The specimens of the shells which I have been able to examine

do not permit much to be added to the above characters. The

specimen figured in the ‘Perm. Mon.’ is imperfect, for the pos-

terior of this shell is rather acute, perhaps not quite so much so

as in the figures, Pl. IV. figs. 14, 15. The valves are generally

found together, and spread out, which is the case also with

several other Permian species. It shows that they were provided.

with a very strong ligament.

In the shell-limestone at Humbleton.

[To be continued. |

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 318

XXIII.—List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the

West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, Edinburgh.

[Continued from p. 161.]

[With a Plate. ]

Lebiida.

Lesia, Lat.

1. L. bicolor, De}. 5. 366.

Rufa; elytris subsulcatis, viridi-cyaneis ; geniculis nigris.

Long. 44 lin., lat. 13 lin.

2. L. bis-binotata, mihi.

Rufo-testacea ; elytris striatis, nigris vel nigro-brunneis, mar-

gine reflexo, puncto humerali, et quatuor maculis dorsalibus,

duabus anterioribus magnis, duabus posterioribus minoribus,

luteis.

is ae

Long. 43 lin., lat. 12 lin.

Nearly of the same form as bicolor. Rufo-testaceous ; the elytra

black, or very dark umber, with the reflexed margin, a humeral spot

connected with the margin, two large roundish spots on the ante-

rior portion of the disk, and two smaller roundish spots placed

closer together, one on each side of the suture near the apex,

pale testaceous. Antenne filiform, with the three basal joints

testaceous, the third darker at the base, the remaining joints

dusky and pubescent, the last joint paler at the apex. Head

ferruginous, longitudinally strigose in the middle ; the striga-

tions tending obliquely to the centre; two faint depressions in

front ; clypeus smooth ; mouth rufo-testaceous ; tips of mandibles

darker ; eyes prominent (though not quite so much so as in

bicolor). Labrum moderate, broader than long, slightly rounded

in front. Mentum toothed*. Thorax rufous in the middle, the

margins pale and transparent, broadly reflexed ; mesial longitudi-

* As is observed by Lacordaire (Genera des Coléoptéres, i. 127), there

is considerable difference of opinion among authors, whether in the genus

Lebia the mentum has a middle tooth or not; Bonelli, Chaudoir, and

others maintaining that it has; while Schiddte, Schmidt-Goebel, and

Lacordaire himself are of opinion that it has not,—viewing the piece which

is supposed by the former to be a tooth, as a semi-corneous plate which

forms the central base of the ligula, and, in dissecting the head, is often

taken off attached to the mentum, but is separable from it. That it is so

in some instances, there is no doubt; as, for mstance, in Lebia crux minor.

In other cases there is no appearance of a tooth at all, either as forming

part of the mentum or the base of the ligula. Lebia scapularis, and other

314 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

nal line distinct, but not deepnor sharply defined; disk transversely

wrinkled, a transverse depression along the produced part of the

base. Scutellum testaceous, elongate-triangular, with a semilunar

depression. Hlytra broad, truncate and emarginate at the apex,

deeply striate, with faint traces of punctures in the striz, most

easily seen in the pale spots, with two larger punctures in or

alongside of the third stria, one occurrmg in the larger pale

spot, the anterior margin of which is distant from the base about

a fourth of the length of the elytra, the other in the posterior

small pale spot, the posterior margin of which is distant from

the apex about an eighth of the length of the elytra; a row of

larger circular punctures, with a slight elevation in the middle

of each, runs along or between the two strie next the mar-

gin; the third and fourth, and the fifth and sixth striz show a

tendency to unite at the apex, and the seventh turns in at the

apex and runs towards the suture, terminating opposite the

third stria in a large circular puncture with a central elevation ;

the eighth and ninth striz also turn towards the suture at the

apex, but are speedily effaced. The suture is testaceous at the

base, and slightly so along its edge the whole way. ‘The testa-

ceous spot on the shoulder does not encroach on the elytra so

far as the point of the scutellum; the testaceous reflexed mar-

gin does not reach to the apex; the larger testaceous spot ex-

tends across four interstices, commencing at the second stria;

the smaller spot extends across three interstices, commencing

at the first stria. The under side is pale testaceous yellow,

shining, with a few scattered punctures on the segments of the

abdomen, from which spring hairs; the legs are of the same

colour; claws pectinate.

3. L. clavicornis, mihi. Pl. XII. fig. 1.

Convexa, tumida, lete carnea, semitranslucens; antennis com-

pressis, incrassatis versus apicem, nigris, ferrugineis ad basin ;

elytris leviter striato-punctatis ; pedibus conceloribus ; geni-

culis, apicibus tibiarum atque tarsis nigris.

Long. 54 hn., lat. 24 lin.

Semitransparent ; body shining, and, when fresh, of a beau-

tiful bright flesh tint, both above and below; after being kept

North American species, are examples of this. On the other hand, in

others, as in the present species, the tooth appears distinctly to form part

of the mentum, although it this off and becomes semitransparent at the

edges, the harder texture running up its middle continuously from the rest

of the mentum. The truth is, that there are several forms of the mentum

among the species which at present are ranked in this genus, and it should

probably be broken up imto two or three sections. In that case, the pre-

sent and the following species would fall under different heads.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 315

some time it loses its colour, and fades into a clear ferrugineo-

testaceous or pale fawn-colour. The antennz have the first three

joints, the base of the fourth, and the tip of the last of the same

colour and semitransparency, the remainder deep black, opake,

and pubescent ; the first three joints are slender and nearly cylin-

dric ; the fourth mereases in breadth as far as the ferruginous

colour extends, it then suddenly becomes straight and com-

pressed, and the two sides run parallel to each other; the re-

maining joints are in like manner compressed, and the sides

parallel; they increase in breadth very slightly and gradually,

but the slender joints at the base, compared with the broader

4—1], give the antenne a decidedly claviform appearance ; a

groove runs up the middle on each side of the flat joints; the

two last joints of the maxillary palpi and the apex of the man-

dibles are a little deeper in colour than the rest of the body.

The head is smooth, with a very slight depression on each side

in front. Clypeus rather projecting. Labrum moderate, broader

than long, straight in front. Mentum without a middle tooth.

Thorax with sides strongly reflexed, and with a dorsal channel

and some slight wrinkles across the disk; the production of the

posterior margin in the middle not so prominent as in some

species. Hlytra very convex and swollen, having much the form

of the elytra in Lia, smooth and shining, and with nine rows of

slender striz, besides the commencement of a short sutural stria

at the base, all slightly but distinctly punctate; interstices im-

punctate, but with two large and deep impressions on the mner

side of the third stria, the one a little more than a fourth of

the length of the elytra from the base, and the other about a

similar distance from the apex, and near the margin a row of

round impressions running along the interstice between the

eighth and ninth striz, and one opposite the end of the third

stria, each impression having a raised point in the centre ; the

apex of the elytra is broadly truncate, the truncation sinuate.

From the semitransparency of the elytra, the impression of the

folding of the wings below is seen, giving the appearance of

something like a device on the elytra, but in reality they are

concolorous. The scutellum is elongate-triangular ; the under

side is smooth and shining; the legs a little darker in colour

than the body, with the apex of the thighs, the apex of the

tibiee and the whole of the tarsi black or piceous black ; penul-

timate joint of tarsi deeply lobed ; claws pectinate.

The much-swollen elytra and the almost claviform antennee of

this species at first induced me to think that it might properly

be made the type of a new genus; but as in all other respects it

agrees with Ledia, as at present defined—unless perhaps that

the terminal joint of the palpi is almost ovular, while in Ledbia

316 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

it is truncate, I have not been able to justify to myself such a

separation, these being points on which we find gradations

existing im a greater or less degree among the different species

of Lebia.

Pericalide.

RHAPHIDOGNATHA, mihi (padis and yvaos).

Corpus depressum. Thorax postice obtuse-truncatum. Mandibulee

projicientes. Labrum porrectum. Maxilleapice subuliformes.

Antenne breves, filiformes, leviter compress, articulo secundo

vix tertio breviore. Mentum sine dente medio. Paraglosse ad

ligulam junctee. Oculi prominentes. Tarsi articulo quarto

simplici. Ungues non pectinati. Elytra basi quadrata, vix

thorace latiora, lateribus parallelis.

1. R. trimaculata, mihi. Pl. XII. fig. 2.

Brunnea, nitida; elytris striatis, stris leviter punctatis, simgulis

macula testacea basali, conjunctis macula testacea apicali

communi.

Long. 33-4 lin., lat. 12 lin.

Flattish and depressed. Chestnut-brown, shming; base of

antenne, mandibles and other parts of the mouth, margins of

thorax and elytra, tibie and tarsi, somewhat paler; clypeus

large and smooth; labrum smooth and projecting, emarginate,

fringed with hairs; upper side of mandibles longitudinally

striated alongside of labrum. Head deeply and longitudinally

wrinkled on each side in front ; vertex also somewhat wrinkled ;

not wrinkled behind the eyes. Antenne not so long as head

and thorax; all the joints very nearly of the same length, except

the second, which is a little, but not much, shorter than the

others; also all nearly of the same thickness, except the first,

which is a little thicker; the fourth and followmg joints are

slightly compressed ; and, viewed on the flat side, the antennz

appear slightly thickest about the middle. Thorax transverse,

rounded on the sides, widest a little before the middle, narrowest

behind; anterior angles prominent and rounded; posterior angles

obtuse, except at the extremity, which is very slightly excised

on the exterior side; the base is obtusely truncate; margins

broadly reflexed, most so behind, and rugosely punctate; a

slight, narrow, but distinct dorsal line, not reaching to the an-

terior margin, but stopping at the anterior circular depression.

Elytra flat, about three times the length of the thorax, and

a little broader than it; base straight, and sides nearly parallel,

widening very slightly before the apex, which is sinuate-trun-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 317

cate ; punctate-striate, the punctures on the strize small and

feeble; interstices impunctate, but appearing somewhat silky

from excessively fine transverse strigations, which are only vi-

sible under a powerful lens; the strie are eight in number,

besides the short scutellar stria and the marginal stria; the

latter is irregularly interspersed with deep, large punctures ;

there are two large punctures in the interstice between the

second and third striz, the one about a third from the base, and

the other almost at the very apex. <A large testaceous patch

occurs at the base of each elytron, stretching obliquely from the

shoulder towards the suture, not quite reaching the first stria ;

a third testaceous patch near the apex common to both elytra,

reaching to the fourth stria. The upper side of the last ab-

dominal segment has a number of distinct punctures on it.

Under side same colour as upper, centre rather paler. Legs

slight, moderate in length; the tarsi slender, fourth joimt

simple (not bilobed) ; claws not pectinate.

Nycters, Casteln.

Under this and the following genus (Belonognatha, Chaud.)

I include all those insects which have the characters of Cop-

todera, excepting that the mentum has not a middle tooth.

Castelnau and Chaudoir have added other characters to the

diagnosis of their respective genera, which would exclude from

them the species which I am going to describe under each; but

as these characters are not of essential value, I consider I do

rightly in retrenching them, and thus opening the genera for

the reception of species which agree with them in all essential

points. For instance, the only particulars in which the species

which follows (NV. Championi) differs from the diagnosis of Cas-

telnau is—1. that in his genus the last joint of the palpi is said

to be “ obtuse at the end, 3 while mine is “ subacuminate,” a dif-

ference which may perhaps principally lie in the mode of ex-

pression ; and 2. that in his the external and sutural angles at

the apex of the elytra are more or less spmed, while mine,

although toothed at the external angle, are not spined.

The distinctions between this genus and Belonognatha, as the

characters are now adjusted by me, are the greater projection of

the mandibles and greater convexity of the body in the latter,

which has also the external angles of the apex of the elytra

rounded instead of toothed ; but this is a character which I do

not think of generic value. Indeed, I am by no means satisfied

that it would not be better to unite the two genera, and only use

the above distinctive characters for sectional subdivision. If we

were to adopt this course, and treat characters of similar value

318 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

in the same way throughout the group, it would be much simpli-

fied. We should then throw Agonocheila, Stenoglossa and Copto-

dera together, characterized as Coptodera with a middle tooth to

the mentum, and Nycteis and Belonognatha together as Coptodera

without a middle tooth,—the former almost exclusively inha-

biting South America, the latter exclusively Africa (reckoning

Madagascar as part of Africa). Indeed, I am strongly inclined

to believe that the mistake I have already referred to as having

been committed in the genus Lebia, of confounding the central

base of the ligula with the middle tooth of the mentum, has

been repeated here; and that if these parts were more carefully

examined, it would be found that the species having a true tooth

to the mentum are confined to America, while those without the

tooth are restricted to the Old World. I do not think that the

structure of these parts has been sufficiently minutely attended

to by those authors who have described species of Coptodera as

inhabiting the East Indies and Africa. There are six species

described from each, and if these are analysed, there seems very

insufficient evidence for holding that they are furnished with a

tooth to the mentum. Of the six Eastern species, one is de-

scribed by Dejean, four by Schmidt-Goebel, and one by Hope.

As to Dejean’s species (C. gilvipes), we may put it out of view,

because he takes no notice of the mentum, and he himself says,

“Je ne suis pas bien certain que cette espéce appartienne a ce

genre.” Of Schmidt-Goebel’s species I have only had the op-

portunity of examining one (C. flezuosa), and I find that it most

certainly has no tooth to the mentum; and if this mistake has

happened to one of his species, it is none the less likely to have

been repeated in the- others. I have also examimed Hope’s C.

bicincta, and there the same mistake or oversight has occurred.

The so-called six African species are described, one by Dejean,

four by Boheman, and one by Chaudoir. As Dejean habitually

disregards the form of the mentum, his placing his species (C.

crucifera) in the genus Coptodera goes for nothing, either one

way or the other. As to Prof. Boheman, he says nothing

about the mentum either; and he may either have overlooked it

altogether, or fallen into the same error as Schmidt-Goebel and

Hope. I have not seen any of his species, but the system of

coloration and general description shows a great resemblance to

my Old Calabar species, Nycteis Champions and Belonognatha

rugiceps. There only remains the figurata of Chaudoir, and

although it is not likely that he has overlooked the mentum

(as he was fully alive to its importance), still it is not impossible

that he may have fallen into the error regarding it of which I

have been speaking. In my specimens of Nycteis from Old

Calabar, the central base of the hgula between the roots of the

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 319

palpi forms a sort of triangular raised space, which on a cur-

sory view might easily be mistaken for a tooth in the middle of

the mentum, although more careful examination under a suffi-

ciently high power shows that it may be separated from it, and,

in point of fact, does not belong to it at all; so that it is not

difficult to see how authors even of such standing and acknow-

ledged accuracy as those referred to, should have fallen into this

misconception.

1. N. Championi, mihi.

Parum depressus, nitidus, fuscus vel piceus ; ore, antennis, tho-

racis lateribus, elytrorum marginibus, macula basali et fascia

irregulari apicali atque pedibus, testaceis ; capite fere levi,

mandibulis non valde prominentibus ; thorace late marginato;

elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis convexis et impunctatis,

apice oblique truncato et exciso, angulo exteriore apicali acuto;

unguiculis pectinatis.

Long. 4 lin., lat. 13 lin.

Slightly depressed, shining, brown, with the mouth and an-

tennz, the margins of the thorax and elytra, a patch towards the

base and a jagged irregular band towards the apex of the latter,

and also the legs, testaceous. Head equally broad in front and

behind, nearly smooth, with some faint wrinkles upon it, and

two considerable depressions on each side, one on the inside of

the eye, and the other larger before it ; clypeus transverse, de-

pressed in front ; labrum rather broad, and not tapering, rounded

at the anterior angles, slightly emarginate, and with a shallow

longitudinal groove in the middle in front ; mandibles slightly

rounded exteriorly, not much projecting; antennz darker to-

wards the apex, slightly flattened and thickened from the end of

the fourth joint to the apex; eyes large and prominent. Thorax

broad, short, transverse, and somewhat cordiform, with very

broad, shallow, semitransparent, reflexed margins, marked in

the bottom with faint transverse depressions or fovez; disk

slightly convex, with a longitudinal dorsal line reaching from

the front to the base, and a semicircular impression in front ;

faintly marked with transverse wrinkles ; posterior angles some-

what obtuse. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra broader than thorax,

slightly expanded posteriorly, punctate-striate, interstices convex

and impunctate; a fovea on the second stria near the apex, an-

other about a third of the length of the elytra from the apex,

and another on the third stria, about the same distance from

the base; the exterior interstice with a series of round flat-

bottomed fovez ; margin inflexed, both the inflexed portion and

the raised edge of margin testaceous; an oblique irregular

320 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

testaceous patch near the base of each elytron, on the fifth,

fourth, third, second, and part of the first mterstices, parallel to

the side of the seutellum, though at some distance from it; the

mark on the third interstice reaches farthest back, that on the

fourth farthest forward; an irregular, jagged, testaceous band

near the apex also runs across the whole elytra, but indistinct at

the suture and on the exterior interstice ; the space on the first

two interstices reaching nearest to the apex, the two next farthest

from it, and the three last again approaching it. The apex is

obliquely truncate and excised, the exterior angle sharp, the

sutural angle prominent, but scarcely toothed ; the last segment

of the abdomen punctate on the upper surface; under side of

body smooth, shining, impunctate. Legs slender; tarsi simple ;

claws pectinate.

I have named this species in memory of my lamented friend

Col. Champion, who fell at Inkermann, a naturalist whose loss

will be long felt.

BrtonoenatHa, De Chaud.

As mentioned under the last genus, I have slightly relaxed

Chaudoir’s characters to allow admission to the following species.

He describes the labrum as “ very long, canaliculated at its extre-

mity, strongly rounded and emarginate in the middle.” I re-

trench the latter half of these characters. In my species the

labrum is “ very long and canaliculated at its extremity,” but it

is not “strongly rounded and emarginate in the middle.” The

only other character in which mine differs is, that he gives as a

character that the anterior tibize are furnished with a single ter-

minal spine, the intermediate and the posterior with the two usual

spines, and that the third and fourth joints of the anterior tarsi

are subcordiform. In my species the external spine of the an-

terior tibie is small, but still is not wanting, and the joints of

the anterior tarsi are not subcordiform. In all other respects

the characters agree.

1. B. rugiceps, mihi.

Parum convexa, nitida, picea; capite creberrime rugoso; tho-

race late marginato, marginibus reflexis et testaceis; elytris

piceo-virescentibus, striato-punctatis, interstitiis convexis,

apice oblique-truncato, fortiter smuato, marginibus testaceis,

singulis macula basali irregulari, et fascia mterrupta apicali

testaceis ornatis ; anteunis, ore, pedibusque testaceis.

Long. 4 lin., lat. 1¢ lin.

In coloration and general appearance very similar to Nycteis

Championi; slightly convex, piceous ; the elytra fuscous, with a

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 321

slight virescent reflexion in certain lights, each with an irregular

basal patch and an interrupted apical fascia testaceous. The an-

tennz, the parts of the mouth, the margins of the thorax and ely-

tra, and the legs pale ferruginous. Head dark brown or piceous,

about the same breadth before as behind the eyes, upper surface

exceedingly densely and pretty deeply corrugated all over, so

much so as to appear almost opaque; clypeus transverse, nar-

rowest in front, wrinkled, separated from front by a marked

straight line; labrum about the same length as the clypeus,

narrowest in front, truncate, with a longitudinal groove in the

middle in front, and a puncture on the margin near the apex;

mandibles sharp and projecting, but not so much so as in the

next species ; terminal joint of palpi subcylindric and subacumi-

nate. Antenne about the length of head and thorax, the end

of the fourth, the fifth and remaining joints flattened. Eyes

very large. Thorax considerably broader than head, cordiform,

gently convex in the middle, and with very broad and deeply

reflexed margins, which have here and there a few large pune-

tures scattered in the bottom of the hollow; the disk very

faintly wrinkled across, and with a dorsal longitudinal stria,

fuscous, but paler than head, in some lights faintly virescent ;

margins semitransparent and broadly testaceous; posterior

angles nearly right-angled; base truncate. Scutellum testaceo-

fuscous, impunctate. LHlytra shining, broader than thorax, but

not twice as broad, somewhat convex; base nearly straight;

sides very slightly expanded ; pitchy-black when looked at from

in front backwards, virescent when looked at from behind

forwards, deeply punctate-striate; eight strie, besides scutellar

and marginal striz; the interstices convex and apparently im-

punctate; but with a very powerful lens, a few punctures of the

faintest description may be traced, disposed in a row along each

interstice ; a fovea on the inner side of the second interstice near

the apex, and another about one-third from it; another on the

third stria about the same distance from the base; a series of

round, flat-bottomed fovez on the marginal interstice ; apex ob-

liquely truncate and excised, the exterior apical angle flattened and

rounded ; the seventh stria sweeps round at the apex, enclosing

those nearer the suture; margin inflexed, inflexed portion and

raised edge of margin testaceous; a transverse testaceous patch

about one-fourth from the base is disposed as a series of longi-

tudinal stripes occupying five interstices between the striz as

follows :—the longest stripe on the space between the third and

fourth striz, the second longest between the second and third,

the shortest between the fourth and fifth, and the remaining

two, on the spaces between the fifth and seventh striz, are next

shortest, and of about equal length; a transverse, interrupted,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xix. 21

322 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

testaceous fascia runs irregularly across near the apex thus :—a

short stripe near the apex on the space between the first and

second striz; one, a little longer, extends farther towards the

apex on the next space; another, about the same length, occu-

pies the next space, extending towards the base from the anterior

part of the last ; the next les alongside of it, but is not quite so

long; three short ones, each successively becoming smaller, start

from the posterior corner of the last, and stretch across to the

margin. Upper side of last segment of abdomen smooth and

sparingly punctate. Under side shining, impunctate, piceous,

paler in the middle; breast, mouth and legs testaceous; claws

pectinate.

2. B. obesa, mihi.

Convexa, nitida, supra fusco-viridis; thorace late marginato ;

elytris quatuor maculis testaceis irregularibus ornatis, punc-

tato-striatis, interstitiis elevatis et convexis.

Long. 6 lin., lat. 23 lin.

Convex, shining, above green, or brown with green reflections ;

elytra, when looked at from in front, brown (except at the very

base), when from behind, green; each with two testaceous

marks of irregular shape on the disk, one about a third of the

length of the elytra from the base, the other about the same

distance from the apex; below brown, with legs ferruginous.

Head above green, rather depressed; eyes prominent, space

next the eyes irregularly rugose, inclination of rugosity longitu-

dinal; vertex rather elongate, smooth ; clypeus quadrangular,

narrower in front, brown; labrum brown, long, narrower in

front, margins very slightly reflexed, emarginate in front, and

with a slight groove in the middle for a short space, and an in-

dentation on each margin near the front. Mandibles brown, long,

fine, sharp-pointed, and projecting almost immediately straight

from the eyes, so that the head has a very long narrow triangular

muzzle; other parts of the mouth pale ferruginous; palpi fill-

form ; ligula very prominent ; paraglosse attached to it, and em-

bracing it, but not quite meeting in front; mentum without a

middle tooth. Antenne a little longer than head and thorax,

brown, three first joints paler, first jomt most robust, second

joint shortest, remainder nearly of equal length and thickness,

but, if anything, each becoming a very little longer and thicker

than the preceding. Thorax cordiform, bronzy-green, with the

edges semitranslucent and semitestaceous ; margins broadly re-

flexed, most so at the posterior angles, which are obtuse; base

truncate, straight in the middle, sloping obtusely to the posterior

angles, a broad margin intervening between the base and disk ;

anterior angles projecting and rounded; dorsal channel and

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. — 323

rounded groove in front distinct; disk convex, impunctate, with

transverse wrinkles across it. Scutellum black, impunctate, with

two depressions at its base. Elytra very convex, nearly twice as

broad as the thorax, gradually expanding behind till they reach

about a third from the apex, when they round in, and become

sinuate and obliquely truncate; they are deeply punctate-striate,

the punctures on the strize small and close to each other ; the

strize (with the exception of the two next the suture) do not reach

the base, a narrow smooth space intervening; the interstices

between the striz are ridged, convex, shining, and appear im-

punctate when viewed by the naked eye or a weak lens; when

viewed with a more powerful lens, a row of very minute punc-

tures is seen on the top of each interstice; towards the margin

these punctures become more frequent and irregular; one or

two fovez occur on some of the stricze, but they are not constant ;

the most constant seem to be one on the third stria very near

the base, and two on the second stria, one quite at the apex, the

other near it; a series of large circular fovee occurs on the

exterior interstice. The anterior testaceous blotch runs in a

narrow line across the second, third, fourth and fifth interstices

(not reckoning the space between the first stria and the suture

as an interstice), and on the third interstice becomes nearly

twice as broad, extending itself both up and down ; the posterior

testaceous mark is arranged tranversely, somewhat checker- wise,

as follows :—a small spot on the first interstice not far from the

apex; another on the second interstice, a little larger, joming the

posterior external angle of the first ; another rather larger trans-

verse spot on the third and fourth interstices commences at the

anterior external angle of the second; and another transverse

spot, of the same size as the last, on the fifth and sixth interstices,

commences at the posterior external angle of the fourth. The

terminal segment of the abdomen projects prominently; it is

truncate ; the centre alone is of solid texture, black, sparingly

punctate, with a slight ridge in the middle. Underside dark

brown, polished and impunctate, except the metasternum, which

has its exterior margins slightly punctate. Legs ferrugimous ;

anterior tibizee emarginate; all the tibice with both internal and

external spines at the apex. Claws pectinate.

3. B. quadrinotata, mihi. Pl. XII. fig. 3.

Preecedenti valde affinis, sed minor; thorace minus marginato ;

elytrorum maculis minoribus.

Ad ots me

Long. 44 lin., lat. 24 lin.

Exceedingly like B. obesa, but smaller. The same description

will answer for it, with the following differences :—The thorax is

21%

324 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

comparatively smaller, and not so broadly margined, and the

anterior rounded angles are rather less prominent. The testa-

ceous spots on the elytra are much smaller, being limited to

small points; the basal spot scarcely extends beyond the third

interstice, although, on close examination, it is seen to encroach

a little on each of the adjoining interstices, and the apical spot

is almost confined to the third and fourth interstices.

This may be merely a variety of the preceding. If there had

been nothing to distinguish them but the markings on the ely-

tra, I should never have thought of separating them ; but the

less-margined thorax induces me to keep them separate, at least

until a larger series of specimens shall enable us to come to a

different conclusion.

TuyreorTervs, Dej.

1. 7. flavosignatus, De}. 5. 446.

Nigro-piceus, subpubescens; thorace quadrato; elytris tenue

striatis, punctatis, singulis macula basali sinuata, conjunctis

macula apicali sinuata communi, femoribusque flavis.

Long. 4—43 lin., lat. 2-23 lin.

Catascorus, Kirby.

1. C. Senegalensis, De}. 5. 453.

Supra capite thoraceque viridibus; elytris viridi-cyaneis, pro-

funde striato-punctatis, interstitis subzqualibus, margine

laterali viridi; pectore, abdomine pedibusque piceis.

Long. 5 lin., lat. 1 lin.

2. C. Beauvoisii, Casteln. Et. Ent. 60.

Statura et colore C. Senegalensi simillimus, parum grandior et

latior; elytris viridibus vix viridi-cyaneis, margine laterali

viridi-cupreo; subtus niger, leviter virescens; pedibus piceis,

femoribus ferrugineis.

Long. 7 lin., lat. 23 lin.

3. C. rufipes, Gory, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ii. 204.

Supra viridi-cyaneus, margine elytrorum concolore, capite et tho-

race leviter rugosis; subtus piceus, pedibus rufis.

Long. 44 lin., lat. 13 lin. ~

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. — 325

Var. rugifrons, mihi.

Supra cupreo-viridis, capite crebre aciculato, thorace sat fortiter

transverse aciculato.

Long. 44 lin., lat. 14 ln.

The following are the points in which this variety differs from

the typical specimens :—

The head, instead of being almost smooth in the middle and

towards the back, and only faintly furrowed on the sides, is

covered closely all over with distinct fine wrinkles, mostly lon-

gitudinal, with a few punctures scattered among them behind.

The thorax also is much more coarsely transversely wrinkled,

and the colour is yellowish-green instead of bluish-green.

I have not thought these distinctions sufficient to constitute

this a different species, but they are sufficiently well marked to

justify me in noting it as a variety.

4, C. compressus, mihi.

Depressus, supra viridi-zneus, nitidus ; capite antice, antennis

pedibusque brunneis ; thorace angulato ; elytris viridibus le-

viter eneo-marginatis, fortiter striatis ; subtus brunncus vel

nigro-piceus.

ene yh

Long. 23-8 lin., lat. 14 lin.

Smaller, flatter, and more depressed than any species of Ca-

tascopus yet described ; having the compressed form of an insect

living under bark; shining, above brassy-green ; the elytra

greenest, the thorax less so, the head only with a faint reflexion

of green on the back part; the rest of the body blackish-brown

or piceous. The labrum much produced, opake; the elypeus

shining, very slightly emarginate in front, with a fovea on each

side. Head slightly rugose on the sides, with an oblique de-

pression inclined towards the vertex ; behind smooth. Antenne

brown, first joint paler. Thorax somewhat convex, smooth and

impunctate, with a deep dorsal line, the sides and base slightly

refiexed and margined ; the base obtusely truncate ; the posterior

angles excised, so as to be nearly right-angled ; after leaving the

excision which forms the right angle at the base, the sides widen

out gradually till about a third from the front, where they form

a pretty sharp prominent angle*, and then gradually become

narrower till they reach the anterior angles, which are rounded ;

the slight projection or angle alluded to, causes the sides of

the thorax, instead of appearing rounded, to appear as if an-

* This is a character peculiar to all the true Catascopi which I have

seen.

326 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

gular; there is a fovea at the base on each side of the dorsal

line, about midway between it and the angle; the reflexed

margin at the base is broader than at the sides; there is a

slight tendency to transverse wrinkling across the disk, more

particularly behind. Scutellum black and opake, and scarcely

reaching beyond the interspace between the thorax and elytra.

Elytra rather broader than thorax, with base nearly straight,

but sloping slightly from the shoulders (which are rather promi-

nent) inwards to the scutellum; their sides are nearly parallel ;

they are shining, greenish, with a tinge of brassy on the

margins, becoming slightly coppery at the very apex, deeply

striate, and with faint indications of punctures at the bottom of

the strie ; the interstices impunctate, but under a powerful lens

they show fine transverse strigations, which give them a some-

what silky appearance. There are eight strize, besides the scu-

tellar stria and the outer marginal one, which, with that next it,

is the deepest. A number of deep punctures or fovez occur on

the marginal stria, or on the interstice between it and the next

one. A deep puncture also occurs on the inner side of the third

stria, not quite half-way from the base, and another on the

outer side of the second stria, almost at the apex. The apex

is sinuate-truncate. The upper side of the last abdominal seg-

ment is silky-opake, with a number of distinct punctures. Under-

side and legs shining brownish-black, or piceous, impunctate.

Legs moderate in length and slender ; tarsi slender, fourth joint

simple; claws not pectinate.

Errata in February Number.

After Cincindela cincta, Fab., p. 156, add—

5. C. mterstincta, Schon., Dej. 1. 42.

Supra fusco-zenea, elytrorum puncto baseos, fasciis tribus inter-

ruptis, lineolaque apicis albidis.

Long. 7} lin., lat. 24 lin.

For Drypta pectoralis, p. 157, read—

Dendrocellus pectorals (the claws of the tarsi bemg pectinated).

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Species of Bulimus. 327

XXIV.—New Species of Bulimus from India, Burma, and the

Mauritius. Described by W. H. Benson, Esq.

Bulimus Domina, B., nu. s.

Testa sinistrorsa, rimato-perforata, ovato-cylindrica, oblique striatula,

albida, strigis obliquis, rufo-corneis picta ; spira cylindrica, superne

celeriter attenuata, apice acutiusculo; sutura impressa; anfractibus

8 convexiusculis, ultimo 2% testee vix equante, basi rotundata ;

apertura vix obliqua, semiovali; peristomate undique expauso,

marginibus conniventibus, callo brevi junctis, sinistro superne

arcuato, columellari dilatato.

Long. 23, diam. 9 mill. ; long. apert. 9, lat. 6 mill.

Hab. in regione Cashmiriana.

This species, collected by Lady Gomm, is an important addi-

tion to the sinistral group inhabiting the Western Himalaya,

and consisting of B. Kunawurensis, Hutton, Nivicola, B., arcu-

atus and Vibex, Hutton, &c. Another conspicuous Bulimus of

the same type, B. candelaris, Ptr., had been previously sent to

me from the same region, and Dr. Thomson also met with it at

Tukhti Suleiman. The habitat was unknown to Pfeiffer. Reeve

conjectured that it was from the confines of Europe and Asia.

Bulimus salsicola, B., u.s.

Testa rimata, ovato-cylindrica, tenui, sursum conica, lseviuscula,

oblique obsolete striatula, albida, maculis quibusdam translucen-

tibus obscuris notata; sutura impressiuscula ; apice subpapillari,

obtusiusculo; anfractibus 6% planiusculis, ultimo 4 teste super-

ante subtus prope rimam compressiusculo ; apertura vix obliqua,

truncato-ovata ; peristomate plane reflexo, marginibus conniventi-

bus, dextro arcuato, callo parietali brevissimo, crassiusculo, tuber-

culum obsoletum angularem exhibente, junctis.

Long. 18, diam. 8 mill.; long. apert. 8, diam. 6 mill.

Hab. in montibus salsiferis Pentepotamiz Indicee. Teste W. Theo-

bald.

It is possible that this shell may exhibit coloured markings,

like those of some other Punjab species, B. pretiosus, Sindicus,

&e., when in finer condition. It has a strong resemblance in

form to the larger B. Bertheloti, Pfr., and is also allied to the

Levantine B. Ehrenbergi of the same author.

Bulimus Estellus, B., u.s.

Testa arcte perforata, oblonga, cylindrica, subremote spiraliter sulcu-

losa, interstitiis confertissime costulato-striolatis, albida; spira cylin-

dracea, apice conico, acutiusculo ; sutura impressa ; anfractibus 8

vix convexiusculis, ultimo antice ascendente, $ teste parum

328 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Species of Bulimus.

zequante, basi circa perforationem leviter compressa; apertura

verticali, angulato-ovali; peristomate obtuso, margine columellari

verticali incrassato-reflexo.

Long. 18, diam. 6 mill.

Hab. in regione Sindica. Teste Col. W. E. Baker.

At once distinguishable from the allied B. Pullus, Gray, by its

stouter form, and by the ascent of the last whorl near the aper-

ture,

Bulimus Pertica, B., n. s.

Testa imperforata, exacte cylindrica, elongatissima, confertissime

arcuato-striolata, sulcis nonnullis ineonspicuis spiraliter sculpta,

alba; spira cylindrica, apice conico, obtusiusculo; sutura impressa ;

anfractibus 10 subplanulatis, ultimo + testee zquante, antice leviter

descendente, basi rotundata; apertura valde obliqua, pyriformi ;

peristomate tenui, margine basali incrassato, subeffuso, columellari

expanso, appresso.

Long. 20, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. in regione Sindica. Teste Col. W. E. Baker.

At once distinguishable from B. Pullus, Gray, and its allies

by its lengthened cylindrical form, its slenderness, and by the

obliquity of the aperture. I am indebted for this and the pre-

ceding species to Mr. S. P. Woodward, who received them from

the discoverer.

Bulimus sanguineus, Barclay (MS.), n. s.

Testa vix perforata, ovato-pyramidata, nitente, oblique rugoso-strio-

lata, striis exilissimis confertissimis spiralibus decussata, albida,

infra preesertim roseo-tincta, strigis obliquis undatis purpureo-

castaneis ornata ; spira acuminato-conica, apice acutiusculo, nigro ;

sutura impressa; anfractibus 63, ultimo } teste vix equante, ad

peripheriam obsolete angulato; apertura vix obliqua, ovata, su-

perne angulata; peristomate tenui, recto, acuto, marginibus callo

tenui junctis, columellari superne breviter fornicatim reflexo, per-

forationem obtegente.

Long. 20, diam. 12 mill. ; long. apert. 9, lat. 8 mill.

Hab. prope Reduit, in vallibus angustis pagi Moka, Insulee Mauritii.

Detexit Sir D. W. Barclay.

This beautiful shell, conspicuous from the contrast of colours,

forms a fine addition to the Mauritian fauna.

Bulimus Physalis, B., n. 8.

Testa subobtecte perforata, ovato-conica, tenuiuseula, oblique stria-

tula, albida, nitente; spira conica, apice obtusato; sutura leviter

impressa; anfractibus 52 superne subplanatis, primis granulatis,

cseteris striis spiralibus minutissimis decussatis, ultimo tumidius-

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Species of Bulimus. 329

culo 4 longitudinis eequante, ad periphzeriam plerumque angulato ;

apertura ampla, obliqua, truncato-pyriformi ; peristomate expanso,

marginibus reflexis, callo tenui junctis, columellari superne latis-

simo, appresso, oblique leviter impresso, umbilicum angustum per-

vium fere tegente.

Long. 27-28, diam. 16-17 mill.; long. apert. 14-16, lat. 9-10 mill.

Hab. ad Khoonda Ghat, Montium Nilgherries, Indize Australis.

Teste T. Jerdon.

Well distinguished from the Cingalese species, albizonatus,

Reeve, Ceylanicus, and intermedius, Pfr., by its ventricose form,

the more ample aperture, and the mode of sculpture. A perfect

specimen, in the Museum of the India House, and a young one

received from Dr. Jerdon, have the periphery angulate ; whereas

an adult specimen communicated by Dr. Jerdon is deficient in

this feature.

Bulimus pleurophorus, B., n.s.

Testa subperforata, ovato-pyramidata, costis yerticalibus validis con-

fertis, interstitiis nitentibus, munita, albida; spira elongato-conica,

apice obtusulo, sutura profundiuscula ; anfractibus 74 convexis,

ultimo 1 testee aquante, ad basin rotundato; apertura subcircu-

lari; peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari reflexiusculo,

dextro arcuato.

Long. 8, diam. 33 mill.

Hab. rarissime ad Teria Ghét, Montium Khasia. Teste W. Theo-

bald.

A single specimen of this shell (which, in form only, has rela-

tions to the maritime European Bulimi) has been submitted for

inspection. It is not in a fresh state, and may possibly present

a horn-coloured epidermis in a more perfect condition.

Bulimus Theobaldianus, B., u. s.

Testa obtecte perforata, ovato-conica, oblique striata, striis exilibus

obsoletis decussata, ferrugineo-albida, superne fascia maculifera

teeniata, maculisque obliquis elongato-quadratis distantibus, subtus

fasciis duabus castaneis, alteraque unica peripheerica albida ornata;

spira conica, apice nigro, obtusiusculo ; sutura leviter impressa ;

anfractibus 5 vix convexiusculis, ultimo medio obtuse funiculato-

carinato, dimidium tests: vix equante; apertura vix obliqua,

truncato-ovata; peristomate tenui? recto? margine columellari ver-

ticali lilacino, tota longitudine anguste fornicatim reflexo, perfora-

tionem fere tegente ; periomphalo translucente, pallide corneo.

Long. 15, diam. 9 mill.

Hab. raro ad Yanglaw, Tenasserim. Teste W. Theobald.

The mouth of the specimen received is defective in the right

lip, The disposition of the painting has a singular resemblance

to that of the Philippine B. zonulatus, Ptr.

330 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Species of Bulimus.

The above description exhibits too many points of disagree.

ment to allow of the shell being supposed to represent Gould’s

(mostly sinistrorse) B. monilifer, notwithstanding the similar

distribution of markings, and the subcarinate last whorl, noted

by Gould, but not observable in Reeve’s Bornean shell, B,

Adamsii, which Pfeiffer, in accordance with Gould’s announce-

ment to Reeve, assigns as a synonym to B. monilifer. That

shell belongs to the group of B. perversus, while B. Theobaldianus

is allied to B. Bengalensis, Lamarck, and to B. zonulatus. The

interior of the aperture is coloured as vividly as the exterior.

Just behind the aperture there is a tendency to the formation of

square spots between the two chestnut basal bands. The direc-

tion of these spots is also oblique, but at an angle to that of

the row above the periphery.

Mr. Theobald found no shell in Tenasserim which can be re-

ferred to B. monilifer. The nearest approach to it occurs in a

large species, 41 millimétres in length, received by him as found

to the southward of Mergui, and answering to the description

of B. Janus, Pfr., of which New Hebrides is the received habitat.

It is indifferently dextrorse or sinistrorse. Bulimus perversus,

var. atricallosus, Gould, was common in the valley of the Tenas-

serim River.

Bulimus Putus, B., n. s.

Testa perforata, ovato-acuta, tenui, striatula, sub epidermide tenui

cornea albida; spira conica, apice obtusiusculo, sutura satis im-

pressa; anfractibus 6 convexis, ultimo dimidium teste vix super-

ante; apertura verticali, semiovali majuscula ; peristomate acuto,

recto, margine columellari reflexiusculo.

Long. 7, diam. vix 5 mill.; long. apert. vix 4, diam. 23 mill.

Hab. ad Tavoy. Teste W. Theobald.

Peculiar in form. ‘The only specimen examimed is in a worn

state.

A small Bulimus of the “ Pullus” type, twelve millimetres in

length, and which appears to differ in nothing but size from B.

Agrensis, Kurr (Malakoz. Bl. 1855, and Nov. Conch. t. 16. f. 9,

10) was collected by Mr. Oldham in Ava, thirty miles above the

British frontier. Kurr’s specimen in the Munich Museum is

stated to have been found at Agra in Upper India.

Cannes, February 19th, 1857.

M. A. Chatin on the Anatomy of the Rhinanthacee. 331

XXV.—On the Anatomy of the Rhinanthaceze, considered in its

relations with the classification of these plants. By A. Cuatin*.

Ir can no longer be doubted that Anatomy can and must inter-

vene in Botany, as it has long done in Zoology, to fix the posi-

tion of orders, families, genera, and frequently even of species

of plants in the natural system, and to complete their diagnosis.

The researches which I have just completed upon the Rhinan-

thacea, an important family, the parasitism of which was not

suspected before the interesting and unexpected observations of

M. Decaisne +, bring in support of this opinion an amount of

new facts, which, it seems to me, should attract the attention of

those naturalists who take an interest in the means of perfect-

ing the natural system, and especially that of those who occupy

themselves with descriptive Botany.

As essential anatomical characters of the order Rhinanthacea,

I shall indicate in the stem, the vessels never entirely united into

bundles, and the want of the fibro-cortical system, or at least of

cortical prosenchyma exterior to the fibrous tissue properly so

called ; in the rhizome, the constant existence of the organ itself,

always anatomically determinable, the absence of true spiral

vessels, and the vessels never approximated in groups; in the

leaves, the epidermic cells which are always chromuliferous, al-

though furnished with numerous stomata, and the vessels gene-

rally neither prismatic nor pressed together.

The natural anatomical character is completed by the habitual

absence of medullary rays in the rhizome, and of the fibro-cortical

body in the stem, by the medullary sheath and proper woody

stratum not being confused, by the leaves with the epidermic

cells almost always with sinuous side-walls, and with the paren-

chyma homogeneous towards the two faces; and, lastly, by the

presence of capitate glands of | to 4, rarely 8 cells, as in many

true Scrophulariacee.

The Rhinanthacee have very great affinities with non-parasitic

plants not belonging to the same family. However, to the

morphological characters which distinguish them from the Scro-

phulariacee, and which appeared to the illustrious Laurent de

Jussieu sufficient for their separation, we must add their para-

sitism, the constant absence of medullary rays in the stems, and

that of the fibro-eortical bundles.

The families of parasitic plants with which the Rhinanthacee

have the most analogies, both anatomical and morphological,

are the Kpirhizanthacee, the Orobanchee, and the Monotropee.

* Translated from the Comptes Rendus de P Académie des Sciences de

Paris, 2nd March, 1857, p. 470.

+ Comptes Rendus, 12th July, 1847.

832 M.A. Chatin on the Anatomy of the Rhinanthaceze.

Related to the Orobanchee by their rhizome with wide me-

dullary communications, by their epidermis with subhexagonal

cells containing oleo-resinous drops, by their squamiform leaves

with a homogeneous parenchyma, and the vessels crowded into

a bundle in the axis of the nervures, the Epirhizanthacee ap-

proach very closely to the Rhinanthacee by the similarity of the

vessels and fibres in the stem and rhizome.

To the morphological differences, considerable as they are,

which separate the Rhinanthacee from the Orobanchea, we have

to add some anatomical facts, which acquire great value from

their constancy and general occurrence: such are the rhizome,

constantly destitute of medullary rays, and with its vessels never

grouped; the stem with a scattered vascular system and a di-

stinct medullary sheath ; the leaves with numerous stomata, with

green matter, with the parenchyma sometimes heterogeneous,

and the vessels distinct from one another.

The Orobanchee have numerous morphological affinities with

the Rhinanthacee, which would be sought for in vain between

them and the Monotropee ; but nevertheless it is with the latter,

which, like them, are more completely parasitic than the Rhin-

anthacea, that they present the greatest number of anatomical

relations ; so true is it that the structure of organized beings

stands in necessary relations with their mode of life.

Each of the genera of the Rhinanthacee has its anatomical,

as well as its floral characters. Castilleja, like Obolaria, has the

medullary sheath scarcely, if at all, distinct ; but its stem is pro-

vided with a fibro-cortical rig, and often with feculiferous fibre-

cells. Schalbea differs from Castilleja by its vessels arranged

in radiating lines in the stem, and by its irregularly folded

epidermic cells. The Bartsie are destitute of the fibro-cortical

system, and have the medullary sheath distinct. Odontites and

Euphrasia, which have but little morphological distinction, are

confounded by their anatomy. Cymbaria 1s well characterized

by its vessels being frequently approximated by twos and threes

in the rhizome, and all placed in radiating lines in the stem, by

its fibro-cortical layer, and by its thick pitted fibres which

enter into the bundles of the leaves. Rhynchocorys, recently

separated from Rhinanthus by the morphologists, is a genus

which is admitted by anatomy, as the spiral vessels of the

sheath are not arranged upon the lines of the pitted rayed

vessels of the woody layer, and as in the leaves the vessels are

isolated from each other, at the same time that the parenchyma

is homogeneous throughout its thickness. Pedicularis, a nume-

rous genus, the species of which present considerable floral

differences, exhibits no more uniformity in its anatomy than in

its morphology. We may, however, regard as its general cha-

Zoological Society. 333

racters: the great development of the perforating cone and the

existence of fibroid strengthening folds in the suckers; in the

stem the constantly distinct medullary sheath and the pitted

utricles of the pith; and in the leaves the thick pitted fibres,

and the epidermis and parenchyma often heterogeneous. Me-

lampyrum has the perforating cone of the suckers well orga-

nized, but destitute of strengthening folds, the medullary sheath

not distinct from the concentric woody layer, and, by an ex-

ception to the character of the order, which occurs, however,

also in Rhinanthus, it has the vessels of its leaves grouped as in

the Orobanchez, amongst which it corresponds exactly with

Phelipea. Lastly, Tozzta, which is morphologically very nearly

allied to Melampyrum, is well distinguished therefrom by its leaves

with the vessels neither pressed together nor prismatic, and the

parenchyma homogeneous, as well as the epidermis, towards the

two faces of the limb.

The anatomy, which is not favourable to the splitting of the

genus Barisia into Eufragia and Triaago, separates very distinctly

some species which there is great difficulty in distinguishing

morphologically. The Odontites Jaubertiana, which has been,

until very recently, confounded with O. rubra, even at the gates

of Paris, differs considerably from the latter in the structure of

its leaves and medullary sheath. In the same way also the

Euphrasia paludosa and E. speciosa of R. Brown, which the

learned Bentham appears inclined to unite as simple varieties,

must remain separated ; the latter species differing greatly from

the other by the form of its epidermic cells, which is rare even

in the order.

With these examples I conclude, as I only wish to show here

that botanists might have recourse to anatomy with good results,

even in the determination of the value of critical species.

Nee AES fa aT Tae oe

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 24, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

ON THREE GENERA OF VESPERTILIONIDA, FURIPTERUS,

NarTaLus AND HyONYCTERIS, WITH THE DESCRIPTIONS OF

two New Species. By Roserrt F. Tomes.

The genus Furia was established by M. F. Cuvier from the exa-

m nation of a single example taken at Mona in South America, by

M. Leschenault.

Linneeus having previously made use of the name in another branch

B04 Zoological Society :—

of zoology, it has been proposed by Prince Charles Lucien Bonaparte

to substitute that of Furipterus. The latter name will be here

adopted, and as the opportunity of examining a second species has

occurred, it will afford the means of confirming the generic characters

given by the original describer, and also supply some additional pe-

culiarities.

Genus Furrererus, Bonap.

The top of the head is very much elevated, leaving a deep hollow

between that and the end of the nose. The muzzle is very short,

rather small, and abruptly truncated at the end. This gives the end

of the nose something the appearance of that part in the genus Sus,

and the similarity is increased by the superior margin being produced

in an upward direction, as in that genus. The end of the snout may

properly be called a disc, widest at its base, and having a slight

emargination in the middle of its upper boundary. In this dise the

nostrils are placed, small, directed straight forward, and nearly

round. Between them is a narrow vertical groove, continuous from

the emargination of the upper border of the dise.

All the face is densely covered with soft long hair, only the flat

end of the nose and the extreme margins of the lips being naked.

Near to the edges of the lips, and about the corners of the mouth,

the fur assumes the aspect of a beard. Around the upper margin of

the nose-disc is a fringe of fine short silky hairs.

The ears are rather large and broad, directed forward, and deeply

concave within. Their inner margins project inwards and forwards

over the forehead in the shape of a rounded lobe. Their extremities

are rather acute and directed outwards.

The tragus is shaped somewhat like the head of an arrow, sup-

ported on a narrow foot-stalk. It is short and rather broad, with a

descending barb or point on each side, the outer one being the longer

and more acute. From these it tapers rapidly to a narrow, but

rounded tip, directed a little outwards.

The most remarkable peculiarities in the organs of flight consist

in the excessively small size of the thumb, and the shortness of the

middle phalange of the longest finger. The thumb has the basal

joint much longer than the terminal one. It is wholly engaged in

the antebrachial membrane, the nail only being free. The phalange

of the finger, above alluded to, has its length contained three and a

half times in that of the terminal one, and six times in that of the

basal one. The middle phalange of the third finger also is somewhat

shorter than is usual in most Vespertilienide.

The wing-membranes extend to the distal end of the tibia. The

legs are long and slender, and the heel cartilage very long. All the

membranes are thickly marked with fine dotted lines, the interfemoral

having not less than twenty-five. In this respect they bear consider-

able resemblance to those parts in Rhinolophus and Nycteris.

The cerebral part of the skull is excessively elevated, quite dome-

shaped, and the facial portion very much depressed.

From the extraordinary elevation and expansion of the parietal

bones, the frontal bone is reduced to unusually small dimensions.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on some new Vespertilionidee. 309

Its posterior portion rises nearly at right angles from the termination

of the nasal bones, is narrowly triangular, and ends in a point near

the top of the elevated part of the cranium. Its anterior portion is

nearly horizontal in position, and is deeply cleft in the middle by the

nasal bones, which extend backwards as far as to the ascending part.

What may therefore be called the facial part of this bone is divided

into two forks, extending one on each side, between the nasal and

maxillary bones. Each of these forks is somewhat swollen, and

this, with a great depression along the line of unicn of the nasal

bones, gives a deep longitudinal groove to the facial part of the cra-

nium, which however becomes nearly obsolete at the nasal opening.

A great peculiarity consists in the development of the intermaxil-

lary bones. These are not cleft in front as in Vespertilio (leaving

only space enough for the incisors to be placed close to the canines,

and in a line nearly continuous with them), but are united, leaving

only two small incisive foramina in the anterior part of the palate.

Also they differ materially from the same bones in the genus Vesper-

tilio, in having the upper free margins, forming the walls of the nasal

opening, continued without any diminution of their depth to their

most anterior point. The upper margins of these bones are usually

very much sloped in the genus Vespertilio.

In consequence of the great degree of development of the inter-

maxillary bones, abundant space is allowed for the incisor teeth.

Accordingly there is a considerable interval on each side between

them and the canines, and they are arranged, not in a line with the

rest of the dental series, but vertically and in a regular curve across

the extremities of the above-mentioned bones. There is however an

interval in front, between the central ones, though not so consider-

able as the space contiguous to the canines.

Their form is that of a short cone, the inner pair with their points

directed somewhat inwards.

The canines are of a very remarkable form—a form, so far as lam

aware, not hitherto observed in any other mammal. They present

four points: a central cusp of the usual canine form, a lobe acces-

sory to this, and situated about the middle of its posterior edge, one

at the base of the same edge, and one of a very pointed form at its

anterior base. The remaining teeth in the upper jaw do not differ

materially from those of Vespertilio proper.

The lower incisors are uniformly arranged and bifid. The canines

are small, with an anterior and posterior spur at their bases, the an-

terior one being the longer, and appearing like two additional inci-

sors. There are three premolars on each side, conical, and increa-

sing in size as they approach the true molars. These latter resemble

those of Vespertilio restricted.

The formula of dentition may be thus expressed :—

In. — : a P.M. | ; —, total 5.

On examining the under surface of the skull, we find that the bony

palate does not extend posteriorly beyond the last molar. In this

respect it resembles the genus Miniopteris, whilst in Vespertilio the

336 Zoological Society :—

palate extends as far backwards as to the middle of the zygoma; in

Vesp. (Kerivoula) picta, nearly as far back as to the condyloid fossa.

The lower jaw has, at the lowest part of the symphysis menti, a

prominent tubercle, directed downwards, and projecting below the

level of the lower margin of the jaw. It is probable that this may

be equivalent to the spine mentales. From this, the margin of the

jaw curves very evenly and moderately to the posterior angle. The

ramus is very high, and the coronoid process, the condyle, and the

posterior process, are arranged in nearly the same horizontal line, the

condyle being a little elevated above the other two. The posterior

process has a peculiar outward direction.

Such are the characters derived from the examination of seven

examples. They do not include some peculiarities mentioned by

M. F. Cuvier, viz. the presence of a series of warts on the upper lip,

and under the chin, the prominence of the eye, and the cartilaginous

condition of the terminal half of the tail. I have failed to detect

any warts, nor do I perceive that the eye is more prominent than in

other Vespertilionide. As, however, I am describing from dried

specimens, too great reliance cannot be placed on the apparent ab-

sence of these characters.

With respect to the tail, in the seven examples examined, five have

it wholly withdrawn from the membrane, and the remaining two

only partially withdrawn, the terminal vertebree being left in the

situation proper for the basal ones. This may possibly have been

the case with the example mentioned by M. F. Cuvier, as suggested

by Dr. Gray.

It may not be amiss to remark that this genus resembles the genus

Kerivoula of Dr. Gray (as illustrated by Kerivoula picta) in the

form of the ear, but in no other respect have I found them similar.

The crania, although greatly elevated in both, differ in other respects,

and even in this they by no means closely agree.

The genus Miniopteris approaches most nearly to Furipterus, in

the characters exhibited by the cranium. They somewhat resemble

each other in the elevated form of the vertex, in the length of the

bony palate, and in some measure in the form of the posterior por-

tion of the lower jaw, and the development of the intermaxillary

bones.

1. FuRIPTERUS HORRENS.

Furia horrens, F. Cuv. Mém. du Mus. xvi. p. 150. tab. 9; Fischer,

Synop. Mam. Addenda, 352; Temm. Mon. i. p. 264; Wagn. in

Suppl. Schreb. Sauge.i.p.549 ; Schinz. Synop. Mam. i. p. 207; Less.

Nouv. Tab. Rég. Anim. p. 22.

The eyes prominent and large. The nostrils apical, and separated

only by a margin surrounding them, forming a groove at their upper

art. Lips entire, the upper one with four or five warts along its

side. The lower lip has eight warts, conspicuous from being of a

white colour, amidst the surrounding black fur. ars large, nearly

as broad as long, simple in structure. The tragus is of a peculiar

form, having three points arranged like a cross.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on some new Vespertilionide. 337

The fur is soft and thick, except at the muzzle, where it is longer

and coarser than that of the other parts.

The colour is a fine uniform black.

Length of the head and body (English) 1" 7'"; expanse 6" 43'”.

Hab. S. America, Mona.

2. FuRIPTERUS CHRULESCENS, N. 8.

Top of the head very much elevated, face depressed, excessively

hairy, only the end of the nose and the extreme edges of the lips

being naked. Ears as broad as high, roundish, with the tips angular

and directed somewhat outwards. Tragus short, supported on a nar-

row foot-stalk, immediately above which is a descending process on

each side. From these it tapers rapidly to a narrow, but rounded

point, which is directed a little inwards. About the middle, between

the tip and the inner descending process, is a slight angular projection.

The fur is everywhere long and silky. That of the upper parts is

slaty-blue at its base, slightly tipped with dusky-brown, but not suf-

ficiently so to appear bicoloured. On the head it is somewhat

paler than on the back. The long fur of the face is darker and not

quite so blue. The fur margining the lips is of a silky ash-colour.

The chin is of a uniform grey-brown, the breast blue-grey, the fur

tipped for a third of-its length with whitish-grey. On the belly and

pubal regions it is nearly uniform whitish-grey.

Of the specimens examined, two are males and the remainder

females, and all are obviously adult. The sexes are similar.

The great similarity in the size of the examples renders it unneces-

sary for me to give the measurements of more than one. For the

purpose of comparison I add the dimensions of the figure illustrating

M. F. Cuvier’s memoir.

F. horrens. F. cerulescens.

Length of the head and body ........ 1 64 1243

OSL 1G 0 east eee iced nrti la | ideal 203) ?

of the head ees OO 0 6

GIGGHEVERES@ ot enc ess ces oe 0 42 Or'35

Gist MOTe-AGOI ns os fies - jaggy ee

of the longest finger .......... Alaa? 2 2

OL the fourth: HOPer soi cops ss - La P19

GHEDEADIRS ce ae wavelets = oars ae neti 0 63

GHEE NOD GET fie cise. a syerel ecapeune 0 4 0 3t

Expanse, following the bones, of the wings 9 3 8 9

Hab. St. Catharine, Brazil.

Genus Natatus, Gray.

The forms of this genus bear considerable resemblance to those of

Furipterus. The crown is very much elevated, and a deep depres-

sion separates it from the nose. The latter is broad, but not bulging

at its sides, as observable in some Vespertilionide (such as Scoto-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xix. 22

338 Zoological Society :-—

philus, Gray). The top of the nose, in front of the eyes, is rather

prominent, and rounds down evenly on all sides to the edge of the

upper lip, which if seen from below would describe a half-oval figure.

The above-mentioned prominence is furnished with a central longi-

tudinal ridge, terminating between the nostrils. These are apical,

approximated, and of an ovoid form. They are placed so near the

margin of the lip that they might almost be described as situated in

it. They do not interfere with the curvature of the outline of that

part, being simple perforations.

The lower lip is furnished with a broadish, naked reflexed edge,

divided by a vertical groove in front. Below this is an irregular

semicircular double row of warts, studded with bristly hairs, and a

larger one beneath at the symphysis menti.

The ears are rather large, broadest at two-thirds of the distance

from their bases. They are furnished with a descending free lobe at

the base of the outer margin, which is unattached to the side of the

face, somewhat like the /obulus of the human ear. Their extreme

tips are directed outwards.

The tragus is of very peculiar form ; it is supported on a distinct

stalk, which springs horizontally from the inside of the auditory

opening. From the extremity of this, the tragus rises vertically,

and occupies the usual position in the ear. It is short, broad, and

somewhat fleshy. The two margins curve to a rather acute tip,

which is directed a little inwards. At the outer edge, towards the

base, is a descending angular projection. About the middle of the

ascending part, the tragus is twisted upon itself, in such a manner as

to present only the edge of the upper part to the eye, whilst the

basal portion presents its fat surface. From its tip spring a number

of fine bristly hairs, straight and long.

The legs, feet, and os calcis are long, and the toes occupy about

one-half of the length of the feet. The tail is very long, equal in

length to the head and body ; it consists of seven joints, the terminal

one being small. The wing-membranes have a singular mode of at-

tachment to the tibia. Viewing the animal from the under side they

are seen to proceed from the base of the os calcis, in the form of a

narrow rudiment of membrane, extending up the inside of the tibia

for a fourth of its length. At this point they cross over the ubia,

and pass outwards, forming the posterior margins of the wings. The

thumb is rather small, but the wings do not present any other great

peculiarities. All the membranes are thickly marked with dotted

lines as in Furipterus, the interfemoral membrane having between

twenty and thirty.

The upper incisors are four in number, im pairs, separated from

the canines by an interval, and with a space in the middle between

the pairs. They are small, of nearly uniform size, and obtusely

conical. In the space between them is a prominent horse-shoe-

shaped cartilage, a little in advance of them, being a prolongation of

the anterior boundary of the palate. Behind this is a transverse

prominent palatal ridge, divided in the middle by a notch.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on some new Vespertilionide. 339

NATALUS STRAMINEUS, Gray.

Natalus stramineus, Gray, Mag. Zool. & Bot. ii. p. 496; Cat. Mam.

Brit. Mus. p. 28.

The face is very hairy, particularly along the median ridge, and

on the upper lip, where it takes the form of a thick long moustache,

extending the whole length of the lip. This rises on each side over

the top of the nose, meeting in the middle, and forming a kind of

transverse ridge of hair. Immediately in front of the eye is a naked

space. The ears when held up to the light present a singular dotted

appearance, and resemble in this respect the Vesp. papillosus of

Temminck. ‘The extreme tip of the tail is exserted.

The fur is of medium length and substance. On the upper parts,

of a uniform brownish-yellow ; on the under, the same but paler.

‘The membranes and naked parts are reddish-brown.

The whole of the above has been taken, by the kind permission of

Dr. Gray, from the two examples mentioned in his Catalogue, and

the following are their dimensions. The first column refers to the

specimen in spirit from South America, and the second to the one

from St. Blas, North America.

No. 1. No. 2.

Length of the head and body ........ 9 1 11, about.

GRGRC TAL... 3... faketw i An Wada Zin? 2 O, nearly.

OEE INCE oe. cheese as cso sicch oh 3 one 0.9 0 74

CL CWe CALS. oa. 53h 8 te aero O45 0 4

Onthe trArusiert-t3/,25% 2, crit oar O poe 0 12

Peecalen OF ther car jive 550). .0ssos Sse st. 0 6 0 43%

Peach onthe fore-Arm cigs tikes wees VL Od} 1. 43

of, the longest finger. 555 -J%i,. 0d. 0 2 uD

of the fourth finger .......... 2 2 lll

Or cre tnUMb): jaws ocistuisscl ces Oe 42 0 24

——— of the tibia ................. 0 9 0 8

CIR IYE GLC die ae pee tees Cee Eee 0 4 0 4

Expanse, following the bones, of the wings 10 6 10.0

Genus Hyonycrerts, Licht. et Peters.

Incisors four above, in pairs, separated by a space in the middle,

the apices bifid; below, six, contiguous, trifid. Canines, distinct,

long, ccnical, surrounded by two rings or collars. Molars above and

below, six on each side, the upper anterior ones separate, the three

posterior ones close together and W-shaped. Tongue medium ;

snout elongated beyond the lips, with a discoid end (somewhat as in

Furipterus). Nostrils below, ensiform. Lips tumid, the margins

broadly reflected. Ears separate, broad, and furnished with tragus

and antitragus. Wing-membranes broad, extending the whole length

of the leg and foot, quite to the base of the nails. Interfemoral

membrane entire, completely enclosing the tail, the last joint only of

which is exserted. Thumb free, nailed, and with a broad suetorial

disk attached to it. Index finger very short, scarcely a fourth as

22%

340 Zoological Society :-—

long as the basal phalange of the longest finger ; all the remaining

fingers with three phalanges. The feet with five toes, furnished with

a suctorial disc. All the toes composed of only two phalanges, and

united by aweb. Os calcis lobed and long.

1. HyonycTeRIs DISCIFERA, Licht. et Peters.

Hyonycteris discifera, Licht. et Peters, Neue merkw. Saugeth.

1855*.

The upper parts cinnamon-brown, beneath paler; wings dusky-

brown.

Length of the head and body.... 1 7

——— of the tail ............ I ae

——— of the head............ Dad,

Of fe CRTS cia) Sai aut 0

— of the tragus.......... 0

of the fore-arm ........05.. 1

— of the longest finger .... 2

‘ 1

bole

——— of the fourth finger

Pa 0S rl 0s edna a COE i

— of the foot and claws... .

Expanse of wings ......

Hab. Puerto Caballo, Central America.

WWONWAAWN

bole

2. HyonyCTERIS ALBIVENTER, DN. S.

The specimen from which the present description has been taken

has lost some of its parts by accident, and with them some of the

peculiarities described by MM. Lichtenstein and Peters in the paper

already alluded to. Thus, the tragus has been eaten away from each

ear by insects, the nose-dise apparently so much rubbed as to have

lost its original form, and the thumbs are entirely wanting. In other

respects the specimen is in sufficient preservation to confirm the cha-

racters given by the above-mentioned authors, and also to furnish an

additional peculiarity not given by them in their description of the

genus. This will be hereafter indicated.

The crown of the head is very considerably elevated, the face very

concave, and the muzzle rather elongated. The ears are scarcely as

broad as high, the inner margin (towards the top of the ear) is very

much rounded, and the extreme tip is conspicuously directed out-

wards. The outer margin is considerably hollowed out+ for nearly

the whole of its length, but with a rounded prominence at its base.

The face is very hairy, and the upper lip has a distinct moustache of

long hair.

* Gelesen in der Akademie der Wissenschaften, am. 22 Junil854. Berlin 1855.

+ It appears desirable to state that the expression “ hollowed out ” must be

taken in its literal sense, as the form here attempted to be described is very dif-

ferent from what is usually called ‘‘an emarginate ear,” in the genus Vespertilio.

In this genus it is a distinct “notch ”’ in the outer margin of the ear : in Hyonye-

teris it is simply a shallow piece scooped out of the margin,—at least such is the

case in the specimen I possess, but in the figure already referred to, this is less

conspicuous.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on some new Vespertilionide. 341

On the whole of the upper parts the fur is of a reddish-brown

colour, uniform in tint from its root to the tip. On the under parts it

is pure white, tinged with rufous on the humeral region and on the chin.

This species appears to differ from the last in having the ear much

more hollowed out externally, in being somewhat larger, and in

having the under parts pure white.

Length of the head and body..........-. 2 as'0

ee MCMC RT AEL AOU Ue sala a. ioc a axes ao 1 2

a rte MEAG |! oes. ede eee’ soy see Og

SitHCearSet ney one ae sees On ton

pore tiie TOLe-ATIUs re ac ores fees 5 aan 4

of the longest finger ............ 2 4

—— of the fourth finger yn tee de EO

of the tibia. (ic aac ste S sin crys <4 0 +

= of'the foot and claws. ....-.....- Um

Expanse of wings, following the phalange.. 10 6

Hab. River Napo, near Quito, where it was collected by Mr. Bates.

In addition to the generic characters given by the authors already

quoted, the very peculiar form of the claws of the hinder feet may be

mentioned. These are rather long, have a small degree of curvature,

are very slender, and not compressed laterally as in other Bats.

Their under surface is rather deeply hollowed out; in this respect

they bear considerable resemblance to the claws of some Rasorial

birds, such as the genus Tetrao, but they are relatively more slender.

From their form they could scarcely be used as organs of suspension,

and it is not improbable that the conspicuous dises attached to the

thumbs and feet may answer the same purpose that claws are known

to do in the ordinary Bats.

The elevated form of the cranium deserves special attention, as

indicating an affinity in this particular with the genera Furipterus

and Natalus.

The peculiarity of having the wing-membranes extended to the

claws is not restricted to this genus, as I have observed it in the

Vesp. suillus of M. Temminck. This species has been considered

by Dr. Gray to be sufficiently dissimilar from other examples of the

genus Vespertilio, to merit generic distinction, under the name of

Murina. Another species from Ceram (Vesp. vulpinus, Temm., Mus.

Ley.) possesses the same singular mode of attachment of the mem-

branes. Not having carefully examined either of these, I am unable

to offer any positive opinion respecting their affinity with the genera

above described. It appears probable, however, that other characters

would be discovered common to Hyonycteris and Murina, if a close

examination were instituted.

* In taking the measure of the ear, it is my custom to consider it as a simple

projection, and to measure along the line of greatest convexity of the hinder sur-

face. This imaginary line will proceed from that part of the base nearest the

crown, to the tip of the ear. A line along its anterior or posterior margin would

be rather an indication of form than of absulute length, and should therefore be

given additionally if the form of the ear seems to require it.

342 Zoological Society :—

Notice oF some InpIAN TorTOISES (INCLUDING THE DE-

SCRIPTION OF A New SPECIES PRESENTED TO THE BritTIsH

Museum sy Proressor OtpHam). By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S., ETc.

The most interesting specimen of the very curious series of

Indian Tortoises presented to the British Museum by Professor

Oldham, is a fine full-grown example of a species which so strongly

resembles the South American Testudo tabulata, in size, form and

colours, that it might easily be mistaken for a specimen of that

species which had been taken to India in some vessel. But on a

closer examination it is easily distinguished from the American kind

by the following particulars :—

First. It belongs to the Old World division of the genus, or the true

genus Testudo, characterized by the last vertebral plate being only

as wide as the caudal and the hinder half of each of the hinder

marginal plates, instead of being of the widtlr of the caudal and the

hinder marginal plates, as is the case with the American “ Gophers,”

including the species Testudo tabulata and Testudo gopher.

Secondly. It has a large, elongated, well-marked nuchal plate,

which is never found in Testudo tabulata.

Thirdly. The hinder notch is more angular and acute.

The specimen sent from India has the deeply concave sternum,

which is supposed to mark the male animals, as is the case with many

specimens of 7’. tabulata. It is sent under the name of ‘ Testudo

elongata,’ which I willingly adopt; as it may have been noticed

under that name in some Indian periodical which has not yet come

under my observation.

1. TESTUDO ELONGATA.

Thorax oblong, rather depressed, truncated in front, rounded be-

hind, black ; shield yellow-edged. Sternum rather narrow, trun-

cated in fr ont, angularly notched behind, yellow, largely black-varied.

Nuchal plate elongate. The hinder vertebral plate as wide as the

caudal and the hinder half of the hinder marginal plates.

Hab. India, “ Mergui.”

Nofe.—Since the above was written, I have received a Part of

the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for 1856, and I find

the following observations on this species, which appears to have

been mentioned in a preceding volume :—

Testudo elongata, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxii. 639.

Vol. xxv. 1856; ixxxi: 7:12:

Mr. Blyth states, “A number of living specimens have been re-

ceived from Captain Berdmore.

«Colour of naked parts olive-grey varied with dull yellow.”’

Mergwi, Tenasserim River.

Dr. J. E. Gray on some Indian Tortoises. 343

2. Testupo Horsrietpt, Gray, Cat. Tort. B.M. t. 1.

There is a fine large specimen of this species, showing that it is

very distinct from the 7’. greca of Europe. The upper jaw has a

small notch on each side of the tip.

3. Emys crassico.tiis, Bell.

The Collection contains three adult specimens of this species, which

are marked “‘ Hmys nigra, Blyth.”

The adult examples are rather broader than the younger specimens,

in which a mucro is usually found, and the dorsal keels are almost

entirely obliterated ; the hinder edge of the thorax is acutely dentate ;

the sternum is pale greyish, with black areolee and rays. It is probably

the absence of the keels in the adult state that induced Mr. Blyth

to regard it as a distinct species; but the keels generally become

more indistinct in all the species which are keeled in their younger

condition.

The specimens are marked as coming from ‘‘ Mergui.” The jaws

are even, and not notched in front.

4, Emys niGRA, n.s., Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixxvii. 712.

Mr. Blyth observes on the affinity of this species with L. crassz-

collis, but he does not appear to have the means of comparison.

The Collection contains two species of the genus Batagur :—

5. Baracur Baska, Gray, Cat. Tort. B.M. t. 16.

There is a very large adult shell of this species, which is marked

« Emys tentoria, Blyth.” It measures 21} inches over the back,

192 along the sternum, and is 18 inches across the back and 213

over the convexity of the back. The jaws of the species are very

strongly dentated; the upper one is toothed on the edge with two

angular series of pits; the lower jaw is furnished with two concentric

series of acute spinose tubercles, those in the outer series the largest

and very acute, the central one in front horny, very large.

6. Baracur oce.uata, Gray, Cat. Tort. B.M. t. 36.

There is a beautiful specimen of a species of this genus from

Mergui, which I am inclined to believe is referable to Hmys ocellata

of Dumeril and Bibron (Erpétologie générale, ii. 329. t.15. f. 1); aspe-

cies which I have not before seen in any English collection. I should

have no doubt of its being that kind from the description ; but in the

figures the dark spots on the costal plates are represented as being

nearly regular, circular, broad rings round a pale circular centre,

while in the specimen received from Professor Oldham the dark

mark on the costal plate is an irregular oblong or square mark only,

partly surrounding the paler centre of the shield.

Mr. Blyth in the same paper observes, “ Hmys ocellata would

appear to be the commonest species in the Burmese rivers, and its

naked parts are olive-grey, the crewn blackish, with a yellowish-white

- V-like mark over the snout, continued as a supercilium over each

344 Botanical Society of Edinburgh :—

eye and back upon the neck, another straight line behind the eye,

and both are often more or less broken into spots.

« Carapax dusky mottled with yellowish, a great black spot sur-

rounded with a pale areola upon each discoidal (!) plate, dorsal ridges

blackish with pale border, and lower parts wholly yellowish-white.

«Some are brighter coloured than others, and the ocelli become

proportionally smaller as they increase in size.

«The carapax of our largest specimen measured 9 by 6% inches,

but it probably is not nearly full-grown.”

Hab. Burmah.

7. Cisrupo DENTATA, Gray.

There is a fine adult specimen of this species in the Collection,

also from Mergui.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

December 11, 1856.—Professor Balfour, Vice-President, in the

Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. “Description of a Method of Preserving Plants of their Natural

Form and Colour,” by Thomas R. Marshall, Esq.

The plant should be placed in a box, in such a manner as to preserve

the natural disposition of its parts; fine sawdust (perfectly dry) of

box, or other hard wood, is then to be carefully sprinkled over it,

taking care not to shift the position of the leaves. The plants ought

to be quite fresh when put into the box. About a fortnight in he

dust is sufficient to dry the plants in summer (in a natural heat ) ;

succulent plants require a longer time.

2. “On the species of Pine called in Moffat ‘ Dr. Walker’s Pouch

Fir,’ by Professor Fleming.

3. On some new species of Marine Diatomacece from the Firth

of Clyde,” by Professor Gregory.

4, “Notice of Hepaticee, found near Aberfeldy,” by John

Lowe, Esq.

The author enumerated fifty-five species.

The third meeting of the session was held on January 8, 1857.—

Professor Balfour, Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. “On the production of Ergot on Rye,” by Kenneth Corbet,

Esq.

The author stated that he found that native ergot was more certain

in its medical action than that imported from the Continent.

2. “On a Monstrosity in the Fruit of Silene inflata, with some

remarks on Placentation,’’ by A. Dickson, Esq.

Mr. Dickson exhibited a specimen with partitions in the ovary.

He considered that the specimen he produced went to support the

view of central placentation in all cases, as suggested by Schleiden.

Mr. M. Thomson on Australian Wines. 345

3. ‘Notice of Plantain Flour,” by Murray Thomson, Esq.

Plantain meal is prepared by taking off the skin from the fruit,

slicing the pulpy core, and then drying and powdering it. The

meal has the odour of fresh hay or tea. It has a sweetish taste,

and partially dissolves in the mouth. By analysis, 100 parts were

found to consist of—

Wiattein stich cae cies hare

Starches tr trssecate suis: 71:60

GING cies eee eae 4°42

OED a Nin Cte are 2°40

WelimlOse = vce ie saree 5°99

Plastic constituents—

AU DUMEN oi cas eects 2°01

ope Raat lege ticaceuats cig ayrsnh as 0°50

Soluble salts’. ...-. 44 0°64

99°89

4. “ Analyses of Three Australian Wines,”’ by Murray Thomson,

Esq.

The author had analysed three samples of wine sent to Professor

G. Wilson from Australia.

No. 1. “‘Miton:’’ resembled port wine in colour. The bouquet

was good. It was found to contain 11°30 per cent. of alcohol, also

sugar and tartrate of potash in small quantity, and traces of phosphate

of lime and magnesia, acetic and sulphuric acids, and chlorine.

No. 2. “ Frontignac:’ resembled sherry in colour, also with a good

bouquet, but rather sweet. It contamed 16-00 per cent. alcohol,

also sugar, tartrate of potash and soda, traces of lime and magnesia,

acetic acid, and chlorine.

No. 3. ‘Casiquar :”’ had a port-wine colour, good bouquet, and

rather sweet taste. It contained 18 percent. of alcohol, also sugar,

tartrate of potash and soda, traces of lime and magnesia, and phos-

phates, acetic and sulphuric acids, and chlorine.

These wines are pure and good, although not so showy or so full-

bodied as the wines supplied from Spain and the other wine countries.

Their poverty in bouquet may be accounted for by their comparative

youth, being at most only three years old. Their all being acid may

be explained by the circumstance that the sample bottles were not

tightly closed. On the whole these wines are beyond the average of

many wines sent to the British market, both as regards purity and

strength. ‘The cultivation of the vine and the manufacture of wine

will no doubt be carried on extensively in Australia.

5. “On the injurious effects of Urocerus gigas on Fir-trees,” by

the Rev. A. Thomson.

The author stated that last summer his forester had observed a

Scotch fir-tree about thirty-five years old die very suddenly. The

tree was cut down and taken to the saw-mill. During the preparation

of the wood a latge fly was observed in a burrow in the wood. Sub-

sequently another fly, a grub, and the remains of a cocoon were seen.

The insect was examined, and found to be the Urocerus gigas. It

346 Miscellaneous.

has been rarely noticed in Scotland. It appears, however, that in

Germany it often causes great destruction in the forests.

6. ‘On the Occurrence of the Seeds of Bearded Darnel in inferior

samples of Wheat,”’ by George 8. Lawson, Esq.

7. “Notes on Pinus Cephalonica and other Coniferee, at Craigo

House, Montrose,” by Mr. P. 8. Robertson.

Mr. Robertson read a notice of a large number of plants of Pinus

Cephalonica, which are growing at Craigo House, about three miles

from the sea, on dry sandy soil which overlies soft freestone rock,

and in the vicinity of limestone. The trees had been raised from

seed and planted about eighteen years ago. They appeared to be in

perfect health, making growths of 12 to 15 inches each year ; a good

many having now attained to 12 and 15 feet in height.

Mr. Lowe made some verbal remarks on the effects of lightning

upon Larch-trees. During the violent storm which occurred on the

7th of August last, a larch-tree, standing in a field at the west end

of the village of Fortingal, was struck by lightning. Commencing

about a yard from the summit, the electric fluid passed in a spiral

direction down the trunk, making five-and-a-half coils in its descent,

and peeling off the bark to the breadth of five or six inches. Half-

way down the tree the current appears to have been divided by an

intervening branch, and from this pomt the spiral coil is double,

diverging as it nears the base, where one of the currents has passed

into the earth to the west and the other to the east side, after having

thrown down a portion of stone wall which opposed its progress.

At the point of entrance of this current the earth was torn up, and

a large opening left. Another larch, about a mile to the east of

Fortingal, was struck in a similar manner and on the same evening.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on the Pteropus of Australia.

By J. K. E. FarruHoime.

THE acquisition of a Flying Fox to the Gardens of the Society,

induces me to bring before your notice a few observations I have

made on the habits of this animal in the country about Moreton Bay,

on the east coast of Australia, about lat. 27° south.

The flying fox is well known even in the southern parts of Au-

stralia in the summer months ; but by far the largest flights are seen

in the warmer latitudes. The attention is generally attracted to them

(just as daylight disappears) by the heavy flapping sound of their

wings, as they fly in great numbers overhead, all in the same direc-

tion. These flights often continue to pass for many hours together on

the way to their feeding-places, generally about the banks of rivers,

where the tree known as the Flooded-gum grows, on the leaves of

which they feed. Though scattered over a large extent of country

while feeding at night, they all contrive to assemble again to spend

the heat of the day together, and when the flight is large, the scene

Miscellaneous. 347

of congregation is most extraordinary. I am fortunate enough to

have known two of these places of assembly—one on a small island

in Moreton Bay, covered with dense scrub or jungle ; another in the

scrub, close to my former residence, about forty miles inland from

the Bay. In the latter spot the serub consists of the usual under-

growth of smaller trees, mixed with bush ropes, or lianes, and over-

topped by enormous Moreton Bay pine-trees (Araucaria Cunning-

hami). On the nearly horizontal branches of the pines, as well as

on the lower trees around, the flying foxes hang in vast numbers. I

can never forget my astonishment as I approached this spot for the

first time, being taken to it for the purpose of shooting some of the

animals for the natives. The space occupied by the flight was, as

near as I could judge, about 400 or 500 yards square, and in this,

every tree was more or less loaded with them, all hanging with their

heads downwards, and uttering a sound difficult to describe, but

not unlike that of young rooks when crying for food. All that were

not snarling and fighting for places, were steadily fanning themselves

with their wings half extended as they hung. On our approach,

most of those nearest to us took to flight, only to alight again on the

next tree, or to wheel round and round in the air above the spot.

On my firing a shot, the din increased, and continued to such an ex-

tent, that after I had shot what the blacks required, I was glad to

get away from it. Many had young ones clinging to them, and

suckling at the breast. This flight met in the same spot for several

days, and then disappeared. The flesh of the flying fox is like that

of a rabbit in appearance, but is strongly flavoured by the food on

which the animal feeds.

On the coast of Moreton Bay the natives live principally on fish,

and the arrival of the flying foxes on the little island of St. Helena

is hailed by them as a change of diet. The flights only appear in

the warmer months of the year, even in lat. 26°, and most likely

migrate into the tropical latitudes during the colder months, like

many of our Australian birds.

At Moreton Bay there is no difficulty in procuring any number of

young flying foxes, as the island on which they congregate is close

to the anchorage for ships.—Proc. Zool. Soc. July 22, 1856.

On the Metamorphoses of Trachys pygmeea. By M. Leprirvr.

Most of the known larvee of the Buprestide, the family of Beetles

to which Trachys pygmea belongs, live in the interior of the trunks of

trees, feeding on the woody tissue. Those of the present species

were discovered between the two laminz of the epidermis of the

leaves of some Malvaceous plants; they devoured the parenchyma,

leaving the epidermis untouched, in the same way as the Lepidopte-

rous and Dipterous leaf-miners. In this way they form a sort of

dwelling resembling an inflated vesicle, in which they undergo their

transformations.

Amongst the numerous researches made by Réaumur into the

history of many of the leaf-mining laryee, some refer to Coleopterous

348 Miscellaneous.

insects principally belonging to the group of the Rhynechophora or

Weevils. One of the figures given by that celebrated naturalist

represents a mining larva which lives in the leaves of the Mallow,

and which is evidently a species of Tachys.—Comptes Rendus, Feb.

16th, 1857, p. 314.

On a Monstrosity of Haliotis (albicans ?).

By Joun Epwarp Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., ete.

Mr. Cuming kindly showed to me a series of four specimens of

Ear-shells, which he procured in Paris, and of which he has some

other examples.

The four specimens are all peculiar for having an elongated con-

tinued slit occupying the place where the series of perforations is

usually situated,—this slit extending more than one-third of the

length of the spiral ridges on the outer or left side of the whorls ;

but it does not extend to the margin of the shell, and there is

generally a more or less deep pit on the inner surface, in front of

its extremity.

When I first saw the shell, I was inclined to regard it as a mon-

strosity ; but when I considered the uniformity of the peculiarity

in the specimens which I possess, and in those which Mr. Cuming

had seen, I thought that it might be the type of a new form, for

which Schismotis excisa would be a good name.

But a comparison of the shell with the specimens of Haliotis al-

bicans in the British Museum from Van Diemen’s Land, has induced

me to believe that they are only varieties of that or some very nearly

allied species, and that the peculiarity of their structure is produced

by the locality they inhabit, the absence of the shelly matter on the

branchial ridge bemg probably produced by the continued abrasions

to which the shells have evidently been exposed, either by some che-

mical peculiarities in the water or the attack of parasitic animals.

All the specimens are in avery eroded condition, and two of them

are very much pierced with a minute worm, and they all have the

under valve of a Hipponyx attached on the left side near the cireum-

ference of the shell; one of these shells (which is generally the

largest of the series) beg placed in front of the slit between its

termination and the front margin of the shell, covering the space

which in the normal shell would be the place of one or two perfora-

tious.

If the exterior surface of a good specimen of Haliotis albicans is

examined, it will be found that there exists a distinct narrow straight

groove continued from one perforation to the other, and to the margins

of the outer lip, which I have not seen so distinctly marked in any

other species of the genus, indicating probably the suture between

the overlapping of the two sides of the slit in the mantle of the animal,

and this suture is marked but by a slight lme on the inner surface

of the shell. The same suture is to be observed in most other

Haliotide, but they are generally not so distinct as in H. albicans,

and much more sinuous.

Miscellaneous. 349

I am inclined to believe that the slit in the specimens is to be

considered as the imperfect filling-up of the shelly matter between

the usual perforations, caused by the eroded and evidently diseased

state of the specimens.

The interior of the shells is marked with a very rough tubercular

muscular scar, which is not to be observed in perfect specimens of Hali-

otis albicans ; but this will be found to be uniformly the case with

most specimens of Ear-shells which have an eroded or worm-eaten

outer surface, even in species which have a scarcely marked scar in

their perfect or normal condition ; so that this difference, like the

slit, appears to depend on the state of the shell and the animal

which formed it.

The interior of the shell presents a further peculiarity, but this is

evidently caused by the same effects as the roughness of the muscu-

lar scar and slit ou the branchial ridge, viz. there is a more or less

deep broad groove on the inner surface between the slit and the sub-

central muscular scar, which is more or less marked with regular

cross grooves, and they are evidently impressions of the outer surface

of the two branches of the gills.

Only one of the specimens I have seen shows any indications of

the outer surface of the shell, and in that it only forms a band about

one-fourth of an inch wide on the edge of the outer lip; it is pale,

greyish, and concentrically striated, like the surface of the normal

specimen of Haliotis albicans.

This kind of monstrosity was to be expected, as the mantle of the

animal is slit under the perforations on the shell; and we have in

Scissurella and in several fossil genera the perforations replaced

by a more or less continued slit over the mantle. I have never

before seen an Ear-shell with more than two holes united into a short

slit by the absence of the shelly matter between them ; but when we

examine the Haliotis albicans, the existence of the more distant ex-

terior groove renders it the species in which one would more readily

expect such an abnormal formation to occur.

I have seen two specimens of two species of Haliotis, which ,ex-

hibited just the converse deformity, being without any appear-

ance of the series of perforations, the place of the holes being occupied

by a continued convex spiral rib, like the second rib in Padollus.

Most probably in this individual the mantle of the animal was without

any slit, and hence the malformation, the water being admitted to

the gills by the slight notch in front of the ribs, as in some Emar-

ginule or Scuta.—Proe. Zool. Soc. May 27, 1856.

PERFORATED STRUCTURE OF RHYNCHONELLA GEINITZIANA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Belmont near Galway, March 10, 1857.

GENTLEMEN,—I am much gratified to learn from your last Num-

ber that Dr. Carpenter has examined some Russian specimens of

Rhynchonella Geinitziana ; inasmuch as his examination appears to

confirm my suspicion that the German shell, so called, is ‘‘a different

350 Miscellaneous.

species,” as expressed, about a year ago, in the ‘Annals.’ I now

write to state that I am preparing a supplement to my ‘ Notes on

Permian Fossils,—Palliobranchiata,’ in which the “ distinctly and

regularly perforated’’ histological structure of the German species

will be more fully described than I have yet done, and proved to be

like that “of any Terebratulide.”

I cannot conclude without expressing my warm appreciation of the

trouble which both Mr. Davidson and Dr. Carpenter have taken in

this question.

I am, Gentlemen,

Yours very truly,

WitiiaM Kine.

On the Nucleus of the Operculum of Cyclostoma elegans.

By Joun Epwarp Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S.

In my various physiological papers I have attempted to establish

the fact that the opercula of shells are analogous to the second

valve of a bivalve shell, and are in fact a counterpart of the other

valve. I have shown that they are formed at the same time on the

body of the Mollusca; that they have a peculiar mantle, similar to

the mantle of the spiral shell, and that they are increased in size in

the same manner.

On lately examining the operculum of Cyclostoma elegans, I was

struck with the fact (which might have been foreseen when the first

formation is considered) that they have a somewhat irregular nucleus

or first-formed part, like the nucleus to be observed on the apex of

the spire of most univalve shells, as shown in the accompanying

figure, drawn and engraved by Miss Jessie Dunlop.

I may further observe, that the operculum of this shell is formed

of two shelly plates, separated from each other by arched lamin

concentric with the outer edge of the last whorl, placed under the

concentric grooves of growth on the outer and inner surface, leaving a

series of pores on the circumference in the groove between the two

plates.—Proc. Zool. Soc. May 27, 1856.

Miscellaneous. 351

On Object-slides of Canary Glass. By Professor Ernst Bricker.

The light of a clear blue sky is well known to be very unfavourable

for microscopic investigations. It is evident that it is not only the

small quantity of the reflected light, but also its composition, that

produces the injurious effect. The continental microscopes are

generally adapted for the white or slightly yellowish light which is

reflected from clouds, and the English ones for the yellowish-red

light of the gas-flame partially neutralized by cobalt glass. They

are never arranged with special reference to the blue light of the sky,

because in those countries where the microscope is principally used,

a completely unclouded sky is not the rule, but the exception.

We also know that the contemplation of any colour which has a

certain degree of intensity, and which is diffused over the whole field of

vision, is wearying, and in time injurious, to the eye. This applies

not only to red and yellow, but also, to a less extent, to blue and

green. For this reason green spectacles have gone out of use, and

the blue ones are always selected of a weak colour.

_ Lastly, the troublesome and injurious nature of the blue light of

the sky for microscopists may also be attributed to a third cause.

The ordinary pictures of our microscopic objects are shadow-pictures,

which fall upon our retina. Their unity and distinctness must con-

sequently be destroyed when light is emitted by the objects them-

selves. Oberhauser, therefore, furnishes his microscopes with a paste-

board screen, which is used when the low powers are employed with

transmitted light, to keep off the direct light, in order that it may

not be reflected from the object and thus reach the field of vision.

Now we know, from the investigations of Stokes and Helnholtz,

that vegetable and animal tissues are not free from (true) internal

dispersion ; and although this is so small that it is not observed at

all in the ordinary mixed sun-light, yet it is by no means impossible

that it might sometimes have an injurious action upon the microscopic

picture, when the rays of great refrangibility have acquired an un-

usual preponderance in the light falling on the object.

All these various circumstances indicate that in the blue light of

the sky we should endeavour to weaken the strongly refractive rays

in comparison with the less refractive. This may be effected by the

insertion of a medium which exerts a strong absorption upon the

violet end of the spectrum; but amongst such media, those which

do not completely destroy the absorbed light, but, instead of it, emit

rays of greater length of vibration, should be selected. One of the

best of these media is canary-glass, and this must be particularly

applicable to the purpose, as, according to the description of its

optical properties given by Stokes, it will fulfil the above requisites,

and it may be procured cheaply and without difficulty.

Experiments made with it completely fulfil these expectations. Ob-

ject-slides of canary-glass considerably improve the blue light of the

sky; and even when we have the light reflected from white clouds,

in certain cases, the conditions of which are not yet ascertained, it is

ob2 Miscellaneous.

pleasanter to work with them than with object-slides of common

glass. The author’s object-slides of canary-glass of medium colour

are 2—3 millim. in thickness. The thicker ones are more serviceable

than the thin ones, so that they may be employed with advantage of

a thickness of 3-4 millim.—Sitzungsber. der Akad. der Wiss. zu

Wien, xxi. p. 430.

On two New Species of Humming Birds belonging to the genus

Amazilius. By Joun Goutp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., ete.

AMAZILIUS CERVINIVENTRIS, Gould.

Head, all the upper surface and wing- and upper tail-coverts

bronzy-green ; wings purplish-brown ; tail dark chestnut-red, each

feather narrowly bordered and tipped with a bronzy lustre, which is

of greatest extent and most conspicuous on the two centre tail-

feathers ; throat and chest luminous green; under surface of the

shoulder and flanks dull green ; abdomen and under tail-coverts fawn-

colour; thighs white ; upper mandible yeilow at the base, merging

into brown and tipped with black ; under mandible pale yellow, ex-

cept at the tip, which is black.

Total length, 4 inches; bill, 15; wing, 21; tail, 18.

Hab. Cordova, in Mexico. Collected by M. Salle.

Remark.—This species is about the size of 4. Riefferi; but its

bill is less robust ; the wings, as in that species, are uniform pur-

plish-brown; the chestnut colouring of the tail-feathers and the

under tail-coverts is of a somewhat lighter hue.

AMAZILIUS CASTANEIVENTRIS, Gould.

Crown of the head, upper part of the back and shoulders reddish-

bronze ; rump and upper tail-coverts greyish, with a bronzy lustre ;

wings purplish-brown, with the exception of the basal portion of the

primaries and secondaries, which are rufous; tail dark chestnut,

tipped with a bronzy lustre, of greatest extent and most conspicuous

on the centre feathers; throat, fore part of the neck, breast, and

upper part of the abdomen shining golden-green ; under surface of

the shoulders, lower part of the abdomen and under tail-coverts fine

chestnut-red ; thighs white ; upper mandible brownish-black ; under

mandible fleshy-yellow, except at the tip, which is brownish-black.

Total length, 33 inches; bill, 4; wing, 2; tail, 14.

Hab. Santa Fé de Bogota. From the Collection of Mr. Mark.

Remark.—This species differs from 4. cerviniventris in the much

greater depth of the chestnut colouring of the abdomen, under tail-

coverts and tail; in size it is considerably less than that species,

being even smaller than 4. Arsinoé, to which it offers an alliance in

the colouring of its wings, but from which it differs in the colouring

of its abdomen ; the white feathers of the thighs are much developed

and very conspicuous.—Proc. Zool. Soc. June 10, 1856.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 113. MAY 1857.

XXVI.—Researches on the Development of the Pectinibranchiata.

By J. Koren and D. C. Dantetssen*.

[ With two Plates. |

THe development of Buccinum undatum and Purpura lapillus

differs so much from anything already known, that we cannot be

astonished that the correctness of our former observations has been

doubted. To dissipate these doubts, and remedy the imperfec-

tions which occur in our first work, we have thought it necessary

to recommence our researches ; and now, in publishing the results,

we can compare them with the investigations of J. Miller+, Vogt tf,

Krohn§, Leuckart||, Gegenbaur{, and Carpenter**, on the

marine Mollusca, with which science has recently been enriched.

Buccinum undatum, Linn.

The capsules which enclose the eggs are connected together,

and form round or oval groups, which may attain a consider-

able size. They are often attached to different bodies, for ex-

ample, to stones, old pieces of wood, oysters, &c.

* Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Fauna littoralis Nor-

vegize,’ by M. Sars, J. Koren, and D. C. Danielssen; Bergen, 1856.

~ Ueber Synapta digitata, und itiber die Erzeugung von Schnecken in

Holothurien. Berlin, 1852. Transl. Annals, new series, vol. ix. 1852,

pp. 22 & 103. Ueber die Entwickelungsformen einiger niedern Thiere

(Berlin Monatsber. 1852, p. 595).

{ Bilder aus dem Thierleben. Frankfurt, 1852, p. 290.

§ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Berlin, 1853, p. 223.

|| Zoologische Untersuchungen. Giessen, 1854, 3 Heft, p. 64.

4{ Untersuchungen tiber Pteropoden und Heteropoden. Leipzig, 1855.

** Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, 1855, no. xi. p. 17.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 23

3h4 Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

They are frequently very delicate and transparent, especially

when they have not long been deposited. It is then very easy

to observe the eggs which are enclosed in them. The capsules

which have hitherto served for our observations were freshly de-

posited, so that we were able to follow the development in all its

stages.

Each capsule is filled with a viscous humour, as transparent

as water, and resembling white of egg; it contains a multitude

of eggs (from 600 to 800). The latter vary a little in volume,

from 0:257 to 0:264 millim.; and each of them, as we for-

merly stated*, is furnished with a delicate chorion and with a

vitelline membrane closely surrounding the vitellus, which is

composed of large or small granules, of a nearly round form,

and of the vitelline liquid (liquor vitelli). The large granules

are clear, of a more oval form, and refract the light strongly ;

they appear to be of an oily nature. The small granules are all

of a dark colour, and round ; they are scattered amongst the

larger ones. We have found no germinal vesicle, but at the

position ordinarily occupied by this, the vitelline mass was still

clearer, and in the midst of this [clear] mass we perceived a hittle

clear vesicle.

The first transformation of the eggs was, that the small clear

vesicle, of which we have already spoken, approached the peri-

phery of the vitellus, where it could be more easily seen. It

extended itself over the vitelline mass, and formed upon it a

spherical eminence, which was covered by the vitellme mem-

brane; it had a rounded form, was as clear as water, and con-

tained two or three molecules.

_ Some days afterwards, we remarked that the eggs had ap-

proached each other more closely, that the clear body had

advanced still more over the vitellus, and that it had not only

pushed the membrane before it, but had at the same time

extended the chorion, so that the latter formed an arch. On

the eighteenth and nineteenth days, the capsules have usually

become a little altered; they are rather clearer at the up-

per part, the eggs having slipped down to the bottom of the

capsule.

The enclosed liquid was not so viscous as before, and the

clear body, in many eggs, had traversed the chorion and be-

come dispersed in the liquid; whilst, in others, it was still

united with the vitellus by a slight pedicle, formed by the vitel-

line membrane. In these the chorion was much enlarged, and

ruptured at the highest pomt. In the pedicle there were no

* Here, as in many other places, we must refer the reader to our pre-

vious investigation of the history of the development of the Pectini-

branchiata.

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 355

traces of vitelline molecules. The little body of which we are

speaking was first observed by M. Carus, and subsequently by

MM. Dumortier, Pouchet, Van Beneden, Bischoff, F. Miller,

Nordmann, Vogt, Rathke, Kolliker, Reichert, Leydig, Lovén,

and many others. Some of these authors take it for the pro-

jected germinal vesicle, others for the germinal spot, and others

again for a drop of exuded vitelline quid. Like M. Lovén,

we formerly regarded it as the germinal spot, but new observa-

tions have caused us to change our opinion, so that we now

agree with Rathke, Leydig, and Leuckart. Another question,

which has greatly attracted the attention of naturalists, is to

ascertain whether this body has anything to do with segmen-

tation. There is much difference of opinion upon this point

amongst authors. Rathke, Pouchet, Reichert and Leydig en-

tirely deny any such connexion. F. Miller, Nordmann, and

Lovén believe that this body shows the direction in which the

segmentation takes place. As most of the eggs of Buccinum

undatum do not undergo segmentation, and in the small number

which pass through the stages of this process this body is pushed

out of the egg before segmentation commences, it is clear that

we cannot speak of any relation between the latter and the body

pushed out. Soon after this little body has escaped from the

eggs, we see that the latter begin to agglomerate, The humour,

which was previously thick and viscous, then becomes more

liquid, so that there is no longer any difficulty in getting out

the contents of the capsules. The chorion has already begun

to detach itself in most of the eggs, forming a mass in the

humour.

Some days afterwards, the act of conglomeration is completed ;

the eggs appear to be agglomerated at the bottom of the cap-

sule. The viscous humour has become perfectly fluid, like water,

and round the agglomerated eggs we see a greyish, finely granu-.

lar, semitransparent mass, which assists in joining the eggs to-

gether (Pl. XVI. fig. 1). The chorion is redissolved in most of

the eggs. In a little while we observe a group in the conglo-

merate formed by the whole of the eggs,—a larger or smaller

number of eggs appearing to be wrapped up in a transparent

veil formed by a viscous and finely granular humour exuded

from the eggs. This humour contracts by degrees, and forms

a very delicate membrane, which separates the group more and

more from what surrounds it. A group of this kind, when

recently formed, has much resemblance to a heap of balls placed

one upon the other (fig. 1 6). The exudation of the finely

granular humour continues, which enlarges the membrane, prin-

cipally at the upper part, the narrowest part of the group. We

also perceive slight contractions in the membranous envelope,

23%

856 Messis, Koren atid Danielssen on the

which cause the eggs to press against each other still more

(fig. 1). We cannot as yet find any trace of the formation of

organs ; the exuded mass is homogeneous and semitransparent,

but usually becomes more and more abundant above, until at

last it exhibits on the upper part of the membrane some ex-

tremely fine cilia. Soon after the formation of these, we see some

cirrhi, and it is only then that the movements of the embryo

commence. As the cirrhi become more numerous and larger, the

movements become more and more lively ; and shortly afterwards

the embryo detaches itself from the common mass. ‘This separa-

tion sometimes takes several hours, and often carries away with it

a portion of the eggs, which, being still separated from the em-

bryo, die. The above-mentioned exudation, to which we have

paid attention in our first memoir, differs im its quantity ; for

sometimes it happens that it only makes its appearance as a

border or clear line within the membrane, and in other cases it

may be very considerable before the embryo has detached itself.

The number of eggs which take part in the conglomeration to

form the embryo varies as much as the quantity of embryos in

the different capsules. The ordinary number of eggs which

collect to form one embryo is from thirty to sixty, but we have

very frequently found that it was composed of 180 eggs. _ It is

to be observed, that the fewer the individuals [embryos] im a

capsule, the greater the number of eggs of which they consist,

and consequently the individuals are always larger. The form

of the embryos also undergoes some variations, but they are

ordinarily oval or reniform. The number of individuals also

varies greatly ; thus sometimes we have found five or six, -some-

times eighteen to twenty-four, and even thirty-six. Gray says

that a capsule contains more than 100 eggs, and that only four or

five young are excluded from it. Howse shows us twenty-four ;

he also describes egg-capsules, which, he says, belong to Fusus

Norwegicus and Turtoni, and of which those of the former only

contain two or three embryos, and those of the latter six.

Now that we have seen how the eggs are grouped together,

and how the exudation takes place, as well as how the com-

mencement of the embryo is formed, we may follow their deve-

lopment. When the cilia and the cirrhi make their appearance

in sufficient quantity upon the upper part of the membrane, the

differentiation of the organs commences in this exuded and

homogeneous mass, for we begin to see slight outlines of the

rotatory organs, which then very rapidly acquire thew peculiar

forms. But almost at the moment of their appearance we observe

the foot as a dense and almost square mass, which is still ad-

herent to the rotatory organs. As soon as these increase in size,

the foot acquires a more and more rounded form, detaches itself

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 357

from them, becomes thicker, and acquires a yellowish tint and

a cellular structure. Cells are also formed in the rotatory organs,

but these are neither so compact nor arranged so much upon one

another as in the foot. On the margins and on the surface of

the latter we observe very fine cilia.

The rotatory organs are extremely clear and transparent.

Vogt* has best described their form, and, as our observations

agree with his, we shall not speak of them. We shall only re-

mark, that the cirrhi are shorter in Buccinuwm undatum than in

Acieon. The foot advances considerably in front, and we soon

observe the two auditory organs at its base (fig. 2g). These con-

sist of two round, clear vesicles, which are filled with a fluid as

limpid as water, and exhibit double outlines; each vesicle is fur-

nished with a single otolithe. When the embryo is compressed

with a little force, the otolithes almost always break into four

regular fragments. The tremulous movement which most authors

have observed in the otolithes has not been remarked by us in

Buccinum undatum; and, although we have employed pretty

high magnifying powers, we have been unable to discover the

cilia on the inner wall of the vesicle.

Whilst the rotatory organs and the foot are being developed

above, the membrane surrounding the lower part of the embryo

grows thicker, its outlmes become strongly defined superiorly by

a distinct margin, and it thus forms the mantle (fig. 1 d, d, d).

This increases by a permanent exudation from the vitellus, and

cells are successively formed in the mass. On the bottom of

the mantle, a round, transparent, and membranous shell is then

formed (fig.2 a). At the same time we observe, at the two

sides of the base of the foot, the two salivary glands, which are

pyriform (fig. 1), and in which round cells are formed by de-

grees. Their lowest portion, which 1s the largest, is filled in the

centre with a multitude of pigment grains, very strongly coloured,

Almost at the same time, we perceive the place of the mouth and

pharynx, and traces of the heart. The buccal orifice forms a

pretty large cleft, which is furnished with cilia; it occurs at the

point where the two rotatory organs meet in front. It is con-

tinued into the pharynx, which has the form of a funnel, broad

above and narrow beneath ; all its inner portion is covered with

cilia. Grant+ was the first who observed the heart in Buccinum

undatum, and called attention to its strong pulsation. He also

pointed out that the embryos of Purpura, Trochus, Nerita, Doris,

and Holis, had at the sides of the head two round organs covered

with twisting cirrhi, by which movement was effected. He did

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 3 série, vi. p. 44.

+ Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, vii. p. 121. Unfortunately we only

know this Journal from the extracts given by other authors,

358 Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

not, like Forskal, observe the shell; but Sars was the first to

confirm Forskil’s observations regarding the shell.

At the point where the heart makes its appearance, we see

first of all a transparent, greyish, and finely granular mass, of a

nearly round form, and placed close to the common membrane,

which has assisted in forming the rotatory organs and the foot

above, and the mantle below. Some contractions soon show

themselves in the membrane, exactly at the spot where the greyish

exuded mass just mentioned occurs. We then perceive some

small and extremely fine muscular tubes, which indicate the di-

rection of the contractions. These become stronger and stronger,

and as no limitation has yet taken place, we see the contractions

extend over the mantle, the foot, and the rotatory organs.

During the contractions, the membrane at the spot where the

heart shows itself gradually acquires the form of a vesicle, the

outlines of which become more and more distinct, and in the

walls of which we discover several muscular tubes. By thus

becoming limited, the membrane forms the heart, which then

detaches itself from the rotatory organs, from the foot and the

mantle, and is situated to the right on the back (fig. 2d). The

heart takes a very oblique position, and is quite naked externally.

Subsequently its walls become stronger, and enlarge ; the mus-

cular tubes are multiplied, transverse tubes are formed, and it

becomes filled with a fluid as limpid as water (fig.3 f). We have

often counted the pulsations, and found that they vary in rapidity;

we may usually count forty to fifty pulsations m a minute; but

these strokes are not always regular, for after some feeble beats,

we may observe that the pulsation is stronger. It also fre-

quently happens that the heart suddenly ceases beating, and is,

as it were, in a state of repose for some time. After a rest of

this kind, the pulsation is much stronger. The primary tubes

of the heart are cylindrical and dilated in some places; their

walls are excessively delicate and shining, and they refract light

quite differently from the rest of the mass. We have not ob-

served any fluid in these tubes, nor have we remarked any cel-

lular structure. In the rotatory organs we observed similar

muscular tubes, but here several are seen to approach each

other, and in many places it may also be remarked that they

ramify. This ramification becomes more and more abundant as

it approaches the periphery of the rotatory organs; and as

the finest branches cross each other, there appears a muscular

network which serves to move the organs, of which we have just

spoken, in all directions. Amongst these muscular ramifications

there are some small calcareous granules, scattered in the mass,

which strongly refract light.

In our former memoir we stated that the eyes were formed at

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 359

the same time as the auditory organs ; but, according to the in-

vestigations which have since been made, this is not the case,

for the eyes can only be perceived a little while after the form-

ation of the auditory organs. Leydig has pointed out that at

first the eye is a vesicle occurring at the base of the tentacles.

We have had the opportunity of confirming his remarks, but we

have also found that the inner wall of this vesicle is furnished

with cilia. This vesicle is filled with a liquid, in which there

is a multitude of strongly-coloured, yellowish pigment-grains,

which are surrounded by an extremely delicate pellicle. When

the cilia acted upon the pigment-grains, the latter acquired a

rolling motion. We were unable to observe the lens; it does

not appear until a later period of development. In observing

the eyes, we also saw the two conical tentacles.

As we have already stated, the pharyna is one of the first

organs to make its appearance ; some time afterwards, the pro-

boscis, the stomach, and the cesophagus show themselves. The

latter makes its appearance as a cylindrical cavity surrounded

by the proboscis, and in its excessively delicate walls we perceive

several very clear lines, which are the earliest-formed muscular

fibres. As soon as the cesophagus issues from the proboscis, it

bends a little backwards and upwards, follows the lower part of

the proboscis for some time, then again describes a curve by

bending a little to the left, and enters the stomach. It is very

difficult to follow the cesophagus during its development, as it

is not only surrounded by the proboscis, the walls of which are

thicker and less transparent, but it is also completely covered

by it. This is the reason of our being unable to decide whether

the whole length of the cesophagus is formed at once, or whe-

ther it becomes elongated by descending towards the stomach.

The latter appears at first almost in the form of a ball, and

seems to be formed by a single vitellus secreting a greyish, semi-

transparent mass, which solidifies and forms a delicate mem-

brane, which is first of all produced upwards and unites with

the cesophagus, and afterwards downwards to form the rudi-

ments of the intestines, which curve to the right, there form a

curvature, pass to the opposite side, and lastly termimate by an

anus in the branchial cavity (fig. 3 7). The stomach is always

filled with a crowd of vitellme granules, which are continually

rolling: this movement is caused by cilia, with which the whole

of its inner surface is covered. It is not only the inner wall of

the stomach that is clothed with cilia, but also that of the ceso-

phagus and the whole intestinal canal.

It is only now that we observe the first traces of the nervous

system, which are recognizable by two oval, yellow, and com-

pact bodies (cerebral ganglia) surrounding the cesophagus. At

360 Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

the same time that we observe these, we see the traces of the

two pedal ganglia, which are placed side by side, more or less

oblong, and of a deep yellow colour.

The margin of the mantle extending upon the dorsal surface

of the animal forms a cavity clothed with cilia, in which the

heart and the branchie are placed. The first-traces of the bran-

chize were two scarcely visible cords, which, originating from the

margin of the mantle, met below, and formed an interlacement.

When the development was further advanced, we saw that these

cords were tubes which formed several loops, and that by this

means they had some resemblance to a corkscrew. The loops

were smaller above and below, whilst in the middle they were

broader and closer together. A brisk movement, produced by

cilia, was soon observed on their inner margins. In his memoir

Lovén* has stated, that as regards the development there exists

a great resemblance between the Gasteropoda and the Acephala.

In the latter he has shown how the branchize are formed, and

we have had the opportunity of observing that this formation

takes place in the same way in Buccinum undatum and Purpura

lapillus.

Nearly at the same time that the formation of the branchize

takes place, there appears at the bottom of the branchial cavity

a vesicle which is formed by the secretion of a greyish and semi-

transparent mass. Muscular fibres soon make their appearance

in this mass. The vesicle is oval and nearly pyriform, and ter-

minates below in a pretty long canal, which follows the course

of the intestine, but loses itself in the dark vitelline mass. We

could not observe any communication between the canal and

the heart, as was observed by Gegenbaur in the Pteropoda.

‘When the development is further advanced, the latter divides

into two chambers, of which one is smaller than the other,

Between these chambers there is a valve, which is always im mo-

tion. The walls of the vesicle are delicate, semitransparent, and

furnished with a multitude of muscular and varicose tubes, which

run in all directions, longitudinally and transversely. These tubes

are smaller than those in the heart ; for this reason a higher power

is necessary to observe them well. The contractions of the ve-

sicle comcide with the dilatations of the heart (and vice versd),

although it is impossible to perceive any communication between

these organs. It is filled with a clear fluid, in which a great

many dark molecules are found. We think that this organ is a

commencement of the kidney.

Some time now passes without the appearance of other organs,

and everything seems to cooperate in completing all that has

* Bidrag till Kannedomen om Utvecklingen af Mollusca Acephala La-

mellibranchiata, p. 96.

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 361

been commenced. The head and back become more and more

visible, and covered with fine cilia; we also perceive cilia on the

tentacles, which have become longer. The eyes have acquired a

more conical form, and we sec the lens in them distinctly. The

proboscis and the tongue are completely developed, and on the

latter we see the armature as described by Lebert and Lovén.

The salivary glands are now large enough to enable us perfectly

to trace their excretory duct, which follows the cesophagus

upwards. The siphon, furnished with cilia, is then clearly

perceptible. The foot has changed its form, and become

longer; from its upper part two rounded lobes arise. As

regards the structure of the foot, it is composed of a multitude

of primary, cylindrical, muscular tubes, which are also varicose,

and cross each other in all directions, without, however, form-

ing a mass. In the interior of the tubes we observed neither

nucleus nor cells.

In this period of development the nervous system becomes

tolerably visible. We observe the two large cerebral gangha

(PI. XVII. fig. 1 a, a), which are of an oval form, and between them

two smaller ganglia (b, 0). From the lower part of each large

ganglion a short and thick nerve arises (/), which joins the

branchial ganglion (d), and from the upper part a more delicate

and rather longer branch, which runs to the eye (/,/). The

small cerebral ganglia are round, and about half the size of the

large ones. Each of them gives off a slender branch (4, 4) to the

auditory organs, and another, a little stouter (g,g), to the two

pedal ganglia (c, c). The latter are of an oblong form, and it is

in their broadest part, which is turned towards the cerebral

ganglia, that the two nerves just mentioned lose themselves ;

these two nerves start from the smaller cerebral ganglia. From

the broadest part of each [pedal] ganglion starts a pretty strong

nervous branch (i, 2), which meets on the left with the branch

which the large cerebral ganglion sends off to the branchial

ganglion; to the right this same branch meets with the bran-

chial ganglion, but without joing it. Nearly at the middle of

each pedal ganglion a nerve (m, m) originates, which runs to the

lobate foot, and at this point forms a small ganglion ( f, f), from

which three branches (0) arise. The narrowest part [of the

pedal ganglia], on the other hand, gives off several branches

(n, n) to the part of the foot which is furnished with an oper-

culum. The branchial ganglion is of an oblong form; its largest

part turns upwards, and it is in this that the three branches, to

which we have referred above, lose themselves, so that this gan-

glion is in communication with the two large cerebral ganglia,

and with the pedal ganglia. From its narrower part, which goes

downwards, originates a thick nervous trunk (p), which termi-

862 Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

nates in a ganglion (e). From the same part arises a more deli-

cate branch, which runs to the heart (7). From the ganglion (e)

issue two branches (77), which pass to the intestmes. When

the animal is perfectly developed, the ganglia unite, and form a

single cerebral mass.

The shell, which, at the commencement of the formation of

the embryo, was very delicate and membranous, and which was

at first of an oval or reniform shape, subsequently acquires the

form of a Nautilus, but becomes more oblong by degrees. The

calcareous matters then begin to be deposited in great quantity,

so that a layer of transverse and longitudinal striz is distinctly

formed, causing the shell to be less transparent than before.

However, the internal organs may still be seen. Both the heart

and the vesicle have become divided into two chambers, of which

the superior is the smaller. We also observe a strong muscle

which starts from the inner face of the shell, and passes to the

foot (Pl. XVI. fig.3 7). Finally, we observe a small dark body,

consisting of cells containing a yellow pigment ; almost imme-

diately afterwards, a similar body makes its appearance quite

close to this, and this is followed by a third. These three bodies

become blended together, and form the liver, which is somewhat

oblong (fig. 8). On the inner wall of the mantle we perceive

a series of folds, in which a mass of mucous glands is situated

(mucous lamin). In proportion as the young animals grow,

still more calcareous matter appears in the shell, the mantle be-

comes thicker, and it is almost impossible then to distinguish

the internal organs. The two rotatory organs have completely

disappeared, and behind the tentacles we see a raised line, which

shows the position in which they were situated. The shell has

acquired a yellowish colour, and become hard, brittle, and only

semitransparent. When the young animals abandon their cap-

sules, they begin to creep, with the tentacles, the foot, and the

siphon extended. They differ from the adult animal only in the

shell, which has not, as yet, more than one or two turns of the

spire. At the end of five months, the shell is completely de-

veloped, and if we examine a young animal in this stage, we do

not yet find any traces of the organs of generation, and the

grouped eggs still fill the hinder part of the shell.

This is the way in which the development of Buccinwm unda-

tum usually takes place. Thus only by an assemblage of well-

organized eggs coming together to form the embryo, can it, in

its ulterior growth, attain such a perfection as to be in a condi-

tion to continue an independent existence. But, by the side of

this extraordinary development, comes a series of phenomena,

which, on the one hand, follow the ordinary law of the develop-

ment of animals of the lower classes, and consequently differ

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 363

greatly from the rule which we have given for the development

of Buccinum undatum; and, on the other hand, prove that a

single egg cannot furnish sufficient materials for the future per-

fection of the animal.

We have observed that in each egg-capsule there were one or

more eggs which, not being included in the act of conglomera-

tion, passed into a separate development. Even before the mass

of eggs is perfectly conglomerated, we see some which undergo

a segmentation, which, however, is subjected to many changes.

Thus the vitellus divides into 2 equal and opake spheres, each

of which again divides into 2 other equal spheres, so that we

then distinguish 4 equal spheres; each of these divides in the

same way into 2 equal spheres, and this division continues until

the vitellus resembles a mulberry. But it is not rare for the

process of segmentation to stop at the formation of the first 2

spheres of segmentation, which begin to exude a clear humour,

and this, almost at the moment of exudation, changes into a de-

licate membrane (Pl. XVII. fig. 6). As the exudation increases,

the membrane enlarges, and by degrees its upper surface is

covered with cilia, and soon with cirrhi. The embryo thus

formed begins to turn upon itself even in the fluid (fig. 7).

This, however, is not the usual way in which the formation of

embryos takes place in isolated eggs, for it very often happens

that the exudation and the development of the embryo do not

commence until the segmentation 1s well advanced, and after the

formation of 4, 8, or even 16 spheres of segmentation (figs. 8-12).

Whether the segmentation goes through all its stages, or stops

at the first, it is certain that when the above-mentioned exuda-

tion has commenced, the segmentation ceases, and the formation

of the organs begins. Before entangling ourselves more deeply

with the development of these embryos, we must compare our

observations on those eggs of Buccinum undatum which undergo

segmentation, with those of other naturalists upon the process

of segmentation in different Mollusca.

C. Vogt has observed, that when the first 4 spheres of seg-

mentation are formed, there are produced between them 4 other

~ small spheres, which set themselves in action and form the rudi-

ment of the peripheric organs, whilst the central spheres remain

longer without alteration. He thinks that these 4 small spheres

of segmentation may be formed by exudation from the larger

spheres. Leuckart has made the same observations upon the

development of the Heteropoda. J. Miller has observed that

the germinal vesicle in Hntoconcha mirabilis does not disappear,

but divides, and forms the clear bodies in the spheres of seg-

mentation. At first 2,and then 4 large spheres of segmentation

are formed ; they are opake, and each of them is furnished with

364 Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

a small, clear nucleus. After the formation of these, we distin-

guish 4 smaller spheres, which are clear and furnished with a

similar clear nucleus. These latter spheres have a cellular ap-

pearance. J. Miiller found it impossible to explain how these

little spheres issue from the large spheres of segmentation.

These 4 clear spheres multiply rapidly, however ; their number

may reach 8, 16, or even more, whilst the 4. large opake spheres

remain inactive. Even after the cilia have made their appear-

ance round the cellular peripheric layer, the 4 large spheres of

segmentation have undergone no change.

Gegenbaur has also observed that in the Pteropoda the ger-

minal vesicle divides, and that it forms first 2 and then 4 large

spheres of segmentation, of which one of the latter again divides

into two. He thinks that the peripheric layer is formed by one

of the 4 spheres of segmentation which has become changed

into a layer of clear cells. The 3 central spheres also remain

inactive at first. In Hyalea tridentata one of the 2 spheres

of segmentation divides into 2 smaller ones, and these into 2

others, until a mass of clear cells is formed surrounding the in-

active sphere of segmentation. Jt sometimes happens also that

this divides into 2 equal spheres.

Another modification observed in regard to the process of

segmentation in Hyalea is, that the vitellus divides into 2 un-

equal spheres of segmentation, the largest of which again divides

into 2, producing 3 equal spheres. One of these also divides

into several smaller spheres, and forms a peripheric layer which

surrounds the 2 inactive spheres.

Thus we sce that, even in the same species, the segmentation

may undergo considerable alterations. We have already seen

that in Buccinum undatum the germinal vesicle disappears, and

that there is no clear body in the spheres of segmentation.

We have also remarked, that although the greyish, transparent

mass already mentioned is exuded in various stages of segmenta-

tion, this nevertheless occurs most frequently when the vitellus

is divided into 4 or 8 segments. This exuded mass must be

regarded as the peripheric layer already mentioned, for we soon

observe in it a cellular structure which forms the rudiments of

some external organs,—the rotatory organs and the foot,—whilst

the central part and the true spheres of segmentation appear

to remain long without alteration (Pl. XVII. figs. 5-12).

In deseribing the ordinary development of Buccinum undatum,

we have endeavoured to explain clearly the way in which the

organs are developed; and as the embryos which issue from a

single ege do not appear to present any modification of develop-

ment, it “would only give rise to a repetition if we were to de-

scribe the formation of the organs here.

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 365

As soon as the rotatory organs and the foot are formed, we

see the otolithes, the salivary glands, and the nascent shell ; the

spheres of segmentation then become less dark, the embryo en-

larges, the foot becomes thicker, and in the interior we perceive a

movement of rotation, which indicates the nascent stomach, from

which a tube, the pharynx, is soon produced upwards, rounded in

the form of a funnel. But whilst this takes place, the vitelline

mass has greatly diminished, at the same time that the spheres of

segmentation, which were previously compact and opake, ap-

pear to be less compact and more transparent. A tube is pro-

duced downwards from the stomach, which, however, soon stops,

and in which we see a rolling movement (the rudimentary intes-

tine). The rotatory organs increase greatly in size, giving the

embryo a very brisk motion. The foot becomes thicker and

the pharynx firmer, and whilst all this is taking place, the vitel-

line mass diminishes to such an extent, that at last we can only

distinguish a few traces of it. The embryo is, properly speak-

ing, perfectly transparent, and thus acquires an airy appearance,

which, coupled with its very brisk movements, renders observa-

tions very difficult. Some time then elapses without any fresh

changes being observed, no new organ makes its appearance,

and the last traces of the vitelline mass disappear entirely. But

from this time we observe a retrograde tendency; the embryo

becomes smaller and the foot thicker, whilst the rotatory organs

shrink, and the part where the shell is situated becomes round,

so that the whole acquires the form of a balloon. As the organs

disappear, the vital force gradually diminishes, and at last we

have before us a little shrivelled monster, which exhibits a slight

ciliary movement, but which otherwise remains quiet at the bot-

tom of the vessel until it dies. This is the case with all the

embryos which are developed from a single egg ; they have but

a short existence, during which only a few organs are formed.

There is not much difference in the development of those

which are evolved from two eggs. Thus we have observed that

where two eggs unite, the vitelli undergo no segmentation, but

a rapid exudation of a greyish and semitransparent mass takes

place. This mass becomes firm, and converted into a membrane,

on which cilia are formed. The embryo is then formed in the

same way as that which is developed from a single egg, except

that it is larger and stronger. When the foot, the rotatory or-

gans, the salivary glands, the stomach, the cesophagus, and the

intestines are formed, we see that a portion of the vitelline mass

is used up, and we then perceive a slight contractile movement

in the direction of the rotatory organs, which indicates the

future heart. This takes more and more the form of a clear

vesicle, in which we detect some muscular tubes. The contrac-

866 Dr.J.E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

tions are not very strong. The embryo has then increased in

size, both the intestines and the cesophagus have become longer

and thicker, whilst the greater part of the vitelline mass has

disappeared. We can discover no more new organs after this

period; the remainder of the vitellus entirely disappears, and

the embryo shrivels greatly, becomes deformed, and dies. Thus

when 2 eggs united, a new organ, the heart, made its appear-

ance, although without developing itself perfectly. We have

also seen 3 eggs cooperate: the same phenomena were pre-

sented, the only difference bemg that the organs were more

strongly developed, so that the heart became more muscular,

and the intestines longer; but as the vitelline mass was ex-

hausted before any other organs made their appearance, the

embryo began to shrivel, and-died. (See Pl. XVII. figs. 13-17.)

[To be continued. |

XXVII.—<A Revision of the Genera of some of the Families of

Conchifera or Bivalve Shells. Part III. Arcade. By Joun

Epwarp Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S8. &e.

[Continued from vol. xiii. p. 418. ]

Fam. Arcapa#, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xin. 417.

Tribe 1. ARCAINA.

Tue hinge of the more typical form of this family consists of

two oblong or linear teeth in each valve, one placed on each side

of the line directly under the umbo of the shell. These teeth

are divided transversely into cross-ridges, alternating and inter-

locking with the cross-ridges of the teeth of the opposite valve.

The teeth may he compared to the lateral teeth of Spisula in

Mactrade and Meretriz in Veneride, and more especially to the

teeth of the genus Trigonia; only in this family, instead of the

teeth being grooved on the sides, the grooves are sufficiently

deep to divide the teeth into transverse interlocking plates.

The separation of what has been usually regarded as a con-

tinuous series of teeth into groups, each forming a distinct tooth,

like the teeth of Trigonia, has been overlooked by couchologists,

though it was noticed by me in the ‘Synopsis of the British

Museum,’ in 1840, p. 143, thus: “The hinges of the valve con-

sist of a number of transverse interlocking teeth, which appear

to be formed by the subdivision of two elongated lateral teeth.”

The space which separates these two teeth or groups of plates.

Dr. J. HE. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells. 367

is always to be distinctly seen under the apex of the umbo, even

in those species of Arca, like A. Noe, which have a linear series

of numerous nearly uniform plates.

In most species the two teeth or groups of cross-plates are

of nearly uniform size and disposition ; but in some the anterior

tooth is very small, as in the genus Argina, and in the allied

genus Lunarca the small anterior tooth is entire, and not divided

into cross-plates ; in Litharca the hinder tooth is entirely want-

ing, the anterior tooth being like that of the true Arce.

The ligament is external, covering the area or talus between

the umbones, formed by the gradual thickening of the cardinal

edges, which causes the umbones to separate further and further

from each other as the shell enlarges. The cartilage is situated

in a series of small pits on the outer edge of the hinge-margin,

these pits bemg moved forward as the shell increases in size,

leaving grooves diverging from the apex of the umbo towards

the margin of the shell; the grooves on the two valves forming

a circumscribing series of concentric lozenge-shaped areas on

the ¢alus. In some genera, as Senilia, the grooves are complete

and close together; in others, as the true Arce, the grooves of

the young shell are complete; but as the shell increases in size,

the grooves very often do not reach to the umbo, but look like

a pair of lines regularly diverging from the hinge-margin.

In the first and second sections the cartilage in the very young

shell forms a single triangular spot on the hinge-margin, just in

a line with the umbo. As the shell increases in size and the

hinge-margin extends, the cartilage divides in the centre, the

separate parts gradually diverge from each other as the hinge-

line extends, shelly matter being deposited between the parts,

and a new picce of cartilage is deposited in the place where the

other was formerly situated; at length this separates in half,

like the former; and as the shell reaches mature age, there is a

succession of angular lines placed concentrically one within the

other, formed by the successive cartilage-pits, the youngest and

smallest bemg in the centre.

In the first section, where the talus is large, by the rapidity

of the enlargement of the hinge-margin, the cartilage-pits and

grooves are far apart ; and in the second, where the talus or area

is smaller and less developed, they are nearer together and more

evenly concentric. The grooves formed by the cartilage-pits are

to be seen on the surface of the talus in the fossil species.

In some of the species of the third section the cartilage ap-

pears to occupy the whole length of the cardinal margin, and

each new portion of cartilage and lgament deposited on the

hinge-margin is rather longer than the one formerly deposited,

so as to fit itself to the extended length of the hinge-margin,

868 Dr.J.E.Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

There is no appearance of the angular lines found in the former

section, and the cartilage or ligament, when it dries, splits into

longitudinal filaments extended from one umbo to the other.

I. The hinge-line linear, straight ; the teeth divided into numerous,

small, nearly equal-sized, transverse crests; the umbones

separated by a broad lozenge-shaped area, with a series of

distant grooves regularly diverging from the hinge-margin

towards the umbo; margin of the shell entire, often gaping

below. Periostraca paleaceous.

1. Litharca, Gray, Syn. B. M. 1840, 155; 1844, 81. Shell

wedge-shaped, closed beneath, obliquely truncated behind, elon-

gated and rounded in front; umbo posterior; hinder hinge-

tooth absent; anterior hinge-tooth very long, linear, divided

into many equal plates ; margin smooth. Periostraca paleaccous.

L. Lithodomus = Byssoarca L., Sow.

Not having the animal, there is some difficulty in respect to

the natural position of this shell. I have here regarded the

short truncated end as the posterior, because I think I can ob-

serve the large oblong scar of the hinder pedal muscle under the

inner margin of the truncated portion.

2. Arca, Gray, 1. c. 155 = Byssoarca, Swainson. Shell ob-

long, subquadrate, gaping beneath ; hinge-margin rather pro-

duced at each end; umbo subanterior, curved ; front cardinal

tooth moderate, divided into small equal crests like the hmder

one; the scar of the hinder pedal muscle very large, oblong,

triangular, on the hinder half of the dorsal surface of the cavity

of the shell. Periostraca paleaceous.

a. Teeth small. Arca Nov, A. pacifica, A. truncata, A. navicu-

laris, A. angulata—if these presumed species are more than

local varieties.

b. Teeth larger. A. zebra.

Il. The hinge-line broad, more or less curved ; the teeth wider at

the distal ends; the crest of the inner portion small, trans-

verse, of the distal portion larger and more or less oblique or

longitudinal ; the umbones more or less separated by an elon-

gate area, marked with angular concentric cartilage-grooves,

or small, with slight cross-lines.

A. Shell radiately striated or nearly smooth ; lower margin entire

or subdentate, sometimes gaping; cardinal teeth subequal ;

the umbonal area marked with angular concentric cartilage-

grooves.

3. Trisis, Oken; Gray, Syn. B. M. 1840, 155. Shell sub-

Dr. J. E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells. 369

quadrangular, subequivalve, twisted; the left valve largest and

more twisted, with the hinder slope more or less keeled; margin

smooth or subcrenate; cardinal area narrow, grooved; cardi-

nal teeth gradually broader at the distal end, and divided into

large oblique plates. Periostraca paleaceous, brown.

* Hinder slope of left valve keeled. TT. tortuosa.

** Hinder slope of left valve rounded. 'T. semitorta.

4. Barbatia, Gray, Syn. B. M. 1840, 155. Shell oblong, lon-

gitudinal or subquadrate, equivalve ; umbo subcentral ; cardinal

area narrow, angularly concentrically grooved; cardinal teeth

curved, at the outer end dilated and divided into broad, more

or less oblique or subconic plates. Periostraca paleaceous, with

more or less elongate, hair-like, or foliaceous projections.

a. Periostraca thick, with elongate hair-like lobes in the radiating

grooves, with a furrow along their upper edge; shell brown,

solid. B. fusca (Australian), B. barbata (Mediterranean).

b. Periostraca thin, with slender hair-like filaments in the radiating

grooves ; shell thin, white. B. parva.

c. Periostraca paleaceous, brown, with broad, flat, foliaceous lobes

on the edge; shell thick, white.

B. Helblingii = A. decussata = A. velata.

B. obliquata = A. Sinensis, B. fasciata.

B. lactea, B. raridentata, B. tenebrica.

B. glacialis.

d. Pertostraca thin ; shell white, cancellately ribbed or cos-

tated ; hinder slope subcarinate. Acar. B. reticulata, B. diva-

ricata, B. gradata.

e. Periostraca thin, smooth, with a series of triangular fan-shaped

appendayes in the radiating grooves; shell white; hinder

slope strongly keeled; front and hinder margin dentated.

Calloarca. B. alternata.

The plates into which the cardinal teeth are divided differ

considerably in specimens of the same species, not only in size

and number, but also in form and direction ; this is particularly

the case with the specimens of B. glacialis from the Arctic

Ocean, a species so distinct in form, substance, periostraca, and

habitat, that there can be no difficulty in regarding all the varie-

ties as belonging to the same species; yet it presents such vari-

ations in the form and character of the teeth, that one might be

led, from only one or two specimens, to separate them into

different subgenera. For in some the laminz of the outer end

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 24

370° Dz. J. Ei Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

of the cardinal teeth are transverse, like the inner ones; m-

others they are nearly longitudinal, like the teeth of Cucullea ;

and in others again this part of the tooth is only divided into

some irregular tubercles, or nearly obliterated.

I have observed the same variation, but not to such an extent,

in other species; so that the form of the teeth does not afford

generic nor-even good specific characters. os |

_.5« Cucullea, Lamk. Shell ventricose, subquadrate, subequi-

lateral, equivalve, radiately striated ; hinder slope subangular ;.

margin entire, closed beneath; cardinal area narrow ; the cardinal.

teeth dilated and bent down at the outer end, and divided mto_

a few large longitudinal plates. The scar of the hinder adductor

muscle on an elevated plate. Periostraca furfuraceous.

The cardinal area is smooth when the ligament and cartilage

are removed, and the ligament appears smooth, but in some

specimens I have observed two or three angular grooves.

Cucullea concamerata = C. auriculifera, Lamk.= A. cucullus,

Gmelin.

6. Scaphula, Benson (Scaphura, Gray, misprint). Shell thin,

smooth, elongate, subcylindrical, equivalve, equilateral ; hinder

slope elongate, slightly keeled; margin entire, closed ; cardinal

area narrow; hinge-teeth narrow, enlarged at the outer end, and

divided into a few broad, oblique, nearly longitudinal laminz.

Periostraca thin, smooth.

Freshwater rivers of India.

Scaphula Celoz, Bens., S. Pinna, Bens.

B. Shell radiately costated; lower margin strongly dentated,

interlocking ; the ligament and cartilage occupying the whole

area, smooth or transversely striated.

A. Shell oblong, equivalve, subquadrate ; cardinal teeth subequal.

_ 7. Senilia, Gray, Syn. B, M. 1840,155; 1844,81 & 92. Shell

very thick, subcordate, ovate, equilateral, equivalve, strongly

radiately ribbed; cardinal area rather broad, with concentric

grooves ; margins closed, very broadly folded; hinge-teeth large,

oblong, nearly similar, divided into large, rugose, irregular cross-

plates. Periostraca thin, hard, olive, polished.

Living im brackish waters of Africa.

The teeth and the plates into which they are divided are very

variable in shape, size, and disposition.

S. senilis.

8. Anadara, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, 198. Shell thick,

subcordate-ovate or subquadrate, subequilateral, equivalved,

Dr. J. HE, Gray on some-Families of Bivalvée Shells, 3871

strongly radiately ribbed ; margin closed, broadly folded ; hinge-

area broad, concentrically grooved or smooth; hinge-teeth

oblong, dilated, and with the plates more or less oblique at the

outer ends. Periostraca olive, smooth or paleaceous.

- Marine, or in brackish water.

a. Periostraca thick, black, smooth ; hinye-area grooved. A.grandis.

b. Periostraca thick, brown, velvety ; hinge-area smooth.

A. holosericea. * Hinder end produced.

A. multicostata, A. globosa. Hinder end square.

_ A. reversa. Hinder slope flattened.

ce. Periostraca thick, brown, velvet-like, with a series of cylindrical

bristles in the radiating grooves ; hinge-area smooth. Cara.

* Shell produced behind; hinge-margin short. A. Scapha=A.

obliqua, A. maculosa.

** Shell broad, notched behind ; hinge-margin produced. A. au-

riculata = avicularoides.

d. Pertostraca thick, brown, foliaceous, with broad lobes on the

edge. Rasia. A. formosa, A. secticostata, A. Deshayesii,

A. trapezia = lobata, A. antiquata, A. radiata, A. inflata.

e. Periostraca thick, or moderately thin, smooth, brown ; ribs of

shell nodulose. A. tuberculosa, A. granosa, A. Corbicula=

cuneata.

9. Scapharea, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847. Shell ovate or

oblong, subquadrangular, subequilateral, inequivalved, strongly

costate ; margin closed, strongly plaited; left valve rather the

largest, with the hinder part of the lower margin produced and

receiving the edge of the right valve within it, and marked with

deeper plaits; hinge-area narrow ; teeth subequal, dilated, and

with the plate of the outer ends more or less oblique or longi-

tudinal.

a. Shell subcordate. S. cepoides, S. mcongrua=rhomboidea

= Brasiliana= ovata=rufescens = inequivalvis, 8. cornea=

anomala.

b. Shell oblong-elongate. S. Japonica=gubernaculum.

c. Shell subquadrate. SS. pertusa.

B. Shell trigonal, truncated behind; hinder hinge-tooth small,

curved, anterior very long, linear.

10. Noetia, Gray, Syn. B. M, 1840, 155; 1844, 92. Shell

24°

3872 Dr.J.E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

trigonal, ventricose, inequilateral, equivalve, strongly costated ;

hinder slope keeled; margin closed, strongly folded ; umbo

acute; cardinal area narrow, smooth; the anterior hinge-tooth

elongated, divided into many subequal plates ; the hinder tooth

ovate, arched, small, of a few irregular lamin. Periostraca

dark, foliaceous.

1. Noetia triangularis, u. s.

c. Shell subcordate, inequivalve; anterior cardinal tooth very

small,

11. Argina, Gray, Syn. B. M. 1840, 155; 1844, 81 & 91.

Shell subglobose, subcordate, subequivalve, inequilateral, strongly

radiately costate; umbo subanterior; lunule none; left valve

rather the largest, with the hinder part of the lower margin

dilated and more deeply folded; hinge-area narrow, smooth ;

hinder cardinal tooth elongated, curved, the central crest small.

Periostraca brown, foliaceous, with flat conical lamine in the

radiating grooves.

a. Shell subglobose. A. pexata.

b. Shell oblong, elongated. A. Campechensis=A. Americana

= transversa = compacta, A. pectinoides, King = labiata,

A. brevifrons.

12. Lunarca, Gray, Syn. B. M. 1844, 81. Shell globose,

subcordiform, radiately costated, nearly equivalve; umbo sub-

anterior; lunule distinct, compresso-cordate ; the lower hinder

margin of the left valve rather the most deeply dentated ; hinder

cardinal tooth elongate, narrow in the middle, rather wider at

each end; the front tooth of the left valve ovate, elevated, en-

tire, fitting into a cavity in the inner edge of the front margin

of the right valve.

It is possible that this may be only a monstrosity of Argina

pexata, as I have observed that the teeth, especially the small

anterior one, of this species are very apt to vary; but I have

not seen any bearing a strong resemblance to the specimen on

which this genus was founded ; therefore I have retained it until

we receive more specimens to elucidate the subject.

L. costata.

Tribe 2. Pectuncutina, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. 417.

I. The hinge-facet with a broad triangular impression occupied by

the ligament, and with the cartilage in angular concentric

grooves.

13. Axinea=Pectunculus, Lamk. Shell suborbicular, rounded

Mr. A. Adams on a new species of Macgillivrayia. 373

or rather angularly produced behind; margin crenulated. Pe-

riostraca velvety.

a. Shell smooth, ventricose ; hinder slope rather angular. A. vio-

lascens.

b. Shell smooth, rounded behind ; periostraca velvety. A. pilosa,

A. Glycimeris.

c. Shell smooth, rather angularly produced behind. A. penna-

ceus, A. angulatus, A. longior, A. obliquus.

d. Shell subcostate, rather angularly produced behind, A. radiatus.

e. Shell subcostate, short behind. A. ovatus, A. laticostatus.

f. Shell radiately ribbed, slightly truncate behind. A. pectini-

formis.

ge. Shell irregularly ribbed and radiately striate. A. inequalis.

II. Cardinal area small, with a smaller triangular central impres-

sion for the cartilage (like the cartilage-pit of Lima) just

under the umbo and above the division between the teeth.

14, Limopsis. Shell circular, compressed, solid, radiately

striate. Periostraca ? LL multistriatus.

15. Limea. Shell ovate, obliquely produced behind. Peri-

ostraca hairy. L. pygmea = Limea Sars, Lovén. L, ?

(Belcher).

The fossil Limea scalaris, of Barton Cliff, is somewhat inter-

mediate in form between these two genera. .

XXVIII.—On a New Species of Macgillivrayia. By ArtHuR

Apams, S.R.N., F.LS. &c.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

On the Line, January 7, 1857.

GENTLEMEN,

I have the pleasure of sending you a notice of a new Macgilli-

vrayia, the same species alluded to in p. 89, vol. 1. of the ‘ Ge-

nera of Recent Mollusca,’ but there erroneously referred to the

genus Calcarella. Associated with my M. echinata were exam-

ples of Brownia, another small genus of pelagian Mollusks, first

named by D’Orbigny, and called afterwards Echinospira by

Krohn, Calcarella by Souleyet, and Jasonilla by Macdonald, the

animal of which was not observed. An example, likewise, of a

374 . My.J. Nietner.on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

peculiar form, named by Dr. Gould Agadina cucullata, which

seems to belong to the family Limacinide, was taken in the

towing-net during the passage of H.ML.S. ‘Acteon’ across the

North Atlantic, besides numerous interesting oceanic Crusta-

ceans, including the genera Lucifer, Hyperia, Phyllosoma, Am-

phion, Oxycephalus, Alima, and Pontia.

I am, Gentlemen,

Yours very truly,

ArtTHuR ADAMS.

Macgillivrayia echinata, A. Adams.

M. testa cornea, diaphana, subglobosa, leevi, nitida ; anfractibus 24

serie spinarum acutarum vitrearum armatis ; apertura semiovata ;

labio antice producto, in spinam acutam desinente. 5

Hab. in Oceano Atlantico Boreali.

‘Shell horny, pellucid, subglobose, smooth, shining ; whorls

21, with a series of long, sharp, vitreous spines round the pe-

riphery, directed upwards and outwards. Aperture semioval ;

columellar lip produced anteriorly into a long pointed spine.

Operculum annular, with the nucleus subcentral.

Taken in the towing-net in the vicinity of the Cape de Verd

Islands.

This species differs from all the others known by the whorls

being armed with a series of recurved caleareous spines.

XXIX.—Descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera.

By Joun Nierner, Colombo, Ceylon.

[Continued from p. 249. ]

Anchista, n. g., N.

Corpus depressum, ovatum. Mentum dente magno obtuso, lobis

parum breviore, his extus rotundatis, apice acuminatis. Palpi ro-

busti, maxillares art. ultimo magno ovato, apice obtuso, labiales art.

ultimo valde securiformi. Ligula cornea apice obtuse acuminata,

labri marginem anteriorem attingens. (Paraglossee a me non dis-

sectee.) Labrum transversim quadratum.. Mandibulee simplices apice

arcuatee et acuminatee. Antennze robustee art. 1° mediocri, 2° brevi,

3° quarto paulo longiore, 4-10 subzequalibus, 11° penultimo parum

longiore. Thorax longitudine latior, angulis anticis rotundatis,

medio obsolete angulatus, basi angustatus, angulis rectis. Elytra

apice quadrate truncata. Pedes robusti, tarsi art. 4° profunde bilo-

bato, unguibus fortiter pectinatis. °

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 375,

12. Anchista modesta, N.

A. brunneo-testacea, elytris (maculis 2 obsoletis subhumeralibus

exceptis) obscurioribus, abdomine piceo. Long. corp. 4 lin.

Caput fronte medio leviter uniimpressa. Thorax linea media

longitudinali divisus. Elytra apicem versus parum dilatata, striato-

punctata, ad striam 2™ punctis 2 majoribus subapicalibus, cum tho-

race marginata,

Prope Colombo noete ad lumen cepi.

The characteristics of this new genus are those of Calleida

(between which and Cymindis I place it) excepting the ligula,

which in this case is obtusely acuminated ; the last joint of the

maxillary palpi, which is obtuse at the apex; and the thorax,

which is not, as in Calleida, longer than broad, but the reverse.

From Cymindis it would differ principally in the deeply bilobed

fourth tarsal jomt, and in some other minor points; but it is

difficult to say what the true characteristics of this genus (which

appears for this reason to require a careful revision) are, if even

Lacordaire uses the particle “on” not less than five times in the

diagnosis he gives of it in his ‘Genres des Coléopt.’ However,

I feel justified in separating Anchista from Cymindis as well as

from Calleida. The name “ Anchista” has reference to the

affinity of the insect to the two genera just mentioned, whilst

the specific name ‘‘ modesta” refers to its inconspicuous colours.

Amongst its peculiarities, weight ought to be laid upon the

plumpness of the palpi, and in fact on all the other parts of the

mouth, and even the whole head, which was very striking to me.

- Like many of my best Carabidée, I found this insect at night’

on the table, whither it had been attracted by the light. I may

mention that the single specimen which came thus into my pos-

session has an oblong shallow impression on either elytron,—

perhaps accidental, perhaps a peculiarity. The anterior tarsi are

dilated and furnished with hairy brushes below, longest at the

apex of the lobes of the fourth joint.

Elhotia, n. g., N.

_ Corpus subconvexum, ovatum. Caput mediocre, oculis maximis.

Mentum leviter transversim emarginatum, edentatum, lobis acumi-

natis. Ligula submembranacea apice truncata, paraglossis connatis

marginem anteriorem parum superantibus, obtusis. Palpi elongati,

art. ultimo elliptico, acuminato. Labrum magnum transversum,

integrum, mandibulas fere obtegens. Mandibulee valide, edentate.

Antennee robustze filiformes, humeros superantes, art. 1° mediocri,

2° brevi, 3° quinti prope longitudine, 4° preecedente breviore, 2-4

obconicis, 5-10 zequalibus, cylindricis, 11° preecedente tertia parte

longiore, 4—11 pilosis. Thorax parvus, capite minor, transversus,

376 My. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

longitudine duplo latior ; antice leviter emarginatus, lateribus elevato-

marginatus, ab apice ad medium lateribus rotundatus, medio fortiter

angulatus, a medio ad basin valde abrupteque angustatus, basi trun-

catus, subtus cylindricus. Scutellum leviter excavatum. Elytra

ovata marginata, apice sat fortiter truncata. Pedes omnes sub-

eequales, simplices, tenues, tarsis cylindricis art. 3-4 magis minusve

trigonis, unguibus simplicibus. Prosternum carinatum.

In honorem Dom. Hon. Walteri Ellioti (Maderaspatani), natural-

istee diligentissimi, mefitisstmi, nomen imposui.

13. Elhotia pallipes, N.

FE. supra nigra, nitida, thorace scutelloque rufo-testaceis, labro ely-

trorumque limbo atque sutura brunneo-testaceis ; subtus picea,

pectore rufo-testaceo, pedibus albidis, geniculis oreque (palpis ob-

scurioribus exceptis) testaceis. Long. corp. 24 lin.

Caput ad antennarum insertionem et inter oculos utrinque pro-

funde impressum. ‘Thorax basi rugosus, ante medium utrinque

uniimpressus, linea media longitudinali divisus. Elytra punctato-

striata, infra humeros leviter impressa.

In ripis lacus Colombensis sub veget. putrescent. mens, Jul. non

infrequenter legi. Agilis est et avolare semper expeditus.

A pretty and very interesting little insect, about whose sy-

stematic position I am not quite satisfied ; however, I provision-

ally place it towards the end of the true Lebude. I find it most

to agree with the descriptions of Pentagonica, S. G., and Rhom-

bodera, R., with neither of which, however, it is identical. The

head is distinguished by the large and prominent eyes, and four

deep impressions, two larger ones at the root of the antenna,

two smaller ones between the eyes, also by a very distinct neck,

which connects it with the thorax; the labrum is large, trans-

verse and entire, with the angles rounded off and the base nar-

rowed; the mentum is but slightly transversely emarginate,

edentate; the ligula is truncated at the tip, the paraglosse adhere

to it, reach a little beyond it, and are obtuse at the apex; the

palpi are rather long, with the last jomt elliptic, acuminate ;

the antenne are strong, filiform, and reach beyond the shoulders,

jomts 5-10 are of equal length and cylindric, 4-11] are pilose.

The most remarkable part of the insect is, however, the thorax,

which is of a subrhomboidal shape, transverse, smaller than the

head, as broad again as long; it has two strong, lateral angles

at the middle, each furnished with a strong bristle ; the anterior

part has the sides rounded, the posterior abruptly obliquely con-

tracted; at the base it is cylindric. As a specific distinction of

the thorax, I mention, moreover, that in the present species it is

impressed with two deep punctures before the middle, and that

it is rugose at the base. The abdomen is slightly peduncled,

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 377

The scutellum is slightly excavated. The elytra are oval, rather

convex, and impressed with rows of punctures. The legs are

simple and weak, apparently equal in both sexes. The anterior

tarsi are a little stouter than the rest, but not dilated nor fur-

nished with any additional clothing below; the anterior tibize

are deeply notched. As to the colour: the head and wing-

covers are black, the latter with the suture and margin of a light

brown, and highly polished ; the thorax is reddish, and the legs

are whitish. The insect is very agile, and ever ready to take to

its wings. It is of quite a peculiar appearance, imparted to it

by its large eyes, small, curiously-shaped thorax, and rather

plump elytra and abdomen. I may further mention that I have

observed the fourth joint of the maxillary palpi collapse when

the specimens become quite dry, so as to give them a different,

spoon-like appearance, apt to mislead any one who has not exa-

mined fresh specimens.

14. Harpalus advolans, N.

H. xneus, clypeo, labro, antennis mandibulisque brunneis, his apice

nigris, subtus testaceus, lateribus obscurior, pedibus flavis, tarsis,

geniculis spinulisque brunneis, ore testaceo. Long. corp.43—5/ lin,

Caput leeve. Mandibulz unidentatz. Palpi art. ultimo elongato,

apice truneato. Menti dens simplex, obtusus. Ligula apice quad-

rate truncata, angulis acutis leviter productis, paraglossis inflatis

marginem anticum parum superantibus. Thorax longitudine sesqui

latior, dorso anticeque levis, basi rugoso-punctatus, 2-impressus.

Elytra striata, cum thorace anguste marginata. Variat colore testa-

ceo-zenea.

Nocte ad lumen, sed ad hue non usquam alibi, non infrequenter

cepi.

I have taken this species frequently at night on my table, but

never found it as yet anywhere else. It is not very distinguished,

for which reason [ have mentioned the parts of the mouth in the

description, these being, moreover, not very constant in this

genus. The insect is of the usual oval Harpalus-form, of a dark

metallic green on the back, and more or less yellowish or light

brown below, the colour of the back changing occasionally to a

brownish green,

15. Oodes piceus, N.

O. ovatus, subconvexus, piceus, tarsis, palpis antennarumque articulis

3 primis castaneis, palpis apice flavis. Long. corp. 4 lin.

Caput parvum, inter antennas linea latitudinali abbreviata impres-

sum. Labrum integrum, punctis 3 impressum, puncto intermedio bi-,

lateralibus uni-setigeri. Mandibulze validze prominentes. Palpi

art. ultimo elongato-ovato, apice leviter truncato, Menti dens apice

378 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

truncatus leviterque sinuatus. Antenne art. 3° quarto sequal: nisi

paulo breviore. Thorax amplus basi elytris applicatus, apicem versus

angustatus, angulis posterioribus subdepressis translucentibus, ante

scutellum leviter sinuosus, ante sinum obsolete latitudinaliter im-

pressus. Elytra striata, cum thorace angustissime marginata. Pedes

validi, ant. tibiis apice intus uni-, intermed. et post. bi-calcaratis.

Specimen singulum f. in ripis lacus Colombensis sub. vegetab.

putrescent. legi.

As one species with a bifid mentum-tooth (O.pulcher) has been

already received into this genus, I have waived the hesitation I

should otherwise have felt in referring to it the present one, the

tooth of which is of a similar description. I have not seen the

O. pulcher ; but, as it is said to be an inhabitant of this part of

the world, it may possibly be identical with my species. If not,

they might, as the genus is otherwise pretty constant in its

characteristics, be separated under a new name as types peculiar

to India. Besides the abnormal mentum-tooth, the imsect has

not much to distinguish it from others of the genus. The labrum

is, however, peculiar, being entire, or even very slightly produced

in the middle, with the angles rounded off; it is impressed near

the anterior margin with three deep punctures, the central one

of which is furnished with two, the lateral ones with one strong

bristle each. The anterior tibiz are but slightly notched. The

prosternum is largely developed, reaching beyond the anterior

coxee, obtusely acuminated, and received in a deep excavation of

the mesothorax. But I doubt whether the development is suffi-

ciently large to entitle the insect to a place in Lonchosternus, Lat.,

which, however, I have not seen. .

16. Trichopteryx cursitans, N.

T. ovata, subconvexa, pubescens, supra obscure eenea, elytris eneo-

brunneis, subtus picea, pedibus oreque testaceis, antennis art.

3-11 nigrescentibus. Long. corp. 2 lin.

Antennarum clava art. 2 primis ovatis, ultimo conico, acuminato,

Thorax amplissimus, elytris tertia parte minor, convexus, angulis

acutis, basi humeros amplectens, apice angustatus. Elytra subde-

pressa, subquadrata, apicem versus parum angustata, truncata, abdo-

minis 3—4 segmenta ultima non obtegentia. 'Tibize medio incrassatze.

Coxee posticee maxime dilatatee. Mesosternum carinatum.

Sub veget. putrescent. exsiccescentibus in prov. occid. copiosa.

A rather large species, commonly met with in this part of the

island, under rotting vegetable substances somewhat dried up.

It is very agile, and ready to take to its wings, which are of the

beautiful typical construction, about twice the length of the

body, and, in dead specimens, frequently produced behind.

These insects vary a little as to shape, some being more narrowed

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 379

behind than others, and also as to the exact number of the

abdominal segments left uncovered by the elytra. The head

is large, but exhibits nothing abnormal or extraordinary ; the

thorax is very large, emarginated in front and behind, with the

angles acute, the basal ones enveloping the shoulders ; the wing-

covers are subquadratic, with the angles rounded off and a little

narrowed behind; the legs have the tibiz incrassated in the

middle, and the posterior coxe very much dilated and distant

from each other; in all other respects they are typical. The

shape of the body is that of an egg, broadest at the shoulders,

gently narrowed towards the apex of the abdomen, and rounded

off towards the head.

17. Trichopteryx immatura, N.

T. precedenti similis, differt tamen colore: supra zeneo-testacea, sub-

tus testacea, antennarum art. 3-11 nigrescentibus ; differt etiam

corpore crassiore, magis quadrato, capite paulo majore, thorace

minus convexo, parum ampliore, elytris abdomen totum vel fere

totum obtegentibus. Pedes, antenne &c. omnino precedentis.

Long. corp. 3 lin.

In preecedentis societate specimina nonnulla legi.

Somewhat resembling in aspect an immature individual of the

former, but sufficiently distinct to be formed into a new species.

The insect is altogether of a different appearance, imparted to it

by the greater general plumpness of the body, the larger head,

the less convex, but at the same time possibly still ampler tho-

rax, the altogether more quadratic shape, &c. The remark re-

- garding the exact number of abdominal segments left uncovered

by the elytra applies to this and all other species as well. The

present one has generally the last two segments uncovered.

18. Trichopteryx invisibilis, N.

T. ovata, subdepressa, subparallela, pilosa, supra obscure eenea, sub-

tus picea, pedibus, abdomine, antennis oreque testaceis. Long.

corp. vix. + lin.

Thorax amplus, elytris sesqui minor, convexus, angulis posticis

humeros vix superantibus. Elytra oblonge quadrata angulis rotun-

datis, subdepresse, truncata, abdomen totum vel fere totum obte-

gentia. Coxze posticee approximate. Tarsi typicis minus elongati,

art. 3° preecedentibus haud multo longiore.

Cum T. cursitante victitat ; frequenter legi.

A very pretty and very distinguished species. Its most striking

peculiarity consists in the posterior coxze, which are as little di-

stant from each other as those of the anterior legs, and almost

touch each other, and also in the shortness of the tarsi. The

380 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

head with the antenne, the mesosternum, the tibie, which are

incrassated in the middle, and the posterior coxee with regard to

their enlargement, are quite typical. However, the thorax and

elytra differ again from those of T. eursitans (which, m every

respect, may be looked upon as the typical representative of the

family in Ceylon, and which is here referred to as such), the

former by the shortness of the posterior angles, which can hardly

be said to envelope the shoulders; the elytra, by being less or

not at all narrowed behind, giving an oblong rather than an

oval shape to the insect. Although in length only about one-

half shorter, it is in bulk certainly one-fourth smaller than 7.

cursitans ; and, although probably the smallest Ceylon beetle, it

is distinguished at first sight.

19. Ptilium subquadratum, N.

P. subquadratum, subconvexum, pilosum, obscure eneo-testaceum,

thorace dilutiore. Long. corp. + lin.

Caput mediocre. Antennarum clava art. 1° inverte conico, 2°

subcylindrico, ultimo elongato-ovato. Thorax convexus, angulis

basalibus humeros fortissime amplectentibus, apicem versus valde

rotundatus, apice leviter sinuatus. Elytra quadrata, abdomen non

totum obtegentia. Scutellum parvum. Pedes robusti tibiis apicem

versus incrassatis, tarsis art. 3° primi secundique longitudine, his

subbilobatis subtus penicillatis, coxis posticis simplicibus distantibus.

Mesosternum non carinatum.

Ubi preecedentes sed infrequenter occurrit.

The genus Ptilium is the repository for all the anomalies of

the family; its characteristics, therefore, are very vague ; but if

the absence of the mesosternal carina and the simplicity of the

posterior coxee are the determining features amongst them, the

present species, in spite of a variety of anomalies it exhibits in

other respects, belongs to it. The head is of middling size ; the

antennze robust, with the first jomt of the club of the shape of

an inverted cone, the second rather cylindrical, narrowed at the

base, and the last elongate, ovate. The thorax is of very different

structure from that of the foregoing species of the family, the

basal angles being produced unusually far beyond the shoulders ;

towards the head it is strongly and rapidly rounded off, being

thus altogether of a semicircular shape ; at the apex it is merely

slightly sinuated, and the head is inserted rather below than in

this sinuosity ; the whole thorax, moreover, is very convex, whilst

the elytra are depressed. The wings vary from the typical form

by bemg fringed with short, simple cilia instead of the long,

feathery appendages ; they are, moreover, without a distinct pe-

duncle, but still folded in the manner characteristic of the family.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 381

The legs are stout, with the tibic thickest at the tip; the third

tarsal joint is of the length of the preceding two, the latter are

somewhat bilobed and hairy below. The posterior cox are

simple and distant. The mesosternum without a carina. The

whole shape of the insect is quadratic rather than otherwise.

20. Ptenidium macrocephalum, N.

P. ellipticum, subconvexum, nitidum, sparsim pilosum, supra piceo-

ceneum, subtus piceum, pedibus oreque testaceis. Long. corp. { lin.

Caput maximum. Antennarum clava elongata articulis ellipticis.

Thorax subquadratus antice posticeque angustatus, basi punctis 4

magnis profunde impressus. LElytra ovata, medium versus leviter

inflata, apice obtuse acuminata, abdomine longiora et ampliora, punc-

tulis lineis dispositis obsoletissime impressa. Alze corpore plus duplo

longiores. Tibiee fortiores spinulosze. Tarsi breviores. Prosternum

carinatum.

In preecedentium societate frequenter lectum.

This is perhaps the prettiest of the five species of the family

just described, and at first sight recognized by the shape of its

body and the polished back. The head is very large. The tho-

rax is narrowed in front and behind, at the latter place impressed

with four deep punctures, which cannot be overlooked. The

wing-covers are oval, a little inflated about the middle, rounded

at the apex, and longer and wider than the abdomen. The pro-

sternum is carinated.

It affords me much gratification to be enabled to publish re-

presentatives of three genera of this highly interesting and pro-

bably very extensive and widely distributed family of pigmies,

the Asiatic representatives of which have hitherto been entirely

unknown. I have no doubt that even this island is the abode

of a great many more species.

21. Stenus barbatus, N.

S. elongatus, eeneo-niger, nitidus, punctatus, sparsim pubescens,

pedibus palpisque albidis, ore coxisque testaceis, antennis brun-

nescentibus. Long. corp. 24 lin.

Caput thorace tertia parte latius, fronte costis 3 abbreviatis, antice

albido-pubescens. Antenne art. 3° sequentium 2 fere longitudine,

3 ultimis elongatis, ellipticis. Palpi max. elongati apice densius

pubescentes. Thorax cylindricus medio leviter incrassatus, basi sub-

quadratus. Hlytra thorace paulo longiora, sed fere duplo latiora,

convexa, ovata. Abdomen immarginatum. Pedes elongati tenues,

tibiis apice tarsisque fortiter setosis, his art. 4° profunde bilobato.

In lacus Colomb. ripis specimina nonnulla legi.

This, as well as the following species, belongs to Erichson’s

382 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

division II, B. of the genus, both having the abdomen, immar-

ginate and the fourth tarsal joint bilobed. Everything about

this species is elongated. The head is about one-third broader

than the thorax; the forehead is slightly excavated, with two

elevated ridges running from the root of the antenne a short

distance upwards ; athird runs from the crown of the head down

towards the centre of the two former, but all three reach only

about the middle of the head. The part below the antenne is

covered with white hair. The antenne have the third jomt much

elongated, and the terminal club composed of elliptic joints.

The thorax is rather slender, incrassated at the middle, gradually

narrowed in front, but nearly quadratic behind. The elytra are

longer than the thorax, about double its breadth, and oval, bemg

slightly narrowed at the shoulders and the apex. The legs are

long and slender, hairy at the apex of the tibiz and the tarsi,

the latter very much so on the inner side. The insect is of a

metallic black colour, highly polished; the legs, palpi, and the

first two antennal joints are whitish, the tibie and the apex of

the palpi being, however, rather darker; joints 3-11 of the an-

tennee are brownish ; the coxee and the mouth are yellowish ;

the tarsi have a brown spot at the apex of the first three joints ;

the claws are black. The insect is punctured all over, but less

so on the abdomen, the apical segments of which are indeed

nearly smooth, than elsewhere, and sparingly covered with small

white hairs.

22. Stenus lacertoides, N.

S. robustus, nigro-eeneus, dense profundeque punctatus, subtus spar-

sissime pubescens, pedibus palpisque testaceis, femoribus apice

nigrescentibus, antennis oreque castaneis. Long. corp. 14 lin.

Caput thorace quarta parte latius, fronte 2-costata. Antennze

robustz art. 3° quarto paulo longiore, 9-10 globosis, 11° conico.

Thorax cylindricus, medio fortius merassatus, latitudine quarta parte

longior, margine anteriore elevato, basi subquadratus. Elytra tho-

race longiora, convexa, humeris prominentibus. Abdomen immar-

ginatum. ‘Tarsi art. 4° profunde bilobato.

In prov. occid. stagnorum ripis rarius occurrit.

About this species everything is robust. It is well distin-

guished by the rounded club-jomts of the antenne, the elevated

anterior margin of the thorax, the prominent shoulders, and its

general shortness and plumpness. The forehead is rather more

depressed or excavated than in the former, the two antennal

ridges are shorter, the vertical one is altogether obsolete. The

palpi are robust. The third antennal jomt is about one-third

longer than the fourth. The thorax is shorter and plumper than

in the former. The elytra are less oval, having the shoulders

Mr. J. Nietner on new Geylon Coleoptera. _ 383.

more prominent, and only the apex rounded-off or narrowed.

The legs are similar to those of the former, but more robust,

less hairy, and have the tarsi more cylindric. The insect is of a

blackish metallic colour ; the legs and palpi are yellowish; the

tibiz, however, the apex of the palpi, and also joints 1-2 of the

antenne are rather darker ; the femora are blackish towards the

end; the mouth and joints 3-11 of the antennz are chestnut,

and the cox pitch-colour. The animal is densely and deeply

punctured all over, very sparingly covered with small greyish

hairs, nearly obsolete on the back, but more distinct below. It

is less highly pohshed than the former. I have known this

species for a long time, and specimens of it must exist at the

Mus. Berol.; the former 1 met with but lately.

I may mention, that in dissecting these two species I have

observed the same remarkable production of the cesophagus

with the ligula, characteristic of the genus, and noticed in many

of the European kinds.

23. Anthicus formicarius, N.

A. castaneus, capite, abdomine elytrisque piceis, his pilorum niveorum

fascia media transversali interrupta maculisque concoloribus 6 hu-

meralibus, obsoletis, parce pilosus. Long. corp. 12 lin.

- Caput globosum supra subtusque profunde punctatum, oculis

parvis. Thorax nodoso-pyriformis, infra medium constrictus, parte

anteriore crassiore lin. long. med. profunde divisa subcordiformi.

Elytra elliptica.

Sub veget. putrescent. victitat ; prope Colombo rarius legi.

This insect looks uncommonly like an ant. It is easily di-

stinguished from all other species of the island partly by this

resemblance, partly by the sculpture of the thorax and the white

fascia across the elytra. The antennz are robust, thickened

towards the tip, the three last joints forming a club. The legs

have the femora very much imerassated, the tibie at the apex

bicalearate and the tarsi, especially of the anterior pair, very

hairy below; the fourth jot appears to be slightly cordiform.

The white marks of the shoulders and the fascia across the wing-

eovers are composed of white hairs; the former are rather an

interrupted row of these than true maculz; the fascia consists

of two halves, one in either elytron, reaching neither the external

margin nor the suture. ‘The insect is of slow motion.

24. Anthicus insulanus.

A, testaceus, abdomine obscuriore, capite thoraceque rufo-testaceis,

_ elytris fasciis 2 nigris, parce pilosus. Long. corp. 14-1} lin,

584 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

Caput globosum, oculis mediocribus. Thorax pyriformis, cum

capite supra punctatus. Elytra ovata. Tarsi art. 4° bilobato.

Prope Negombo in pratis sat copiosus.

In some of the specimens before me the anterior femora are

furnished with a strong spine inside, having at the same time

the tibiee of the same pair of legs slightly emarginated inside

near the apex. I have reason to believe these individuals, if the

distinction be a sexual one, to be females, not males.

25. Meligethes orientalis, N.

M. ovatus, subconvexus, pilosus, supra nigro-ceneus, subtus piceus,

pedibus, antennis palpisque maxill. dilutioribus, tarsis palpisque

labial. brunneo-aureis. Long. corp. 1=14 lin.

Mentum transversum planum, punctatum, lobis apice depressis,

excavatis, glabris, obtusis. Palpi lab. art. ultimo inflato, ovato ;

maxill. art. ultimo apice angustato levissime truncato. Mandibulee

unidentatee. Thorax amplus angulis acutis, antice emarginatus,

postice pluries sinuatus, subtus punctatus. Elytra ovato-quadrata,

angulis 4 apicalibus rotundatis, pygidium haud obtegentia. Pedes

validi, femoribus tibiisque incrassatis; anteriores tibiis apice intus

unispinosis, tarsis art. 1-3 fortiter dilatatis, 1-2 subeequalibus trans-

versis, profunde reniformibus, 3° minore, cordato, 4° minimo, sub-

cylindrico ; intermed. et post. tibiis extus spinulosis, tarsis anteriori-

bus similibus sed art. 1-3 minus dilatatis, cordiformibus. Proster-

num marginatum, punctatum, obtuse acuminatum. Mesosternum

antice carinatum.

Variat magnitudine et colore eneo-brunneo.

Prope Colombo in floribus per occasionem frequentissime legi.

Of the usual shape and colour, but larger than usual, varying,

however, in this respect, some individuals being fully one-third

smaller than others. These small individuals, which occur in

the proportion of about 1 to 20, are, moreover, nearly always of

a brownish metal colour, instead of a blackish green, I have

been unable to discover any other distinctions. I was much in-

terested by the discovery of these msects, having missed them

for years amongst the abundantly represented Nitidulide of the

island. They appear to be of local occurrence, or attached to cer-

tain plants, which is nearly the same. I find them m abundance

in the beautiful bell-shaped blossoms of the Argyreia argentea and

one or two other plants in my garden. The species appears to

differ from the typical Meligethes in the following points :—the

structure of the mentum, which I have sufficiently described above;

the last jointof the labial palpi, which in this case is not truncated;

and the first of the antenne, which is externally incrassated, as

in Epurea. The antenne are otherwise robust, the club is firm

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 385

and hairy. The thorax is very ample, thinly ciliated along the

upper part of the anterior margin, rather strongly below. The

prosternum is largely developed, marginated, punctured, and

obtusely acuminated, overlapping the anterior part of the meso-

sternum, which (the anterior part) is cylindric and carinated.

Joints 1-8 of the tarsi are strongly penicillated below, the peni-

cilla being composed of glanduliferous hairs of a fine golden

colour.

26. Georyssus gemma, N.

G. pygmei statura et magnitudine, supra purpureo-zeneus, iri-

descens, subtus piceus; a/atus. Thorax subsemiorbicularis infra

apicem constrictus, sulco med. long. divisus, lateribus, basi apice-

que excayatus, impressionibus 3 majoribus dorsalibus, 2 minoribus

lateralibus. Elytra fortissime costata, costis obtuse dentatis, in

interstitiis transversim punctato-impressa, ad humeros profunde

excavata, infra medium leviter sinuata. Tuibize extus spinulosz,

intus sparsim ciliate.

In prov. central. montibus Kotmaliensibus alt. 3500 ped. in rivu-

lorum ripis non infrequenter legi.

Lacordaire and others characterize Georyssus as having the

elytra soldered together, and being destitute of wings. In the

present species, however, the elytra are unconnected, and wing-

covers proportionately larger than in any other beetle [ can at

present think of. They are elongated and comparatively narrow,

resembling in shape very much those of a Libellula, have a few

veins at the base, and are ciliated at the margin. I have, more-

over, occasionally taken insects of this genus flying about the

light at night, but Iam not quite sure at present whether it

was this or any other species. The sculpture of the thorax is

complicated and difficult to describe ; however, the leading fea-

tures in it are these :—a subapical sinuosity on either side; a

longitudinal furrow ; excavated sides, base and apex ; three larger

dorsal depressions (one central, two obliquely basal), and two

smaller lateral ones at the subapical sinuosities, a short elevated

ridge at the centre of the base separating the two basal impres-

sions, and being itself divided by the longitudinal furrow ; two

elevations separating the anterior part of the basal impressions

from that of the central one (at the middle these three depres-

sions are connected) ; two small rugosities near the anterior

margin, one on either side of the longitudinal furrow.

The sculpture of the elytra is less complicated: they have a

deep cavity at the shoulder, a large but not deep sinuosity below

the middle, and are obtusely acuminated. The coste of the

back are eleven in number, the suture lying in the central one,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xix. a

386 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

The half of this central costa and the exterior margin form an

elevated border round either elytron. The first and second on

either side run towards the apex, but come to a stop (very abrupt

in most, but less so in some, specimens) before reaching it ; the

third, after having been interrupted near its base by the sub-

humeral cavity, runs on, but does not reach as far as the former;

the fourth does not leave the region of the shoulder ; the last on

either side is very prominent at the base, but soon forms an

abrupt declivity, and runs on as a low ridge to below the middle.

The back of all these costz is obtusely dentated. The interstices

are marked with large, shallow, transverse impressions. The

head of the insect is rather large and even. The mandibles are

furnished with an obtuse subapical tooth, the two lower thirds

are ciliated. The maxillz have the apex of the outer lobe exter-

nally enlarged, rounded-off, and furnished with three strong

teeth replaced by cilia on the inside; the inner lobe is conic,

and similarly provided with teeth and cilia, but much thinner

and finer. ‘The maxillary palpi are robust, the last joint is in-

flated at the base. The antennal club is hairy, dark (whilst the

remaining joints are yellowish), conic, and somewhat securiform,

the sixth jomt being inserted on one side of the seventh. The

legs are robust, the tibiz slightly curved, obliquely truncated at

the end, furnished with spines along the outside, and with distant

cilia along the inner.

27. Hydrochus lacustris, N.

Hf. elongatus, subdepressus, supra metallicus, iridescens, subtus

piceus, pedibus, antennis, palpis elytrorumque margine magis mi-

nusve brunneis, mento cyaneo. Long. corp. m. | lin., f. multo

major atque robustior.

Palpi maxill. robusti art. ultimo elliptico leviter inflato. Mandi-

bulee apice bifidze. Antennarum clava dense pilosa. Thorax oblonge

quadratus, basin versus angustatus, basi medio productus, cum capite

profunde punctatus. LElytra ad humeros oblique truncata, apicem

versus sat fortiter angustata, profunde striato-punctata. Tibiee extus

spinulosze.

Specimina nonnulla in lacu Colomb. legi.

The head is robust, broader than the thorax; the eyes large

and prominent.

The femora, the last joint of the maxillary palpi, the mandibles

and the tarsal jomts are dark towards the apex. The last abdo-

minal segment of the female is furnished with a bifid hairy

appendage.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 387

28. Hydrous rufiventris, N.

H., ovatus, convexus, supra oleagino-niger, subtus obscure ferrugineus,

pedibus dilute piceis, labro zeneo, reliquis oris partibus cum clypeo

testaceis. Long. corp. 8 lin.

Palpi maxill. articulis apicem versus abruptius incrassatis, art. 3°

quarto sesqui longiore. Antenne art. 7-8 fortiter perfoliatis, ultimo

acuminato. Caput antice utrinque punctulorum serie subsemicircu-

lari et ad oculorum marginem interiorem impressum. Thorax punc-

tulorum seriebus 4 lateralibus, 2 subapicalibus obliquis abbreviatis

signatus. Elytra subtiliter striato-punctata. Tarsi omnes unguibus

basi fortiter unidentatis. Carina prosternalis cultriformis.

Specimen singulum f. nocte ad lumen cepi.

As far as my resources allow me to ascertain, a very anomalous

species, having the perfoliated antennze and toothed claws of a

Hydrophilus and the cultriform prosternal carina and the elytra

of a Hydrous. I have placed it in the latter genus on account

of the sharp edge of the prosternal carina, in which the great

distinguishing character of this genus seems to lie, this part

being deeply grooved in Hydrophilus.

The insect at once attracts attention by the reddish colour of

its abdomen. It is of a blackish olive-colour on the back, having,

however, the clypeus and the anterior margin of the labrum of a

yellowish brown, the latter being otherwise of a rather metallic

colour. The remaining parts of the mouth are more or less

yellowish. Joints 1-6 of the antennz are yellowish too, with

the exception of the second, which is dark; joimts 7-9 are

blackish and pubescent. The legs are of a light pitch-colour.

The lower part of the head is impressed with two rather semi-

circular series of punctures, similar punctures occurring along

the internal margin of the eyes. The thorax is marked with six

series of them, and on the elytra they are arranged in lines.

The sternal caria is well developed, the prosternal part has a

sharp edge, whilst the mesosternal one is obtuse on the back,

and the metasternal part depressed and slightly grooved.

29. Hydrous inconspicuus, N.

H. precedente minus convexus, supra oleagino-niger, subtus rufo-

piceus, ore testaceo. Long. corp. 4% lin.

Palpi maxill. art. 2° et 4° subcylindricis, 3° apicem versus sensim

incrassato, sequente tertia parte longiore. Antennze art. 7-8 sub-

globosis, 9° magno, ovato. Caput, thorax et elytra ut in precedente

sculpta et signata.

In lacu Colomb. mens. Jun. non infrequenter cepi.

This is in every respect a normal species. The prosternal

25*

388 M. Lespés on a Nematoid Worm, parasitic upon Termites.

carina has a sharp edge; the claws are simple, the antennal

club is composed of rounded joints, the elytra are of the typical

structure, &c. In the latter respect, as well as with regard to

the various series of punctures upon head, thorax, and elytra, it

resembles the former; the punctures of the elytra are, however,

less distinct. Joints 1-6 of the antenne are yellowish, the club

being dark and finely pubescent. The maxillary palpi have

joints 2 and 4 subcylindric, but the intervening one thickened

towards the tip.

I have frequently, in the month of June, taken the pupz of

this species on the banks of the Colombo Lake, and hatched

them at home. I found them about 1 inch under ground, and

often as far as 12 feet from the edge of the water, but still im

muddy places. The imago is very active, perhaps more so than

any other species of the genus.

To be continued. |

XXX.—Note on a Nematoid Worm, parasitic upon Termites.

By C. Lespés*.

In the course of my observations on the Termites, I have twice

seen numerous nests, which appeared to be im a state of great

prosperity, entirely destroyed in a few days. These two societies

were established with me in large glass-vessels, but the earth of

the nests was too moist ; in this earth I then saw an immense

number of little white worms swarming, and by examining them

carefully and dissecting the Zermites of these societies, I have

been enabled to ascertain the history of the parasite. In its

characters this Nematoid worm closely approaches Leptodera of

Dujardin, but it must form a distinct generic group, as several

of its characters differ from those of Leptodera:—its mouth is

armed with three tubercles, its neck is short and thick, and

lastly it is oviparous, whilst Leptodera is viviparous. The cha-

racters of the generative armature of the male are identical, but

the aliform expansions so remarkable m M. Dujardin’s worm

are wanting in mine.

Genus IsaxIs.

Corpus fusiforme, extremitate caudali longe subulata haud alata.

Caput corpore continuum, truncatum. Os trilabiatum. Penis vagina

spiculisque duobus zequalibus instructus. Fceminze apertura geni-

talis in corporis medio. Ovipara.

* Translated from the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, tome v. Zoologie,

p. 335.

M. Lespés on a Nematoid Worm, parasitic upon Termites, 389

p P Hy}

Isakis migrans (mihi).

Corpus fusiforme, album: longit. maris 1°8 mill., foeminee 2°5 mill.

Ovula elliptica : longit. 0° 06 mill. ; lat. 0-04 mill.

Individua juniora, organis genitalibus nullis (e corpore Terntum) :

longit. fere 0°3, 0-4, usque ad 0°8 mill,

The adult males and females of this species are common in

the earth of the two nests. ‘They presented the remarkable

property of being capable of being recalled to life after com-

plete desiccation for more than a month. . The males are rather

less abundant than the females.

In these little creatures we may perfectly distinguish the

digestive tube, which commences with a muscular “pharynx,

followed by an intestine which is straight in the male, and twisted

into a spiral in the female. The former presents a slight tubercle

a little above the tail; in the corresponding part we see the two

spicules of 0°05 mill. in length, and the sheath of 002 mill.

which is placed below. The generative orifice of the female is

placed about the middle of its length; by transmitted light we

see a great number of eggs filling as body.

With these animals T found an immiense number “of free eges

in different stages of development. Those furthest advanced con-

tained an extremely mobile embryo. Some of these escaped, but

there was still a gap between the young individuals and the adult

or nearly adult forms. To sy pply this it is sufficient to dissect

a Termite of the infested nest, when we find in the abdomen,

around the intestine, but never in its interior, some Nematoid

worms, very short and slender when compared with the adults ;

they are in different stages of development, but the generative

organs are always w anting. I found from one to six of them,

but only in individuals of a certain size (workers, soldiers,

nymphs). All my observations were made at the begining

of May, and in the second nest J verified them in June. The

infested insects soon languish and at last die; if they are then

examined, the developed Nematoid. worms are seen issuing from

their bodies, which are becoming putrefied.

From these facts I think that all naturalists will admit with

me, that the parasite of which I have just given the history,

acquires its generative organs and propagates in moist earth ;

that the young penetrate Past s the bodies of the Termites, he:

come developed there, finally destroy their victim, and ‘then

escape to complete their erowth.

The study of the probably numerous worms which have been

united under the name of Filarie of Insects, was commenced by

the remarkable work of Von Sicbold upon Mermis albicans.

390 Mr. J.D. Macdonald on a new Polyzoon.

The facts which I have just described, seem to be a copy of

those made known by that learned naturalist.

In the digestive tube of the Termites, I have found a consider-

able number of parasites.

XXXI.— Brief Description of a Ctenostomatous Polyzoon, allied

to Vesicularia, occurring on the Australian Coast. By JouHn

Dents Macponatp, Esq., Assistant Surgeon R.N.*

In one of our visits to Moreton Bay, the sean was hauled at More-

ton Island, and amongst the masses of sea-weed, &c. brought up

with the net, I found numerous specimens of a very beautiful Poly-

zoon, a small portion of which I had previously dredged at Port

Stevens from a depth of 5 or 6 fathoms.

The polypidom may be said to have consisted mainly of rooted,

spreading and plant-like portions, and short, straight creeping trunks,

connected at both extremities with the fixed part of the former, so

that the whole presented the appearance of an open lace-work, haying

all the transparency and lustre of glass.

The trunks and branches were nearly perfectly cylindrical, and

composed of an outer membranous sheath distended with a clear

fluid (which escaped with considerable force when the sheath was

ruptured), and line-like reticulated vessels disposed in one plane, so

as to communicate laterally with the polyp-cells, and divide the axis

longitudinally into equal halves. The more central canals of this

vascular plane combined to form a compound vessel, which opened

into a spherical sinus with cellular parietes at the base of each branch.

The ramification of the polypidom generally exhibited a trichoto-

mous arrangement, with simple articulations occurring only where the

branches were given off.

The cells were clustered in liflear series on opposite sides of the

branched axis, oval in shape, corneous in texture, with a terminal

combed aperture, folding inwards by the contraction of four equi-

distant sets of muscular fibres, which imparted a quadrilateral figure

to the opening.

The polypes were very minute, but exhibited distinctly all the im-

portant points of structure observable in those of Vesicularia and

Bowerbankia, between which genera this polyzoon would appear to

lie. The ciliated tentacula, like those of Vesicularia, are eight in

number, and do not possess the motionless hair-like processes which,

project from the back of each in Bowerbankia.

Although too much importance must not be attached to the actual

number of tentacula surrounding the oral aperture, the tendency to

multiply those organs must not be altogether forgotten. Thus, while

there are but eight in Vesicularia, Bowerbankia densa and Bower-

bankia repens possess respectively ten and twelve.

* From the Proceedings of the Royal Society, February 19, 1857.

Mr. J. D. Macdonald on a new species of Asteroid Polypes. 391

Both Bowerbankia and Vesicularia agree in the wniserial and uni-

lateral distribution of the polypes, but in the present instance the

cells are arranged in linear and bilateral clusters.

XXXII.—Anatomical Description of a Species of Asteroid Po-

lypes, probably forming the type of a new genus of Alcyonide.

By Joun Dents Macponaxp, Assistant Surgeon R.N.*

Own leaving the Conway Reef (lat. 21° 44! 48" S., long. 174° 37!

45" E.), July 4, 1855, a very beautiful branched asteroid Zoophyte,

belonging to the Alcyonide, was brought up from a depth of between

30 and 40 fathoms, on the buoy-rope of the anchor.

The polypidom, from a trunk of about one inch and a half in

diameter, branched off, with much irregularity, but generally in a

dichotomous manner, into very minute subdivisions.

The investing membrane was strengthened by the close deposition

of elongated, fusiform, and minutely tuberculated spicula of a deep

crimson-lake tint, which impart their colour to the whole mass,

The internal substance was chiefly composed of longitudinal mus-

cular septa, radiating from the central axis (which contained no

denser material), frequently communicating with one another late-

rally, and being fixed into the internal surface of the integument in

vertical lines. These muscular septa were invested on each side with

a layer of finely reticulated vessels ; both sets being connected by

numerous transverse trunks passing through the intervening muscular

tissue, and the spaces between the septa were filled with a transparent

glairy fluid.

The polyp-cells were exposed and solitary, resting on the internal

surface of short branchlets strengthened by large dorsal spicula, one

of which, much larger than the rest, extended considerably beyond

the polyp-cells, tapering gently to a needle-like point. These latter

spicula are covered with tubercles, and in every respect but in size

similar to those of the general integument.

The small spicula on the internal or ventral surface of the branch-

lets diverge from one another in the peripheral direction, while those

on the dorsal border are disposed longitudinally.

The mouth of each cup-like polyp-cell was surrounded with about

eight projecting spicula, whose fixed extremities were curved up-

wards and inwards, festoon-fashion, while numerous smaller ones

were so disposed as to fill up the open spaces posteriorly, and thus

strengthen the body of the cell.

Although I have not been able to count the number of the oral

tentacula satisfactorily, from their proportional size T can readily

believe that there were about eight in this species, as in most if not

all other asteroid polypes. They were broad and flat, tapering to a

blunt point, like those of Sarcodictyon (Forbes), to which genus I

have no doubt this Zoophyte is nearly allied, though the habit of the

polypidom is so very different.

* From the Proceedings of the Royal Society, March 12, 1857.

392 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Dr. Jacob Sturm’s Deutschlands Flora in Abbildungen nach der

Natur mit Beschreibungen. Fortgesetzt von Dr. J. W. Sturm.

95 and 96 Heft. Small 12mo. Nurnberg, 1855.

We have recently received a new fasciculus, containing two numbers

(95 and 96) of this excellent collection of plates of the Flowering

Plants of Germany, and are sorry to observe the long intervals that

elapse between the issues of it. Nos. 91 and 92 are dated in 1846;

Nos. 93 and 94 in 1849 ; and those recently received, in 1855. It is

much to be feared that the work does not now receive the support

that it deserves.

The plates in these numbers fully support the character formerly

acquired by the work. They are amongst the most beautiful and

accurate representations which we possess of plants indigenous to

Northern Europe. The last four numbers are edited by Dr. J. W.

Sturm, who undertook the continuation of it on the death of the

celebrated Koch, by whom it had been conducted for some years.

The following is a list of the contents of Nos. 95 and 96 :—

Ranunculus pygmeus, Wahl. Rubus saxatilis, L.

montanus, var. minutus, Ley- Daphne petra, Leybold.

bold. Tila grandifolia, Ehrh.

Rhamnus Frangula, L. parvifolia, Ehrh.

Herniaria glabra, L. Carex ornithopodioides, Hausm.

Convallaria multiflora, L. Helianthemum vulgare, Gaert.

Ornithogalum umbellatum, L. Nympheea semiaperta, Klinggraff.

nutans, L. alba, L.

Acer campestre, L. Corydalis foliacea, Pers.

Adoxa Moschatellina, L. Lathyrus hirsutus, DL,

Scleranthus perennis, L. Pinus sylvestris, L.

annuus, LL. Quercus pedunculata, Hhrh.

Of these, Daphne petrea and Carex ornithopodioides are new

species, published in the Journal called ‘ Flora,’ in 1853, and never

before figured. They are both described here by Leybold. The

former is allied to D. Cneorum and the latter to C. ornithopoda.

The Nymphea semiaperta was first published by Klinggraff in the

‘Flora von Preussen,’ in 1848, and is identical with the N. neglecta

of Hausleutuer in Mohl’s Bot. Zeit. for 1850. It differs from NV.

alba im several respects, especially in the column upon which the

styles are elevated, and the flattened and furrowed inner side of these

organs. In so variable a tribe of plants, its claims to specific distinc-

tion may admit of doubt. It is fully illustrated on two plates.

The plates of the Scleranthi beautifully show the distinctions be-

tween two plants which have often been unadvisedly confounded,

especially in England.

We may be allowed to express a hope that Dr. Sturm will receive

the support that he so well deserves, and may be encouraged to con-

tinue the work more rapidly in future.

Royal Society. 393

Iconographia Familiarum Naturalium Regni Vegetabilis delineata

atque adjectis Familiarum characteribus, §c. ornata. Auctore

A. ScunizueIn, Dr. Ph. 4to. Bonn.

After a long interval, another number (xi.) of this valuable series

of illustrations of the Natural Orders of Plants has been recently re-

eeived. It contains elaborate figures, with very many anatomical

details of the Orders noticed in it, and is quite equal in excellence to

the former parts of this beautiful work. As has been remarked in

speaking of Sturm’s ‘ Flora,’ it is to be feared that here also want of

support is the cause of delay in publication. Few works have been

slower in their publication, it being now fully fourteen years since

the first number appeared, and there is still much wanted to render

it complete. We much desire to see its continuation, as we have

found it of great use in our botanical studies.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

_ ROYAL SOCIETY.

February 12, 1857.—W. R. Grove, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

“ Researches on the Reproductive Organs of the Annelids.” By

Thomas Williams, M.D., F.L.S.

In this paper the author seeks to establish the following general

proposition, viz. that there prevails throughout the Actiniadze, Echi-

nodermata, Rotifera and Annelida, a special organ, which, under

different phases, subserves different functions, which is essentially

identifiable under every modification, reducible to the same type, and

which constitutes the root of the Reproductive system in these fami-

lies. To this special organ he proposes to apply the provisional

name of the “segmental organ*.’’ In the chambers which are

enclosed by the vertical dissepiments dividing the body of Actinia,

convoluted tubular cords are contamed which support the genera-

tive structures. It has not yet been proved whether the internal

ends of these tubules open directly into the perivisceral chamber.

These cords and their appended structures in the Actiniadze consti-

tute the type of a system of organs the prevalence of which through-

out the Echinodermata, Rotifera and Annelida can, he believes, be

clearly and satisfactorily proved. In the present memoir, however,

the author proposes to confine his demonstrations to the anatomical

varieties which the segmental organ presents in the class Annelida,

contenting himself with merely in a passing manner pointing out the

fact that the several variations of form, structure and number which

this organ exhibits in the several genera of this class, are represented

by similar variations in the different genera, especially of the class

Echinodermata. He hoped to show that under very numerous appa-

* While he is convinced that the identity of this organ might readily be traced

throughout other families of the lower Invertebrata, he will not permit himself at

present to indulge in any wider generalization than that stated in the text.

394 Royal Society :—

rent varieties, the essential unity of the segmental organ within the

indicated limits can be convincingly established.

Upon this organ, under different circumstances, there devolve one

or two or even more functions. Sometimes it is used as a simple

discharge tube, conveying externally in a direct manner the fluid of

the general cavity of the body. This variety is exemplified in the

segmental organs which are distributed, in the genera Lumbricus

and Nais, throughout all that part of the body which is situated

posterior to the Reproductive band. In this latter region two or

more of these organs are so modified as to become the basis whereon

are developed the generative structures.

Here the author enters upon a minute account (illustrated by

figures) of the history of this organ in Lumbricus and Nats, showing

the changes of outward form which it undergoes in several species of

these genera.

He points out in this place that the segmental organ, as it occurs

in Lumbricus and Nais, is paralleled by the so-called water-vascular

system of the Rotifera: as in the former so in the latter, the ciliated

tubes communicate freely with the general cavity ; im both, the cur-

rent raised by the cilia travels from within outwards; and he con-

tends that the reproductive structures are ingrafted upon, or deve-

loped from one, two or more of the ciliated tubes in the Rotifera, as

from the segmental organs of Lumbricus and Nais.

Arenicola and Terebella form a group in which the segmental

organ deviates in a remarkable apparent manner from that of Lwm-

bricus and Nais. It forms a series of elongated sacculi, which are

attached to the ventral wall of the general cavity on either side of the

median line. Each sacculus, although single at its distal end, is

divided at its attached end into two tubular limbs, one of which

communicates directly with the exterior, while the other opens imme-

diately into the general cavity of the body. Through the latter limb

the ova and sperm-cells are introduced into the perivisceral chamber,

while in the reverse direction the fluid of this chamber is discharged

externally. The author has never been able to discover how the

germ- and sperm-cells (respectively in the female and male) escape

out of the general cavity; but he trusts that he has given a new

and satisfactory demonstration of the mode in which they enter that

cavity. The genera Arenicola and Teredella comprehend the only

Annelids in which the germ-elements in the female, and the sperm-

cells in the male, are ushered into, and are required to sojourn for a

season in the fluid of the general cavity of the body.

He indicates in this place that the segmental organ of the Sipun-

culidze (amongst the Echinoderms) corresponds both in its structure

and relations to that of Arenicola and Terebella, with this difference

only, that im the latter a special and peculiar development of the

blood-vascular system occurs around and in the vicinity of the seg-

mental organ, whereas in the Sipunculidze this system scarcely exists

and never receives any enlargement. The segmental organs in the

genus Synapta stand in an intermediate position between those of

Holothuria and those of Sipunculus. In Synapta one or more

Dr. T. Williams on the Reproductive Organs of the Annelids. 395

organs remain in the condition of simple ‘ discharge tubes,’ while

others become developed into the Reproductive structures.

The segmental organs of the Hirudinacez are next described.

The author adheres almost in every detail to the results published

by him in 1851 in the Reports of the British Association, with re-

ference to the reproductive system of this family of dnnelids. In the

present memoir he records the results of new and carefully conducted

dissections, which prove that in the Common Leech, the Sea-leech,

and probably in the genus Clepsina, there is situated an organ on

either side of the ventral median line, which is repeated in every ring

of the body, and which in this family is the true ovigerous apparatus,

the testes constituting a separate and more medianly disposed series

of glandular bodies, whose homologies he has not yet satisfactorily

determined.

The so-called ‘respiratory sacculus”’ of Dugés he now looks upon

as the process of the ovario-segmental organ, by which a communica-

tion is established between the latter and the general cavity of the

body, and by which the fluid of this chamber escapes externally.

All the Hirudinacee are androgynous.

Under the Nereid group is included in this memoir, the genera

Nereis, Aricia, Phyllodoce, Nephthys, Syllis and Nerinex The

segmental organ in these families is specially described and figured.

In all, the sexes are seated on separate individuals. In no single in-

stance is the general cavity rendered subservient to the incubatory

process. In all, the general circumference of the organ is lobulated

and irregular, entering the hollow bases of the cirrhi and blended

most intimately with the bloud-vascular system.

Glycera and Cirrhatulus the author classes together, on account

partly of the similarity of form and structure of the segmental organ,

but especially because in both the blood-vascular system is completely

and entirely wanting, its absence being compensated by the existence

of a second order of pigment-carrymg corpuscles in the cavitary fluid.

These genera are unisexual, and at no time are the germ- and sperm-

elements introduced into the perivisceral chamber.

In this and the preceding groups the author has not succeeded in

discovering the mode in which the segmental organ opens into the

general cavity ; but from the fact that it has a looped arrangement,

supported on two tubular limbs, he is quite convinced that an open-

ing into this cavity, for the purpose of giving direct outlet to its con-

tents, does really exist. This conclusion is fortified by the analogy

of the form under which the organ exists, in the Nereid group in

general.

The Nemertine Annelids are then examined. The author recalls

the results of his researches as published in his ‘ Report’ on the

Amnelids in 1851. His renewed investigations have confirmed the

statements which he then put forth. He still contends that what

M. Quatrefages has described in these worms as the ovary is a great

alimentary ceecum, and that the Reproductive system consists in a

double series of segmental organs, one on either side of this great

czecum and the ventral median line ; that in this family the sexes are

396 Royal Society :—

seated on separate individuals ; that the reproductive elements at no

time find their way into the general cavity ; that in fact these Anne-

lids, anomalous only in the disposition of their alimentary system,

conform, as regards the type and mode of repetition of segmental

organs, to the standard offered by the great Nereid group.

Chlorema Diyardinii, especially the female, presents an extremely

favourable opportunity of observing the looped arrangement of the

segmental organ, and of proving the fact, so constantly seen in the

other families of Annelids, viz. that one limb of the loop is the true

ovary, or the primary seat of the ovo-genesis ; that the ovules travel

round the curve of the loop; that they acquire a considerably deve-

loped size at the other limb, just before they escape externally. In

Chlorema the vitelline body of the ova is almost ink-black. The

entire extent of the segmental organ is thus rendered perfectly and

easily traceable amid the surrounding transparent structures. In this

genus it does not at present appear that either limb of the loop opens

into the general cavity. This type prevails, as far as he knows at

present, throughout the Nereid group ; in other words, in these An-

nelids the function of a discharge tube does not appear to be thrown

upon the sezmental organ under any circumstances ; hence the limited

dimensions of the general cavity and the highly developed character

of the blood-vascular apparatus.

The group lastly examined is that of the Aphreditaceze. On the

reproductive organs of this large, numerous and interesting family,

no single observation is contained in any work on comparative ana-

tomy that the author is acquainted with. He enters upon a detailed

account of his own researches. ‘They have ended in what he would

fain believe to be a complete solution of the difficulties in which the

history of the Reproductive or segmental system of this family has

been hitherto shrouded. This family, without exception, is uni-

sexual. The segmental organs constitute a complete and regularly

branched series, situated, as in all other Annelids, on either side of

the ventral ‘median line. They embrace, like a gauze-work, the

diverticula of the alimentary system, with which they correspond in

number. They fall under the general designation of the “ segmental

organ,” in the feature of their having two limbs, being therefore

looped, although only rudimentarily. ‘The author then proceeds to

give an account of his studies into the history of this organ amongst

the grotesque and highly varied species of the genus Po/ynoé. They

have rendered it certain that throughout the family of the Aphro-

ditaceze there obtains but one type of segmental organ, and that

upon tt always are ingrafted the generative structures.

At this stage the attempt is made to show that the segmental

organs of the Hchinide, Asteriade and Holothuriade conform,

structurally and functionally, in the most remarkably intimate man-

ner with the typical standard exhibited by this organ in the Aphro-

ditaceze. But between these Echinoderm and Annelidan families the

author attempts to indicate other zoological affinities. He shows,

that, according to his researches amongst the Aphroditacee, there is

no trace whatever to be discovered of a blood-vascular system. In

Mr. J.D. Macdonald on the Anatomy of Nautilus. 397

this respect they correspond with the Echinidan and Asteridan fami-

lies. He shows that in the Aphroditaceze the general cavity is never,

under any circumstances, used as an incubatory chamber. In this

point of their generative history the Echinide and Asteriadze exactly

agree with the Aphroditaceze.

The author regrets, that, in consequence of the difficulty of obtain-

ing specimens, he is obliged to defer to a second memoir many special

points of anatomical structure and physiological relations, the deter-

mination of which he still feels to be necessary to the complete

history of the segmental organ in the Annulose and Radiated classes.

February 19, 1857.—Dr. W. A. Miller, V.P., in the Chair.

‘** Further Observations on the Anatomy and Physiology of Nau-

tilus.’ By John D. Macdonald, Esq., Assistant Surgeon R.N.

Both Professors Owen and Valenciennes noticed that the hollow

subocular process of their specimens of Nautilus Pompilius was not

tentaculiferous, and I may be permitted to say that this was also true

of several examples of Nautilus Pompilius, and one of N. macrom-

phalus, examined by me. But there is still another matter worthy

of remark with reference to this process, namely, that its cavity may

be traced downwards, inwards, and a little forwards, to within about

the twentieth of an inch of the auditory capsule; indeed it would

appear as though provision had been made for the entrance of sono-

rous waves through a rudimentary external ear.

There can be little doubt that the eye itself is a modified tentacular

sheath, so fashioned and endowed as to become the seat of the special

sense of vision; but the subserviency of such a part to the faculty

of hearing is much more obviously seen in the subocular process just

noticed, which holds an intermediate position between the organ of

vision and the tentaculiferous sheaths protecting the proper organs of

touch.

In a figure which accompanied this communication, the auditory

sac is exposed by an incision made in the groove between the funnel-

lobe and the base of the tentacular sheaths. The subocular process

is slit open to the bottom of its cavity, so as to show its termination

in close proximity to the ear-sac. The interior of the tube is lined

with a glandular membrane thrown into small folds, disposed longi-

tudinally, but the exterior of the process is quite smooth like the rest

of the integument.

T have often had some little difficulty in detecting the otolithes or

otoconia, as the case may have been, in gasteropods long immersed

in spirits or other preservative fluids; but in a specimen of V. Pom-

pilius, kept for many months in strong gin, although the soft parts

were far from being well preserved, I was enabied at the first attempt

to remove the contents of the auditory sacs, and the minute elliptical

otoconial particles, identical in character with those of N. macrom-

phalus, were very distinctly seen under the microscope.

In a former paper, I first noticed my discovery of simple auditory

capsules in, as I then supposed, the NV. wmbilicatus ; but I find that

398 Royal Society :—

I have incorrectly named my specimen, for on comparing the shell

with the drawings of the several existing Nautili given in Sowerby’s

‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum,’ it agreed exactly with the figure of N.

macromphalus. 1am indebted to my friend Mr. S. Stutchbury for

the perusal of the work referred to, and my error is sufficiently ac-

counted for by the scantiness of my own library.

With reference to the action of the great lateral muscles of Nau-

tilus, the following ideas have suggested themselves to my mind.

As though preparatory to the complete separation of the body of

the Cephalopod from the shell, which usually occurs in the lower

genera, the fasciculi composing the lateral muscles in Nautilus do not

perforate the mantle, and therefore cannot be directly fixed into the

shell; they are, however, connected with it through the medium of

thin filmy layers of a corneous texture, which frequently remain at-

tached to the shell after the animal has been removed. The feeble

hold of those muscles, even in a very recent state, is thus readily ac-

counted for. Indeed, it is highly probable that the fixity of the body

of Nautilus during the inhalation and forcible ejection of the respi-

ratory currents is effected by the shell-muscles reacting upon one

another, on the principle of a spring purchase, rather than by simple

traction, as illustrated by the withdrawal of a gasteropod within its

retreat, or the closure of the valves of a conchifer by the adductor

muscles.

This view, which is supported by the foregoing facts, has its princi-

pal basis in the line of direction of the shell-muscles, and the angle at

which they meet one another, at the root of the funnel-lobe ; for the

outer extremity of each being fixed, it follows that the first effect of

the contraction of the muscular fibres would be to increase the angle

just noticed ; and this cannot possibly be accomplished, according to

the recognized laws of muscular action, without tending to throw apart

the points of origin, or in other words, exerting outward pressure

against the internal wall of the shell, and thus, as it were, jamming

the occupant tightly in its cell.

The action of the great lateral muscles of Nautilus here supposed,

affords a remarkable contrast with the mode in which the posterior

expanded arms of Argonauta embrace the exterior of its shell, parti-

cularly during the ejection of the expiratory current ; while the with-

drawal of the gasteropod into its abode, by the contraction of a veri-

table retractor, exhibits the exertion of muscular force ina very differ-

ent direction.

In regard to the supposition that Nautilus macromphalus is the

male of N. Pompilius, | may remark, that, besides my own specimen

of the furmer, which proved to be a female, another, in very excellent

condition, lately deposited in the Sydney Museum, is of the same sex.

February 26, 1857.—The Lord Wrottesley, President, in the Chair.

«‘ Observations on the Natural Affinities and Classification of Gas-

teropoda.” By John Denis Macdonald, Assistant Surgeon R.N.

During his sojourn among the Feejee Islands, the author devoted

Mr. J. D. Macdonald on the Affinities of the Gasteropoda. 899

much time to the anatomical investigation of recent Gasteropoda, with

the view of discovering such indications of affinity in the details of

structure as might serve as a basis for a natural arrangement of the

Order ; and the present paper is designed to give a statement of some

of the results of his researches, in order that the affinities of struc-

ture developed may be fairly examined and taken for what they are

worth as principles of classification.

After pointing out objections to the foundation of primary divisions

among the Gasteropoda on characters derived from the shell or from

modifications of the respiratory organs, the author observes in respect

of the value of sexual characters, that when the distinguishing fea-

tures of a class are once satisfactorily determined, and this contains

forms in which the sexes are either separate, or combined in the in-

dividuals, no other characters can be of greater importance in esta-

blishing primary divisions. Asa means of further subdivision ac-

cording to natural affinities, he suggests distinctive characters deriva-

ble from the auditory sacs and concretions, and from the oral, lingual

and gastric dental organs.

In Mollusca, as in Fishes, the auditory concretions present them-

selves in one of two forms, viz. solitary lapilli, usually named ofolithes,

or groups of small granules of a rounded oval or irregular shape,

which have been designated by the term otoconia. The lingual

teeth are either set together on a short and broad lingual membrane,

and form what the author calls a lingual pavement, or on a narrow

longitudinal band termed lingual ribbon or strap. The latter usually

consists of a median rachis flanked by two lateral portions or pleure ;

but in some cases the rachis, and in others the pleure are absent, and

the number of longitudinal rows of teeth in these divisions may also

differ in different genera. The fore part of the lingual membrane is

supported by cartilage, so curved and fashioned as to receive the

lingual sac behind, and form a basis to the tongue itself projecting in

front. This lingual cartilage may consist of a single piece thinned

in the middle line, or of two or four distinct pieces, similarly arranged

and wrapped together by muscle and ligament. The oral dental

organs or labial plates are disposed either horizontally or laterally.

In the former case a single plate may occupy the upper lip, or there

may be two guarding the aperture of the mouth, and corresponding

with both upper and lower lip, but the lateral plates are always in

pairs. Gastric teeth occur in the Aplysiadee and Bullidee.

After pointing out further differences in the form and arrangement

of the dental apparatus in different genera, the author thus describes

the mode of development of the lingual teeth :—‘‘ The lingual sae at

first appears as a little czecal process appended to the inferior part of

the cesophagus, where it joins the oral cavity. In the median line of

the floor of this sacculus, a few minute plates disposed in a longitudi-

nal row form the rudiment of the future rachis, and the progress of

their development may be distinctly traced on examining them, sevia-

tim, from before backwards, in which direction, as their growth ad-

vances, they acquire a more perfect form. The internal row of pleural

plates now makes its appearance, their development proceeding in a

400 Royal Society :—

similar way ; and after this follow the others according to their posi-

tion, the more internal arising first. Thus the whole ribbon of dental

organs increases in length and breadth by additions made respectively

to its anterior extremity and sides; and each transverse row gradually

moving backwards by the continued development and growth of others

anterior to it, causes elongation of the lingual sac, which only attains

its perfect state when these processes are at anend. The idea, there-

fore, that the new teeth are developed from behind forwards and suc-

cessively brought into use, as in sharks and rays among fishes, does

not appear to me to be correct.”

In the annexed Table a rough arrangement is given of a consider-

_able number of genera grouped together by the characters above re-

ferred to. Although the author thinks it improbable that any genera

opposed to each other in those fundamental particulars cau be int-

mately related, yet the facts are not advanced as the basis of a new

classification, but simply that they may yield their own weight, as so

many available tests of affinity.

Sexes separate. Sexes combined.

Otolithes. Otoconia. Otoconia. Otolitnes.

Strap. Pavement. | Pavement. Strap. Strap. Pavement. | Pavement. Strap.

Oxygyrus. |Triphoris. (Solarium, Helicina. Patella. Limax. ‘Ianthina. Vermetus,

Atlanta. a = Navicella. Dentalium. |Parmacella. Serpuloides.

Carinaria. -- — Neritina, — Helix. — Pileopsis.

Cardiapoda. — — Nerita. —— Helicella. —— Hipponyx.

Firola. a — Trochus. —— Carocolla, -_— Pedicularia.

Cerophora. — —- Delphinula. — Bulimus. Ses Glaucus.

Egea. ce —- Turbo. — Partula. -SSs Eolidia,

Syncera. — — Stomatella. —— Vertigo. = &e.

Melania. — a Broderipia. —— Physa. = SS

Truncatella. —. — Haliotis. a Planorbis. 1 ==

Planaxis. —- se &e. — Scarabus. === =

Litiopa, —— — cyclophorus. | —— Conoyulus. = aS

Litorina. -—— — Diplommatin'|ja. —— Siphonaria. = ———

Lacuna. — — Pupina. od Amphibola. SS —=

Natica. — — — —— Tornatella. | == =

Triton. — — — —— Dolabella. | == —

Ranella. os — — —— Bulla. = ——

Terebellum. —-- — — — Cylichna, —— —

Strombus. —- od — oa Doris. == —

Mitra. — aa — —— Pleurobranch us. —— —_——

Harpa. — —_— — — Phyllirrhoe, | == oS

Oliva. — -_— —— os — | — —

Ricinula, —- — — — —— —-- ——

Purpura. — ~a — —— —— | —S —_—

Murex. at —— — ale panera — aaa

Muricidea. —— ——— os a nee | == peels

Cyrtulus. aa == — phy sae = pais

Tritonidea. — —- = — ees eo ens

Buccinum,. —_— — —— —— _ —— —

Nassa. —— oe —— — — ee SS

Pusiostoma. — —— -— os —— — -——

Columbella. — | —— _—— a — —— ——

Conidea, — — —— od — —_—— —-—

Pleurotoma. — | — -— —— — -— Se

Terebra. — | — —-— —— — —— -_——

Conorbis. — — — — —— —— we

Conus. — — -— oo oe — oe

{

Mr. J. D. Macdonald on the Affinities of the Gasteropoda. 401

ao a — ee a -— — “sng UIO.YS —

2 — -—— — a —— —— “TANT Oqa1a J, —

5 — — ——— ee corms = “eTjoue yy mein

3 a — — —. — —— "MOFLLY, —

& — —. — — —. — "BOlVRN ——

4 —— — —. — es — "eUNoeT —

ES —— ——- —. a — os "BULLOP YT

S — a oo — a ‘edoyry | ‘vtoydosesy

os — —— — *XOINTN — ‘sTxVUvT "ROLLY

ie vi sno, — vandimg — ‘Byjoyvounty, | *epoderpaen

eS "sIqom0 "eUOISOISN | “BOPIUOPLL, "BNULONT — "RIURO TA, "RLIVULIGS)

se "BIQOL9 J, “BOpTuOA "SSB NT ‘smnyakg "RATIO “RToOTAG "RIULIPY

eo “BULOJOMETY | “BTjequiMyoy | “wuurong | ‘vepronmyy "udavyy "BAYT ‘wan | ‘snttSixg

nM ® |

3 ~

2s | poxy

iC ‘aqqqvoaom =—- Tpaedde

Es ‘poyemoyte “amelg ot} Urano, ey} ut

ag sozeid jume,g soyeid peor syooy eydutrg

Se i | Be SS Sy >

“=O

Bo |

Sok 5 ‘MOLI PUB ‘pRoig pur

oS cuoy dex toys deyg

oe ouGy Oars OYE CRS

Be | |

Rca ‘pation “pounre ‘sageyd [eiqry = ‘poulweun

ae sIyouy sow [etoyer] YM

tp |

Ss *TRLLOSTEy ‘[BILOSTL J, ‘Teuastydag

oS ee

e ‘sUBSIO [eJUOp Tensury

Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix.

Ann. & Mag. N

402 Royal Society :—

Murex, Triton, and Ranella have always been associated together

as members of one family by universal consent, and it must be con-

fessed that the external resemblance between them is very remark-

able; but on comparing the lingual and labial dental organs of Triton

or Ranella with those of Murex, it will be at once perceived that the

latter genus can have no immediate affinity with either of the former

genera,

The aperture of the proboscis in Murew is transverse, and armed

with two horizontally arranged dental plates, connected laterally by

the minute semi-calcified cells which line this part. The upper plate

presents a rough palatal surface, with an anterior encrusted cutting

border, much resembling that of the crescentic mandible of Lamax

or Helix; whereas the dental plates of Triton and Ranella consist

of oblique rhombic cells identical in character with those of Cyelo-

phorus or Natica, disposed laterally. Again, on comparing the

lingual strap of Murex with that of Triton or Ranella, we remark,

first, that each transverse row of the former consists of three mem-

bers, viz. one in the rachis, and one im each pleura, while in the two

latter cases the pleuree present two additional elements; thus there

are seven series of dental plates in the strap. The tongue-strap of

Murex, moreover, is elongated like that of Purpura and Ricimula,

both of which genera are more closely allied to Murew than perhaps

any others referred to its family.

The strap of Triton and Ranella, on the other hand, is compara-

tively much shorter, and singularly enough more nearly approaches

that of Pileopsis or Vermetus, not only in general proportions, but

also in the actual number and configuration of the dental plates and

processes. Now with these facts before us, it will be scarcely worth

while entering further into the characters of the lmgual dentition

of Murex, Triton, and Ranella, but the most superficial exami-

nation will show that Murex must be separated from its assumed

alliance with Triton and Ranella, while the close relationship of

the two latter genera gains additional support.

On comparing the lingual dentition of the genus Cyrétulus with

that of T'rctonidea of Swainson (the Polia of Gray), both are found

to be naturally allied by characters which very distinctly manifest

a family relationship, and Swainson’s genus Muricidea, with several

others, must also be referred to this group. The elongated triserial

ribbon of Cyrtulus, or Tritonidea, for example, exhibits no true or

immediate aflinity with the comparatively short and septiserial dental

armature of Triton or Ranella. Thus the author is induced to

dissent from Dr. Gray’s view that Tritonidea is allied to Triton, but

agrees with him that the Buccinide, forming an equally characteristic

natural family, are very close at hand.

The lingual dentition, and in fact the whole anatomy of Terebra,

most unequivocally refers it to the Conde, and not to the Buccinide,

amongst which it is at present received.

The author has not been able to detect lingual cartilages of the

usual character in Conus, Conorbis, or Terebra, but the walls of the

tongue-sac are stout, tough, and distinctly cartilaginous in structure;

Mr. J.D. Macdonald on the Affinities of the Gasteropoda. 403

indeed the whole organ, including its armature, very much resembles

the dental cheek-pouches of some Pteropods.

The lingual ribbon of Plewrotoma is exceedingly minute, and the

parietes of the sac are not of that dense and unyielding character

which they exhibit in Conus, Conorbis*, and Terebra. Moreover,

in Pleurotoma the little lmgual membrane is supported by two

rounded masses of cartilage composed of large spheroidal cells. The

rachis appears to be absent altogether, and there is but a single row

of elongated, slightly curved, and sharp-pointed teeth (differing con-

siderably from those of Conus and Terebra) in the pleuree.

The tongue-strap of Mitra, although remarkably short, is triserial

like that of Murex, Purpura, &c.; but the author has invariably

found that in those Mitre in which the sculpturing of the shell was

transverse, the pleural teeth were simple, uncinate, and mobile, while

in those species characterized by a smooth surface or longitudinal

sculpturing, the dental processes were small, straight, and numerous,

arising just within the posterior border of broad basal plates. This

difference is exactly such as exists between the lingual dentition of

the respective groups to which Murex and Tritonidea belong.

Harpa and Oliva are very closely allied, by the general configu-

ration of the body and the characters of the lingual dentition, though

it must be remembered that the tongue-strap in the former is so very

minute, compared with the whole bulk of the animal, as to appear

quite rudimentary. The simple lateral uncini, moreover, are only

distinctly visible towards the posterior extremity of the sac. Both

these genera seem to be more intimately related to Murex and its

congeners than to the Buccinide.

Triphoris is now, as it would appear from the characters of its

shell alone, placed with Cerithiwm, but the comparison of the internal

anatomy of those genera offers no countenance to their supposed

affinity ; thus, single spherical otolithes occupy the auditory sacs

of Triphoris, while those of Cerithium contain otoconia. The pro-

boscis of the former is long and retractile. The lingual membrane of

Triphoris besides, though long and ribbon-like, supports a multiserial

pavement of minute teeth, while that of Cerithium is septiserial, resem-

bling in many particulars the tongue-strap of Pupina and allied forms.

The Columbelle deserve to be elevated to the rank of a family,

distinguished from the Buccinide by the unarmed rachis, and curved

versatile pleural teeth of the tongue-strap.

Although not fully satisfied of the propriety of separating the

genus Conidea from Columbella, the author thinks there can be

no doubt that Pusvostoma, formerly placed with the Columbelle,

forms a very distinct genus clearly referable to the Buccinide.

As great difference of opinion has always existed as to the distri-

bution of the sexes amongst Gasteropods, so far the author is unable

to vouch for the whole truth of the arrangement above given, but he

thinks that if there is anything incongruous in it, the correction of

* Several specimens of a recent species of this genus (hitherto known only ina

fossil state) were obtained from depths ranging between 10 and 20 fathoms,

within the barrier reefs surrounding the Feejee Islands.

26%

404 Royal Society :—

errors in that particular would seem to be most likely to restore har-

mory and support the truth of the system.

In the course of his inquiries the author was impressed with the

fact, that various genera of terrestrial Gasteropods, which agree with

each other as far as regards their respiratory organs and mode of

respiration, differ essentially in their general organization, whereas

they are in this respect severally related to fluviatile and marine

genera, which are obviously constructed on the same anatomical type.

In this way a terrestrial genus, having few structural points of

agreement to connect it laterally, as it were, with others of the same

habit, forms a member of a beautifully connected natural series,

traceable from it through fluviatile and littoral forms to others which

are altogether marine.

As an example of these relations the following Table is given, and

it might have been extended and rendered more complete, had the

author not preferred to limit it to such cases as have come under his

own examination.

Sexes combined.

Sexes separate.

Hoey

Otoconia. Oteconia, Otolithes.

Pavement. Lingual ribbon. Ribbon.

AQMD) HL |

Teeth nume- Rachis and Rachis unise- Rachis unise-

rous, uniform Pleurze multi- rial, Pleurse rial, Pleuree

in character. serial. triserial. triserial.

( Helix. | Helicina. | Cyclophorus.| Egea.

Terrestrial...< Bulimus. _ Diplommatin|a.

Uy — Pupina.

( Physa. Navicella. ? Melania.

Fluviatile...< Planorbis. Neritina.

Lead Scarabus. Nerita. _Cerithium. | Hydrobia.

eading to C a4 Tul Pi. 4

yurely mae ZOnO ve Us. Uurpbo. 1ANAXIS,

parery ~) Siphonaria. | Stomatella. — Litiopa.

rine genera. : ie

Amphibola. Broderipia. | — —_——

This Table shows the natural affinities of four principal divisions of

terrestrial Gasteropods, proceeding, as it were, in parallel lines, with-

out any very obyious lateral connexions, through fiuviatile and littoral

forms, conducting to certain marine genera distinguished by this

alliance from all others havmg no terrestrial representatives, and

being therefore more restrictedly marine. It may be remarked that

the importance of the characters placed at the head of the Table has

been proved by the comparison of other anatomical particulars in

those genera, and so far their efficiency in other cases is sub-

stantiated.

The author adds the following observations on the anatomy of the

Siphonaria and Amphibola, as bearing on their position in the first

series of the foregoing Table :—

Mr. J. D. Macdonald on the Affinities of the Gasteropoda. 405

“ Siphonaria appears to enjoy the power of breathing in both

air and water with equal facility, and on examination, we find the

respiratory surface so constituted as to afford a ready explanation of

the fact. Thus, in connexion with a narrow, combed, or rather

transversely plaited gill, numervus vessels ramify extensively, and

anastomose freely upon the roof of the respiratory chamber. The

mouth is armed with lateral labial plates, and the lingual dentition is

not unlike that of dmphibola, to which genus it is further related by

the absence of tentacula, and the general configuration of its head.

“Amphibola exhibits a close relationship to the Pulmonifera in many

essential anatomical poits, but it has a veritable combed gill, which,

arising from a deep recess on the left side of the femacoial, chamber,

and thence passing obliquely forwards towards the right side, termi-

nates in a pointed extremity, in front of which there is a small

glandular body, probably a renal organ. The margin of the mantle

may be traced continuously round the neck and ne base of the foot,

being attached in its entire extent, with the exception of a small

portion which arches over a narrow respiratory opening on the

right side of the nape. The lingual sac is small, like a cxecal process

appended to the antero-inferior ‘part of the Sea ica The dental

organs present a pavement of narrow basal plates with very long and

gently curved cusps. The teeth of the central series are much larger

than the rest, and exhibit a remarkable conformation; thus a poem

process projects in the middle and several minute denticulations arm

its base on either side. I have not succeeded in detecting either

lingual cartilages or labial plates in my spirit-preserved specimens,

and but for the support furnished by analogy, I would incline to the

belief that they are absent in the present case.

“The remark made by Mr. Woodward in his very valuable little

work the ‘ Manual of Mollusca,’ that the anomalous genus dinphibola

has an unusually broad tongue armed with teeth similar to those of the

Snail, is not quite orece. The misconception most probably origi-

nated in the inspection of a preparation belonging to Mr. Wilton

of Gloucester, and from which Mr. Woodward’s figure has been

taken, as ‘part of the tongue of dmphibola Hoellana ; ;’ but having

my self dissected several specimens of this very species obtained at

New Zealand, I am satisfied that Mr. Wilton’s preparation has been

by some accident improperly named.

“The general scheme of the generative system in Amphibola

corresponds very closely with that of Helix, Bulimus, and such Pul-

monifera. The ovarium is imbedded in the liver near the summit

of its spiral turns, and a small convoluted oviduct leads downwards

and forwards along its inner or concave side. The testis lies con-

siderably in advance of the ovary; the intromittent organ forms a

prominence in the floor of the respiratory chamber, and finally the

generative orifices open on the right side.”

4.06 Zoological Society :—

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 24, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Description oF MycGare Emiia, A SPIDER FROM PANAMA,

HITHERTO APPARENTLY UNRECORDED. By ApAm WHITE,

ASSISTANT IN THE ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, Brit. Mus.

The large Spiders of the New World, though generally sombre in

hue, are occasionally varied in colour. The Mygale versicolor de-

scribed by Baron Walckenaer (Apt. i. 211), has the cephalothorax

covered with down-like hairs of a metallic green lustre, and some of

the hairs of the body have in certain aspects a violet reflection. The

Mygale rosea described by the same author from the collection of

M. Guérin-Méneville, who procured it from Chili, is deserving of its

specific name. The Mygale Zebra, figured in the fourth volume of

the ‘Annales de la Soc. Entomologique,’ pl. 19, has the abdomen

strikingly striped. Generally speaking, however, these large Mygales,

whether from the Old or the New World, are rough, plain brown, or

black creatures, with greyish scattered hairs. Since Walckenaer’s

work was published in 1837, several species have been added to zoo-

logical science, especially in the German work of Koch. The fol-

lowimg species, pre-eminent for its striking beauty of colour, was

obtained by my friend Dr. Berthold Seemann, the distinguished na-

turalist who succeeded Mr. Edmonstone on board H.M.S. Herald

under Capt. Kellett, R.N., C.B.

I have but once seen a Mygale alive; the specimen was sent to

the late Mr. John Doubleday by post, and when it reached London

was evidently much shaken by its transit from Liverpool. The day

after its arrival he gave it cockroaches. They were put into the small

box along with the Mygale. It apparently at first did not see them,

but on these ‘‘ Cursorial Orthoptera’’ running about Mygale’s legs,

the great spider drew itself up, and darted its chelicera into one of

them, tearing its intestines with its fearfully armed hook. The Blatta

was soon devoured, and the spider, evidently an invalid after its

rough journey, died next day.

Mr. H. W. Bates, who has for the last eight years so successfully

collected Annulosa, and observed their habits at various points on the

Amazon, in a letter to me, dated “Santarem, 30 April, 1855,”

written on the eve of starting for ‘“‘ the wonderful country of the

Upper Amazons,” remarks :—‘‘ With regard to spiders, I have ob-

served many curious points in their habits, but I cannot communi-

cate them until I can send specimens, with numbers attached, to

which the notes can be referred. There is one observation I made,

however, which I am sure will be of the highest interest to science.

It is with respect to the habit of the Mygales to prey on birds. Now

I have detected them in the fact as far back as 1849, but thought

little of it at the time, as I had the idea that it was a well-known

and undisputed fact in science. Lately, however, I read an account

(1 think of Langsdorff’s expedition in the interior of Brazil), where

Mr. A. White on Mygale Emilia. 407

the fact is considered to rest on no foundation, and to be ene more

of the fables originated by Madame Merian. Now I will relate to

you what I saw. In the month of June 1849, in the neighbourhood

of Cameta, I was attracted by a curious movement of the large grey-

brown Mygale on the trunk of a vast tree. It was close beneath a

deep crevice or chink in the tree, across which this species weaves a

dense web, open for its exit and entrance at one end. In the present

instance, the lower part of the web was broken, and two pretty small

finches were entangled in its folds; the finch was about the size of

the common Siskin of Europe, and I judged the two to be male and

female: one of them was quite dead, but secured in the broken web ;

the other was under the body of the spider, not quite dead, and was

covered in parts with the filthy liquor or saliva exuded by the mon-

ster. I was on my return from a day’s excursion by land, at the time,

with my boxes full of valuable and delicate insects, and six miles

from my house, and therefore could not have brought the specimens

home, even had I wished, which I did not, as the species was a very

common species, easily to be procured nearer home.

“Tf the Mygales did not prey upon Vertebrated animals, I do not

see how they could find sufficient subsistence. On the extensive sandy

campos of Sautarem, so bare in vegetation, there are hundreds of the

broad slanting burrows of the large stout species (that fine one, dark

brown, with paler brown lines down the legs). The campos, I know,

from close research, to be almost destitute of insects, but at the same

time they swarm with small lizards, and some curious ground-finches

of the Emberiza group (one of which has a song wonderfully resem-

bling our Yellow-bunting of England), besides which vast numbers

of Caprimulgi (C. psalurus, Azara) and ground-doves lay their eggs

on the bare ground. I believe this species of Mygale feeds on these

animals and their eggs at night. Just at close of day, when I have

been hurrying home, not liking to be benighted on the pathless

waste, I have surprised these monsters, who retreated within the

mouths of their burrows on my approach.”

MyGate EmI3ia.

M. nigro-fusca, cephalothorace, duobusque articulis singulorum

pedum lete flavescenti-rubris.

Deep blackish-brown ; the basal joint of chelicera with some scat-

tered red hairs in front; the cephalothorax of a rich yellowish-red,

the hairs short, close and velvet-like; the fourth and fifth joints of

the legs clothed with yellowish-red hairs, the end of the fifth joint

with many brown hairs; fourth joint of the first pair of legs, with

the curiously hooked process near the end, also covered with red

hairs, the under side of the fifth and sixth joints and the tarsi

clothed with a close, dense, velvet pad. Body brown, with longish,

scattered red hairs, which are deeper in hue than on the other

parts.

408 Zoological Society :—

July 8, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

On THE LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS OF KASHMIR AND

TIBET, COLLECTED BY Dr. T. THomson.

By S. P. Woopwarp, F.G.S.

These shells, which I received through Dr. J. D. Hooker and Sir

Charles Lyell, were collected by Dr. Thomson in 1847-8, when he

accompanied Major Cunningham and Capt. H. Strachey in “one of

the most adventurous journeys ever made in the Himalaya *.”

The shells of continental India are nearly all distinct from those

of Europe, and although far inferior in beauty and variety to those

of the Asiatic Islands, have yet a marked character, owing to the ad-

mixture of tropical forms and especially to the great development

of the operculated genera (Cyclostomide ), which are almost unknown

in our quarter of the world f.

It was, therefore, a matter of considerable interest to ascertain

what land and freshwater shells occur in the remote regions of Kash-

mir and Tibet, and somewhat surprising to find, that of about 22

sorts collected by Dr. Thomson, one-half were British species, and

the rest of the commonest and most widely diffused Indian forms.

The species marked * are European.

*Helix pulchella, small var., subfossil. Iskardo, Tibet (Europe,

N. America).

a costata, large var., recent. Iskardo, 7200 feet.

* Helicella nitida. Near Iskardo (Europe, N. America).

Bulimus candelaris, Pfr. Takht i Suliman, Kashmir.

segregatus, small var. Kashmir.

*Zua lubrica (subfossil), Iskardo (Europe, N. America).

Pupa Huttoniana, Benson. Iskardo (also subfossil).

* Succinea Pfeifferi, var. (longiscata, Morillet?). Kashmir.

*Timnea stagnalis. Kashmir (Europe ; N. America, Oregon).

5 peregra. Pitak, Tibet ; Kashmir.

var. Hookeri. Jskardo and Nubra, Tibet (18,000 feet).

auricularia. Iskardo ; Thogji Lake (subfossz/).

——, sp. Kashmir (resembling the Australian Z. simulata).

*____ truncatula, Mill. Iskardo, in damp moss (also found at Can-

dahar, Affghanistan ; at Madeira, and in the U. States).

—— luteola, Lam. (succinea, Dh.). Islamabad, Kashmir (also

Prome, Burmah).

acuminata, Lam. Jamu hills.

Planorbis Coromandelicus, Fabr. Jamu hills ; Islamabad, Kashmir

(also Ceylon and Malacca).

nanus, Benson; subfossil. 'Tsoral Lake, Tibet (Capt. H.

Strachey).

, sp. Pitak and Iskardo ; Tertse, Nubra, in lacustrine clay.

* Western Himalaya and Tibet ; a Journey through the Mountains of Northern

India. By Dr. Thomas Thomson. 8vo, London, 1852.

+ Mr. Benson states that Helia Bactriana (Hutton), found in Affghanistan, is

closely allied to the European HY. strigella.

Mr. S. P. Woodward on the Shells of Kashmir and Tibet. 409

Paludina Bengalensis, vay. Jamu hills, Kashmir.

*Valvata piscinalis (subfossil). Kashmir ; Tsoral Lake, Tibet.

*Cyrena fluminalis, Miull.* (Cashmiriensis, Dh.).Avantipura,

Kashmir.

Cyclas (Pisidium), sp., subfossil. Thogji Lake, Tibet.

These specimens have been submitted to the examination of Mr.

W. H. Benson, who is unsurpassed in his critical acquaintance with

Indian shells, and especially those of the Western Himalaya.

Helix pulcheila and Zua lubrica were only obtained in the condi-

tion of “dead shells”? from the alluvial plains of Iskardo and Kash-

mir.

The Pupa and Bulimus candelaris, Limnea auricularia and Val-

vata piscinalis, were found both recent and subfossil.

Limnea auricularia occurred in prodigious abundance in the allu-

vial clay around the salt-lake of Thogyi, at the height of 150 feet

above its present level. There are no longer any living shell-fish in

its waters, and Dr. Thomson remarks, “it may fairly be inferred

that the lake was quite fresh at the time when it was inhabited by

Limnea.’ ‘The increase of the height of the surface of the water

to the small amount of 150 feet, appears to have admitted of its

discharging its waters along the course of an open valley into one of

the tributaries of the Zamkar river (p. 173).

Everywhere to the northward of Tibet, from the Aral Sea to

Chinese Tartary, is a country of small salt-lakes having no outlet ;

and this region divides Northern India from the Siberian steppes, in

which land and freshwater shells of Germanic species are known to

occur.

Westward, however, the ranges of the Hindoo Koosh are prolonged

through Persia to the Caucasus, and form a continuous route to the

Lusitanian region.

Since the shells which have been mentioned as English species

occurring in Tibet, are also common to the South of Europe, they

are rather to be regarded as Lusitanian than Germanic species.

The land species (Zua, Helix, Helicella and Succinea) ave, how-

ever, amongst the most ancient inhabitants of this island, being found

in the newer-pliocene deposits of the Thames valley, associated with

the same Valvata and the same species of Cyrena, and with remains

of an Elephant (2. meridionalis) and a Rhinoceros (2. leptorhinus),

which are not only extinct, but were succeeded by other races of

the same animals (Hlephas primigenius and Rhinoceros tichorhinus),

before they finally disappeared from this portion of the globe.

If, therefore, the small land shells of our newer tertiaries originally

migrated into this country from the Nast, we must ascribe to their

occupancy of the lofty plains of Kashmir and Tibet a very high

* Varieties of this shell are found in Sicily, Palestine, the Nile, and all the

rivers of the East. These varieties have been regarded as. constituting about

twenty distinct species; e. g. C. Euphratica, Broun; amébigua, Dh.; Cor, Lam.;

consobrina, Caill.; triangularis, Dh.; Panormitana, Bivon, &c. When fossil,

it is the C. trigonula, Searles Wood; C. Gemmellarii, Phi,

410 Zoological Society : —

antiquity compared with any of the monuments which Man himself

has reared, even in the country most usually regarded as the cradle

of his race.

On THE SPECIES OF THE AMERICAN GENUS PARRA.

By Puiuie Lurvey Scuater, M.A., F.Z.S.

The American birds of the genus Parra, together with their repre-

sentatives in the Tropics of the Old World belonging to the genera

Metopidius, Hydralector and Hydrophasianus, constitute a very

natural group, allied in many respects to the Rallide, but remark-

able for the extreme elongation of the toes—a formation beautifully

adapted for enabling them to walk upon the floating leaves of the

numerous water-plants of these countries.

MM. Verreaux of Paris have kindly furnished me from their well-

stored magazines with a series of specimens of Parra, which enabled

me to point out to the Society the distinctions between all the

hitherto known species of this genus, and to indicate one certainly

new, and a second, which although not so obviously distinct, has

some claim to be recognized as an intermediate species.

A. Species caruncula frontali bilubata et caruncula rictali utrinque

predite.

1. PARRA JACANA.

Parra jacana et variabilis, Linn. et Gm.

Parra nigra et brasiliensis, Gm.

Parra jacana, Max. Beitr. iv. 786.

Parra jassana, Schomb. Reise, iti. 759.

Jacana du Mevique, Buff. Pl. Enl. 322 (adult).

Jacana du Brésil, Buff. Pl. Enl. 846 (juv.).

Capite toto cum cervice supera et corpore infra nigris : dorso, alis

caudaque clare castaneis : tectricibus caude superioribus purpu-

rascente tinctis : remigibus flavescenti-viridibus, nigro extus

partim marginatis : hypochondriis et tectricibus subalaribus in-

tense castaneis.

Hab. South-eastern Brazil (P. Maz.) ; British Guiana (Schomb.) ;

Cayenne ; ins. Trinidad.

The examples of this bird which I have seen from Guiana and

Cayenne appear to be considerably inferior in size to the Brazilian

specimen, but I am not yet certain how far this may be due to sexual

differences.

2. PARRA INTERMEDIA, sp. nov. ?

‘«‘ Parra intermedia, Bp.,” J. et E. Verreaux, MS.

Capite toto cum cervice supera et corpore infra nigris : dorso, alis

caudaque obscurius castaneis, purpurascente paululum tinctis :

hypochondriis et tectricibus subalaribus brunnescenti-castaneis :

remigibus flavescenti-viridibus, nigro extus partim marginatis.

Hab. Venezuela ( Verreaur). ‘

Mr, P. L. Sclater on the genus Parra. 411

This bird is hardly distinguishable from the P. jacana, except by

the browner and more purplish tinge of the back, in which respect

it seems intermediate between that species and P. melanopygia.

I should hardly have ventured to separate it specifically on my

own authority ; but, as the MS. name has attained circulation, I

think it right to point out the apparent differences.

3. PARRA MELANOPYGIA, Sp. Nov.

Capite toto cum cervice supera et corpore infra nigris : interscapulio,

alis caudaque purpurascenti-brunneis : dorso imo et tectricibus

caude superioribus nigris : hypochondriis et tectricibus sub-

alaribus nigris : remigibus flavescenti-viridibus, nigro extus partim

marginatis.

Hab. 8. Martha in New Grenada (Verreauzx).

MM. Verreaux’s specimens of this bird are labelled P. hypomelena,

but that name is properly applicable to the next species.

4. PARRA HYPOMELANA.

Parra hypomelena, Gray & Mitch. Gen. of B. pl. 159.

Nigra: alis fusco-nigris purpurascente tinctis: remigibus flaves-

centi-viridibus, nigro extus partim marginatis.

Hab. New Grenada, S. Martha (Verreaur) ; Bogota (Mus. Brit.) ;

Cartagena (Mus. Paris.) ; Chiriqui, Panama (Bridges).

B. Species caruncula frontali trilobata : carunculis rictalibus

nullis.

5. PARRA GYMNOSTOMA.

Parra gymnostoma, Wag). Isis, 1831, p. 517.

Parra cordifera, Less. R. Z. 1842, p. 135; Desmurs, Icon. Orn.

pl. 42.

Capite toto cum cervice supera et infra ad medium pectus nigris,

eneo micantibus : dorso toto alisque castaneis ; uropygio purpuras-

cente: abdomine purpurascenti-brunneo: remigibus flavescenti-

viridibus, nigro marginatis.

Hab. Southern Mexico; Mazatlan (Mus. Brit.); Acapulco (A.

Lesson) ; New Grenada, S. Martha (Verreaux) ; Honduras (Dyson).

Wagler’s accurate diagnosis of this bird has been generally passed

over, and Lesson’s more recent appellation is commonly employed for

this species.

November 11, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

On a New Species oF SQuiRREL (SCIURUS MACROTIS) FROM

Borneo. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S. etc.

Among the specimens of animals which the British Museum has

lately received from Mr. Wallace from Sarawak, is a large, well-marked

species of Squirrel, particular for having very large, longish pen-

412 Zoological Society :-—

cilled ears like the European species, with a broad white streak on

the upper part of each side, and a very broad full tail, grizzled, with

large white tips to the hairs.

SCIURUS MACROTIS.

Fars large, with a large pencil of elongate hairs. Dark chestnut-

brown, very minutely grizzled with pale tips to the hairs. Rump, out-

side of thighs and base of tail redder ; point of thighs bright bay ;

feet blackish ; upper part of the side with a broad pale streak ;

cheeks and inner side of legs paler; chin, throat, and beneath white ;

tail very broad, with very long white-tipped hairs.

Length 13, tail 11=24 inches.

Hab. Sarawak (Mr. Wallace).

OBSERVATIONS ON A LivinG AFRICAN LEPIDOSIREN IN THE

CrysraL Pautace. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D.,F.R.S. Accompa-

NIED BY A Notre rrom Mr. A. D. BarRtTLetT.

This animal has been exhibited for some months at the Crystal

Palace, appears to be in good health, and has mereased in size.

Mr. W. Hawkins, in the ‘ Mlustrated News’ (Supp. 20 Sept. 1856),

which gives a very good figure of the animal from life, observes :—

“The three living specimens of this animal were brought to En-

gland from the Gambia, enclosed in balls of hard clay, where they

had been for eight months without showing any signs of life, until

those balls of hard clay were immersed in water, which caused the

clay to crack and break up, discovering dark-coloured egg-like forms,

which also presently burst, liberating their inmates, which briskly

swam or rather dashed through the water, showing unmistakeable

signs of life by feeding voraciously upon very large worms, small

frogs and pieces of meat that were presented them.”

The Lepidosiren uses its tail to propel itself forward and upward

towards the surface of the water. The subulate limbs are very much

elongated ; the front ones are furnished with a narrow membrana-

ceous margin of nearly equal width the whole length of the hinder

edge; the hinder one has a narrow membrane on the middle of the

outer side ; they are exceedingly mobile and flexible, and are used by

the animal to direct its motions, and are more like feet than fins,

especially when they are within reach of some fixed body which the

animal can use as a fulcrum.

There are two processes on each side over the base of the anterior

members, which have been regarded as gills by some authors *; they

are coloured like the rest of the body, and I could not discover, even

when examined by a hand-magnifier of one inch focal length, that

they were pervaded by any peculiar vascular structure, or furnished

with any cirri or other processes usually found on the external gills of

Batrachia. They scarcely moved during the time that I was exa-

mining the specimen, except when the animal was swimming, when

they were used like the larger members, apparently to assist in di-

# See Peters, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. 348,

Dr. J. E. Gray on Lepidosiren. 413.

recting its motions, and they evidently form part of the anterior mem-

bers. They are placed rather close together somewhat above the

base of the elongated finned filament. These limbs are used to sup-

port the animal some height above the surface of the gravel when it

is at rest.

Indeed, all the motions of the animal much more resemble those

of a Triton or Lissotriton than of an eel-shaped fish.

The upper and lower surfaces of the head are furnished with lines

of mucous pores placed in a symmetrical manner on the two sides,

similar to the pores observable on the head and chin of different

kinds of fish, and of Tritons and Lissotritons: and there is a distinct

continuous line of pores, like the lateral line of fish and Tritons,

which is continued on the tail some distance behind the base of the

hinder members, but becoming less distinct at the hinder part of

the series.

The eyes are of moderate size, scarcely raised above the surface,

round, without any eyelids ; the pupil is black, small, circular, less

than one-third the diameter of the globe, with a narrow golden iris.

The Mud Fish is generally to be observed swimming about under

the water, or resting at the bottom of the tank, supporting itself by

its members, an inch and a half or two inches above the surface

of the gravel, with its nose generally in the corner, bent down and

partly hidden in the gravel.

The mouth is firmly closed by the overhanging upper lip, except

in front, where there is a small oblong, transverse, horizuntal open-

ing on the outer edge of the lips, admitting the water to the small

open external nostrils, which are on the middle of the under side of

the upper lip. This openimg does not extend to the hinder part of

the lips, which are closed behind it, so that water cannot enter the

mouth in that direction except through the nostrils.

In this quiescent state the lateral gill-opening is generally closed,

but sometimes it is slightly elevated, and a smail current appears to

be emitted now and then from it, as if a small quantity of water were

taken in by the nostrils and emitted by the gill-flap ; but this action

is not continuous nor very distinctly visible.

While remaining under the water the animal sometimes opens the

mouth to its full extent, leaving it open for some time, dilating the

throat by the action of the os hyoides ; when fully dilated it closes

its mouth, opens the gill-aperture, and contracting the throat emits

a strong current of water through the lateral gill-aperture.

It occasionally but at uncertain periods rises perpendicularly to the

top of the water, until the front part of the head and the whole

mouth are exposed above the water; it then opens its mouth, which

it retains open for a time, dilates its throat, as if taking in all the air

it can contain, closes the mouth, descends under the surface and con-

tracts its throat, as if it were forcing the air into the lungs (sometimes

during this action one or two very small bubbles of air are emitted at

the gill-aperture), and then the animal takes up its old position near

the bottom of the vase.

I once saw the animal ascend and so take in air almost imme-

414 Zoological Society :—

diately after it had been passing a fresh supply of water to its gills.

When I have been observing it, it appeared to take in air more fre-

quently than water *. It often rises with its body perpendicular, as

if it were going to take in free air, but descends again without reaching

the surface of the water.

The organs of respiration of this animal are twofold :—

1. Well-organized gills on the inner edge of the branchial arches,

as in fishes, and a regular gill-cover with a small oblong aperture in

front of the base of the anterior members (see Owen, Trans. Linn.

Soe: xvitizets 252 £213 530026 oa):

2. Two well-developed cellular lungs of nearly equal size (see

Owen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. t. 25. f. 3, t. 26. f. 1, 2).

3. The nostrils are close together, situated on the under side of

the inner lip, with their internal opening on the side of the mouth

between the lips and the outer edge of the large inner series of teeth ;

the passage is short, as a probe is easily passed from the one open-

ing to the other, and the inner nostrils are very evident in the living

animal when it opens its mouth to take in air.

M. Bischoff observed these interior nostrils also in the Curamuru

or Lepidosiren paradoxa of the Brazils.

The animal is, therefore, provided with well-developed organs for

both aérial and aquatic respiration, and its manner of breathing is

perfectly conformable to this organization: it is consequently the

most perfectly amphibious animal, equally adapted for living on land

or in water, that has come under my observation.

The character which best separates the Batrachian—as the Toad,

Frog and Salamander—from the Fish, is, that in both the larva and

pertect state they are provided with an external and internal nostril,

and it is through this nostril that these animals take in or emit the

air which they respire ; while in fish, the water which they respire

is taken in by the mouth, and after passing over the gills is emitted

by the lateral aperture of the gill-flap; the nostril being only a sac,

without any communication with the cavity of the mouth.

When a Batrachian respires, the mouth is kept closed, the throat

being used like a pair of bellows to force the air into the lungs ; and

if the mouth is kept open, the animal dies for want of the power

of respiring. In fish, on the contrary, the mouth is always more

or less open, the fish either constantly gulping in the water, then

closing the mouth or lips, and emitting it by the lateral opening ;

or the mouth is partially open, and the animal uses its tongue

and the hinder internal edge of the lip as a kind of valve, by which

the cavity of the mouth is closed and the water is forced to pass

through the gills.

* Mr. W. Hawkins in the ‘ Illustrated News’ observes :—“ It is seeu habitually

to rise to the surface of the water for a larger supply of atmospheric air, thrusting

its open mouth above the surface.”

Dr. Holbrook appears to have observed the same habit in the Necturus macu-

losus (which is probably the larva of the Heil-bender or Protonopsis horrida).

He states that that animal in confinement “ ascends to the surface (of the water),

taking in a mouthful of air, and sinks again with it to the bottom.”—Amer.

Herpet. i. 113.

Dr. J. E. Gray on Lepidosiren. 415

The Lepidosirens appear to take in water by the nostrils, and at

the same time to respire both air as Batrachians and water as fish.

The generality of the Amphibia, as the Toads, Frogs, and Efts or

Salamanders, are organized for aquatic respiration in their young and

lower state, and for aérial respiration in their adult condition ; but

this animal has both kinds of organs in a state fit for perfect use at

the same time, and the animal evidently uses them simultaneously.

It appears to me that the Mud-fish is much more nearly related

to the Amphibia than to any fish that I am acquainted with; at the

same time it evidently forms a particular group in that class.

Dr. Daniel, who has lived for several years on the Gambia and on

Macarthy’s Islands, informs me that the Lepidosiren, like the Mud

Eel or true Siren, is only found in the rice-fields, which are for more

than half the year under water, and that they are only procured by

the natives towards the end of the dry season, when they are dug

out of the nearly-dried mud. They are eaten fried, and like eels

have a rich oily flavour.

The habit of living in the mud is common to several Amphibia ;

thus the Mud-eel, or Siren lacertina, which has lungs and external

gills, lives chiefly in mud, being dug out when the ditches of the

rice-fields in Carolma are cleared. The Hell-bender or Mud-devil

(Protonopsis horrida) and the Congo Snake (Amphiuma), which

have internal gills and lungs and a small lateral gill-opening, live

sunk im the mud often to the depth of 2 or 3 feet, especially in winter ;

and they and the Siren lacertina will live for some time out of water,

and are said sometimes to leave it voluntarily.

Aquatic animals much more frequently bury themselves in the

mud than is generally supposed. The common English Frogs and

the large Efts bury themselves in the mud during the greater part of

the winter, and this also is the case with Dytisci and other aquatic

insects.

But some fish also, which have only gills adapted for aquatic re-

spiration, have the same habit. Dr. Hancock observes, ‘‘ When the

water is leaving the pools in which they commonly reside, the Yar-

row (a species of Hsox, Linn.), as well as the round-headed Hassar

(Callichthys littoralis), bury themselves in the mud, while all other

fishes perish for want of their natural element, or are picked up by

rapacious birds. The flat-headed Hassar (Doras costata), on the con-

trary, simultaneously quits the place and marches overland in search

of water, travelling for a whole night, as is asserted by the Indians,

in search of their object. I have ascertained by trial that they will

live many hours out of water even when exposed to the sun’s rays.

Their motion over land is described to be somewhat like that of a

two-polled lizard: they project themselves forward on their bony

arms by the elastic spring of the tail exserted sideways ; their pro-

gress is nearly as fast as a man will leisurely walk.’”’—Zool. Journ.

iv. 243.

“The Indians say that these fishes carry water within them fora

supply on their journey. There appears to be some truth in this

statement, for I have observed that the bodies of the Hassar do not

416 Zoological Society :—

get dry like those of other fishes when taken out of the water; and

if the moisture be absorbed, or they are wiped dry with a cloth, they

have such a power of secretion that they become instantly moist

again ; indeed it is scarcely possible to dry the surface while the fish

is living.”’—Loe. cit. 243.

Dr, Hancock further observes, that a fish which he thinks is Lor?-

caria pleistomus “is not only furnished with the common appendages

for swimming, but also with four strong bony supporters, one attached

to each of the pectoral and belly fins (7. e. constituting the first ray

of each), by which the animal creeps on the bottom of the river, and

perhaps where there is little or no water, also being as it seems partly

amphibious.” —Loe. cit. 243.

From this account, it appears that the habits of these fish bear

very little relation to those of the Mud-fish.

It is well known that many freshwater Mollusca which respire free

air, and I believe some of those which are furnished with pectiniform

gills for aquatic respiration, as Paludine and Valvate, in the warmer

climates, such as India, where the waters of the streams or ponds are

dried up, bury themselves in the mud to a considerable depth like

the Mud-fish, and like them remain in a torpid state until the return

of the rainy season.

Sir William Jardine has described the kind of cocoon in the clay

in which the Mud-fish are brought to this country; but I am in-

formed by Mr. Bartlett that the cavity is always furnished with a

small aperture opposite to where the nose of the animal is placed.

In referring this animal to the class of Fishes, authors have laid

great stress on the fact of its being provided with a lateral line.

Thus M. Dum(ril, in the last essay on the subject, notices the line,

“‘ which is ramified on the sides of the head as in Chimera,’’ over-

looking the fact that the 7riton cristatus, the common Eft, has

similar lines on both the sides and head. He compares the gill-rays

and branchial aperture to that of Mormyrus and Coditis, but they

are equally like those of Protonopsis ; and he compares the nostrils

to those of the Lamprey, overlooking the fact that the animal is

provided with nostrils communicating with the cavity of the mouth.

See Erp. Générale, ix. 213.

I have been informed that this genus is found in other parts of

Africa, as Senegal, where it is called Todal, and the White Nile,

from whence M. Armand sent specimens to the Paris Museum in

1843; and Dr. Peters found a species in Quillemanes, which Peters

and J. Miiller have called Rhinocrypies amphibia.

In reply to a note I had addressed to him, I have received the

following interesting communication from Mr, Bartlett, who at the

same time informed me that he intended to have communicated it

to the next meeting of the Society :—

“Crystal Palace, Sydenhain,

November 17th, 1856.

“ Dear Sir,—In reply to your note respecting the living Mud-

fish, I beg to say that in the month of June last I received from

Dr. J. E. Gray on Lepidosiren. | ALY

Western Africa a case containing four specimens of this animal ; each

specimen was imbedded in a block of dry hard muddy clay, about

the size of a quartern loaf; these blocks of clay were each sewed up

in a piece of canvas to prevent the clay crumbling or falling to pieces.

According to the instructions I received from Capt. Chamberlayne

(the gentleman who sent them), I placed them in a tank of fresh

water at the temperature of 83 degrees ; in doing this a portion of the

clay crumbled off one of them and partly exposed the case in which

the animal was contained ; I was watching the operation when sud-

denly the case or cocoon rose to the surface of the water. I at first

thought the animal contained in it must be dead, but I shortly after-

wards observed a slight motion: apparently the animal was endea-

vouring to extricate itself, and this it soon afterwards accomplished

by breaking through the side of its tough covering; it swam about

immediately, and by diving into the mud and clay, which by this

time had become softened, rendered it difficult to make further ob-

servations ; I removed the case or cocoon, which still floated, and

which I now send tor your examination. On the following morning I

found that two more of the animals had made their appearance ; their

cases however were not to be seen—they evidently remained imbedded

in the soft clay. In the course of the next day the fourth animal

suddenly floated to the surface enveloped in its case; as it showed no

signs of life I removed it, and found the animal had been dead some

time, as it was much decomposed, At the time these animals first

made their appearance they were very thin, and about 9 inches long ;

they began to feed immediately upon earth-worms, small frogs, fish,

&c., occasionally taking raw flesh. I saw them sometimes attack

each other, and one of them (I imagine in endeavouring to escape)

leaped out of the tank into the large basin in the Crystal Palace in

which the tank was standing (this specimen is still at large among

the water-lilies, &c.). The remaining two lived together for some

time, apparently on good terms ; but in the month of August the one

now remaining in the tank seized its companion and devoured nearly

half of it, leaving only the head and about half the length of its

body. In feeding, this creature masticates the food much, frequently

putting it forward almost quite out of its mouth and then gradually

chewing it back again, and often (when fed upon raw flesh), after

having so chewed it for some time, it will throw it out altogether.

The growth of these avimals is most extraordinary: in June, as I

have before stated, they were about 9 inches long; im three months

they attained their present size, which cannot be less than 18 inches

in length. It rises frequently perpendicularly to the surface to

breathe, and at other times it supports itself on its fin-like append-

ages, and with the aid of its tail raises its body from the ground,

the fins being bent or curved backwards. The movement of this

animal is generally very slow, and would give one an idea that it was

very sluggish ; this however I have good reason to know is not the

case, aS in attempting to capture the one at liberty in the large basin

it darted away with the rapidity of an arrow. I have reason also to

believe the animal finds its food as much by seent as sight. With

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 27

418 - Zoological Society :—

reference to the cocoon which I herewith send for your examination,

the end covering the nose of the animal is rather pointed, and has

an aperture about the size of a pin’s head, which I have no doubt

enables the animal to breathe during its state of torpor. The ani-

mal when in its case is coiled nearly twice round, and I observed in

each of the blocks of clay a small hole about the size of a mouse-

hole, which was quite smooth on the inside, as though the animal

had crept through it. “I am, dear Sir,

* Faithfully yours,

“A.D. BartLett.”

Cocoon of the Mud-fish (Lepidosiren annectens).

A. Breathing-hole at nose.

B. A thin partition.

C. An attaching band that passes through the space

where the animal bends, as in a, fig. D.

Fig. D.

D. A sketch of the animal in the cocoon.

a. The position of the band C. b. The head, nose and eyes.

July 8, 1856.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

On somE New Species or Birps CoLLecTeD BY M. AUGUSTE

SALLE IN SouTHERN Mexico. By Puiztie LuTitey SCLATER,

M.A., F.Z.S.

1. CERTHIOLA MEXICANA.

Nigricanti-fusca : capite, alis caudaque nigris : superciliis et speculo

alari albis : uropygio flavicante : gutture cinereo: abdomine

flavo ; crisso albidiore : -rectricibus extimis albo terminatis.

Long. tota 3:8, alee 2°1, caudze 1:2.

Sallé, no. 114. Some of the various local races of Certhiola fla-

veola certainly show such differences as entitle them to specific sepa-

ration. The present bird does not appear to be quite the same as

any of the nine given by Prince Bonaparte in his ‘ Notes Orn.’ p. 51.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new Mexican Birds. 419

It is very closely allied to the Bogota species, which I believe to be

the C. luteola, Cab., but may be distinguished by its duller back,

less brightly-coloured uropygium and belly, longer bill and shorter

wings.

2. ANABATES RUBIGINOSUS.

Saturate brunneus ; pileo obscuriore: alis extus, uropygio et cauda

tota cum pectore saturate rubiginoso-rufis ; gula clariore : ventre

dorso concolore sed medialiter pallidiore : tectricibus subalaribus

clare rubiginosis : rostro forti, crasso, recto, nigricante, bast

pallida: pedibus nigricanti-plumbeis.

Long. tota 8:0, alee 3°7, caudee 3°3, rostri a rictu 1:2.

Sallé, no. 102. Cordova.

This fine Anabates is of the same strong form as A. ferruginolen-

tus (Max.), but has shorter wings and rather a stiffer tail. I know

of no species that resembles it much in colouring.

3. ANABATES CERVINIGULARIS.

Supra saturate brunneus ; pileo nigro: dorso summo nigricante ad-

umbrato : plumis medialiter pallidioribus : loris, superciliis longis

et cervicis lateribus clare rufis : gutture dilutiore, pallide cervino:

abdomine flavescenti-brunneo lateraliter obscuriore : alarum pennis

nigris extus brunneo limbatis, subtus autem cum tectricibus sub-

alaribus clare rufis: uropygio et crisso cum cauda tota saturate

rubiginoso-rufis : rostro validiusculo, recto, corneo, bast autem

flavicante : pedibus pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 7°5, ale 3°6, caudz 3-0.

Sallé, no. 104. Cordova.

This species is not quite so strong in form as the last, and has not

so thick a bill. In colouring it somewhat resembles 4. atricaupillus,

but is much larger than that bird. The sexes are coloured alike.

4, ANABAZENOPS VARIEGATICEPS,.

Supra brunneus : pilei pennis olivaceis, nigro angustissime circum-

cinctis et scapis plumarum flavicantibus : superciliis longis rufis :

loris et regione auriculari nigris: mento et guiture toto ochra-

cescenti-albidis: abdomine pallide brunneo: cauda clare rubigi-

noso-rufa: tectricibus subalaribus flavicanti-ochraceis: rostro

pallide corneo, basi flavicante : pedibus pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 6:0, alee 3°3, caudze 2°7.

Sallé, no. 204. Cordova. Sexes alike.

This bird closely resembles Anabazenops rufo-superciliatus (Lafr.),

but may be recognized at once by the darker, browner back, and the

variegated head, which in the latter species is of the same greenish

brown as the back. In the present bird also there is not that decided

mottled plumage on the breast observable in the other species,

although there are slight indications of it on the sides of the neck.

5. XENOPS MEXICANUS.

Rufescenti-olivaceus, capite obscuriore, uropygio rufo: loris albi-

420 Zoological Society :—

dis : stria superciliari angusta ochraceo-flavida : regione auricu-

lari ochraceo-flavida, nigro mixta: penicilla utrinque sub re-

gione auriculari alba: subtus dorso similis sed minus rufescens,

mento et guiture medio ochracescenti-albidis : alis nigris: vitta

lata per remiges cum secundariarum interiorum marginibus et

terminationibus necnon secundariis dorso proximis rufis: cauda

rufa: rectricibus duabus utrinque submedialibus omnino et rectri-

cum his proximarum parte basali nigris, duabus mediis et una

utringue extima omnino rufis: rostro nigro, basi inferiore albi-

cante: pedibus nigris.

Long. 4°6, alee 2°7, caudze 2°1

Sallé, no. 115. Cordova.

Obs. Affinis Xenopi genibarbi, sed crassitie majore et colore sub-

tus olivascentiore necnon gula ochracescenti-albida distinguendus.

& et similes.

6. SCLERURUS MEXICANUS.

Brunnescenti-olivaceus, pileo paulo obscuriore ; uropygio cum cer-

vice et pectore antice saturate rufis: mento albescentiore: alis

nigris brunneo limbatis, rectricibus nigris, marginibus externs

brunnescentibus : rostro nigro ; basi infertore albicante: pedibus

nigerrimis.

Long. tota 65, alee 3°2, caudee 2°2.

Sallé, no. 101. Cordova.

M. Sallé’s collection contains four examples of this interesting bird,

which has never previously come under my notice. One marked as

a female has the bill rather longer than the others, but does not

otherwise differ from them. It may be at once distinguished from

the Brazilian 8. caudacutus (to which it shows great general resem-

blance) by its smaller size. Hartlaub’s 8. fuscus (R. Z. 1844, p. 370)

seems to be larger, and differently coloured.

ScYTALOPUS PROSTHELEUCUS.

Supra brunneus, dorso rufescente: superciliis longis albis: lateri-

bus capitis nigris albo variegatis: subtus albus ; lateribus cinera-

ceis, ventre imo et crisso rufescentibus : alis fusco-nigris extus

rufescenti-brunneo transvittatis: tectricum apicibus albo macu-

latis: cauda tota nigricante et rufescenti-brunneo tessellata:

rostro nigro: pedibus brunnets.

Long. tota 3°8, alee 2°2, caudee 1-0.

Sallé, no. 112. Cordova.

This Mexican species much resembles in colouring a Bogota bird

in my collection, which I somewhat doubtfully refer to S. grisezcollis,

Lafr., but differs from it in having the lower parts cinereous and not

white.

8. GRANATELLUS SALLA1.—“‘Setophaga sallai, Bp. et Sclater ;”’

Bp. Compt. Rend. 1856, May.

Caruleo-plumbeus, supercilus via obscurioribus: litura postoculari

alba: genis gulaque plumbescentibus: pectore et abdomine medio

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new Mexican Birds. 421

cum crisso rosaceo-coccineis : lateribus postice albis: alis cauda-

gue nigricantibus, plumbeo extus marginatis : rostro crasso, pau-

lulum incurvo, nigricanti-plumbeo ; vibrissis fere nullis : pedibus

pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 5:2, alee 2-4, caudee 2°3.

Sallé, no. 129. Cordova.

This very pretty bird, of which M. Sallé only procured a single

specimen, is, I think, upon reconsideration hardly to be placed in the

genus Setophaga, although so closely resembling many species of

that genus in its style of colouring. The bill is quite different from

that of Setophaga, and is more like that of Nemosia, being even

thicker than in some species of the latter torm, but rather more in-

curved. The characters given by Prince Bonaparte for his genus

Granatellus (founded upon a bird figured in an unpublished plate of

DuBus’ Esquisses Ornithologiques) seem to agree better with this

bird, and from the description of the only species of that genus

(which I have never seen) I cannot help thinking that it may have

something to do with the present bird. I therefore place them for

the present in the same genus.

9. PARUS MERIDIONALIS.

Supra cinereus: alis caudaque nigricantibus brunnescenti-cinereo

limbatis: pileo toto cum nucha, gutiure et cervice antica nigerri-

mis: genis et capite laterali albis : abdomine cinereo brunnescente

tincto; pectore et ventre medio albidis: rostro nigro: pedibus

plumbers.

Long. tota 4°8, alee 2°65, caudee 2°3.

Sallé, no. 167. El Jacale.

This Titmouse is a very close ally of Parus atricapillus and Parus

carolinensis. 1am sorry I have not been able to compare it with

authentic specimens of those species, but, as far as I can judge from

Mr. Cassin’s excellent synopsis of American Parinze given in his

‘ Birds of California,’ it would appear—as by the locality it comes

from would seem most probable—to be distinct from either of those

species.

From P. carolinensis it appears to differ in its greater size, bemg

nearly half an inch longer than the dimensions assigned to that bird

by Mr. Cassin. It would hardly seem likely that it is the same as

P. atricapillus, which is an inhabitant of the more northern states

of the Union, and the slightly inferior size and white medial lme

on the lower parts seem to distimguish it from that species.

10. FoRMICARIUS MONILIGER.

Supra brunnescenti-olivaceus, colli lateribus et uropygio rufescen-

tioribus, pileo nigricantiore: macula in loris triangulari alba:

gutture toto nigro, infra vitta angusta rufa cincta: abdomine toto

nigricanti-griseo, lateribus et crisso olivaceo perfusis: regione

oculari nuda: tectricibus subalaribus ochraceis, nigro variegatis :

caud@ parte apicali nigra: rostro nigro : pedibus clare brunneis.

Sallé, no. 105, g et ? similes. Cordova.

422 Zoological Society :—

A typical Formicarius, a close ally of F. cayanensis, analis, &c.,

but distinguished by its black throat, bordered beneath by a narrow

band of rufous ; white triangular spot on the lores; and other dif-

ferences. It is the first of the form found to occur so far north.

11. TopIROSTRUM CINEREIGULARE.

Olivaceum: alis caudaque nigris, flavicante olivaceo limbatis : orbi-

tis antice nigricantibus : loris albidis: subtus gutture et cervice

cinereis aut potius albis cinereo dense striolatis : pectore olivaceo :

abdomine toto et tectricibus subalaribus flavis: rostro compres-

siusculo, crassiusculo ; culmine carinato, incurvo ; colore nigri-

cante, tomiis pallidis : pedibus pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 3°6, alee 1*7, caudee 1:2.

Sallé, no. 89, ¢. Cordova.

This Todirostrum differs slightly in the form of the bill from

the ordinary members of the genus, that part being rather thicker,

and with the culmen elevated and more incurved than in the typical

species of the group.

12. MuscivorA MEXICANA.

** Megalophus mexicanus, Kp.,’? Bp. MS.

Brunnea: uropygio, cauda tota et corpore subtus flavescenti-ochra-

ceis, gutture albidiore: alis eatus ochraceo punctatis et subtus

(nisi primariorum apicibus) omnino ochraceis: crista ampla,

aureo-flava, ca@rulescente «neo terminata: rostro productiore

quam in M. regia: pedibus flavidis.

Long. tota 6:0, alee 3°3, caudze 2°8, rostri a rictu 1:3.

Salié, no. 78. Cordova.

M. Salle’s collection contains a single example cf this interesting

bird, which however was not procured by himself, and is unfortu-

nately not in very good condition. It is probably the Megalophus

meaicanus of Dr. Kaup, which I have seen indicated in Prince Bo-

naparte’s MS., but which I believe is merely an unpublished name.

From the common Muscivora regia, to which it offers a close general

resemblance, it may be distinguished by its longer bill, and having

the base of the crest of a paler yellower tint, and the tips with less

purplish colouring.

The Muscivora castelnauii (Onychorhynchus castelnauii, Deville,

R. Z. 1849, p. 56), the only other member of the genus hitherto

known, from Eastern Peru, on the other hand appears to have a

shorter bill and more reddish crest than the typical species.

13. TyYRANNULA SULPHUREIPYGIA.

Olivacea : pilet crista mediali flava: uropygio pallide sulphurco :

alis caudaque nigris, secundariis extus brunnescente limbatis :

subtus flavicanti-brunnea, gula et ventre medio flavis.

Long. tota 5:2, alze 2°8, caudze 2°3.

Sallé, no. 84. Cordova.

Obs. Aff. T. barbate ex America Meridionali, sed statura majore,

colore uropygil pallidiore et corporis subtus brunnescentiore distin-

guenda,

Mr. P. L. Selater on new Mexican Birds. 423

14, EL NIA VARIEGATA.

Supra brunnea, olivascente tincta, marginibus plumarum pallidiori-

bus : alis caudaque nigricantibus, illarum tectricibus extus albo

marginatis : pileo et capitis lateribus nigris : crista mediali flava :

superciliis a fronte circum nucham conjunctis, albis : subtus pal-

lide flava, gutture albo, striga utrinque rictali nigra: pectore

nigricante flammulato : rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 6:2, alee 3°7, caudee 2°6.

Sallé, no. 80. Cordova, 3 et 2 similes.

Obs. Affinis Llenie aldicolli (Vieill.) ex America Meridionali sed

crassitie majore : coloribus leetioribus.

15. PipRA MENTALIS.

Nigra: capite toto cum nucha coccineis: mento summo tibiisque

plumosis et tectricibus subalaribus flavis.

?. Pallide viridis, subtus paulo dilutior.

Long. tota 4:0, alee 2°3, caudee 1°].

Sallé, no. 171. Cordova.

This Manakin is a beautiful Mexican representative of P. rubri-

capilla and P. chloromeros. From the former it may be distin-

guished by its yellow thighs, from the latter by its yellow chin and

under wing-coverts.

16. My1ADESTES UNICOLOR.

Hypothymis cesia, Licht. in Mus. Berol.?

Schistacea unicolor, subtus pallidior, ventre albicantiore : remigibus

nigris, harum autem (nisi trium eatimarum) basibus alula spuria

parti celatis, cum marginibus ipsarum et secundariarum apicem

versus externis brunnescenti-oleagineis ; hoc colore intus sub ala

albidiore: cauda nigra; rectricibus duabus mediis schistaceis,

harum duarum utringue extimarum parte apicali pallidiore et api-

cibus ipsis cum margine interna apicem versus albis : rostro et

pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 7°5, alee 3°8, caudee 3:4.

Sallé, no. 150. Cordova, ¢ et 2 similes.

This bird is certainly quite distinct from Lafresnaye’s M. obscura,

of which I possess examples from Guatimala. Judging from Audu-

bon’s plate and description it likewise would seem different from P.

townshendi, which has been united to Lafresnaye’s species, I believe

quite erroneously, by Prince Bonaparte.

My impression is that the Berlin Museum specimens, marked

“« Hypothymis cesia,” are identical with the present bird ; but as I

have no means of verifying that fact, and the name is merely in MS.,

I think it safer to give it a new appellation.

Lafresnaye’s M. obscurus (R. Z. 1839, p. 99), of which I have

examples procured near the city of Guatimala by Signor Constancia,

may be recognized at once from the present species by its brown

back and rufous wing-edgings.

424, _ Botanical Society of Edinburgh :—

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

April 9, 1857.—Professor Balfour, Vice-President, in the Chair.

- The following papers were read :—

|. “On the Effects of a Solution of Bicarbonate of Ammonia in

promoting Vegetation,” by C. J. Burnett, Esq.

The author stated, that the carbonate of ammonia had been recom-

mended as existing in the refuse-liquor of gas-works, on account of the

comparative cheapness of the ammonia in this form, but that he was in-

clined to recommend the carbonates of ammonia also on other very im-

portant grounds ; viz.—that the compound of ammonia with carbonie

acid was the most natural of all the ammonia manures, and that, in con-

verting it into the sulphate and other salts commonly sold for ma-

nure, we drive off a most important element of plant-food, of much

more universal value than the sulphuric or other acid by which it was

replaced. For healthy growth, a proper proportion of carbon should

accompany the nitrogen added; and we should not attempt to dis-

sever those substances which Nature had shown such an evident

desire to associate in their application to plants. Instead of driving

off the carbonic acid, he would recommend adding more of it, so as

to convert the monocarbonate, or mixture of carbonates, into a more

fixed and more nutritious bicarbonate. Till a cheap form of bi-

carbonate, corresponding to the other agricultural salts, should be

in the market, a solution of the proper nature might be easily and

conveniently made by any one, by saturating with carbonic acid

evolved from muriatic acid and chalk or limestone a solution of the

common carbonate, or perhaps the common gas-liquor. The manu-

facture was one which any farmer or gardener could readily carry on

with two barrels and a bent piece of lead tube; and the solution

might be carried to the field in barrels, and applied by a rose or

pierced tube. The solution should be very dilute when applied.

To make more clear the particular object for which he now recom-

mended the use of this manure, he would say a word or two on the

different natures and applications of manures in general. They

might be divided into two classes:—Ist, Manures which afforded

ingredients of plant-food which could be supplied by the soil alone ;

ond, Manures which supplied ingredients which were also contained

in the air. — As to the first class, eee (as in the majority of in-

stances) required during the whole period of plant-growth, or merely

in its latter stages (as phosphates in case of corn crops, &c.), they

should be added i in a quantity sufficient for one crop at least, and in

a sparingly or gradually soluble form, to prevent serious loss from

their being washed down out of reach of the roots. As to the second

class, however, the case was very different indeed. Though the

carbon and nitrogen which they supplied were essential elements of

plant-food at every stage, yet, as it was only in the earliest stages

that the earth was their only source, and as it was manifestly bad

economy to pay money for what you could have for nothing, the

use of manure of this class should be principally confined to the

On Bicarbonate of Ammonia as a Manure. 425

plant in the earliest stages of growth, and then made with the view

of giving the plant such a start as would enable it to draw, at an

earlier period than it otherwise would, on the unlimited and untaxed

supplies of carbon and nitrogen which our atmosphere provides.

He could not doubt that one pound of nitrogen and carbon applied

at the critical period, so as to lift the plant expeditiously out of

helpless infancy and entire dependence on mother earth into compa-

rative independence, drawing still gratefully on earth for what she

alone could supply, but able to forage for much in free air, would,

at the seasons when harvest arrived, be found to have produced a

much larger addition to our crop than the same pound protractedly

doled out as a supplementary supply during the entire period of

growth by the decay of organic matters in the soil. He would

recommend the application of the bicarbonated ammoniacal solution

to the young crop to be made during what the farmer most expres-

sively terms growing weather, when the ground is moist enough

to ensure its immediate penetration, and there is sufficient warmth

and geniality in both air and earth. The author stated that he had

made numerous and varied experiments with the bicarbonate during

the last five or six years, on wheat, oats, beans, peas, &c., as well

as roses, lupines, sweet peas, and many other garden plants, and that

their results, along with the theoretical considerations alluded to,

justified him in recommending the bicarbonated ammonia solution as

deserying of a thorough trial both by farmers and gardeners.

2. ‘ Does Magnetism influence Vegetation ?”’ by H. F. Baxter, Esq.

The author states as the result of his inquiry, that no positive

evidence has been obtained to show that magnetism either does or

does not influence vegetation.

3. “On Lycium Mediterraneum,” by Dr. Thomas Anderson.

After careful and repeated examination of specimens of L. Edge-

worthii (Dunal), he is convinced that it is only a yariety of

L. europeum (Linn.).

4. “On the Applications of Botany to Ornamental Art,’’ by Mr.

George Lawson, F'.R.P.S.

5. ‘Remarks on a Shower of Mud, which occurred at Corfu on

the 21st of March, 1857,”’ by Mr. George Lawson, F.R.P.S.

The day was squally and showery ; the light showers brought down

a great quantity of mud. On examining the surrounding fields, I

found the trees and every other object covered with it. Was this

native dust, or was it imported by aérial currents from Africa? From

the state of the weather during the three previous days, I am led to

favour the latter opmion.

6. ‘Register of the Flowering of certain Spring Plants in the

Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from the 12th of March to the

15th of April, 1857, as compared with the five preyious years,” by

Mr. James M‘Nab.

4.26 Geological Society :—

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 11, 1857.—Colonel Portlock, R.E., President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :-—

1. ‘On the Dichobune ovina, from the Upper Eocene of the Isle

of Wight.” By Professor Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S.

This paper comprised a detailed description of the lower jaw and

teeth of an Anoplotherioid quadruped (Dichobune ovina, Owen), of

the size of the Xiphodon gracilis, Cuvier, and belonging to the family

that includes Dichobune and Xiphodon. The dental formula, as shown

by these teeth, and by the evidence on their crowns of the presence

of the teeth of the upper jaw, is the typical one in diphyodont

mammalia, viz. incis. —, can. —, premol. = molars, — = 44.

Professor Owen, having described the differences of the species

under notice from the allied species D. cervinum, concluded with

some remarks on the relations of the genera Xiphodon and Dichobune,

as illustrated by their dental organs; and pointed out that the

small anoplotherioid Microtherium, so much in some respects re-

sembling the Chevrotains of Java, &c., but possessing persistent

upper incisor teeth, probably differed also from the Ruminants in

having a still more simplified structure of the stomach than is pre-

sented even by the Chevrotains (Tragulus, in which the third bag or

psalterium is suppressed). Thus nearly all of the known eocene artio-

dactyle herbivores are separable from the Ruminants ; and of the very

few that remain, the dental evidences are as yet incomplete. Further,

the gradations of dentition displayed by the extinct even-toed

hoofed herbivores above referred to go far to establish the natural

character of the group Artiodactyla.

2. “On two species of the fossil Mammalian genus Plagiaulax

from Purbeck.” By Dr. H. Falconer, F.R.S., F.G.S.

The author first alluded to the interesting relics of Mammalia

(Spalacotherium) discovered some time since by Mr. W. R. Brodie,

in the cliffs of Durdlestone Bay, near Swanage, and described by

Professor Owen in the Journal of the Society (vol. x. p. 420, &c.).

He then mentioned that Mr. Brodie had since made some important

additions to this Purbeck fauna (including the Triconodon); and

that Mr. S. H. Beckles had more recently obtained numerous addi-

tional evidences of mammalian animals (chiefly in the condition of

lower jaws), besides various valuable reptilian remains in the same

thin freshwater deposit which had yielded the fossil above referred

to, and was still energetically occupied in the research, Among

the specimens found by Mr. Beckles, are some portions of the

lower jaws of two species of a mammalian genus, which is best re-

presented among existing forms by the Hypsiprymnus or Kangaroo-

rat. Dr. Falconer names the fossil genus Plagiaular,—an abbrevi-

ation for “ Plagiaulacodon,” from zAdyros oblique, and avAaké groove ;

having reference to the diagonal grooving of the premolar teeth.

With regard to these two species (P. Becklesit and P. minor),

satisfactory evidence has been obtained as to the characters of the

Dr. H. Falconer on Fossil Mammals. 427

lower jaw: the dental formula being—incisors,1—1; canines, O—0;

premolars, 3—3 and 4—4; molars, 2—2;= 12 and 14inall. The

author then entered into a very full detailed description of the teeth

and jaw in each of the two species. Plagiaular characteristically

differs from Hypsiprymnus,—1st, by the obliquity of the grooves on

its premolars, the latter genus having the analogous teeth vertically

grooved; 2ndly, by having only two true molars in each ramus of

the jaw, instead of the usual four and occasional three, belonging to

recent marsupials ; 3rdly, by the considerable salient angle which the

surfaces of the molar and premolar teeth form, instead of presenting

a uniform level line; 4thly, by the very low relative position of the

articular condyle. In P. Becklesii the two incisor teeth were large

and robust, projecting upwards at a considerable angle, and the

ramus of the jaw was remarkably short and deep. In P. minor the

incisors were more slender, pointing less suddenly upwards, and the

ramus was narrower and more curved. Dr. Falconer more especially

infers the marsupial characters of the genus,—1st, from its Hypsiprym-

noid resemblances in the grooved premolars and the relative size and

position of the incisors; 2ndly, from the raised and inflected fold of

the posterior and inner margin of the ramus; 3rdly, the form and

characters of the symphysial suture.

The author dwelt upon the peculiarly small number of the true

molars in this genus,—presenting, as it does, a marked special sup-

pression in these organs, and so offering the most specialized excep-

tion, amongst the marsupiata, fossil or recent, from the hitherto

accepted rule of the older vertebrate forms presenting the least

departure from the archetypal plan. He noticed also the interesting

fact, that the crowns of the molars of Plagiaular presented an un-

mistakeable and close resemblance to those of the minute teeth of

the Microlestes from the ‘Triassic Bone-bed of Wurtemberg. Lastly,

Dr. Falconer alluded to the fact of little lower jaws and small isolated

bones forming so large a proportion of the mammalian remains from

this thin Purbeck freshwater bed ; whilst more or less perfect skele-

tons of aquatic or amphibious reptiles occurred in the same deposit ;

and he stated that not only had he observed that in the tanks in

India the bones of small animals were uniformly wafted to the

margin, but that M. Lartet had lately pointed out to him that in

the rich Falunian deposit of Sansan, the skeletons of the large

terrestrial animals were found in certain parts of the lacustrine beds,

whilst in other parts, probably the old marginal deposits, the little

bones of frogs, shrews, &c., could be collected by the handful. The

author could not therefore but hope that further explorations, by

opening out the stratum where it was originally deposited in deeper

water, would yield even richer supplies of still larger mammals.

March 25, 1857.—Colonel Portlock, R.E., President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On some Fish-remains from the neighbourhood of Ludlow.”

By Sir P. G. Egerton, Bart., M.P., F.G.S.

This paper comprised descriptions of some specimens of fossil

428 Miscellaneous.

fishes discovered by Mr. Salwey in the Old Red Sandstone of Acton.

Beauchamp, and others by Mr. Lightbody in the upper bone-beds

near Ludlow. From the first-named locality the author described

a portion of a cephalic carapace, indicating a large and new species

of Cephalaspis (C. Salweyi). Another new species of Cephalaspis

(C. Murchisoni) was founded on two specimens obtained by Mr.

Lightbody in a bed below the paper-mill on the river ‘Teme at Lud-

low; and a third new species (C. ornatus) was described from spe-

cimens from dark micaceous shales in the Hereford Railway Cutting

at Ludlow. ‘The same shales have afforded two specimens of a very

small Cephalaspid of great interest. ‘These are of the size of a four-

penny piece, and have a general res emblance to Cephalaspis, except

in the peculiarity of having behind the cephalic shield, and united to

its posterior margin by a a distinctly marked suture, a broad plate

divided into later al halves by a prolongation of the occipital crest.

The author, having stated his reasons for regarding these specimens

as adult and not embryonic individuals, gave this new Cephalaspid

form the generic title Auchenaspis (on account of its nuchal plate),

and described it under the specific name of 4. Salteri. in conclusion,

some other ichthyic remains, referable to Plectrodus and Onchus,

were enumerated as having been collected by Mr. Lightbody in the

railway-cutting and in the River-bed near Ludlow.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on the Generation of the Arachnida.

By E. BLancuarp.

Since Bonnet’s experiments on the dphides, naturalists have fre-

quently paid attention to the faculty attributed to the females of cer-

tain articulated animals, of engendering without the aid of any male.

Thus it has been asserted ante some Sparolle spiders, kept in captivity

and isolated, frequently deposited fertile eggs, and that these broods

might succeed one another for several years. From this observation

it appeared natural to conclude that in this case the males were not

always of indispensable utility in the continuation of the species. In

connexion with this, one of the results of my investigations into the

anatomy and physiology of these animals appears to me to be worth

recording.

It is very true that female spiders, when isolated in boxes, furnish

eges which are soon hatched, and this after a captivity of three or

four years. Specimens of Mygale sent from Montpellier to Paris,

and each contained in a separate box, have repeatedly furnished me

with a great number of young ones. A Segestria (S. perfida, Walck.)

which T have kept alive for more than three years, produced young

the year before last, and again last year ; hardly a month ago hundreds

of the young were still living. Another form of the order Araneida, a

Filistata bicolor, which has also lived for three years in my laboratory,

constructed its nest some months ago, and soon afterwards gave birth

to a considerable quantity of young individuals which are still alive.

Such facts as these certainly appear at first sight to allow us to

Miscellaneous. 429

think that in the draneida production by virgin females takes place,

and that fecundation by the males is unnecessary, at least under all

circumstances. But to get at the knowledge of the truth, it is often

very useful not to rest satisfied with a single set of observations. The

examination of the generative organs of the draneida in fact gives

the most complete explanation of these productions by females kept in

captivity for several years.

Amongst the dranecda we must distinguish between those whose

life only lasts one season, and those of which, on the contrary, the

existence is prolonged far beyond this term. In the former a single

oviposition takes place ; in the others, the broods succeed each other

from year to year without the concourse of the males; only, as is

shown by attentive observation and experiment, the concourse of the

male is necessary at least once.

Mygale, Clotho, Filistata, Segestria, &c., all belong to the cate-

gory of species which usually live several years; in all, leaving out

of consideration certain secondary modifications, the female apparatus

is composed of two large tubes, sometimes united at the extremity,

sometimes isolated and "bermnidated by a czecum, to which the ovarian

chambers are appended. At the moment of copulation these tubes

receive the seminal fluid in abundance ; they are true spermatic reser-

voirs; the eggs, on the point of being expelled, are impregnated

during their passage. The fecundating liquid not being exhausted by

a single oviposition, and being preserved with all its qualities in its

reservoirs, as I have repeatedly ascertained by microscopic examina-

tion, new ovipositions may take place at longer or shorter intervals,

without any necessity for fresh copulations.

The study of the arrangement of the generative organs, and the

ascertainment of the presence of spermatozoids in the large ovarian

conduits, prove convincingly that the female Araneida are not fitted

to furnish fertile products, except after copulation. But this kind of

proof is not the only one to which I have turned my attention.

Keeping in captivity spiders of different kinds, especially of the

genera Mygale and Filistata, which had not acquired their full

development, I have succeeded, in many cases, in feeding them up to

the term of their growth; these individuals, taken young, had cer-

tainly never received the approaches of the male, and the eggs ob-

tamed from them always remained barren.—Comptes Rendus, 6 April

1857, p. 741.

On the Brain of the Dytici, in its relations to Locomotion.

By E. Fatvre.

The following experiments have been made upon a great number

of Dytici, both males and females, with the view of ascertaining the

see of the cerebral ganglia to the locomotion of the animals.

Total or partial removal of the supra-wsophageal ganglion.—

If iii whole of the supra-cesophageal ganglion be removed from a

Dyticus, the animal remains motionless for some moments, without-

‘giving any signs of great pain. It soon begins to walk straight for-

-ward, but with mutch greater difficulty than in the normal state ; it

430 Miscellaneous.

swims more readily than it walks. Moving always in the same direc-

tion, it is constantly striking against the same point of the vessel in

which it is kept. In general it scarcely survives the operation twenty-

four hours.

When one of the lobes of the supra-cesophageal ganglion of a

Dyticus has been removed, the power of walking is diminished, but

the animal still swims with great celerity. In either case the insect

always moves towards the uninjured side, so that it describes inter-

minable circles in the same direction. ‘Thus, when deprived of one

of its lobes, the Dyticus loses the power of directing itself towards

the side of this lobe, from which we may conclude that each lobe

presides in the direction of its side.

2. Total or partial removal of the sub-esophageal ganglion.—

When this ganglion is entirely removed, the Dytici are totally in-

capable of swimming or walking. This is not owing to the paralysis

of any of the legs, for each member moves spontaneously and draws

back when pinched. The ambulatory feet are even seen to move, as

if to walk, and the natatory feet as if to swim. But the insect only

moves accidentally ; it neither walks nor swims.

The exciting power of its motions, and that by which they are

coordinated, cease with the removal of the sub-cesophageal ganglion.

The insect raises itself on its feet, it advances an ambulatory foot

with a natatory one, or even the natatory feet of one side, and this

disagreement produces no result.

These observations lead to the following results :—

The supra- and sub-cesophageal ganglia and the peduncles which

unite them, represent the brain of the Dyticus, and exert an incon-

testable influence upon locomotion.

The upper part of the brain, placed above the cesophagus, is the

seat of volition and of the direction of the movements.

The lower part is the seat of the exciting cause and of the"coordi-

nating power.—Comptes Rendus, 6 April 1857, p. 721.

On Spiocheetopterus, a new genus of Annelides from the Coast of

Norway. By M. Sars.

SPIOCHAZTOPTERUS, Sars.

Corpus filiforme, antice truncatum ibique infra et ad latera labium

formans carnosum spathulatum seu infundibuliforme, in cujus fundo

os. Lobus capitalis supra os, parvus, rotundatus, oculis wullis. Cirri

tentaculares duo longissimi et sulco longitudinali ornati. Segmenta

novem antica corporis depressa, brevia, mamillis pedalibus conicis

seu pyramidalibus solummodo dorsalibus (ventralibus carentibus),

setis instructis capillaribus apice subhastato-acuto non in fasciculum

congestis, sed seriem transversam seu ad longitudinem mamillarum

formantibus, segmentum quartum etiam seta validissima apice oblique

truncato et denticulo ornato.

Segmentum decimum et undecimum subteretia, longissima, pinnis

seu mamillis pedalibus foliaceis ornata, scilicet una dorsali fasciculum

Miscellaneous. 431

setarum capillarium non exsertilium includente et duabus ventralibus

absque setis.

Segmentum duodecimum et omnia sequentia (quorum numerus

fere 130140) subteretia, anteriora longa sensimque posterius bre-

viora, pinna dorsali conica vel subcylindrica apice globoso et fasciculo

setarum capillarium instructa, ventrali duplici ut in segmento 10mo

et 11mo, et absque setis.

Animal in tubo inclusum erecto, longissimo, cylindrico, pergamen-

taceo, tenuissime transverse sulcato seu annulato, extremitate inferiore

affixo.

Spiochetopterus typicus, Sars. Unica species (pp. 7-8).

The remarkable genus Chetopterus, Cuvier, has hitherto occupied

an isolated position amongst the other Annelides. Audouin and

Milne-Edwards in 1833 established it as a distinct family (Che-

topterea), and their example has been followed by all subsequent

authors. But there has always been a doubt as to its true place in

the system and its affinities with other Annelides. The above-men-

tioned French zoologists even thought that it would be most natural

to form a distinct order for this animal, but they placed it, evidently

incorrectly, between Peripatus and Arenicola. Grube (in 1850) was

not more fortunate in placing it between Siphonostomum and Areni-

cola. Lastly, R. Leuckart (in 1849) was the only person who

prognosticated the family to which the genus Chetopterus should

belong, namely the Ariciea.

This new animal forms a remarkable connexion between Che-

topterus and Spio. It has only been taken at Helle, in the neigh-

bourhood of Manger, near Bergen, in mud at a depth of 40-50

fathoms in company with Virgularia mirabilis, Mill.—Fauna litto-

ralis Norvegie, Second part, 1856, pp. 1-8.

On the Sea Sawdust of the Pacific. By Joun Dents Macponatp,

Esq., Assistant Surgeon R.N.

The Author gives a description of the remarkable little Alga so

frequently met with in the South Pacific, scattered over the surface

of the water in broad streaks and patches of a pale yellowish-brown

tint, and which is known under the name of “ Sea Saw-dust.”’

After adverting to the occurrence of a similar pheenomenon in other

parts of the globe, and citing the account given of the Trichodesmium

erythreum of the Red Sea by MM. Evernor Dupont and Montagne,

together with a description extracted from the ‘Colombo Herald’

of May 14, 1844, of what was obviously an example of a vegetable

scum of the same kind occurring on the sea off Ceylon, the author

remarks, that in the instances met with by himself he did not re-

cognize the foetid odour sv generally and pointedly spoken of in the

accounts of others. He then states the results of his own observation

as follows :—

«* Tt was rather difficult at first to determine whether our species is

to be referred to the Oscillatoride or the Confervidee. In the latter,

432 ~ Miscellaneous.

a linear series of tubular cells compose the filaments, which are thus

said to be jointed; but in the former, although the filaments are

tubular, simple and continuous without actual joints, a pseudo-jomted

appearance is presented by the apposition of the little masses of

contained colourmg matter. Notwithstanding, having submitted the

‘sea saw-dust’ of the Pacific to microscopic examination on

several occasions, I was much inclined to believe that the fila-

ments were actually jointed; and this view is supported by the cir-

cumstance that an empty tubule, or one in which the parietes may

be traced continuously without being interrupted by joints or internal

septa, has never fallen under our notice ; besides which the filaments

are exceedingly brittle, usually suffermg cleavage in the transverse

direction. It, liowever, undoubtedly belongs to the Oscillatoridee.

«When the filaments are first removed from the water, they may

be observed adhering side by side in little bundles or fasciculi; and

besides the colouring matter, the little cells, or at least the intervals

between the septa, contain globules of air, which sufficiently account

for their buoyancy ; and, moreover, in this respect, although their

abiding place is the open ocean, their habit can scarcely be regarded

as very different from that of those species which flourish in damp

localities exposed to the atmosphere.

“The filaments are all very short compared with their diameter,

with rounded extremities ; and when immersed some little time in

fluid so that the contained air-bubbles make their escape or are

taken up, the pale colouring matter appears to fill the cells com-

pletely, and a central portion, a little darker than the rest, may be

distinctly perceived in each compartment intersected by a very

delicate transverse partition.

“We have found this species off the coast of Australia and in

Moreton Bay, amongst the Polynesian Islands, and on two separate

occasions off the Loyalty Group, in nearly the same geographical

position.” — Royal Soc. Proc. Feb. 26, 1857.

Osrtruary Notice.—Dr. Rosertr BAuu or Dustin.

Our readers will regret to hear of the decease of this eminent Irish

zoologist, which took place suddenly at his residence in Dublin on

the 30th of March, in consequence of a rupture of the aorta. Dr. Ball

has for many years been one of the chief students of zoology in Ire-

land, and although his published writings are not numerous, the

frequent references to his observations to be found in the works of

our principal writers on British animals, bear witness to his industry

and the amount of his information.

Dr. Ball held several posts in Dublin, but he was best known to

naturalists as Director of the Museum in Trinity College and Secre-

tary to the Zoological Society of Dublin, of which he was the prin-

cipal supporter. He was born at Cove, county Cork, in April 1802,

so that at the time of his death he was scarcely fifty-five, and as his

faculties were still in their full vigour, he has left a blank in the ranks

of Irish naturalists which will not easily be supplied.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 114. JUNE 1857.

XXXITI.— Researches on the Development of the Pectinibranchiata.

By J. Koren and D. C. DanieEtsseEn.

[Concluded from p. 366.]

Purpura lapillus (Buccinum), Linn.

Tue capsules in which the eggs are enclosed somewhat re-

semble a little bottle, of which the convex bottom would be

turned upwards, and the very slender neck directed downwards.

It is by the lower extremity that they are fixed either to stones

or other bodies. Hach capsule is hermetically closed, and filled

with a viscous fluid, as transparent as water, and resembling

white of egg, containing a multitude of eggs (from 500 to 600

or even more). The eggs are of a globular form, furnished with

a delicate chorion, a vitelline membrane, and a vitellus consist-

ing of a fluid containing small granules. Amongst the smallest

of these granules there are, as in Buccinum, a quantity which are

oval, and refract light very strongly. We could not distinguish

either a germinal vesicle or a germinal spot. After an interval

of several days, a commencement of segmentation appeared

ia the eggs, which divided first into 2 and then into 4 spheres

of segmentation. These stages passed pretty regularly. But

then a great irregularity made its appearance in the segmenta-

tion: we soon saw some of the spheres divide, while the others

remained intact ; in others, 4 small spheres were formed between

the 4 large ones; and others, again, had become divided into 12

or 18 irregular spheres. It was not rare to find eggs which had

not yet undergone segmentation ; some were also found in which

the segmentation had progressed a little way, and in which the

chorion was not yet ruptured. In our first memoir* we have given

figures of these eggs, and new observations have proved their

correctness. In this way we observed a number of eggs, which,

* This memoir will be found translated in the Scientific Memoirs, new

series, Nat. Hist. division, p. 330, plates 10, 11 & 12.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 28

434: Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

although deposited at the same time and enclosed in the same

capsule, nevertheless exhibited a great diversity in the progress

of their segmentation. We did not observe any nucleus in the

spheres of segmentation. Nordmann did not detect them im

Tergipes, Rissoa, and Littorina. We have had the opportunity

of observing the little clear body which Dr. Carpenter has seen

quitting the egg, and which we had not previously noticed.

Some days later in the development, the viscous liquid, which

filled the capsules, began to grow more fluid, so that the eggs

could be made to escape with the greatest ease ; they were then

conglomerated, and apparently formed a compact mass. On

examining this more closely it was found to consist of several

adherent groups, which were of different sizes, although they

had no distinct forms. Under the microscope, these groups

proved to consist of eggs, placed one upon the other like

a mass of balls, of which the greater number were in different

stages of segmentation, whilst others were not. On the six-

teenth day the groups had usually become more distinct, more

clearly circumscribed, and more detached from the common

mass ; they had acquired a cylindrical or pyriform shape. Each

of these groups was formed by the union of eggs imbedded in a

glutinous mass and covered by a delicate membrane, which was

soon furnished with very fine cilia. The eggs themselves had

undergone no subsequent segmentation, as the act of progressive

segmentation had stopped as soon as the conglomeration was

effected. At the side of the upper part where the embryos were

attached to the common mass, we could detect an exuded,

greyish, semitransparent, and finely granular mass, which had

the appearance of increasing the membrane, the outer margins

of which began to be furnished with some cirrhi. Whilst the

membrane was increasing more and more at the point just

mentioned, a similar, yellowish, exuded mass was perceived

nearly at its middle; this forms the base of the future foot

(Pl. XVII. fig. 3d). The embryo thus formed began to move

a little by the aid of its cilia and of some cirrhi; it was in

fact observed to make feeble efforts in different directions, as if

seeking to detach itself from the common mass; and when at

length, after various futile attempts, it succeeded in doing tiis,

it began immediately to turn upon itself. We have seen all the

individuals, one after the other, detach themselves and move off

in this way, until all the groups had become developed into em-

bryos. We may believe that in this animal, as in Buccinum, the

number of eggs which combine to form the future embryo i 1s

perfectly fortuitous ; for not only can we discover no rule for

this formation, but, moreover, we find that these aggregates are

formed of very different numbers of eggs. Thus, m the same

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 435

capsule we have seen embryos produced by the union of 3-4

eggs, whilst 60 or more have cooperated in the formation of

the majority of the mdividuals. The difference in the size of

the individuals also depended upon the same cause. Their size

varied considerably, and embryos of } to 1 millim. were seen

moving in the liquid then contained in the capsule. As the

size of the embryos was variable, so was their number. This

depended on the greater or less number of eggs which had co-

operated in the formation of each individual. We have found,

on the average, from 20 to 40, rarely more.

After the formation of the ciliary membrane, the organs of

motion and the foot are the parts which first make their ap-

pearance. Nearly at the same time we see between the mem-

brane and the conglomerated eggs a transparent and finely

granular mass. In this are developed cells, which unite in layers

with the above-mentioned membrane, and give origin to the

mantle. The lowest part of the latter secretes a tolerably clear

and glutinous liquid, which increases gradually, and forms the

rudiments of the shell; this at its first appearance resembles a

perfectly clear and gelatinous membrane, m which calcareous

particles are afterwards deposited. These gradually become

compact, and in this way render the subsequent investigations

difficult. The rotatory organs are small at their first appearance,

but their volume increases by degrees, so that they acquire

more and more the form of a funnel. A multitude of cilia

appear on their surface, and cirrhi make their appearance at

their superior margin, and cause far more lively movements.

In the foot, which is now clearly detached from the rotatory

organs and has acquired a nearly square form, a mass of cells

furnished with a nucleus makes its appearance. The margins

are almost always inclined towards the ventral part of the ani-

mal, giving it a striking resemblance to a hollow cylinder ; and

as all its surface and its margins are furnished with cilia, the

whole acquires the appearance of a ciliated canal. It increases

rapidly in volume, and exhibits at its base the first rudiments of

the auditory organs, which are formed as in Buccinum. At the

same time we also observe the two pyriform salivary glands,

which are placed close to the foot, of a yellowish colour, and

filled with a quantity of round cells and pigment-grains. When

the development has advanced a little further, the tentacles ap-

pear in the form of two conical eminences, at the base of which

the eyes are discovered in the form of rounded vesicles, filled with

a liquid as clear as water, in which some obscure pigment-grains

are found. We could not discover any lens in this stage of

development.

On the twenty-third day we discovered the heart. is formed

28*

436 Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

in en analogous manner to that of Buccinum undatum. It is

also placed on the back, a little towards the right. It contracts

strongly, giving forty to fifty pulsations in a minute. It is fur-

nished with primary muscular fibres, having the form of longi-

tudinal tubes a little enlarged above. We found neither granules

nor cells in these tubes. In this stage of development, the

branchial cavity not being sufficiently deep to contain the whole

heart, a considerable portion issues from it and passes the mar-

gin of the mantle. Subsequently, when the mantle becomes

elongated and covers the back of the animal, its margin is

directed more outwards, and removes from the body in such a

way that the cavity, becoming deeper and more ample, encloses

the entire heart. We have not been able to follow the rest of

the circulatory system.

It is not until after these organs are formed that we observe

the buccal orifice, with the pharynx and cesophagus, at the point

where the rotatory organs meet on the back. The proboscis in this

stage is exceedingly short, and its walls are pretty thick, so that

the cesophagus is detected with difficulty. It is a cylindrical

canal, which runs directly to the stomach. From the stomach,

which is small and oval, issues a long and slender intestinal

canal, which passes to the right, then returns to the opposite

side, describing a curve, and at length terminates a little towards

the right by an anus projecting into the branchial cavity. The

cesophagus and also the stomach and intestines are clothed with

cilia on their inner surface.

The salivary glands have also become enlarged; their cells

are more approximated, and form long rows. In their broadest

part a multitude of yellow pigment-grains are seen. In their

more slender portion, which is turned towards the cesophagus,

the excretory duct of the gland makes its appearance, and be-

comes elongated to meet the cesophagus. The salivary glands

in the adult animal form a coherent mass, but their double

excretory duct clearly indicates that this was formerly divided.

On each side of the cesophagus we perceive the two cerebral

gangha, which are here distinguished from the common mass

by their yellow colour. These ganglia are united to each other

by a commissure, and give origin to two other commissures,

which unite them with the two pedal ganglia. We have found

it impossible to trace the nervous system any further, all the

parts of the body having rapidly become opake. We suppose,

however, that it agrees for the most part with that of Buccinum.

It is also about the period at which the nervous system appears,

that we distmguish the first traces of the branchie, the siphon,

and the retractor muscles of the foot. The branchiz originate

from the margin of the mantle, where they form a hollow cylin-

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 437

der, which is twisted to form loops; cilia are seen on its inner

margin. It afterwards becomes a little flattened, at the same

time dilating considerably. In its walls we discover longitudinal

and transverse fibres, and the cilia of the middle of each loop

are of extraordinary length. After the production of the bran-

chize it becomes extremely difficult to investigate the formation

of the other organs; on the one hand because the animal rarely

elongates itself sufficiently out of its shell to allow its parts to

be perceived, and, on the other, because the mantle has become

a good deal thickened, and the shell has been the seat of a con-

siderable deposit of calcareous matter. This shell has acquired

the form of that of a Nautilus. The rotatory organs diminish

considerably in size. The foot, which is lobate above, acquires

more and more the form of that of the adult animal. The oper-

culum, which serves to close the aperture of the shell, is com-

pletely developed. The heart, in this stage, is divided into two

chambers. The lenses of the eyes are clearly distinguished : we

have pretty frequently found a single eye which presented two

projections of pigment, each provided with a lens.

The branchial cavity, of which the inner surface is clothed

with cilia, has become, at this period of development, sufficiently

deep to contain the heart entirely. The margin of the mantle

which is furthest removed from the body of the animal is fur-

nished with cilia, and at the bottom of the branchial cavity we

for the first time discover a contractile vesicle (kidney), similar

to that which exists in Buccinum undatum. After the lapse of

eight weeks, the young animals have not yet quitted the cap-

sules, and when one is taken out in this state, it sets itself to

creep like the adult animal, with the foot, the tentacles, and the

siphon extended. It is then distinguished from the adult in

that the rotatory organs have not entirely disappeared, that the

shell is not hard, and also by the spire, which has only one, or

at most, two turns. During the ninth or tenth week the young

animals quit the capsules; the rotatory organs have then dis-

appeared, and behind the tentacles we observe a raised line,

which indicates the place previously occupied by them.

The shell has become more elongated, and approaches nearer

to that of the adult; it is hard, brittle, and nearly opake, but

the last turns of the spire are not yet developed. We have not

referred to the way in which the development of the organs takes

place, because it does not differ from that which occurs in Buc-

cinum undatum. But, before concluding our memoir on the de-

velopment of the Pectinibranchiata, we find that it is necessary

to make a few observations on the memoir of Dr. Carpenter on

Purpura lapillus, as the results which he has obtained are very

different from ours.

438 Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

We shall indicate the most remarkable features of this me-

moir in the author’s own words: “The general result of my

observations is, that the process has been altogether miscon-

ceived by my predecessors; that no such departure from the

ordinary plan of development takes place as the fusion of a

number of originally distinct ova into a single embryo ; but that

each embryo originates in a single ovum; that it attains to a

certain grade of development by the metamorphosis of the eon-

tents of its own vitellus; but that its increase in size, and the

continuance of its development, depend upon its appropriation,

by a process of deglutition or swallowing, of a mass of additional

or supplementary vitellus, the want or insufficiency of which

occasions its partial or complete abortion. As to the immediate

cause of the production of ‘monstrous’ embryos, therefore—a

phenomenon which I have found to be far more common than

MM. Koren and Danielssen supposed,—I am in accordance with

my predecessors, as I attribute it, with them, to the deficiency

of nutritive material. But I differ from them essentially, not

merely in regard to the mode in which this nutritive material is

appropriated, but also in asserting that the production of em-

bryos from single ova, instead of being an abnormal and occa-

sional phenomenon, is one stage in the normal process of deve-

lopment.” The number and yolume of the “ egg-like bodies,”

which is the name given by the author to the eggs enclosed in

the capsules, agree with our observations upon these eggs. But

he was unable to discover the chorion, which, however, appeared

to us to be very distinct, and which could sometimes be seen

even after the commencement of segmentation. He did not

observe either a germinal vesicle or a germinal spot in these

“ eoo-like bodies,” but on causing nearly developed eggs to

escape from the ovaries, he found that they were of the same

volume as the “ egg-like bodies,” and furnished with a germinal

vesicle and germinal spot. We agree perfectly with this.

However, Dr. Carpenter states that, independently of the

“eoo-like bodies,” he has found true eggs in each capsule.

But, on asking himself what difference there was between these

true eggs and the “egg-like bodies,” he has only been able to

find a very shght variation in their segmentation. He says that

the first segments of the vitellus of these true eggs divide into

several small parts, and that by this means a clearer peripheric

layer is formed, which becomes enveloped in a ciliary membrane,

whilst the “ egg-like bodies,” which are the largest, have not yet

undergone segmentation. He also adds, that segmentation cer-

tainly takes place in the “egg-like bodies,” but that it is not so

complete, and appears to be more fractional, and intended to

divide each “body” into smaller spheres. Dr. Carpenter also

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 439

asserts that from these eggs an embryo is developed, which

swallows as many as it can of the “egg-like bodies,” and that,

being thus furnished with materials, it proceeds in its develop-

ment. When the embryo cannot catch the crushed “ egg-like

bodies,” it dies from want of nourishment.

It is easy to see that Dr. Carpenter has fallen into an error,

and it is to be regretted that he should have allowed himself to

be misled by a prejudice, as owing to this his observations have

become obscure and confused. It is incomprehensible how he

could imagine that he could distinguish the true eggs from

the “ege-like bodies” only by the difference which he professes

to find in their segmentation, as he ought also to know that the

segmentation is sometimes very different even in animals of the

same species; and he states that the segmentation in Purpura

lapillus is very irregular. ‘The segmentation, however, is his

sole poimt of support, for he himself says that, with the excep-

tion of this, the eggs enclosed in the capsules (even his “egg-

like bodies,” as well as his true eggs) are anatomically and

physiologically alike. In one word, he could find no perceptible

difference.

In this we agree with Dr. Carpenter. In our memoirs we

have proved that all the bodies which are enclosed in the cap-

sules have a chorion and a vitelline membrane, and that their

Segmentation is not arrested by the commencement of the act of

conglomeration. We have shown that all these eggs may be

included in this act, but that in each capsule there are usually

one or several eggs which become developed before the act of

conglomeration has commenced, and that the embryos which

are developed by these isolated eggs die very soon from the de-

ficiency of material necessary for the formation of the organs.

It is these embryos developed from a single egg which have led

Dr. Carpenter astray: he has seen a plank of safety for his ideas

of unity, and it is for this reason that he has made his creatures

devour everything which might alter the law which he believes

to be the foundation of all development. Thus, as soon as the

embryos previously mentioned were formed, they would pro-

ceed to unite themselves with the conglomerated eggs to seek

their nourishment : for this reason they would be furnished with

a mouth and an cesophagus. Dr. Carpenter has given us the

figure of such a mouth and cesophagus, both beset with cilia ;

and then, by the agency of this mouth they would attach them-

selves to the conglomerate. Here, however, is his greatest error ;

for what he gives us as the mouth and cesophagus is the foot in

its different stages of development.

This occurs in the following way. The foot, in its first de-

velopment, projects and slightly passes the rest of the common

440 Messrs. Koren and Danielssen on the

mass, and acquires a rolled-up form, for its margins are curved

inwards towards the plane. When we examine it superficially

in this state, we find that it has some resemblance to a canal.

But on observing it attentively, we soon recover the right road.

In following the development of the foot, we see changes of

form and structure, as well as the auditory organs at its base.

If the English physiologist had done this, he would have been

convinced that at first there was no mouth or cesophagus, and

that therefore there could be no question of devouring the con-

glomerated eggs. But he would also have been able to ascertain

that a group of eggs in different stages of segmentation is sur-

rounded by a membrane, and that organization commences

subsequently. It is curious, however, that Dr. Carpenter did

not inquire what became of the foot of his embryos, as he is

perfectly aware that this organ makes its appearance very early

in the Mollusca, while he only speaks of the foot when it is com-

pletely developed, both as regards form and structure. But he

observed a mouth and cesophagus, and full of the idea of the

formation of these organs, he completely forgot the foot, which,

however, is of considerable importance in the Mollusca..

In spite of all this, Dr. Carpenter would perhaps have avoided

these errors if he had employed an intense hght from above, for

he would then have seen how the eggs in different states of

segmentation were placed in layers, like a heap of balls, im the

interior of the membrane, of which we have already spoken

sufficiently (Pl. XVII. fig. 2). If he had crushed an embryo

of this kind, he would also have been convinced that the entire

eges were placed one upon the other, as they occur in the con-

glomerate before the envelopes of the embryos are formed.

With an ordinary light, he would have observed in a mass of

embryos, towards the inner surface of the membrane, entire

eggs, which allowed their spheres of segmentation to be seen

distinctly. But this could not be the case if Dr. Carpenter

was right, as he does not beheve that these little creatures

swallowed entire eggs; this, however, has also escaped him.

When he states that he has seen how the embryos eat and

swallow the vitelline mass, this is an illusion, for it sometimes

happens that some vitelline segments attach themselves to the

foot itself, long after the embryo has detached itself from the

conglomerate; but, far from swallowing them, it endeavours

with all its power to get rid of them, in which it most frequently

succeeds.

Dr. Carpenter also indicates that we have deceived ourselves

with regard to the development of the heart, and states that we

have taken the contractile vesicle (kidney) for the heart. He

asserts that the latter is not formed until after the contractile

Development of the Pectinibranchiata. 4A

vesicle, and that it occurs deeper in the branchial cavity. This

is also an error on the part of Dr. Carpenter ; it is himself, again,

that is deceived ; and we can affirm this without fear, as by our

frequently- repeated observations we have confirmed our first im-

pressions. And when, in conclusion, Dr. Carpenter asserts that

we have also made several mistakes in the ulterior development,

we are led to believe, from all that we have just explained, that

Dr. Carpenter has no right to reproach us therewith. But before

concluding these remarks, we should state that our observations

on Buccinum undatum and Purpura lapillus no longer stand

alone; for, without taking into account that M. Leuckart has

made different observations equivalent to ours in the article

“Zeugung,” in ‘Wagner’s Handworterbuch der Physiologie,’

M. Lindstrém has shown, in the ‘ Ofversigt af Konglige Veten-

skabs-Akademiens Forhandlingar 1855,’ that the embryo of Ne-

ritina fluviatilis, Linn., is developed in a similar manner to that

of Buccinum undatum and Purpura lapillus. The egg-capsules

contain 80-40 eggs, from which only a single individual is de-

veloped.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVI. anv XVIE.

[The figures here given are only a selection from those of the authors. |

Puate XVI. Magnified about 150 diameters.

Fig. 1. Grouped eggs and newly-formed embryos of Buccinum undatum, the

greater part of which are already furnished with rotatory organs,

foot, auditory organs, salivary glands, and heart: a, the mass

exuded from the eggs; 5, the softened chorion; c & d, mem-

brane surrounding the eggs; e, an embryo formed by a single egg.

Fig. 2. An embryo seen from the ventral surface : a, membranous shell ;

b, mantle; c, eggs; d, heart; e, rotatory organs; f, foot; g, au-

ditory organs; A, salivary glands; 7, pharynx; &, cesophagus ;

/, stomach; m, brancbiz.

Fig. 3. Anembryo seen from the side: a, shell; 6, eggs; c, foot; d, rota-

tory organs; e, tentacles with eyes; f, heart; g, the large

cerebral ganglia; 4, the small cerebral ganglia; 7, commissures

of the pedal gangha; k, auditory organs; /, commissures of the

branchial ganglion; m, branchial ganglion; n, nerves of the

intestines; 0, pedal gangha; p, salivary gland; gq, branchia;

r, retractor muscle; s, stomach; ¢, intestine; uw, liver, and above

this the contractile vesicle (kidney).

Fig. 4. An embryo seen from the side: a, shell; 5, siphon; c, foot;

d, operculum ; e, tentacles.

PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Nervous system of an embryo, somewhat compressed, magnified

about 200 diameters: a, the two large cerebral ganglia; 5, the

two small cerebral ganglia; c, the two large pedal ganglia;

4.42 On the Development of the Pectinibranchiata.

d, branchial ganglion; e, intestinal ganglion; f, the two small

pedal ganglia; g, commissures of the small cerebral ganglia

to the pedal ganglia; 4, commissures of the large cerebral gan-

glia to the branchial ganglion; 7, commissures of the large pedal

ganglia to the branchial ganglion; k, auditory nerves; J, optic

nerves; m, nerves (commissures) of the large pedal ganglia to

the small pedal ganglia; , nerves which arise from the large

pedal ganglia, and ramify; 0, nerves of the small pedal ganglia,

which also ramify; p, nerve of the intestinal ganglion; g, nerve

of the heart ; 7, nerves of the intestines.

Magnified about 150 diameters.

Fig. 2. Anembryo of Purpura lapillus recently detached from the common

mass of eggs: a, conglomerated eggs; b, membrane furnished

with cilia; ce, the commencement of the rotatory organs, furnished

with cirrhi.

Fig. 3. An embryo seen from the back : a, b,c, as in the preceding figure ;

d, the foot further developed and furnished with cilia.

Fig. 4. An embryo seen from the back: a, ¢ & d, as in the preceding ;

b, the shell; e, salivary glands; f, tentacles; g, eyes; h, heart ;

z, mantle.

The following Figures are magnified about 200 diameters.

Fig. 5. Anege of Buccinum undatum in which the vitellus has divided imto

numerous spheres of segmentation: a, membrane; 6, spheres of

segmentation.

Fig. 6. An embryo formed by a single egg, of which the vitellus has

divided into two spheres of segmentation: a, exuded mass ;

b, two spheres of segmentation.

Fig. 7. An embryo also formed by a single egg, in which some organs are

already formed : a, membranous shell; 4, mantle; c, two spheres

of segmentation ; d, rotatory organs; e, foot.

Fig. 8. The embryo of one egg, seen from the ventral surface, and in the

centre of which four spheres of segmentation are seen: a, mem-

branous shell; 4, mantle; c, four spheres of segmentation ;

d, rotatory organ ; e, foot, with auditory organs.

Fig. 9. An embryo with eight equal spheres of segmentation: a, mem-

brane ; 6, spheres of segmentation.

‘ig. 10. The same embryo a little more advanced in development.

Figs. 11, 12. The same embryo, more advanced: a, shell; 5, mantle ;

ce, spheres of segmentation; d, rotatory organs; e, foot.

Fig. 13. An embryo seen from the ventral surface: a, membranous shell ;

b, mantle; c, spheres of segmentation; d, rotatory organs;

_ e, salivary glands; f, cesophagus; g, pharynx.

Fig. 14. An embryo seen from the back: a, 6, as in fig. 13; ¢, rotatory

organs; d, foot; e, salivary glands; f, stomach; g, pharynx.

Fig, 15. An embryo formed of three eggs, seen from the back: a, 5, as

in fig. 13; c¢, vitellme mass; d, e, as in fig. 13; f, foot;

g, pharynx.

Fig. 16. An embryo seen from the back: a—f, as in preceding; g, sto-

mach; h, cesophagus.

Fig. 17. An embryo formed by three eggs : a—g, as in fig. 16; h, pharynx ;

i, heart.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 448

XXXIV.—List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the

West Coast of Africa. By ANprew Murray, Edinburgh.

[Continued from page 326. ]

Addenda to Nycteis and Belonognatha.

Stvce my remarks on these genera were published (in the

April number of the Annals) I have received another species,

which confirms the view I there threw out that they should be

conjoined. The species now received has the elongate labrum

canaliculated at the apex of Belonognatha, and also has the man-

dibles longer and sharper than in Nycteis, although not quite so

prominent as in the other species of Belonognatha, while its form

is less tumid, and possesses the other characters of Nyeteis, ex-

cept that the apex of the elytra is rounded at its emargina-

tion instead of being toothed. This combination of characters

renders it, I think, impossible to keep the two genera separate ;

or, at all events, if we do so, we must alter the characters,—we

must retrench the elongate mandibles, as well as the form of

the labrum and of the apex of the elytra, from the characters.

There is, indeed, a trivial character which separates the species

(after abstraction of the above characters) into two groups,

nearly equivalent to Nycteis and Belonognatha, viz. that under

a powerful lens we see that one group has the elytra finely acicu-

lated or reticulated, something in the same way as the Calathi,

while the other has the elytra polished and shining, without

this aciculation, and generally appearing metallic when looked

at from in front, and dark-coloured when looked at from be-

hind. My arrangement of this genus would therefore stand

thus : viz.—

Nycretrs.

Kssential characters the same as in Coptodera, but without the

middle tooth to the mentum.

Subgenus 1. (Nycteis proper).

Elytra finely aciculated or reticulate, and body not very con-

vex. Under this head fall—

Coptodera flecuosa, Schmidt-Goebel, and probably all the

other Eastern Coptodere described by him. Coptodera bicincta,

Hope. Probably all the Caffrarian species described by Bohe-

man, Chaudow’s C. figurata, and possibly Klug’s Beleopterus

signatus, besides my species N. Championi, and the new species

(NV. intermedia), the description of which follows.

444. Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

Subgenus 2. (Belonognatha).

Elytra polished and shining, without aciculation or reticula-

tion. Body convex, and mandibles usually prominent and acute.

This subgenus contains the species I have already described

under the names of Belonognatha rugiceps, obesa, and quadri-

notata, besides, doubtless, Chaudoir’s species, B. pustulata, and

possibly Klug’s Beleopterus cyanipennis.

The characters of the new species lately received are as follow :

2. N. intermedia, mihi.

Valde affinis N. Championi, sed parum minor, labro magis elon-

gato et ad apicem canaliculato; mandibulis acutioribus ; tho-

race minus transverso et postice angustiore; elytris apice

emarginatis sed non dentatis, angulis posterioribus rotundatis,

cum maculis anticis grandioribus et maculis posticis minus

continuis.

Long. 3 lin., lat. 14 lin.

Has very much the appearance of N. Championi, but, on com-

parison, is readily distinguished by the characters mentioned in

the above diagnosis. The insect is smaller, and the coloration

is the same, only a little darker. The labrum is longer, and

narrowed towards the pomt, where it is canaliculated. The

mandibles are more slender, more acute, less rounded on the

exterior, and narrower at the base. The head is narrower, and

is marked by a number of minute longitudinal wrinkles. The

thorax is not so transverse and is narrower behind, and the re-

flexed margin is not quite so broad. The elytra are rounded at

the posterior angles instead of being toothed, and the testaceous

markings on them are slightly different; the anterior marking

is confined to the same striz, but is rather larger from the colour

running further on some of them; it runs up on the second and

third strize nearly as far as on the fourth, only sloping very

slightly towards the suture, while in N. Championi the fourth

goes a good deal beyond the third. The posterior markings »

are the same as in N. Championi, but are narrower, and conse-

quently appear almost interrupted where they advance at the

third stria and retreat at the fifth. They both have the elytra

very finely transversely aciculated, but the aciculations are finer

on intermedia than Championi, the power of lens which shows

them in the latter scarcely showing them in the former. In

other respects they correspond.

There is yet another species which I have no doubt belongs

to this section, and which I would name quadrimaculata ; but, as

Mr, A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar, 445

yet, I have only received a broken specimen, wanting both head

and thorax, and am therefore unable to describe it. It has two

large yellow patches on each elytron, the basal nearly round,

and the apical transversely oblong, both with very slight traces

of jagged edges.

Ozenide.

Gontotroris, Gray.

The species which follows certainly belongs to this genus,

although it differs im one or two unessential points from the

characters which have been given as generic by Gray. That

author gives the mandibles as pluridentate on the inner side,

and the anterior thighs as dentate on the under side, neither of

which is the case in my G. Wyliei; but, as in all other respects

it agrees with the diagnosis of Gonzotropis*, | do not propose to

make a new genus for it on account of them, but merely with-

draw the above specialties from the characters of the genus, and

thus widen it to receive the following species.

1. G. Wylet, mihi.

Castanea, nitida, levis; capite antice et postice levissime

punctato, vertice elevato, impunctato; mandibulis elongatis,

robustis, non dentatis; labro integro; thorace marginato,

angulis posticis fere rectis sine emarginatione ; elytris, capite

et thorace paulo longioribus, parallelis, cum carma marginali

interrupta et fortius plicata versus apicem; femoribus non

dentatis, tibiis anterioribus arcuatis, intus fortiter emarginatis,

Long. 5 lin., lat. 14 lin.

Colour uniform chestnut, shming, smooth ; head faintly, aci-

cularly, irregularly punctate in front, and still more sparingly

behind, with the vertex raised and impunctate ; clypeus solid

and smooth, outline in front very slightly concave; labrum

transverse, and almost as broad in front as behind, entiret,

a row of punctures, from which hairs proceed, extending along

* The reader will find the generic as well as the specific characters no-

ticed in the following description, so that he can satisfy himself that I have

not overlooked any of importance.

+ The labrum certainly cannot be called emarginate, although perhaps

the anterior angles may be said to be very slightly more advanced than the

centre of the anterior margin; still the line of margin is very nearly straight.

A similar slight inequality would perhaps explain how the figure published

by Gray of his G. Brasiliensis shows an emarginate labrum, while he makes

no mention of its emargination in the text, and would confirm the view

taken by Lacordaire, that the genus Ictinus of Castelnau (which has the

446 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

the front; mentum with a tooth in the middle; ligula short,

narrow, truncate ; paraglossze broad, truncate, adhermg to the

ligula throughout their length ; labial palpi short and robust, last

joint somewhat securiform ; maxillary palpi longer, last joint

subcylindric, depressed, and truncate; mandibles robust, elon-

gate, and rounded in front, a few scattered hairs along their ex-

terior, without teeth along the interior margin ; antennz about

as long as the head and thorax, flattened, gradually mereasing

in size to the end, the last joint more than twice as long as

the preceding; thorax as long as broad, cordiform, surrounded

with a border along the sides, flat anteriorly, but broader and

reflexed behind, ending in a fovea near the basal angles, which

are nearly right-angled; no emargimation in front of them; a

dorsal longitudinal line not reaching quite to the front, a semi-

circular line in front, and a transverse line a little before the

base, which is truncate and almost straight ; elytra elongate and

nearly parallel, with a reflexed margin or raised keel running

along the exterior sides to near the extremity, where it termi-

nates, and then another keel commences a little within it, with

a more prominent fold, which continues for a very short space,

and is then replaced by an ordinary raised margin, which dis-

appears near the apex ; an inner raised callosity or rounded ridge

commences near the above fold, and continues parallel to it and

the raised margin till near the apex, where it joins it, and both

cease. Under a powerful lens, the elytra are seen to be sparingly

and faintly punctate; one or two rows of deeper, distant

punctures (eight or nine in number) occur on the disk, and a

series of foveze runs along the marginal depressed space next the

raised margin. Under side and legs a little paler than upper

side, shining, bearing throughout a few scattered punctures,

and somewhat pubescent, more particularly the tibize and tarsi.

Anterior legs with thighs without teeth, but with a hollow space

on the under side; tibize strongly arched and very deeply emar-

ginate on the inside, the margin of the excised space very closely

fringed with pubescence, and the tooth behind the emargination

slightly incurved, with a few hairs projecting ; intermediate and

posterior legs simple ; coxee of the former adjoining each other ;

anterior pair more separated, and posterior pair widest apart ;

trochanters of the latter large and broad; tarsi of all the legs

short and robust ; claws simple.

I have named the above species of this rare and interesting

genus after Mr. Wylie, to whom | am indebted for this as well as

many other valuable species discovered and sent home by him.

labrum entire) is identical with the Goniotropis of Gray, notwithstanding

this apparent thongh trifling discordance in their characters.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 447

Morionidz.

Morto, Latr.

1. M. Guineensis, Imhoff, Verh. d. nat. Gesells. in Basel, vi. 166.

M. Senegalensis, De}. Cat.

Niger, nitidus, depressus ; prothorace lato, subcordato, angulis

anticis prominulis, posticis rectis, medio et utrinque intra

basin sat profunde canaliculato ; elytris prothoracis fere lati-

tudinis quam latis non duplo longioribus, parallelis, evidenter

striatis, mterstitiis subconvexis levibus ; pedibus ferrugineo-

fuscis.

Long. 83-6 lin., lat. 3-2 lin.

This species varies considerably in size, so much so as almost

to lead one to suppose that there are at least two species con-

founded in it, particularly as the larger individuals seem to the

eye broader in proportion than the smaller ones. Careful ex-

amination and measurement, however, show that this is a mere

ocular deception, the relative proportions being the same. It ap-

proaches very nearly to anthracinus, Bohem., and parallelus, Klug.

The relative proportions of this species are as follow :—Thorax

broader than long. Length of elytra rather more than twice

the length of thorax, and about 14 or 1? times the breadth of

the elytra. In my specimens from Senegal the elytra are rather

more elongate, being nearly twice as long as they are broad;

but as I can find no other difference, I have not considered it a

new species.

PiatynopeEs, Westw.

1. P. Westermanni, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1845, p. 278. vol. iv.

ply 2ipifie, A... Pl XU sige.

Niger, subnitidus ; capite magis nitido, antennarum articulis api-

calibus brunneis, superficie corporis levi; singulo elytrorum

striis 7 sumplicibus et gracillimis instructo, spatio inter striam

6 et 7 ad latera in carinam elevato, spatioque intra marginem

lateralem punctis parvis rotundatis impresso.

Long. 132 lin., lat. 4 lin.

The insect I have from Old Calabar seems to be the same

species that has been already described and figured by Mr. West-

wood (loc. cit.). I have only received a single specimen, and I

find one or two trifling discrepancies between it and the figure

given by Mr. Westwood, as well as a typical specimen of Wester-

448 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

manni in the magnificent collection of the Count Mnizseck in

Paris. These are the following :—The antenne in my specimen

are not quite so much thickened ; the anterior tarsi are less di-

lated; the scutellum is smaller, and the posterior angles of the

thorax are less salient. Some of these may be mere sexual di-

stinctions, and the remainder possibly accidental variations ; at

all events, none of them, according to my views, suffice to con-

stitute a new species.

Mr. Westwood, in his generic description of this insect, says

that the abdomen has only four segments. I would express this

differently. It may only have four separable segments, but the

segments are in reality five, the first two segments beg soldered

together, so that their line of separation is indistinct in the

middle; but it is quite distinct and well marked at the sides.

This appears to be the normal state of matters in the Morionide

and Scaritide. There is also a side-piece before the first seg-

ment, which may be viewed as part of another segment.

Srerrostoma, mihi (orepeos and oropua).

Caput parvum, parum convexum, quadratum, pone oculos sine

tumore et sine collo retractato. Labrum breve, transversum.

Mandibule robuste, subtus concavee et excavate, supra rotun-

datze, apice acute, intus sine dente. Maxille parve. Palpi

breves et robusti: articulus ultimus palporum externorum

ovato-cylindricus et truncatus; palporum labialium grandis,

crassus et late securiformis. Mentum breve, transversum,

profunde excavatum et fortiter emarginatum, cum dente me-

dio simplici et malis acutis, lateribus rotundatis, extus caput

valde alveato. Ligula curta et angusta, truncata. Paraglossze

nulle. Antenne breves, moniliformes, articulis apicalibus

velutinis, compressis et dilatatis versus apicem, cum spatio

sat lato levi et nitido singulis relicto et supra et subtus. Pro-

thorax subquadratus, parum subcordatus, capite multo latior,

postice quam antice parum angustior et longitudinaliter bi-

foveolatus; basi medio leviter transverse productus. Pro-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 449

sternum sat latum et prominens retro paulo projiciens, Scu-

tellum parvum. Elytra elongata, parallela, striata, sat con-

vexa, apice abrupte declivia et leviter emarginata haud trun-

cata. Pedes mediocres. Tibice antice dilatate, subtus exca-

vate, intus emarginate. Tarsi breves, transversi, fere monili-

formes, antici breviores ; in foemina, et supra et subtus nitidi

et politi, sine setis vel squamis, ciliis ad marginem anteriorem

singulorum adstrictis exceptis; in mari, antici setis longis

instructi, ceteris ut in foeemina*; unguiculi simplices. Corpus

elongatum, parallelum et parum convexum. Abdomen seg-

mentis quinque, quorum primum et secundum conglutinata

sunt.

1. St. Whitet, mihi. Pl. XIII. fig. 6.

Nigrum, politum, nitidum; capite foveis quatuor fronte impressis,

quadrangulariter positis, et lmeis impunctatis tribus lateribus

junctis; thorace elytris angustiore, postice longitudinaliter

bifoveolato et linea dorsali, postice profundiore impresso,

angulis posterioribus rectis, non productis; elytris striatis,

striis leviter pone, interstitiis impunctatis planis.

Long. 6 lin., lat. 24 lin.

Black, polished and shining. Antenne short, robust, com-

pressed and dilated towards the apex; first three joints smooth,

with one or two large punctures on the first and second, the

rest dull pubescent, with a broad, flat, polished line running up

the middle of the compressed sides, both above and below, till

near the end of the last joint ; some of the joints with one or

two punctures on the polished space. Head smooth and polished.

Mandibles above having some resemblance to the beak of a

hawk, and hollowed out below. Clypeus marked off from the

head by a straight impunctate line, which ends at each side ina

deep puncture or fovea, from which a shorter and fainter line

runs obliquely outwards and forwards to the exterior base of the

mandibles; from each of these two fovez an impunctate line

runs straight backwards and very slightly outwards, ending in an-

other deep elongate puncture or fovea on each side of the front

between the eyes, so that the marking on the front consists of

three lines forming three sides of a square, each corner being

marked by a deep puncture, the fourth or posterior side of the

square being open or without any line; besides these punctures,

there are two others on the inner edge of each eye, one at the

middle, which partly interrupts a longitudinal groove which

* I make this statement only from the examination of a male specimen

of St. Whitei and a female of St. solidum, these being all which have come

into my hands. But I have no doubt it is correct, as I find a similar dif-

ference in structure in the other Morionide.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 29

450 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

runs along the side of the eye and head, and the other behind,

where the groove terminates at the posterior inner angle of the

eye. There is no tumour behind the eye, but its posterior mar-

gin is slightly encroached on by the black chitinous substance

of the head, but without the contour of the eye being altered.

The head behind is smooth and rather convex. Thorax sub-

quadrate, with a slight tendency to be cordiform, impunctate,

shining, much wider than the head, narrower than the elytra,

emarginate, becoming narrower behind; anterior angles pro-

jecting and rounded; sides gently rounded and margined, the

margins extending round the anterior angles, and then gradu-

ally becoming wider and disappearing before the middle, the

base not margined; a channel runs along the sides inside the

margin, in which six or eight large impressions are placed widely

apart; the base is transversely produced in the middle, as in

Lebia; at the sides it is straight, and the posterior angles are

nearly right-angled. Dorsal stria faint and interrupted till to-

wards the base, where it becomes deeply impressed ; a very deep

fovea on each side of it nearer the sides, with a longitudinal im-

punctate groove in the bottom of the fovea. Prosternum with

a faint longitudinal depression, impunctate. Scutellum small

and impunctate. Elytra elongate, parallel, margined, punctate-

striate, the strie deepest towards the apex and margin, the punc-

tures in the striz small, and not very close to each other; the

striee are seven in number, and there is no abbreviated stria

near the scutellum. Interstices flat and impunctate, except the

marginal interstice, which is impressed with a row of large,

round, circular depressions, with a point in the centre. The

elytra are somewhat flat on the top, except near the sides and

apex, where they suddenly and rapidly descend ; the apex is not

truncate, but sinuate; the first and second striz joi together

at the apex, and the third and fifth or sixth enclose those

between them; under side polished, shining, impunctate, except

a row of four or five large punctures on each segment of the

abdomen. There are five segments, besides a side-piece in front

of them, but the first and second are soldered together, and the

separation between them is not to be seen except at the sides, so

that on a cursory view there only appear to be four segments.

Tibiz with spinous hairs on the exterior, strongest on the anterior

pair; posterior and middle tarsi longer than anterior.

I have dedicated this species to my friend Mr. Adam White,

of the British Museum, to whose extensive information and kind

assistance I have been on many occasions much indebted.

2. St. solidum, mihi.

Precedenti valde affinis sed grandior, latior et convexior; tho-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 451

race elytris vix angustiore, angulis posticis productis; elytris

striato-punctatis, interstitiis impunctatis convexis.

Long. 73 lin., lat. 3 lin.

Exceedingly close to the preceding species, but larger, broader,

and more convex; the posterior margin of the eye is more en-

croached on by the chitinous substance of the head than in the

last; the polished space in the middle of the flat sides of the

antenne is rather broader, and is entirely smooth and without

punctures. Thorax more convex, broader, and less narrowed

behind than in the preceding species, scarcely narrower than the

elytra, bisinuate in front, and with the posterior angles project-

ing backwards. There is a greater number of impressions in the

channel along the margin than in the last species. Prosternum

with several deep punctures arranged somewhat in a longitu-

dinal double row along its projecting part. Elytra punctate-

striate ; interstices impunctate and convex, the punctures and

impressions on the sides deeper and more distinct than in the last

species ; the stria next to the suture also is nearer it, which makes

the rest of the interstices look wider; the part of the elytra

beside the suture is more depressed than the rest. In other

respects the two species agree.

Buperss, mihi (Sods and dép7).

Caput parvum, quadratum, parum convexum, pone oculos sine

tumore, sed parte posteriore oculorum tegumento tecta, foveis

duabus sinuatis fronte longitudinaliter valde impressis. T.a-

brum transversum, antice quam postice latius, angulis anticis

projicientibus margineque antico emarginato et ciliato. Man-

dibulz robuste, extus rotundate supra carmate, apice acute

intus sine dente. Maxille acute. Palpi breves et mediocriter

robusti; articulus ultimus palporum externorum longus et cy-

lindricus, articulus penultimus triangularis basi pedunculatus ;

articulus ultimus palporum labialium elongato-ovatus. Men-

tum latum, leviter excavatum et profunde emarginatum, cum

29%

2 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

dente medio bifido et malis rotundatis. Ligula curta, trun-

cata, leviter emarginata, antice quam postice latior, carinata.

Paraglosse nulle. Antenne breves moniliformes, articu-

lis apicalibus velutinis compressis et dilatatis, cum spatio

sat lato levi et nitido singulis relicto et supra et subtus.

Prothorax subquadratus, anguste marginatus, capite multo

latior, antice quam postice parum angustior, lmea tenui

longitudinali media et lneis duabus posticis longitudinaliter

impressus, angulis anticis parum acutis, posticis fere rectis.

Prosternum sat prominens et paulo projiciens. Scutellum

mediocre. Elytra prothoracis fere latitudine, brevia, sat con-

vexa et sat fortiter marginata, striata, apice emarginata haud

truncata. Pedes mediocres. ‘Tibie antice dilatate, imtus

emarginate, subtus excavate. Tarsi breves transversi et mo-

niliformes, antici breviores ; in foemina et supra et subtus nitidi

et politi, sine setis vel squamis, ciliis ad marginem anteriorem

singulorum adstrictis exceptis; in mari antici squamis setis-

que instructi, ceteris ut in foemina. Unguiculi simplices.

Corpus haud elongatum, parum convexum. Abdomen seg-

mentis quinque, quorum primum et secundum conglutinata

sunt.

This genus is nearly allied to the preceding, but it differs in

its shorter, more compact, and convex shape, somewhat different

form of the thorax, and in its mentum having a bifid tooth in

the middle instead of a single tooth ; in the last joint of the labial

palpi being slender elongate-ovate instead of large, swollen and

securiform, and in the underside of the anterior tarsi in the

male being furnished with closely applied squamule instead of

long bristles.

Nigrum, politum, nitidum ; capite foveis

1. B. Oberti, mihi.

duabus sinuatis fronte longitudinaliter

impresso, singulis lineis duabus antice

conniventibus impressis; antennis brun-

neis ; thorace impunctato, lineis duabus

posticis angustis impresso ; elytris sep-

tem striis impunctatis impressis, postice

profundioribus, interstitiis convexis ;

pedibus brunneis.

Long. 5} lin., lat. 24 lin.

Black, polished, shining. Antennz ferruginous-brown, short,

robust, compressed and dilated towards the apex ; the first three

and greater part of the fourth joints polished, the rest dull

pubescent, with a flat, polished line running up the middle of

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar, = 453

the compressed sides, both above and below, nearly to the end of

the last joint. Head smooth and polished. Labrum with a row

of large punctures (from which spring hairs) in front. Mandibles

with a bisinuated keel, broadest in the middle, running along the

upper side. A narrow marginal ridge runs along each side of the

head until it reaches behind the eye. The two frontal impressions

are sinuate, each composed of two deep lines which meet in front

and extend in a sinuate manner backwards, diverging gradually

from each other; they are joined in front by a straight trans-

verse line: all these lines are impunctate. Head behind smooth

and convex. The thorax is subquadrate, and has somewhat th>

form (in miniature) of that of some species of Pasimachus (e. g.

P. sublevis, Beauv.) ; it is smooth, shining, and impunctate ;

the dorsal median line is faint, and reaches neither to the front

nor base ; the two foveated lines at the base are placed nearly mid-

way between the median line and the margin, but rather nearer

the middle; they are long, deep, well defined and narrow, and at

their base turn off towards the sides at a right angle, forming a

narrow ridge on the exterior portion of the base of the thorax,

which is wanting in the centre, and which continues along the

lateral margins round to and past the anterior angles, and a

considerable distance along the anterior margin, but fades away

before reaching its middle. A deep channel thus runs along

parallel and close to the margins of the thorax. The prosternum

is rather broad, and slightly produced and expanded behind.

Near the termination of the expansion there is a sort of double

depression, which leaves a narrow raised margin. Scutellum im-

punctate, scarcely reaching to the part of the elytra where the

strie commence. LElytra smooth, shining, and impunctate, with

seven deep impunctate striz besides the marginal stria; the striz

become deeper towards the apex; there is no abbreviated sutural

stria. The first two striz run alongside up to the apex ; the third

and fourth join together a short distance from the apex, and

their united line goes on for a short distance; the fifth and sixth

do the same; the seventh runs the whole length, becoming wider

towards the apex, where one or two circular punctures or fovez

ecur. The marginal stria has a number of these impressed on

it; it runs up to the apex, where it widens much, and is divided

by a raised line, which proceeds from the emargination near the

apex. The marginal ridge of the elytra is rather broad and pro-

minent. A faint stria runs along the under margin of the re-

flexed edge of the elytra; the interstices between the striz are

convex, but more so on the sides and towards the apex than at

the middle and base. The under side is smooth, polished, and

impunctate, except two minute punctures, one on each side of

454 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

the middle of each segment of the abdomen. The segments

also show depressions along the sides. The legs are ferruginous-

brown.

I have named this interesting species in honour of my es-

teemed correspondent, M. Obert, of the corps of Cadets, Paulow,

St. Petersburgh.

Ocuyrorvs, Schiddte.

Prof. Lacordaire disallows this genus, not considering it suffi-

ciently distinct from Scarites, the only differential characters

given being, that the second joint of the labial palpi is enlarged

on the inner side and prolonged at its anterior internal angle,

that the mandibles are toothed in their whole length, and that

the last joint of the tarsi is of the length of the preceding joints

united. The last of these characters is incorrect ; the last joint,

although long, not being so long as represented, and scarcely

longer than that in other species of Scarites. The second cha-

racter is wholly unimportant, even although it were not found

im other species of Scarites (which it is). But the’ first is of

more value: the first joint of the labial palpi is long, broad and

flat, prolonged inwards at its anterior angle, and strongly ciliated

on its inner side, so that it seems to be almost a second maxilla,

and no doubt serves the purpose of such. This seems a sufficiently

important character to justify us m retaming the genus as di-

stinct, the rather that the facies of the insect is somewhat different

from that of Scarites. Its thorax is narrowed in front more

than in any other species, and its form is deeper.

1. O. gigas, Schiddte in Kroyer Naturhist. Tidsk. ser. 2. i.

p- 350. tab. 4.

Grandis, niger, nitidus ; mandibulis fortiter dentatis, supra bi-

carinatis, capite longioribus; capite foveis duabus elongatis

postice convergentibus, fronte impresso, postice lateribus

sparsim punctato, vertice impunctato; thorace antice angus-

tato, marginato, linea punctorum ad marginem et pluribus ad

angulos anteriores impresso, margine exciso ante medium ;

elytris parallelis, substriatis, mterstitio secundo, quarto et

sexto sparsim et irregulariter, leviter sed distincte punctatis ;

crinibus ferrugineis sat longis ex punctis, tam capite quam

thorace et elytris orientibus; subtus minus nitidus; tarsis

robustis, articulo ultimo elongato.

Long. 24 lin., lat. 7 lin.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 455

Scarires, Fabr.

1st Division of Dej. Intermediate tibte with two prominent

external spines.

1. Scarites Hercules, mihi. Pl. XII. fig. 4.

Niger, subdepressus ; tibiis anticis tridentatis, postice haud den-

ticulatis ; mandibulis magnis, fere usque ad apicem dentatis,

thorace longioribus ; mento valde concavo, cum duabus foveis

profundis et rotundis in medio ad basin; thorace transverso,

duplo latiore quam longiore ; elytris elongatis, thorace triplo

longioribus, subquadratis, subparallelis, marginatis, pone me-

dium paulo dilatatis, carina basali, dente humerali, et carina

longitudinali ex humeris orienti paratis, subtiliter punctato-

striatis, ad basin et lateribus usque ad apicem papillosis.

Long. 23-20 lin., lat. 64-5} lin.

A fine large species. Black and shining. The head and

mandibles broad and massive, but varying in size. Mandibles

longer than the thorax, bicarinated on the exterior side, declive

at the tip, dentated interiorly almost to the tip, the teeth con-

sisting of one or two larger ones at the base, and three or four

smaller ones before them. Antenne black or piceous, the

basal joints rounded and shining, the rest flattened and pubes-

cent, with a broad polished line running along them both above

and below. Head smooth, with two deep longitudinal fover

turning away in front nearly at right angles towards the an-

tenn ; wrinkles more or less distinct radiate from these depres-

sions ; an irregular depression lies in the margin just behind the

Jabrum, which, as in the other species of this genus, is small

and transverse, rounded on the sides, and toothed in the centre ;

a very large and prominent projection behind the eye encroaches

on the posterior half of it; afew scattered, very faint punctures

and wrinkles may be seen about the vertex. Thorax transverse,

twice as broad as long (taking the measurement of the breadth at

the widest, and of the length at the middle), sloping gently from

the anterior angles to the fold or tooth on the margin, and rapidly

from thence to the base ; dorsal line distinct to the anterior mar-

ginal line, which is faint; space along that line marked with

short, faint, longitudinal lines or folds. Scutellum situated on

the peduncle, basal portion somewhat rugose ; prescutellar space

coarsely rugose, except in front and on the sides, where it is

smooth. LElytra elongate, a little more than three times the

length of the thorax, subparallel and subquadrate, margined,

the margin dilated a little behind the middle, faintly punctate-

striate, the base and margins covered with small papille; three

456 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

impressions on the third stria, the first about a third from the

base, the next rather more than a third from the apex, and the

last between this and the apex, but furthest from the latter... A

ridge runs from the base to the shoulder, and terminates in a pro-

minent tooth; it is not greatly curved, and just within the tooth a

ridge commences, running nearly parallel to the sides of the elytra,

but converging a little; it has a scarcely perceptible sinuation near

the base, and disappears before it reaches the apex. Traces of a

row of punctures inside this ridge are visible near the base, and

the stria next to it is the deepest. Under side shining; the back

part of the head below is irregularly and pretty closely punctate.

Mentum very concave ; middle part with a deep rounded hole

(about the size of a pin’s head) on each side of the middle ridge,

which forms the apex of the middle tooth ; a double line (connected

here and there) runs up the middle of the back part of the head,

terminating in front in two punctures; one puncture, or two

combined into one, lies immediately behind the posterior angles

of the mentum ; projection of prosternum smooth and rounded,

with traces of three faint lines behind, the two marginal ones

diverging outwards. In one specimen which I possess, this

projection is slightly depressed in the middle. One distinct

puncture on the posterior cox, also two punctures on each of

the segments of the abdomen, one on each side of the middle,

besides shallow depressions along the sides, and transverse

wrinkles more or less distinct ; the last segment has also an-

other puncture on the margin, a little exterior to the other two.

Anterior tibiz tridentate, without denticulations behind; under

side of the palmate portion with a number of papille or small

spines; middle tibie with a strong spine projecting externally

near the apex, a smaller one behind it, and a row of minute

papillz or spines further back.

2. 8. Ajax, mihi. Pl. XII. fig. 5.

Preecedenti affinis, sed minor ; niger, subdepressus ; tibiis anticis

tridentatis ; mandibulis bidentatis, thorace brevioribus ; tho-

race haud duplo latiore quam longiore; elytris elongatis, thorace

fere triplo longioribus, subquadratis, subparallelis, marginatis,

pone medium paulo dilatatis, subtiliter punctato-striatis, ca-

rina basali, dente humerali, et carina longitudinali ex humeris

orienti paratis, ad basin et lateribus usque ad apicem papil-

losis.

Long. 18 lin., lat. 52 lin.

Allied to the preceding, but smaller, and at once distin-

guishable by its shorter mandibles, which are not so long as the

‘thorax, and have only two tecth instead of six or seven; by the

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 457

thorax not being twice as broad as long, and the exterior margins

not sloping so much inwards towards the tooth on the sides of the

thorax, so that the thorax looks rather more quadrate. The ridge

running down the elytra from the shoulder has less appearance

of sinuation, though it is so slight in either, that it scarcely de-

serves to be spoken of. The impressions on the third stria seem

also different, the two posterior impressions being placed further

back; but, as they vary in different examples, and even on dif-

ferent elytra of the same individual, no value can be placed on

this character. In other respects the description of S. Hercules

will apply also to this. It is still more nearly allied to S. Feist-

hamelii, Laferté. It is, however, larger and more massive, the

strie on the elytra seem more defined and less punctate, and

the thorax is comparatively narrower, particularly in front, the

length of both being nearly the same (8 lin.), while the greatest

breadth in front of S. Feisthamelii is 43 lin., and in Ajax

54 ln.

It is possible that a larger series of specimens may show these

two to be the same species; but, until we obtain this, I have

preferred to keep them distinct.

3. S. Patroclus, mihi.

Niger, nitidus, elongatus, subcylindricus ; tibiis anticis triden-

tatis, postice quadridenticulatis, subtus transverse corrugatis ;

mandibulis thorace brevioribus, oblique corrugatis; mento

corrugato, carina media parato ; capite antice longitudinaliter

corrugato, fronte bifoveolato ; thorace parum convexo, sesqui

latiore quam longiore, lateribus antice fere parallelis, ad an-

gulos posticos leviter papilloso; elytris parallelis, parum con-

vexis, anguste marginatis, punctato-striatis, carina basali, vix

dente humerali paratis, et sine carina longitudinali, ad basin

et lateribus usque ad apicem papillosis; subtus prosterno

truncato.

Long. 15 lin., lat. 43 lin.

Black, shining, elongate, subcylindric. Mandibles not longer

than the thorax ; left mandible with one large subquadrate tooth,

right mandible with two; the upper side with two ridges or

keels on the exterior side, and the whole furrowed with strong,

oblique corrugations curving inwards. Labrum longitudinally

corrugated, with three projections or teeth, and a large, deep

puncture in the middle of the central projection. Head corru-

gated longitudinally in front, and with two longitudinal frontal

fovere, turning off transversely towards the exterior anterior

angle ; a ridge or projection in front of the eye, and a very slight

swelling behind the eye encroaching on part of it. Mentum

458 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

corrugated and papillose, a central keel with a longitudinal fovea

on each side of it running up the middle of the median tooth.

Antenne as in the other species, but rather more slender in

proportion, fuscous. Thorax subquadrate ; sides subparallel, only

sloping very slightly in, till they reach the marginal tooth (which

is scarcely one-fourth from the base), when they turn in directly

to the base. In the posterior angles there are a number of

faint papill; there is a margin all round the thorax continued

in front, where it is widest; the dorsal line, which is distinct,

reaches this margin, but does not at all enter on it. Scu-

tellum on peduncle, smooth; prescutellar space rugose in the

middle, smooth all round. Elytra nearly parallel, subconvex,

punctate-striate, interstices Impunctate; a narrow margin sur-

rounds the elytra, next to which, both at the base and all round,

there is a space covered by papill; a row of impressions runs

up the middle of these papille; the margin at the base takes

the shape of a keel, ending in a small tooth at the shoulder.

There is no longitudinal keel starting from this and running up

the elytra. There is no appearance of larger impressions upon

the striz. There is some appearance of the papille spreading

themselves in a very faint form near the apex. The under side

is not so smooth as the upper. The segments of the abdomen are

very finely granulated. The prosternum and mesosternum have

a number of minute, scattered papillz on their sides, and the

back part of the under side of the head is shghtly rugose or

granular. Two distinct punctures occur, one on each side of

the middle of the abdominal segments, the last segment having

another puncture on the exterior margin ; the first and second

segments are soldered together, and appear as one. The ante-

rior tibize are tridentate, with four smaller distinct teeth behind

them. The inferior surface of the palmated space is transversely

corrugated. The middle tibiz have two larger teeth projecting

near the apex, and a number of minute denticulations behind

them.

2nd Division. Intermediate tibiae with only one prominent pro-

jecting spine.

4, S. rotundicollis, mihi.

Niger, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineo-brunneis ; tibus

anticis tridentatis, postice unidenticulatis; capite fronte bi-

foveolato et antice bipunctato; thorace angulis posticis ro-

tundatis, et intra eos leviter papilloso ; elytris curtis, obovatis,

striatis, punctis tribus impressis.

Long. 7} lin., lat. 23 lin.

Black, with the antennee and legs ferruginous brown. Man-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 459

dibles with two longitudinal carine, and several smaller carinz

within them sloping obliquely inwards. Labrum tridentate ;

front of head with a tooth projecting on each side of labrum,

and one or two longitudinal grooves beside these teeth; two

longitudinal fovez on each side of the front at equal distances

between the eyes, deepest in front; and on each side, a little

on the exterior and in front of their termination, is a round,

flat-bottomed puncture with a depression in its centre, and a

faint line leading from this towards the anterior corner of the

head; the eyes with a very slight, scarcely observable tumour

behind and below them. Mentum longitudinally rugose, two

elongate fovez in the middle, the space between which forms a

ridge, which becomes the point of the middle tooth. Thorax

somewhat quadrate, with the posterior angles rounded behind

from the tooth on the margin, and alongside and within them a

few small papille gathered together; margined both on the sides

(which are slightly rounded) and behind, but not in front ; dorsal

line faint, not reaching to the front. Scutellum situate on the

peduncle, transverse, smooth, with a ridge across; prescutellar

space rugose. Elytra short and obovate, except at the base, which is

truncate ; deeply and broadly striate, particularly on the sides and

apex, where the striz are almost as broad as the interstices; the

strize impunctate ; interstices impunctate and convex, particularly

so where the striz are deepest ; three impressions on the third

interstice (counting the sutural space as an interstice), the first

more than half-way from the base, the second about a fourth from

the apex, and the third on the point where the third and fifth

interstices combine together shortly before reaching the apex. A

few very minute papille at the base degenerate into a slightly

rugose surface along the margin, and a row of punctures occurs

on the marginal space and at the base ; the margin distinct and

equal all round, not being expanded ; the humeral tooth distinct.

Under side polished and shining; division of head behind men-

tum marked; punctures on segments of abdomen same as in

preceding species ; anterior tibize furnished with two long teeth,

one short one behind, and a small one behind it,—so that the

may be said either to be bidentate and bidenticulate behind, or

tridentate and unidenticulate behind, it being doubtful whether

the third tooth should go with the large teeth or the small one ;

intermediate tibize with one prominent projecting tooth, and a

number of smaller and decreasing ones ; posterior tibize without

teeth.

5. S. Clivinoides, mihi.

Niger, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque nigro-piceis ; tibiis anticis

tridentatis, postice unidenticulatis ; capite fronte bifoveolato,

foveis longitudinaliter rugosis, postice una et altera parte ru-

460 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

goso et punctato, vertice levi; thorace lateribus fere parallelis ;

elytris parallelis, longitudine dimidii corporis, striato-punctatis,

ad basin forte et lateribus leviter papilloso-rugosis, striis apice

paulo leevioribus.

Long. 63-55 lin., lat. 13 lin.

Small; black, shining. Antenne and legs nigro-piceous.

Mandibles moderate, shorter than head, bicarinate, with oblique

wrinkles or subearinz within the interior ridges. Labrum with

a slight rounded projection on each side and in the middle, and

a puncture in each. Head quadridentate in front, the two outer

teeth longest ; two deep longitudinal foveze on each side of front,

exactly behind margins of labrum. The fovez are longitudinally

rugose; from each a sinuate furrow runs backwards and out-

wards, and two or three others on each side start off from it or

near it about the middle, faintly at first, but becoming wider

and deeper as they go backwards, and stopping about the same

distance from the front as the back part of the eye does; where

they stop there are some smaller lines or furrows, and two or

three irregularly-shaped punctures, which extend faintly across

the head, except at the middle, which is smooth, as 1s also

the space behind. The eyes are rather flat, and are somewhat

encroached on behind by the integument, but there is no swell-

ing behind them. Thorax rather broader than long, impunc-

tate; sides nearly parallel, narrowly margined ; angles rounded ;

tooth or fold on the sides very small; dorsal line distinct,

reaching from base to anterior marginal line, and very faintly

beyond it; the anterior marginal line is deep, and shows

marks of punctuation, particularly on the anterior side; the

space in front of this line is comparatively narrow. Pre-

scutellar space rugose in the middle, and scutellum more finely

so. Elytra of the length of the half of the body, with sides

parallel, punctate-striate, papilloso-rugose on the inflexed por-

tion of the base, and very faintly so with a series of punc-

tures on the space within the margin, which is strongly raised.

Viewed in profile, the margin takes a sudden descent from

the humeral tooth, for about a fourth part of the length of

the elytra, where it forms an angle and follows the lme of the

elytra; the strie are fainter at the apex, the terminal portions

of some of them being obliterated; the third and fourth striz

join together about one-fourth of the length of the elytra from the

apex. Under side impunctate, except the posterior part of the

head, which is faintly punctate, and the usual row of punctures

on each side of the middle of the abdominal segments ; mentum

obliquely rugose ; anterior tibiz tridentate, with a small tooth

or tubercle behind them; thighs of middle legs with a row of

punctures along the under side.

Mr. A. Adams on two new species of Heteropodvus Mollusca. 461

Cuivina, Lat.

1. C. grandis, De}. ui. 478.

Nigra; thorace quadrato ; elytris elongatis, parallelis, punctato-

striatis, punctis quatuor impressis, margine tenui, macula

postica, antennis pedibusque rufis.

Long. 54 lin., lat. 12 lin,

[To be continued. ]

er ee a Pe

XXXV.—Descriptions of two new species of Heteropodous

Mollusca. By Arruur Apvams, Surgeon R.N.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, South Atlantic, off Cape Frio.

Since writing my last note on the Equator, two species of

Sinusigera of D’Orbigny, or Cheletropis of Forbes, have occurred

to us among the contents of the towing-net, and both different

from S. Huzleyi, Forbes. One is of a dark reddish-brown

colour, with an elevated spire, and keeled on the last whorl ; the

other is of a delicate pink or flesh-colour, and is much more

globose ; both species are finely reticulated. The dark species

I presume to be that originally described by D’Orbigny, S. can-

cellata ; the other species I have dedicated to that eminent na-

turalist and accurate observer. The animal, so well figured and

described by Mr. Macdonald of the “ Herald,” is by no means

shy, and appears to employ the cephalic arms for reptation,

crawling head downwards somewhat in the manner of an Octo-

pus; they also answer the purpose of tentacular arms for the

capture and retention of the minute crustaceans on which they

prey. The genus Sinusigera belongs to the family Macgilli-

vrayide, established by my brother and myself in our ‘Genera

of Mollusca,’ which appears, however, to differ sufficiently from

the other Heteropods to stand by itself as an independent sub-

order, which might be called Brachiocephala. The new species

may be thus characterized :—

Stnusigera D’ Orbignyi, A. Adams.

S. testa turbinata, subglobosa ; spira obtusa, carneola, vertice luteola,

pulcherrime reticulata; anfractu ultimo ventricoso, ecarinato.

Apertura semiovali ; labro margine vix incrassato, lobis duobus

instructo, lobo antico simplici et obtusim acuminato, postico cana-

liculato et ad apicem truncato.

Hab. in Oceano Atlantico Australi.

Shell turbinate, subglobose, with an obtuse spire, flesh-co-

462 Mr. A. Adams on two new species of Heteropodous Mollusca.

loured, with the apical whorls yellowish; last whorl ventricose

and ecarinate, the surface finely reticulated. Aperture semi-ovate;

the outer lip slightly thickened and furnished with two lobes,

the anterior one simple and obtusely pointed; the posterior

folded in at the sides for the siphon, and truncate at the end.

Many of the genera of Pteropods, both those with shells and

those with naked bodies, have been taken and recognized by me.

The species of Spirialis also sometimes abound. The figures

both of D’Orbigny and of Eydoux and Souleyet are very good ;

others are bad, and fail to give any idea of these forms when

living; but a ship, unfortunately, is a bad place either for draw-

ings or for peaceful study.

Rio de Janeiro, 4th Feb. 1857.

Since my last brief communication I have been fortunate

enough to detect a second new species of Macgillivrayia from

the Atlantic Ocean, which differs from my M. echinata in the

absence of spines round the last whorl, and in the colour, form,

and simple aperture, which is not armed at the fore part; from the

other species of the genus it may be readily known by the upper

whorls being crowned with seta. It may be thus characterized :

Macgillivrayia setigera, A. Adams.

M. testa subglobosa, cornea, semiopaca; anfractibus quatuor, ultimo

amplo, levi, inermi, penultimo in medio angulato, serie setarum co-

ronato et longitudinaliter delicatim costulato; nucleo subviolaceo.

Apertura ovali, antice simplici, rotundato.

Hab. in Oceano Atlantico Australi.

Shell subglobose, horny, semiopake; whorls four, the last

large, smooth; the penultimate angulated in the middle, and

furnished with a series of bristles directed nearly upwards, very

finely longitudinally costellated ; the nucleus violaceous. Aper-

ture wide, simple anteriorly.

Numerous interesting forms of pelagian Crustacea have been

captured during our delightful passage from Madeira to Rio,

among which was a specimen of the Rhabdosoma armatum of

Adams and White, two species of Oxycephalus of Milne-Edwards,

Squillerichthys, Oplophorus, Megalopa, Zoéa, and many others.

The Glaucus was taken in some numbers; it has the means

of distending its body with vesicles of air disposed along the

front part of the back, to enable it to float the better. When

becoming languid, it protrudes a long, pale, dilated proboscis :

On the Permian System of Durham and Northumberland. 463

the gills are easily shed. The Triptera columella, when first

taken, swims vigorously about, and protrudes a proboscis which

curves downwards, which it frequently rapidly retracts into

the interior of the body and as rapidly exserts again. The

greater majority of small oceanic Crustaceans, like a large num-

ber of other animals which inhabit the high seas, are of a deep

blue colour, which, however, changes to a bright red when the

animals are placed in spirit.

I remain, Gentlemen,

Your obedient Servant,

ARTHUR ADAMS.

XXX VI.— Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham

and Northumberland. By Ricuarp Howss, South Shields.

(Concluded from p. 312.]

GASTEROPODA.

33. Cuiton Lorrustanus, King.—The general form of this

Chiton, and the size it attained, are at present unknown, for

the plates have never been found articulated together. It may,

perhaps, be inferred, from the size of the plates that have oc-

curred, that it was rather a small species than otherwise.

The marginal outline of the first and last plates is semicir-

cular, that of the second unguiform. The third plate, supposed

by the author of the ‘Perm. Mon.’ to be the second, is some-

what triangular; the fourth is slightly fureated; and the other

three, assuming it had eight altogether, are oblong or strap-

shaped in marginal outline. The second, third and fourth

plates are broad and very oblique; the fifth, sixth and seventh,

narrow and transverse. The posterior plate, which is nct ‘ ca-

puliform,’ but half-limpet-shaped, has its apex or mucro produced

to a fine point. Seen in profile, all the plates, excepting the

first or head-plate, are curved towards the posterior margin,

considerably elevated along the dorsal line, and pressed down

steeply on each side towards the lateral margin. The lateral

areas of the intermediate valves, excepting the second, are large

and distinctly defined. Occasionally a small sulcation or furrow

may be seen on each side of the dorsal ridge, but this seems to

be rather an accidental than a specific character. The entire

surface of all the plates is minutely granulated or shagreened,

and the strie of growth are very distinct on the dorsal as well

as on the lateral areas. The interior of the valves is minutely

pitted or granulated. The apophyses or processes of attach-

464: Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

5 e

ment of the mantle are large, nearly semicircular, and, as

they are confined to the lower half of the dorsal area on each

side, they are consequently very widely separated. It, perhaps,

may be inferred, from the disparity in the shape and size of

the plates, that this Chiton was much narrower in front than

behind.

This Chiton is neither exactly described nor correctly figured

in the ‘ Perm. Monograph,’ for if the ‘“ diagnosis” given by Mr.

King be correct, several species might be made from the valves

that are found at Tunstall.

Peculiar to the shell-limestone of the North of England, in

which, though not plentiful, it is very generally distributed.

34, CaLtypTR&#A ANTIQUA, Howse. PI. IV. figs. 16, 17.—In

1847 I found a single imperfect specimen of a patelliform shell

at Tunstall Hill, which was described thus in the Tyneside Cata-

logue :—

“ Shell small, patelliform, strongly ribbed longitudinally ; mar-

gin crenulated ; two deep furrows internally from the apex to the

margin, corresponding with two strong ribs on the outer surface.”

The only specimen found was not quite perfect round the

margin, and the whole shell had the appearance of being irregu-

larly grown. It was thought, however, desirable to include it

in the Permian list, and to affix an epithet to it, for the sake of

reference. Mr. King, not being acquainted with it, and conse-

quently considering it a ‘‘doubtful species,” placed it in the

Appendix to the ‘ Permian Monograph’ (p. 247), in which posi-

tion it has been overlooked by Baron Schauroth, who has been

so fortunate, by the discovery of a specimen (Patelia Hollebeni)

from the lowest bed of the Zechstein at Ilmenau, as to be able

to confirm the certainty of its existence in the Permian system.

As Baron Schauroth’s specimen was more perfect than the one

described above, it seems advisable to extract a portion of his

description, which, so far as it can be compared, agrees with

the present species :—

“The first, and at present the only known Patella of the Per-

mian system has an elliptical (marginal) outline, which is slightly

narrower in that part of the shell im which the elevated apex

occurs, so that it is rather oval. The apex is situated in a third

part of the length of the shell, and its height bears a proportion

of one-third to the whole length of the shell. The surface is

covered with fine, crowded, concentric, raised lines, which dis-

appear almost entirely at the apex. The latter are crossed by

gradually enlarging, radiating limes from the apex, so that the

whole of the surface is cancellated or cut up into wire-work

markings.”

The only known English example is from the shell-limestone

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 465

of Tunstall, and the German specimen was obtained from the

under layer of the Zechstein of Ilmenau.

35. Hutima symMerrica, King.—In the “ diagnosis” given

by Mr. King, the general form of this shell is incorrectly stated

to be “fusiform.” There is no fusiform shell in the Permian

system that I am acquainted with, and Mr. King’s own figures

do not represent it as such. More correctly, the general form

is subulate, as the front portion of the mouth is much the

broadest part of it. The surface appears to be smooth. The

spire is produced to a fine point, and the very oblique suture is

closely pressed in, and is not folded over, as in those shells which

are generally referred to the vague genus Macrocheilus. Some

specimens show broad bands of colour arranged as on some of

the recent Eulime.

The meagre description of this good species, and the unsatis-

factory figures of the ‘Perm. Mon., have led Baron Schauroth to

suppose that it may belong to one of the following species; but

the general form of the shell is too characteristic to allow of this

conclusion being permanently entertained. It attains sometimes

to more than an inch in length.

In the shell-limestone of Tunstall, not very common; also in

the same deposit at Humbleton and Silksworth. It does not

appear to have been found yet in Germany.

36. Cuemnirzia Roxssturt, Geinitz.—In the Tyneside Cata-

logue I gave the first account of a fragment of a plicated shell

which evidently belongs to the above, in the followmg words :

“ CuEMNitzia.—We procured a fragment of a small shell

from Tunstall Hill, which possesses more of the characters of

this genus than of any other we are acquainted with. It has a

few gradually-increased whorls, which are very convex and deeply

fluted. The suture is deep, and the pillar.straight. This may be

the shell included in the tabular list of the ‘Geology of Russia’

as Loxonema rugifera. It cannot, however, be referred to that

species, nor to the genus Lowonema, as the suture is deep, and

not pressed against the former whorl, as in that genus. It is

also destitute of striz.”” In King’s ‘Cat. Org. Remains of Per-

mian Rocks,’ published two days after the above, I find no shell

described that can be identified with the C. Roesslert.

In the ‘ Perm. Mon.,’ however, the Chemnitzia noticed above

is affixed to a long train of names of Loxonema rugifera, and a

new specific name, as it is called, is very quietly appended,

and a “diagnosis” substituted, which would apply to a great

number of species; and, in the remarks, an admission is made

that ‘imperfect specimens, about an inch in length, of a species

resembling Loxonema rugifera, Phillips, have twice occurred

to me; but through some accident, they have been mislaid.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 30

466 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

Now, unless these “ missing specimens” have since been found,

there does not exist a type-specimen of Loxonema Swedenborgi-

ana, King, according to this author’s own statement ; and why

then should paleontology, grievously overburdened already, be

pestered with another unauthenticated name ?

As Mr. King’s “ diagnosis” and remarks do not apply to my

shell, I prefer adopting the one proposed by Dr. Geinitz, espe-

cially as the same shell has been further mentioned and figured

by Baron Schauroth (Zeitschr. d. deutschen Gesellschaft Jahrg.

1854, s. 558. taf. 21. fig. 9). But, in his last work, Baron

Schauroth has given a preference to King’s name without assign-

ing any reason for the change, and he also seems inclined to

think that it is only a variety of the following species.

It is more turreted than the C. Altenburgensis, and the pli-

cations do not appear to be accidental, but permanent and of

specific value. Specimens that have occurred are about half an

inch in length.

Collected in the shell-limestone of Tunstall and Humbleton

by Mr. Kirkby and myself, and in Germany it is mentioned by

Dr. Geinitz and Baron Schauroth.

37. CHEMNITZIA ALTENBURGENSIS, Geinitz, sp. Pl. IV.fig.18.

It seems to be necessary to trace the history of the discovery

of this little shell, which has been described within the last ten

years under five or six different names, in order to establish the

epithet adopted above for this species.

It is, I believe, first mentioned, in the following words, in

Prof. Sedgwick’s paper on the “ Magnesian Limestone, &c. of

the North of England,” Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. vol. i. p. 118 :—

“To this list may be added (five errat.) a species of Melanie?

less than half an inch long, with eight whorls ; Hawthorne Hive.

(MS. Catalogue by Mr. J. Phillips.)” No specific name is ap-

plied to it.

The next mention of it (unless the Murchisonia subangulata,

Vern., be the same shell), and the first accompanied with a short

description, figure, and specific name, is by Dr. Geinitz in the

‘ Verstemerungen des deutsch. Zechsteingebirges,’ p. 7. tab. 3.

figs. 9, 10. The short description is in the following words :-—

Turbonilla Altenburgensis, ‘a little tower-shaped snail, with

six or more rounded, smooth whorls,” &c.

Next, in the Tyneside Catalogue, p. 240, it is thus charac-

terized :—

‘TURRITELLA Puiturpsit, n.s. Shell elongated, narrow,

slightly tapering, turreted ; spire with 12 or more rounded whorls,

which are rather convex and slightly flattened behind ; suture deep ;

pillar-lip slightly angulated in front ; aperture suborbicular.” And

“TT, Tunstatuensis. Shell elongated conical; spire with 8

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 167

whorls, which are much rvunded, smooth; suture deep ; aperture

orbicular.”

Notwithstanding the differences pointed out, after examining

a large series of specimens, I am now of opinion that the latter

shell is only a variety of the former.

The next two notices of this shell are by Mr. King, ‘ Cat. Org.

Remains,’ &c. p. 13, and ‘ Perm. Mon.’ pp. 209, 210. In both

these works it has the following “ diagnosis” :—

“ LOXONEMA FASCIATA, n.sp. A subulate, many-whorled,

smooth species, with two or more dark-spiral bands, crossed by

others, on a light ground ; its outer lip is inversely sigmoid.”

If this “ diagnosis” had not been accompanied with a figure,

I could not have identified it with the preceding shells; but the

figure in ‘ Perm. Foss.’ tab. 16. f. 30, establishes its relationship

to them without doubt, and at the same time it shows that

Mr. King’s “diagnosis” of the species is incorrect. The general

form is not “ subulate,” but turreted, or tower-shaped, as Geinitz

expresses it. The terms “dark-spiral” and “ inversely sigmoid”

are not very intelligible. f

In ¢ Perm. Mon.’ Mr. King places both the Turvitelle described

in the Tyneside Catalogue with his L. fasciata. This would not

have surprised me in the least, had he not immediately after-

wards (Perm. Mon. p. 210) redescribed the Turritella Phillipsii

under a new specific name, Loxonema Geinitziana. That the

shells described under both these names are identical, cannot be

denied by any one able to admit the truth; and it is certainly

much to be regretted that such an oversight as this and many

others pointed out in this paper disfigure the fair pages of the

‘Permian Monograph.’

In the ‘Journal of the Dublin Geol. Soc. April 1856, Mr.

King mentions, under the name Rissoa? Altenburgensis, Gein.,

the occurrence of this little shell in the Permian rocks of Ire-

land.

Lastly, in Germany, Baron Schauroth, in his last contribution

on Permian Fossils (Zeitschr. d. deutschen geologischen Ge-

sellschaft Jahrg. 1856, s. 241,242), adopts for this species King’s

inappropriate epithet Geznitziana, and unites with it the L. fas-

ciata, King, and the Turbonilla Altenburgensis, Geinitz. In the

same paper the Loxonema Geinitziana, King, is redescribed

under the new name Rissoa gracilis. I have been favoured by

Baron Schauroth with some carefully-made clay-casts of these

shells, and I think they are perfectly identical with those from

the English Permians.

All the shells enumerated above are, I believe, referable to

one species; and the name given to it by Geinitz originally

ought to be adopted for it at present.

30*

468 Mr. RK. Howse on the Permian System of the

In addition to the characters given above under Turritella

Phillipsti, it may be stated that in very many specimens the

whorls are very much flattened or bevelled, both above and be-

low, causing a deep suture, and the middle part of the whorls

to appear as if doubly keeled. In some few specimens, indeed,

there are indications of obsolete spiral strie, and Mr. Kirkby

has collected one specimen in which the last two whorls have

several very strong spiral striz, though the other whorls have

the smooth normal appearance only. This tendency of the

whorls to a double keel inclines me strongly to think that the

Murchisonia subangulata, Geinitz, is only the same shell; and it

may also happen that the original Russian M. subangulata, Vern.,

is identical with the present species. Some of Mr. Kirkby’s

specimens also show two or three coloured spiral bands running

round the whorls parallel to the suture, as figured by Mr. King

in the ‘ Perm. Mon.’

It occurs in the shell-limestone of this district, chiefly at Tun-

stall.

38. Lirrorina HELicina, Schloth. sp. Pl. IV. figs. 19, 20,

vars.

Most authors describe the typical form of this species as

having only three or four whorls, yet all the best full-grown

specimens have five. or six. The nucleus of the shell and the

succeeding whorl are quite smooth, and in a few instances this

smoothness is continued through the whole period of growth.

This variety is termed Rissoa obtusa, Brown, and Turbo Permi-

anus, King. Generally, in the typical Z. helicina, after the

first two or nucleal whorls, the shell begins to be ornamented

with more or less numerous, much or slightly developed striz

running parallel with the suture, which are fewer, stronger and

more prominent on the middle, and fainter and more numerous

on the lower part of the whorl. The spire also in some instances

is much drawn out, in others much depressed, causing the body-

whorl to appear in the latter case much larger than usual. The

ornament of the shell has sometimes the form of flattened, an-

eulated planes over the upper part of the whorls, which are in a

few instances so obscure as to be scarcely perceptible (see P1.IV.

figs. 19, 20), and it is thus that the typically ornamented forms

are united with the smooth variety above mentioned. I can find

no character by which to distinguish the Turbo Mancuniensis,

Brown, from this, which certainly is identical in its common

form with typical specimens of Trochilites helicina, Schloth., re-

ceived from Germany. A glance at the figures in the ‘ Perm.

Mon.’ tab. 16. f. 19-22, is sufficient to convince any sound

naturalist of the identity of helicina and Mancuniensis.

The form which was separated under the epithet L. Tunstall-

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 469

ensis in the Tyneside Catalogue, and in the ‘Cat. Org. Rem.’

under the specific name Turbo Thomsonianus, must also be re-

ferred to the L. helicina. It is smaller than the typical form of

helicina, and the spire is considerably drawn out, which gives

the whorls a much rounder appearance, and the striz are finer

and closer to each other, and do not affect the rotundity of the

whorls, as in typical individuals. The Rissoa Gibsoni, Brown,

appears to be only a cast of this variety, which is also described

by Geinitz as Trochus pusillus, Verst. pl. 3. f. 15, 16.

King’s 7. Taylorianus is, I think, a very stunted form of this

species. It has the spire only very slightly elevated, and the

striz are more numerous, more closely set and thicker in ap-

pearance than usual.

To the typical form of this species, Trochilites helicina, Schloth.

may be added the Turbo Mancuniensis, Brown, and the Turbo

minuta, Brown.

In the first variety may be placed Rissoa obtusa, Brown, Na-

tica minima, Brown, and Turbo Permianus, King; and in the

second variety, Rissoa Gibsoni, Brown, Trochus pusillus, Gei-

nitz, Littorina Tunstallensis, Howse, and Turbo Thomsonianus,

King.

Note on the originals of Capt. Brown’s species.—Turbo Man-

cuniensis. Mr. Binney’s three original specimens of this shell,

from the Permian marls of Lancashire, are rather more obtuse

in the spire than those from the shell-limestone of this district.

The whorls have also a more rounded appearance. One of the

specimens was worn, and very much rubbed. The other two

had the markings sharp and well defined. Aperture nearly cir-

cular, with a slight notch behind the pillar-lip, but no umbilicus.

The largest specimen, which shows the mouth, not quite perfect,

is j of an inch in length. It has three strong ribs on the body-

whorl, with an intermediate fait one above, and several smaller,

closer striz beneath. The two specimens of Turbo minutus in

the same collection are undoubtedly, as I pointed out formerly

in the Tyneside Catalogue, only the younger state of 7. Man-

cuniensis, as is well shown by the unfinished state of the mouth

of one of the specimens.

Two of the original casts of Rissoa obtusa, Brown, are not in

a state good enough to describe. One of them is very much

compressed. The other specimen is more perfect than these,

but is also a cast. It has four rounded whorls and a short

spire, but the apex is not quite perfect. The Natica minima,

Brown, a cast with imperfect spire, is undoubtedly the same as

R. obtusa. The originals of Capt. Brown’s Rissoa Gibsoni are

also casts. Two of them are very much compressed, so that

the spire has not the natural appearance. The third speci-

470 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

men Closely resembles the R. obtusa, but its spire is longer,

being more perfect than the others at the apex.

The estuarine character of these Lancashire shells was pointed

out, many years ago, by Mr. Binney, in the ‘ Manchester Geo-

logical Transactions,’ vol. i., and this opinion was very forcibly

impressed upon me when examining the originals belonging

to that gentleman. The larger and more typical individuals

from the shell-limestone ef Durham have probably lived in less-

confined habitats, but still they have a decidedly littoral charac-

ter. It must be mentioned here, that I have used the term ‘lit-

toral’ in contradistinction to ‘pelagic,’ and not in the limited

sense in which it is used by British naturalists.

This species occurs in the middle and upper divisions of the

magnesian limestone, but the most typical and finest specimens

are from the shell-limestone of Tunstall.

39. Lirrortna Hercynica, Geinitz.—This species had been

described and figured by Dr. Geinitz in the ‘ Versteinerungen,’

several months before Mr. King’s imperfect notice of it in the

‘Cat. Org. Rem.’ appeared. It was identified in the Tyneside

Catalogue with Natica minima, Brown; but an examination of

the latter proves this identification to be incorrect. Dr. Geinitz

and Mr. King both place this shell in the genus Natica, but it

is rather difficult to comprehend why they do so, for it has a

nearly orbicular mouth, is not apparently a polished shell, is not

umbilicated, and bears a strong resemblance to the Littorine.

By comparing the mouth of this species (Perm. Mon. pl. 16.

f. 28) with that of L. helicina (pl. 16. f. 22), it will be seen how

strikingly similar to each other they are in form. In Mr. King’s

figures, the spire of the shell is represented much too high, and

his “ diagnosis” is so jumbled, that it would be im vain to hope

to identify the species by it.

The surface of the shell is ornamented with very fine, wavy,

longitudinal striz. This peculiar character is well displayed on

some specimens collected by Mr. Kirkby at Field House.

Baron Schauroth has lately united this species to the Huom-

phalus Permianus, King, at the same time removing the

latter into the genus Aissoa. After examining some examples

of this supposed species from both German and English loeali-

ties, I think it is probably only the young of Littorina Hercy-

nica. he figure given by Mr. King, with its few whorls and

unfinished mouth, is evidently only a young shell.

In the shell-limestone of Tunstall, Silksworth, and Field

House, but not common.

10. PLeEUROTOMARIA ANTRINA, Schloth. Pl. IV. figs. 21,

22,23, 94 295,

In well-preserved specimens of this shell, the whole of the

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 471

surface is ornamented with distinct longitudinal lines, but they

are never so much raised as in the following species, and the

surface never presents the same finely decussated appearance. In

young specimens the suture follows the line of the fissure of the

preceding whorl, but it falls considerably below it in some adults,

which have consequently a Jess conical appearance. The upper

surface of the whorls is either slightly arched or nearly flat-

tened, and this variation is respectively represented on the under

surface, which has, in the latter case, a flattened, truncated, and

in the former a tumid appearance. These variations are shown

in the figures referred to in the accompanying plate.

The false species and erroneous identifications of this very

characteristic shell are corrected in the Table given at p. 39;

but the last two synonyms must be cancelled, for reasons stated

under the preceding and under the following species.

Rather plentiful in the shell-lmestone of Tunstall, but rare

in several other localities.

41. PrevroromariA VERNEUILI, Geinitz.—lI find, since the

Table of species was printed, that Baron Schauroth has identified

the Pleurotomaria nodulosa, King, with the Pleurotomaria Ver-

neuili, Geinitz. As this identification is undoubtedly correct,

and as Geinitz’s description and figure appeared several months

before King’s Catalogue, the name adopted above has right of

priority.

In well-preserved specimens the whoie surface of the shell is

ornamented with strong, longitudinal, raised lines, which being

cut obliquely by the strong lines of growth, give the whole sur-

face a beautifully decussated appearance. The double row of

nodules is not so persistent a character as the former, for the

sutural row is not seen on young individuals, and the row placed

below the fissure becomes obsolete in very large full-grown spe-

cimens. It appears to have been the most beautiful and deli-

cate shell of the Permian seas, and from the numerous examples

of bored shells that occur,—a fact which I first pointed out to

Mr. King,—it probably, with its congener P. antrina, preyed

upon its more peaceful and unprotected neighbours.

The specimen figured in ‘ Perm. Mon.’ is a young individual.

The largest specimen I have seen exceeded an inch in length and

width.

It occurs in the shell-limestone of Tunstall and Humbleton.

CEPHALOPODA.

42. Nautitus I'riesLeseEnt, Geinitz. PI. IV. fig. 26, juv.

If, instead of dismembering this fine species, Mr. King had

endeavoured to trace its variations through all its periods of

472 Mr. R. Howse on the Permian System of the

growth up to the adult state, he would have deserved our best

thanks, and would have contributed something towards the full

understanding of its true character. But it has pleased him

better, instead of so doing, to represent and describe the young

of it as a new species,—N. Bowerbankianus. The last chamber

only is the part principally represented of N. Frieslebeni, and from

it the characters of the whole shell, with the aid of Geinitz’s

description, appear to be drawn; for the figure, pl. 17. fig. 16,

does not contribute much towards the elucidation of the species.

If one examines the principal characters of Mr. King’s new

species, viz. “deeply umbilicated ; whorls increasing rather ra-

pidly in size; slightly embracing (?) each other,’ it will be seen

that they are only the characteristics of young individuals; if

they are anything more, it will be necessary, in order to esta-

blish the specific identity of N. Bowerbankianus, for Mr. King

to represent the young state and mode of>growth of N. Friesle-

beni, and show in what points they differ. Until this has been

done, it is better to consider N. Bowerbankianus as the young

state of the present species.

Very young specimens are much rounded in form, and orna-

mented with strong, decussated striz. The outer chamber of

Mr. Kirkby’s largest specimen is nearly 4 inches in length, and

24 in greatest breadth.

In the shell-limestone of Tunstall, Humbleton, Dalton-le-

dale, &c., and, according to Mr. King, in the compact limestone

of Whitley.

PTEROPODA.

48. Tueca? Kirxsyt,n.s. Pl. IV. fig. 27, restored.

Shell straight, tapering gradually ; aperture transversely oval ;

surface with small, transverse, wavy furrows: four thin decurrent

wings run along the whole length of the shell.

This is the only Pteropod that I am acquainted with in the

English Permians. The restored outline in the accompanymg

plate will serve to give an idea of its form and size. I have

found only one specimen which shows the above characters, and

which indicates probably a closer alliance with the Cresezs, Rang,

than with the genus in which it is provisionally placed.

It is dedicated, with great respect, to Mr. James Kirkby of

Sunderland.

From the shell-limestone of Tunstall.

It seems desirable to substitute the term “ Botryoidal” for

the epithet Conglobated, proposed in a former part of this paper ;

Counties of Durham and Northumberland. 473

and the term “ Cellular” is also perhaps less objectionable than

the term Concretionary.

In the Section at p. 36, the “ Upper yellow limestone,” a, a,

ought to have been represented conformable to the beds beneath.

Several errors have, I fear, crept into the nomenclature in the

Synoptical Table. I have corrected some of these in the remarks.

The specific names of the following species require either cor-

rection or confirmation, viz. Spirifer undulatus, Gervillia antiqua,

Myacites elegans, Myoconcha modioliformis. The last-mentioned

species will also probably require to be removed from the genus

Myoconcha.

On a future occasion I hope to make a few remarks on the

remaining portion of the fauna of the Permian System.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Figs. 1, 2. Productus latirostratus, Howse, from the shell-limestone,

Dalton-le-dale.

Figs. 3, 4. Camarophoria Humbletonensis, Howse, from the shell-limestone,

Humbleton.

Figs. 5, 6. Spiriferina cristata, Schloth. sp., from the shell-limestone,

Tunstall.

Fig. 7. Solemya normalis, Howse, from the shell-limestone, Humbleton.

Figs. 8, 9. Solemya abnormis, Howse, from the shell-limestone, Silksworth.

Figs. 10-13. Edmondia elongata, Howse, from the shell-limestone, Tun-

stall and Humbleton. 11. Cast showing fissure left by the sub-

umbonal blade or plate. 12. Hinge-margin removed, showing

the form of the subumbonal blade.

Figs. 14, 15. Tellina Dunelmensis, Howse, from the shell-limestone, Hum-

bleton.

Figs. 16, 17. Calyptrea antiqua, Howse, from the shell-limestone, Tun-

stall.

Fig. 18. Chemnitzia Altenburgensis, Geinitz, sp. = Turritella Phillipsii,

Howse, from the shell-limestone, Tunstall.

Figs. 19, 20. Littorina helicina, Schloth. sp.; varieties with nearly obsolete

spiral bands, from the shell-limestone, Tunstall.

Figs. 21-25. Pleurotomaria antrina, Schloth. sp. 23. Typical form and

varieties, from the shell-limestone of Silksworth and Dalton-le-

dale.

Fig. 26. Nautilus Frieslebeni, juv., Geinitz, from the shell-limestone, Silks-

worth.

Fig. 27. Theca? Kirkbyi, u. s., from the shell-limestone, Tunstall.

Fig. 28. Retepora Ehrenbergi, Geinitz, fromthe shell-limestone, Silksworth:

a, portion of the large individual figured in ‘ Perm. Mon.’ t. 5.

f. 1; 6, young individual; c, fragment enlarged, showing inter-

stices and polype-cells; d, fragment slightly enlarged, showmg

the reverse or non-celluliferous surface.

Fig. 29. Caryophyllia quadrifida, Howse, from the shell-limestone, Humble-

ton: a, c, coral-stem, natural size; b, cast showing the position

of the laminz or plates.

474. Mr.J. Alder on Sepia biserialis and Sepia elegans.

XXXVII.—Notes on Sepia biserialis and Sepia elegans.

By J. ALDER.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

In a paper communicated to the Linnean Society, and published

in the 3rd Part of their ‘ Proceedings,’ Mr. Couch announces his

having found ten specimens of the dorsal] plate or bone of Sepza

biserialis on the Cornish coast. On a careful perusal of his

description, however, I am inclined to think that Mr. Couch

has mistaken the species, and that the plates he found belong

to Sepia elegans, Blainv., a species not before known to be

British.

Sepia biserialis is a small species, the bone of which does not

exceed 23 inches in length, but 2 inches is the more general

size. It tapers gradually to a point below, where it is much

curved inwards (as may be seen in pl. P P P. fig. 2¢ of ‘ British

Mollusca’), and has no spur, but only a slight keel or ridge at

that extremity. S. elegans is considerably larger: its dorsal

plate is usually 3} inches long; it is more ovate in form than

that of S. biserialis (though less so than in S. officinalis), and is

distinguished by the very strong spur, which is a little com-

pressed laterally, so as to form a slight ridge before and behind :

the plate is not so much curved inwards below as in the former

species. This agrees with the description of Mr.Couch. Professor

Edward Forbes has suggested that these may be only different

sexes of the same species; but this opinion, I suspect, was

hazarded without having seen specimens, an inspection of which

would, I think, have led to a different conclusion. Professor

Verany has kindly sent me specimens of both kinds from the

Mediterranean.

There can be little doubt that the Cuttle-fishes whose dorsal

plates are cast up on our shores from time to time are indige-

nous. With respect to S. biserialis, its title to be considered

British does not rest solely on the evidence of dorsal plates cast

on shore, as the specimen from which the description and figures

in the ‘ British Mollusca’ were taken, was extracted by myself

from the stomach of a cod at Cullercoats, with the animal nearly

entire, but too much decomposed for preservation.

I am, Gentlemen,

Yours very truly,

JosHuA ALDER.

Newcastle-on-Tyne, May 1857.

M. A. Scheuten on some Mites and their young states. 475

XXXVIII.—On some Mites and their young states.

By A. ScHEutTEN*.

[ With a Plate. |

Unper the epidermis of the leaves of pear-trees, in black,

pustular, inflated spots, the author discovered some small vermi-

form animals, which were pronounced to be the larve of Mites

by Professor Troschel. The author then examined the outside

of the leaves, and found mites, which had probably been deve-

loped from the little animals above mentioned. This appeared

not only from their common habitation, but also from the simi-

larity of the organs of the mouth, and the presence of two strong

bristles on the abdomen of both animals. On examining a large

number of spotted leaves in his garden, in which all the pear-

trees were similarly attacked (one tree having a third of its leaves

affected), the author always found the same larve in the interior

of the leaves, and in most cases the mite on the exterior. On

one tree a very similar larva was found with a few specimens of

a different mite. This was at the end of July, and in August

the author detected the same mite and larva on pear-trees at

Harlem. He afterwards observed the leaves of a lime-tree,

which were covered with reddish-brown spots by Hrineum rubigo,

and found on them the same larvee and mites.

Hence it would appear that the larvee and mites belonged to

the same species, and the question of their identity becomes the

more interesting, as Dugés had already asserted that the mite

is produced from the larva, which was disputed by Dujardin,

because he supposed that he had seen eggs in the so-called

larva.

In the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 2me sér. tome ii.

p- 104, a larva of the same form is described by Dugés, who

asserts it to be the larva of Tetranichus, Dufour, partly on ac-

count of the similarity of the organs of the mouth and of the

legs, and partly on account of their common habitation. Dujar-

din describes a third larva, so similar to that of Dugés, that he

considers them to belong to the same genus. Dugés saw the

larvee become motionless and converted into pupe; the body

contracted, leaving the extremities of its envelope. Two or three

times, in galls of the white willow and the lime-tree, he saw

short, nimble, eight-legged mites with the palpi and legs of

Tetranichus ; they were perfectly similar to the large reddish

Tetranichus which he also found repeatedly in larger galls.

Dujardin described the animal in the ‘Annales des Sciences

* Abstracted from Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1857, p. 104, by W.S. Dallas,

F.L.S.

476 M. A. Scheuten on some Mites and their young states.

Naturelles,’ 3me sér. tome xv. p. 166. From the supposed pre-

sence of ova, he regarded it as a perfect four-footed mite, and

gave it the name of Phytoptus. His only evidence of these ova

was, that he saw roundish structures shining through the skin

of the animal. He describes the animal as white, so that it is

not transparent; and striated, so that its structure would be

still less distinctly visible. Even with transmitted light, a very

indistinct view of the interior can be obtained, and this is shown

by his own figure. In this we see what he regards as eggs, but

no trace of other viscera, for which, however, there is plenty of

space.

In the interior of the author’s larve various rounded outlines

are seen, especially when glycerine is employed. In the upper

part of the body especially there is constantly a round clear

space, which also occurs in the same spot in the mite; then

follow irregular roundings, which are certainly nutritive or-

gans.

The differences between Dujardin’s larvee and those described

by the author are in non-essential points, so that they must be

regarded as species of the same genus. Dujardin describes his

as a very small white vermicle, 0°15-0°23 mill. in length, and

0:035-0°045 mill. in breadth. The author’s (fig. 1) is O-10-0°18

by_ 0°025-0:040. The whole body is covered with transverse

strie, which, when highly magnified, proved to be very firm

tubercular ribs, forming a strong shield, which could not be

ruptured by pressure, &e. The animal moved slowly with its

four short legs, which are inserted near the rostrum. According

to Dujardin, the body is narrowed behind, and terminated by a

bilobed sucker. In the author’s species the body is of uniform

breadth, with a blunt termination, furnished with a pair of

long, undulated bristles. In turning round, the animal sup-

ports itself upon these. Between them there are two smaller

ones. The sides also bear some bristles, which appear to

support the long body when in motion. The legs are five-

jomted, and terminated by a long nail or claw. Dujardin de-

scribes this claw as acute and curved, with a feathered, triden-

tate structure beneath it. In the author’s species it is trun-

cated, with a short, stiff bristle below it (fig. 2). The rostrum

(fig. 3) forms a truncated cone, containing a sucking-tube. Dugés

says that he once pressed a long, curved, narrow lamella out of

the rostrum ; the author has repeatedly seen this lamella, which

is straight in his species.

Dujardin found his larvee in the leaves of the hme-tree, mto

which they had penetrated from above. The pear-tree leaves

had an opening beneath, and the excrescences of the lime-tree

observed by the author were also on the lower surface of the

M. A. Scheuten on some Mites and their young states. 477

leaf. Neither of them is a gall, but probably a fungoid pro-

duct ; that on the lime-tree is Hrineum rubigo.

The mites were always found on the lower surface of the leaf :

that of the pear-tree (fig. 4) is so small, as to be scarcely visible

on the leaf by the naked eye ; so quick in its movements, that it

can only be captured with difficulty; and so tender, that it can

hardly be placed under the microscope without injury. It has

no eyes, the place of which appears to be taken by the anterior

legs, with which it is constantly feeling about. The long palpi

are also in constant motion, and bent downwards. After death

the legs and palpi contract closely together.

The form of the mite is oval; its length 0:30-0°34 mill., and

its breadth 0°17-0°19 mill. The parts of the mouth are conical,

acute, and retractile. The five-jomted palpi are strongly hairy

and obtuse, with the apical joint set with bristles. The antennal

jaws are undistinguishable in the living animal ; but in glycerine

preparations, two claw-like jaws are seen (fig.5). The palpi are

half-amalgamated with the rostrum. The legs are seven-jointed,

the first pair distinctly longer than the rest, the two intermediate

pairs shortest. The tarsal joint is furnished with a small funnel-

shaped sucker, which can be contracted, so as to appear like a

simple claw on the first pair of legs, when employed in feeling.

Behind the rostrum is a translucent spot, and there is another at

the hinder part of the body; the rest is opake, and partly of

a reddish colour. No intestines or circulation could be dis-

tinguished in the living animal.

The author once met with a remarkable form intermediate

between the larva and the mite (fig. 6). It was of the form of

the mite, but much smaller; it possessed the four pairs of legs,

the anterior forming stumps ; the posterior styliform, terminating

in two bristles, and the first of them two-joimted.

The second larva, found on a pear-tree (fig. 7), was doubly-

conical, forming an irregular rhombus with rounded angles. Its

size was nearly the same as that of the first larva, and the legs

and rostrum were similarly placed. The striz were undulated,

and the bristles differently arranged. This form rarely oc-

curred, but it was found at last amongst the very numerous

specimens of the former species upon the first pear-tree. The

perfect mite has not been found.

The larva found on the leaves of the lime-tree (fig. 8} was

vermiform and dark brown ; the striz are only visible by the

employment of glycerine. It is 0°10 mill. in length, and 0°37

mill. m breadth. The four 5-joimted legs are longer than in

the first-mentioned species, but the relative position of the legs

and rostrum is the same. A sucking-tube of 0-0] mill. in length

was seen in one individual. The body is undulated, somewhat

478 M.A. Scheuten on some Mites and their young states.

narrowed behind, and terminated by two strong bristles, with

two short ones between them. On each side there are one strong

and two weaker bristles. The tarsal claw is somewhat curved,

with a tridentate structure beneath it, and above it a strong

bristle (Pl. XIV. fig. 10).

The mite (fig. 9) is short and obtusely pyriform ; 0°40 mill.

long, 0:22 broad in front, and 0-11 behind. The sides are un-

dulated between the second and third pairs of legs. The legs

are seven-jointed, and the two intermediate pairs somewhat

shorter than the others. The tarsal joints have two thin, straight

claws and a small sucking-disk. The palpi are indistinctly

jointed, with the last jomt almost always bent inwards, so that

it can rarely be seen; they are half-amalgamated with the

rostrum, from which the author once saw the sucking-tube pro-

truded. The body is terminated by six short bristles, and on

each of the prominences of the undulated sides is a simple

bristle. The eyes are wanting. The colour is brownish-white,

and quite opake.

The author also describes another mite which he met with

only four times upon the leaves of the pear-tree. It occurred in

three different stages of development. The smallest was 0°24

mill. long and 0°18 mill. broad; the second, 0°32 and 0°24 mill. ;

and the largest, 0-48 and 0°34 mill. The body of the mature

animal (fig. 12) is oval; the rostrum conical, with the three-

jointed acute palpi half-amalgamated with it. The seven-jomted

legs are terminated by two claws and a globular sucker beset

with bristles. The body is green, with black points, and with a

broad white band down the middle, in the fore part of which is

a large, triangular, red spot. On each side, above the second

pair of feet, is a large, red, eye-like spot, and behind this a white

oval one. The body is also regularly set with small white points

or papille.

The body of the young animal (fig. 11) is not oval, but rhom-

boid, with the angles rounded; the colours and markings are

essentially the same. The diffused red eye-spots are here circular,

and project like eyes. Instead of the white points of the mature

form, triangular papille are attached in this by their apices.

Of these there are six close together at the posterior extremity,

two on each side between the second and third pairs of feet, one

on each palpus, two on the apex of the rostrum, and several

symmetrically arranged on the body, giving the animal a curious

aspect.

For the first-described mite of the pear-tree, which belongs

to the family of the Gamasei, and which appears to be unde-

scribed, the author proposes to form a new genus under the

name of Typhlodromus, in allusion to the blindness of the ani-

Bibliographical Notices. 479

mals and their rapidity of motion. The species he calls Typhlo-

dromus Pyri (figs. 1-6). For the lime-tree mite he proposes

the name of Flexipalpus Tilie (figs. 8-10); and he calls the

green species last described, Sannio rubrioculus (figs. 11, 12).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Larva of Typhlodromus Pyri.

Fig. 2. Foot of the larva.

Fig. 3. Rostrum of the larva.

Fig. 4. Typhlodromus Pyri.

Fig. 5. Its rostrum, with the antennal jaws.

Fig. 6. Half-developed Typhlodromus.

Fig. 7. Larva of another species of Typhlodromus.

Fig. 8. Larva of Flexipalpus Tilie.

Fig. 9. Flexipalpus Tilie.

Fig. 10. Foot of the larva.

Fig. 11. Sannio rubrioculus, young.

Fig. 12. Sannio rubrioculus, mature.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States. 2nd Edition.

By Asa Gray, Professor of Natural History in Harvard University.

* 8vo. New York, 1856.

We had the pleasure, in the year 1848, of recommending to bota-

nists the first edition of this excellent work, which consists of a con-

densed account of the plants of the Union, from Maine to Virginia

and Kentucky, and from the Atlantic to the Mississippi. The Flora

included in the present edition is therefore more extensive than that

treated of in the former. Moreover, the whole book has undergone

careful revision, and in many cases is improved.

It is unnecessary to enter much into detail concerning such a work

from the pen of such a writer, but a few remarks may be allowable.

Illecebree and Scleranthacee are combined with Caryophyllacea,

as seems most natural, although the latter order is removed by some

botanists to the neighbourhood of Chenopodiaceae, its relationship to

which is not apparent. It seems probable that the Sagina procumbens

of the States differs from that of Europe, for the latter does not

inhabit ‘‘ springy places,” nor do the characters, as found in the

European and American Floras, accord in a satisfactory manner.

Spergularia is employed as the name of the genus called Lepigonum

by Wahlenberg and others. The latter is the older name, as applied

generically ; for the supposed origin of the former with Persoon is

erroneous, he using it only to designate a section. We wish that

Dr. Gray was alone in this departure from the recognized laws of

nomenclature. We are sorry to see Moquin-Tandon followed in the

arrangement and nomenclature of the Chenopodiaceae. Surely a less

natural combination than that of Chenopodium rubrum, C. bonus-

henricus, and their allies with Blitum could not easily be found ; also

that eminent French botanist is singularly mattentive to the law of

480 Bibliographical Notices.

priority in naming his plants; nor, when neglecting it, can his

alterations usually be considered as improvements. Under Polygo-

num aviculare we find the P. maritimum, &c., of Ray (it should be

P. marinum) placed as the synonym of a variety, which is called

littorale after Link, and the P. Roberti (Lois.) added. This is erro-

neous, as Dr. Gray will probably admit when he has read the remarks

of Grenier (Flore de France, vol. ili. pp. 51 & 52) upon these plants.

There appears to be no valid cause for doubting that P. litéorale

(Link) is synonymous with the above-quoted plant of Ray and the

P. Rai of Babington; and that the P. Roberti (Lois.) is closely

allied to P. aviculare, if, indeed, it is more than a maritime state of

that species, having none of the distinctive characters of the P. lit-

torale.

But we will not enter further into such minute points, and simply

add that Dr. Gray’s book deserves our highest approbation.

A Dictionary of Botanical Terms. By the Rev. J. S. HENstow,

M.A., Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge. Post

8vo. Groombridge, London.

We have just received a copy of this botanical glossary, and are

able to award to it a considerable amount of praise. It is issued

from the press in an elegant form, and is illustrated “by nearly two «

hundred cuts.”” Although small, these cuts are usually quite suffi-

cient to convey the requisite information ; but nevertheless, we should

have been pleased to have seen them executed upon rather a larger

scale.

As the book was issued very slowly, in connexion with Maund’s

‘ Botanist’ and ‘ Botanic Garden,’ some slight discrepancy between

the mode of treatment of terms in its earlier pages and that of similar

ones occurring towards the end of the alphabet, is not wonderful.

The author’s plan improved as he advanced with his task.

The intention seems to have been to include all the terms which

are used technically in botany, and, to a great extent, this has been

done. As many of the terms can scarcely be said to be now in use,

we wish that the Professor had marked those which he considers

obsolete.

Professor Henslow is well known to possess an especial power of

conveying to his pupils the meaning of the hard words used in botany

in far too great abundance, and to the employment of which he is

thonght to be more attached than we think desirable ; we therefore

expected to find the definitions both clear and excellent in this book,

and are not disappointed. Upon the whole, we consider this Dic-

tionary one of the best that has appeared, and strongly recommend

it. It is convenient in size, cheap in price, and at the same time

contains, as we deduce from a remark in the preface, about 2000

words.

After rather a careful examination of it, we do not find much to

notice as requiring amendment: certainly laciniate is wrongly ex-

plained by fringed: asper is omitted, and its definition transferred

Bibliographical Notices. 48]

to scaber: no distinction, such as is now usual, is made between

triangular, triquetrous, and trigonous: cuspidate is defined as al-

most, if not quite, synonymous with acuminate, but most modern

descriptive botanists distinguish carefully between them, considering

a cuspidate organ to be one which is abruptly acuminate, 7. e. bluntly

rounded at the end, but with a point large at its base but gradually

narrowed upwards placed upon it.

The British Botanist’s Field-book: a Synopsis of the British

Flowering Plants. By A. P. Cuinps, F.R.C.S. Post 8vo.

London, 1857.

We are sorry that it is not in our power to give a favourable

account of this book, for the author’s object is manifestly good. He

has undertaken that which we believe to be nearly impossible, namely

to produce a book containing “the essential marks, and those alone,

by which each order, genus, and species may be distinguished.”” Mo-

destly, he does not pretend to have fully succeeded, but the very fact

of publication proves his belief that to a great extent he has done so.

It might be supposed that the task is not so very difficult, for we

find authors like Arnott and Babington giving, in their respective

Floras, something which at the first view might be supposed to sup-

ply the materials for such a book as this before us. Upon a more

careful examination, it will be found that this is far from being

the case; for Dr. Arnott’s tabular views of the orders and genera

are accompanied by fuller characters, by which the group may be

determined with greater certainty ; and the italicized parts of the

specific characters in Mr. Babington’s Manual are so prepared as to

help in the determination of the species by showing to what point it

is desirable that attention should primarily be given, but do not pro-

fess to distinguish the species from all its allies inhabiting this coun-

try, far less from those found upon the European continent, for an

examination of the remainder of the character is requisite to do that.

Even supposing that the present author had succeeded in his object,

we should consider the book as likely to be more injurious than

otherwise to the science of botany. Great advances have been made

of late years in our knowledge of the plants of Britain, and many

additions to the list discovered, which even Mr. Childs allows to be

deserving of notice. But would this advance have taken place if our

descriptive books had been written by men who confined their study

to Britain alone, or, if their reading was more extensive, showed no

trace of it in their books? Should not we have remained in the

condition in which botany stagnated for so many years, when collect-

ors were satisfied if they could force their specimens to conform to

some description given in the works of Smith ; and when it was sup-

posed, as we well remember, that no new plants remained to be added

to our flora? In the book before us, and in others in this respect

resembling it, which we have thought it unnecessary to notice, there

is nothing to cause the reader to suppose that further knowledge is

desirable. He has discovered the name of his plant, or thinks that

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xix.

482 Zoological Society :—

he has done so; has no idea that other species are allied to it, the

characters of which it is desirable for him to examine; and he—a

mere collector—is led to suppose himself to be a botanist. It may,

perhaps, be said that in the book before us the author disclaims all

intention of advancing science; but, as he wrote it expressly as a

field-companion, and states, although incorrectly, that it is the only

modern field-book which is portable, he ought to have taken care that

it supplied all that is likely to be required in the field. The book

should have been called “A Synopsis of the des¢-Anown British Plants,”

for nearly all those which present the slightest difficulty or doubt are

omitted, and stigmatized as the result of ‘ minute and useless subdi-

vision.”’ Our experience of students in the field has taught us that

it is not the distinctive points of the common and well-known spe-

cies which they require to have always at hand, for with such plants

they very soon become familiar, but that the characters supposed to

separate those which are dubious or critical are often asked for.

Mr. Childs treats this want as non-existent, and no reader of his book

alone would discover that there are such plants, or that botanists

have ever differed about them. The author probably supposes that

his book is to lead its readers to the use of others of a more elabo-

rate character ; but he must know that many of them will rest satis-

fied without that further study, to which he certamly does not en-

courage them to proceed.

The proper sequence of the Orders is not determined by botanists,

but most authors have thought it well to follow a uniform system

founded upon that of DeCandolle. Mr. Childs has deviated from

this, and arranged them in a totally different manner. His plan may

be good (although we have great doubts upon the subject), but we

know experimentally the extreme inconvenience caused, even to those

who have made some advanee in botany, by deserting the usual order.

To the beginner this is of great consequence, for his facility in using

other books will be much diminished by having learned to look for

plants in a different position in the series from that which they

occupy in all the best Floras of this and other countries.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 25, 1856.—J.S. Gaskoin, Esq., F.L.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Tegetmeier brought before the notice of the Members living

specimens and preparations illustrating the very remarkable pecu-

liarities existing in the skulls of the feather-crested variety of the

domestic Fowl, now known as Polish. In these birds, the anterior

portion of the frontal bone is expanded into a large spherical tuber-

osity or cyst, which is partly osseous and partly membranous ; the

anterior portions of the brain are entirely contained in this tuberosity,

Mr. Tegetmeier on the Skulls of Polish Fouls. 483

being protected from external injury solely by the feathers of the

crest and the integuments ; the posterior portions are situated, as

Ne. 1.—Skull of Crested Hen (var. Golden-spangled Polish), showing sphe-

rical tuberosity and deficient intermaxillary bones.

No. 2.—Longitudinal vertical section of the skull of a Crested Cock (var. Silver-

spangled Polish), showing the shape of the cavity containing the encephalon.

usual, in the cavity of the cranium: as the communication between

it and the tuberosity is constricted, the brain necessarily assumes

the form of an hour-glass, the anterior being the larger portion.

This very extraordinary structure, which is well developed even

before the escape of the chick from the shell, was noticed by Peter

Borelli in 1656, and again described with many errors by Blumen-

bach in ‘De Nisus formativi Aberrationibus,’ 1813. Blumenbach

states that it is confined to the females, which is incorrect ; that the

fowls are remarkably stupid, whereas their instincts do not appear

to differ in the slightest degree from those of the other non-incu-

bating varieties of domestic fowl ; and lastly, that the tuberosity is

caused by a tight constriction of the integuments, which however does

not exist.

Pallas, who also notices the peculiarity, erroneously attributes it

to a cross with the Numida meleagris ; and the description of a

31%

484. Zoological Society :—

very old specimen in the Catalogue of the Museum of the College

of Surgeons, states it to be the result of disease, whereas it is the

normal condition of all largely crested fowls.

An intimate connexion exists between the size of the tuberosity

and that of the feathered crest, so that those chickens may be se-

lected at birth that will eventually possess the largest crests.

The intermaxillary bones are usually more or less deficient in all

the varieties of crested fowls, the nostrils arched, and the comb when

present is crescentic or bicorned. Several of the varieties of crested

fowls are destitute of fleshy wattles, their place being supplied by a

ruff or beard of feathers ; there is, however, no corresponding alter-

ation in the lower maxillary bone.

Mr. Woodward exhibited preparations of the mantle and oral

apparatus of the recent British Terebratula (7. caput-serpentis),

specimens of which had been forwarded in a living state from Oban,

Argyle, by J. Leckenby, Esq., of Scarborough. It appears that this

shell, although a native of the deep sea, can live a week out of water,

if placed in a bottle or tin-box with moist sea-weed. The valves are

so accurately adjusted as to prevent the escape of the contained

fluid. The mantle, arms and cirri of this species are frosted over

with radiated spieula, composed of carbonate of lime, as described

by Oscar Schmidt, and form a beautiful object for the polariscope.

To the paleontologist this structural peculiarity is extremely inter-

esting, as it explains the preservation of many parts of the internal

organization, including the delicate cirri, in fossil Brachiopoda.

Mr. Fraser exhibited a considerable number of Birds, from the

collection of T. C. Eyton, Esq., and more particularly drew attention

to a singular variety of Ramphastos discolorus, Linn., in which the

blood-red colouring of the abdomen and upper tail-coverts was re-

placed by chrome-yellow.

The specimen was procured from Rio de Janeiro.

He next directed attention to a species of Trogon, which is so

nearly allied to Trogon collaris, Vieill., that by most writers it might

be considered as identical with, or a mere variety of that species.

This bird, for which Mr. Fraser proposed the name of Trogon Eytoni,

differs, however, in having the mandibles larger and more robust ;

the plumage of the neck and breast of a fine coppery bronze, instead

of green; the central tail-feathers bronze instead of green ; and the

barring of the wing-coverts and lateral tail-feathers broader, and

consequently more distinct.

Total length, 9} inches; bill, 2; wing, 43; tail, 53.

Hab. Rio de Janeiro.

The third specimen was a fine species of Juida (which Mr. Fraser

proposed to call Juzda Eytoni), nearly allied to Juida longicauda,

Swains., but differing from that species in having the whole of the

body and wings of a fine oil-green, instead of bluish-green, and in

having the velvety-black marks near the tips of the wing-coverts and

scapularies more conspicuous than in that species; the lower parts

Dr. J. E. Gray on a new species of Chelodina. 485

of the back and upper tail-coverts of a lovely purple, changing into

green on their edges and tips, in lieu of dark bronzy-purple; the

band across the abdomen dark coppery-brown.

Total length, 193 inches ; bill, 14; wing, 8; tail, 14; tarsi, 13.

Hab. W. Africa: precise locality unknown.

December 9, 1856,—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEw SPECIES OF CHELODINA FROM

AvusTRALIA. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., etc.

Mr. Stutchbury, who has recently returned from Australia,

brought with him a series of animals which he collected during his

geological researches.

In examining this collection with the intention of selecting those

specimens which will be interesting additions to the very rich col-

lection of Australian animals in the British Museum (including al-

most all the species described by Mr. Gould and other recent writers

on the fauna of that continent), I was pleased to discover what ap-

pears to be a very distinct species of the Australian genus of Long-

necked freshwater Tortoises (Chelodina).

To the description of this species I have added a short note on

the peculiarities of two other species.

CHELODINA EXPANSA, Dl. S.

Shell oblong, rather depressed, broader behind, brown; plates

thin, with short, narrow inosculating grooves; the margins flat-

tened, expanded ; the side of the back regularly convex ; the lateral

marginal plates rather broad, not revolute. The sternum flat, bluntly

keeled on the sides, yellow. Head, neck and limbs dark olive

above; chin, throat, and under side of the limbs whitish.

Shell, length 11, breadth 8 inches. Neck 8 inches long.

The young shell is like the adult, but the lateral margins are slightly

revolute on the edges, though the plates are broad like those of the

adult. The under side of the margin yellow, with a triangular black

spot on the front edge of each shield ; the dorsal shield thin, with

three distant concentric grooves, with a rather rugose, moderate-

sized areola; the areola of the costal plate subcentral ; the areola

of the first vertebral plate is subcentral, of the second, third, fourth

and fifth vertebral plate on the middle of the hinder margin; the

areola of the marginal plate is on the hinder outer margin. The

front vertebral shield is large, and as broad as long; the others are

much broader than long, the third being the shortest.

This species differs from Chelodina longicollis, C. oblonga and C.

Colliei, in the generally expanded form, and especially in the breadth

and non-revolution of the lateral margin, and in the side of the

sternum not being so sharply keeled as in the two latter species.

It differs from Chelodina sulcifera in the membranous character

of the shields, and also in the sternum being narrow in front, like

4.86 Zoological Society : —

that of C. oblonga and C. Colliei, and not expanded and broader, as

in C. longicollis and C. sulcifera.

CHELODINA LONGICOLLIS.

A fine shell of the adult animal of this species, larger than any I

have hitherto received, was in the collection.

The shell is rather convex and swollen on the sides, with a deep,

broad, rounded concavity along the centre of the second, third and

fourth vertebral plate, about two-thirds the width of the plates. The

black sutural lines on the sternum are narrow and uniform.

Length of the shell 84; width 6 inches.

CuEetymMys MAcQuARIA.

Two adult specimens of this kind were also in the series. They

are both much darker than the two specimens in the British Museum

Collection. They are also peculiar for having a yery distinct, deep,

narrow, interrupted groove along the vertebral line, deepest and

widest on the fourth vertebral plate. The discal shields are also

marked with rather deep distinct radiating grooves, which are evi-

dently indentations in the bones of the animal, only covered by the

very thin skin-like shields.

Shell, length 11, breadth 8 inches.

On some Fiso rrom Asta Minor AND Parestine. By Sir

Joun Ricuarpson, C.B., F.R.S. L. & Ep. etc.

Through the kindness of Dr. Gray of the British Museum, I have

been permitted to examine a small collection of Fish made by H.

Poole, Esq., in Palestine and Asia Minor. Though they do not pre-

sent to the ichthyologist any novel generic forms, they are interest-

ing on account of the localities in which they were found.

Cyprinopon Hammonis, Cuv. et Val. xviii. 169.

This small fish was taken in a marshy spot, on the immediate

beach of the Dead Sea, at Usdum, the supposed site of Sodom. The

marsh, which contained some very small puddles of salt-water in

which the fish were swimming, and from whence they were scooped

out with ease by the hands, is fed by a saline spring which issues some-

what higher up, and is so little above the level of the sea, that Mr.

Poole believed that the fish were washed into the pools by the waves.

The opinion that the exhalations of the Dead Sea are immediately

fatal to animal life, and that not even a bird can fly over it, has long

been exploded. One of Mr. Poole’s companions bathed in it daily

with impunity, and even fancied that in diving he had discovered

the remains of a ruined city under its waters, opposite to Usdum.

Mr. Poole also observed ducks diving in it, and concluded, justly we

think, that they must have found something edible to induce them

to repeat that act, which they did frequently.

Lieut. Lynch of the U.S. Navy examined the water of the Dead

Sur J. Richardson on Fish from Asia Minor. 487

Sea (Exp. to Jordan, &c. p. 377) with a powerful microscope, and

found that it contained no animalcula and no vestige of animal

matter. Its specific gravity was 1-13, compared with distilled water

as 1:0, while water of the Atlantic from lat. 25° N. and 52° W.

longitude was 1:02. Another examination of the water of the Dead

Sea, quoted on the last page of Lieut. Lynch’s book, gives its spe-

cifie gravity as 1°227 at temp. 60°, and the solid saline matter as

267 in 1000. Specimens of the water taken up by Mr. Poole have

been deposited at the Geological Society, together with examples of

the water in which the fish were found, and of the salt spring which

fed the marsh.

With respect to the Cyprinodonts, several of the species inhabit

salt and fresh waters indifferently, the C. Hammonis being one of the

number. It was originally discovered by Ehrenberg in the springs

of the Oasis of Jupiter Ammon, and subsequently in great plenty in

other districts of Egypt and Syria. M. Eloy found it in the waters

of Damascus, and Riippell states that it is an inhabitant of all

parts of the Red Sea, and also of the fresh-water springs at Tor,

which have a temperature of 262° of Reaumur or 91°6 of Fahr.

This is also the temperature of one of the hot springs of Cannea in

Ceylon, inhabited by the Ambassis thermalis. M. Renaud, on send-

ing examples of this Ambassis to Cuvier, stated that the heat of the

spring was 115° Fahr.; but there is reason to infer, either that his

thermometer was incorrect, or that he took the temperature of the

feeding spring only.

When Dr. Davy visited the springs in October 1817, the hottest

well raised the thermometer to 107°, but he was told that the heat

fluctuated, and had been observed as high as 110° F._ There are in

all seven wells, their temperatures being various, and that of one of

them as low as 86°. In one only, in which the thermometer stood

at 91°, did he observe fish. He thought it probable that all the

wells were supplied with water from the same source (Davy’s

Travels in Ceylon, p. 44).

In an excursion from the south side of the Sea of Marmora to the

Asiatic Olympus, Mr. Poole obtained several Cyprinoids and some

Gobies chiefly from Lake Apollonia or Apollonitis near Broussa, and

from the River Gemlek that falls into the Sinus Cianus. He also

caught some Trout on the summit of Olympus itself. The specimens

are unfortunately so much decayed that their original forms cannot be

ascertained with sufficient precision, but they have much resemblance

to the common Salmo fario of Linnzeus, and like it have two longi-

tudinal rows of teeth on the vomer, without a cluster on the front

of that bone. The Cyprinoids and Gobies are in good condition.

Cyprinus Bitruynicus, Richardson.

The Cyprini resemble one another so closely, that it is matter of

extreme difficulty to determine the species when unaided by correctly

labelled specimens. One of Mr. Poole’s fish, caught in Lake Apol-

lonitis, has the four minute barbels of Cyprinus carpio, but differs

488 Zoological Society :-—

from that typical form in the great compression of its body, while

it does not agree so perfectly with C. elatus, hungaricus, Nord-

mannt, and other species with deep bodies, described and figured

in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ as to be referable with confidence to

any of them. In general form, the origin of the barbels, position of

the fins, and numbers of their rays, as well as in the outline of the

preorbitar and rest of the suborbitar scale bones, it corresponds more

closely with C. flavipinnis than with any other member of this group

noticed in that work; but as flavipinnis belongs to the Indian Ar-

chipelago, a minute comparison of specimens is necessary to esta-

blish their identity. Hence I have designated Mr. Poole’s fish by a

geographical appellation, and shall proceed to mention the propor-

tions of its various external parts. Its rays are, D. 4/18; A. 3|45,

the last one divided to the base; P. 19; V.9; C. 195.

Head a very little less than a fourth of the total length, measured

to the tips of the caudal lobes, or a third of the length measured to

near the end of the scales on the base of that fin. Height of the

body greatest at the front of the dorsal, and equal to a third of the

length measured to the tips of the central caudal rays, and conse-

quently sensibly exceeding the length of the head. The greatest

thickness of the fish is in the temporal region at the upper anterior

angle of the operculum, and the length of the transverse diameter

at that place is contained two and a half times in the height of the

body ; but posterior to the head, the thickness nowhere exceeds a

third of the height. The body thins off from the lateral Ime to the

acute edge of the back, and the sides below are also flattened in, but

the edge of the belly is flat to the width of the transverse insertion

of the ventrals, or about equal to the diameter of the eye.

In profile the fish resembles, as we have said, C. flavipinnis, as

represented by pl. 457 of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ but the scales

are probably smaller, there bemg thirty-seven in our fish on the

lateral line, which runs perfectly straight at mid-height throughout.

Snout obtuse. Barbels like those of the species just referred to,

but more slender and considerably shorter. Eyes close to the pro-

file, about a diameter and a half of the orbit apart transversely, one

diameter from the end of the snout, and one and three-quarters an-

terior to the gill-opening ; the diameter being to the length of the

head as 1: 3°75. Length of the dorsal equal to the vertical distance

between the upper surface of the ventrals and the summit of the

back. The first ray of the fin stands midway between the end of the

snout and the base of the caudal ; the ventrals being attached imme-

diately beneath the second soft ray. The fourth stiff ray is as usual

robust and denticulated posteriorly, while the three shorter, gra-

duated, anterior stiff rays are incumbent on its base. The third

anal ray is similar to the fourth dorsal one, and stands directly under

the last two branching rays of the dorsal.

Teeth.—The lower pharyngeal bone is on the whole crescentic,

but of irregular form. With its fellow it embraces the lower part of

the gullet in nearly a half-circle. On its interior edge there is a row

of about twelve small, acutely subulate teeth. At its middle there

Sir J. Richardson on Fish from Asia Minor. 489

are three larger obtuse teeth, which stand one before the other in an

antero-posterior (or dermo-central) direction, and are contiguous or

incumbent on each other. The most interior one is obtusely conical,

with a minute central cusp: the next, which is slightly the largest

of the three, is worn on the exterior side ; and the outer one is worn

on both sides, but still blunt on the summit: besides these three there

are two much smaller and more chisel-shaped ones, abreast of the

second of the larger ones, and on its mesial side. There are thus

five molar teeth on each lower pharyngeal bone, and a row of aci-

cular or subulate tooth-like rakers on its inner border.

Levciscus Arottonitis, Richardson.

The difficulty of grouping and describing the numerous species of

this genus is acknowledged by all who have made the attempt. M.

Valenciennes has shown that the labours of Agassiz, Bonaparte and

other first-rate ichthyologists on the Leucisci have been by no means

successful, nor has he himself been more fortunate in his endeavours ;

the small groups of species described in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons ’

being far from sufficiently precise to do away with the necessity of

reviewing almost the whole genus before any member of it brought

from a new locality can be rightly placed. The entire question of

geographical distribution rests on the correct recognition of species ;

and a great advance in ichthyological science will be made, when the

Cyprinoids of Asiatic Turkey, Persia, and Affghanistan shall be col-

lected and described, so as to complete the missing links between

the European and Indian forms. Enlightened travellers, therefore,

like Mr. Poole, who bring home specimens of freshwater fishes from

these countries, merit a grateful commendation from a Natural

History Society. The specimen that we have now particularly to

notice has a strong resemblance to the English Red-eye or Rudd,

the Rotengle of the French, and the Leuciscus erythrophthalmus of

Cuvier, which is the type of the subgenus Scardinius of Bonaparte.

In this group the mandible ascends obliquely in front of the upper

jaw, so that when the mouth is shut it forms the most anterior point

of the fish. It happens that Mr. Poole’s specimen is exactly of the

same size with the figure of the Rudd in Mr. Yarrell’s beautiful

work, so that an exact comparison can be made between them, and

the most striking difference is that the Rudd has a slightly greater

height of body. The length of the head, the position of the dorsal

fin, the decurvature of the lateral line, and the numbers of rays in

the fins, are the same in both. The ventrals, however, are a little

further forward in ZL. Apollonitis, so that the tips of the pectorals

overlap them a little, and the scales are a trifle smaller, numbering

two more on the lateral line. In the Asiatic fish, moreover, the pro-

file from the point of the snout to the dorsal is less arched, being

nearly straight ; and the number of the pharyngeal teeth being dif-

ferent in the two species, we obtain a precise distinctive mark. Those

of Apollonitis number five in the inferior or exterior row, all denticu-

lated within and hooked at the point; while the three forming the

interior row are very short, and are likewise denticulated on their

490 Zoological Society :—

interior sides. L. erythrophthalmus has only four teeth in the in-

ferior row.

As in most Leucisci the second dorsal ray is unbranched and

tapering, and the first, which is shorter, is applied closely to its base

without the intervention of membrane. In this species the second

ray is the tallest in the fin, and it is perfectly flexible, without any of

that stiffness which is characteristic of Agassiz’ genus Rhodeus, in

which moreover the pharyngeal teeth are chisel-shaped. The first

ray of the dorsal stands on the highest point of the back, and exactly

midway between the tip of the snout and the extremities of the

middle rays of the caudal; while the middle of the dorsal is in the

middle of the total length measured to the points of the caudal rays.

The insertion of the ventrals again is midway between the point of

the snout and the base of the caudal.

Rays :—Br. 3-3; D. 10; A. 13, last ray deeply divided; V. 9;

C1925 P41 5.o0r 46;

Body much compressed, thinning off rapidly towards the belly : its

ereatest thickness is considerably above the middle, and is equal to

between a third and a fourth of its utmost height. Lateral line

traced along the lower third of the height, parallel to the curve of

the ventral edge, and consequently very concave upwards. It is

composed of forty-two scales. Under the front of the dorsal, where

the body is highest, there are seven rows of scales above the row

which forms the lateral line and four below, or twelve in all. The

scales are dotted with black on the edges, and traversed by about

four radiating lines on the exposed disk and two or three shorter

ones on the covered base, all issuing from the same poimt. Head

small, its length being contained four times and a half in the total

length of the fish, measured to the tips of the caudal lobes, and being

consequently perceptibly less than the height of the fish. Its breadth

between the eyes is a very little in excess of the diameter of the eye,

and is greater than the thickness of the body. Preorbitar scale bone

nearly rectangular, with the corners rounded off, a little longer than

high, and traversed by an unbranched muco-duct, which is continu-

ous with the muciferous tube of the other suborbitars: the second

of these bones is narrower than the third one.

Mandible ascending and shutting against the front of the upper

jaw. Its joint is directly beneath the anterior curve of the orbit.

The eye is nearer to the tip of the snout than to the gill-opening,

and its diameter rather exceeds a third of the length of the head.

First ray of the dorsal standing midway between the tip of the snout

and the extremity of the middle caudal ray ; while the middle of the

fin is equidistant from the tip of the snout and the distal points of

the caudal lobes. Tips of the pectorals slightly overlapping the base

of the ventrals, which lies midway between the end of the snout and

the base of the caudal. The greatest height of body is at the front

of the dorsal, and rather exceeds one-fourth of the entire length of

the fish.

M. Valenciennes remarks that descriptions, even when aided by

good figures, do not suffice to discriminate the nearly resembling

Sir J. Richardson on Fish from Asia Minor. 491

species of Leuciscus; hence this or any other proposed new species

cannot be considered as properly established until it has been com-

pared with authentic specimens of the known forms,

Levuciscus Ci (Richardson).

This Leuciseus was caught by Mr. Poole in the River Gemlek,

anciently named Cius, which falls into the Propontis near the pro-

montory of Posidium. Like the preceding one it belongs to the

group of species which have the dorsal placed over the space between

the ventrals and anal, but in this instance considerably nearer the

former. Its pharyngeal teeth are in two rows, viz. five inferior taller

ones, and two interior shorter ones, all incurved at the tips, and some

of them distinctly denticulated on the inner edge, others only obso-

letely so.

Rays:—D.10; A. 11, the last one deeply divided, and the front

one short and incumbent ; V.9; P. 18; C. 19.

In general form this fish resembles the Leuciscus Baldneri more

nearly than it does any of the other species figured in the ‘ Histoire

des Poissons,’ but the head is a little longer, and the snout does not

bulge out at the nostrils; the last ray of the dorsal also stands a

little before the anus, and the anal does not occupy so much space

as in L. Baldneri. Of the figures given by Yarrell, it has most like-

ness to the Graining or L. Lancastriensis.

Length of the head contained four times in the length of the fish

up to the base of the caudal, or four and a half times in the length

when that fin is included. The form of the head is conical. The

eye approaches the upper profile, and its diameter measures about a

fourth of the length of the head ; it is situated a little more than a

diameter from the tip of the snout, and nearly two diameters from

the extreme edge of the gill-cover. Preorbitar subtriangular, with

its corners irregularly rounded off, and its oral border traversed by

a muciferous tube having short lateral branches. The remainder of

the suborbital chain unites imperceptibly with the silvery integument

of the cheek, but is indicated by its muciferous tube skirting the

under curve of the orbit. When the head is allowed to dry, however,

the second and third suborbitars are perceived to be very narrow, and

the fourth one much broader.

The height of the body is about one-fifth of the total length to

the tips of the caudal, or, more exactly, a fourth of the length up to

the end of the scales on that fin. It is a very little less than the

length of the head. The thickness of the fish is greatest at the nape,

which is much rounded, and is equal to half the greatest height of

the body. The back is more obtuse than the belly. Lateral line

decurved, running more than a third of the height from the rim of

the belly, and traced on forty-seven scales. There are seven rows

above the lateral line at the ventrals, and four below, making with

the one contributing to form the line, twelve in all. Of these, two

scales are below the upper ventral ray. There are about seventeen

short lines on the base of a scale, and twelve or fourteen longer ones

492 Zoological Society :—

on the exposed disk, all radiating from one point. The concentric

lines of structure are crowded, but very evident.

Results obtained in the Examination of Waters.

1. Brine spring near Usdum with fish. Temp. 90° F. Spec.

grav. 1°035.

2. North end of the Sea near Jordan. Temp. 83° F. Spec. grav.

1°196.

3. Dead Sea, Usdum, South end. Temp. 83° F. Spec. grav.

1°204.

4, El Lisan (Peninsula), North end. Spec. grav. 1:200.

No. 1 smelt strongly of sulphuretted hydrogen, and contained a

good deal of suspended matters. No. 2 pretty clear ; less sulphu-

retted hydrogen. Nos. 3 and 4 clear, and no sulphuretted hydro-

gen.—(A. W, Hormann.)

Calculated evaporation from the area of the Dead Sea at temp.

84° F. (58°6 dew-point) 1,500,000,000 gallons, or 6,500,000 tons.

Assumed area 320 square miles (H. Pooez).

January 13, 1857.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

On THE SrrRucTURE OF THE PELVIS OF CHLAMYPHORUS

TRUNCATUS. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P. Ent. Soc.,

ETC,

Sir Woodbine Parish having, after considerable trouble, at length

been able to procure a second specimen of this extraordinary and

most interesting animal, has kindly transmitted it to the British

Museum.

The specimen had been eviscerated and simply dried im the sun,

was destitute of any fur, and did not afford any means of distinguish-

ing its sex.

The Museum already possessed the well-preserved specimen for-

merly procured by Sir Woodbine Parish, and the imperfect skeleton

of it so well described and figured by my late excellent friend Mr.

Yarrell in the Zoological Journal, vol. ii. p. 544. t. 16.

In the specimen of the skeleton figured and described by Mr.

Yarrell, the bones of the pelvis were separated to preserve the outer

covering entire; the “bones being cut through as near to and as

parallel with the inner surface of the plates as their confined situation

would admit,” p. 546.

This description did not in the least prepare me for the extraor-

dinary structure which was discovered when the flesh was removed.

The truncated posterior disk or shield is firmly attached to the

pelvis by four (or two pairs of) posterior processes, and in the central

line by the elongated ridges of the posterior sacral vertebra, so as to

be immoveably fixed to the pelvis. The posterior disk is thick, rather

solid, and furnished with a marginal series of oblong perforations,

having a second series of similar but smaller perforations within them

Mr. J. Gould on new species of Humming Birds. 493

in the centre, and two series of much elongated curved slits on each

side, near the margin, as in the figure.

Fig. 1. Side view of the pelvis, with the inside of the attached posterior disk.

Fig. 2. The inside of the posterior disk, showing the position of the places of

attachment.

Fig. 3. The outer side of the posterior disk, showing the form and position of the

perforations.

Professor Owen informs me that a somewhat similar adhesion of

the skeleton to the dermal system is to be observed in the Glypto-

don, and also in some of the fossil Armadilloes of the older strata.

January 27, 1857.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Descriptions oF THREE NEw SPECIES OF THE GENUS

PHAETHORNIs, Famity TROcCHILID.

By Joun Gou tp, F.R.S., etc.

PHAETHORNIS VIRIDICAU DATA.

Stripe over and behind the eye light buff; crown of the head,

upper surface and wing-coverts bronzy grass-green, duller on the

head ; wings purplish brown ; tail-feathers bronzy grass-green at

the base, passing into dark brown towards the extremity, the cen-

494 Zoological Society.

tral feathers tipped with white ; the next margined on each side at

the tip with white, and the remainder with white on the apical portion

of the external web; under surface reddish buff, becoming paler on

the abdomen and vent; upper mandible black ; basal two-thirds of

the lower mandible yellow ; tip black ; legs yellow.

Total length, 33 inches; bill, 1; wing, 14; tail, 12.

Hab. Rio de Janeiro.

Remark.—This species belongs to that section of the Phaéthorni-

thes to which Prince Charles L. Bonaparte has given the generic

appellation of Pygmornis ; in other words, it is allied to the

P. eremita, pygmaeus and griseogularis, but differs from all in the

absence of any red on the rump, and in the green colouring of the

base of the tail.

PHAETHORNIS EPISCOPUS.

Head, upper surface and wing-coverts rich golden brown; be-

hind the eye a stripe of buff; wings purplish brown ; tail deep

bronzy brown at the base, changing into slaty brown near the apex,

and slightly tipped with grey ; rump rufous; ear-coverts black ;

under surface deep sandy buff, crossed on the breast by a broad band

of jet-black ; somewhat elongated plumes; upper mandible and

apical third of the lower mandible black ; basal two-thirds of the

latter yellow.

Total length, 33 inches; bill, £; wing, 12; tail, 13.

Hab. Demerara.

Remark.—This species differs from both P. pygmaeus of Spix and

P. eremita in the rich bronzy colouring of its upper surface, in the

greater breadth of the black pectoral band, the deep bronzy hue of

the tail, and the small size of its short and rounded wings.

PHAETHORNIS OBSCURA.

Head, upper surface, and wing-coverts dark bronzy green; stripe

behind the eye buff ; wings purplish brown ; tail dark bronzy brown,

each feather narrowly margined externally and slightly tipped with

white ; throat smoky black, between which and the eye a stripe of

light buff; chest clouded chestnut, passing into dark grey on the ab-

domen, and fading into buffy white on the vent ; under tail-coverts

greyish white ; upper mandible and tip of the lower black ; basal

three-fourths of the latter yellow.

Total length, 3 inches; bill, 2; wing, 14; tail, 12.

Hab. Rio de Janeiro.

Remark.—This is also one of the smaller species, which, like P.

viridicaudata, would pertain to Prince C. L. Bonaparte’s genus

Pygmornis. It differs from all others yet known in its darkly coloured

throat and under surface.

Miscellaneous. 495

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Anatomy and Physiology of the Pulmoniferous Mollusca.

By Dr. C. Semper.

Tus memoir contains several interesting data upon the histology

of the Gasteropoda. The author has carefully studied the glandular

follicles of the skin, which had previously been much neglected. He

thinks he has ascertained that the external layer of the shell of the

Pulmonata, or the epidermis of the shell, which is probably composed

of conchioline, owes its formation to two different kinds of follicles,

whilst the inner layer of the shell would be formed by the precipita-

tion of calcareous salts secreted by the epidermic follicles of the ani-

mal. Semper appears to have had no doubt as to whether this inner

layer possesses an organic base.

As regards the pedal gland, originally discovered by Delle Chiaje

and Kleeberg, and which Leydig and Deshayes regard as an organ

of smell, Semper agrees with Siebold in only considering it as an

apparatus destined to secrete a mucosity.

Amongst many details relative to the circulation of the blood, and

the organs connected therewith, we shall only refer to one fact,

namely that the lung of the Pulmoniferous Gasteropods is destitute

of epithelium in the region where the exchange of gases takes place,

whilst the other parts of the organ, where the large vessels exist, are

clothed with a vibratile epithelium.

If Semper’s memoir presents many interesting details, it also con-

tains some manifest errors. In all the Gasteropoda the tongue is

supported by an apparatus composed of one or several cartilages.

Lebert, many years ago, recognized the nature of this organ, and

described and figured the cartilaginous cells. Semper asserts that

Lebert was mistaken, that there is no lingual cartilage, and that

what Lebert believed to be cartilaginous cells are only transverse

sections of muscular fibres. In this case Lebert would certainly have

been guilty of a gross mistake, and we might justly have been sur-

prised if so experienced an observer could have committed such errors.

Unfortunately for Semper, Lebert was perfectly right, and the lin-

gual cartilage really exists. Semper’s error arises from his havin

confined his researches to the Pulmonata, in which the study of the

lingual cartilage is really very difficult. If he had turned to some

Pectinibranchiata, such as the Neritine, the Buccini, or the Tur-

bones, or to some Cyclobranchiata, such as the Patel/le and Chitons,

or even to some operculated Pulmonata, such as the Cyclostomata

and the Pomatie, he would have been careful not to accuse Lebert

of so grave an error.

We are no more in accordance with Semper as regards the part

played by the tongue in deglutition. The description given by

Troschel of the functions of the lingual apparatus appears to be far

more natural and correct. In the trituration of the food, Semper

gives importance to the posterior papilla of the tongue, an organ

4.96 Miscellaneous.

which has hitherto been neglected by almost all observers, but which

does not in all cases play the part attributed to it by Semper. Here

again, the error arises from his having limited his investigations to

the Pulmonata. If he had examined certain Gasteropoda in which

the ribbon-shaped tongue is as long as the body, as in the Pomatie,

or even much longer, as in the Patella, he would soon have been

convinced that the posterior papilla, placed quite at the bottom of

the abdominal cavity between the folds of the intestine, never comes

in contact with the food. This papilla is in fact the producing organ,

the matrix of the rows of teeth which form the radula. In propor-

tion as the anterior rows of teeth are worn and thrown off, new ones, .

destined to replace them, are formed behind.—Siebold and Kélliker’s

Zeitschrift, viii. p. 340-399. Abstract by E. Claparéde in Bibl. Univ.

de Geneve, January 1857, p. 79.

Note on the Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic Sea.

By G. Linpstrom.

We are accustomed to consider the Baltic as very poor in the

lower animals and plants, but this poverty is not so great as has been

hitherto supposed. It is certain, however, that most of the species

discovered during the last few years belong to the North Sea, and

that there is only a very small number belonging to the Baltic itself.

But it is precisely the latter, such as Idothea entomon and Ponto-

poreia affinis, which possess a peculiar interest from the resemblance

which they present to certain arctic forms (Idothea Sabint and

Pontoporeia femorata).

Many species which were hitherto supposed to belong to more

northern seas are able to live in the comparatively fresh water of the

Baltic, and even the mixture of marine and freshwater forms gives a

very peculiar character to the fauna of the rocky pools in the vicmity

of Stockholm. Amongst the Invertebrata, the Crustacea furnish the

greater part of the marine species which are capable of bearing this

half-fresh water without losing their purity of type. There are but

few Mollusca in this case, and even amongst the animals of this divi-

sion there are some which have so modified their original form that

they have been taken for species peculiar to the Baltic; as, for in-

stance, T'ellina solidula.

Not far from Wisby the coast sinks so gently, that at a distance of

half a mile from the shore the depth does not exceed 40 fathoms.

Close to the shore, where the depth of water is not more than a few

feet, the bottom is formed of calcareous pebbles covered with various

marine Confervze, with Enteromorpha intestinalis, &c. There, Gam-

mari, Planarie, Limnee and Neritine (Neritina fluviatilis) move

about. If we advance further into the sea, we find a bank of marly

limestone belonging to the formation of Gothland, and covered with

Fucus vesiculosus and with Chorda filum. At a depth of 8-15 fa-

thoms, Ceramia, Polysiphonie and Furcellarie grow. In this zone

we find an abundance of Mytilus edulis, Amphitoé, Paludinella,

Miscellaneous. 497

Cardia, and Limapontie, and also Gammarus locusta, which is met

with wherever Algz occur.

Beyond this zone there is a sand covered with a fine clay. In this

region few animals are met with, and these are either Mollusca (Mya,

Tellina) or Amphipod Crustacea.

The Skargard of Stockholin possesses a singular fauna. Under

the stones which are close to the shore we meet with Gammari (G.

locusta), species of Jera, Planaria, and Nats, and with young Ace-

phalous Mollusca belonging to the genera Cardium and Tellina. At

a depth of 2-5 fathoms, Fucus vesiculosus grows ; wpon this vegetate

Elachiste and various Confervee. This region swarms with Mysis,

Jera, Gammarus, Paludinella, Mytilus, with young Cardia and with

Flustre; even Phryganide are found there. From a depth of

5 or 6 fathoms to that of 18 the bottom is clayey and muddy ; here

and there only Phyllophore grow, together with Ceramia aud Poly-

siphonie in a stunted condition. The fauna of this zone is richer

than would be supposed at the first glance. Ata depth of 8 fathoms

oceurs Asellus vulgaris, a freshwater species, in the midst of the

Phyllophore. At a depth of 3-6 fathoms, Limneus pereger (var.

Balticus) and Physa fontinalis! are met with. Near Gothland,

Lindstrém has even found Limnei in the open sea at a depth of 8

and 12 fathoms! How can we explain the existence of air-breathing

animals so far from the surface? Do they possess a means of rising

and sinking rapidly in the water at pleasure, or must we admit that

they only require to renew the air in their pulmonary sac at long in-

tervals? By the side of these Limnez there were living completely

marine animals, such as Nereides, Polynoés, a species of Sipunculus,

Telling and Cardia. Ata depth of 40 fathoms, nothing is found

but a Pontoporeia, an Idothea, and a Tellina.

In the open sea a multitude of small animals are found moving

about on the surface; these are principally Crustacea, such as

Hwvadne, and also larvee of Gasteropoda (Tergipes) and Acephala.

A Diatomaceous plant floats in the midst of these little creatures :

it is sometimes so incredibly abundant as to preduce what is called

on the coasts of Gothland, the flowering of the sea (hafvets blomning).

In the middle of summer it propagates with such rapidity, that the

fishermen assert that their boats can hardly pass through the dense

layer formed by it.

In a narrow Sund near Stockholm, called Gilo-strat, the soil is

covered with Myriophyllum and Potamogeton. In the water sport

Cyprini and other freshwater fishes, as well as Entomostraca also

belonging to the fresh waters (Daphnia, &c.). At the bottom Palu-

dina impura is seen creeping, and yet close beside are Tergipes and

other marine forms.—Ofversigt af Kongl. vetensk. Akad. Forhandl.

Stockholm, 1855, p. 49; and Bibliotheque Univ. de Geneve, January

1857, p. 71.

The Blacks of Moreton Bay and the Porpoises. By Mr. FarrnHoume.

Between the two long islands which form the south part of More-

ton Bay, is a passage known as the South Passage, formerly used

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xix. 3o2

498 Miscellaneous.

for ships entering the Bay, but now given up. Near the deserted

Pilot Station at Amity Point, some of the natives may constantly be

found during the warmer months of the year fishing for ‘‘“Mullet,” a

very fine fish about the size of a mackere]. In this pursuit they

are assisted in a most wonderful manner by the Porpoises. It seems

that from time immemorial a sort of understanding has existed be-

tween the blacks and the Porpoises for their mutual advantage, and

the former pretend to know all the Porpoises about the spot, and

even have names for them.

The beach here consists of shelving sand, and near the shore are

small hillocks of sand, on which the blacks sit, watching for the ap-

pearance of a shoal of Mullet. Their nets, which are used by hand,

and are stretched on a frame about 4 feet wide, lie ready on the

beach. On seeing a shoal, several of the men run down, and with

their spears make a peculiar splashing in the water. Whether the

Porpoises really understand this as a signal, or think it is the fish,

it is difficult to determine, but the result is always the same; they

at once come in towards the shore, driving the Mullet before them.

As they near the edge, a number of the blacks with spears and hand-

nets quickly divide to the right and left, and dash into the water.

The Porpoises being outside the shoal, numbers of fish are secured

before they can break away. In the scene of apparent confusion

that takes place, the blacks and Porpoises are seen splashing about

close to each other. So fearless are the latter, that strangers, who

have expressed doubts as to their tameness, have often been shown

that they will take a fish from the end of a spear, when held to

them.

For my own part I cannot doubt that the understanding is real,

and that the natives know these Porpoises, and that strange Por-

poises would not show so little fear of the natives. The oldest men

of the tribe say that the same kind of fishing has always been carried

on as long as they can remember.

Porpoises abound in the Bay, but in xo other part do the natives

fish with their assistance.—Proc. Zool. Soc. Nov. 11, 1856.

EOLIS LANDSBURGII.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Northumberland Place, Morecambe, Laneaster.

GENTLEMEN,—It may interest some of the contributors and sub-

seribers of the Annals of Natural History to know that a specimen of

the Holis Landsburgii, of about 1, inch in length, was dredged off

the coast of Morecambe Bay by myself and a friend. The Holis Lands-

burgii is mentioned by Alder and Hancock, in their work published

by the Ray Society, as only having been found once, and then by

Dr. Landsborough, after whom it is called, at Saltcoats; but as

the work referred to was published in 1849, more specimens may

have been since found *. Your obedient Servant,

I. Jno. Moser.

* Our correspondent will find a note on its occurrence near Exmouth

in the Annals for January 1852.—Ep.

4.99

INDEX to VOL. XIX.

Acanruonorus, new British spe-

cies of, 141.

Acidaspis, on some Silurian species

of, from Shropshire, 187.

Actinophrys, on the transformation of

vegetable protoplasm into, 259.

Adams, A., on a new species of Mac-

gillivrayia, 373; on two new species

- of Heteropodous Mollusca, 461.

Agassiz, Prof., on young Bony Pikes,

190.

Alder, J., on Sepia biserialis and Se-

pia elegans, 474.

Allorchestes, new British species of,

136.

Alyczeus, new species of, 203.

Amazilius, new species of, 352.

Ammonia, bicarbonate of, on the ef-

fects of, as manure, 425.

Amphibola, on the anatomy of, 405.

Amphidotus, new British species of,

oot

Amphipoda, on the British, 271.

Amphitoé, new British species of, 147.

Amphora, new species of, 7.

Anabates, new species of, 87, 419.

Anabazenops, new species of, 419.

Anchista, description of*the new ge-

nus, 374

Annelids, on the reproductive organs

of the, 393.

Anomalina, new species of, 294.

Anonyx, on the British species of, 138.

Ansted’s, Prof. D. T., Elementary

Course of Geology, reviewed, 166.

Anthicus, new species of, 383.

Aquatic respiration, on themechanism

of, in invertebrated animals, 193.

Arachnida, on the generation of the,

428.

Areade, revision of the, 366.

Ball, Dr., notice of the late, 433.

Barrett, L., on two new species of

Echinodermata, 32.

Bate, C.S., on the genus Cuma, 106;

on British Edriophthalmous Crus-

tacea, 135, 271.

Belonognatha, new species of, 320.

Benson, W. H., on the characters of

Streptaulus and new Cyclostoma-

cea, 201; on new species of Buli-

mus, 327.

Birds, new species of, 85, 107, 110,

176, 266, 272, 352, 410, 418, 481;

rare British, 107.

Blanchard, E., on the generation of

the Arachnida, 428.

Books, new :—Adams’s Shells and

their Inhabitants, 74; ‘Troschel’s

Gebiss der Schnecken, 83; DeCan-

dolle’s Prodromus Systematis Na-

turalis Regni Vegetabilis, 85 ; An-

sted’s Elementary Course of Geo-

logy, 166; Sturm’s Deutschlands

Flora, 392; Sechnizlein’s Icono-

graphia, 393; Gray’s Manual of

the Botany of the Northern United

States, 479; Henslow’s Dictionary

of Botanical Terms, 480; Child’s

British Botanist’s Field-book, 481.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, pro-

ceedings of the, 344, 426.

Botaurusstellaris,observationson, 168,

Brodie, Rey. P. B., on the inferior

oolite and lias in parts of North-

amptonshire, compared with those

in Gloucestershire, 56; on the oe-

currence of new species of Pollicipes

in the inferior oolite of Gloucester-

shire, 102.

32%

500

Briicke, Prof. E., on object-slides of

canary glass, 351.

Bryum, new species of, 190.

Buccinum undatum, on the develop-

ment of, 353.

Buderes, characters of the new genus,

ANS) 6

Buglodytes albicilius, note on, 179.

Bulimus, on some new species of,

from India, Burma, and the Mau-

ritius, 327.

Burnett, C. J., on the effects of a so-

lution of bicarbonate of ammonia

in promoting vegetation, 424. -

Calliope, new British species of,

142.

Calyptriea, new species of, 464.

Camarophoria, new species of, 50.

Cambrian fossils from the Longmynd,

notes on some, 186.

Carpenter, Dr. W. B., on the structure

of the shell of Rhynchonella Gei-

nitziana, 214.

Carter, H.J., on the development of

the root-cell and its nucleus in

Chara verticillata, 13 ; on the trans-

formation of vegetable protoplasm

into Actinophrys, 259.

Catascopus, new species of, 325.

Centropus, new species of, 266.

Cephalopoda, on the mechanism of

aquatic respiration im the, 193.

Ceres Salleana, on the dentition of,

184.

Certhiola, new species of, 418.

Chara verticillata, on the development

of the root-cell and its nucleus in,

ese

Chatin, A., on the anatomy of the

Rhinanthacee, 331.

Chelodina, new species of, 485.

Child’s, A. P., British Botanist’s

Field-book, notice of, 481.

Chleenius, new species of, 241.

Chlamyphorus truncatus, on the

structure of the pelvis of, 492.

Chlorospingus, new species of, 90.

Cicindela, new species of, 155.

Clarke, J. L.,on the nervous system of

Lumbricus terrestris, 250.

Clivina, new species of, 245, 461.

Cocconema, new species of, 8.

Cocks, W. P., on some rare British

birds, 107.

Cohn, F., on the organization and

reproduction of Volvocinez, 187.

INDEX.

Coleoptera from Old Calabar, 153,

313, 443; from Ceylon, 241, 374.

Comatula, new British species of, 33.

Conchifera, on some families of, 366.

Coniocybe, new Britishspeciesof, 130.

Conopophaga, new species of, 90.

Crisp, E., on Strongylus filaria and

Botaurus stellaris, 168.

Crustacea, synopsis of the British

Edriophthalmous, 135.

Cuckoos, on two new species of true,

178.

Cuma, on the genus, 106.

Cyclophorus, new species of, 205.

Cyclostoma elegans, on the nucleus

of the opereulum of, 350.

Cyclostomacea, characters of new

species of, 201.

Cyprinodon, new species of, 486.

Cyprinus, new species of, 487.

Danaia, description of the new genus,

Danielssen, D. C., on the development

of the Pectinibranchiata, 353, 434.

Daphnia, on the two methods of re-

production in, 257.

Darwinia, characters of the new genus,

141.

DeCandolle’s Prodromus, reviewed,

85.

Diadesmis, new species of, 11.

Diatoma, new species of, 10.

Diatomaceee of the Pyrenees, on the, 1.

Dichobune ovina, observations on, 426.

Dichodon cuspidatus, on the, 184.

Dinornis elephantopus, on the, 169.

Diplommatina, new species of, 202.

Drypta, new species of, 157.

Duchartre, P., on the mfluence of

Dae upon the direction of roots,

270

Dyopedos, characters of the new genus,

150.

Dytici, on the brain of the, in its re-

lation to locomotion, 429.

Echinodermata, on two new British

species of, 32.

Edmondia, new species of, 312.

Egerton, Sir P. G., on some fossil

fish from the neighbourhood of

Ludlow, 427.

Elenia, new species of, 423.

Elhottia, description of the new genus,

Shoe

Eolis Landsburgii, on the occurrence

of, 498.

IND EX.

Ephippium, on the strueture of the,257.

Kpithemia, new species of, 7.

Estheria minuta, note on, 104.

Eurystheus, characters of the new

genus, 143.

Euscarthmus, new species of, 89.

Fabre, M., on the development of

the Myriapoda, 162.

Fairholme, J. K. E., on the Pteropus

of Australia, 346; on mullet-fish-

mg at Moreton Bay, 497.

Faivre, E., on the brain of the Dytici,

429.

Falconer, Dr. H., on two species of

the fossil mammalian genus Plagi-

aulax, from Purbeck, 426.

Fish, descriptions of new, 486.

Fish-remains from the neighbourhood

of Ludlow, on some, 427.

Flexipalpus, new species of, 476.

Foraminifera from the coast of Nor-

way, 273.

Formicarius, new species of, 421.

Fossils of the Permian system of the

counties of Durham and Northum-

berland, on the, 33, 304, 463.

Furipterus, new species of, 337.

Galanthis, description of the new

genus, 136.

Galerita, new species of, 158.

Gallinago, new species of, 91.

Gammarella, description of the new

genus, 143.

Gammarus, new British species of, 144.

Gaskoin, J. S., on a peculiar variety

of Mus Musculus, 93.

Gasteropodous Mollusca, on the ani-

mals and teeth of some, 96; on the

natural affinities and classification

of the, 398.

Gatty, Margaret, on new localities for

rare plants and zoophytes, 268.

Geological Society, proceedings of the,

184, 426.

Georyssus, new species of, 385.

Gomphogramma, characters of the

genus, 12.

Goniotropis, new species of, 445,

Gould, J., on new species of birds,

107, 110, 176, 178, 267, 352, 493.

Granatellus, new species of, 420.

Gray’s, A., Botany of the Northern

United States, reviewed, 479.

Gray, Dr. J. E., on the animals and

teeth of Tylodina and other species

of Gasteropodous Mollusca, 69 ;

501

note on Zootoca vivipara, 107 ; on

the genus Proserpia, 181; on

some Indian Tortoises, 342; ona

monstrosity of Haliotis (albicans?),

348; on the nucleus of the oper-

culum of Cyclostoma elegans, 350 ;

on some families of bivalve shelis,

367 ; on a new species of Squirrel

from Borneo, 411; on the habits of

the Lepidosiren, 412; on a new

species of Chelodina, 485; on the

structure of the pelvis of Chlamy-

phorus truncatus, 492.

Haliotis (albicans ?), on a monstrosity

of, 348.

Harley, J., on the migration of the

Starling, 270.

Harpalus, new species of, 377.

Henslow’s, Prof., Dictionary of Bo-

tanical Terms, reviewed, 480.

Himantidium, new species of, 10.

Hirundo, new species of, 267.

Hoeven, Van der J., on the anatomy

of Nautilus Pompilius, 58.

Howse, R., on the Permian system of

the counties of Durham and North-

umberland, 33, 304, 463.

Humming-birds, on two new species

of, belonging to the genus Amazi-

hus; oo!

Hydrochus, new species of, 386.

Hydrous, new species of, 387.

Hyonycteris, new species of, 340.

Tanthoenas, new species of, 266.

Infusoria, on the organization of the,

IES PGs.

Invertebrate fauna, on the, of the

Baltic Sea, 496.

Iotreron, new species of, 267.

Isakis, description of the genus, 388.

Johnston, Dr.G., notice of the late, 102.

Jones, T. R., on Estheria minuta, 104 ;

on some Foraminifera from the coast

of Norway, 273.

Juida, new species of, 484.

Kane, E. K., on some Phznogamous

plants from Greenland, 188.

King, W., on the perforated structure

of Rhynchonella Geinitziana, 349.

Koren, J., on the development of the

Pectinibranchiata, 353, 434.

Kroyera, characters of the genus, 140,

Lachmann, Dr. C. F. J., on the orga-

nization of the Infusoria, 113, 215.

Toop ine crotaloides, description of,

85.

502

Lebia, new species of, 313.

Leighton, Rev. W. A., on new British

Lichens, 129.

Lembos, description of the new genus,

142.

Lepidosiren, on the habits of, 412.

Lepidosteus, on the young of, 190.

Leprieur, M., on the metamorphoses

of Trachys pygmza, 347.

Leptopoma, new species of, 2065.

Lespés, C., on a Nematoid worm

parasitic upon Termites, 389.

Leuciscus, new species of, 489.

Leucothoé, new British species of,

146.

Lichens, descriptions of new British,

Lindstrém, G., on the Invertebrate

fauna of the Baltic Sea, 496.

Lithodes, remarks on the genus, 263.

Lonchomerus, characters of the new

genus, 143.

Lorius, new species of, 267.

Loxonema, new species of, 467.

Lubbock, J., on the reproduction of

Daphnia, 257.

Lumbricus terrestris, on the nervous

system of, 250.

Lycett, J., on the genus Quenstedtia,

Be}.

Lysianassa, new British species of,

138.

Macdonald, J. D., on a new Polyzoon,

390 ; on a new species of Asteroid

Polypes, 391; on the anatomy of

the Nautilus, 397; on the affinities

and classification of the Gastero-

poda, 398; on the Sea Saw-dust of

the Pacific, 431.

Macgillivrayia, on two new species of,

373, 462.

Margarornis, new species of, 88.

Marshall, T. R., on a method of pre-

serving plants, 344.

Meleagris, new species of, 107.

Meligethes, new species of, 384.

Melosira, new species of, 11.

Meteorological observations, 111,191.

Mites and their young states, obser-

vations on, 475.

Mollusca, on two new species of He-

teropodous, 461; on the anatomy

and physiology of the Pulmonife-

rous, 495.

Montagua, description of the new

genus, 137.

INDEX.

Moser, I. J., on the occurrence of

Eolis Landsburgii, 498.

Mud, remarks on a shower of, at

Corfu, 425.

Murray, A., on Coleoptera from Old

Calabar, 153, 313, 443; on a va-

riety of Patella vulgata, 211.

Mus Musculus, on a peculiar variety

Of 9S.

Muscivora, new species of, 422.

Mygale Emilia, observations on, 406.

Myiadestes, new species of, 423.

Myriapoda, on the development of the,

Nautilus Pompilius, on the anatomy

of, 58, 397.

Navicula, new species of, 8.

Nematoid worm, note on a, parasitic

upon Termites, 389.

Nemosia, new species of, 272.

Nestor, new species of, 177.

Nietner, J., on new Ceylon Coleoptera,

241, 375.

Nycteis, new species of, 319, 444.

Object-slides of canary glass, on,

301:

Ochyropus, on some species of, 454.

Octhoéca, new species of, 88.

Odontidium, new species of, 9.

Odontophorus, new species of, 110.

(Edichirus, new species of, 247.

Oodes, new species of, 377.

Opegrapha, new British species of,

129

Orchestia, new British species of, 136.

Owen, Prof., on Stereognathus Ooli-

ticus, 103; on the Dimornis ele-

phantopus, 169; on the Dichodon

cuspidatus, 184; on a fossil Ophi-

dian, 185; on the Scelidothere, 249;

on the Dichobune ovina, 426.

Parker, W. K., on some Foraminifera

from the coast of Norway, 273.

Parra, on the American species of,

410.

Parus, new species of, 421.

Patella vulgata, on a variety of, 211.

Pectinibranchiata, on the develop-

ment of the, 353, 434.

Pedicularis, new species of, 190.

Phenogamous plants, list of, from

Greenland, 188.

Phaethornis, on three new species of

the genus, 493.

Pherosophus, new species of, 160.

Phoxus, new British species of, 140.

INDEX.

Pinus Cephalonica and other Coni-

ferze, notes on, 346.

Pipra, new species of, 89, 423.

Plagiaulax, on two species of the fossil

maminalian genus, from Purbeck,

426.

Plants, from Greenland, 188; new

localities for rare, 268; on a method

of preserving, of their natural form

and colour, 344.

Pleonexes, description of the new

genus, 147.

Pollicipes, on the occurrence of some

new species of, in Gloucestershire,

102.

Polypes, on a new species of Asteroid,

391.

Polyzoon, on a new Ctenostomatous,

Productus, new species of, 46.

Proserpina, on the position of the

genus in the system, and on its

dentition, 181.

Proto, new British species of, 151.

Psaltria flaviceps, note on, 92.

Ptenidinm, new species of, 381.

Pteropus, on the, of Australia, 346.

Ptilium, new species of, 380.

Purpura lapillus, on the development

of, 434.

Quenstedtia, notes on the genus, 53.

Rallus, new species of, 92.

Rhaphidognatha, characters of the

new genus, 316.

Rhimanthacez, on the anatomy of the,

Sol.

Rhipiphorus, new species of, 247.

Rhynchonella Geinitziana, on the per-

forated structure of, 214, 349.

Richardson, Sir J., on fish from Asia

Minor and Palestine, 486.

Robertson, P.S., on Pinus Cephalonica

and other Coniferze, 346.

Royal Asiatic Society, Bombay branch

of the, proceedings of the, 259.

Royal Society, proceedings of the,

249, 393.

Salter, J. W., on some Cambrian fos-

sils, 186; on two Silurian species

of Acidaspis, 187.

Sand-canal, on the uses of the, in

Starfishes, 55.

Sannio, new species of, 477.

Sars, M., on Spiochatopterus, a new

genus of Annelides, 430.

Scarites, new species of, 244, 455.

503

Scelidotherium, on the, 249.

Scheuten, A., on Mites and their

young states, 475.

Sciurus, new species of, 411.

Sclater, P. L., on some species of birds

received from Bogota, 85; on Psal-

tria flaviceps, 92; on Buglodytes al-

bicilius, 179; on some new species

of Synallaxis, 179; on some new

species of Tanagers, 272; on new

Mexican birds, 418 ; on the Ameri-

can species of the genus Parra, 410,

Sclerurus, new species of, 420.

Scopelocheirus, description of the new

genus, 138.

Scytalopus, new species of, 420.

Sea Saw-dust of the Pacific, on the,

431.

Semper, Dr. C., on the anatomy and

physiology of the Pulmoniferous

Mollusca, 495.

Sepia, observations on two British

species of, 474.

Shells of Kashmir and Tibet, 408.

Silene inflata, on a monstrosity in the

fruit of, 344.

Sinusigera, new species of, 461.

Siphonaria, on the anatomy of, 405.

Siphonocetus, new British species of,

149.

Skenea, on the supposed new British

species of, 269.

Smith, W., on the Diatomacez of the

Pyrenees, 1.

Solemya, new species of, 308.

Spatula, new species of, 177.

Sphinctrina, new British species of,

132:

Spiochzetopterus, description of the

new genus, 430.

Starfishes, on the uses of the sand-

eanal in, 55.

Starling, on the migration of the, 270.

Stenus, new species of, 381.

Stereognathus Ooliticus, on the, 193.

Stereostoma, description of the new

genus, 448.

Streptaulus, on the characters of, 201.

Strongylus filaria, observations on,

168.

Sulcator, new British species of, 140.

Sunamphitoé, characters of the new

genus, 147.

Synallaxis, new species of, 86, 179.

Synedra, new species of, 9.

Tanagers, on some new species of, 272.

504

Tefflus, new species of, 156.

Tegetmeier, Mr., on a remarkable

peculiarity in the skulls of Polish

Fowls, 482.

Tellina, new species of, 312.

Tetromatus, characters of the genus,

139.

Theea, new species of, 472.

Thersites, characters of the new genus,

146.

Thomson,M.,on Australian wines,345;

on plantain flour, 345.

Thomson, Rev. A., on the injurious

effects of Urocerus gigas on fir-trees,

345.

Todirostrum, new species of, 422.

Tomes, R. F.,on some genera of Ves-

pertilionide, 333.

Tortoises, on some Indian, 342.

Trachys pygmea, on the metamor-

phoses of, 347.

Trichopteryx, new species of, 378.

Trogon, new species of, 108, 484.

Troschel’s Gebiss der Schnecken, re-

viewed, 83.

Tryblionella, new species of, 7.

Turaccena, new species of, 267.

Turritella, new species of, 466.

Tylodina, on the animal and teeth of,

96.

Typhlodromus, description of the new

genus, 475.

Tyrannula, new species of, 422.

Urocerus gigas, on the injurious effects

of, on fir-trees, 345,

INDEX.

Urothoé, new British species of, 145.

Vegetable protoplasm, on the trans-

formation of, into Actinophrys, 259.

Vespertilionidz, on some new, 333.

Volvocinez, on the organization and

reproduction of the, 187.

oa on the organization of the,

13.

Water-vascular system, on the so-

called, 133.

Webster, W., on the supposed new

British species of Skenea, 269.

Westwoodia, description of the new

genus, 139,

White, A., on the genus Lithodes, 263;

on Mygale Emilia, 406. |

Williams, T., on the uses of the sand-

canal in the Starfishes, 55; on the

so-called ‘ water-vascular system,’

133; on the mechanism of aquatic

respiration in Invertebrate animals,

193; on the reproductive orgaus of

the Annelids, 393.

Wines, analyses of three Australian,

345.

Woodward, S. P., on the land and

freshwater shells of Kashmir and

Tibet, 408.

Xenops, new species of, 419.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,

85, 168, 263, 333, 406, 482.

Zoophytes, new localities for rare,

2608.

eae ai vivipara, var. nigra, note on,

107.

END OF THE NINETEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

ALERE W FLAMMAM.